3rd Capitoline Trans-A-plate Design Manual For Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

hertz.eng.ir@gmail.
com - Capitoline Trans-A-Plate - Optimized PDF (HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL)
DESIGN MANUAL
for HEATING, VENTILATION and AIR CONDITIONING
with COORDINATED STANDARD DETAILS
H . ""'. en. c:......,
c.t c. ....... 1"""
...... -T .... ..,....
.... f . CridI ... l .......
v .. , . ...... ........
.... 1 ........ .........
--....... ........
" LEE KENDRICK
" ......... E ....
00t0iI 0""",,
JULIAN C. GONZALEZ
c.t ...... ,... v...... c:..,.,.
.... f . V .....
. ...... .........
L .. D. E-...-.. .........
A..;.II . ..... ...........
R-..I . ...... .... .....
....... V ...... c.n;., c...,...
T. J . ....... en..C......-y M . ... I6y . ... O--'.,. ..... Ii-. .......... hr .... e-.-..,
D ...... .,.,..K_ ...... C...-
.....
t..,. J . ..... Y'" c..,..,
............ TIInIIII8Iir
" ......................... c.-.y
D.-. Ct_ . ......... c:......., .
.... t ..... Ric_ t....-y
l . DerIIr ...... .......
a..T ................ ',.,c:......,
.................... -....
--.--
................... .., Tla.cAlITMDARDI PUIUtAT ...
'1lM1l" TMII1" ...... lD. 11It.
, ..... -
_""""LVD .. AIIIU"'II. YUIII.IA UZI1
TlU ..... I : 'JlltIlNUl'Ul-1111
h. r-.. '117- ,..1 .... ,m
Prlfttad In Jepan
............ .. f.c...,...
l . .... 11 CdIr.-... C....-y
c-t ...... .... _c.....-t
D . . . ....... v... .......
....... ...... c.I
L'-r4 ....... A-C _ ...... Ie; c......,
hertz.eng.ir@gmail.com - Capitoline Trans-A-Plate - Optimized PDF(HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL)
FOREWORD
n. ....... ...., . ..., ....................... 1" ......... ef 11.1...... "O ..... lcel ... _
'" .. e _'" ....... 11 e ........ te I ............... til _ Ie ..... e. _ __ I. e_
-ttr .... 1 ................. WI 1 1 ____ I .. __ ho." ."..... tit ...... 1 .... ,.._.1
/ ............. e .., ........... , L .. ' .... Iek e_ te .. e_I ..... et ................... .., ..
_ ......... " ............. .
E_she ..-a "'te ................. , ................. te ........ je" pecllieetl , eM.,
... ......, ........ pNCtIc .. , _ ,11" I .. _.1 ............................ , .... ..., ..... ef
_ ............ lei ........................ _ ......... 1 .... 8 ............. I ....... V .... IetI ..
.. AIr eM............... .. e .. I_ ........ tltl ... I .. e..,u .............................. te .. ..
..... ,. _ -.,r ........ ........... 1 , ........ I ....... ... tee ....... 1 .. .
....... _alec ....... _ ltI ................ 1 .. 1do e ....... 1e4 .I_tt, te. _I ....... 11oaI_
.. aeetII .......................... tIM.
TIle ................... -t ......... ....... "._, I. te .... ..., ........ ...-ra I.
............ ................ well d..t, ................ e ................ k .. .,._Ie
_ ......, __ ...... ....... ......, .. prectk" to, ...... ........ n ................... .
n_,I"." ... ,_I "'.1. ,.ectIce ............................... _ ce.pIete ... ecc._ ......
........................... .. I .... , ......... _ ..... ",.tel",. _ ... .
'.""1 _ .................. 11 ...... '" tit .. _ .. ..,k ............ __ .............. tI
.... ...... .... te. ....... , ,et .., ..... _ te 1 ..... I. _II ... 1 II.I ... f e .... ",WI",
fer .. ., .... "' ................... .....-... fer ..... 1 ..... I ......... 11... .
., ...... 11 .,._ ................ , ,.. will .... 11, .lIe_ ... It .......... ...., .. ....... e
.. ...... ..... ... tile .......... 1 ..... te _ .... ,-.... c.;.,....e ..-I ..... 11,
__ .................. ; ................ 11. e .............. e ... ..., ... 11, ........... _
..., te _ pec'lie ....... .
........ .... 11"' ... -.-.... fer l .. tI"" V .. tlletl", ... AI. c.MI .... l .. .,._ .... ..., .ee ... .., ....
..... .... "' ............... I. Ie .. .... ., .. , ... fer ................ 1 .... left 11
--.
, .... 1 1 ....... , ....., ..... tI .. '" 111-." II .." ..... ef e_,.. ..... F ...... tIr, e_
,...to ............. et .11, ... left tit. _'- .... ef .,..,llleet .... I. h ......... , ....... .
........... "' ........ .... 1, .,._ prie ..... ".. 1, lew" .. e ... "' ..... __ WI_to
Eet"'- .. c.._ .. te!.. _. -a. I.e ........... k .... nett, .... I. ........ Leek ef ........
"' .............. Ie lei ............. ef tt, .... II .... 1'" ... .tt.. ..... 1 ... e_w...w. tI_ Ie __ I
......... . It I ...... 1 .. 'II ... eel .1, te ........ , ... I", ef I .....
V ............ AI. c:-4ItI.", .... 11 ...... ....... __ .... Me. ...... 1 ... te ..... .
, ........... n .......... k .. _ .......... tIM".. .... 1 ...... '" .... lCrI .... e. _ .. ef .. ...
to, ........... "acrl'" .... 1 ..
TIle ..... 1 ................. '" till. ...... .. 1 ..... 1. ef ........ ef I ....... V.II ........ AIr
eM ....... ,._ .. n ... _,.. .................. " ....... te I'. ' ....... tile e_IrJ, ... ...,...,
..... '" -.-.... nil .,._ ........ e ........................ IIi .. ef .,._.; e 11 .......
.. left te ............... 1.... n. _II ......... ceeo4Ie ..... wi. ,. -t ............ .....
.. _ ell "' .................. aettI-e ... , ... , ........... 11 ......... .. "'1tIooe, .. _ ._"
.a ..... ef a,ecltl .......... , , ....... aM. et .................... 1. nl. _ .......... If_
.. _ ef ...... F,I ................. , ... 1 ... .., ... IItIIII4e4 .. _ ......... , a ..... .
n. .a ............. .. til _ ..... 1 ............ 1 ... to, .. e ................. terwtl
"'e ............ .. till .... , It I ............................ will eetln ___ ", .......... ...
TIle e_.,r ef ." ., .... _ ............ , ...... ".e _II ........... , It , ..., .. ..
, ... ,.clet ...., tie. ,.. .., _ te ...... It ...... It ... _. ...... Ie ...... " n,. ce., .....
_ .......... ,.. ...... It .......... _'I II ..... e ............... ......." ....
.... e ....... .,._ ...... .
, ..... _ ............... E ..... ".
"'.,....In
.,_ .. ., PM. ,..., ......
Ii
hertz.eng.ir@gmail.com - Capitoline Trans-A-Plate - Optimized PDF(HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL)
I
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITOLINE TRANS-A-PLATE@
STANDARD DETAIL DRAWING TRANSpARENCY SYSTEM
TOGETHER WITH THE DEVELOPMENT Of THE STANDARD DETAIL DRAWING
PUTES CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL, HAS lEEN THE DEVELOPMENT Of PRINTING
THE SAME DRAWINGS OM PRESSURE.SENSiTIVE AOMESIVE lACKED DRAfTING SuR
fACE TRANSPARENCY MATERIALS.
DEVELOPED AND AVAlUlLE UNDER THE TRADE MARK NAME Of CAPITOLINE
TRAN5-A-I'UTES, THESE STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS CAN IE APPLIED OUICKLY
AND DIREClL Y OM ALL DRAfTING MATERIALS PRODUCING A PERMANENT ORIGINAL
THAT WILL RESULT IN EXCELLENt'"HIGil QUALiTY REPRODUCTIOtIS. ADDITIOtIS
MAY IE MADE EQUALLY WELL WITH PENCIL OR INK OM THE fINE DRAfTING SURfACE.
DELETIONS CAN IE QUICKLY MADE WITH AN ELECTRIC ERASER OR REGUUR RUIY
E.WER WlllOUT DAMAGE TO THE DRAfTING SURfACE.
TIIESE ECONOMICAL, luun.fULL Y DEl AILED CAPITOLINE TRAN5-APU TES
ARE AVAlLAILE IN THE SAME SIZE AS 11IE DlAWlMGPUTES APPURING IN THIS
lOOK (10" lII5") AND MAY IE ORDERED BY PUTE NUMIER IN ANY QUANTITY
DESIRED.
If YOUR LOCAL ILUEI'RlNTER 01 IMGlNEERING DRAfnNG SUPPLY DEALER
CANNOT fU.USH THE TRAMs-.... UTES YOU NEED THEY MAY IE OIDERED DIRECT
fROM TECHNICAL STAMDAlD5 PUILICATIONS,INC., Z62I WlLSOM ILVD., ARLINGTON,
VIRGINIA 22210, 1'.0. lOll 2'"- YOUR ORDEU WILL IE '..,TLY PIDCESSED AND
SENT TO YOU BY RETUIN MAIL.

hertz.eng.ir@gmail.com - Capitoline Trans-A-Plate - Optimized PDF (HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL)
APPLICATION OF
THE CAPITOLINE TRANS-A-PLATE TRANSPARENCIES
TIle pntUure-sensitive transpllrencies may be very easily and quickly applied to your
project tracings. Drawings with properly affixed transparencies may be printed repeatedly and
handled as frequently a. any functional type drawing with no adverse effect. The following
procedure should be used in the application of the transparency to the project drawings:
STEP 3 Sci UOf off the book nome, .... nUMber. Dftd poeII tWMber Of ony ................. to ........
jv
SlIP 4
_ ..... ~ __ .......... __ .. M. ___ ....... w;"g .. _ .....-.
.. ~ - ' . . .
/",
SlIP, - ........... _ ..... ...- ............ - . . ~ _ ....... ____ __
_' h ..... ,....._ ............ ___ .... ___ ............
.SlIP ,
- ....................... --.... -..-.... poojoot ' ........... --... ~ _ .... --. .
SlIP. '-""" .............. ,,_. ___ ............ _ ...................... - --_ ................ __
USE Of THE TIANSPARENCY DUliNG
PRELIMINARY DESIGN STAGES:
USE Of THE I1_PAIENCY DUlING
THE WOIIMG DIAWMC STAGES:
IEfERENCE SYSTEM:
USE AS A TRAINMG AID:
USE AS A METHOD fOI
STANDAIOII_ DESIGN:
USE If THE .TALLING COMTIACJQB:
OTHER USES
If AMY CHANGE OR DELETION IS, IN THE JUDGMENT Of THE DESIGNER, NECESSAIY,IT IS QUITE EASY TO IEMOVE AMY LINE 01 LETTEI flOM THE
I1AMSPAIEMCY IY THE USE OF AN ELECTRIC ERASING MACHINE. ADDITIONS MAY IE EQUALLY AS EASILY MADE WITH THE USE Of A DRAfTMG
PENCIL WiTH "H" LEAD. THE TRANSI'ARENCY, YDU WILL fiND, TAKES I'ENCIL AS WELL AS THE PROJECT TRACMGoI'APEI.
IT HAS IEEN fOUND THAT THE TRANSPARENCIES MAY IE USED DURING PRELIMINARY DESIGN STAGES IN THE fOLLOWING MANNER: IIIEN THE
ARCHITECT 01 ENGINEER REQUIRES DESIGN INfORMATION REGARDING THE WEIGNT CHARACTERISTICS, PHYSICAL SIZE, ETC. Of MECHANICAL
COMPONENTS, IT IS QUITE EASY TO MAKE A PRINT OF THE TRANSPARENCY, MARK THESE CHARACTERISTICS ON THE I'IINT AMD SEND IT TO THE
ARCHITECT 01 SrRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR HIS INfORMATION. INFORMATION USUALLY REQUIRED IY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEEI, SUOI AS
HOISEPOWER All) VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CHARACTEIISTICS, MAY ALSO IE MAlKED ON A PIMT AND SENT TO THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
FOR HIS USE DURING THE DESIGN STAGES OF THE PROJECT. '
PROJECT DESIGNER WILL FIND THE DETAILS II THIS lOOK A WELCOME I'ICTORIAL AID M EXPLAINMG TO A DRAfTSMAN OR CLIENT EXACTLY
IIIAT PIECE OF EQUIPMENT HE HAS IN MIND AND PRECISELY HOW HE INTENDS TO INSTALL IT. OfTEN A PICTURE OF THE COMPONENT WILL
QUICKLY CLEAR UI' AMY LACK OF UNDERSTANDING WITHIN THE DESIGN TEAM AS TO THE EXACT MTENT,THElEBY SAVIN' VALUAILE DESIGN
nME AMD ALLOWING DEADLINES TO IE MET. THE DESIGNER CAN, FUITHER, IETTERI'REI'LAM THE WORKM' DRAWlNG$ AMD PMPOMT EX
ACTLY WHAT DETAILS ARE TO IE USED AND ON WHAT SHoEETS THEY ARE GOING TO IE I'UCED.
ON SMALLER PROJECTS WHERE IT IS NOTDESIRED TO PRESENT DIAWlNG$IN GREAT DETAIL, THE U" OF THE IE FERENCE SYSTEM IS SUGGESTED.
IN THE REFERENCE SYSTEM, THE DESIGNER CAN SHOW IN OUTLINE ON THE SMALL SCALE PLAMS THE ITEM OF MEOIAMICALo EQUIPMENT WITH A
MOTE THAT STATES, FORO EXAMPLE - ,loTHE PUMP SHALL IE INSTALLED IN ACCORDAMCE WITH THE HEATMG, VENnUTION AND All CONDITION
ING MANUAL, PUTE Mo. 62". THE USE OF THE REFERENCE SYSTEM IS NOT IECOMMENDED ON URGE PROJECTS, SINCE IT IS FELT THAT IT IS
FAR lETTER TO HAVE THE DETAILS ON WITH THE REST OF THE PIOJECT I'LAMS SO THAT ALL DETAILS WILL IE M ONE DOCUMENT.
WITH THE GROWTH OF THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY AS A WHOLE, AND THE AROIITECTENGINEEI DESIGN 'ROfESSION SI'EClflCALLY, HAS COME
A SHOITAGEOF QUALIFIED DESIGNERS. THE RESULT IIolS lEEN A NECESSITY TO TIAM NEW DESIGNERS AS QUICKLY AS POSSIILE. THE I00I''-
THE TIAMSI'ARENCIES OFFER AN EXCELLENT TRAINING IISTRUMENT fOI YDUNG NEW DESIGNERS MOT THOROUGNLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE V .. I-
OUS COMPONENTS. THE DESIGN MOTES ACCOMPANYING tHE DETAILS OFFER A CHICIt LIST fOllNFORMATION REQUIIED ON THE SOIEDULES ...
DIAWlNGS AMD A CONCISE METHOD OF DESIGN. SCHOOLS AMD VOCATIONAL CLASSES WILL FMD THE 1001 AIIO DETAILS All EXCELLENT IEfEI
ENCE TEXT M ATTEMI'TING TO TEAOI THE DESIGN MAKE-PI', AND USE OF THE VARIOUS I'AITS THAT GO TO MAKE UP A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
LARGER FIlMS WITH A UI'E STAfF OF DESIGNERS WILL FMD THE lOOK All) THE TRAMSPAIENCIES All EXCELLENT.MINIS OF STAMDAIDIZATIOM.
I'RIMCIPALS IN THE filM CAlI, IY GIVIIG EAOI DESIGNER A lOOK AND INSTRUCTIONS TO FOLLOW THE DETAIL\, ACHIEVE A fOIM Of ST ......
IZATION 1M THE DRAWiNGS THE flliM ISSUES. GOVERNMENT, MDUSTIY, SCHOOL BOAIDS, MSTITUTIDIU. nco ABOUT TO EMIAIION A UI.
SCALE CONSTRUCTION I'JIOGIAM M IIIICH NUMEROUS AICHITECT-ENGlNEER FIlMS ARE TO IE USED, CAM. If ISSUM' TIIESE DETAILS, ACIIIIYE A
GOOD MEASUIE Of STANDARDIZATION THRIIJGIIOUT THE COUISE Of THE CONSTIUCTION PIOGIAM.;
IIIElE ADEQUATE DETAILS Of THE COMPONENTS HAVE MOT IE EN GIVEN TO THE INSTALLM' CONTRACTOI, THE COMTIAClOI IIL'- f. TIIISE
DETAILS WILL ENAiLE HIM TO PROVIDE HIS JOI SUPElMTENDENl A DETALm DRAWM' Of THE METHOD Of MSTALUTIOM Of EQUIPIIBIT,IITII-
OUT THE NECESSITY Of SPENDING HOUIS SlETOIIN' OUT THE MSTALLATION DETAILS. THE COMTIACTOIIILL ALSO ,. TllAT TIll HTAILS
AlE QUill USEfUL WIlEN MAIING A DETAILED COST ESTIMATE Of A I'ROJECT THAT DOES NOT HAVE ADEQUATI DlTAlLl.lIDIIY ......
HIM WITH A VISUAL cHla THIMAIIY Ill .. IEQUlIED f. COMPLETE .. STALUT ....
I'
TITLE
INTROOUCTION -
TitIe ..... .... .. .. . ...
F_d ... .... . . . .. .. . . . ..... .. ...... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUn_d DItIHT.....,....cils ... . . . .. . .. . . . . . . ..... .. . .. ... .. . . . .
.... llIustnIttll_uction . .. .. . .. ... .. . . . ... .... . . ...
0d0Ir U. . . . .. .. .... . . .... .. . . . . . .... .. . . ... . : . ... . . . . .... .
Irllli
. . . .. . .. .. . .. ... .. . . . . .... ..... . ... . .. . . . .. ... .. . . .. .
Inllli . .... . . . . . .... . .. .. .. . . .. .. ... . . .. . .... .. . . . ..
InoII l .... . . .. .. . . . ... . . .. . . . . . ... . . .. ... . .
In . . . .. ... , . . . .. . . . .. . . .... . .. ... . . . ... . . . ..
Inllli .. . . : .. .. ... .. . .. .. .. .. .. ..... . .... .. . . . .... . ..... . . .
Indel ... ... .. ........ .. . .... .... . ..... . . ....... ...... .... .
InoIIl .... . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .... . .. . .. .. .. . . . . . .. . ..
GENERAL -
.,......CMctLitI . . ... ....... . ... .. .. . . .. . ............ . . . . . .
......... Ylnlilllint ..... Ail Co.nditionint SV.....
BOILERS -
.,..... tIIIllItIMIIIion 01 till Gis.find. Cat" .. n. Boillr
....... tIIIl .......... 01 till No. 2 FirM. Cat 1 ..... lIot
......... .. .... ..... .. ........ ...... ...... ..... ...... ... .
o..iIs II till I ........ III ... NO. 2 Oil Find. Cat I ..... Hot
........ ................ ..... ... ...... .. ..... ..... ... .. ..
.,..... till I ......... 01 lilt T_ ..... Oil Find. ScoIch T."e.
.......... .......... .. ... ....... ..... ............ .......
..... till I""""" II tilt Oil FirM. Scotch TYIII
.......... ... .. .. ... .... .. .. ...... ... ..... : .. .. ..... .. . .
....... tIII, ............ T_ ..... Oil Find. Scotch TYIII.
.......... .. .. ................... ......... .. .. ....... .....
= .. till, ......... till T_ ..... 011 FirW. Scotch TYIII,
.... ... .... .. .. .. ... ....... .... ..... .. ..... .. ... ... .
::.'i.!:, .............. till T_ ..... S. FirM; Scotch T."e.
.... ....... .... ..... ... ..... ... .... ............ .. .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PLATE
NO.
3
4
5
PAGE
NO.
iii
2
3
"
5
SA
58
&
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
TITLE
DetUa III ... I ..... ion 01 till T_ ..... S. FirM, Scotch T."e,
Hot .... 80illr .. ... . . ... . . . .. ... . . . . .. .. . .. . . . .... . . . .. . .. . .
D ....... lilt I ...... t ... 01 till T_ ..... ... Find, Scotch T."e.
ShlmBoiler .... .. . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. .. ...... .. .... .. .. ... .. .. ..
DttIiIa 01 tIIIl ..... lltion 01 thl T_ ..... ... FirM. Scotch TYIII.
St.m 80iler ... .. .. . . . . . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. ... . . . . . ... . . .....
Dllipi ... thl I ....... ion 01 till TInt ..... Oil Find. Scotch T."e.
Hot .... Boiler . .. . .. . . ..... .... . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . .... . . . . . .
Dlld. of thl 1_IIo.ion 01 thl TInt ...... Find. Scotch T."e.
Hot .... Boiler ... .... . . . . . . . ... . ..... . .. . ...... . .. .... . .. .. .
lJeaitni ...... I ... II ion 01 till TInt ..... FirM. Scotch Type.
S .. ",Boiler ..... .. .... . . . .... . . . .. . ........... . ... ...... . . .
DttIiI. of thl 1_I .. ion of .hI TInt ...... Find. Scotch T."e.
St.mBoil... . . .. . ... ... ......... . ... . .... . .. . ............. ..
DII"'i .. thl Inllll"tion of .hI Thne PIa. Gil Find. Scotch TYIII.
Hot .... Boil... . .. . ....... . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . .. . ... . ..... ... . . . .
Dluill of the In....... ion of .hI Thne ...... ... Find. Scotch TYIII.
Hot .... . ...... . . . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . ..
Dai.,i ... tho Inlllllition of thl TInt ...... Gil Find. Scotch TYIII.
St.m Boiler . ........ : .. . .... .. . . . . .. . .. .. . . .... . ... . ... . ..
DIllill of the inllll .. tion of thl Thne _ , Gil Find. Scotch TYIII.
S .. mBoillr .. . ....................... .. . . . . . ... . .......... .
Designing tho 1IIIIIIIItion of tho Oil Find. Brick SIt. Ant.... .
Hot .... Boil . . ..... . .. .. . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . ... ........ . .... ..
Detlm of the 1 ... llotion 01 till Dil Find. Brick SIt. Fintullt.
IIot WIt. Boi. . . . ......... .. ....... .. .. . ....... .. ... ...... ..
... tho 1 ... llotion of thl Find. Brick SIt. Firat ..... .
ShIm Boiler . .. ..... . .. . . .. .. . . .... . .. . . (, ' .... .. . . . ... .. .. .
DttIiIa III tIIIlnstaIIItion 01 till Oil Find. Brick SIt. FinI ......
S .. mBoiler . .. .. ..... .. . .. " . . .. .. . ... .. .. . . .. . . . .... .... . :
...... I ... lllion 01 till Medium
Copecity ShIm .... T ..... BoilerOil Find
DttIiIa III tIIIl_lIItion 01 till Medium
Clpecity ShIm .... Tulll 8oi. Oil Find
1IIIitni ... lilt I ....... ion III lilt Connl sv-m
for lilt lIhdium CIpocity ShIm .... T_ IIoiIIr
DItIiIa 01 ihe IMbIIotion 01 thl Co_I SyafMI
far tllllllldium CIpocity ShIm .... T_ IIoiIIr
PLATE
110.
6

9
10
11
12
13
IlA
138
PAGE
NO.
17
1.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Z1
21
21
3D
31
31A
31B
31C
31D
PAGE NO
TiTlE

O .... i .. tM 1 .... llIIian 01 tM RtcipnlCltinl Chil.. . .............. . .
Ottails of tM In."lIIion of tM RociproC81int Chi.. . . ... . . . ...... .... .
lJailnint ... InstIl"tion 01 tM Rtcip<OCllint
Chill. I ...... with Air Coaled Candln. . ............... . . . . . . .
Ott .. 01 ... 1 .... lIItian 01 1M R.cifIr_tint
I ...... with Air Co"'" .. . . . . . . . ... .. .. ...... .
D .... int tM I ........ tian of ... Outdoor SIll
Conttintd Rtcipraati .. . ................. . . .. .....
D .. iIs 01 ... 1 .... llIIian of ... Outdo ...
SIll Cantlintd Rteip<Ocatint Chiller ... ... ... .. .. .. . ..
lJailni ..... IMllllltion of ... Eltctric Ctntrifu., Chi" . . . . ... . . . . ..... .
Ottails 01 tM IlIIIIIlIIion 01 ... Eltctric ClUI.. . ......... . .
D .... int ... 1 .... I .. tian of tM Dinct Dr""
Ctntrifutlll . ... ... . .. . . . ..... . . .. .. .. .. .... . ...
D .. ilsal tM In.. I"lian 01 tM Dirtct Dri",
Ctntrifutlll Chil.. . .. . .. ... . . ... ..... . .. . .. . . .. .... ..
lJailnint tM 1 .... lIIIion of ... S1.m Allsorplion Chil ..
Ottails of ... IMIIllllian of tM hm Absorption Chilllr
lJailni .. tMlftlllllltion of tM Hot .... Alllarption Chilllr
Ottails 01 ... IlIIIIIIttion of ... Hot .... ANrption Chin.
AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT -
D .... int ... I ....... ion of ... Air IIIncIint Unit with Flit
Fb ........ Comllinttian Coil . . ... . . .. . ... .. .. .. .
IlttIiIa of tilt I .... tion of tilt V .. 1aI AIr HIndIInt Unit with
Flit Fill ......... Colllllinttion Col .. . .. .... .. . .... .
o-..int tilt I ....... n of ... Air IIInIIinI Unit with
Fill lxint ... a Combillltion CoM . .. ... . .... . .. ..
Ottaill of ... I ........ ion of tM AIr ....... Ullil witII
Fb . 11int ... a Co"-'- Coil ... .. .. ..... . . . .. .. .
IIIIiFinI till I ....... of till AIr tt.MIint"u.It with
Flit F ..... a Co......... Coil . .. . . . ........
.,...." tilt IIIIIIIIttion of till Hori-.I Air ...... Ullit with
Flit F ..... a Co........ Coil . . .. .. . ... ... .. . . . .... .. ..... . .. . .
.,..... ... 1 ...... of till AIr ...... Ullitwitll
FiItw ........ a Co..-..aien Coil . .. . . . . .
.,.... of tilt I .......... of ... AIr ...... Ullitwitll
FIIw 1IIxiIII". a CoIllllinl1ieol Coil . . . .. .. .. ... .
PLATE
NO.
14
14A
148
15
15A
16
17
II
19
20
21
PAGE
NO.
32
33
33A
138
33C
330
34
35
35A
358
36
37
31
39
40
41
42
43
47
TiTlE
Dllilni ..... IlIIIiIIIItion of tilt v .. 1aI Air Handi .. Unit witt.
Flit FiItw ........ Dull Coils .. .. . .. ... .... ... ... .. ... . . .. . . ..
Delliis of ... I ........ ion of tilt Air Handint Unit with
FIoI Filter .... nd Dull Coils . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ..... . . , . . . .
Dllilni ..... IMllllltion of till VwtIaI Air HendIi,. Unitwitll
Flit FilW .... Dull Coila a Ciralltti .. Pulllll .. ..... .. . . . .... . . ... . ..
DtuiIo 01 1M I ........ ion of tilt V .. 1aI AIr Handint Unit witll
Flit Fill ..... 0 .... Colli a CircuIIIIInt Pu... ... . .. .. . ... .. .... .. . . . .
Dllilni,. 1M I ........ ion of till VwtIaI Air tt.ndIi,. Unit with
FiIIIr .i';" ........ Dull Coila . .. . .
o .. iIs of ... IlIIIiIIIItion of ... AIr Handint Unit with
Filt I. i,. ........ Dull Coils . . .. . .... .... . . . .. . . ..
Dllilnint ... IIIIfaIIItion of ... Air ....... Unit with
Filllr .i ........ 0 .... Coils. ..... CIraIIItint Pu,.. . . . . ... ... . . . . .. ... . .
D .. iIs of ... IlIIIIIlation of ... Air 1tMIIi .. Unit with
Fill i.i,. Bo Outl Coils nd Ciruclalint Pu,.. .. . . ... .... .. .. . .
Dllilnint 1M IMllllltian of ... Horizontll Air H.ndli,. Unit with
Flit FM .. Bo...... 0l1li Coill . . .. . ...... . .... .. .. ... .' ..
D .. iIs 01 "'llIIIIIlolion of tM Horizontll Air Hlndti,. Unit with
Flat Fill. Bo.. nd DUll Coils ...... . ... . ... .. .. . .... . .. .. .
Dllilni,. ... IMIIllation of tM Horizontll Air H ..... lint Unit with
Flit FiI .. Bo 0l1li Coill nd Clrculatint Pu,.. . . ...... . ..... ...... . . . .
IIttIiIt of tilt I ...... lation of tM Horizontll Air Hlndlint Unit with
Flit FiItw Bo 0l1li Coils rid Clrculltint Pu,.. . . . . .. .................
Dllilnint ... I ...... tian of 1M HoriZOnlll Air Hlllllint Unit with
Fil.. Mi.int Bo.. nd 0IIII CoiIl .. . .... .... . . .. . ... . .......
Ottails of ... Inttillation of ... Horizontll Air Hili"" Unit with
Fill. Mi.int Bo...... 0l1li Coils .. . . . .. ... . . . .... .. . .. .... . . . . . ......... .
0ttiIninI'" 1 ...... lion of tM Homonlll Air Hllldlintl Unit with
FilW .I.in, Bo'. Dull Coils. llld Circulating Pu,.. . . ... . .......... . . . .. .
0...111 of ... I MIIllation of 1M Horizontll Air H ..... lint Unit with
Fb .i.int Bo 0l1li Coils nd Cin:ulatint Pulllll . ... . ....... . .... . ..
Dllilnint ... Il'IIlIIIIlion of ... 0l1li Duct Air Hll'ldlinl Unit
lltIIiIs of tM I Mllllllion of 1M Outl Duct Air H ..... lint Unit
o-..int ... I ...... lation of tM Co...... Room AIr Conditio..;,. Ullit . . ..
lltIIiIs of tilt 1 .... llation of tM Co...- Room AIr CoMItio";" Unit ...
ROOM TER.INAl UNITS-
1IeIiFInI'" I ....... ion of ... Co mlliNtion Coil Fill Col Unit witII
fin Connl .. .. ... .......... .. .. . .. ............ . . . . .. .. .. . .
PLATE
NO.
22
22A
23
23,\
24
24A
25
28
PAGE
NO.
48
49
49A
498
50
51
51A
518
52
53
53,\
531
54
56
55,\
55B
58
57
57"
511
58
PAGE NO.2
TITLE
O".ill of 1111 In n.lion of 1111 Combi.. tion Coil F .... Coil Unit with
Fill Control . . .... . .. . . . ... . . ..... . . . . ... . .. . ... . . ....
Ollilnint 11II1.... lolion of 1111 Combi.. tion Coil Fill Coil Unit with
3Wey V.1vo Control ..... . .... ... ... . .. .. . . . ... .... .. . .. . . . . .
OotIill of 1III1_llotion of till Combi.. lion Coil Fon Coil Unit with
3Wey V_c.-ol . ... ..... . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . ... ... . . .. .
0 ..... till '-Ilition of 1111 Dull Coil fin Unit
OotIiIs of of 1111 DUll Coil F.n Coil Unil
O .... n. tllll_lI.tion of 1111 CII.... oom Typo Unit Vonlilllor
with Combi.. li.n ... .. ... .. . .. . . . .. ... .. . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . .
O".ill of 11II1_llotion .f 1111 CI..... aom Typo Unil Vontilll.r
wilh Combi"lion Coil ... . . .. ..... . .. . . . .. . .... . . . .. . .. . ... .. . . .
Designing IlIIlnllllllli.n .f 1111 CI..... oom Typo Unit Vonlilll.r
wilh DUll Coill . . . .. .. . ... .. ... . . ... . . . .. . .. .... . .. : . . .. .. ..
D".il,.f IlIIlnll.llllion of 1111 CI..... oom Typo Unit Vintilllor
with Dull C.il, . . . . . ...... . .. . .... . . . . . . . .... . .... . . .. . .. ... . .
Designing lhe Inll.II.li.n.f 1111 CI..... o.m Typo Unil Vinlilll.r.
Hot Weier H.ling .. . . .. . . ........ . ... . .. . .. . . . ........ . .. . . . . .
D".ill 01 11II1... llolion of till CI.ssroom Typo Unil Vinlilllor.
Hot Wlter H.ling . . ... . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . ... . . .. ... . . ... .. . . . . .
Designing the Inlllllllion of the CI..... oom Typo Unit Vlntilltor.
SllIm H.ling . ... . . .. . . .. . . . .. ... .. . . ... . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .
D".il, of IlIIlnlllllltion of the CI..... oom Typo Unit V.nlilllor.
SllIm H.ling .. .. . . . . . .... . ..... . . . . . . . .... .. .. . . . . . . . . . ..
Designing the Inll.llliion of 1111 Du.1 Duct Mixing Box with
Diffuser Oullll . .... . . . ... .. . . . .. . . . . . . ... . ... ... . .. . .. .. . ..
Det.ill of lhe Inllalillion of lhe Du.1 Duci Mixing Box wilh
Diffuser Oultlt .. .. . . . . . .... . .. . .. ..... .... . . .... . . . . . .. . . ..
DlSigning IlIIlnlllllllion of the Dull Duci Mixing Box wilh
ROCllngul. Duct Outlll ... . .. .. ...... ... . . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . .. .
D.llil, of the In,"ll1lion of the Dull Duel Mixing Box wilh
Roclln .. '" Duct Outlll . . ... . .... .. . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. .
Designing the Inlllilotion of the Dull Duct Mixing Box with
F.ur Round OUltits . . ... .. .. . ... . . .. ... .. .. ... .. . .. . . . ...
IJlllil, of the Inlllllllion of lhe Du.1 Duct Mixing B.x with
Four Round Outl", . . . ..... . . .. . .. . .... . ... . .. . .. . ... ..... . .
De.igning lhe Inlllilltion of the Lor. Volume Mixing Box
Dlllil. of Ihl 1_llItion of the Lor. Volume Mixing Box
PLATE
NO.
27
28
30
S1
32
33
34
3S
36
37
PAGE
NO.
59
60
61
62
63
6S
66
67
6B
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
TITLE PLATE
NO.
ROOM TERMINAL UNITS-
0 ....... thel...,lIIion of the WIll H .... Induction Unit.
Combinotion Coil with __ Control .. . .... . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. ... . ... . . .
DIIIU. of thelntallotion of the WIll HUIIIlnMtiDn
Combi .. iion Coil with WIIIr Control' . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . 31
D .... ng lhe 1_llIIion of the Well H ..... llMIuction Unit.
Combi .. tion Coil with Air Control . . .. . . . . . ... . .. . . . . , ..
Olllill .f lhe Instailotion of the Well Hung Induction Unit.
Combination COW with Air Control .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . .... . .. .
DlliFi""he 1_lIotion of lhe Well Hung Induction Unit
0 ... Coil with Wottr Con".1 . . .. . . . ... . . . .... .... . . .. . . .
Olllils of the 1_llIIion of lhe WIll H ..... Induction Unil
0 ... Coil with Wottr C_.I . . .... . . . . . ... . . . . . .. ... . ... . . ... .
Designing lhe 1_llIIion of the Air Supply IIId R"um Lith! Fixt.... . . . . .
Dotlill of the 1_llolion of the Air supply .ntI R.urn Lithl Fixt.... . . .. . . . ..
Designing the 1_llIlion of thl R-.d Hot WIIIr Co_or
Dlllil,.f thll_llllion of Ihi Hot WI. ColMClOr
Designi", thel_llllion .f thl RICISMd St.m Conwet.r
Dlllil f thll_lIllion .f Ihi RICISMd St.m ConVIC'or
D .... ing Ihll_llllion .f the H.I Wli. Co_or, Will Hung.
Sloping Top . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . .. .. . ... ... . . ... ..... . . . . . . . .
Dlllil. of lhe In.. llllion of lhe Hoi Wiler Co.-t.r. WIll Hung.
Sloping T.p .. . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . ..... ........ .. .. . . . . . . . .. ..... .
Designing thllnllllllli.n of lhe St.m Co_.r. Will Hung.
Sloping T.p . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. . .. . . .... . . . . .... . . . . . .. . . .
Dlllits.f lhe Insllilltion.f lhe St.m C .-tar. WIll Hung.
Sloping Top . . .. ... .... . . . . . . . . .. . ... .... . . .. . . . . .... . . ... .

Designing the 1_llItion .f Ihi Fin Tubl Rldiltion. H.t WIler
O".ill.f thll_llltion of Ihi Fin Tubl Rldiltion, H.t Wltor
Designinglhlinst.llltion of Ihi Fin Tubl Rldiltion. Two-Pipo St.m
Dlllil f Ihllnllllillion of thl Fin Tubl Rodiolion. Two-Pipo St.m
Designing thilnSllllllion of thl V""ticol Hot Wei. Unit H.,.
Dot.il,.f the 1 ... III,i.n of the Verticil HOI We. Unit Hili.
Designing Ihllnlllillti.n of the H.riz.nlll Hal Wottr Unit H_
DOIIil. of thl1"".llIti.n of thl Horizonlll H.I WI. Unit
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
'AGE
NO.
10
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
PAGE NO.3
TITlE
Daitnint ... I_lit .... of ... VtrtiaI .... """ ...... . .. . . . ... .. . ... .. .
IlNiIs of .... 1 ........... 01 .... Venial ,*111 Unit...... . .... . . \ .
DoIipint ... 1_111 ..... of ... IIDNontaiSUl. Unit...... . . . . . .... . .... .
OtIaili 01 .... 1 ..... 111.... 01 .... Hori.. n .. l .... Unit .....
.,...i", ... I_lIIIion 01 ... CIIIiMt Type Uni! H_tlr. Hot ...
OtIaill of ... IlIIIIIlIIion oi .... CIIIiIIIt T.". Unit "-IIr. He....
Daitninl .... I_IIIt .... 01 ... CHinIt T.". Unit ............ . . .. .. ...... .
Dtalils 01 ... 1 .......... 01 ... c:.inIt T.". 1JIIit ...........
PUItPS -
Daitnint ... 1 ........... 01 ... InLiIt Cm ........
OtIailiof ... I_lilt .... 01 ... InLiIt CirculMi", .......
Daitni", ... 1_llIIion of ... ElM! Suet .... ""'"
IlNiIs of ... I_III, .... 01 ... End Suetion ......
Daitni", ... 1_III.ion 01 ... Do .... Suction IIDNontally Splh
c.Pump .. . . . ...... . ..... . ... . .. ..... ... ... . . . .. ..... . . ... .
0ItaiIs of ... I ....... ion 01 ... Do .... Suclion IIoriIDntIIIy Split
c.Pump .. ... ..... . .... . . .... ... ... .. . ...... . ............
lleIipint ... Installltion 01 ... Venial Splh C. 0euIIIe
Suet .... SintIt S ... PuMP . . . . ..................... . ............ .
O_iII of ... l-'IIIion 01 .... Venial Split C. DMII
Suc.ion SintIt S\atI Pump ...... . ...... . .... .. .. .. .............. ..
COOlllIIG TOWERS - AIR COOLEO COIIIDENSERS-
Daitnint ... 1_lIItion 01 ... Ail Coolotl Co...... . . .. . . . .... . .... .. ' .
Dtalill of ... 11IItII1II.... of ... Ail CoolH Co......
llesitninl ... I_III ..... of ... ee-. AtIIIIIos CIIint. Wood Fill.
Propeller Fill. Coolint To_ .... . . . .. . ... .. .. ... ..... . .. . .. . .. .. .
DII.iII of ... I_III.ion of ... CoIllll1' AIIIIItoI CIIint. Wood Fil.
Propeller fin. C o o ~ " , To_ ............................ . ... . ... .
D .... int ... In...... ion of ... St_ Coli",. Sf-' FiN.
CIIItrif"",1 F.n. CooIinI T_ ....... . ............... .... ....... . .
Dtalils of ... 1 ... lIIIion of ... St_ Coli",. St_ UI.
C .. trif ..... Fill. Coolin! To_ .. . .... . . .. . . . .... ... ......... .... . .
llesitni .. t .. 1_llIIion of ... Cooli.. T_ with Freu. Protection
for u. with CIIItrif ..... Chill. . . .... . ............... . ..... ... .... .
Dotaill of ... 1 ..... lIIion of ... Cooli", T_ with Frel .. ProllClion
for .. with CIIItri" .... Chill. . . . ... .. ......... . .. . ... . ......... . .
PLATE
1110.
iiI
52
!iii
56
1i7
58
PAGE
1110.
1M
IlI1i
1.
107
I_
I_
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
111
1I1A
1118
118
119
120
121
122
123
123A
1238
TiTlE
OILSYSTEIII-
1IIeitnInt .... I ...... ion ...... Il10. Ii OW ... ,.. T_. u.... ..... .... ....... .
IIetIIII of .... I ........ ion ..... Il1o Ii OW Ito,.. TIM. ~ ..... . .. . .
hiFint .... INtaIotion ...... Il10 Filii 0 ....... TIIIk. ~
Dotal.. of .... I_ ... ion of .... Il10. ' Filii OW S ...... Tlllt. U ........ .
1IIIIIIII" ... I_lIIIion 01 ''''liI\II OW ....... T_. ~ ... ..... . .
Dttaill of ... I ........ of L .... Oil Sto,.. T_. U .......... .. . . .. .. . .. . .
.,..... .... PI';", lAyout for Il10. Ii O. Bwni", SysteM ....... ... . ..... ..
..... D ........ Il10. Ii OW Iumint Syst.m ... .. ...... .. ... .. ....... ..
.,...... .......... 1AvIIIt for Il10. '01 ......... Syst ...
...... .,.... fw Il10.' Oif IumiIIISysteM
FAIIIS-
.,...... ... 1 ......... of ... "'-'Roof v .... illior
OtIaili 01 .... 1 ......... of ........ Roof Vlllditor
IIIIiInint ... 11IIIII1Ition of ... Roof Mounted Utifhy VIII' Set . ..... ... . . .. .
lilt ... of ... 1_lIIIion 01 Roof Mounted UtiUty Vent Set ............. ... . ..
DIIitni", ... 1/IIIIIII.ion of , ... CoiIint Hu". UtHity Villi Set
Details of ... I_lIIIion of ... Coilint Hu", Utility V.III Set
DIIiIn ..... In ....... ion of ... Doubl. Width Do...... I ..... Fill
DItIib of ... I ...... ion of ... Double Width Do...... In'" Fill
DIIlInint ... I ...... ion of ... Pro.... '" Fill
Dotaill of ... 1_lIIIion 01 ... Propel'" F.n
Daitni", ... In...... ion of ... Fly Fill .......... . ......... . ............. .
.
IlItIiIs of ... I ....... tion 01 ... Fly fin .... . .... . . .. . ............... . _ .. ..
DIIiIn ...... 1_lIItion of , .. COntrif..... InT\wLi.. FlO
Details of ... 1_lIItion of ... CIIItril ..... lnT\w-Lini FlO
!!!!!!!!!.. -
Dllilnint .... 1_1IItion 01 , .. Four Sided Khchln Hood .. .................. .
Details of .... CollltrUClion Iftd I ........ n of ... Four Sided Kite... Hood .....
Daitnint ... I ........ ion of , .. ThnI Sided KhcIwn Hood . .. .... .... . . .. .. .. .
PLATE
1110.
11
12
r
13
14
..
..
17
..
..
70
70A
71
PAGE
1110.
124
125
126
121
121
129
130
131
132
1:;3
134
135
136
137
138
138
140
141
142
143
144
145
14SA
1458
146
141
141
PAGE NO.4
TITlE PLATE
NO.
Oetlils 01 tho Construction Ind InstlUltion 01 tho TInt Sidotf
Kitch.n Hood ........................................ . .... . ..... . 72
O..,.ing tho I nlllilotion 01 tho Th,.. Sidtd Kitchin Hood. litht Duty
Olllill 01 the Construction Ind Instlllotion 01 til. TInt Sidotf Kitchen
Hood. ligllt Duty .. .. . ........................................ . ..... .
CONVERTORS -
Designing tho Inllillotion 01 thl Stllm to Wit. Conwrtor . ... . .. .. . ... . ....
Detlits 01 tho Inltlilotion 01 tho Stllm to WlIW Conwrtor . .. . . .... .. ... .
Dtsigni", tho 1_llotion 01 the WlIW to Will< Conwrtor
Olllill 01 the IMIIllotion of tho Wit. to WlIW Conwrtor
HOT WATER GENERATORS-
D .... i'" the Inlllilotion of the Stum Horizontll HOI WIll< Gtlllfltor
Olllils of the hUllllotion of tho St.m Horizontll Hot Wit. GIn ... tor
OIIiIAi", thelnstollotion of lhe Stum Vlflicof Hot Wit. Gonnlor ......... .. . .
Dlloits of thel,,"llolion of lhe St.m VlflicIf Hot WI", GonorItor .... , . . .....
0 ....... thel_llllion of tho WllwlO Wit. Horizonlll Hoi WI",
Gtlllfltor ...................................... .... ... '. . . . . . . . . . .
DllliI, of thel_llllion of the WI", to WI", Horizonlll Hoi Wltl<
. C ....... tor ....... . ......... ... ......... : .... ..... . . ... .. . ...
D .... i'" lhe InIIoflllion of the WI", to' WI", Vlflicel Hot WIler
G-.lor ........ . .... . . .. . . ..... .. . . . .............. ....... ..
DIIIils of thellllllllltion of the WI", to WIIIr Verticel HOI WoIIr
G-.tor .... .... . ... . . . . ................ ... . . ...... . ..... . ........ .
Desitni", lhe Inllllillion aI the VertiCil EIIctricII Hot WI ..
G ..... lor . .... .. .. . ..... .. .... ... . ............................ . . ... .
Dlllill of thelnllofltltion of the Vlflicol EIoc:triCII HOI Wltw
Gtlllfltor . . ........ ...... . . . ..... ... ...... . ... . .... . . . ...
D .... in. the Inlillillion of the Horizonlll Electrical Hot WoIIr
Gtlllfltor . . .. . ... . . . .................... . ... ... . . . ........ . ... . .... .
Detlils of tho I ...... tion of the Horizont.1 Electricof Hot WIllI
G ... llor ... .... . .......... .. .. . . . ....... .. . . ... .. . .. ...
DUCTWORK -
Not" the U. of Low Volocity Ductwork SdlMuIl
Thick_.nd Rainford", SdIIduIt - low Vilocity D.-t< ... . ... . . ...
Notes on the U. of Mtdium .. d Hith "'-n Round Ductwork Sdledull . ... . .
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
79A
798
..
PAGE
NO.
' 148
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
151
159
160
161
162
163
16lA
1638
163C
1630
184
I.
I.
TITLE
Thick_ Ind Rlinford", Schedule .... um end Hith "'-' lIaund Ductwork
OtIitninl thel_lIItion of the ....... lIId Supports for Ductwork ............. .
Olllits of thelllltllfltion aI the HI .... end Sup,ort, for Ductwork
Notes on the U. 01 the IItdium Pr_ R-...utor Ductwork Schtdule ..... . ..
Thick_end Rllinlorei", Schttlule - Mldium Pr_ R_"IU1or
O_k . ................. . ...... .. . . . ......... . ........ . ..... .
Notes on tho U. oj (he Hith Pr_ ~ I o r Ductwork SchHuIt ... . . . . ... .
Thick_ Ind Rtinforei", SchetIuII - H" "'-' R_"IU1or Ductwork .. . .. . .
Ollitni", the I nllollolion of the Low Vilocity Duct S",tIn .. . . . . . . .. . .. . ...
Olllill oftho Low V.locity Duct layout ...... . ............... .. .. . . .....
D .... i'" tho 1_llItion of Fire Do.... 1 . . . ...... . ... , ......... . .. . .. . .
Dlllils of lhe I MIIllItion of Fire Dompen
O .... i'" lhe 1,,"lItIlion of lhe Mldium Ind Hith."'-' Duct S",tIn .. . . . . .. . .
Dllliliofthe Mtdium .. d Hith ........ Duct layout ...... ... ... . ... . .. .. . .. .
Olli";", lhe Inlllilolian of lhe Undlrfloor Duct Systlm
Dlllils of the I nlllilolion of the Undlrflaor Duct Systlm
0 ....... lhe Fixtd Lo..... . . . .. . .. .. ....... . .. ... . . . ..... . . .
Olllill of lhe Intllllation of lhe Fiutllo..... . ....... . . ..... .......... ... . .
Desitni", the Adjulllbit Lou* .. .. . ..... . ... . .. . . . . . .................. .
Dlllill ofthe 1_llation of the AdiUlllble '--- . ..... ... . . . ......
0 ....... thel_lIIIion aI the RoUll4l1:eil'" Ditt_
DIIoiIs of thelnlllllliion of the Round Coil... Dittu.
Desitn"'lhe l""oIlIIion of the s.-e Ceilintt Ditt".
Dllla, of the Inlllilotion aI the Sq.... Ceil... Dittu.
D .... i'" thelnlllfltltion of tilt Air R..,.
Dotaifs.of thelllltlllltion aI the Air R..,.
DIsitnintt till IlIIIIIlotion aI the EIIctrIc R"-I Coil
DIIIifs of till 1_lIIIion of the EIKtric R .... t Coil
DIIitnintt the I nstofItItion of the Hot WIllI R"-I Col
Dillie of tIIIlftIIofItItion aI the HIt .. R .... t Cell
1IIIiIni", tilt IlIDIIItion aI till ftmPnIIIIt Cell
, ~
....
PLATE
NO.
II
12
13
84
85
I5A
86
17

80
91
82
alA
128
PAGE
NO.
167
I.
168
170
171
172
173
174
175
175B
176
177
1'8
n
I8U
II',
1(12
183
184
las
I.
117
I.
I.
I.A
,.8
I.C
,.0
I.E
PAGE NO.5
DESIGNERS' CHECK LIST
TIlE FOLLO.iii ;:; OF THIRTYFIVE ITEMS SHOULD IE THOROUGHLY CHEClED IY THE DESIGHER AT
TIlE COMPLETION OF EACH PROJECT. THE LIST SHOULD IE INITIALLED ITEM IY ITEM AND THEN FILED
IN THE PROJECT FILE.
I. CHECK TO ASCERTAIN THAT EVERY MECHANICAL COMPONENT ON THE PROJECT HAS IEEN DETAILED
ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. CHECK EVERY DETAIL TO SEE IF THE SCHEDULE THEREON HAS IE EN COMPLETED AND 15 ACCURATE.
'. CHECK EACH ROOM 1M THE IUILOING TO IE SURE THAT IT HAS IEEN ADEQUATELY HEATED. COOLED.
AND .VHTILA TED.
4. CHECK TO IE SURE THAT ADEQUATE SPACE HASIEEN PROVIDED TO PULL THE TUIES FOR IOILERS.
CHILLERS. CONVERTORS. OR HOT WATER GENERA TORS.
5. CHECK TO SEE IF VIIRATION ELIMINATORS HAVE IEEN PROPERLY INDICATED FOR EACH PIECE OF
ROTATING EQUIPMENT.
6. CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE SPACE HAS IEEN PROVIDED TO SERVICE AU. EOUII'MENT.
7. CHECK TO SEE IF ANY LADDERS OR CATWALKS ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF MAJOR EQUII'MEMT
CHECK ALL DUCT RUNS TO IE SURE THAT THE DUCT SHOWN WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILAILE SPACE AND
DOES HOT INTERFERE WITH PIPES. LIGHTS. OR STRUCTURAL MEMIERS.
9. CHECK ALL PIPE RUNS TO IE .sURE THAT THE PIPE WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILAILE SPACE AIID DOES
MOT INTERFERE .ITH DUCTS. LIGHTS. OR STRUC;:TURAL MEMIERS.
10. CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE COMIUSTION AIR OPENINGS HAVE IEEN PROVIDED FOR THE IDILER ROOM
AND INCINERATOR ROOM.
11. CHECK THE FLUE SIZE AND HEIGHT TO SEE IF ADEQUATE DRAFT HAS IEEN PROVIDED.
12. CHECK THE IOILER PRESSURE RATING TD SEE IF IT IS ADEQUATE FOR THE STATIC HEIGHT DF THE
IUILDING.
13. CHECK THE EXPANSION TANK CALCULATION TO IE CERTAIN IT IS LARGE EMOUGH AND IS PROPERLY
LOCATED 1M REUTIOM TO THE PUMP.
U. CHECK THE PIPING SYSTEM TO SEE IF ADEQUATE EXPANSION LOOPS AND ANCHORS HAVE IEEN PROVIDED
AND DETAILED.
CHECK RUMOUTS TO ROOM TERMINAL UNITS TO SEE IF PIPES CAN SLEEVE SPANDREL IEAMS OR OTHER
OIS TRUCTIOMS.
16. CHECK PROJECT I'LAMS TO SEE IF TN E LOCATION OF ALL DUCTS AND PIPES HAS IEEN INDICATED.
17. CHECK TitE PROJECT OOOR SCHEDULE TO SEE iF ALL DOORS REQUIRING VENTILATION OPENINGS HAVE
ilUN ADEQUATELY UNDERCUT OR LDUVERED.
II. CHECK TO SEE THAT THERE ARE MO EXHAUST FANS OR RETURM AIR OPENINGS IN A ROOM WHERE COM.
IUSTION IS OCCURING.
19. CHECK TO SEE THAT THE CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR IS SHOWH ON ALL PNEUMATIC CONTROL PROJECTS.
20. CHECK TO SEE THAT ALL MOTORS AND MOTOR STARTERS ARE SHOWN IN THE MOTOR AND MOTOR CON.
TROL SCHEDULE
21. CHECK TO SEE THAT ALL UNDERFLOOR I'II'IMG HAS WELDED JOINTS AND IS SPECIFIED TO IE TESTED
TO ISO PSIG.
22. CHECK TO SEE IF TE"'I'ERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS HAVE IEEN SHOWN FOR ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING
AUTOMATIC COMTROL.
23. CHECK ALL CEILINGS TO BE SURE THAT AIR DUTLETS 00 NOT IMTERFERE WITH LIGHTS.
24. CHECK TO SEE IF THE CONTROL POINTS FOR ALL FANS HAVE IEEN INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS AMD IF THESE CONTROL POINTS ARE SATISFACTORY FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM.
25. CHECK TO SEE IF SUFFICIENT VALVES HAVE IEEN PLACED IN THE SYSTEM TO ALLOW ISOLATION OF
RISERS AND "'AINS FOR SERVICE AND DRAIN DOWN
26. CHECK HEAD ROOM AVAILABLE FOR ALL CEILING HUNG UNITS SUCH AS UNIT HEATERS.
27. CHECK TO BE SURE THAT ALL AIR FLOWS SHOWN ULANCE. CHECK ROOM BY ROOM ULANCE AND
CHECK ROOM TOTALS AGAINST FLOW SHOWN FOR AIR HANDLING UNITS AND !'ANS.
21. CHECK TO SEE IF FIRE DAMPERS HAVE IE EN SHOWN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL CODES AND
ORDINANCES.
29. CHECK ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT TO SEE IF ALL REQUIRED DUCT LIMING AND
SOUND TRAPS ... VE IEEN PROVIDED TO GIVE TIlE REQUIRED ATTENUATION OF
30. CHECK TO SEE THAT ALL PIPES ARE CONTINUED TO I'OINT OF CONNECTION.
31. CHECK TO SEE IF ALL MOTC,RS AND OTHER ELECTiUCAL INFORMATION HAS IEEN GIVEN TO THE
ELECTRICAL DESIGHER.
32. CHECK TO SEE IF PROTECTION HAS IEEM PROVIDED FOR WATER PIPES AND COOLIMG TOWER
SUMP WHERE REQUIRED.
33. CHECK THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMPLETENESS AND ACCURACY.

34. CHECK THE PROJECT DRAWINGS TO SEE THAT ALL ROOM NAMES AND NUMIERS AND COLUMN NUMIERS
HAVE BEEN PROPERLY INCLUDED.
35. CHECK THE PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETION OF THE JOI "AME. TITLE ILOCKS AND I'ROFESSIOMAL
STAMPS.
PAGE NO.6
HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYMBOLS
SYM80L
-CI--
--CII--
--..-0-
--

_fOI_
--'0"--
-FO_
-FOV--
---11---
o

MEANING A 88REVIATION
LOW ITIAM ---------------- L.PI
MIOIUM 'TEAM II
HIIH ITEAM ....... --------- H.PI.
lOW COIIOIIIIATE IIETUIIII --------- L.1!1t
MIOIUM COIIOIIISATI IIITUIIII -----:......-- IlPlt
HItH COIIOEIISATE H.PIt
HIATIII' WATIII HW..
HEATIII. WATIII "ITUIIII ' ------------- H.WII
CHILLIO WATIII ClilS.
CHILLED WATIII IIITUIIII C..II.
COM"NIO HIATINI 011 CHILLED WATIII HC.S.
COM.'NIO HIATINI 011 CHILLED WATIII IIITUIIII ----- H.C.II.
CONOINSIII WATIII ------ - ----- C. S.
CDNOINSIII WATIII IIITUIIII elt
OIlAIN FIIOM COOLIIII COIL ------------ D.
IIATUIIAL IAI G
LPI IAI PIPI----------------------L.PG
FUlL OIL F050
FUlL OIL IIETUIIII PlPE----------------- fall.
FUlL DIL IAIE PIPE IN CONDUIT---- - - -- - --- fOG.
FUI. L DIL VIIIT PIPI---- ------- -- - --- F.ov.
IIEFIIIIEIIAIIT PIPIIII-- -- ------- -- -- ---
11111111--- - - ---- -- -- - ---- - --
PIPE TUIIIIINI OOWII---------------
AlII INTO RIIiSTIR
AlII DUT OF IIE .. ITIII
AI" FLOW THIIU UNOEIICUT OR LOUVERED DODR
SEI ARCHITECTURAL DRAWIN8S FOil SIZE
200 C."M. FAil CDIL UIIIT
UIIIT VENTILATOII
VENTILATION RISER
CHILLED .ATEII IIIIEII
HI8H SIDI .ALL 1118I5TEII--------------- H.S'tV.II.
LOW SIDE WALL 1118I1TEII---------.------- L.SWR
CIILIN8 IIEIISTEII------------------ C.R.
SPLITTEII OAMPIII--- - -- ------ --. ---- S.D.
THOUSAND ITU PIli HOUIl--------------. . --- III.B.H.
POWIII IIODF VENTILATDII- -- -- ------- -- ----- - P.R. V.
IIOUND- ___________________ ____
FIRE DAIIIPEII--------------- ---- - ---- FD.
H EAT I N G. V E N TIL. A T ION. AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYM80 L

DESIGN
MEANING A88REVI ATiON
UNIDN ---------------------- UN.
IIIDUCIII--------------------- 1110.
ITIIAIIIIR------- ___ --..; _________ IT.
lATE VALVI ------------------- 0"
ILOII VALVI------- ------------
VALVI DN 1111111------ -------------
. CHECK VALVI------------------- CII
PIIIIIUIII IIIDUCIIII VALVI ------------- Pltll
IIELI EF VALVI-------------- ltv.
THIIIMDITATIC TIIAP---------------- tT
FLDAT AND THEIIMDITATIC ----------- 'IT
IUCKET TIIAP------------"--------- I.T
THIWMOITAT----- - - __ "-__ ------- t
IQUAIIE HEAD IALAIICIII. COCK- -------------
THEIIIIIOIIIETIR--- ----___ -------- ---
PIIISSURI GAIE-------------------
PITCH PIPE ODWN IN DIRICTIDII OF AIIIIOW----------
___________ ____ _
3 WAY CDIITIIDL VALVI-------
SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTIDII
IIETUIIII 011 E.HIoUST AlII DUCT IICTIOII
DUTDDOR AIR DUCT SECTIDII
FIN TUllE RAOIATIDN
RECESSED CONVECTOR
HOT WATEII IIISEIi
DUTDOOR AlII RISIII
OUTDOOR AIR----' - ________________ O.A.
RETURN AIR----------------- itA.
SUPPLY 14111------------------ 5.14.
CUBIC FEET PEII IIIINUTE---------------
CEILING DIFFUSER------------ ----- C.D.
GALLDN PEII IIIINUTE------------ ------ 8.PIII.
TURNING VAIIES-------------------- IV.
FUSIBLE LINK -------------------- F.L.
MANUAL
I
PLAT E NO.1
I
P AG E NO.7
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE
GAS-FIRED, CAST-IRON, HOT WATER BOILER
1. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED RATINGS OF THE BOILER BY COMPUTING THE HEAT LOADS AC-
CORDING TO THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK.
NORMALLY, THE RATINGS ARE DEFINED BY THE THREE FOLLOWING VAlUES:
A. NET IBR RATING IN BTU/ HR.
B. AGA OUTPUT RATING IN BTUIHR.
C. AGA INPUT RATING IN BTU/ HR.
IT SHOULD BE.NOTED THAT THE NET IBR RATING INCLUDES A STANDARD ALLOWANCE FOR
PIPING LOSS AND PICK-UP AND IS APPROXIMATELY 33 PERCENT HIGHER THAN THE AGA
OUTPUT RATING OF THE BOILER.
2. BOILER SELECTION - THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE A NET IBR RATING EQUAL TO
THE COMPUTED BLOCK HFAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE
USED, EACH BOILER SHOULD HAVE A NET IBR RATING EQUAl TO 66-2/ 3 PERCENT OF THE
COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD. CAREFUL CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE
ADDITIONS TO THE BUILDING WHEN COMPUTING THE BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
3. DETERMINE THE GAS FIRING RATE-
A. CAlCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTU/ HR BY DIVIDING THE AGA OUTPUT BY .15
(EFFICIENCY).
B. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF GAS TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN
BTUIHR BY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE GAS IN BTU/ CUBIC FOOT.
THE HEATING ULUE FOR GAS CAN BE ASCERTAINED FROIoI THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY; IF
NOT AVAILABLE, USE 1,000 BTU/ CUBIC FOOT FOR NATURAL GAS.
4. ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION - THE ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION MAY BE ESTIMATED BY THE
FOLLOWING FORMULA:
ANNUAL GAS CONSUMPTION IN THERMS (\00 000 BTU) e TOTAl HEAT LOSS (BTUIHR) x ANNUAL DEG. DAYS
, DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 3500
5. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMBUSTION AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA AL-
LOWS FOR 30 PERCENT EXCESS AIR AT 70 DEGREES F.
CFM = 0.265 x CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE AMOUNT OF
THE FLUE GASES.
6. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE
FOITOii!fcroliMUU AllOWS FOR 30 PERCENT EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNDER
NO. 5 ABOVE AND IS THE AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR THE VENTILATlOM
OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 + 250 FEET PER MINUTE E FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR l.OUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT 50 PERCENT FREE AREA AND
THIS SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT
GIVEN BY THE ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COM-
BUSTION AIR LOUVER. CAUTION - DO NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE 1/ 2-
INCH MESH BIRD SCREEN-.--
1. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT - CONSUL T THE MANUFACTURER'S
CATALOG FOR THIS DATA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMBINE THE BOILER STACK WITH AN IN-
CINERATOR STACK.
8. WATER TRIM - THE BOIL ER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WATER
TRIM:
A. HIGH LIMIT AqUASHT TO SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER IF THE BOILER WATER TEM-
PERATURE REACHES A PREDETERMINED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. OPERATING AQUASTAT TO START AND STOP THE GAS BURNER TO MAINTAIN A PRE-
DETERMINED SETTING. IT SHOULD BE NOTED HERE THAT THE USE OF LOW (BELOW
110 F) OPERATING TEMPERATURES IS NOT ADVISABLE BECAUSE CONDENSATION MAY
OCCUR IN THE FIREBOX. IF OUTDOOR RESET OR LOWER LEAVING TEMPERATURES ARE
REQUIRED, THEN THIS SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE USE OF A MODULATING
THREE PORT VALVE IN THE PIPING.
c. WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY
THE A$ME CODE.
D. COMBINATION AL TlTUDE GAGE AND THERMOMETER SHOULD BE PROVIDED ON THE
BOILER.
9. WATER VALVES - BOILER STOP VAlVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING STEM
TYPE AND MAKE-UP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL
VALVES.
10. GAS TRAIN - A GAS TRAIN WHICH MEETS THE FIA REQUIREMENTS IS CONSIDERED TO BE
THE BEST SAFETY PROVISION. A MINIMUM OF THE GAS TRAIN SHOWN IN THE DETAIL SHOULD
BE PROVIDED AND SHOULD CONSIST OF A DIAPHRAGM GAS VALVE WITH TRANSFORMER, GAS
PRESSURE REGULATOR,MAIN SHUT-OFF VALVE, PILOT LINE COCK, AND 100% SHUT-OFF
PiLOT SAFETY EQUIPMENT.
P AGE NO.8
PLAN VIEW
INSULATE BDILER CASINfI
FRONT ELEVATION
DIIAFT
o.S.& l

HIGH LIMIT
CDNTROL
ellS MAIN SHUTDFF VALVE
HDIIIZDNTAL DIIAFT DIVEIITEII
THERMDMETE R
SEE FRDNT
ELEV. FOR NDTE
II-Hf.I..I.---PILDT LINE
THERMDMETER
SEE FRONT ELEV.
FDR NDTE
WATER
DIAPHRAGM
GAS VALVE
DIAPHRAGM
GAS VALVE
DRAIN
VALVE
PILDT
I\\ .._"IJ-__ -D.S.&V. GATE VALVE RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
i:8!F.
& SHA'LL BE FILCFD WITH RED
READING MERCUIIV. THE THER-
}HALL n DF THE

FDR INSULATIDN.
IDILER SIDE OUTLET
AIR CONTRDL FITTING
DF BOILER
SCHEDULE
BOILER
OF CAPACITIES FOR THE
I .T.U PER A.G.A. flAS
GAS
UI-Dl""''1..-- DIAPHRAGM GAS VALVE
NUMBER
FUEL
CUBIC FOOT INPUT "T.U./HII.

INSTALLATION NOTES
l- SET BDILER DEAD LEVEL BDTH OIIlECTIONS.
2.- PIPE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARK FULL SIZE OF OUTLET OW:II
OPEN DRAIN. DO NDT T",,AD DISCHAIIK END OF PIPE.
3.- lQ SEE IF ADEQUATE CDIllllUSTION AlII
4- SYSTEII
VALVES ARE DPEN CH[CK SIGHT ILASS OF __
TO. INSURE AlII CUlliiION IS AVAILA&LE. CN K SAFETV
IIELIEF VALVES FOil' DPEIIATIDN BY PULLINI HANDLE.
a- FOLLOW INSTRUCTIDNS OF MANUFACTUllEil TO STAIIT FlIIE.
t. - i:8lm ":=S :tl:J'. 11
FIIOM DXIDATlDN WILL PIT TUBES.
7.
SECTlDNS UNTIL W .... WMRiiATuRE REArilU 1tO"F.

UNTIL SYSTEM TEMPERATURE EXCE , OS ,to oF. TO DRIVE
DFF FREE DXYGEN.
1- 1Bff.'1
11l
o:Jh &
SAFETY EQUIPMENT ARE W&ftK NG . ns' .. C-iORll V.
9. - CLEAN ENTI RE SVSTEM AS FDLLDWS-
A.-FILL SYSTEM & &LEO OFF ALII M.IIUALLY.
B. - ADD DISSOLVED SODA ASH & CAUlT": SODA TO S
:AW\AIIOUNT DF I LB. PEII lOOO Lis. DF SYSTEM
C.-BRING SYSTEM UP TO 1900F.
D - ALLDW SYSTEM TO. CIIICULATE FOil 5 MOlIIIS.
E.- TURN DFF lAS & SLDWLY OIIAIII.
f. - LAME PUMI
G.-REFILL SYSTEM PLACE III DPEilAnDII.
FIRED CAST IRON HOT WATER BOILER
GAS NET I.B. II. 811011, OUTPUT .. La. OUTPUT
C.F.H. IIATI1I8 .. tIl/Hl!. "T.Il/HII. B.'tU IHI!.
DETAILS. OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE GAS FIRED CAST IRON HOT WATER BOILER
liD SCALE
VENTILATION, .AND AIR CONDITIONING DESleN PLATE NO.2 PAel! NOo
OIL-FIRED, CAST-IRON, HOT WATER BOILER
1. fI'.,.1 'HI .EQUIRED !tIrU' OFr 'M IY CCIMI'U'''G 'HE HEA' LOADS .CCO.D .. '
T I USUAL MlTIIDDS AS unlilD THE I GUIDIAMD DAT. 1001. MORMALLY. THI
OUTPUT IS DIF .. ED IT THE TWO FOLLO'MG VALUIS,
NET II. RAT .. G 1M lTUt1I.
I. GROSS II. OUTPUT .. lTUt1I.
IT 5IIOULD IE MOTED TH.T THE Nn II. RAT .. G IMCWDl5 n.NDA.D .LLOWANCE FDR PIP .. G
PlCI..,P.MO IS 33 PE.CENT HIGHER TH.N THI G.OSS OUTPUT OF THE
OZ. IU. - TitE ICiLU 5ELECTED 5MOULD H.VE. NET II. RAT .. G EQU.L TO THE C ....
TED i IlEAT LOAD FOR THE IUlLD 'HIRE lWO IOIU.5 ARE TO II unDo EACH IOIU.
SllDULD H.VE NET III .= IQU.L TO 16-2/.1 PERCINT OF TH I COMPUTED lLOCI HEAT LOAD
CARIFUL COM5.RATICII D IE GIVIN TO FUTU.E ADDITIClM5 TO THI IULOMG 'HEN C ....
PUT_ THE ILOCI HEAT LDAD FO. THE IUILDING.
3. DETERMINE THE OIL FlRlie RATE - '
4.
.. C.LCUUTI THI.EQUIRED .. PUT .. ITU .... IT DIVID. THI GROSS OUTPUTIY .75 (EFFICIENCY).
I. CALCULATE THE .EQUI.lD AlllUNT OF OIL TO IIIIIIMED IT DlVaNG THIINPUT 1M ITVt1I. IT
THI HEAT. VM. VI OF TIll OIL 1M lTUIGALLCIM.
THE HEAT .. ' VALUI FDR MO. 2 OIL CAM lI.saRT ... ID F.OM TIll LOCAL FUlL OIL SUPPLIER; IF
MOT .VAlUlLE. USII _ I"/GALLCIM FO. THI MO. 2 OIL.
- THI DET.IL 5MOWS. GUM "'" P.ES5U.E
.LW. n II FI.ED WITH MD. I O. NO.2 FUll
5. "U'L CQMMPTIOI! - THE AMNUAL FUll COIISIIIIIPJICIM ... Y IIISTIMATED IY THI FOLLOW
Ii.,
CFM - 35 )( GPH OF OIL
MOTE, THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF .1. IIQUI.ED FO. COMIUSTICII AMD IS NOT THE AWlUMT OF THE FLUE
-- GASIS. '
7. .'JI'WHftfHWV tiel- fHOMIUSTIQII.1R LooVEIS .. THE
L VE .T .EQUIRID UNDn MO. SAIOVE.ND
IS THI AMOUNT REQUI.ID FOR COMIUSTICIM .ND FOR THE VEMTILATICII OF THI IOIU OOM.
CFM)( 1.3 + Z5I FT. PI. MIN. - FREE OF COMlUnDN .1. LOUVER5.
IT IlGULD II NOTID THAT ..,n LOUVER5 H.VI ClMU' .IOUT 51 PERCINT FRIE AREA.ND THIS
5MOULD IE TAIIN .. TO .CCOUMT WHIN 51IMe Till LOUVE OOUILMe THI AAl)UMT GIVEN IT THE
.IOVE FORMULA IS U5U.LLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GlOSS Sill OF THE COMlUnlClM .1. LOUVER.
- DO NOT USE .. ICY 5CREEM CIM THE LOUVER; USlli-lMCllMISH ... D SC.EEN.
DETERMINE THE IIrwIlD1r'E SIZE AlDHEIfiII' - CClM5ULT THE ...... F.CTU.ERS CATALOG FO.
THIS DATA. II C E UL NO .TOCOMIINE THE IOILERSTACI WlTII AM MCINERATOR 5TACI.
t. WAU. T." - THE ICiU. SMOULD II EQUIPPED 'ITH THE FOLLO ... ' .......... '.TER T.IM,
TOSltUT OFF THE OIL IU.NE.IF THE IOIU. WATE. TEMPERATU.E
T ..... ID HI'H LIMIT SITT
I. TO START AND STOP THE OIL IU TO ..... T.IM P.IDlTE ..... ED
T DIE MOTID HIli TH.T THI USE OF LOW (IILOW 17t" F) OPIRAT.
f'IRATUIES IS NGr .DVlSAIU IECAUSE CClMDENSATICIM MAY OCCU.IM THE FIRflU. IF OUT
DOOI .ISET OR LOWER U.V .. G TE .... ER.TURES ARE REQUIRED. THIN T1IIS SHOULD II.CCOM-
PLiSHED IT THI USE OF. MDOUUTING TH.EE PORT VALVE 1M THE PIPMG.
C. RELIIF VALVES OF THI NUMIE NDC.,.CITY AS .EQUI.ID IT THI ASME
D. COMIN.TIOI! ALTITUDI _ .IIP THEIAUI. SHOULD IE PROVIDED CIM THI IOIUI.
'I. -IOiUI STOP VALVES .11 .IQUIRID TO II OF THE OS&Y .ISING STEM "PI Alto
P FEID _T II COMNItTID CIM THE lOlL a SlDI OF ALL VALVES.
.
II. OIL FITTlMGS - .IWIUAL OIL SIIUT-DFF VALVI MID FIL TI. SHOULD IE PROVIDED AT T1IIIURIIEI.
12. fMI- THI OIL IUIMI. 5IIOULD I E EQUIPPED WITH F LAME SAFEGUARD COM-
lit ITLICYItOMIC I'IIOTOCILL SCAMMEI. DILAYD OIL VALVI .., .IQUIRID
.ILAn.
PAGE NO. to
I.
.s.liE. REUE" VAL\/[
OPfN DRAIN
PLAN VIEW
QI.. Y. eATE YALV
BRACKET TO
CASIN.
o.lL aURNER
HOT WATER SUPPLY
0. SYSTEM - SEE
PLANS FOIl
CONTINUATION IIZE
r-...-....._OS. Y. GATE VALVE
PEDESTAL
SUppo.RT----it-....
o.pEN DRAIN
To.I' o.UTLlT AIR
Co.NTRo.L flTTI NB
FRO NT ELEVATION
DRAIN VALVE
o.pEN DRAIN-SEE
PLUMBING DRAWINGS
CONCRETE PAD
TOP o.UTLET AIR
....... .... --..-- Co.NTRo.L FITTING
o.lLER ROo.M
FLOOR LINE
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
SCHEDULE OF
FUEL
CAPACITIES FOR THE
BtUI PER BTU I Kit
GALLON INPUT
INSTALLATION NOTES
OIL FIRED CAST IRON HOT WATER BOILER
o.lL NET LBR. RATI N.
FLUE IIZE
"I!H. BTU. I Hit
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE OIL FIRED I CAST IRON , HOT WATER BOILER
NO. SCALE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESI8N MANUAL PLATE NO.5 PAGE NO. t t
TWO-PASS, OIL-FIRED, 5 COTCH TYPE, HOT WATER BOILER
1. D6JlRMIt! THE REQUIRED OUTpuT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUnlNED IN THE
A AE GUIDE AND DATA BDOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE TWO FOLLOWING VALUES:
A. SII GROSS OUTPUT 1M MBH
B. 511 NET OUTPUT IN MBH
2. DETERMINE THE OIL FIRING RATE -
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN ITUAIR IY DIVIDING THE REQUIRED GROSS OUTPUT BY .10
(EFFICIENCY).
B. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTUAIR
BY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE OIL IN BTU/GALLON.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR NO.5 AMD MO. 6 OIL CAN BE ASCERTAI/4ED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL
SUPPLIER; IF MOT AVAILABlE, USE UI,IOO BTU/GALLOM FOR NO.5 OIL AND 153,400 ITU/GALLON
FOR NO. 6 OIL.
3. OF THE GRADE OF THE FUEL OIL TO BE BURNED SHOULD BE BASED ON A STUDY OF THE FAC
ORS INVOL YED AND EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED.
A. COST OF EACH TYPE OF OIL.
B. DOES OWNER HAVE OTHER BUILDINGS WHERE HE IS BUYING OIL UNDER ONE CONTRACT?
C. AVAILABILITY OF EACH TYPE OF OIL, PARTICULARLY DURING PERIODS OF lAD WEATHER.
D. HOW MUCH OIL STORAGE CAN BE PROVIDED?
E. CONSIDERATION OF THE OIL HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF OIL.
F. STUDY LOCAL CODES All) ORDINANCES REGARDING THE BURNING OF FUEL OIL.
G. STUDY THE CALIBER OF OPERATING PERSONNEL AND WHETHER DR NOT A LICENSED ENGINEER IS
REQUIRED.
H. CALaJLATE THE YEARLY FUEL CCI4SUMPTION BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA (FOR HEATING ONLY).
AMMUAL FUEL IN GAL _ TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTUAlR) )( ANIIUAL DEGREE DAYS
DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE )( 5000
4. FURNACE VOLUME - SPECIFY THAT JH E BOILER DOES NOT HAVE LESS FURNACE VOLUME THAM THE
511 MINIMUM FOR THE BOILER RATIMG USED.
5. J1IILER SELECTION - THE BOILER SElECTED SHOULD HAVE. AN SBI NET RATING EQUAL TO THE COM-
TED BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH BOILER
SHOULD HAVE A SBI HET RATING EQUAL TO 66-2/3 PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED ILOCK HEAT LOAD.
CAREFUL CCI4SIDERAIIOM SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIOMS TO THE BUILDING WHEN COMPUT
ING THE BlOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
6. CALaJLATE THE AMOII!T OF CCMUSTIOt! AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOI
3K EXCESS AIR FOR COMMlSTIOt! AT 70 DEGREES F.
CFM - 35 )( GPH OF OIL
ImIl; THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMIUSTIOt! All) IS NOT THE CFM CAPACITY OF
THE I.D. FAN SINCE THE I.D. FAN IS HANDLING THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
7. CALCULATE OF FREE AREA REQWRED IN THlj8MIUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE FOLLOW.
IHC FORiilu lL FOR 30" ExCESS AIR AB VE THAT R IR D UNDER 0.6 AND IS THE AMOUNT
REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR VENTILATIOt! OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM )( 1.3 .;. 250 FT. PER MINUTE FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT 5"" FREE AREA AND THIS SHOULD BE
TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUYE R. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE ABOVE
FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION LOUVER. CAUTION - DO
NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE MESH BIRD SCREEN. ---
e. DETERMINE TH E REQUIRED STACK SIZE NlD HEIGHT - CCI4SULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR
THIS DATA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMBINE THE BOILER STACK WITH AN INCINERATOR STACK. ALWAYS
CHECK THE LOCAL CODES REGARDING STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT.
9. WATER TRI/oI - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WATER TRIM:
A. HIJH LIMIT AQUASTAT TO SHUT OFF THE OIL BURNER IF THE BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE REACHES
A REDETERMINED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. PROVIDE AN OPERATING AQUASTAT TO START AMD STOP THE OIL BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE WATER
tEIIIPERATURE. IF MORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER AQUASTAT IN THE MAIN
HEADER TO START AND STOP ALL OIL BURNERS.
C. THERMOMETER - A HIGH QUALITY MERCURY FILLED THERMOMETER AT LEAST I-INCHES LONG
SHOULD BE MOUNTED OM THE BOILER IN A CLEARLY VISIBLE LOCATION TO INDICATE THE BOILER
WATER TEMPERATURE.
D. PRESSURE GAGE PROVIDE A PRESSURE clGE TO INDICATE THE PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
E. EMERGENCY LOW WATER CUTOFF AND WATER FEEDER - A COMBINATION LOW WATER CUTOFF AMD
tATER FEEDER SHOULD IUSED TO cUf OFF THE IUIMER AND SUPPLY MAKE-UP WATER UNDER
FULL DOMESTIC WATER PRESSUR.E WHEN THE WATER IN THE BOILER FALLS TO HNCH AIOVE THE
TOP TUBES. THE WATER FEEDING FEATURE OF THIS DEVICE IS NOT TO BE CONSIDERED AS A MAKE
UP WATER FEEDER WHICH NORMALLY COMES IN THROUGH A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE TO MAIN
TAIN A PREDETERMINED PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM, BUT AS AM EMERGENCY FEED.
F. WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY As REQUIRED BY THE ASME C.ODE
10. WATER VALVES - BOILER STOP VALVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING STEM TYPE AND
MAKEUP WATER FEED MUST BE COMNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VALVES.
PAGE NO. 12
WATII OUT
OOMESTIC COLO
PIIUSUI!E
CONNECTION
FITTlN'
NO.1
IRED
,r=:=-IUL.lEF .VALVU DIICH. PI;II
CONTIIOL
PAIIEL-__ ,--,
IIIIER
l' 0 DltAn
, N
IIACKET PIPES TO
. STEEL PLATE WELDED
TO BOILER SUPPORT
TROUGH DRAIN
101LEII. I II[AMS [[ DETAIL:
SIIf'P!lRT 4" HUI END DItAIN
FL. ___ r::r.;,::.ioI............ =i .... , ....... SEE PLUMIIIII
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION
L- INSTALL IIOILER DEAD LEVE," IIOTH DIRECTIONS.
2.- FILL SYSTEM SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR LEAKS.
NOT E S
s- CHECK TO SEE IF ADEOUATE COMBUSTION
AIRIZOO% OF STACK SIZEI HAS BEEN
PROVIDED INTO THE 1101 LER ROOM.
SIDE ELEVATION
5.- CHECK EXPANSION TANK TO BE SURE AIR CUSHION
IS AVAILAIILE.
10.- CHECK SAFETY RELIEF VALVES BY
PULLING HANDLE .
150 P.S.I. STEEL
WELDING REDUCER
SEAL WELO
ALL AIIOUND
4- CONTACT OIL IIURNER CONTRACTOR FOR BUR NER START-UP
5.- 00 NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRESH WUER TO STAND IN
1I01LER FOR EXTENDED PERIODS AS RAPID CORROSION
FROM OXIDATION MAY PIT TUllES.
&.- INCREASE TEMPERATURE.
SEAL WELO
ALL AROUNO
p.5.1. SLIP )
- ON FLAN8E
BOILER
t- 00 NOT OPERATE BOILER UNDER 160"F. BECAUSE
CONDENSATION MAY FORM IN TUBES.
a- FIRE IIOILER TO 190"F. IIOILER WATER TEMP.ERATURE TO
DRIVE OFF FREE OXYGEN .
DETAIL OF AIR RELEASE FITTING
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE TWO PASS,OIL FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE TWO PASS, OIL FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER 80 I LE R
HEATI N8 SUIIFACE FURNACE VOLUME
FIRESIDE MINIMUM
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
DETAILS OF TROUGH DRAIN
BOILER
13
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE TWO-PASS,
OIL-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOILER
1. DEIUMINE THE REQUIRED OUTI'IIT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE TWO FOLLOWING
VALUES:
A. SII GROSS OUTPUT IN MBH
B. SII MET OUTPUT IN 14tH
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTUIHR BY DIVIDING THE REQUIRED GROSS OUTPUT BY
.10 (EFFICIENCY).
B. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTUIHR
BY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE O l ~ IN BTU/GALLON.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR NO. 5 AND NO. ' OIL CAN BE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL
SUPPLIER; IF HOT AVAILABLE, USE '",110 BTU/GALLON FOR NO. 5 OIL AND 153,400 BTU/ GALLON
FOR MO. 6 OIL.
3. CHOICE OF THE GRADE OF THE FUEL OIL TO BE BURNED SHOULD BE BASED ON A STUDY OF ItiE
FACTORS INVOLVED AND EACH OF THE FOUO"NG ITEMS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
A. COST OF EACH TYPE OF OIL.
B. DOES OWNER HAVE OTHER BUILDINGS WHERE HE IS BUYING OIL UNDER ONE CONTRACT?
C. AVAILAIILITY OF EACH TYPE OF OIL, PARTICULARLY DURING PERIODS OF BAD WEATHER.
E. CONSIDERATION OF THE OIL HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF OIL
F. STUDY LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES REGARDING THE BURNING OF FUEL OIL
G. STUDY THE CALIBER OF OPERATING PERSONNEL AND WHETHER OR NOT A LICENSED ENGINEER
IS REQUIRED.
H. CALCULATE THE YEARLY FUEL CONSUMPTION BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA (FOR HEATING ONLY).
ANNUAL FUEL IN GAL ' TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTUIHR) x ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
DESIGM TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 5000
4. f.IlINACE VOLUME - SPECIFY THAT THE BOILER DOES MOT HAVE LESS FURNACE VOLUME THAN THE
SII MINIMUM FOR THE BOILER RA1'ING USED.
S. BOILER SELECTION - THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE AM SII NET RATING EQUAL TO THE
COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR T H ~ BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH
BOILER SHOULD HAVE A NET IIR RATING EQUAL TO 66-213 PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK
HEAT LOAD. CAREFUL CONsIDERATION SNOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIONS TO THE BUILD-
ING WHEN COMI'UTING THE BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
6 CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMBUSTION AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS
fOR 3'" EXCESS AIR FOR COMBUSTION AT 70 DEGREES F.
CFM ~ 35 x GPH OF OIL
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE CFM CAPAGITY
OF THE I.D. FAN SINCE THE I.D. FAN IS HANDLING THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
7. CALCULATE THE AMOJlItT OF FREE ARU REgUIR D IN THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE
FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 3'" EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNOER N ., AND
IS' THE AMOUNT. REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR VENTILATION OF THE BOLER ROOM.
CFM " I J 250 FI. PER MIN. ~ FR EE ARU OF COMBUSTION AIR LOIIVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY " BOUT 50% FREE ARU AND THIS SHOULD
BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE
ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION LjlUVER.
CAUTION - DO MOT USE INSECT SCREEM OM THE LOUVER; USE Ii INCH MESH IIRD seRPEN.
8. DETERMIME THE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AHD HEIGHT - CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG
FOR THlfDATA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMIIME THE BOILER STACK WITH AN IMCINERATOR
STACK. ALWAYS CHECK THE LOCAL CODES REGARDING STACK SIZE AND HEIGMT.
9. STEAM TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STEAM TRIM.
A HIGH LIMIT PRESSURESTAT TO SHUT OFF THE OIL BURNER IF THE BOILER ROOM I'RESSURE
RUCHES A PREDEnRMlMED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B PROVIDE AN OPERATING PRESSURESTAT TO START AND STOP THE OIL BURMER TO MAINTAIN .
fHE STEAM PRESSURE. IF MORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER I'RESSURESTAT
1M THE MAIN HUDER TO START AND STOP ALL OIL BURNERS.
C. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO INDICATE THE STEAM PRESSURE IN THE
BOILER.
D. PUMP STARTER. LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM - PROVIDE A COMBIMATION FLOAT AND
MERCURY SWITCH TYPE PUMP STARTER, LOW WAYER CUT-OFF AMD ALARM. THE I'UMP STARTER
SHALL START AND STOP THE CONDENSATE RETURN PUMP TO MAINTAIN THE WATER LEVEL 1M
THE BOILER AT THE DESIRED HEIGHT. THE LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM SHALL SHUT OFF
THE OIL BURNER AND SOUND AM ALARM IF THE LEVEL IN THE BOILER FALLS TO A I'REDETER
MINED LOW LEVEL.
E. EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER - THE EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER SHALL OI'EN CITY WATER
PRESSURE INTO THE BOILER IN THE EVENT THAT THE WATER LEVEL IN THE BOILER FALLS
TO A PREDETERMINED LOW LEVEL.
F. STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE AWE CODE.
10. STEAM AND BOILER FEED VALVES - BOILER STO!' VALVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE O$&Y RISING
STEM TYPE AND MAKEUP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VALVES.
PAG E NO. 14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"'E __ --..... ..
tAtE
COIITIIOI.
PAIIEL-__ -,
OILIU""EII
'011(:[0 DRAFT
'AII
10lLEII -I
__ ....
FRONT ELEVATION
L- IIiSTALL 10lLER DEAD LEVEL 10TH DHIECTIOIiI.
2.- 'ILL SYSTEII SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR LEAkl.
1- WATER IN SrtHT .LAII AND
4- COIiTACT OIL IURNER CONTRACTOR FOil IUIIIIU STAIIT-UP.
5.- DO NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRESH WATlII TO STAIIO III
10lLEII '011 E'XTENDEO PERIODS AS IIAPID COllllOlIOIl
'11011 OXIDATION IIAY PIT TUIU.
NOTE S
I. - INCIIEASE TEMPEIIATUIIE ,"ADUALLY.
7. - DO IIOT OPEIIATE 10lLEII UNDER 160'F. IECAUSE
CONDENSAITION IIAY FORII IN TUIES.
1.- FIIIE 10lLEII TO ItO 'F. 10lLEII WATEII TEIIPEIIATUIIE
TO DIIIVE OF' FIIEE OXYGEN,
SIDE. ELEVATION
. - CHECK TO, SEE IF ADEOliATE COIlIUSTION AlII OF
ITACK .IZE) HAS IEEN PROVIDED INTO THE 10lLER 110011.
10.- CHECK SAFETY RELIEF VALVES IY PULLIN. HANDLE.

.. MIIIT WITH Z
COAn 0' ILACK
IIUST IIIHllfTllit
PAIIIT
4 lIZ" DlAlIlTlII
ELEVUION
D ETA'I LS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE TWO PASS. OIL FIRED. SCOTCH TYPE. STEAM BOILER
110 SCALE
-rWO-PASS; GAS-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER BOILER
I. DfH18'IME THE REQUIRED OUTPUT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLIMED 1M THE
A A GUIDE AiID DAlA lOOK. MORMAlLV, THE OUTPUT IS DEFIMED BY THE TWO FOLLOWIMG .
VALUES:
A. SII GROSS OUTPUT 1M MIH
I . SII MET OUTPUT 1M MIH
2. DETERMIME THE GAS FIRIMG RATE.
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED IMPUT 1M BTUIKR IY DlVIDIMG THE SII GROSS OUTPUT BY .80(EF
FICIEMCY). .
I . t:ALClILATE THf REQUIRED AMOUMT OF GAS TO IE IURMED IY DlVIDlMG THE IMPUT IN BTU/ HR
IY THE HUTING VALUE OF THE GAS IN ITU/CUIIC FOOT.
THE HUTING VALUE FOR GAS CAN IE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY; IF NOT
AVAILAILE, USE 1,000 BTU/ CUIIC FOOT FOR NATURAL GAS.
3. ANNUAl FUEL CONSUMPTIOtt THE ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPnON MAY BE ESTIMATED BY FOL
LOWIt4G FORMULA:
ANNUAl GAS CONSUMPTION IN THERMS (100 000 BTU) ; TOTAl HEA T LOSS(BTUIKR) ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
, DESIGH TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE 3500
4. CALCULATE THE AMOUMT OF COMBUSTIOM AIR REQUIRED. THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30
PERCENT EXCESS AIR AT 70 DEGREES F.
5.
CFM 0.265. CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR- REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE AMOUNT OF THE
1[1Jl GASES.
CFM 1.3 - 250 FT. PER MINUTE - FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE MOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT 50 PERCENT FREE AREA AND THIS
SHOULD BE UKEN INTO ACcoUNT WHEM SIZING THE LOUVEI. DIlUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE
ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVER.
CAUTION - DIl NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE 112-INOI MESH BIRD SCREEN.
6. DETERMINE THE RE"IRED STACK SIZE AND CONSULT THE MAMUFACTURER'S CATAlOG FOR
THiS DATA. BE IIOT TO COMBINE TH BOiLER STACK WITH AN INCINERATOR STACK.
7. FURMACE VOLUME. SPECIFY THAT THE BOILER DOES MOT HAVE LESS FURMACE VOLUME THAN THE
511 MINIMUM FOR THE BOILER RATING USED.
I. BOILER SELECTION. THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE AN SBI NET RATING EQUAL TO THE C0M-
PUTED BlOCK HUT LOAD FOR TitE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, UCH BOILER
SHOULD HAVE AM SII NET RATING EQUAL TO 662/ 3 PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD.
CAREFUL CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIONS TO THE BUILDING WIlEN COM
PUTING THE tBLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDIti.
9. WATER TRIM. THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WATER TRIM:
A. HIGH LIMIT AQUASUT TO SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER IF THE BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE
REACHES A PREDETERMINED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. PROVIDE AN OPERATING AQUASUT TO START AND STOP THE GAS BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE
THE WATER TEMPERATURE. IF iI\ORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER AQUASUT
IN THE MAIN HEADER TO START AND STOP ALL GAS BURNERS.
C. i1ERMOMETJAI. A HIGH QUALITY MERCURY FILLED THERMOMETER AT LUST IINCHES LONG
OULD BE UNTEDON THE BOILER IN A CLEARLY VISIBLE LOCATION TO INDICATE THE
BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE.
D. PRESSURE GAGE. PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO INDICATE THE PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
E. sgRjftE)Y
WATER UNDER FULL DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE WIlEN THE WATER IN THE BOILER fALLS TO
ONEINCH ABOVE THE TOP TUBES. THE WATER FEEDING FEATURE OF THIS DEVICE IS NOT TO
BE CONSIDERED AS A MAKE-UP WATER FEE&ER WIIIOI NORMALLY COMES IN THROUGH A PRES-
SURE REDUCING VALVE TO MAlNUIN A PREDETERMINED PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM, BUT AS AN
EMERGENCY FEED.
F. WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ASME
CODE.
10. BOILER STOP VAlVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING STEM TYPE.AND
MIlt P WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF All VALVES.
11. GAS TRAIN. A GAS TRAIN WHICH MEETS THE FIA REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
PAG E NO. t6
J
A.aila.,. / .. e.' ...... TRANS-A-PLATE

30" TO 240F. SHALL
IE FILLED WITH liED

OF THE SEPAIIAILE SOCKET
SHALL HAVE EXTENDED
NECK WHEIIE IIEQUI liED
FOil INSULATION.
FORCED DRAFT
FAN
WATEII OUT

IIIEECHING- SEE
SUPPLY HOT WATEII OUT
SEE PIIOJECT PLANS FOil
CONTINUATION - - ----.....
DOMESTIC COLD WATE R
PIIOJECT PLANS---__..
COIIIINATIOh ow WATEII CUT-OFF
EIIEII4IENCY WATE" FEEDER - SET
TO OPE"ATE WHEN WAtE"
TO I AIOVE TOP TUIE
CONTIIOL
PANEL ___ r--.---ri
FORCED DRAFT
FAN ' . ATE
VALVE
TROU4IH DRAIN-SEE DETAIL PIPE IIRACKETS
1I0l LER "I - BE AilS
SUPPORT
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
l-I NSTALL BOI LER DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS.
2.- FILL SYSTEII SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR LEAKS.
l-OBSERVE RISE OF WATER IN SIGHT GLASS AND TEST TRY COCKS.
4.- CONTACT GAS BURNER CONTRACTOR FOR 'BURNER START- UP.
4 " COIICRETE PAD ,
:I.- DO NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRESH WATER TO STANO IN BOILER FOR EXTENDED PERIODS
AS RAPID CORROSION FROII OXIDATION IIAY PIT TUBES.
6.- IN9RE A SE TEIIPE RATURE .
1 - 00 NOT OPERATE BOILER UNDER 110" BECAUSE CONDENSATION MAY FORII IN TUllES,
' .- FIRE BOILER TO 190" BOILER WATER TEIIPERATURE TO DRIVE OFf' FII!E OXYGEN.
LINE TO EXPANSION
TANK- SEE PROJECT
PLANS FOR 51 ZE
, l\PANSlON TANK LINE CONNECTION
IIELUSE FITTIN4I - IU DETAIL
"ELI EF VALVES NO. '
llZE AS "EOUIIIED IY
A.S.II . E.
"ELIEF VALVES
. DISCHAII4IE PI PES
IIAKE UP WATER IN FROII
IIAKE VALVES SEE PROJECT
PLANS FO" CONTINUATION
CHECK VALVE
TROU;H DRAIN- SEE DETAIL
4"HUII END DRAIN'-SEE PLUIIBlNG
ELEVATION
P'S.I, SLIP
FLANGE
PAINT WIT.H 2
COATS OF IILACK
INHIIIITING
I.-CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE COMIIUSTION AIR (200'" OF STACK SIZE) HAl IIEEN
PROVI DE INTO THE BOIL ER ROOII ,
10.- CHECK SAFETY IIELIEF VALVES BY PULLING HANDLE.

COPPER INSECT
:" AIR SCREEN IN FIIAIIE
END ON 45 ANGLE::""'':'':''-'--..J
DETAILS OF AIR RELEASE FITTING

r '

DETAILS
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE TWO PASS. GAS FIRED. SCOTCH TYPE. HOT WATER BOILER
NO S C ALE
SCHEDULE OF CA PACITIES OF THE TWO PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER BOI LER
BOILER WORKING PRESSURE HEATING SURFACE HEATING SURFACE FURNACE VOLUME
WATERSIDE F IIIES IDE MINIMUII NO RATIN,G OF BOILER
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DE S 10. MANUAL
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION O.F THE
TWO-PASS, GAS-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOILER
1. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED OUTPUT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK. NORMAlLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE TWO FOLLOWING
VALUES:
A. SBI GROSS OUTPU T IN /IIBH
B. SBI NET OUTPUT IN MBH
2. DETERMINE THE GAS FIRING RATE.
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTU/ HR BY DIVIDING THE SBI GROSS OUTPUT BY .80 (EF
FICIENCY).
B. CALCULATE TIlE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF GAS TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTU/ HR
BY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE GAS IN BTU/ CUBIC FOOT.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR GAS CAN BE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY; IF NOT AVAIL
ABL E, USE 1,000 BTU/ CU. FT. FOR NATURAL GAS.
3. ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION. THE ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION MAY BE ESTIMATED BY THE FOLLOW.
ING FORMULA:
ANNUAL GAS CONSUMPTION IN THERMS (100,000 BTU) = DAYS
4. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMBUSTION AIR REQUIRED. THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30
CFM = 0.265 CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIREO FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE AMOUNT OF THE FLUE
GASES.
5. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS. THE FOLLOW
ING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30 PERCENT EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNDER NO. 4 ABOVE AND
IS THE AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR THE VENTILATION OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM 1.3 - 250 FT. PER MINUTE = FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT SO PERCENT FREE AREA AND THIS
SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE
ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVER.
CAUTION. DO NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE 1/ 2INCH MESH BIRD SCREEN.
6. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT. CONSULT THi MANUFACTURER' S CATALDG FOR
THIS DA TA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMBINE THE BOILER STACK WITH AN INCINERATOR STACK.
7. FURNACE VOLUME. SPECIFY THAT THE BOILER DOES HOT HAVE LESS FURNACE VOLUME THAN THE
S81 MINIMUM FOR THE BOILER RATING USED.
8. BOILER SELEC;: TlON. THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE AN SBI RATING EQUAL TO THE COMPUTED
BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH BOILER SHOULD
HAVE AN SBI NET RATING EQUAL TO 66213 PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD. CARE.
CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIONS TO THE BUILDING WHEN COMPUTING
THE BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
9. STEAM TRIM. THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STEAM TRIM:
A. HIGII LIMIT PRESSURESTAT TO SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER IF THE BOILER ROOM PRESSURE
B. OPERATING PRESSURESTAT TO START AND STOP THE GAS BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE STEAM
PRESSURE. IF MORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER PRESSURESTAT IN THE
MAIN HEADER TO START AND STOP ALL GAS BURNERS.
C. PRESSURE GAGl . PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO IIIDICATE THE STEAM PRESSURE IN THE
BOILER.
D. PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUTOFF AND ALARM. PROVIDE A COMBINATION FLOAT AND
MERCURY SWI TCH TYPE PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUTOFF AND ALARM. THE PUMP STARTER
SHALL START AND STOP THE CONDENSATE RETURN PUMP TO MAINTAIN THE WATER LEVEL IN
THE BOILER AT THE DESIRED HEIGHT. THE LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALAR'" )If ALL SHUT OFF
THE GAS BURNER AND SOUND AN ALARM IF THE LEVEL IN THE BOILER FAlLS TO A PREDE
TERMINED LOW LEVEL.
E. EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER. THE EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER SHALL OPEN CITY WATER
PRESSURE INTO THE BOILER IN THE EVENT THAT THE WATER LEVEL IN THE BOILER FALLS
TO A PREDETERMINED LOW LEVEL.
F. STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ASME
CODE.
10. STEAM AND BOILER FEED VALVES. BOILER STOP VALVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING
STEM TYPE AND MAKEUP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VALVES.
11. GAS TRAIN. A GAS TRAIN WHICH MEETS THE FIA REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
P AGE NO. 18
I'IIE------,"" ....
II A II[
fORCED DRAfT
fAN
__ SUPPORT:
fL. __ "';'O ........ _ .... L' ...
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION
l- IIISTALL 10lLER DEAD LEVEL 10TH DIRECTIONS .
2.- fiLL STSTEM SLOWLY AND CHECK fOIl LEAkS.
1- WATER IN SIGHT GLASS AND
- CONTACT GAS BURNER CONTRACTOR FOR IURNER START-UP
5.- 00 NOT ALLOW UNHEATED f"ESH WATER TO STAND IN
lOlL'" fOR EXTENDED PERIODS AS RAPID CORilOSION
'"0M OXIDATION MAY PIT TUIES.
STUll TO
cmlfullioN
NOTE S
I. - IIICilEASE TEMPERATURE
1. - DO NOT OPEIIATE 10lLER UNDER 160r. BECAUSE
CONDENSATION MAY fORIil IN TUBES.
I.- flllE BOlLE" TO ISOF. BOILER WATER TEMPEIIATUIIE
TO DillVE OfF '"EE OXYGEN .
SIDE ELEVATION
t . - CHECK TO SEE If AOEQ:/ATE COMBUSTION AIR (200"" OF
STACK SIZE I HAS IEEN P"OVIDED INTO THE BOlLE" IIOOM.
10. - CHECk SAfETY IIELIEF VALVES IY PULLING HANDLE.
mrE
.... INT WITH 2
COATS Of ILACK
RUST INHIlITI NG
PAINT
LEG fULL SIZE
"ETURN TAPPIIIG
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF TH E TWO PASS, GAS FI RED, SCOTCH TY PE, STEAM BOILER
GAS INPUT
110 SCALE
OF THE TWO PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCH
H[ATING SUR'ACE HEATINe SUR'ACE FURIIACE VOLUME
WATERSID[ fiRESIDE MINIMUM
STEAM BOILER
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE THREE-PASS,
OIL-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT .WATER BOILER
I. DEl/Rtm REOUIRED ggJ"Yl OF THE 'tLER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
A AI E AND DATA S It . ORMALLY, HE OUTPUT IS DEFilED SY THE TWO FOlLOWING
VALUES:
A. GROSS OUTPUT IN MSH
S. NET OUTPUT IN MSH
2. DETERMIME THE OIL FIRING RATE-
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTUIHR BY DIVIDING THE REQUIRED GROSS OUTPUT IY
.10 (EFFICIENCY).
I. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO IE IURNED IY DIVIDING THE INPUT 1M ITUIHR
IY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE OIL IN BTU/GALLON.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR NO. 5 AMD NO. 6 OIL CAN IE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL
SUPPLIER; IF NOT AVAILAILE, USE 14,100 BTU/GALLON FOR NO.5 OIL AND 153,400 ITUIGALLON
FOR NO.6 OIL.
3. CHOICE OF THE GRADE OF THE FUEL OIL TO IE IURNED SHOULD IE lASED ON A STUDY OF THE
FACTORS INVOLVED AND EACH OF THE FOLLOWIMG ITEMS SHOULD IE CONSIDERED.
A. COST OF EACH TYPE OF OIL .
I. DOES OWNER HAVE OTHER lUlL DING WHERE HE IS lUlING OIL UNDER ONE CONTRACT?
C. AVAILAIILITY OF EACH TYPE OF OIL, PARTICULARLY DURING PERIODS OF lAD WEATHER
D. HOW MUCH OIL STORAGE CAN IE PROVIDED?
E. CONSIDERATION OF THE OIL HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF OIL.
F. STUDY LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES REGARDING THE IURNING OF FUEL OIL.
IS REQUIRED.
H. CALCULATE THE YEARLY FUEL CONSUMPTION BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA (FOR HEATING ONLY)
.
ANNUAL FUEL IN GAL = TOTAL HEAT LOSS (ITUIHR) x ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 5000
4. OIL BURNER - THE OIL BURNER WILL NORMALLY BE OF THE AIR ATOMIZING TYPE AND WILL REQUIRE
AN AIR COMPRESSOR - CONSUL T MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR COMPRESSOR SIZE.
5. BOILER SELECTION - THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO THE COMPUTED
BLOCK IlEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDIMG. If HERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH BOILER
SHOULD HAYE A MET IBR RATlMG EOUAL TO 66213 PERCEMT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD.
CAREFUL CONSIDERATION SHOULD 8E GIVEM TO FUTURE ADDITIONS TO THE BUILDIMG WHEN COM
PUTING THE BLOCK FOR THE BUILDING.
6 THE AMOUMT OF COMIUST,.N Ar IEQUIRED - THE FOLLOWIMG FORMULA ALLOWS FOR
XCESS AIR FOR COMIUSTION AT 7 DEG E SF.
CFM 35 x GPH OF OIL
MOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUMT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMIUSTlOtI AND IS MOT THE CFM CAPACITY OF
THE 1.0. FAM SINCE THE 1.0. FAM IS HAMDLIN' THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMIUSTION.
7 CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE ARU IN THE COMIUSTIOH AIR LOUVERS - THE FOL
LowlNC FORWIU ALLOWS FOR 30\ EXCESS A R ABOVE THAT REQUIRED OIiDER MO. 6 AND IS THE
AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMIUSTIOM AMD FOR VEMTILATIOM OF THE 10l.ER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 + 250 FT.. PER MINUTE = FREE AREA OF COMSUSTIOM AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE OIlL Y ABOUT FREE AREA AND THIS SHOULD
BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUMT WHEM SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLlMG THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE ABOVE
FORMULA IS USUAlLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION LOUVER. CAUTION - DO
NOT USE IMSECT SCREEM ON THE LOUVER; USE INCH MESH BIRD SCREEN. . ---
1 DETERMIME THE STACK SAZE AND HEIGHT - COMSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR
THIS DATA. BE CAR FUL MOT TO C MBINETHE BoiLER STACK WITH AM INCINERATOR STACK. ALWAYS
CHECK THE LOCAL CODES REGARDIMG STACK SIZE AMD HEIGHT.
9 WATER TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WATER TRIM:
A HIGH LIMIT AQUASTAT TO SH.UT OFF THE OIL BURMER IF THE BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE
RUCHES A PREDETERMIMED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B PROVIDE AN OPERATlMG AQUASTAT TO START AND STOP THE OIL BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE
WATElfflMPERATURE. IF iIiORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER AQUASTAT
IN THE MAIN HUDER TO START AMD STOP ALL OIL BURMERS.
C THERMOMETER - A HIGH QUALITY MERCURY FILLED THERMOMETER AT LEAST B-IMCHES LOtIG
SHOULD BE MOuMTED OM TH E BOILER 1M A CLEARLY VISiBlE LOCATIOM TO INDICATE THE BOILER
WATER TEMPERATURE.
D. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO IMDICATE THE PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
--- .
E. EMERGENCY LOW WATER CUT'()FF AND WATER FEEDER - A COMBIMATION LOW WATER CUT'()FF
AIID WATER FEEDER SHOULD BE USED TO CUT OFF THE BURMER AND SUPPLY MAKE-UP WATER
UNDER FULL DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE WHEN THE WATER 1M THE BOILER FALLS TO IIMCH
ABOVE THE TOP TUBES. THE WATER FEEDIMG FUTURE OF THIS DEVICE IS MOT TO BE COM
SIDEREO AS A MAKE-UP WATER LEEDER WHICH NORMALLY COMES IN THROUGH A PRESSURE
REDUCIMG VALV.E TO MAIMTAIM A PREDETERMIMED PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM, BUT AS AN
EMERGEMCY FEED.
F WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AMD CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE AWE
COOE.
10. WATER VALVES - BOILER STOP VAL VES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISIMG STEM TYPE AND
MAKE-UP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNEC1ED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VALVES.
PAGE NO. 20
" IIOUND PII[sIUM _ --7"-'-----ilGoi
IOLEII C CHA_L
IUPPOIIT---,
fL. ___ ... .,;,;; .....
fRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION ' NOTES
I. INSTALL BOILER DUD' LEYEL 10TH DIIIECTIONS.
Z. 'ILL SYSTEII SLOWLY AND CHECK FOIl LEAKS.
5. CHECK EXPANSION TANK TO BE SUIIE AlII CUSHION IS AVAILAILE.
. CONTACT OIL BUllMER CONTIIACTOII '011 BUIINEII STAIIT-Up,
5. DO NOT ALLOW UNHEATED fMSH WATER TO STAND IN BOILER
fOil EXTENDED PERIODS AS RAPID CORROSION fIIOll OXIDATION
IIAY PIT TUIES.
' . INCIIUSE nIlPEIIATUIIE.
1. UNDEII .. 0' . . KCAUSE CONDENSATION
. 'IRE IOILER TO 190 F. BOILER WAnR TEIIPERATURE TO OIIIVE
Of' 'REE OXYGEN.
. CHECK TO SEE I' ADEQUATE COMBUSTION A ... Of STACK SIZEI
HAS lEEN PROVIDED INTO THE BOILEII 110011.
10. CHECK SAfETY RELIEF VALVES IY PULLING HANDLE.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION
COIIIIIU'TlON LOW WAnR DUT- O"
EII(RGENCY WAnR 'EEDER- SET
PLUG
SUPPLY HOT WAnll OUT
SEE PIIOJECT PLANS fOIl
CONTINUATION - --,
__ _
CONTIIOL
RETUIIN HOT WATER
IN - S[[ PIIOJECT PLANS
fOil CONTINUATION
TllOUIH DllAIN- S[[ O[TAIL
." HUB END OIIAIN
SEE PLUilIING
LIN[ TO EX_ION
TANK - SEE PROJECT
PLANS fOIl SIZE -ISO P.S.I. STEEL
WELD.. REOUCEII
-=LDING HALF SEAL WELD
COUPLING ALL AROUND
CLUN
t----+-RETURN HOT WAUII IN
rl+----+- CHEDC VALVE
_CAn _II."
mEL PLAn. "'INT
WI'nI 2 COATS Of IUCII
RUST IN.... .,... "'INT
8--'fL=:I'" ...
CONTINUE TO." TO WmI",
:;JO&N CUT .I/Z"DIAlI[nll
ELEVATION
OF THE THREE PASS, OIL FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WAT ER BOI LER
OF C A PA CITI ES OF THE THREE PASS 01 L FIRED, SCOTCH HOT WATER BOILER
BOlLE II
110.
HEATING SUII'ACE HEATINe SUII'ACE 'UIINACE VOLUME
WATEIISIDE '1 liE SIDE IUNIIiUM
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL 21
OIL-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOilER
I !>.lllll!!l!'I1. THE REOUIRED_PUTPUT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AHD DATA BOOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE TWO FOllOWING
VALUES:
A GROSS OUTPUT IN MBH
B NET OUTPUT IN MBH
2. OIL FIRING RATE -
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTUIHR BY DIVIDING THE REQUIRED GROSS OUTPUT BY
80 (EFFICIENCY;
B. CALCUL4TE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTUIHR
BY THE HEATING VALUE OF THE OIL IN BTU/ GALLON.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR NO. 5 AND NO. 6 OIL CAN BE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL
SUPPLIER; IF NOT AVAILABLE, USE 148,800 BTU/ GAllON FOR NO. 5 OIL AND 153,400 BTU/ GAllON
FOR NO. 6 OIL.
3. CHOICE OF THE GRADE OF THE FUEl OIL TO BE BURNED SHOULD BE BASED ON A STUDY OF THE
FACTORS INVOL VED AND EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
A. COST OF EACH TYPE OF OIL
B. DOES OWNER HAVE OTHER BUILDINGSWHERE HE IS BUYING OIL UNDER ONE CONTRACT?
C AVAILABILITY OF fACH TYPE OF OIL, PARTICULARL Y DURING PERIODS OF BAD WEATHER .
E CONSIDERATIOM OF THE OIL HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF OIL.
F STUDY LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES REGARDING THE BURNING OF FUEL OIL.
IS REQUIRED
H. CALCULATE THE YEARLY FUEL CONSUMPTION BY THI; FOLLOWING FORMULA (FOR HEATING ONLY).
ANNUAL FUEL IN GAL TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTUIHR) x ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
'. DESIGM TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 5000
4. OIL BURNER - THE OIL BURNER WILL NORMALLY BE OF THE AIR ATOMIZING TYPE AND WILL REQUIRE
AN AIR COMPRESSOR - CONSULT MANUFACTURERS DATA FOR SIZE.
s. BOILER SElECTION - THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO THE COMPUTED
BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH BOILER SHOULD
HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO "2/3PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD. ':AREFUL
CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIONS TO THE BUILDING WHEN COMPUTING THE
BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
6. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMBUSTION AIR REQUIRED - TItE FOllOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR
30% EXCESS AIR FOR COMBUSTION AT 70 DEGREES F.
CFM - 35 x GPH OF OIL
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE CFM CAPACITY OF
THE 1.0. FAN SINCE THE 1.0. FAN IS HANDLING THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION .
7. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUYERS - THE FOL.
LOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30"1 EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNDER NO. 6 AND IS THE
AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR VENTILATION OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM /. 1.3 250 FT. PER MIN. FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT scm FREE AREA AND THIS SHOULD BE
TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE ABOVE
FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION LOUVER. CAUTION-
DO NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE n INCH MESH BIRD SCREEN. ---
8. DETERMINE THE REOUIRED STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT - COMSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG
FOR THIS DATA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMBINE THE BOIL ER STACK WITH AN INCINERATOR STACK.
ALWAYS CHECK THE LOCAL CODES REGARDING STACK SUE AND HEIGHT.
9. STEAM TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EOUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STEAM TRIM.
A. HIGH LIMIT PRESSURESTAT TO SHUT OFF THE OIL BURNER IF THE BOILER ROOM PRESSURE
B. PROVIDE AN OPERATING PRESSURESTAT TO START AND STOP THE OIL BURNER TO MAINTAIN
THE STEAM PRESSURE. IF MORE THAN OME BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER PRESSURESTAT
IN THE MAIN HEADER TO START AMD STOP ALL OIL BURMERS.
C. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO IMDICATE THE STEAM PRESSURE 1M THE
fOfUR. .;
D. PUMP STARTER. LOW WATER CUT'()FF AMD ALARM - PROVIDE A COMBIMATION FLOAT AMD
MERCURY SWITCH TYPE PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUT'()FF AMD ALARM. THE PUMP STARTER
SHALL START AND STOP THE COMDEMSATE RETURM PUMP TOMAINTAIM THE WATER LEVEL 1M
THE BOILER AT THE DESIRED HEIGMT. THE LO. WATER CUTOFF AND A LARM SHALL SHUT OFF
THE OIL BURMER AMD SOUMD AN ALARM IF TlIE LEVEL 1M THE BOILER FALLS TO A PREDETER
MIMED LOW LEVEL.
E. EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER - THE EMERGEMCY WATER FEEDER SHALL OPEM CITY WATER
PRESSURE IMTO THE BOILER 1M THE EVENT THAT THE WATER LEVEl IN THE BOILER FALLS TO
A PREDETERMIMED LOW LEVEL.
F. STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE MUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ASME
CooE.
10. STEAM AMD BOILER FEED VALVES - BOILER STOP VALVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y
RiSiNG STEM TYPE AMD MAKEUP WATER FEED MUST BE CONMECTEO ON THE BOILER SIDE OF All
VALVES.
PAG E NO, 22
_ ONIIATED .ATe \lllU.VI-........---'
IUI'PLY STUM 10 HlAOIII
SU PIIO.IECT PLANS fOIl
CONTINUATION
VALVE OPERATING CHAIN
PLUG
LOW WATER CUT OFI'-----tt-- - __
CONTROL PANEL
o
OUT
VALVE
HARTFORD LOOP
BOILER C
CHANNEL SUPPORT
FL. LINE
FRONT ELE VATION
INSTALLATION
INSTALL BOILER DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS.
2. F',LL SYSTEM SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR LEAKS.
3. OBSERVE RISE bF WATER IN SooHT GLASS AND
TEST TRY COCKS.
4. CONTACT OIL BURNER CONTIIACTOR FOR BURNER START-UP.
5. 00 NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRESH WATER TO STAND IN BOILER
fOR EXTENDED PERIOOS AS RAPID CORROSION FROM
OXIDATION IIAY PIT TUIES.
EQUALIZING LEG
FULL SIZE OF
BOILER RETURN
TAPPING
TROUGH DRAIN
SEE DETAIL
NOT E S
6. INCREASE TEMPERATURE.
7. 00 NOT OPERATE BOILER UNDER 160'F. BECAUSE CONDENSATION
MAY FORM IN TUBES.
I . FIRE BOI LER TO 190'F. BOIl.ER WATER TEMPERATURE TO DRIVE
OFF FREE OXYGEN.
9. CHECK TO SEE IF AOEQUATE COMBUSTION AIR (200% OF STACK SIZE)
HAS BEEN PROVIlEO INTO THE BOILER ROOM.
10. CHECK SAFETY RELIEF VALVES BY PULLING HANDLE.
SIDE EUYATION
em
lll'l'
T
10'
, FABRICATE 114' STEEL
PLATE a PAINT WrTlI 2 COATS
OF BLACK RUST INHIBITING PAINT
PL AN ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE THRE E PA SS, OIL FIRE D, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOI LE R
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE THREE PASS, OIL FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOILER
.0ILEF S. B. I. 6ROSS S ' . I. NET
N(). OUTPUT OUTPUT
WORKING PRESSURE
RA11NG OF BOILER
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND
OIL FIRING RATE
EATI NG SURFACE HEATIN6 SURFACE FURNACE VOLUME
WATERSIDE FIRESIDE MINIMUM
AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL 23
GAS-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER BOILER
1. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED OUTPUT OF THE BOILER BY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AHD DATA BOOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE TWO FOLLOWING
VALUES:
A. GROSS OUTPUT IN MBH
B. NET OUTPUT IN MBH
2. DETERMINE THE GAS FIRING RATE .
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN BTU!1tR BY DIVIDING THE SBI GROSS OUTPUT BY .80
(EFFICIENCY).
B. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF GAS TO BE BURNED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTU!1tR
BY THE HEA TING VALUE OF THE GAS IN BTU/ CUBIC FOOT.
THE HEATING VAlUE FOR GAS CAN BE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY: IF NOT AVAIL-
. ABLE, USE 1,000 BTU/ CUBIC FOOT FOR NATURAL GAS.
3. ANNUAL FUel CONSUMPTIOM - THE ANNUAL FUEL COHSUMPTIOM MAY BE ESTIMATED BY THE FOLLOW-
iiiCFORMULA:
ANNUAL GAS CONSUMPTION IN THERMS = TOTAL HEAl LOSS (BTU!1tR) x ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
(100,000 BTU) DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 3500
4. CAlCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMBUSTION AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR
30 PERCENT -EXCESS AIR AT"10DEGREESF.
CFM - 0.265 x CUBIC FEET OF GAS PER HOUR
NOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIREO FOR COMBUSTION AND IS NOT THE AMOUNT OF THE
FLUE GASES.
5. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE FOL-
LOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30 PERCENT EXCESS AIR ABOVE THE REQUiRED UNDER NO . ABOVE
AND IS THE AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND FOR THE VENTIUTIOM OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 '" 250 FT. PER MINUTE E FREE AREA OF COMBUSTIOM AIR LOUVERS.
iT SHOULD BE NOTED THA T MOST LOUVERS HAVE OMLY ABOUT 50 PERCENT FREE AREA AND THIS
SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE
ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALL Y ADEQUATE THE 'GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVER.
CAUTION - DO NOT USE INSECT SCREEN OM THE LOUVER: USE 1/ 2-INCH MESH BIRO SCREEN.
6. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT - CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG
FOR THIS DATA. BE CAREFUL NOT TO COMBINE THE BOILER STACK WITH AH INCINERATOR STACK.
7. BOILER SELECTIOM - THE BOILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO THE COM-
PUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE TWO BOILERS ARE TO BE USED, EACH BOILER
SHOULD HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO 66-2/ 3 PERCENT OF THE COMPUTED BLOCK HEAT LOAD.
CAREFUL COMSIDERATIOM SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIOMS 'yO THE BUILDING WHEN COM-
PUTING THE BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE BUILDING.
I. WATE!! TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WAtER TRIM:
A. HIGH LIMIT AQUASTAT TO SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER IF THE BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE
B. PROVIDE AN OPERATING AQUASTAT TO START AND STOP THE GAS BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE
WATER TEMPERATURE. IF MORE THAH OME BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER AQUASTAT IN THE
MAIN HEADER TO START AND STOP AlL GAS BURNERS.
C. THERMOMETER - A HIGH QUALITY MERCURY FILLED THERMOMETER AT LEAST I-INCHES LONG
SHOULD BE MOUNTED OM THE BOILER IN A CLEARlY VISIBLE LOCATIOM TO INDICATE THE BOILER
WATER TEMPERATURE.
D. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO INDICATE THE PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
E. EMERGENCY LOW WATER CUT -OFF AND WATER FEEDER - A COMBINATION LOW WATER CUT-OFF
AND WATER FEEDER SHOULD BE USED TO CUT OFF THE GAS BURNER AND SUPPLY MAKE-UP
WATER UNDER FULL DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE WHEN THE WATER IN THE BOILER FALLS TO OME-
INCH ABOVE THE TOP TUBES. THE WATER FEEDING FEATURE OF THIS DEVICE IS NOT TO BE CON-
SIDERED AS A WATER FEEDER WHICH KORMALLY COMES IN THRU A PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVE TO MAINTAIN A PREDETERMINED PRESSURE OM THE SYSTEM, BUT AS AN EMERGENCY FEED.
F. WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ASME
CODE.
9. WATER VALVES - BOILER STOP VAlVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING STEM TYPE AND
MAKE-UP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED OM THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VAlVES.
10. GAS TRAIN - A GAS TRAIN WHICH MEETS niE FIA REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
PAG E NO. 24
1
A.ailabl. In C ....... TIAN" ... -I\ATE
COMBINATION LOW WATER CUT- OFF
EMERGENCY WATER F[[OER-Sn
TO OPERATE WHEN WATER DROPS TO
PLUG TEE
SUPPLY HOT WATER OUT
sn PROJECT PLANS I'CfR
CONT.NUAT.CfN --.....,..,
,. IIOUND PRESSURE GAGE ---,.I-'-----ool./U1
I AIOVE TOP TUBE ------__
, .
BOILER C __ L
SUPI'.ORT..---.....
FROtH ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
I INSTALL IOILER DEAD LEVEL 10TH DIRECTIONS.
2. FILL SYSTEM SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR LEAKS.
5 RISE OF WATER IN SIGHT GLASS AND TEST TRY COCIClI .
4 CONTACT .AS IURNER CONTRACTOR FOR BURNER START-UP.
CONTROL PANEL
RETURN HOT WATER
.N - SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOIl CONTINUATION
TROUGH DRAIN- SEE DETAIL
4 HUB END DRAIN
5E PLUM" Na
S. DO NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FlISH WATER TO STANO IN .oILER FOR EXTENDED PERIODS
AS RAPID CORROSION FROM .OXIDATION MAY PIT TUBES.
6 INCIIEASE TEMPERATURE.
7. DO NOT OPERATE BOILER UNDER 160 F BECAUSE CONDENSATION MAY FORM IN THE TUBES.
Il FIRE BOILER TO "0 F. BOILER WAT[R TEMPERATURE TO DRIVE OFF FREE OXYGEN.
, CHECK TO 5[E IF ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AIR (200' OF STACK SIZE' HAS IEEN
P'ROVIOED' INTO THE BOILER ROOM.
Ie. CHECK SAFETY "ELIEI' VALVES BY PULLING HANOLE.
SEAL WLD ALL 1._

END ON 45 ANGLE -----'
A.R
CLEAN OUT
n----+--IIVlIIN HOT WATER IN

BLOW , DOWN
COPPER INSECT
stRtEN IN ""'ME
BOILER
NO.
SCHEDU. LE OF CAPACITIES
WOIIIIINII PRESSURE
RATING OF .oILER
OF THE THREE PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE! HOT WATER BOILER
NO SCALE
THE THREE PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, HOT WATER BOILER
HEAT.NG 'SURFACE HEAT.Ne SURFACE FURNACE VOLUME
WATERSIOE 'IRESlOE M. NIMUM
AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL 25
GAS-FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, STEAM BOILER
I. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED OUTPUT OF THE BOILER IY THE USUAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED BY THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
A. GROSS OUTPUT 1M MIH
I. NET OUTPUT IN MIH
2. DETERMINE THE GAS FIRIMG RATE -
A. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN ITUIHR BY DIVIDING THE SII GROSS OUTPUT BY 0
(EFFICIENCY). .
I . CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF GAS TO IE IURNED IY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTUIHR
BY THE HEATlMG VALUE OF THE GAS IN BTU/ CUIIC FOOT.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR GAS CAM BE ASCERTAItCED FROM THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY; IF NOT AVAIL
ABLE, USE 1,000 BTU/ CU. FT. FOIl NATURAL GAS.
3. ANMUAL FUEL COMSUMPTION - THE ANNUAL FUEL COMSUM-TION MAY IE ESTIMATED BY THE FOLLOW
ING FORMULA:
ANNUAL GAS CONSUMPTION IN THERMS TOTAL HEAT LOSS (ITUIHR) x ANNUAL DEGREE .DAYS
(100,000 BTU) - DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 3500-
4. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMIUSTION AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30
CFM = 0.265 x CUIIC FEET OF GAS PER HOUR
MOTE: THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMIUSTION AND IS NOT THE AMOUNT OF THE
FLUE GASES.
5. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMIUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE FOLLOW.
ING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30 PERCENT EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNDER NO. 4 ABOVE AND
IS THE AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMIUSTION AND FOR THE VENTILATION OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 ';' 250 FT. PER MINUTE = FREE AREA OF COMIUSTION AIR LOUVERS.
IT SHOULD IE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY ABOUT 50 PERCENT FREE AREA AND THIS
SHOULD IE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUILING THE AMOUNT GIVEN BY THE
ABOVE FORMULA IS USUALL Y ADEQUATE FOR T H ~ GROSS SIZE OF TH E COMIUSTIOM All LOUVER.
CAUTION - DO NOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE ~ INCH MESH IIRD SCREEN.
6. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AND HEIGHT - CQlCSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR
THR DATA. BE CAREFUL HOT TO COIiIINE THE BOILER STACK WITH AN IMCIICERATOR STACK.
7. iolLER SELECTION - THE r )ILER SELECTED SHOULD HAVE A RATING EQUAL TO THE COMPUTED
ILOCK HUT LOAD FOR THE lUlL DING. WHERE TWO 10lLERS ARE TO IE USED, EACH BOILER SHOULD
HAVE A NET RATING EQUAL TO 66213 PERCEMT OF THE COMPUTED BlOCK HEAT LOAD. CAREFUL
CONSIDERATIOM SHOULD IE GIVEN TO FUTURE ADDITIOICS TO THE lUlL DING WHEN COMPUTING THE
BLOCK HEAT LOAD FOR THE lUlL DING.
e. STUM TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MIHIMUM STEAM TRIM:
A. HIGH LIMIT PRESSURESTAT TO SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER IF THE BOILER ROOM PRESSURE
RUCHES A PREDETERMIi4ED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. OPERATING PRESSURESTAT TO START AND STOP THE GAS BURMER TO MAIMTAIM THE STEAM
PRESSURE. IF MORE THAN ONE BOILER IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER PRESSURESTAT 1M THE MAIN
HEADER TO START AND STOP ALL GAS BURNERS.
C. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO INDICATE THE STEAM PRESSURE 1M THE BOILER.
D. PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM - PROVIDE A COMBIHATIOIC FLOAT AND MERCURY
SWITCH TYPE PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM. THE PUMP STARTER SHALL START
AND STOP THE CONDENSATE RETURN PUMP TO MAINTAIN THE WATER LEVEl IN THE BOILER AT THE
DESIRED HEIGHT. THE LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM SHALL SHUT OFF THE GAS BURNER AND
SOUND AN ALARM IF THE LEVEL IN THE BOILER FALLS TO A PREDETERMINED LOW LEVEL.
E. EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER - THE EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER SHALL OPEN CITY WATER PRF.SSURE
INTO THE BOILER IN THE EVENT THAT THE WATER LEVEL IN THE BOILER FALLS TO A PREDETER
MIMED LOW LEVEL.
F. STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VAL VES OF THE MUMBER AMD CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ASME CODE.
9. STEAM AND BOILER FEED VALVES - IOILER STOP VALVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF THE OS&Y RISING
STEM TYPE AND MAKE-UP WATER FEED MUST BE CONNECTED ON THE BOILER SIDE OF ALL VALVES.
10. CAS TRAIM - A CAS TRAIN WHICH MEETS THE FIA REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
P AGE NO. 26
CHAIN OP[IIATED GATE YALYE-----_...
TMEIItIIOIftTEII- SHALL aE
CAST .-SCALE 50-'.
TO 240 F . SHALL. FILLED
WITH lIED IIEADIIIII _"CUIIY.
nlE THEII_ElEIl !HALL.
fl'THE SEPAIIAIILE 50CKET
SHALL HAVE EXTENDED NECK
WHEIIE "EOUIIIED FOIl INSUU_
'-"OUIID
PIIESSUIIE GAGE ---.".-."---e
BOtLER t
CHANNEL SUPPORT
FL. LINE
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION
I. INSTALL BOILE.R DEAD LEVEL 10TH DIRECTIONS.
2. "LL SYSTEM SLOWLY AND CHECK FOR
3. OBSERVE RISE fl' WATER IN SIGHT GLASS AND
TEST TRY COCKS.
4. CONTACT GAS BURNER CONTRACTOR FOR BURNER START-U!'.
S. DO NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FIIESH WATER TO STAND IN BOILER
'OR EXTENOED PERIODS AS RAPID CORROSION 'ROM
:lXIDATION MAY PIT TUBES.
I .
T.
..
10.
TO HEADEII
FOR
YALYE OPE""T"G CHAIN
LOW WATE" CUT OFI'-----tt----__ .JifQ
CONTROL ""NEL
EQUALIZING LEG
fuLL SIZE fl'
IIOlLER RETURN

. 4- HUI END Dill ..
SEE PLUMBING
NOTES
INCRUSE TEMPERATURE.
DO NOT OPE"ATE IOILE" UNDE" 110'. aECAUSE CONDENSATION
MAY FOIIM .. TUIU.
TO IOILER WATER TEMPERATURE Tt' ORIV
fl'F FREE OlCYll[lI.
Of STACK SIZE)
CHECK SAFETY REUEF YALYES rtf PULLING HANOLE.
SIDE ELEVATION

o
OUT
nll:II-ooH--+- GATE YALVE
14f--llMrPOlIO LOOP
t-H---it-+EOUAUZINI LEI FUU
SIZE fl' __ E.
IIETUM TIIPPINt
ELEVATION
BOILER
NO.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE THREE PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCti TYPE, STEAM BOILER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE THREE PASS, GAS FIRED, SCOTCH TYPE, S'TEAM BOILER
GAS INPUT
HEATING SURFACE HEATING SURfACE fURNACE VOLUME
WATERSIDE FI"E5IDE MINIMUM
tiEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESlaN MANUAL 27
1
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE OIL-FIRED,
FIRETUBE, BRICKSET, HOT WATER BOILER
1. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED OUTPUT OF THE 10lLER BY THE USU.L METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE
ASH RAE GUIDE AND OAT. lOOK. NORMALLY, THE OUTPUT IS DEFINED IY THE THREE FOLLOWING
VALUES:
Sil GROSS OUTPUT IN MM
I. SII NET OUTPUT IN MM
C. CERTIFIED OUTPUT IY THE MANUF.CTURER IN MIH.
CALCULATE THE REQUIRED INPUT IN ITUIHR IY DIVIDIIG THE REQUIRED CERTIFIED OUTPUT BY
.10 (EFFICIENCY).
I . CALCUL.TE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO IE IURNED IY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN ITUIHR IY
THE HEATING V.LUE OF THE OIL IN ITU/ GALLON.
THE HEATING VALUE FOR MD. 5 .ND NO.6 OIL C.N IE .SCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL
SUPPLIER; IF NOT .VAILABLE, USE 14,'00 BTU/ G.LLON FOR NO. 5 OIL .ND 153,400 ITU/ GALLON FOR
NO.6 OIL.
3. ESTIM.TE ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION - C.LCULATE THE YEARLY FUEL CONSUMPTION BY THE
FOLLOWING FORMULA (FOR HUTING ONLY).
ANNU.L FUEL IN G.L TOTAL HUT LOSS (BTUIHR) x ANNU.L DEGREE D.YS
= . DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x SOOO
4. C.LCUL.TE THE REQUIRED FURN.CE VOLUME - THE HEAT RELEASE SHOULD BE BASED ON .PPROX
IMATELY 35,000 ITU/ CU. FT ND M.Y BE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOWING FO!IMULA:
FURN.CE VOLUME IN CUBIC FEET =
THE TOTAL FURM.CE VOLUME WILL BE MADE UP OF THE FURN.CE VOLUME IN THE BOILER PLUS THE
FURM.CE VOLUME OF THE BASE. THE REQUIRED FURN.CE VOLUME WILL DETERMINE THE HEIGHT OF
THE BASE.
S. C.LCULATE THE .MOUNT OF COMBUSTION .IR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA .LLOWS FOR
30" ExCESS .IR FOR COMBU'moN AT 70 DEGREES F.
CFM - 35 x GPH OF OIL
NOTE: THIS IS THE .MOUNT OF .IR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION .ND IS NOT THE CFM C .... CITY OF
THE I.D. F.N, SINCE THE I.D. F.N IS HANDLING THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
6. C.LCULATE THE .MOUNT OF FREE .REA REQUIRED IN THE COMBUSTION .IR LOUVERS - THE FOL
LOWING FORMULA .LLOWS FOR EXCESS .IR ABOVE TH.T REQUIRED UNDER NO.6 .ND IS THE
AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION .140 FOR VENTILATION OF THE BOILER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 + 250 FT. PER MlNUn = FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION .IR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT MOST LOUVERS H.VE ONLY .BOUT sl)r; FREE AREA .ND THIS SHOULD BE
TAKEN INTO .CCOUNT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUBLING THE .MOUNT GIVEN BY THE ABOVE
FORMULA IS USU.LLY .DEQu.n FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION .IR LOUVER. C.UTION -
DO HOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE l; INCH MESH BIRD SCREEN. ---
7. C.LCULATE THE C.P.CITY OF THE INDUCED DRAFT F.N - THE INOUCED DRAFT FAN WILL HAVE TO
H.NDLE THE AIR PUT INTO TitE FURMACE FOR COMBUSTION PLUS THE FUEL BURNED. TO CALCULATF
THE CFM AT 550 DEGREES F, USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
CFM = 7. x GPH OF OIL
SIZE OF THE ST.CK OR BREECHING REQUIRED -
STACK SIZE SCHEDULE FOR INDUCED DRAFT F.N
-
CFM RANGE ROUND SIZE RECTANGULAR SIZE
UP TO 1000 IS" 13" 18" (NOMIN.L)
1001 TO 3000 18" 18" "" (HOMINAL)
3001 TO 4000 20" 20" 20" (NOMINAL)
4501 TO 5500 21" 24" 20" (NOMINAL)
4501 TO 4500 24" U' 24" (NOMINAL)
5501 TO 7500 50"0 32" 24" .CTU.L INSIDE FIREBRICK
7501 TO 10000 34" 32" 32" .CTU.L INSIDE FIREBRICK
10,001 TO 14,000 3' '' 40" 32" .CTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
14,001 TO 18000 44" 40" x 40" .CTUAlINSIDE FIREBRICK
18001 TO 26 000 4",cP 48" x 40" .CTU. L INSlDE FIREBRICK
26,001 TO 30,000 50" 4'" x 48" .CTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
NOTE: ALWAYS CHECK LOC.L CODES ANDORDINAMCES REGARDING ST.CK SIZE AND HEIGHT. STACK IS
ONLY REQUIRED TO RUN TWO FEET ABOVE ROOF UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. IF
THE BOILER RUNS ON NATURAL DRAFT, CONSULT THE M.NUF.CTURER'S CAT.LOG FOR STACK SIZES.
9. WATER TRIM - THE BOILER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WATER TRIM
HIGH LIMIT .QU.STAT TO SHUT OFF THE OIL BURNER IF THE BOILER WATER TEMPERATURE REACHES
PREDETERMINED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. PROVIDE AM OPERA TING AQU.STAT TO START .ND STOP THE OIL BURNER TO M.INTAIN THE WATER
TEMPERATURE. IF MORE TH.N ONE BOIL{R IS USED, LOCATE A MASTER .QU.STAT IN THE MAIN
HEADER TO ST .RT .ND STOP .LL OIL BURNERS.
'C. THERMOMETER - HIGH QU.L1TY MERCURY FILLED TH ERMOMETER AT LEAST 'INCHES LONG
SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON THE BOILER IN. CLEARLY VISIBLE LOCATION TO INDIC.TE THE BOILER
W.TER TEMPERATURE.
D. PRESSURE G.GE - PROVIDE PRESSURE G.GE TO INDIC.TE THE PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
E. EMERGENCY LOW WATER CUTOFF AMD WATER FEEDER - A COMBIN.TlON LOW WATER CUTOFF AND
W.TER FEEDER SHOULD IE USED TO CUT OFF THE BURNER AND SUPI'L Y M.KE-UP WATER UNDER
FULL DOMESTIC W.TER PRESSURE WHEN THE WATER IN THE BOILER FALLS TO 1INCH ABOVF THE
TOP TUBES. THE W.TER FEEDING FEATURE OF THIS DEVICE IS NOT TO BE CONSIDERED AS. MAKE
UP WATER FEEDER WHICH NORM.LLY COMES IN THRU A PRESSURE REDUCING V.LVE TO MAINTAIN
PREDETERMINED PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM, BUT AS AN EMERGENCY FEED.
F. WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMBER .ND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE AWE CODE
P AGE NO. 28
BOILER
NO.
IN DUCED DRAFT
FAN
THERMOMETER
OIL BURNER
STEEL SUPPORT BRACKET
BASE
I 1/4" THICK 2300"
INSULATION BRICK
14"
I
a PAINT WITH 2
COATS OF BLACK

1/2" THICK INSULATION BOARD
CLEAN OUT
BOTH SIDES
MAKE-UP WATER

RETURN HOT
'ttlEPRdlcT
PLANS FOR
P LAN VIEW
HOLLOW
SECTION THRU FIREBOX
SUPPLY HOT WATER OUT
SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR CONT.
RELEASE FITTING
TANK CONNECTION PLUG
0 ET A I L
S"INCLINED THERMOMETER... -r----- THERMOMETER !INCLINED TYPE)
BE READ TUBE ACCESS DOORS
COMBINATION LOW WATER--
CUT OFF a EMERG ENCY
WATER FEEDER-SET TO
OPERATE WHEN WATER
DROPS TO I" ABOVE TOP
TUBE
UNION
DRAIN LINE
BRACKET PIPES TO
HEIGHT OF BASE TO BE
DETERMINED BY FURNACE
VOLUME S"ECIFIED IN
SCHEDULE BELOW.
CONTRACTOII SHALL SUBMIT
CALCULATIOfjS.
,
CONTINUATION
IOILER BASE LOOII LINE
STAND- OFF
BRACKET
1/4"STEEL PLATE
TO BRICK BASE
4"HUB END .0RAIN
1/2" STEEL FRONT PLATE
ATTACH TO BOILER WITH
BOLTS EMBEDDED IN
MASONRY
. - FLOOR LINE
"e" p" "-. (ENDS OF HOLLOW TILE
DETAILS OF
TROUGH DRAIN
SEE DETAIL SEE PLUMBING
SIDE ELEVATION
TH E INSTALLATION , OF THE
FLUSH WITH BOILER
FRONT PLATE
FRONT ELEVATION
OIL FIRED, BRICK SET, FIRETUBE, HOT WATER BOILER
NO SCALE
ELEV TION
INSTALLATION NOTES
L- INSTALL BOILER DEAD LEVEL BOTH
DIRECTIONS. .
2.-FILL SYSTEM SLOWLY a CHECK FOR LEAKS.
3-- CHECK EXPANSION TANK TO BE SURE AlII
CUSHION IS AVAILABLE.
4-CONTACT OIL BURNER CONTRACTOR FOil
BURNER START-UP.
5.-00 NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRESH WATER
TO STAND IN BOILEII FOR EXTENDED
PERIODS AS RAPID COIIROSION FIIOM
OXIDATION MAY PIT TUBES.
6" INCREASE TEMPERATURE GRADUALLY.

TO 190"F. TO oIIlVE -OFF
FIIEE OXYGEN. I
9.- CHECK TO SEE IF ADEOUATE COMBUSTION

IQ-CHECK SAFETY RELIEF VALVES BY
PULLING HANDLE.
SLIP ON
150 P.S.L SLIP
...... FLANGE
DETAIL RELEASE FITT
OF CAPACITIES OF OIL FIRED, BRICKSET, FIRETUBE, HOT WATER BOILER
OIL FIRINI RATE
HunNI SURFACE
WATERSIDE
HEATING SURFACE FURNACE VOLUME FURNACE VO\.UME
FIRESIDE BOIL..ER BASE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND Alit CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
CYCLE
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE OIL-FIRED, 1
FIRETUBE, BRICKSET, STEAM BOILER
1. DETERMINE THE REtiRED OUTPUT OF THE THE USUAL METHOOS AS OUTLINED IN THE FORMULA IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THE GROSS SIZE OF THE COMBUSTION AIR LOUVER. CAUTION-
ASHRAE GUIDE AND ATA BOOK. NORMALLY, TH TPUT IS DEFINED BY THE THREE FOLLOWING 00 MOT USE INSECT SCREEN ON THE LOUVER; USE IS INCH MESH BIRO SCREEN. ---
VALUES:
A. Sli GROSS OUTPUT IN MBH
B. SBI NET OUTPUT IN MBH
C. CERTIFIED OUTPUT BY THE MANUFACTURER IN MBH.
A. GALCULATE TH E REQUIRED INPUT IN BTU.1IR BY DI VIII NG THE REQUIRED CERTIFIED OUTPUT BY
I .10 (EFFICIEt:Y).
B. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF OIL TO BE BURHED BY DIVIDING THE INPUT IN BTU.1IR BY
THE HEATING VALUE OF THE OIL IN BTU/GALLON.
"HE HEATING VALUE FOR NO.5 AND NO.6 OIL CAN IE ASCERTAINED FROM THE LOCAL FUEL OIL SUp
PlIER; IF NOT AVAILABLE, USE 14",00 BTU/GALLON FOR NO.5 OIL AND 153,40 BTU/GALLON FOR MO. 6
OIL.
3. ESTIMATE ANNUAL FUEL CONSUMPTION - CALCULATE THE YEARLY FUEL CONSUMPTION BY THE FOLLOW.
ING FORMULA (FOR HEATING ONL YI.
ANNUAL FUEL IN GAL = TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTU.1IR) x ANNUAL DEGREE DAYS
DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x SOOO
4. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED FURNACE VOLUME - THE HEAT RELEASE SHOULD BE BASED OM APPROXI
MATELY 35,000 BTU/CU. FT. AND MAY BE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
FURNACE VOLUME IN CU. FT.
THE TOTAL FURNACE VOLUME, WILL IE MADE UP OF THE FURNACE VOLUME IN THE BOILER PLUS THE
FURNACE VOLUME OF THE BASE. THE REQUIRED FURNACE VOLUME WILL DETERMINE THE HEIGHT OF
THE BASE.
S. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF COMIU5T1OM AIR REQUIRED - THE FOLLOWING FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 30!1i
EXCESS AIR FOR COMBUSTION AT 7. DEGREEs F.
(FM = 35 x GPH OF Or(
NOTE : THIS IS THE AMOUNT OF AIR REQUIRED FOR COMBUSTION AND IS MOT THE CFM CAPACITY OF THE
1.0. FAN, SINCE THE 1.0. FAN IS HANDLING THE HOT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
6. CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF FREE AREA REQUIRED IN THE COMIUSTION AIR LOUVERS - THE FOLLOWING
FORMULA ALLOWS FOR 3O!Ii EXCESS AIR ABOVE THAT REQUIRED UNDER NO.5 AND IS THE AMOUNT RE
QUIRED FOR COM.,STION AND FOR VENTILATION OF THE 10lLER ROOM.
CFM x 1.3 .;. 250 FT. PER MINUTE = FREE AREA OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS
IT SHOULD IE NOTED TNA T MOST LOUVERS HAVE ONLY AIOUT sci!I; FREE AREA AND THIS SHOULD IE
TAKEN INTO ACCCX(MT WHEN SIZING THE LOUVER. DOUlliNG THE AMOUNT GIVEN IY THE AIOVE
7. CALCULATE THE CAPACITY OF THE INDUCED DRAFT FAN - THE INDUCED DRAF T FAN WILL HAVE TO
HANDLE THE AIR PUT INTO TH E FURNACE FOR COMBUSTION PLUS THE FUEL BURNED. TO CALCULATE
THE CFM AT 550 DEGREES F, USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
CFM = 71 x GPH OF OIL.
1 SIZE OF THE STACK OR BREECHING REQUIRED
STACK SIZE SCHEDULE FOR INDUCED DRAFT FAN
CFM RANGE ROUND SIZE RECTANGULAR SIZE
UP TO 1000 IS"cP 13" x II" (NOMINAL)
1001 TO 3000 Ir'cP
"" x "" (NOMINAL)
3001 TO 4000 2O" '" 20" x 20" (NOMINAL)
4001 TO 4500 21"cP 24" x 20" (MOMINAL)
4501 TO 5500 24"'" 24" x 24" (NOMINAL)
5501 TO 7500
SO"'"
32" x 24" ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
7500 TO 10000
34"'" 32" x 32" ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
10 001 TO 14,000 31"cP 40" x 32" ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
14,001 TO 11,000 ""cP 40" x 40" ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
11,001 TO 26,000 ""cP .. " x "0" ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
26 001 TO 30 000
SO"'"
.. " x "." ACTUAL INSIDE FIREBRICK
MOTE: ALWAYS CHECK LOCAL COOES AND ORDINANCES REGARDING STACK SIZE AMD HEIGHT. STACK
IS ONLY REQUIRED TO RUN TWO FEET ABOVE RODF UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES.
IF THE BOILER RUNS ON NATURAL DRAFT, CONSUL T THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR STACK SIZES.
9. STEAM TR .. - TIE BOILER SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STEAM TRIM.
A. HIGH LIMIT PRESSURESTAT TO SHUT OFF THE OIL BURNER IF THE BOILER STEAM PRESSURE REACHES
A PREDETERMINED HIGH LIMIT SETTING.
B. PROVIDE AN OPERATING PRESSURESTAT TO START AND STOP THE OIL BURNER TO MAINTAIN THE
STEAM PRESSURE. IF MORE THAN ONE BOILER IS bSED, LOCATE A MASTER PRESSURESTAT IN THE
MAIN HEADER TO START AND STOP ALL OIL BURNERS.
C. PRESSURE GAGE - PROVIDE A PRESSURE GAGE TO INDICATE THE STEAM PRESSURE IN THE BOILER.
D. PUMP STARTER. LOll WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM - PROVIDE A COMBINATION FLOAT AND MERCURY
SWITCH TYPE PUMP STARTER, LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM. THE PUMP STARTER SHALL START
AND STOP THE CONDENSATE RETURN PUMP TO MAINTAIN THE WATER LEVEL IN THE IOIL.ER AT THE
DESIRED HEIGHT. THE LOW WATER CUT-OFF AND ALARM SHALL SHUT OFF THE OIL IURNER AND
SOUND AN AURM IF THE LEVEL IN THE IOILER FALLS TO A PREDETERMINED LOW LEVEL.
E. EME",NeY FEY" -THE EMERGENCY WATER FEEDER SHALL OPEN CITY WATER
PRE RE INTO T E BO IN THE EVENT THAT THE WATER LEVEL 1M THE BOILER FALLS
TO A PREDETERMINED LOW
F. STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES OF THE NUMIER AND CAPACITY AS REQUIRED IY THE
.SiE CODE. .
PAlE NO. 30
DRAFT
CO lCTIO. IOILlR RlTUR.
IL IURNER
EXTEND HOLLOW TI
lACK AND '"RaNT
STUL IRACKlT
HC?LLOW
SECTION THRU FIREBOX
AS
GAGE
TRI COCKS
Pu .. P CONTROL. LOW WAT[
CUT OFF. ALAIllli/ 1 WATE R
CoLU"N COMI! ATION

!llUI.' UNION
HEIGHT OF USE TO IE
DlTER .. INEo 8Y FURNACE
VOLU.. E SPECIFIED IN
SCHEDULE IELOW.
CALCULATIONS. ------=+-
ROTARY CUP
OIL IURNER
DRAIN
IRACKET PIPES 114'STEEL PLATE

CHAIN OI'RATED
flATE VALYE
ACCU. DOOII.

INSULATE lolL[II WITH
2" THICK 1200' ILOCK - USE
CORNER lEADS ON ALL
COIINlRS
112' STEEL FRONT PLATE
ATTACH TO 10lLER WITH
10LTS E .. BEDDED IN
.. ASONRY
,,-
ELEV TION
INSTALLATION NOTES
I-INSTALL .oILER DEAD LEYEL 10TH
DIRECTIONS.
2.-FI LL SYSTU. SLOWLY I CHECK FOIl LEliIS.
IN SIINT lUll
4--CONTACT OIL IURNEII CONTRAC1OII FOR
IURNER STAin-UP'
1.-00 NOT ALLOW UNHEATED FRlSH WATER
TO STAND IN 10lLER FOR EXTENDED
PERIODS AS RAPID CORROSION FRO..
OXIDATION "AY PIT TUllS.
!I.-INCREASE TE"PERATURE GRADUALLY.

I.-FUIE 10lLER TO 110' 10lLER WATER
T[ .. "RATUII[ TO DRIY[ OFF FII[[ 01l'/SlN.
I-ctlECIl TO SU IF ADEOUAT[ COMIlUSTION

la-CHECK UFETY RELIEF VALVES BY
PULLING HANDLE .

CDNTRACTOR SHALL SUI"IT

.oILER lAS[ LINE TO IRICK lASE __ __ ...1....,1;__
I ENDS OF HOLLOW TILl
LUSH WITH 10lLER
FRONT PLATE
10lLER
CONNECTION OS.I Y. GAT[ YALYl
SIDE ELEVATIO N
FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS QF THE INSTALLATION OF THE OIL FIRED, BRICK SET, FIRETUBE, STEAM BOILER
NO SCALE
"- SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE OIL FI RED, BRICKSET, FIRE TUBE,
10lLER IS ... GROSS I S.II. NlT I ClRTIFllD I TYPE
NO. OUTPUT OUTPUT DUTI'UT FUll
OF I
OIL DIL
FIRINI
RATE I HEATING SURFACE I HEATING SURFACE I FURNACE VOLU"E I FURNACE VOLu.. E ITOTAL FURNACE I .. AXI"U ..
WATERSIDE FIRESIDE 10lLER lASE YOLU .. E HEAT RELEASE
I I I I I I I 1 I I I
CH K YALYE
D ETAI L OF HARTFORD LOOt'
CONNECTION- DETAIL
ORA FT INDUCER
C.F. ... s.,. ItP VOLTS PHASE
I I I I I I
CYCLE
HEATING, V.ENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 13 PAG E NO. 31
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE MEDIUM CAPACITY
STEAM WATER TUBE BOILER-OIL FIRED
I. INfORMATION REQUIRED:
STEAM CONDmONS
1. CAPACITY REQUIRED LlIHR.
Z. STEAMPRESSURE PSlG
3. STEAMTE-.ERATURE of
fEEOWATER TE..eRATURE of
CONTINUOUS ILOWDOWN "
TYPE Of fUEL-OlL OR GAS
Z. DETERMINE THE REQUIRED OUTrUT Of THE 10lLER IY THE fOLLOWING METHOD:
I. ENTHALPH Of STEAM AT 10lLER OUTLET ITUILI
10. ENTHALPY Of fEEDWATER AT DRUM PRESSURE ITU/LI
c. HEAT ABSORIED IV STEAM ITU/LiIS THE DifFERENCE IETWEEN (II AND
. ENTHALPY OF SAT. LIQUID IIF .. NUS ENTHALPY OF FEEDWATER TEMPERATURE IY THE
PERCEIT COITlIUOUS ILOWDOWI.
t. omUT EQUALS ITEIIS (e'+ "MULTIPLIED IY STEAII QUANTITV.
3. CALCULATE THE APPROXIMATE REQUIRED INPUT II MILLIONS ITUIHR IV ASSUMIIG EFFICIEICY OF II PERCENT
FOR OIL FIRIIG AID 11 PERCEIT FOR GAS FIRIIG. DIVIDE THE OUTPUT ITEM (ZtIIY THE APPROPRIATE
EFFIClEICV.
4. CALCULATE THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF FUEL TO IE IURIED IV DIVIDIIG THE (31 IV THE HEATlIG VALUE OF THE
OIL OR GAS. USE I.ITU/CU fT. FOR GAS AID 144,-ITU/GALLOI FOR 10. lOlL (lASED 01 11 ITUILI AID
1.1 LI/GAL.I FOR 10. Z OIL USE 131."ITU/8ALLOI (lASED 01 II" ITUILI AID 1.1:1 LIIGALJ RESULT WILL IE
EXPRESSED II GALlHR FOR OIL AID CU. FTIIIR FOR GAS.
I. EmMATE THE AIIUAL FUEL COISUMPTIOI
AIIUAL FUEL II GALS. (GALLOIS PER HR. ITEM41 X (1111 HRIYRI X (LOAD FACTORI
LOAD FACTOR-FACTOR IETWEEI I AID 1.1 WHICH CORRESPOIDS TO THE YEARLV AVERAGE PERCEIT OF
FULL LOAO OPERATIOI.
FOR GAS flRIIG USE CU. nlllR. GAS II PLACE Of GALIHII OIL.
I . TOTAL COMIUSTION AIR REQUIREO (lARD ON ... F AIR WITH "" EXCESS AIR FOR OIL FIRING AND III" EXCESS
AIR FOR GAS fiRING.
TOTAL COMIUSTION AIR tit OIL fiRING IN CfM
.1 GALIHR . 115 .221. ITU/GAL Of OIL fiRED
I.
TOTAL COMIUSTION AIR #2 OIL fiRING (CfMI
GAL/HR . 114 .2Z1 .ITU/GAL Of OIL fiRED
I.
TOTAL COM.USTION AIR NATURAL GAS fiRING
cl CU.fT JHR . IN . 221. ITUICU.fT. Of GAS
I.
1. CHOICE OF THE GRADE OF THE FUEL OIL OR GAS TO IE IURNED SHOULO IE lASED ON A STUDY OF THE FACTORS
INVOLVED AND EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEIISIHOULD IE COISIDERED.
I. COST OF EACH TYPE Of OIL OR GAS
DOES OWNER HAVE OTHER IUILDIIGS WHERE HE IS IUVII. OIL UIDER DIE COITRAm
c. AVAILAIILlTY OF EACH TVPE OF OIL. PARllCULARLV DURIIG PERIODS OF lAD WEATHER.
. HOW IIUCH OIL STORAGE CAl IE PROVIDED?
t . COISIDERATIOI OF THE OIL HEATlIG REQUIRE_ITS FOil EACH TYPE OF OIL.
f. STUDY LOCAL CODES AII0 OROIIAIICES REBAIIDIIG THE IURIII. OF FUEL OIL.
I. STUDV THE CAlliER OF OPEIIATlIG PERSOIIEL AID WHETHER 011 lOT A LlCElSED EIGllEER IS REQUIRED.
I . OIL ANDIDR GAS IURIER-THE Oil IURIER WILL loRMALL V IE OF THE STEAM ATOMIZING TYPE. GAS DOES lOT
REQUIRE ATOMIZATIOI. OIL REQUIRES APPROXIllATEL\'1.1 LIS. STEAM/LI OF OIL. CONSULT MANUFACTURERS
DATA FOR SIZE.
I. DETERMIIETHE REQUIRED STACK SIZE AID HEIGHT -COISULT THE MAIUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR THIS DATA.
ALWAYS CHECK THE LOCAL CODES REGARDlIGSTACK SIZE AID HEIGHT.
PAGE NO. 31A
In TRANS-A-PlATE*
U'P\.Y STEAM OUT-SEE PIIOJECT DRAWiNGS-----C'i
FOR CONTlHUATION
IIElIEF IIALVS SIZE AS FlEQUAED lIT A.SM.E.
FORCED DRAFT FAN
WATER COLUMN TO INCLUDE FOUR PAOBES
FOR lHE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS'
1- HIGH WATER ALARM
Z- LOW WATER ALARM
3-LOW WATER CUT-OFF
PIIOBE
LEVa. SIGHT GLASS
BOILER CHEMICAL FEED CONN.
12- " MAIN BOILER
STEAM PRSStRE
GAUGE
FEED WATER STOP VALVE (GLOBE)
BURNER- SEE DETAIL
- CHECK VALVE
r GATE VALV ----- ---......
hAM
CONT BLOW DOWN
CONTRa.LER

FUEL OIL SKIT OFF VALVE
DETAIL "A"
INSTALLATION NOTES
I-INSTALL BOILER DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONs.
Z- INSTALL ALL FIELD AS SHOWN ON VENDORS SHOP DR.... NS.
3- BLOW EACH LINE ClEAR WITH aJIIPRESSED AlII TO RDIOIIE WEUlIIG SLAG ETC.
SUPPLY- BOILER FEED WATER
ALLOWABLE
FEED WATER CONTROL IALVE
SIZED TO MATCH STEAM OUTPUT
PLUS BLOW-OOWN
DBE VALVE - FEED WATER BYPASS
01\.
ATOMIZING STEAM
SUPPLY LINES . SIZE
TO BE DE TERMINED
BY BOILER- BURNER
VENDOR
MOTOR
GATE .... LVES-...... 4e3CJ'
- REVIEW VEICIORS INSTALLATION CHECK LIST TO IE CERTAIN ALL ITEMS ARE CCM'LETED.
5- CONT>eT BOILER-BURNER VEt!OOII FOR START UP SERVICE.
6 - START UP E_ER TO PEIIFllRII THE FOLLOWINGS.
URCES ARE ClEAN.
C- CHECK SAFETY RELIEF IALVES.
0- PERFORM COMBUSTIOH II EFFICIENCY TESTS.
.uoo--- """ECHING OUTLET
SEE PROJEC T OWGs.
FOR SIZE
IZ"' 16" MANHOLE
UPPER DRUM
12" , 16 "'ANHOLE
LOWER DRUM
RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
BOILER CASING
PRESS. RELIEF VALVES
STOP II CHECK VALV

PLAN VIEW
,{wt ___
II ""INT WITH Z
COolTS OF 8LACK
RUST INHIBITING
Pl\iNT
COPPER INSECT
SCREEN IN
FRAME
"2. DIA.
ELEVATION
TROUGH DRAIN DETAILS
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE MEDIUM CAPACITY STEAM WATER TUBE BOILER-OIL FIRED NO SCALE
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
THE MEDIUM CAPACITY, STEAM, WATER TUBE, BOILER
1. PURPOSE OF CONTROL PANEL AND VALVE RACK ASSEMBLY
A. PNEUMATIC COMBUSTION CONTROL PROPERLY MEASURES THE CORRECT AMOUNT OF FUEL AND AIR FOR
EFFICIENT COMBUSTION OVER THE ENTIRE LOAD RANGE OF THE BOILER.
B. PNEUMATIC FEEOWATER CONTROL ADMITS THE PROPER AMOUNT OF FEEOWATER REOUIREO BY THE BOILER
OVER THE ENTIRE LOAD RANGE.
C. THE FLAME SAFETY SYSTEM MONITORS THE OPERATION OF THE BOILER AND HAS THE CAPABILITY OF
SHUTTING THE BOILER DOWN IF AN UNSAFE CONDITION ARISES. HOWEVER, BOILER OPERATORS ARE ALSO
REQUIRED IN MOST STATES.
2. TYPES OF COMBUSTION CONTROL SYSTEMS AVAILABLE
A. PARALLEL POSITIONING-SUITABLE FOR BASE LOAD SERVICE OR A PLANT LOAD WITH LITTLE VARIATIONS
IN TOTAL STEAM OUTPUT.
B. RATIO METERING-SUITABLE FOR ANY TYPE OF LOAD VARIATIONS. SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO COMPENSATE FOR
VARIATIONS IN FUEL OIL TEMPERATURE, OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE, ETC.
3. TYPES OF FEEOWATER CONTROL SYSTEMS AVAILABLE
A. SINGLE ELEMENT-SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED BY VARIATIONS IN DRUM LEVEL ONL Y. THIS SYSTEM IS SUITABLE FOR
MOST HEATING LOAD APPLICATIONS OR MANUFACTURING PLANT LOADS WITH MINOR LOAD SWINGS.
B. TWO ELEMENT-SYSTEM IS ACTUATED BY VARIATIONS IN DRUM LEVEL AND STEAM flOW. THIS SYSTEM IS
SUIT ABLE FOR All HEATING lOAD APPLICATIONS PLUS MANUFACTURING PLANT LOADS WITH LOAD SWINGS
UP TO 25% PER MINUT
C. THREE ELEMENI-SYSTEM IS ACTUATED BY VARIATIONS IN DRUM LEVEL, STEAM flOW AND FEEOWATER flOW.
THIS SYSTEM IS THE ULTIMATE IN FEEOWATER CONTROL BUT SHOULD BE USED ONLY WHEN UNUSUALLY LARGE
LOAD SWINGS ARE ANTICIPATED.
4. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
A. PIPING-THE PRE FUEL RACK IS COMPLETELY SHOP PIPED INCLUDING THE FUEL OIL TRAIN, FUEL GAS
TRAIN, FUEL GAS LIGHTER TRAIN AND ATOMIZING STEAM TRAIN. FIELD PIPING CONSISTS OF PIPING FUEL
AND ATOMIZING STEAM TO THE RACK INLET CONNECTIONS AND PIPING SAME FROM RACK OUTlET
CONNECTIONS TO THE BURNER.
8. WIRING-FUEL RACK IS COMPLETEL Y PREWIRED AT THE FACTORY LEAVING ONLY AN UMBILICAL CORD TO BE
CONNECTED BETWEEN THE FUEL RACK AND THE CONTROL PANEl. WIRING BETWEEN THE CONTROL PANEL AND
THE BOILER CONSISTS OF APPROXIMATELY TWELVE WIRES THAT MUST IE FiElD INSTALLED. ALL WIRING ON
THE BOILER ITSELF IS SHOP INSTALLED AND TERMINATED AT ONE OF TWO JUNCTION BOXES LOCATED ON THE
WINOBOX FRONT.
5. CONTROL SUPPL Y REQUIREMENTS
A. ELECTRIC POWER,FOR THE CONTROLS AND GAS LIGHTER, THE ACTUAL REQUIREMENT IS lKW AND THE RATED
REQUIREMENT DUE TO TRANSFORMER IS 1112 KVA. THE SAFETY CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR 110V
8. CYCLE. FORCED DRAFT FAN MOTOR CAN BE DESIGNED FOR 208, 230, 460 OR 575 VOLTS. STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER FOR THE SAFETY SYSTEM IS LOCATED IN THE CONTROL PANEL SO DilL Y ONE POWER SOURCE
IS REQUIRED.
B. FUEL OIL- THE OIL SHOULD BE SUPPLIED TO THE INLET OF THE CONTROL VALVE AT 150 PSI AND HEATED TO A
VISCOSITY TO 135-150 S.s.U. THE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE SUITABLE FOR FUEL OILS NO. 2 THROUGH NO. 6
C. FUEL GAS- THE CONTROL SYSTEM IS SUITABLE FOR NATURAL GASES WHICH RANGE FROM 9501100 BTU/CU.FT.
THE SYSTEM IS LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM SUPPLY PRESSURE OF 20 PSI.
THE GAS LIGHTER VALVE TRAIN IS SUITABlE FOR NATURAL OR BOTTLED PROPANE GAS AT SUPPLY PRESSURE
BETWEEN 1 PSI AND 20 PSI WITH A CAPACITY OF 250M BTU/HR.
P AGE NO. 31 C
"yoi'"",. In CjI'I'fOlI TItANS-A-PLA TE'
..
fRONT VIEW Of CONTROL PANEL
cONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT
I. FUEL OIL IlUllllER PfIESSlJIE GAGE 4 \'2' Us. GAUGE CO.
2. FUEL GAS IUIINER PRESSURE GAGE 4 vt' Us. GAUGE CO.
3 . STEAM PRESSURE INDtCATOR- CONTROLLER'-KP4740A
4. MULTI - POINTER DRAFT GAGE-TYPE PG200FA FURNACE PRESSURE
II. STEAM PRESSURE GAGE 8 V2'U.S. GAGE CO.
7. FUEL AIR RATIO CONTROLLER-TYPE 10841164
A a. INDICATING UGHTS '(A)ATOIoIIZING STEAM (.)FUME FAILURE
. FLOW METER DR 80lLER METER, (OPTI ONAL)
IQ GAS-OIL TRANSFER VALVE (RATIO CONTROLLER)
II . GAS-OIL TRANSfER VALVE (VALVE TRANSFER)
12. _CAL TlP-Y JET 8URNE11 TRANSFER IIlLVE
13. MASTER SELECTOR STATION-TYPE AJ52810
"-I _TER LEVEL RESET PUSHBUTTON
" -2 MECHANICAL TIP BUllNER PUSH8UTTON
"-3 DIIUIII LEVEL ALARM SLENCE PUSl\BUT.TON
ft-. RlACED OIIAFT FAN SELECTOR SWITCH
n... PllDGllAM CONTROLLEII SELECTOR SWITCH
n-a OIL-GAS SELECTOR SWITCH
C. COVER PLATE
fRONT VIEW Of RACK
GAS TRAIN SHOWN (ALTERNATE)
. 'r
FRONT LINE
OF BOILER
1 "-6'
t

:!C' MIN. CLEAR WORKING SIW:E
PLAN VIEW Of CONTROL PANEL a VALVE RACK
. -4 COVER PLATE
.. OFM PIlNEL IIO.\IID
NAMEPLATE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR THE
MEDIUM CAPACITY STEAM WATER TUBE BOILER NO SCALE
REAR VIEW OfJ!Alt!i
OIL, GAS 10 'LIGHTER a ATOMIZING
STE AM TRAIN SHOWN
VALVE RACK
EQUIPMENT
A. STRAINER
8 . REGULATINr- VALVE
D. VENT VALVE
E. SHUT-OFF VALVE
F. SHUT-OFF SOLENOID
fl . ATOMIZING STEAM GAGE
H. 01 L PRESSURE SWITCH
OIL CONTROL VALVE
. STEAM TRAP
L. OIL TEMPERATURE INTERLOCKS
M. SPENCE STEAM 01 FFERENTIAL a SHUT-OFF VALVE
Q. 01 L
S. GAS CONTROL VALVE
T. GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE
U. HIGH LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES
Y. GAS VENT VALVE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DE S18 .. MANUAL PLATE PAGE NO,31D
DESIGNI NG THE INSTALLATION OF THE
RECIPROCATING CHILLER
1. t!!MtlI.I.E THE TOTAL TOMS OF REFRIGERATIOM REOUIRED - THIS IS THE BLOCK LOAD AT THE
PEAK LOAD COMDITIOM AS DETERMIMED BY METHODS FOUMD 1M THE ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA BOOK.
2. COMPUTE THE TOTAL GPM OF CHILLED WATER REOU:RED - IF SYSTEM DESIGM CALLS FOR ALL J.WAY
COMTROL VAL VES, OR ALLOWS FREE WATER FLOW, THE TOTAL GPM WILL BE THE SUM OF ALL IMDI
VIlUAL AIR UMITS, AMD ROOM TERMIMAL UMIT REQUIREMEMTS. IF 2WAY COMTROL VALVES ARE USED,
THE TOTAL GPM WILL EQUAL THE UMIT REQUIREMEMTS DURIMG THE BUILDIMG BLOCK LOAD COMDITIOMS.
J. COMPUTE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURES - THE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE RISE (\T) REQUIRED
FROM THE RECIPROCATIMG CHILLER IS DETERMIMED BY AT _ TOMS x 24. THE TEMPERATURE LEAVIMG
THE MACH'IME MUST BE EQUAL TO THE DESIGM TEMPER . GPM
ATURE OF THE BUI.DIMG AIR COMDITIOMIMG UMITS.
4. COMDEMSER WATER TEMPERATURE - THE EMTERIMG COMDEMSER WATER TEMPERATURE SHOULD ALWAYS
BE MAlMTAlMED AT A MAXIMUM OF IS DEGREES, AMD USUALLY A TEMPERATURE RISE OF 10' F., IS EM
PLOYED GlVIMG A LEAVIMG TEMPERATURE OF 9S" F. VARIATIOMS 1M THESE TEMPERATURES ARE AVAIL
ABLE FROM THE MAMUFACTURER.
30 x DESIGM TOMS
DESIGM GPM COMDEMSER WATER RISE
S. ' DETERMIME CHILLED AMD COMDE!4SER WATER PRESSURE DROP - COMSULT MAMUFACTURER'S DATA FOR
THESE PRESSURE DROPS AFTER GPM FLOW HAS BEEM ESTABLISHED. DO MOT ESTIMATE THESE VALUES
SIMCE THEY VARY COMSIDERABL Y BETWEEM MANUFACTURERS.
6. COMTROL - CHILLED WATER COMTROL IS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHIME BY THE MAMUFACTURER. 140
EXTERMAl COMMECTIOMS ARE REQUIRED. COMTROL BY SEMSIIIG RETURM CHILLED WATER IS PREFER
ABLE TO OPTIOMAL SUCTIOMPRESSURE TYPE COMTROL AMD SHOULD BE SPECIFIED AS HTEP EXTER
MAl COMTROL.
FLOW SWITCHES OR PRESSURE DIFFEREMTIAL CONTROLS SHOULD BE REQUIRED 1M THE CHILLED WATER
LIMES ADJACEMT TO THE UMIT. Al TERMATELY, THE CHILLED WATER PUMP STARTER MAY BE IMTER
LOCKED TO THE CHillER COMTROL PAMEL. THE CCMDEMSER WATER PUMP STARTER SHOULD ALSO BE
INTERLOCKED TO THE CHILLER CONTROL PANEL.
THE WAtER PIPING CIRCUITS SHOULD BE ARRAMGED SO THAT THE PUMP DISCHARGES THROUGH THE
MACHIME, AMD SHOULD BE COM TROllED TO MAINTAIM ESSENTIALLY COMSTANT CHILLED AMD COM
DENSER WATER FLOWS AT ALL LOAD COMDITIlMS. A COOLING TOWER AOUASTAT SHOULD BE PRD.
VIDEO TO CYCLE THE TOWER FAN TO MAIMTAIM A MlMIMUM OF 7S"COMDEMSER WATER.
7. PIPIMG - THE CHILLED AMIl CONDENSER WATER PIPIMG SHOULD BE ARRAMGED WITH OFFSETS FOR
FLEXIBILITY, ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED AMD BRACED, IMDEPEMDEMTLY OF THE M,CHIME TO AVOID
STRAIM OM THE UMIT. THIS ALSO, LLOWS FOR AlIGNMEMT OF THE PIPE. FLEXIBLE CONMECTIOMS
1M THE PIPIMG SHOULD BE PROVIDED BETWEEM THE MACHIME AMD THE FIRST SET OF HANGERS TO
ALLOW FOR MISALIGMMEMT AMD TO EFFECTIVELY UTILIZE TH E SPRIMG ISOLATOR MOUMTS. THE
H,MGERS SHOULC BE OF THE VIBRATIOM DAMPEMIMG TYPE. GEMERALLY, ALL WATER PIPIMG SHOULD
BE ISOLATED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
I. STARTERS - THE STARTER FOR THE CHILLER IS USUALLY LOCATED IN THE COMTROL PANEL OF THE
MACHIME. CHECK WITH THE UMIT MAMUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF STARTER RECOMMEMDED FOR THE
APPLICATIOM AMD THE CURREMT CHARACTERISTICS AVAILABLE. COORDIMATE ELECTRICAL REQUIRE
MEMTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL EMGIMEER.
9. CLEARAMCE - SUFFICIEMT CLEARAMCE TO FACILITATE MORMAL SERVICE AMD MAlMTEMAHCE WORK
SHOULD BE PROVIDED ALL AROUMD AHD ABOVE THE UMIT. SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT OHE EHD
TO PERMIT CLEAMIMG OR REPLACEMEHT OF TUBES. IF TUBE CLEAMIMG SPACE IS MOT AVAILABLE
114 THE EQUIPMEMT ROOM, A DOORWAY OR OTHER SUFFICIENTLY LARGE OPENIMG MAY BE USED. PRO
VISION SHOULD BE MADE 1M TH E PIPING FOR FLAMGED COMNECTIOMS OR UMIONS TO FACILITATE RE
MOVAL OF HEADS.
10. RELIEF PIPIMG - RECIPROCATING CHILLERS ARE PROVIDED WITH A REFRIGERAMT RELIEF VEMT
USUALLY LOCATED AT THE CONDEMSER. IT IS DESIRABLE, AHD 1M MAMY AREAS REOUIRED BY COOE,
THAT REFRIGERAMT RELIEF VEMT PIPING BE SUPPLIED TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE SUUCTURE. THE
VEMT LIME SHOULD BE SIZED 1M ACCORDANCE WITH ASME OR LOCAL COOES, BUT NEVi!R SMALLER
THAM THE RELIEF OPENIMG. THIS VEMT PI PING. SHOULD ALSO IMCORPORATE A DIRT TRAP 1M THE
VERTICAL LEG.
11. VIBRATIOM COMTROL - RUBBERIMSHEAR ISOLATORS ARE GEMERALL Y ACCEPTABLE ISOLATION
DeviCES FOR i"Stuu TIOMS WITH 140 OCCUPIED AREAS BELOW OR ADJACEMT TO THE ECUIPMENT
ROOM. SPRIMG MOUMTS AND A CONCRETE MASS SHOULD BE USED OM ALL OTHER INST41L4TIOHS.
PIPE ISOLATIOM SHOULD BE' USED OM ALL OTHER IMSTALLATIOMS. PIPE ISOLATIOH SHOULD BE USED
1M All CASES, ON COMDEMSER AMD CHILLED WATER LIMES.
PAG E NO. 32
C .... LED WATtll IIElUIIN IN - S[ E I'IIDJEC'T ' U
P\.AN roll CONTINUATION \.
QllLLED WATER SUPPLY OUT 11-"
.E I'IID.I[CT P\.AII - ODIf11NUATlClN .U
_II wmt ALL T __
IIOD TO STIIUCTUIIE --------1
lATE VALVE
NO.4 AT .O.C.
___
FLOOII UNE
SIDE ELEVATION
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR DETAIL
GATE VALVES
OIIAIN VALVE
GATt VALVE
THERMOMETER
NOTt e THEII_ETtR SHALL IE CAST

READING MERCURY. THE THEIIIIIOIIIETER
SHALL IE OF THE SEPERA"E SOCKET
TYPE AND SHALL HAVE EXTENDED
NECK _RE REQUIRED FOR INSULATION
.........---DIIAIN VALVE

THAN BASE OF CHILLER.
AQUASTAT
eATt CHILLED WATtR
VALVES PUIIP SllUITEII TAIITER WATER "UM" TOWEll FAN
TEMPERATURE CONTROl.. -DIAGRAM
nUI .. E COIMCTION SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
D-+-+-- DRAIN VALVE
CHILLER

LOCKED II THE FOLLOWIN. SEQUENCE.
i lit[ CHILLED WATt II "UII!P' SHALL IIUN '" ALL T ...
THE CHILLER SHALL. INTPlL.OCICED TO OPEIIATt ONLY
WIlEN THE CHILLED WATER _ IS IIUNN"'.
3. THE Wlf3EII PUMP COOLIM lOWER fAN
SHALL IIITERLDC:IIIII TO OP'EIIATE ONLY WHEN THE
CHILLED _Ttll PUMP OP'ERATtS.
4. THE COCIUNI TOWER FAN SHALL. CYCLED IIY AN
_TAT MOUNTED IN 111[ _ 511...
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. THE PACKAGE TYPE' COIIPIIESSOII-CitLUR SHALL
INSTALLED OEI.D LEVEL 10TH DIIIECTIO/IS.
FRONT ELEVATION
,_ THAT SUI'I'ICI[IIT _CE IS AVAILAILE 011
'-"-"'Tt Accas HAS .EN PllDVIOt:D FOil lUIE
PULUM FOIl CHILLER. COIIONS[II. CONSULT SHOP OWlS.
I'0Il DIMENSIONS.
CLEVIS
HANGER
PIPE ---:-:::11":
SADDLE
16 GAGE SHEET
IIETAL SADDLE
(GALVANIZED)
CHILLED WATER PIPE HANGERS
LEVEL AfTER
INSTALLATION
PIPE
NOTE: CDNDENSER WATER PIPES
NEAR CHILLER SHALL IE
HUNG WITH VIIIIATION
ELIIiINATOR PIPE HANIIERS
AS DETAILED. IllSERT A
STIIIP Of fELT HTWEEN
CLEVIS HAN8EII AND PIPE
3. AFTER INSTALLATION AND START UP EACH ITEII OF
EQUII'IIIENT SHALL THORO","LY CHECKED I'0Il
TIIANIII=Rm
IlIIIIlDlATt STtPS TO COIIREC'T THE IllULTY
COIIDITIOII.
4. 1Mfr:Uf
ON THIS. _[T.
!I. EACH WATtll _ COIMCTtD 10 THE _ TYPf
HAVE A nDUa.E COIINlCT-
6. ALL ELECTIIICAL CONIIECTIONS 10 ;::_NT SHALL
IIADE WITH FLEXIBLE COIINECTlClN '" LEAST 24' LON..
7. ALL PIPES CONNECTED 10 lit[ PAtKA. TYPE COWRESaOII-
CHILLER SHALL.. HUNII WITH VI.IIATIOII EUIIIINATION
PIPE _lIS. .
. ALL PIPES ENTEII,"8 011 LEAIIINI 1H[ MECHANICAl.
' EQUIPMENT IlOOII SHALL OD SOTHIIU STUL PIPE ILUWII
. AfT[IIINSTALLATION Till A ... ULAII .ACE .TWEEN
SLEEVE. PIPE SHALL IE PACKED WITH OAKIIII.
DETAILS OF THE INSTA1.LATION OF THE RECIPROCATING CHILLER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE RECIPROCATING CHILLER
NDIlINAL CHILLER DATA CONDENSER DATA ELECTRICAL DATA
U:T I
TONS
I 8.P. I EW.T. f. I L.W.T. f. I P.D.- FT. I 8. P II . I EW.PF. I L.W.T. F. I PD.- FT. I KW VOLT PHAI[ j CYCLE j f . LA. I LR. A.
PRDTOTYPE
I
REIIARKS
I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 14 PAG E NO 1
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE RECIPROCATING
CHILLER FOR USE .WITH AIR COOLED CONDENSER
1. COMPUTE THE TOTAL TOU OF REFRIGERATION REIlUIREO - THIS IS THE, BLOCK LOAD AT THE PEAK LOAD
CONDITION AS OETER.NEO IY METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2. COMPUTE THE TOTAL GN Of CHILLED WATER REIlUIREO -IF SYSTEM DESIGN CALLS FOR ALL 3-WAY CON-
TROL VALVES, DR ALLOWS FREE WATER FLOW, THE TOTAL GNWlLL IE THE SUM OF ALL INDIVIDUAL AIR
UNln, AND ROOM TERMIUL UNIT REIlUIREMENn.IF Z'-AY CONTROL VALVES ARE USED, THE TOTAL GN
WILL EIlUAL THE UNIT REIlUIREMENn DURING THE IUILOING ILOCK LOAD CONDITIONS.
1 CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURES - THE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE RISE ('::\TI REIlUIREO FRDM
THE RE;IPROCATING CHILLER IS DETERMINED IY .::\T . TOIS. Z4. THE TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE MA
CIlIE IE EIlUAL TO THE DEIIGI TE..eR GN
ATURE Of THE IUILDING AIR COIDITIOIIIG UNITS.
4. COIISIOER AIR TEMPERATURE - THE EIlTERIIIG CONDENSER AIR TE..eRATURE SHOULD BE lASED ON LOCAL
OUTSIDEi AIR DEIIGN TEMPERATURE.
So DETER_E CHILLED WATER PRESSURE DROP - CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR THIS PRESSURE DROP
AftER Gi'II FLOW HAS IEEIL ESTAILISHEO. DO NOT ESTIMATE THESE VALUES SINCE THEY VARY CONSIDER
ABLY IETWEEN MANUFACTURERs.
.. - CHILLED WATER COITROL IS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHIIIE IY THE MANUfACTURER. NO
EXTERIIAIL CONIECTIONS ARE REIlUIRED. CONTROL BY SEIISlIG RETURII CHILLED WATER IS PREFERABLE
TO onlONAL SUCTION.pRESSURE TYPE COITROL AND SHOULD BE SPECIFIED AS 4-STEP EXTERNAL CONTROL.
fLOW_rCHES DR PRESSURE DiffERENTIAL COITROLSSHDULO IE REIlUIREO IN THE CHILLED WATER
LIlES TO THE UNIT. ALTERIATELY, THE CHILLED WATER PUMP STARTER MAY IE IITERLOCKED
TO THE CHILLER COITROL PANEL. fAN MOTOR SHOULD ALSO IE INTERLOCKED TO THE CHILLER CONTROL
PAiEL
THE WATEI! ""NG ClRCUln SHOULD IE ARRANGED SO THAT THE PUMP DISCHARGES THROUGH THE
MACHINE, AID SHOULD IE CONTROLLED TO MAIITAIN ESSEITIALLY COISTAIT CHILLED WATER FLOW
AT ALL CoIDITIOI .. LOW AMlIENT CONTROL FOR THE AIR COOLED CONDEIISER SHOULD IE RE
IlUIRED FOR OPERATION AT .IIMUM DUTSIDE AIR TE..eRATURE.
7. ""NG - THE CHILLED WATER AND REFRIGERANT ""NG SHDULlUE ARRANGED WITH DFFSETS FDR FLEX
IIILlTY, ADEIlUATEL Y SU"DRTED AND IRACED,INDEPENDENTL Y, DF THE AVDID STRAIN DN
THE UNIT. THIS ALSO ALLOWS FDR ALIGNMENT OF THE "PE. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN THE ""NG SHOULD
IE PROVIDED IETWEEN THE MACHINE AND THE FIRST SET OF HANGERS TO ALLOW FOR MISALIGNMENT AND
TO EFFECTIVELY UTILIZE THE SPRING ISOLATOR MOUNTS. THE HAIlERS SHOULD IE OF THE VIBRATION
DAMPENING TYPE. GENERALLY, ALL WATER AND REFRIGERANT""NG SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROMTHE
IUILOING STRUCTURE. '
.. STARTERS - THE STARTER FOR THE CHILLER IS USUALLY LOCATED IN THE CONTROL PANEL OF THE
MACHINE. CHECK WITH THE UNIT MANUfACTURER fOR THE TYPE OF STARTER RECOMMENDED FDR THE
APPLICATION AND THE CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS AVAILAILE. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL REIlUIREMENn
WITH THE ELECTRICAL EIGIIEER.
I . CLEARAICE - SUFFICIEIn CLEARAIICE TO FACILITATE 10RMAL SERVICE AID MAllTENANCE WORK SHOULO
IE PROVIDED ALL AROUND AID AIOVE THE UNIT. SPACE SHOULD IE PROVIDED AT DIE EIID TO PERMIT
CLEANIIIG OR REPLACEMENT OF TUIES.lf TUIE CLEAIIIIIG SPACE IS lOT AVAILAILE III THE EIlUIPIIEILT
ROOM, A DOORWAY OR OTHER SUFfiCIEILTLY LARGE OPEIIIIG MAY IE USED. PROVISIOII SHOULD IE MADE
III THE "PING FOR FLANGED CONNECTIONS OR UNIOIS TO fACILITATE REMOVAL Of HEADS.
11. RELIEF ""IG - RECIPROCATING CHILLERS ARE PRQVIDED WITH A REfRIGERANT RELIEf VENT USUALLY
LOCATED AT THE COli DENSER. IT IS DESIRAILE, AID IN MAllY AREAS REIlUIRED IY CODE, THAT REFRIGER
ANT RELIEf VENT ""IIG IE SU"LlED TO THE OUTSIDE Of THE STRUCTURE. THE VEIIT LlIE SHOULD IE
SIZED III ACCDRDAIICE WITH AllIE OR LOCAL CODES, IUT lEVER SMALLER THAI THE RELIEf OPEILING.
THIS VENT ""IIIG SHOULD ALSO IICORPORATE A DIRT TRAP III THE VERTICAL LEG.
11. VIIRATION COITROL - RUIIER-III-$HEAR ISOLATORS ARE GEIERALLY ACCEnAILE ISOLATION DEVICES
FOR INSTALLATlOILS WITH 10 OCCU"ED AREAS BELOW OR ADJACEIT TO THE EIlUIPilENT ROOM. SPRING
MOUln AID A COICRETE MASS SHOULD IE USED 01 ALL OTHER IISTALLATIOIS. "PE ISOLATION SHOULD
IE USED II ALL CASES, 01 REfRIGERAIT AND CHILLED WATER LIlES.
.
PAG E NO. 33A
Avoilo"!. In CIIIN ' I .. '" TRANS-A-PlA TE*
- SEE PROJECT
n
::O-::GfuR THII::;:::A=D.=.E=.D____ ;
CONTROL MNEL
GATE VAllIE
THERMO .. ETER
SEE NOTE------

SIDE ELEVATION
SPRING TYPE 'VIBRATION EL' .. ,NATOIIS
NU.. BER AS RECO.... ENDED BY
ISOLATORS MANUFACTURER
CONCRETE PAD
SOUND PAIl
CLEVIS
HANGER

SADDLE
GATE VALVE
GATE VALVE
THER.. OMETER
_---CO .. PRESSOR
NOTE: THU_ETER SHALL BE CAST

READING .. ERCURY. THE THERMOMETER
SHALL IE OIF THE SEPARABLE iIOCKET
TYPE AND SHALL HNE EXTENOED
NECK WHERE REQUIRED FOR INSULAllION
TO STRUCTURE ---__ "-'\
SPRING TYPE VIBRAllON
ELI .. NATOR LOCATE
AS CLOSE 10 CL'G. AS
POSSIBLE---------j
LEVEL AFTER
NSTALLATION
INSULATIO
16 GAGE SHEET
METAL SADDLE
(GALVANIZED)
PIPE
CHILLER
CHILLED WATER PIPE HANGERS
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR DETAIL
LOW ... ENT CONTROL
CHILLED WATER "toLLER CONDENSER
PU.. P STARTER STARTER FAN MOTOR
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAM
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

IN THE FOLLOWING SEOUE!,CE'
I. CHILLED WATER PUMP $HAlL _ AT ALL TI"ES.
2. THE CHILLER IHALL IE ,NTE/lLOCKED 10 OPERATE ONLY
WHEN TilE CHILLED WATER PU.. P IS AUNNING.
3. THE CONDENSER FAN .. OTOR SHALL IE INTERLOCKED
TO OPERATE ONI.Y WHEN THE CHILLED WATER RUMP
OPERATES.
.. THE CONr.DlSER FAN SHALL BE EQUI PPED FOR LOW
A .. BIE' ... OPERATION.
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. SHALL BE
2 . INSURE THAT SUFFICIENT SPACE IS AIoWLABLE OR
APPROPftIATE ACCESS HAS BEEN PIIOVIDED RlR TUBE
PULLING FOR CHILLER. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINDS
FOR DI.. ENSIDNS.
3. AFTER INSTALLA110N AND START UP EACH ITEM OIF
EQUI PIIENT SHALL BE THOROUIlHU' CHECICEIl Fa! VlBRJmON

OR SHALL TAKE I .... EDIATE STEPS TO CORRECT THE
FAULTY CONDITION.
4.
ON THIS SHEET.
5. EACH _TER PIPE CONNECTED TO THE PACKAGE TYPE
SHALL HAVE A FLEXIBLE COfI'jEC1-
ION /(f LEAST 24" LONG.
6 .
7. ALL PI PES CONNECTED 10 THE MCKAGE TYPE COMPRESSOR-
CHILLER SHALL BE HUNG WITH VIBRATION ELiMI NAll ON
PIPE HANGERS.
.

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE RECIPROCATING CHILLER FOR USE WITH AIR COOLED CONDENSER
9. SEE PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR REFRIGERANT PIPING
DIAGRA .. BETWEEN UNIT !' AIR COOLED CONDENSER.
UNIT
NO.
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE
REFRIGERANT PIPI.N8
HOT GAS PIPE SIZE LIQUID PIPE SIZE
AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
CHILLER
PROTOTYPE RE.. ARKS
PLATE NO.14(A) P AGE NO. 33 (8)
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE OUTDOOR
SELF-CONTAINED RECIPROCATING CHILLER
1. TOTAL OF REFRIGERATIO. REOUIREO - THIS IS THE ILOCK LOAO AT THE PEAK LOAD
CONOITION AS DETERMI.ED BY METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAf GUIDE A.D DATA lOOK.
2. THE TOTAL GPM OF CHILLED WATER REQUIRED -IF symM DESIG. CALLS FOR ALLlWAY CO.
TROL VALVES, OR ALLOWS FREE WATER FLOW, THE TOTAL GPM WILL IE THE SUM OF ALLI.DIVIDUAL AIR
UNITS, AIID ROOM TERMINAL U.IT REQUIREME.TS, IF 2WAY COITROL VALVES ARE USED, THE TOTAL GPM
Will EQUAL THE UIIIT REQUIREME.TS OURI.G THE BUILDING ILOCK LOAD CONDITIONS.
l. COMPUTE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURES - THE CHilLED WATER TEMPERATURE RISE ("1'1 REQU"ED FROM
THE RECIPROCATING CHILLER IS OETERMI.ED IY TO. x 24. THE TEMPERATURE LEAVI.G THE MA
CHI.E MUSTlEEQUAL TO THE DEIIG. TEMPER-
ATURE OF THE BUILDI.G AIR COrDITIONllIG U.ITS.
4. CONSIDER AIR TEMPERATURE - THE ENTERI.G CO.DE.SER AIR TEMPERATURE SHOULD IE lASED 011 LOCAL
OUTSIDE AIR OESIGII TEMPERATURE.
DETERMINE CHILLED WATER PRESSURE DROP - CO.SULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR THIS PRESSURE DROP
AFTER GPM flOW HAS lEE. EfI'AILISHED.iiiJ IIOT ESTIMATE THESE VALUES SI.CE THEY VARY COIISlDER
AIL Y IElWEEN MANUFACTIIRbs.
S. CONTROL - CHILLED WATER CO.TROL IS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHI.E IY THE MA.UFACTURER.IIO
EXTER.AL CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED. CO.TROL IY SE.SlIIG RETUR. CHILLED WATER IS PREFERAILE
TO OPTIONAL SUCTlONPRESSURE TYPE CO.TROL AND SHOULD IE SPECIFIED AS 4-STEP EXTER.AL CO.TROL.
flOW SWITCHES OR PRESSURE DIFFEREIITIAL CDNTROLS SHOULO BE REQUIRED I. THE CHILLED WATER
LI.ES ADJACENT TO THE UNIT. ALTERIIATELY, THE CHILLED WATER PU_STARTER MAY BE IITERLOCKED
TO THE CHILLER CONTROL 'A.EL. FANIIOTOR SHOULD ALSO IE I.TERLOCKEO TO THE CHILLER CO.TROL
PA.El.
THE WATER PI"NG CIRCUITS SHOULD IE ARRANGED SO 1 HAT THE PUMP DISCHARGES THROUGH THE
MACHI.E, AND SHOULD IE CO.TROLLED TO MAIIITAI. ESSE.TIALLY CONSTANT CHILLED WATER FLOW
AT ALL LOAD CONDITIONS. LOWAIIIIEIIT CONTROL FOR THE AIR COOLED CO.DENSER SHOULD IE RE.
QUIRED FDR OPERATION AT M,.,MUII OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE.
1. !IIDll - THE CHILLED WATER ..... G SHOULD IE ARRANGED WITH OFF-IETS FOR FLEXIIllITY, ADEQUATEl Y
SU,",RTED A.D IRACED I.DEPE.DE.n Y OF THE MACHI.E TO AVOID STRAI. O. THE U.IT. THIS ALSO
ALLOWS FOR AlII.IIE.T OF THE "PE. FLEXIILE CO ECTIONS I. THE "".G SHOULD IE PROVIDED IElWEEN
THE MACHI.E A.D THE CD ECTI.G PIPE. GE.ERALLY, ALL WATER """G SHOULD IE ISOUTED FROM THE
BUILDI.G STRUCTURE.
. STARTEBS - THE STARTER FOR THE CHILLER IS USUALLY LOCATED III THE CONTROL PA.El OF THE
MACHINE. CHECK WITH THE U.IT MA.UFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF STARTER RECOMMENDED FOR THE
APPLICATIO. AND THE CURREIIT CHARACTERISTICS AVAILAILE. COORDINATE ElECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
WITH THE ElECTRICAL E.GI.UR. .
t . CLEARAIICE - SUFFICIEIT CLEARAllCE TO FACILITATE IIORMAL SERVICE A.D MAINTENANCE W(lRK SHOULD
BE PROVIDED ALL AROU.D AND AIOVE THE D.IT. SPACE SHOULD IE PROVIDED AT OIlE E.D TO PERMIT
CLEANI.G OR REPLACEME.T OF TUIES.
10. RELIEF .. ".G - RECIPROCATI.G CHILLERS ARE PROVIDED .TH A REFRIGERA.T RELIEF VENT USUALLY
LOCATED AT THE CO.DEIlSER. IT IS DESIRABLE, A.D IN MA.Y AREAS REQUIRED IV CODE. THE VENT LINE
SHOULD BE SIZED I. ACCORDAIICE WITH AalE OR LOCAL CODES, IUT IIEVER SMALLER THAN THE
OPE.,NG. THIS VE.T PlPlIIG SHOULD ALSO I.CORPORATE A DIRT TRAP I. THE VERTICAL LEG.
11 . FREEZE-UP PROTECTIO. - BECAUSE THE U.IT IS MOUlTED OUTOOORS ITlSlECESSARYTO CAREFULLY
CO.SIOER FREEZE PROTECTIOIII. ALL CLIMATES WHERE FREEZIIIG MAY OCCI!R. THIS IS BEST ACCOMPLISHED
IY SPECIFYI.G A HEATER I. THE EVAPORATOR SHElL A.O IV PROVIDING TRACER CABlE ON THE CHIllED
WATER PIPE AS SHO.. IV THE DETAIL.
PAGE NO.33C
L
a MOTOR ACCESS PIUIEL

GLASS
CONTftOL PANEL
FAN
CONTROL NOTES
I UNIT SHALL IE INTERLOCtcto IN SEIIIES WITH CHILLED
PUMP a FLDW SWITCH.
Z. UNIT SHALL HAVE RETURN STEP ELECTIIIC
TEMPERATURE CONTIIOLLER.
INSTALLATION NOTES
CHILLED
CHILLED
___ ____
I. 10TH IMMCTION- CH[Q( WITH
Z a .. iTORS AS __ D BY THE

CHILLER ON THE CONCRETE
BASE PAD WHEM SHOWN ON
THE PROJECT PLANS--_II
UNIT
NO.
SIDE ELEVATION
.. .
PLAN VIEW
CHILLED WATER

CONCRETE
BASE MO
3. ftc1'ESTIn'.CONOENSlNG COILS FOIl DAMAGE AND REMIR
IlULIS AS
5. CHECK OUT 1ILL CONT1IOLS AFTER START- UP.
END ELEVATION INSULATK"N
4--' 3 LATER!! OF
' OUTDOOR INSULATION SHALL IE Z"THICIC OLASS-FlIIM _____ III LIIS. FELT
COVERED BY 3 LATERS OF III La FELT HOT ALUMINUM SHEATH
; .
THE WEATHER SHALL BE INSULATED IN THIS MANNER.
TIE WIRES
M.I . TRACER CABLE
WAitS PER F1
IZE WATTS >f R FT. 0 "
yf---- . ---
______ ... -----
- -""'-
INSUL:TE VALVE ,-'\ : -FOAM A LOOP a WRAP
a PIP 'J--TRACER AROUND \IAlJIE
PLANS IIOOY TWICE AS RECO-
OF M.I.

TYPICAL VALVE ,"
TRACING PATTERN
LOW AMBIENT AND FREEZE-UP PROTECTION NOTES
.
I. PROVIDE LOW AM!lENT CONTROL AND FMEZE-UP PROTECTION DOWN TO O"F.
Z. PROVIDE SEPARATE IZOV. _LE PHASE CIflCL'T TO HEATER COIL IN EVAPORATOR CASINOtDIRECTLY TO PAH[LI
3. THE UNIT SHALL IE PROVIDED WITH LOW AIoIIIIENT CONTROL OF THE CONDENSER FLOODING VALVE TYPE a THE UNIT SHALL BE COMPLETE
EXPANSION VALVE TO ALLOW LOW AMBIENT START-UP
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE OUTDOOR SELF CONTAINED RECIPROCATING CHILLER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE OUTDOOR SELF CONTAINED RECIPROCATING CHILLER
NO.14 B PAGE NO. 33D
ELECTRIC CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
CHILLER SELECTION
SELECTION OF A CENTRIFUGAL WATER CHILLER MAY VARY IN DETAIL BETWEEN MANUFACTURERS.
HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWING DESIGN CONDITIONS ARE COMMON TO ALL. THE SYSTEM DESIGN LOAD IS
DETERMINED BY CONSIDERING THE INDIVIDUAL LOADS OF THE SYSTEM. THE DESIGNED CHILLED
WATER FLOW RATE IS DETERMINED FROM NORMAL ASHRAE METHODS. BY SELECTING FOR A GIVEN
LEAVING CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE, THE OULLED WATER TEMPERATURE DROP THROUGH THE
EVAPORATOR NEED ONLY BE DETERMINED. THIS CAN BE FOUND FROM THE FOLLOWING RELATIONSHIP:
U DESIGN TONS
TEMPERATURE DROP - DESIGN GPM CHILLED WATER
THE ENTERING CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE IS DEPENDENT UPON ITS SOURCE. APPLICATIONS
FOR AIR CONDITIONING DUTY NORMALLY UTILIZE A COOLING TOWER. A CONSIDERATlON OF THE OUT
DOOR DESIGN WET IULB TEMPERATURE AND THE PARTICULAR COOLING TOWER WILL DETERMINE THE
CONDENSER WAfiR TEMPERATURE AVAILABLE. NORMALLY A 10" RISE THROUGH THE CONDENSER IS
THE DESIGN CRITERIA. THE REMAINING UNKNOWN IS THE CONDENSER WATER GPM. THIS CAN BE
FOUND FROM THE FOLLOWING RELATIONSHIP:
CONTROL
30 DESIGH TONS
DESIGN GPM CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE RISE
SINCE MOST CHILLERS UTILIZE AN ELECTRONIC TYPE CONTROL PANEL, A SOURCE OF CONTROL
POWER SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE. THIS CAN BE DONE WITH A CONTROL TRANSFORMER IN THE
STARTER, OR FROM A SEPARATE SOURCE. IF AN AIR SOURCE IS READILY AVAILABLE, MOST MANU
FACTURERS CAN FURNISH A PNEUMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM.
FLOW SWITCHES OR PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROlS SHOULD BE REQUIRED IN THE CHILLED
WATER LINES ADJACENT TO THE UNIT. ALTERNATELY, THE CHILLED WATER PUMP STARTER MAY
BE INTERLOCKED TO THE CHILLER CONTROL PANEL. THE CONDENSER WATER PUMP STARTER
SHOULD ALSO BE INTERLOCKED TO THE CHILLER CONTROL PANEL.
THE WATER PIPING CIRCUITS SHOULD BE ARRANGED SO THAT THE PUMPS DISCHARGE THROUGH THE
MACHINE, AND SHOULD BE CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN ESSENTIALLY CONSTANT CHILLED AND CON
DENSER WATER FLOWS AT ALL LOAD CONDITIONS. NO AHEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO CONTROL CON
DENSER WATER TEMPERATURE BY MEANS OF AUTOMATIC VAL VES, CYCLING OF THE COOLING TOWER
FANS OR OTHER MEANS. NORMALLY, THE CENTRIFUGAL MACHINE FUNCTIONS MORE SATISFACTORILY
AND EFFICIENTLY WHEN COOLING IS ALLOWED TO SEEK ITS OWN TEMPERATURE LEVEL, TO A MIMI
MUM OF 60 F, AT REDUCED LOADS AND OFF PEAK SEASONS OF THE YEAR. SYSTEMS DESIGNED FOR
YEARROUND OPERATION SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH CONTROL TO THE EXTENT OF PROVIDING A
MINIMUM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL FOR SATISFACTORY REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL OPERATION.
IN ADDITION, THE COOLING TOWER SHDULD BE WINTERIZED TO PROVIDE CONDENSER WATER TO THE
MACHINE AT A MINIMUM OF 60 F.
PIPING
THE CHILLED AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SHOULD BE ARRANGED WITH OFFSETS FOR FLEXIBIL.
ITY, ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED AND BRACED,INDEPENDENTLY OF THE MACHINE, TO AVOID STRAIN OM
THE UNIT. THIS ALSO ALLOWS FOR ALIGNMENT OF THE PIPE. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN THE PIPING
SHOULD BE PROVIDED BETWEEN THE MACHINE AND THE FIRST SET OF HANGERS TO ALLOW FOR MIS.
ALIGNMENT AND TO EFFECTIVELY UTILIZE THE SPRING ISOLATOR MOUNTS. THE HANGERS SHOULD
BE OF THE VIBRATION DAMPING TYPE. GENERALLY, ALL WATER PIPING SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROM
THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. PERMANENT STRAINERS SHOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR IN BOTH WATER
TO PROTECT THE EQUIPMENT.
STARTERS
THE STARTER FOR THE CHILLER SHOULD BE LOCATED IN A POSITION CONVENIENT '0 THE POWER
SOURCE AND THE MACHINE. THE MOST LOGICAL PLACE WOULD BE ON THE CONCRETE PAD SUPPORT
ING THE MACHINE. IN ANY EVENT, IT SHOULD BE WITHIN SIGHT OF THE MACHINE. CHECK WITH THE
UNIT MANUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF STARTER RECOMMENDED FOR THE APPLICATION AND THE
CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS AVAILABLE.
FOUNDATION
A LEVEL FLOOR, CONCRETE PAD OR FOUNDATION, CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE OPERATING
WEIGHT OF THE SYSTEM SHOULD BE PROVIDED. A VIBRATION ISOLATION ASSEMBLY UTILIZING RUBBER
OR NEOPRENE IN SERIES WITH SPRINGS, SHOULD ALSO BE REQUIRED TO DAMPEN HIGH AND LOW FRE
QUENCY VIBRATION.
CLEARANCE
SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE TO FACILITATE NORMAL SERVICE AND MAU!TENANCE WORK SHOULD BE
PROVIDED ALL AROUND AND ABOVE THE UNIT. SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT ONE END TO PERMIT
CLEANING OR REPLACEMENT OF TUBES. IF TUBE CLEANING SPACE IS NOT AVAIU. IN THE EQUIP
MENT ROOM, A DOORWAY OR OTHER SUFFICIENTL Y LARGE OPENING, PROPERLY LOCUED, MAY BE
USED. IF WATER BOXES ARE SPECIFIED, THIS ELIMINATES THE NECESSITY OF REMOVING THE WATER
HEADERS FOR ACCESS TO THE TUBES. IF THEY ARE NOT SPECIFIED SOME PROVISION SHOULD BE MADE
IN THE PIPING TO PROVIDE A FLANGED CONMECTIOM ON THE HEADER, AN LBEND, AND A FINAL
FLANGED CONNECTION IN THE PIPING. THIS FLANGED PIECE OF PIPING CAN BE CONVENIENTLY RE
MOVED. OTHERWISE, CUTTING AND WELDING OF THE PIPE WILL BE NECESSARY EACH TIME THE TUBES
ARE CLEANED OR REPLACED.
RELIEF PIPING
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS ARE PROVIDED WITH A REFRIGERANT RELIEF VENT INCORPORATING A
BURSTING DISC. IT IS DESIRABLE, AND IN MANY AREAS REQUIRED BY CODE, THAT REFRIGERANT RE
LIEF VENT PIPING BE SUPPLIED FROM THE BURSTING DISC TO OUTSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE. THE
VENT LINE SHOULD BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME OR LOCAL CODES, BUT NEVER SMALLER
THAN THE RELIEF OPENING. THIS VENT PIPING SHOULD ALSO INCORPORATE A DIRT TRAP IN THE
VERTICAL LEG AND A FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO AVOID STRAIN ON THE DISC.
P AG E NO. 34
A.oi'oble ,,. ell ...... TRANS-APlATE
-1'1.., .... 0: CQNIIECTION
... !---Fl. ..... 1ED .IOINT 011 UNON
REFRIGERANT RELIEF PIPING
CHILLER END SUPPORT

SUPPORT IlllAClCET
.IAOCI.. ICIIEW = __ -IIGH EmCIENCY SPRING
...,..,:/-.-_ ISOLATORS-4 SETS
VIBRATION ISOLATOR
flDCIlLE CQNIIECTION
- LOCATE AS CLOSE
TO attLLER AS
CONDITICINS PERWT
LEFT SIDE MOTOR END
IIEFIIIGERANT RELIEF VENT - SEE
DETAIl FOR PIPING INFORMATION
. :', :, . .' ,' , , '.'_.
STARTER
FRONT ELEVATION SECT. A-A
CONNECT OIL COOLER PIPING TO
CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER
PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER' S INSTRUCTIONS
SIZE AS RECOMMENDED BY

OIL COOLER PIPING
GENERAL NOTES

TYPICAL EVEN PIIISS ARRA__ REfER TO PLANS
FOR ACTUAL CHILLED AMO CONIEIIISEII WATER _ .
INSULATION NOT SHOWN; REFER TO PLANS AMO SPECIflCATlONa
-_TER LOCATION TYPICAL ; Pl.ANS SHOW EXACT LOCATION.
CONNECTIONS FROII STARTER TO MOTOR NOT SHOWN;
V_RIES WITH TYPE STARnNG.
INSTALLATION NOTES
,-
INTERLOCK CONDENSER WATER PIMP STARTEII WITH CltUER
CONTROl PANEL . A FLOW SWITCH IN THE CHILLED WATEII
SUPPLY MAIN , ADJACENT TO THE CHILLER , ALSO INT[IILOCIe)
WITH THE CONTROL PIIINEL. INSTALL FLOW SWlTat IN
HORIZONTAL RUN, IF POS-'E IlETW&N CHILLER lIMO STDI'
VAL'll!: .
OIL COOLER SUPPLY AND RETlRI _ CO_CTlOIIS All[ TO
BE TAPPED INTO THE SIDE OF A HORIZONTAL _ OF THE
CONDENSER OR atlLLED WATER MAIN.
ALL PIPING TO BE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED AND MACED,
INDEPENDENTLY OF THE ClfLLEII, TO AVOID STRAIN ON
THE UNIT. PIPING TO BE INSTALLED SO THAT FLANGED
CONNECTION NEAREST C/ILLER CAN IE I_EN wmtDUT
CHANGEINPIPI.. ALIG_NT.
MOTE' lHE_ETER SHALL IE CAST BRASS t SCALE, 20'"
TO 120'" AND SHALL IE FILLED WITH IlIED REA_
IIERCURY. THE THEIlIIOIIIETEIi SHALL lIE OF THE
IEl'AIIAIIL SOC_T rv.>[ AND SHALL HAVE EXTENDED
NECK WHERE REQUIRED FOR INSULATION.
PAD
PETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTBIC CENTBIFUGAL CHILLE B
MO SCALE
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE DIRECT
DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
CHILLER SELECTIOII
SELECTIOII OF A CEIITRIFUGAL WATER CHILLER MAY VARY III DETAIL IETWEEIIMAIIUFACTURERS. HOW
EVER, THE FOLLOWlIG DESIGII COIIDITIOIIS ARE COIIMOII TO ALL. THE SYSTEM DESIGII LOAD IS DETERMlILED
IV COIISIDERIIIG THE IIIDIVIDUAL LOADS OF THE SYSTEM. THE DESlGILED CHILLED WATER FLOW RATE IS
OETERMlILED FROMIIORMAL ASHRAE METHODS. BY SELECTIIIG FOR A GIVEII LEAVIIIG CHILLED WATER
TEMPERATURE, THE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE ORO' THRDUGH THE EVAPORATDR IIEED OILY IE
DETERMIIIED. THIS CAli BE FOUIID FROM THE FOLLOWIIIG RELATIOIISHIP:
TEMPERATURE DROp
24 a DESIGIL TONS
DESIGN GPM CHILLED WATER
THE EliTE RING CONDENSER WATER TEM'ERATURE IS DE'EIIIDEILIT UPON ITS SOURCE. APPLICATIOILIS FOR AIR
CONDITIONING DUTY NORMALLY UTILIZE A COOLING TOWER. A COILISIOERATION OF THE DUTDOOR DESI GN
WET BULB AND THE PARTICULAR COOLING TOWER WIll DETERMINE THE CONDENSER WATER
TEMPERATURE AVAILA.LE. NORMALLY A 10 RISE THROUGH THE CONDENSER IS THE DESIGN CRITERIA.
THE REMAlIIIIIG UNKNOWNISTHECONDENSERWATERGPM. THIS CAN BE FOUND FROM THE FOLLOWING
RELATIONSHIP:
DESIGN GPM CONDEIISER WATER
CONTROL
30 a DESIGN TONS
TEMPERATURE RISE
SINCE MOST CHILLERS UTILIZE AN ELECTRIC TYPE CONTROL PAIIEL, A SOURCE OF COIITROL POWER SHOULD
BE MADE AVAILABLE. THIS CAlli BE DONE WITH A CONTROL TRANSFORMER IN THE STARTER, OR FROM A
SE'ARATE SOURCE. 'ROVIDE AI AIR SOURCE FOR PNEUMATIC CONTROL OF THE CAPACITY CONTROL SYSTEM.
FLOWSWITCHES OR 'RESSURE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROLS SHOULD BE REQUIRED IN THE CHILLED WATER
LIliES ADJACEILIT TO THE UNIT. ALTERNATELY, THE CHILLED WATER PUMP STARTER MAY BE INTERLOCKED
TO THE CHILLER COIITRDL 'ANEL. THE CONDENSER WATER PUMP STARTER SHOULD ALSO BE INTERLOCKED
TO THE CHILLER COIITROL 'ANEL.
THE WATER "PlIG CIRCUITS SHOULD BE ARRAIIGED SO THAT THE PUMPS DISCHARGE THROUGH THE MACHINE
AND SHOULD BE COILITROLLED TO MAINTAIIil ESSENTIALLY CO1ST AliT CHILLED AID COIIIDEILISER WATER '
FLOWS AT ALL LOAD COILDITIOIIIS. 1I0 ATTEMPT SHOULD IE MADE TO COILITROL COIIIDEILSER WATER TEM-
'ERATURE IV MEAIIIS OF AUTOMATIC VALVES, CYCLlIG OF THE COOLlIG TOWER FAlliS DR OTHER MEAIIIS.
1I0RMALL Y, THE CEIITRIFUGAL MACHI IE FUNCTIOIIIS MORE Y AID EFFICIEIITL Y WHEII
COOLlIG IS ALLOWED TO SEEK ITS OWN TEMPERATURE LEVEL, TO A MlIilIMUM OF 7.
o
F, AT REDUCED LOADS
AID OFF 'EAK SEASOILIS OF THE YEAR. SYSTEMS DESlGILED FOR YEARROUIID OPERATIOII SHOULD BE
'ROVIDED WITH COIITROL TO THE EXTEIIT OF 'RDVIDIIIG A MIIIIMUM PRESSURE DIFFEREILITIAL FOR SATI5-
FACTORY REFRIGERAIIT FLOWCOIITROL OPERATIOII. IIII ADDITIOII, THE COOLlILIG TOWER SHOULD IE WlIliTER.
IZED TO 'ROVIDE COIIDENSER WATER TO THE MACHIIilE AT A MlIilIMUM OF 7"F.
PlPlIG
THE CHILLED AID COlD ElSER WATER PIPING SHOULD BE ARRAIIGED WITH OFFSETS FOR FLEXIBILITY,
ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED AID BRACED, IIIDEPEIIDEILTL Y OF THE MACHIIIE, TO AVOID STRAIN ON THE UNIT.
THIS ALSO ALLOWS FOR ALlGIIMEIIT OF THE PI'E. FLEXIBLE COllECTIONS IN THt P!PlNG SHOULD BE PRO
VIDEO BETWEEII THE MACHINE AND THE FIRST SET OF HAIIGERS TO ALLOW FOR MlSALIGNMEILT AND TO
EFFECTIVELY UTILIZE THE SPRIIIG ISOLATDR MOUlTS. THE kANGERS SHOULD BE OF THE VIBRATION
DAMPlIG TY'E .. GEIIERALLY, ALL WATER PIPIIIG SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROM THE BUILDIII G STRUCTURE.
'ERMAIIEIIT STRAIIIERS SHOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR IN BOTH WATER CIRCUITS TO PROTECT THE:
EQUIPMEIIT.
STARTERS
THE STARTER FOR THE CHILLER SHOULD BE 'lOCATED IN A POSITIOII CONVENIENT TO THE POWER SOURCE
AND THE MACHIIIE. THE MOST LOGICAL PLACE WOULD BE 011 THE CONCRETE PAD SUPPORTING THE MACHINE.
III ANY EVENT, IT SHOULD BE WITHIN SIGHT OF THE MACHIIIE. CHECK WITH THE UNIT MANUFACTURER FOR
THE TYPE OF STARTER RECOMMEIIDED FOR THE APPLICATION AND THE CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS AVAIL
ABLE.
FOUIIDATION
A LEVEL FLOOR, COIICRETE PAD DR FOUNDATION, CAPABLE OF SUPPDRTlNG THE OPERATING WEIGHT OF
THE SYSTEMSHOULD BE PROVIDED. A VIBRATION ISOLATIOII ASSEMILY UTILIZING RUBBER OR NEOPRENE
III SERIES WITH SPRIIIGS, SHOULD ALSO BE REQUIRED TO DAMPEII HIGH AID LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATION.
SUFFICIEIIT CLEARAIICE TO FACILITATE NORMAL SERVICE AID MAINTEIIIAIilCE WORK SHOULD BE PROVIDED
ALL AROUND AID ABOVE THE UIllIT. S;ACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT DIE END TO 'ERMIT CLEANING OR
RE'LACEMElIT OF TUIES. IF TUBE CLEAIIIIIG SPACE IS lOT AVAILABLE IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM, A DOOR
WAY OR OTHER SUFFICIEILITLY LARGE O'EIIING, PROPERLY LOCATED, MAY BE USED. IF WATER BOXES ARE
SPECIFIED, THIS ELlMIIilATES THE IIIECESSITY OF REMOVING THE WATER HEADERS FOR ACCESS TO THE TUBES.
IF THEY ARE lOT SPECIFIED SOME 'ROVISIOIII SHlIuLD BE MADE 1111 THE PIPlILIG TO PROVIDE A FLANGED
CONILLECTIOILL 0111 THE HEADER, AI LBEIID, AND A FIIilAL FLANGED COllECTION IN THE PIPING. TH.S FLANGED
PIECE OF "PlILIG CAlli IE COIIIVEIIIIEILTLY REMOVED. OTHERWISE, CUTTJIIIG AND WELDING OF THE PIPE WILL
IE IIIECESSARY EACH TIME THE TUBES ARE CLEAIIED OR REPLACED.
RELIEF PI"IIIG
CEILITRIFUGAL CHILLERS ARE 'ROVIDED WITH A REFRIGERANT RELIEF VENT IIilCORPORATIIIIG A BURSTING
IS DESlRAlLE, AID IIliMAILLY AREAS REQUIRED IV CODE, THAT REFRIGERAIIT RELIEF VEIIT PIPING
IE SUPPLIED FROM THE IURSTIIIIG DISC TO OUTSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE. THE VEILIT LINE SHOULD BE SIZED
1111 ACCORDAIICE WITH AllIE OR LOCAL CODES, IUT lEVER SMALLER THAI THE RELIEF O'EIIIIIIG. THIS
VEILIT "PlILIG SHOULD ALSO IIIICOR.,aRATE A DIRT TRA' 1111 THE VERTICAL LEG AID A FLEXllLE COILINECTIOIL
TO AVOID STRAlILL 0111 THE DISC.
PAGE NO.35A
Avoilobl. In (M J101UII <!' TRANS A PlA Tf"
ACOUSTICAL NON' SKID
NEOPRENE PAD TOP
AND BOTTOM
FREE HEIGHT
ELEVATION
UPPER PIlRT OF
CONCRETE PAD
o
CHILLE
WATER
IN
VIBRATION ISOLATOR DETAILS CHILLED WATER
SUPPLY
GATE VALVES
FLEXIBL[
LOCATE i\ S CL03F.. TO
CHILLER AS CClNQt TIONS
PERMIT
SPRING TYPE VIBRATION
ELIMINATOR PIPE HANGERS
TYPICAL FOR CONDENSER 8
CHILLED WATER LlNES-
LOCATE AS CLOSE TO
CEILI NG AS POSSIBLE
STARTER-SEE
SCHEDULE FOR
TYPE
GATE
PLAN VIEW
CHILLED WATER RETURN
T
CONDENSER
WATER
IN
VIBRATION ISOLATOR
VIBRATION ISOLAfOR SEE DETAIL
SEE DETAIL CONCRETE PAD
__
LEFT SIDE MOTOR END FRONT ELEVATION SECT. A-A
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
NO SCALE
STARTER
TYPE
PROTOTYPE
MOOIiL NO.
WATER REG. \lllLVE
OIL PRESS. CONTROL

LUBRICATION FLOW-
PNEUMATIC CONTROL DIAGRAM
GENERAL NOTES
PROJECT PLANS
INSULATION NOT SHOWN; REFER TO PROJECT PLANS 8 SPECIFICATIONS
STARTER LOCATION TYPICAL; SEE PROJECT PLANS FUR EXACT LOCATION
CONNECTIONS FROM STARTlER TO MOTOR NOT SHOWN, VARIES WITH TYPE
STARTING.
INSTALLATION NOTES

RUN, I F POSSIBLE BETWEEN -CHILLER 8 STOP VALVE. __ I
INTERLOCK MUST BE APPROVED BY CHILLER MANUFACTU"<R. CHILLER
STARTlER SHALL HAVE 3 LEG OVERLOAD 8 30 MIOO" NON CYCLE
TIMER.
ALL PIPING TO BE ADEWATlELY SUPPORTlED 8 BRACED, INDEPENTLY
B&N
BE BROKEN WITHOUT NOTiCEBLE CHANGE IN PIPING ALI GNMENT.
FOR MOTOR 8 TUBES PULL AS RECOMMENDED BY
!t.Qill
I - THERMOMETER SHALL BE CAST BRASS 9' SCALE, 20"F TO 120'F
8 SHALL BE FILLED WITH RED READING MERCURY
THE THERMOMETER SHALL BE OF THE SEPIlRABLE SOCKET TYPE
8 SHALL HAVE EXTENDED NECK WHERE REWIRED AlA INSULATION.
2-PROVIDf TAPPING IN CONDENSER LINES FOR ACID CL EANING
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO,IS A PA G E NO . 3S B
STEAM ABSORPTION CHILLER
1. COMPUTE THE TOTAL TONS OF REFRIGERATION REQUIRED - THIS IS THE BLOCK lOAD AT THE PEAK
lOAD CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE 4140 DAU BOOK.
2. COMPUTE THE TOUl GPM OF CHILLED WATER REQUIRED - IF SYSTEM DESIGN CALLS FOR ALL
THREE WUCONTROl VALVES OR ALLOWS FREE WUER FLOW, THE TOTAL GPM Will BE THE SUM OF
All INDIVIDUAL AIR UNITS, F4H COilS, ETC. REQUIREM EHTS. IF 2WAY CONTROL VALVES ARE
USED, THE TOUl GPM Will EQUAL THE UNIT REQUIREMENTS DURING THE BUilDING PEAK lOAD
CONDITION.
3. COMPUTE CHILLED WATER TEMPERUURES - THE CHillED WATER TEMPERATURE RISE (T) RE
QUIRED FROM THE ABSORPTION MACHINE IS DETERMINED BY T = TONS xU. THE TEMPERATURE
GPM
lEAVING THE MACHINE MUST BE EQUAL TO THE DESIGN TEMPERATURE OF THE BUilDING AIR CON
DITIONING UNITS.
4. CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE - THE EN TERING CONDENSER WATER TEMPERUURE SHOULD
ALWAYS BE MAINTAINED U 85 DEGREES. ABSORPTION EQUIPMENT IS PARTICULARLY SEMSITIVE
TO VARIATIONS OF THIS TEMPERATURE 4140 MANUFACTURERS SHOULD BE COMSUlTED IF 85 DE
GREES IS MOT USED.
5. STEAM PRESSURE REQUIREMEMTS - OPTIMUM EQUIPMENT SELECTIONS ARE BASED ON 12 PSIG STEAM
PRESSURE AVAILABLE U THE CHILLER IMlET 4140 THIS SHOULD BE USED.
6. UNIT SElECTIOM - USIMG CRITERIA HEREIMBEFORE SPECIFIED, SELECT MAMUFACTURER' S UMITS
INSURING AVAILABLE SPACE IS PROVIDED FOR MAIMTEM4I4CE 4140 TUBE REMOVAL. MOTE DIFFER
ENT CONDENSER 4140 t;HlllED WATER PASS ARRANGEMENTS ARE AVAilABLE. PIPING CONNECTIONS
Will DEPEND UPON PASSES SELECTED.
7. DETERMINE MINIMUM GPM 4140 lEAVIMG TEMPERA TURE OF CONDEMSER WATER - MAMUFACTURER'S
DAU MUST BE COMSUl TED TO DETERMIME THE MOST ECOMOMICAl SElECTIOM OF THESE CONDI
TlOMS. FOR ESTIMATlMG PURPOSES, USE 3.6 GPM/ TON 414018.0 COMDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE
RISE. COOllMG TOWER SELECTION Will BE BASED UPOM THESE CONDITIONS.
8. DETERMINE STEAM CONSUMPTION AT FUll lOAD CONDITION - USE 19.3I/HR/TONS FOR MACHIMES
UMDER 400 TONS, 4140 18.7MiltR/ TOM FOR MACHIMES 400 TONS 4140 OVER IF 121 STEAM IS USED. COR
RECTION FACTORS ARE AVAILABLE 1M M4MUFACTURER'S DAU FOR lESSER STEAM RUES. 1M
MANY CASES, BOilER SIZE Will DEPEND. UPON THIS CONSUMPTION. ABSORPTION UNITS AT COLO
START-UP CAM REQUIRE UP TO 170% OF FUll lOAD STEAM RUE. TO AVOID DAMAGE, THE BOilER
MUST BE EITHER OVERSIZED OR PREFERABLY, THE ABSORPTION UNIT BE PROVIDED WITH A STEAM
DEMAMD liMITER MOT AllOWING IT TO DRAW MORE THAN FUll lOAD RATE AT 4HY TIME.
9. DETERMINE CHillED 4140 CONDENSER WUER PRESSURE DROPS - CONSUL T MAMU FACTURER'S DAU ,
MOTIMG THAT DIFFEREMT PASS ARRAHGEMEMTS ARE AVAILABLE. PRESSURE DROPS WILL VARY
GREATLY BETWEEN UNITS 4140 SHOULD NOT BE ESTIMATED.
10. COMPUTE MUMBER 4140 SIZE OF STEAM TRAPS REQUIRED - THE INVERTED BUCKET TRAPS WITH
lARGE BUCKET VENT OR F & T TRAP, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER, SHOULD BE USED
AND TRAP SHOULD BE AS FAR BELOW ABSORPTION MACHINE CONDEMSATE OUTLET AS POSSIBLE.
THE CAPACITY OF THE TRAP SHOULD BE. THREE TIMES THE STEAM CONDENSING CAPACITY OF THE
UMIT. IF MULTIPLE TRAPS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE CAPACITY, THE CONNECTIONS TO EACH
TRAPOFF OF THE DIRT lEG SHOULD BE AT DIFFEREMT ElEVUIONS TO GIVE STEP OPERATION OF
THE TRAPS. CONSULT M4HUFACTURER' S DAU FOIC CAPACITY OF TRAP AHD GIVE PRESSURE DIF
FEREMTIAl ACROSS TRAP.
11. DETERMINE ABSORPTION UMIT INTERMAl PUMP REQUIREMENTS - ABSORPTION EQUIPMENT REQUIRES
IMTEGRAl PUMPS TO CIRCULATE THE ABSORBEMT AHD REFRIGERAMT WATER. CONSULT MAMUFAC
TURER' S DUA FOR MUMBER 4140 HORSEPOWER OF PUMPS REQUIRED. CONSULT ELECTRICAL DESIGM
ENGIMEER FOR VOLUGE CHARACTERISTICS.
12. DECRYSUlllZ4TIOM - THE MACHIME DESIGM SHOULD PROVIDE FOR AUTIJUTIC DECRYSTALLIZ4TIOM,
OR THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD IMSTAll A STEAM JACKET OR ELECTRIC ElEMEMT ARDlJMD THE HEAl
EXCH4MGER TO PERFORM THIS FUMCTlOM M4I4UALLY.
13. CONDENSER WATER TEMPERUURE CONTROL - CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE IS CONTROllED
BY BY PASSING WUER ARDlJND THE COOLlMG TOWER. A THERMOSTAT, SEMSING THE ABSORBER
WATER TEMPERATURE, OPERATES A 3WAY DIVERTING VALVE OR BYPASS VALVE TO MAIMTAIN THE
PROPER TEMPERATURE.
P AGE NO .. 36
CONDENSATE
CONDENSER AND CHILLED
CONCRETE ""0 4' HIGH it.
LARGER THAN UNIT
BASl ALL AROUND
STEAM PIPING
USE WHEN COOUNG 1tMII

FulNi SUCTION
IlALANCIIMI ______ "
USE WHEN COOLING ELEVATION DOES NOT
_ _FICIENT STATIC I:IAO 10 OVDICOME
LOS3S T*IOU8H THE \!lLVE AND PIPING.
CONDENSER WATER IEMPERATURE CONTROL
SEQUENCE Of OPERATION
CAPACITY
OONTIIOL
.CHlLLED WATER PI*P IS STARTED WITH PI-I. IF STEAII IS AYAlLAllLE AT TC-l. TC-I IS CAU.IIMI
. zm. TIE CC*l
THE CHILLER SHALL BE WITH ON-OI'F SWITCH WHICH IF OTHER CIRCUITS ARE
WILL START THE CIILLER _ CYCLE. THE WHEN ENEIIGIZD lIIIIU THE CHILLER COII1'IIDL
_L, ALLOWS PNEUIIATIC CONTIIOL 01' THE CA""CITY CONTROL IIECHANISM.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM ABSORPTION CHILLER
Njl SCALE
SCHEDULE . Of THE S TEA M ABSORPTION CHILLER
PUMP IIOTOIIS
P-AGE NO.37
..
HOT WATER ABSORPTION CHILLER
1. COMPUTE THE TOTAL TONS OF REFRIGERATIOM REQUIRED - THIS IS THEILOCK LOAD AT THE
PUK LOAD COHDITION AS DETERMINED IY METHODS FOUND ,N THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA
lOOK.
2. COMPUTErHE TOTAL GPM OF CHILLED WATER REQUIRED - IF SYSTEJ,t DESIGN CAlLS FOR ALL
THREEWAY CONTROL VALVES OR ALLOWS FREE WATER FLOW, THE TOTAL GPM WILL IE THE
SUM OF AlL INDIVIDUAL AIR UNITS, FAN COILS, ETC. REQUIREMENTS. IF 2WAY CONTROL VALVES
ARE USED, THE TOTAl GPM WILL EQUAl THE UNIT REQUIREMENTS DURING THE BUILDING PUK
LOAD CONDITIOM.
3. COMPUTE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURES - THE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE RISE (li'n
REQUIRED FROM THE AlSORPTIOM MACHINE IS DETERMINED IY liT:
THE TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE MACHINE MUST IE EQUAl TO
THE DE\lGN TEMPERATURE OF THE IULDIIG AIR COMDrrlOMING UNITS.
4. CONDENSER WATER - THE ENTERING CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE SHOULD
ALWAYS IE MAINTAINED AT IS DEGREES. ABSORPTIOM EClUIPMENT IS PARTICULARLY SENSITIVE
TO VARIATIOMS OF THIS TEMPERATURE AND MANUFACTURERS SHOULD IE COMSULTED IF IS
DEGREES IS NOT USED.
S. HOT WATER TEMPERATURE REQUIRED - OPTIMUM SELECTIOMS ARE lASED OM Z70
OEGREES F HOT WATER AT THE CHILLER INLET AND THIS SHOULD IE USED.
,
6. UNIT SELECTION - USING CRITERIA HEREINIEFORE SPECIFIED, SELECT MANUFACTURER'S UNITS
INSURING AVAILABLE SPACE IS PROVIDED FOR MAINTENANCE AND TUIE REMOVAL. NOTE DIFFER
ENT CONDENSER AND CHILLED WATER PASS ARRANGEMENTS ARE AVAILAILE. PIPING CONNEC
TlONS WILL DEPEND UPON PASSES SELECTED.
7. DETERMINE MINIMUM GPM AND LUVING fl.PERATURE OF COMDENSER WATER -IoIAMUFACTURER'S
DATA MUST IE CONSUL TED TO DETERMINE THE MOST ECONOMICAL SELECTIOM OF THESf
COMDITlOMS.
I. DETERMINE HOT WATER FLOW RATES AT FULL LOAD CONDITIONS - USE 0.95 GPMlTOM @270
DEGREE ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE AND 40 DEGREES F DROP FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES.
CONSUL T MAHUFACTURER DATA FOR EXACT WATER FLOW REQUIRED. IN MANY CASES, BOILER
SIZE WILL DEPEND UPON THIS COMSUMPTIOM. ABSORPTIOM UNITS AT COLD START-UP CAN REQUIRE
UP TO OF FULL LOAD HOT WATER DEIoIAMD. TO.AVOIO DAMAGE, . HE SOlLER MUST IE
EITHER OVERSIZED OR PREFERABLY, THE ABSORPTION UNIT IE PRC flDED WITH A HOT WATER
DEMAND LIMITER HOT AlLOWIIG IT TO DRAW MORE THAN FULL LOAD RATE AT ANY TIME.
9. DETERMINE CHILLED AND COMDENSER WATER PRESSURE DROPS - CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S
DATA, NOTIIG THAT DIFFERENT PASS ARRANGEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE. PRESSURE DROPS WILL
VARY GRUTLY IETWEEN UNITS AND SHOULD NOT IE ESTIMATED.
10. HOT WATER CONTROL - NORMALLY, THE HOT WATER INTO THE MAtHINE IS COMTROLL ED IY A
THREE PORT MODULATING MIXING VALVE TO GIVE THE DESIRED LEAVING TEMPERATURE.
11. DETERMINE ABSORPTIOM UNIT INTERNAL PUMP REQuiREMENTS - ABSORPTION EQUIPMENT
REQUIRES INTEGRAL PUMPS TO aRCULATE THE ABSORIENT AND REFRIGERANTWATER. CON
SULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR NUMIER AND HORSEPOWER OF PUMPS REQUIRED. COMSULT
ELECTRICAL DESIGN ENGIMEER FOR VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS.

12. DECRYSTALLIZATlON - THE MACHINE DESIGN SHOULD PROVIDE FOR AUTOIoIAnc DECRYSTALLIZATION,
OR THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD INSTALL A STUM JACK ET OR ELECTRIC ELEMENT AROUND THE
HU T EXCHANGER TO PERFORM THIS FUNCTION MANUALLY.
13. CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE COMTROL - CONDENSER WATER TEMPERATURE IS COMTROLLED
IY IYPASSING WATER AROUND THE COOLING TOWER. A THERMOSTAT, SENSING THE ABSORBER
WATER TEMPERATURE, OPERATES A loWAY DIVERTING VALVE OR IYPASS VALVE TO MAlNTA,"
THE PROPER TEMPERATURE.
PAGE NO. 38
UNIT NO.
HEADII IIMOVAL FUNGo
.,..,.....----THEIIIIIO .. ETER
SEE NOTE
.&i' ....
lASE ALL AIIOUND
I NSTALLATION NOTES
UK WHEN COOLIN. 'lOWEll ELEVATION OOES NOT
"",VIDE SUFFICIENT STATIC HUD TO 0VE1ICOIoIE
LOSSO THROUGH THE \/IlLVE ANO PI"NG.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
1
'W."flrt .
eONTROL DIAGRAM
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
CHILLED WATER PIMP IS STARTED WITH pe-,-
AND CHILLED WATER PIPING
I - THE UNIT SHALL BE SET DEAD LEVEL ON ISOLATION PAD.

HOT WATER PIPING
D.ETAI LS
HOT WATER 'N
2 OF THE HOT WATER SUPPLIED TO IoIACHINE SHALL BE
3 - HAVE
- WHERE Po\SSES VARY FROM PASSES SHOWN. MANUFACTUllER SHALL SU8loliT
SHOP DRAWINGS OF PIPING REARRANGEMENT FOR APPROVAL
S - LOAD LIMITING DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ALLOW
FOR DELAYED OPERATION OF CAPACITY CONTROL VALUE.
6 - THE EXPOSED REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT PI PING AND THE CHILLfD WATER
WITH INSULATION AT LEAST 2 THICK AND
7 - AT THE
OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HOT WATER ABSORPTION CHILLER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE HOT WATf;R ABSORPTION CHILLER
CHILLED WATER LINE IS ENERGIZED. PE-I IS

THE C<lIIQf:NSER WATER PUMP IS STARTED.
THE COOLING TOWER FAN IS CYCLED By TC-3.
THE CHILLER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ON-

CYCLE THE WHEN ENERGIZED THRU
THE CHILLER CONTROL Po\NEL . ALLOWS
PNEUMATIC CONTROL OF THE CAPACITY
CONTROL MECHANISM.
PUMP MOTORS
39
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING
UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX AND COMBINATION COIL
1. COMPUTE THE TOTAL CFM RE UIRED - THE AMOUHT OF AIR SUPPLY DETERMIHED BY THE USUAL
A AE METHODS AHD L AL CODE REQUIREMEHTS.
2. fiALCULATE THE MIHIMU140UTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY
USUALLY 1400 FPM).
3. CALCULATE THE MIHIMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY.
THIS IS USUALLY 500 FPM AHD SHOULD HOT EXCEED 550 FPM TO AVOID COHDEHSATE CARRYOVER.
4. DETERMIHE THE UHIT COHFIGURATIOH - IHSURE UHIT WILL FIT IHTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM
ALL AROUHD FOR MAIHTEHAHCE AHD FIL TER REMOVAL.
5. SELEY TeE - THE COMBIHATIOH COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE COOLIHG REQUIREMEHTS AHD
IT wi L B A EQUATE FOR AHY HORMAL HEATlHG DUTY. SELECT A MAHUFACTURER AHD REFER TO
THE MAHUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA FOR FIHAL COIL SELECTIOH. CALCULATE COHDITIONS FOR
SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS:
A. DETERMIHE EHTERIHG AND LEAYIHG CONDITIONS DRAW THE SYSTEM COHDITIOHS ON A PSYCHO-
METRIC CHART FOR EACH AIR HAHDLlHG UHIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH 114 THE ASHRAE GUIDE
FOR COOLIHG TO DETERMIHE COIL COHDITIOHS.
B. DETERMINE THE BTUIHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR COOLING - MULTlPLY THE CFM BY 60 MIHIHR
AND BY 0.075 LBS. PER CUBIC FOOT TO GET LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMIHE THE DIFFEREHCE
OF THE TOTAL HEAT COHTENT (d H) BETWEEH THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE ENTERIHG THE COIL
AND THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE LEAVIHG THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LBS. OF AIR BY THE t.\ H TO
OBTAIH BTUIHR CAPACITY TO FURTHER;SIMPLIFY, BTUIHR = CFM x 4.5 x dH.
C. SET THE EHTERING AND LEAVIHG CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE COHDITIOMS - WATER WILL BE
NORMALLY EHTERIHG AT 45 DEGREES F. AHD LEAVIHG AT 55 DEGREES, BUT MAY BE VARIED BY THE
DESIGHER TO FIT COIL COHDITIOHS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
O. DETERMIHE THE CHILLED WATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE BTU-HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY
8.33 lBS. PER GALLOH TIMES 60 MIHUTES PER HOUR TillES THE DIFFEREHCE 114 THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE EHTERIHG AND LEAVIHG CHILLER WATER, (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F.) TO SIMPLIFY:
GPM = BTUIHR 500 x dT.
E. ROWS 114 COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MAHUFACTURER AHD PERFORMANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIH
BEFORE SPECIFIED: HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWIHG RULE OF THUMB MAY BE HOTED FOR INFORMATlOH:
4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY: 6 ROW COIL -IHTERMEDIATE DUTY: AHD I ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
6. SPECIFY THE HEATIHG CHARACTERIHICS OF THE COIL -IT IS,VERY IMPORTANT THAT THE MAXIMUM
WArn TEMPERATURE To THiS COIL BE HELD TO A VALUE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER COMPOHEHTS OF
THE SYSTEM. DO HOT MIX COMBIHATIOH COILS WITH OTHER COMPONENTS THAT REQUIRE A HIGHER
WATER TEMPERATURE TO PRODUCE RATED CAPACITY. USUALLY USE 150" F. AS THE MAX. WATER
TEMPERATURE AHD USE COMBIHATION COILS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM.
A. DETERMIHE EHTERING AHD LEAVIHG AIR COHDITIONS - SINCE THE CFM FLOW IS SET BY THE COOL
IHG REQUIREMEHlS, THE TEMPERATURES CAM BE CALCULATED BY DIVIDING THE SUM OF ROOM HEAT
LOSSES 114 BTUHR BY CFM x 1.01 = dT AIR.
B. DETERMIHE THE BTUHR THE COIL FOR HEATIHG - BTUHR = CFM x 1.08 x dT AIR.
C. THE COIL RQ!LGPM AHO PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE SAME AS FOR COOLING SIHCE THIS IS A
COMBINATIOH COIL.
D. CALCULATE THE !.EAVING HOL!lliR TEMPERATURU - DIVIDE THE BTIlIHR BY THE KHOWN GPM
TIMES 500 TO DETERMIHE dT. SUBTRACT LH FROM ENTERIHG WATER TEMI'ERATURE TO GET LEAV
ING WATER TEMPERATURE.
7. DETERMNE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO BE OVERCOME BY FAIt
A. EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMIHE BY USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
B. INTERHAL STATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2" wG FOR FILTER
(THROW AWAY) .
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERHAL AHD INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURh.
I. "BTOR HORSE POWER - EHTER MANUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
T DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: HP = CFM x 0.0001573 x
TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG '" EFFICIENCY (USUALLY ABOUT 6K) - USE NEXT LARGEST
STANDARD MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS.
9. FILTERS - USUALLY USE THROW AWAY FILTERS WITH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
IHVESTIGATE TO SEE IF BETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRED. )
10. WATER PRESSURE DROP THrcu COIL - REFER TO MAHUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER
ROW OF COIL.
11 . UHIT MOUHTIHG AHD SUPPORT - GENERALL Y THE UNIT WILL BE SUPPORTED AT FOUR POIHTS. IF
WEIGHT OF UNIT INDICATES SPECIAL PAD BE PROVIDED, COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DE9IGNER.
PAG E NO. 40
A.oi/ob/. /n C."YOl.lill TIlANS-A-PlATE

UNIT MAl HAVE--I----r-
ONE OR TWO
OUTLETS AS SHOWN
ON PROJECT PLANS
FAN MOTOR
SLEEVE BEARING
'--___ TYPE
PLAN VIEW
SUPPLY AIR DUCT -
PLANS FOR
CONTINUATION
WOVEN ASBESTOS
CLOTH FLEXI BLE
CONNECTION
ETURN RUNOUT
3 WAY VALVE
SUPPLY RUNOUT
BELT GUARD
SUPPL Y WATER I
____
90 SIDE ANGLE
MERCURY TYPE
9" SCALE
REDUCI NG TEE
THREE WAY CONTROL
(UNION TYPE' ONE PIPE SIZE
SMALLER THAN RUNOUT
SIZE
UNION
i
COMBINATION COl L !
'," I
I
<:=j J - 'LOW
I I
REOUCING i !
I
HOSE END
MOTOR-SEE SCHEOULE o.R/llN VALVE
SHEAVE '-- COIL HOOK-UP
DRIVE PULL EY - ---i+.") ,, CONNECTION ENLARGED DETAIL
ADJUSTABLE MOTOR
MOUN,T ... \ --=F - a RETURN RUNOUTS
OIL RESISTANT BELTS \ \ , PROJECT PLANS FOR
DRIVEN PULLEY--- -+--...I . CCNTl NUATI OI,: a, SIZES
/" GATE __
By,PASS TO 3 WAY VALVE -t-----::>=/
FACTORY FURNISHED FLAT' FILTER BOX
WITH ACCESS DOOR ON BOTH SIDES
(FILTERS SHALL BE OF THE
11""1l-l __ -i HIGH VELOCITY PERMANENT
TYPE AT LEAST 2" THICK'
ELBOW

FAN T-2
IN SERlE S
r---- -- -
. "--- ll-- WITH FAN
LJ LJ STARTER
T-3 T-.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL .QJM!.!!.!!!
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIOJ!
WINTEII CYCLE
THE UNIT FAN SHALL IIUN CONTINUOUSLY,
OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER 0- 1 SHALL INITIALLY

02 SHALL CLOSE A PROPDRrtDNATE
AMOUNT, ROOM THERMOSTAT T- I SHALL
RESET THE ,CONTROL POINT OF SUII-
MASTER T' 2 ,
T-2 SHALL ON A RISE ... T"Pt RATURE
FIRST MODULATE 3-WAT V-I TOWARO "
Wi ,
0 1 OPEN AND 0 -2 CL(' Sf. , or, A .' ALL IN
TEMPERATURE, THE RlVI :RSE OCCUR,
SUMMER CYCLE

RELAY RI SHALL PLAC! VI L NDER DIRECT
CONTROL OF T-I , RELAY '(-2 n ,ALL ,
PREVENT 0 - 1 FROM OPENING BEYOIlD ITS
MINIMUM OPEN POSITION , t - I SH/.LL ON A
RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATU"E \lODULATE
V' I OPEN TO THE COIL. ON A HLL IN SPIIICE
TEMPERATURE THE REVERSE '"ALL OCCUR,
3/rt'THICK .",6"
STEEL PLATE '
WELDED TO FRAM
FRONT ELE VATION
DETAIL
SUPPLY WATER IN-
3/." HOSE END DRAIN- -;--___
VALVE
RETURN AIR DUCT CONNECTION
SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR CONT
a JUNCTION WITH FRESH AIR DUCT
DRAIN LINE FROM
'----.,------WOVEN ASBESTOS CLOTH
RIGHT ELEVATION FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
NEAREST DRAIN
FIRESTAT T- 3 AND FREEZESTAT T' 4 SliALL STOP
THE FAN AND CLOSE 0-1 SHOL'lD TEMPERA-
TURES RISE ABOVE OR FALL IIELOW THEIR
RESPECTIVE SETTINGS,
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FI LTER BO>< 8 COMBINATION COIL
NO SCALE
CA PA CITY SCHEDULE FOR THE VERTI CAL AIR HANDLING UN IT WITH FLAT FI LT E R BOX a COMBINATION COl L
UNIT EXT, MAX, FAN MOT 0 R
MIN. COl L WATER FLOW MAX. WATER PC, COl L CAPACITY- HEATING COIL CAPACITY. COOLI NG HEATING WATER COOUIIG WATER
C,F. M,
N.P, I VOLTS I PHASE I CYCLE AIR ENTERS "F.jAIR LEAVESF.IB,TU.lHR AIR ENTERS F.D.B_F.IIIl8, lAIR LEAVES *F.D.a,F.w,aI aTU/HII ENTERS I LEAVES E IITEIIS I LEAVES NO S,R O. V. FACE AREA THR U COIL G. P.M, THRU COIL FT.
I I I I I I I I I
HEATINI. VENTILATION. AND A I R C-O N D I T ION I N G D , E S I G N . MANUAL PLATE NOo 18 PAlE NOo 41
-
UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND COMBINATION COIL
1. fft'5fTE 1'lA - THE AMOUNT QF OUTDOOR AIR AND THE AMOUNT OF RETURN
TH UAL A METHOD AND lOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.
2. fiAlCULATE THE MINIMUM OUTLET ARU - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY
. USUALLY 1400 FPM).
3. CALcuLATE ItIMUM A,A - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY.
THIS IS USUAL Y FPM AND U D N T EXCEED 550 FPM TO AVOIb CONDENSATE CARRYQVER.
4. DETERMINE THE UNIT CONFlGURATIOt! -INSURE UNIT Will FIT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM
ALL AlOUND FOR MAINTENANCE AHD FIL TER REMOVAL.
5. SELECT TIE COIL - THE COMIINATION COIL SHOULD IE SIZED FOR THE COOLING REQUIREMENTS AND
IT Will I ADEQUATE FOR AMY HUTIMG DUTY. SELECT A MANUFACTURER AND REFER TQ
THE MANUFACTURER' S PUBLISHED DA'f;A FOR FINAL CQll SELECTION. CALCULATE CONDITIONS FOR
SCHEDULE AS FOllOWS: '
A. ENTERIMG AND LUVIMG AIR CONDITIONS - DRAW THE SYSTEM CONDITIONS ON A PSYCHO
M T rCHART FOR EACH AIR HANDLING UNIT IY THE METHODS SET FORTH IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE
FOR COOLING TO DETERMINE COIL CONDITIONS.
I. DETERMINE THE ITUIHR CAPACITY OF THE COil FOR - MULTIPLY THE CFM IY 60 MINI'MR
AND IY 0.075 liS. PER CUIIIC FOOT TO GET lIS. OF AIR' R OUR. DETERMINE THE DIFFERENCE
QF THE TQTAl HUT CONTENT (AH) IIETWEEN THE WET lUll TEMPERATURE ENTERING THE COil
AND THE WET BUll TEMPERATURE lUVlNG THE CQIl . MULTIPLY THE lIS. OF AIR PER HOUR BY
THE AH TO OITAIN BTUI'MR CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, ITUI'MR = CFM x 4.5 x AH.
C. SET THE EMlERING AND lUVlNG CHillED WATER TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS - WATER Will NOR
MALLY IE ENTERIMG AT 45 DEGREES, BUT MAY. IE VARIED IIY THE DESIGNER TQ FIT COIL COHDI
TIONSOR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. fETERMINE THE CHillED WATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE ITU-HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL IIY
.33 LIS. PER GAllON T .. ES 60 MINUTES PER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE ENTERING AND lUVIMG CHillER WATER. (USUAllY 10 DEGREES F.). TO SIMPLIFY:
GPM = ITUI'MR + SOD x AT. .
E. ROWS IN COIL - SHOULD IE lEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMAMCE AS CALCULATED HEREIN
IEFQRE SPECIFIED. HOWEVER, THE .FQllOWIMG RULE OF TIIIMB MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMATION:
4 ROW COIL - liGHT DUTY: now COIL -INTERMEDIATE DUTY: AND I ROW COil - HUVY DUTY.
6. SPECIFY THE HUTIMG CHARACTERISTICS OF COil -IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THE MAXIMUM
WATER TEMPERATURE TO THis Ceil IE HELD T A VALUE COMPATIILE WITH OTHER COMPONENTS OF
THE SYSTEM. DO HOT MIX COMIINATION COILS WITH OTHER COMPONENTS THAT REQuiRE A HIGHER
WATER TEMPERATURE TO PRDOUCE RATED CAPACITY. USUAllY USE ISO" F. AS THE MAX. WATER TEMP.
AND USE COMIIMATION COILS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM .
A. DETERMINE ENTERING AND LEAVI!G AIR CONDITIOHS - SINCE THE CFM FLOW IS SET IY THE COOL
ING REQUIREMENTS, THE :rEMrERATURES CAN IE CALCULATED BY DIVIOIIG THE SUM OF ROOM HUT
lOSSES IN ITU-HR IY CFiII '" 1.01 x AT AIR.
I . DETERMINE THE ITU-HR CAPACITY OF THE COil FOR HUTING -ITV-HI = CFMx 1 x AT All.
C. IIS,rIP. AND r>lESSUBEDROP Will IE THE SAME AS FOR CDOllNG siNCE THIS IS A
AT C.
D. CAlCUJotTE THE LEAYIMG HOT WATER TEMPERATUIES - DIVIDE THE ITUI'MR BY THE KNOWN GPM
TIMES TO DETERMII! AT. SUITRACT AT FROM ENTERING WATER TEMPERATUIE TO GET LEAV
'ING WATER TEMPERATURE.
7. DETERMIIE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO IE BY FAN.,
A. EXTERHAl STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE IY U$UAL ASHRAE METHOOS.
I . INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURF - REFER TO MAIIUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIIilATE 0.2" WG PER COIL
ROW; 0.15" WG FOR FilTER THROW AWAY). ,
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURES.
a.
TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG + EFFICIENCY (USUALLY - USE NEXT LARGEST
STANDARD MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT otARACTERISTICS.
9. f.lIJ.I.Bl- USUAllY USE THROWAWAY FilTERS WITH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 300 FrM. ALWAYS
INVESTIGATE TO SEE IF lETTER FILTRATION 1$ REQUIRED.
10. XATER PRUSUR'E DROP THRU CQll - REFER TO MAMUFACTURER' S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER lOW
F COil . '
11. UNIT MOUNTING AND SUPPORT - GENERALLY THE UNIT Will IE SUPPORTED AT SIX POINTS. IF
WEIGHT OF UNIT INOICATES SPECIAL PAD IE PROVIDED, CDORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DESIGNER.
PAGE NO. 42
Avoilobl. In TRANS-A PLATE'
AIR HANDLING UNIT
FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE I NSTA LLATION OF
WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND
13'1 .7" TEMPERATURE CONTROL QIAGRAM
COIL----i
I
I
WOv EN I
ASBESTOS I

.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AIR FLOW......
eTOA y I _;---_--3
FUANISHEO I
eox L _ ___ .-.J
SUPPLY WATER III
COIL HOOK- UP
THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT
COMBINATION COIL
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR
HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX AND COMBINATION COIL
1. COMPUTE THt TOTAL CFM REQU IRED - THE AMOUHT OF AIR SUPPLY DETERMIHED BY THE USUAl
ASHRAE METHODS AHD LOCAL CODE REQUIREMEHTS.
2. CALCULATE THE MIHIMUM OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY
(USUALL Y 1400 FPM).
3. CALCULATE THE MIHIMUM COIL FACE AREA- DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY.
THIS IS USUALLY 500 FPM AHO SHOULD HOT EXCeED 5SO FPM TO AVOID COHDEHSATE CARRYOVER.
4. DETERMII!E THE UHIT COHFIGURATIOH -IHSURE UHIT WILL FIT 114 TO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM
ALL AROUHD FOR MAIHTEHAHCE AHD FILTER REMOVAL.
5. SELECT THE COIL - THE COMBIHATIOH COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE COOLIHG REQUIREMEHTS AHD
IT WILL BE ADEQUATE FOR AMY HORMAL HEATIHG DUTY. SELECT A MAHUFACTURER AHD REFER TO
THE MAHUFACTURER'S PUBUSHED DATA FOR FIHAL COIL SELECTIOH. CALCULATE COHDITIOHS FOR
SCHEDULE AS FOllOWS:
A. DETERMIHE THE EHTERIHG AHD LEAVIHG AIR COHDITIOHS - DRAW THE SYSTEM COMDITIOHS 014 A
PSYCHOMETRIC CHART FOR EACH AIR HAHDLlHG UHIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH II! THE
ASHRAE GUIDE FOR COOLII!G TO DETERMIHE THE COIL COHDITIOHS.
B. DETERMIHE THE BTUIHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR COOLIHG - MULTIPLY THE CFM BY 60 MIH.IHR
AHD BY 0.Q75 LBS. PER CUBIC FOOT TO GET LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMIHE THE DIFFEREHCE
OF THE TOTAL HEAT CCHTEHT BETWEEH THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE EHTERIHG THE COIL
AHD THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE LEAVIHG THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR BY
THE TO OBTAIH BTU/ HR CAPAC In. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, BTUIHR = CFM x 4.5 x hH.
C. SET THE EHTERIHG AHD LEAVIHG CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE COHDITIOHS - WATER WILL HOR-
MALLY BE EHTERIHG AT 45 DEGREES F. AHD LEAVIHG AT 55 DEGREES, BUT MAY BE VARIED BY THE
DESIGHER TO FIT COIL COHDITIOHS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. DETERMIHE THE CHILLED WATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE BTUIHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY
8.33 LBS. PER GALLOH TIMES 60 MIHUTES PER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFEREHCE IH THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE EHTERIHG AHD LEAVIHG CHILLER WATER, (USUALLY USE ISO DEGREES F. AS THE MAX.
WATER TEMP. AIIl USE COMBIHATIOH COILS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM.
E. ROWS 114 COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MAHUFACTURER AHD PERFORMAHCE AS CALCULATED HEREIH
BEFORE SPECIFIED: HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWIHG RULE OF THUMB MAY liE HOTED FOR IHFORMATlOH:,
4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY: 6 ROW COIL - IHTERMEDIATE DUTY: AHD a ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
6. SPECIFY THE HEATIHG CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COIL - IT IS VERY IMPORTAHT THAT THE MAXIMUM
WATER TEMPERATURE TO THIS COIL BE HELD TO A VAlUE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER COMPOHEHTS OF
THE SYSTEM. 00 HOT MIX COMBIHATIOH COILS WITH OTH ER COMPOHEHTS THAT REQUIRE A HIGHER
WATER TEMP. TO PRODUCE RATED CAPACITY. USUALLY USE ISO F. AS THE MAX. WATER TEMP. AHD
USE COMBIHAT 1014 COILS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM.
,. . DETERMIHE EHTERIHG AHD LEAVIHG AIR - SIHCE THE CFM FLOW IS SET BY THE COOL.
IHG REQUIREMEHTS, THE TEMPERATURES CAH BE CAlCULATED BY DIVIDIHG THE SUM OF ROOM HEAT
LOSSES 114 BTUHR BY CFM x 1.08 x hT AIR.
B. DETERMIHE THE BTU-HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR HEATlHG - BTU-HR = CFM x 1.08 x hT AIR.
C. THE COIL ROWS GPM AHD PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE SAME AS FOR COOLIHG SIHCE THIS IS A
COMBIHATIOH COIL.
D. CALCULATE THE LEAVING HOT WATER TEMPERATURES - DIVIDE THE BTU/ HI! BY THE KHOWH GPM
TIMES 500 TO DETERMIHE SUBTRACT .n FROM EHTERIHG WATER TEMPERATURE TO GET LEAV
IHG WATER TEMPERATURE.
7. DETERMIHE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO BE OVERCOME BY FAH.
A. EXTE'R,..L STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMIHE BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
B. IHTERHAL STATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO MAHUFACTURER' S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2" WG PER COIL
ROW; - .15 WG'FOR FILTER (THROW AWAY) .
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERHAL AHD IHTERHAL STATIC PRESSURES.

8. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - EHTER MAHUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KHOWH CFM AHD TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
TO DETERMIHE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY THE FOLLOWIHG FORMULA: HP = CFM x 0.0001573 ,
TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE 114 IHCHES WG + EFFICIEHCY (USUALLY ABOUT 60%) - USE HEXT LARGEST
STAHDARD MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURREHT CHARACTERISTICS.
9. FILTERS - USUALLY USE THROW AWAY FILTERS WI TH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
IHVESTIGATE TO SEE IF BETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRED.
10. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COIL - REFER TO MAHUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.S FT. PER ROW
OF COIL.
11. SPECIAL SUPPORT CHANHELS AHD SIZE OF RODS - CHECK WITH STRUCTURAL DESIGHER FOR THIS 114-
FORMATIOH AFTER WEIGHTS ARE KHOWH. SHOW SIZES OM DETAIl.
PAGE NO. 44
\
\,
\
SUPPORTING RODS
WOVEN ASBESTOS
FLEKIBLE CONNECTION
SUPPLY AIR
DUCT- SEE
PLANS FOR
SIZE B CONT.
ADJUSTABLE SHEAVE
DRiVE PULLEY
THERMOMETERS
90- SIDE ANGLE
MERCURY TYPE
9 SCALE
REDUCING TEES
UNION---sqtl:
AIR DUCT
WOVEN ASBESTOS
FLEXIBL E CONN.
I
I
REDUCING TEE
REDUCING ELBOW
MOTOR
ADJUSTABLE MOTOR FACTORY WRNISHED
011. IIESISTANT BELTS DRAIN LINE FROM
I l--COMBI NATION COIL
I I AIR
I
ALL THREADED
ATTACH TO
STRUCTURE 'N
AN APPROV ED
MANNER
SUPPORTING
SU PPLY A I R DUCT
OUTLET VELOCITY
NOT TO EXCEED
VELOCITY SHOWN
'" SCHEDULE
OF SUPPORTING CHANNEL
PROJECT PLANS - IF SUPPORTING CHANNEL
NOT SHOWN EXTEND
FULL SIZE TO NEAREST
DRAIN
SID E ELEVATION
,I
zl

: I u
'"
",.
"1
CI)'
z ,
oJ ,

31
SUPPORT CHANNELS
FULL LEtJGTH UNDER
UNIT AS SHOWN
DETAIL
I '
!I
AIR
FLOW
J"'''"' ... '""
CONNECTION
PLAN VI E W
I I
___ J
COIL HOOI< - UP
ENLARGED DETAIL
NOTE UNIT MAY HAVE ONE

OR TWO OUTLETS AS
SHOWN ON PROJ ECT PLANS
SUPPORT J
ROD TO -
SJRUCTURE I
]
h
...... .
u
FAN, j .
, "
f MOTOR

-- ELASTO RIB PADS FULL-
WIDTH OF SUPPORT ING
CHANNELS
LOCKING
NUT
SUPPORT CHANNEL
SU PPORT ROD
TO ST RU CTU RE
BELT GUARD
...... SU PPOR TING
CHANNEL FULL
LENGT H
FRONT ELEVATION DETAIL

T-' -0
T '.
0 1
T-2

r-----<i/ / /
- I
r---- _ _ IN SER I ES
__ WITH ft.'i
T START EP
WHEN THE FAN IS ENERGIZED ELECT RIC PNEUMA-
TIC RELAy EP-I SHALL BE ENERGIZED 8 OUTDOOR
AIR DAMPER D-I SHALL OPEN. WHEN TH E FMJ IS
DE- ENERGI ZED 0 -1 SHALL CLOSE.

WITH SUMMER - WINTER SWIT CH 5-' IN THE WI NTER
POSI1 10N ROOM THERMOSTAT T-I SHAL L RESET
SUBMASTi:R THERMOSTAT T- 2 LOCATEO I N THE
DISCHARGE AIR. 1- 2 IN CJNJUNCTtON WI TH T I
SHALL . ON A FA LL IN SPA CE TEMPE RATUR E .
MODULATE :3 WAY VA LVE V-I OP EN TO THE COil
ON A RISE I N SPACE TF:: MPfRATURE THE
REVERSE SHALL OCCUR
SU MMER
WITH 5-/ I N THE SUMMER PO SIT IO N RE LAY R-I
SHALL BE I NDExED SO THAT THE ACT I ON OF
T- 2 I S REvERSED THROUG H RE L AY R 2 .
T-2 IN CONJ UNCTION WITH T-I SHALL. ON A
RIS E I N S!iACE TEM PERATURE , MODU LATE V- I
OPEN TO THE COIL ON A FALL I N S PA CE
THE REVERSE SHA LL OCCU R
FREEZESTAT T- 3 a FIRESTAT T- 4 SHALL STOP
THE FAN 8 CLOSE TH E OU TDOOR A I R
DAMPER I F THE TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW
OR RI SES ABOVE THE I R RESPECTivE SETTINGS.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT -h"ITH FLAT FILTER BOX a COMBINATION COl L
NO SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNI T WITH FLAT FI LTE R BOX 8 COMBINATION COIL
UNIT EXT MAX FAN MOT 0 R
MIN. CO I L WATER FLOW MAX. WATER PO Cal L C APAC I TY - HEAT! NG' COIL CAPACI TY - COOLI NG HEATiNG WATER COOLING 'HATER
C. F: III
H p.1 VOLTS I PHASE I CYCLE [NTERS F IA' R LEAVESFlaTU / HR AI R ENTERSFlla - -FwaIAIR LEAVESFD.a - oFWBlaJU.l HR. ENTf'RS I LEAVES ENTERS I L EAVES NO o.v FACE AREA THRU COIL G.P.IIt. THRU COIL FT AIR
I I I I I I I I I
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 20 P AGE NO. 45
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING
UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND COMBINATION COIL
I. COMPUTE THE TOTAL CFII REQUIRED.
2. CALCULATE THE IIINIIIUIi OUTLET AREA.
l . CALCULATE THE IIINIIIUIi COIL FACE AREA.
4. DETERIlINE THE UNIT CONFIGURATION.
5. SELECT THE COIL.
THE AMOUNT OF OUTDOOR AIR AHD THE AMOUNT OF RETURN AIR BY THE USUAL ASHRAf METHODS AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREIIENTS.
DIYIDE THE TOTAL CFII BY DESIRED OUTLET YELOCITY (USUALLY 1400 FPII).
DIYIDE THE TOTAL CFII BY DESIRED COIL FACE YELOCITY. THIS IS USUALLY SOD FPII AND SHOULD NOT EXCEED S50 FPII TO AVOID CONDENSATE
CARRYOYER.
INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AYAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOII ALL AROUHO FOR MAINTENANCE AND FILTER REIIOVAL.
THE COll81NATION COIL SHOULD 8E SIZED FOR THE COOLING REQUIREMENTS AND IT WILL BE ADEQUATE FOR AHY NORIllAL HEATING OUTY.
SELECT A IllANUFACTURER AND REFER TO THE IllANUFACTURER' S PUBLISHED DATA FOR FINAL COIL SELECTION. CALCULATE CONDITIONS FOR
SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS: .
A. DETERIlINE ENTERING AND LEAYING AIR CONDITIONS.
DRAW THE SYSTEII CONDITIONS ON A PHYCHROIIETRIC CHART FOR EACH AIR HANOLING UNIT 8Y THE IIETHOOS SET FORTH IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE FOR COOLING TO DETERIlINE COIL COHOITIONS.
B. DETERIlINE THE BTU/ HR CAPACITY OF .THE COIL FOR
COOLING.
C. SET THE ENTERING AND LEAYING CHILLED WATER
TEIiPERATURE CONDITIONS.
D. DETERIlINE THE CHILLED WATER 'FLOW RATES.
E. ROWS IN COIL .
6. SPECIFY THE HEATING CHARACTERISlICS OF THE COIL .
A. DETERIlINE ENTERING AND LEAYING AIR CONDITIONS.
8. DETERIlINE THE 8TUHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR
HEATING. '
IIULTIPLY THE CFII8Y 60 IIIN/HR AND BY 0.075 LBS PER CUBIC FOOT TO GET LBS OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERIlINE THE DIFFER
ENCE OF THE TOTAL HEAT CONTENT (:.H) BETWEEN THE WET BULB TEIiPERA TURE ENTERING THE COIL ANO THE WET BUL8
TEIiPERATURE LEAYING THE COIL. IIULTIPLY THE LBS OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE \H TO OBTAIN BTU/ HR CAPACITY TO FURTHER
SIIiPLIFY. BTU/ HR CFII X 4.5 X .\H
WATER WILL NORIIALLY BE ENTERING AT 45 DEGREES F. AND LEAVIHG AT 55 DEGREES. BUT MAY BE YARIED 8Y THE DESIGNER
TO FIT COIL COHDITIONS OR SYSTEII FLOW RATES.
DIYIDE THE BTUHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY 8.3l LBS PER GALLO!! TillES 60 IIINUTES PER HOUR TillES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE
TEIIPERATURE OF THE ENTERIHG AND LEAYING CHILLER WATER. (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F). TO SIIiPLIFY: GPII. BTU/ HR", 500 X.H .
SHOULD BE LEFT TO IllANUFACTURER AND PERFORIIANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIN BEFORE SPECIFIED: HOWEYER THE FOLLOWING
RULE OF THUIIB IIAY BE NOTED FOR INFORIlATlON: 4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY: 6 ROW COIL - INTERIlEDIATEDUTY: AND. ROW COIL
HEAYY DUTY
IT IS YERY IIiPORTANT THAT THE IIAXIIIUIi WATER TEIIPERA TURE TO THIS COIL BE HELD TO A YALUE COIIPATIBLE WITH OTHER
COIIPONENTS OF THE SYSTEII . DO NOT IIIX COIiBINATION COILS WITH OTHER COIIPONENTS THAT REQUIRE A HIGHER WATER TEIIP. TO
PROOUCE RATED CAPACITY. USUALLY USE IWF. AS THE IIAX. WATER TEIIP. ANO USE COIIBINATION COILS THROUGHOUT THESYSTEIi.
SINCE THE CFII FLOW IS SET BY THE COOLING REQUlREIiENTS. THE TEMPERATURES CAN BE CALCULATED BY DIYIDING THE SUII OF
ROOII HEAT LOSSES IN BTUHR BY CFII X 1.08 X.\T AIR.
BTUHR CFII X 1.01 X :.T AIR.
C. THE COIL ROWS, GPII ,ANO PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE SAME AS FOR COOLING SI!!CE THIS IS A COll81NATIO!! COIL.
O. CALCULATE THE LEAYING'HQT WATER TEIIPERATURES. DIYIDE THE BTU/ HR BY THE KNOWN GPII TillES SOO TO DETERMINE AT. SU8TRACT AT FROII ENTERING WATER TEIiPERATURE TO
GET LEAYING WATER TEIiPERATURE.
7. DETERIlINE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO BE OYERCOIIE 8Y FAN.
A. EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE. _
8. INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE -
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE -
8. 1I0TOR HORSEPOWER.
9. FILTERS.
10. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COIL.
DETERIlINE BY USUAL ASHRAE IIETHODS.
.
REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2" WG PER COIL ROW; 0.15 WG FOR FILTER (THROW AWAY)
SUII OF EXTERNAL ANO INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURES.
ENTER IllANUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KNOWN Cfll ANO TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO DEtERlllNE HORSEPOWER OR COIIPUTE BY THE FOLLOWING
FORIIULA: HP . CFII X O.OOOIS7l X TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG", EFFICIENCY (USUALLY ABOUT 6 ~ ) - USE NEXT LARGEST STANDARD
IIOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT OfARACTERISTICS.
USUALLY USE THROW AWAY FILTERS IITM A IWUIIUII FACE YELOCITY OF lOO FPII. ALWAYS INYESTIGATE TO SEE IF BETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRB)
REFER.TO MAIIJFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER ROW OF COIL.
II. SPECIAL SUPPORTCHAHMELS AHO SIZE OF ROOS CHECK WITH STRUCTURAL DESIGNER FOR THIS INFORIIATIO!! AFTER WEIGHTS ARE KNOWN. SNOW SIZES ON DETAIL.
f
P AGE NO. 46
\
r.

Ayai/able In CI;nou TRANS-A-PlATE*
SUPPORTING RODS
W OVEN ASBESTOS
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
SUPPLY AIR
DUCT- SEE
PLANS FOR
SIZE a CONT.
ADJUSTABLE SHEAVE
DRIVE PULLEY
MOTOR
ADJUSTABLE MOTOR
SUPPLY
WATER--_.p,
EDUCING ELBOW
I
FLOW
I .
OIL RESISTANT BELTS DRAIN LINE FROM t;I
ELASTO RIB PAD FULL WIDTH PAN UNDER COIL II WOVEN ASBESTOS I
OF SUPPORTING CHANNEL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS I
I
ALL THREADED
ATTACH TO
I
STRUCTURE IN
AN APPROVED
SUPPORTI NG NOT SHOWN EXTEND ELASTO RIB PAD FULL WIDTH 3/ 4" HOSE END l
FULL SIZE TO NEAR.EST OF SUPPORTING CHANNEL DRAIN VALVE
___ J MANNER
SUPPLY AIR DUCT
OUTLET VELOCITY
TO EXCEED
VELOCITY SHOWN
IN SCHEDU l...E
MOTOR
DRAIN SUPPORTING CHANNEL(SEE DETAILl
CHANN!l:
SIDE ELEVATION DETAIL
ALL THREADED
SUPPORT RODS

PLAN
z
0

<)
...
.,
..J
0
<)

VI E W
r------
/
I
/
/
I
/
I
1/

OPPOSE
BLADE
DAMPER
II
I: I:: II II
If 11
11.1:
a I :1
11 n
,I I:
II II
i: -,:
II ::
, I'
I ,
SUPPORT
ROD TO
STRUCTURE
F.AN
LEVELING
NUT
DETAIL OF
SUPPORT CHANNEL
SUPPORT ROD
TO STRUCTURE
BELT GUARD

WIDTH OF SUPPORTING LENGTH

Q"',..o- .. I..,.. ____ -t. ..;--\4 FANA

T- 3
A.
T-2
T S. A.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATlo.N
WINTER CYC,E'

OPEN TO A MINIMUM POSITION AS DETER-
MINEO ' BY SWITCH 5- 1. IIETURN AlII DAMPER
0-2 SHALL CLOSE A PROPOIITIONATE
AMOUNT. IIOOM THERMOSTAT T-I SHaLL
RESET THE CONTROL POINT OF SUB-
MASTER T-2.
T-2 SHALL ON A IIISE IN TEMPERATURE
FIRST MODULATE ' - WAY VALVF V-I TOWAIID
THE BY- PASS POSITION. ON t CDNTIIIUEt
RISE IN TEMPERATURE T-2 SHALL MODULATE
0- 1 OPEN AND 0- 2 CLC'SE. ' JN A FALL IN
TEMPERATURE THE RI:VER!l,' SH.'LL OCCUR.
SUMMER CYCLE:
RELAY R-I SHALL PL.Cl V- I UNDER DIRECT
CONTROL OF T-1. RELAY SHALL
PREVENT 0-1 FROM 0 ' EN":G BrYOND ITS
MINIMUM OPEN PDSI1I1N. T- ' StlALL Oil A
RISE IN SPACE TEMP., " ATURt; MCDULATE
V-I OPEN TO THE COIL . ON A FAl.L IN SPACE
TEMPERATURE THE REVERSE SHAI_L OCCUR.
FIRESTAT T-3 AND FREEZESTAT T-4 SI'ALL STOP
THE FAN AND CLOSE 0-1 SHOl LD TEMPEIIA-
TURES RISE ABOVE OR FALL BE-LOW THEIR
RESPECTIVE SETTINGS.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH COMBINATION COIL
UNIT
NO.
NOSCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH COMBINATION
CFM
EXT M A X MIN. COl L
5.1' 0 V HP.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL NO. PAGE NO. 41
UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX AND DUAL COILS
COMPUTE THE TOTAL CFIoI REQUIREO.- COMPUTE THE AMOUHT OF AIR BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHOOS
AHD LOCAl CODE REQUIREMEHTS.
fiALCULATE THE MIHIMUM OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED OUTL ET VELOCITY
USUALL Y 1400 F PM)
CALCULATE THE MIHIMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE rHE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY
TIIS IS USUAlLY 500 FPM AND SHOULD MOT EXCEED 550 FPM TO AVOID COMDENSATE CARRYOVER
4 :1 t;. T :jl MlNE THE UNIT CONFIGURATION -INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM
Al l AROUND FOR MAINTENANCE AMI) FILTER REMOVAL.
rLECT THE COOLING COIL - THE COOLING COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLING RE
UIREMENTS ACCORDING TO LOCAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SELECT A MANUFACTURER AND REFER
TO THE MANUFACTURER' S PUBLISHED DATA FOR FINAL COIL SELECTION CALCULATE CONDITIONS
FOR THE SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS:
A. DETERMINE ENTERING AHD LIAVIHG AIR CONDITIOHS - DRAW THE SYSTEM CONDIT-IONS ON A PSYCHRO
METRiC CHART FOR EACH AI HAHDlIHG UNIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH IN THE ASHRH GUIDE-
FOR COOLING TO DETERMIHE COIL COHDITIOHS
B DETERMIHE THE CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR COOLING - MUL TlPLY THE CFM BY 60 MINIHR
AHD BY 0.075 LBS .. P R CUBIC FOOT TO GET LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR, DETERMIHE THE DIFFERENCE
OF THE TOTAL HEAT CONTENT ( "' H) BETWEEN THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE ENTERIHG THE COIL
AHD WET BULB TEMPERATURE LEAVIHG THE COIL .. MUL TlPL Y THE LBS, OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE
!1 H TO OBTAIN BTUIHR CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, BTUIHR = CFM x 4.S x 6H
C SET THE EHTERING AI) LEAVING CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE COHDITIONS - WATER WILL HOR
MALLY BE EHTERING AT 45 DEGREES F AND LEAVING AT 55 DEGREES BUT MAY BE VARIED BY THE
DESIGHER TO FIT COIL CONDITIONS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES,
o DETERMIHE THE CHILLED It ATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE BTUMR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY
8.33 l BS PER GALLOH TIMES 60 MIHUTES PER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE EHTERIHG AHD LEAVING CHILLER WATER (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F) TO SIMPLIFY:
GPM BTU!HR - 500 AT
ROWS IH COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIH
BEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER, TKE FOLLOWII'IULE Of TIlUMI MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMATIOH:
4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY; 61OWcoa. -." .... TI."; ... IIOWCOIL - KEAVY DUTY
6. ULECJ TJif.H.EATlHG COIL - THE TOTAL CFM, SIZE OF COIL AND UNIT MODel ARE FIXED BY PREVIOUS
DETERMINATION. THE HEATING DUTY IITUIHR REQUIRED WILL IE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF HEAT LOSS
CALCULATIONS AND VENTILATIOHS REQUIREMENTS.
B DETERMIHE HOT WATER FLOW RATE AHD TEMPERATURES - GPM
BTUMR
GPM = WATER TEMPERATURE DROP x 500
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP USUALl Y IS TAKEN AS 20 DEGREE,S. ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY BE VARIED BUT SHOULD USUAlLY BE 200 DEGREES.
C ROWS IH COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS HEREINBEFORE SPEC.
FlED. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWING RULE OF THUMB MAY BE NOTED FOR INFORMATION: I ROW COIL-
LIGHT TO INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY
DETERMINE TOTAL STATIC PlEmLU. TO IE OVERCOME BY FM-
A EXTERNAl STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
B INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO, MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2 wG PER COIL
ROW; 0.15 WG FOR FILTER (THROW AWAY)
C TOTAl STATIC PRESSURE OF EXTERNAl AND INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
..
8 MOTOR HORSEPOWER - EMTER MANUFACTURER' S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
TO DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: Hp , CFM x 0.0001573 , TOTAL
STA TIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG + EFFICIENCY (USUALLY ABOUT 60%) - USE NEXT LARGEST STAHDARD
MOTOR: CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS.
fJl.Iill- USUAlLY USE THROWAWAY FILTERS WITH A MAXIMUM{ACE VelOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
INVESTIGATE TO SEE IF lETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRED
10 WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER' S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.S FT . PER
ROWOF COIL .
II UNIT MOUHTlHG AND SUPPORT - GENERALLY THE UNIT WILL BE SUPPORTED AT SIX POIHTS IF WE IGHT
OF UNIT INDICATES SPECIAL PAD BE PROVIDED, COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAl DESIGNER
PAGE NO, 48

f
/
I
Avoi/obl. In ( JIII10UIIJ'" TRANS-A-PlATE*

T
OA
AIR FLO.
.OVEN
CLOTH FLEXIBLE
CONNECTION

IN SERIES
;-----.,TlI FAN
I'fj-ti-- STARTER
'Tt-4 {T-5
0 - 1
/ /
!l.Jlll: UNIT .... HAVE
ONE OR T.O
OUTLETS AS
SHOWN ON
PROJECT PL'N
VIEW

__ """
'L,T FILT[II
lOX
TEMPERATURE
Sll'PLT DUCT TO "STl
..............
/'" /IELT

MOTOII
DO L RESISTANTB[UI
_ PULLEY
VERTICAL TYPE -----..J
AI R HANDLING UNIT
Vol V-2
CONTROL DIAGRAMS
t
FILTER ACCESS DOOR
SEQUENCE RF .HEN TH UNIT FAN IS ENUGIZFO, ELECTRIC PNEUMATIC
.LAY EP-I SIt LL ENE!!GIUD a OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER D'I SHALL OPEN.
R[ICEIVE!! CONTROLLER lit -I SHALL IUCEIVE a COORDINATE SIGNALS FIIOM DISCHARGE
TH[IIIIIOSTAT T Z.
RC-I SHALL MODULATE HOT .ATER VALVE V- I
IN
SHALL OCCUR.
FREEZESTAT T-S LOCATED IN THE DISCHARGE OF HEATING COIL a FIRESTAT T-4,
. HEN THEIR RESPECTiVE SETTINGS ARE
Tlt(IIItOMETERS-__
&110 ANGLE
TYPE
REDUCING
THREE .AY CONTROL
VALVES (UNION TYPE I"
ONE PIPE SIZE SMALLER
THAN RUNOUT SIZE
.OVEN 'SIESTOS CLOTH
FLEXllLE CONNECTION

STEEL PLATE
WELDED 0
'RAME
FRONT ELEVATION
SIDE
AIR
FLO.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTI CAL AIR HANDLING
NO SCALE
HOT WATER COIL
COIL HOOK-UP ENLARGED DETAIL
NO SCoILE
UNIT WITH FLAT FILTE R BOX a DU AL COl LS
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING ONIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX a DUAL COILS
C F. M
UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX, DUAL COILS, AND CIRCULATING PUMP
1. !lIE THII TYPE OF COIL "-t WHERE FREEZEUP MAY IE A PROILEM.
Z. CMlUTE THE TOTAL CFM REQUIRED - COMPUTE THE AMOU.T OF AIR IY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS 1..0
LOCAL CODE REQUIREME.TI.
1 CALCULATE THE ... IMUM OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY (USUALLY
1.FPMI.
4. CALCULATE THE ... IMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY. THIS
IS USUALLY .. FPM 1..0 SHOULD .OT EXCEED ill FPM TO AVOID CONDENSATE CARRYOVER.
Ii. DETERMI.E THE U.IT CO.FIGURAnON-INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM ALL
AROU.O FOR MAINTENANCE A.D FILTER REMOVAL.
L SELECT THE COOLING COIL - THE COOLl.G COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLING REQUIREMENTS
ACCORDING TO LOCAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. IELECT A MANUFACTURER AND REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER"S
PUILISHED DATA FOR FINAL COIL SELECnON. CALCULATE cpNomONS FOR THE SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS:
A. DETERMI.E ENTERI.G AND LEAVING AIR CONDmONS - DRAWTHE SYSTEM CONomONS ON A PSYCHRO
METRIC CHART FOR EACH AIR HUDLING UNIT IY THE METHODS SET FORTH I. THE ASHRAE GUIDE FOR
COOLl.G TO DETERMI.E COIL CONDmONS.
I . DETERMI.E THE ITU/HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR COOLING - MULnPL Y THE CFM BY 10 MIN/HR AND
IY 1.175 LIS. PER CUIIC FOOTTO GET LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMINE THE DIFFERENCE OF THE TOTAL
HEAT CONTENT THE WET BUll TEMPEIiATURE ENTERING THE COIL AND WET BULB TEM
PERATURE LEAVIIII6 THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE TO OBTAINITU/HR
CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, ITU/HR CFM X U X
C. SET THE ENTERING AND LEAVING CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE CONomONS - WATER WILL NORMALLY
IE ENTERING AT 4S DEGREES F. AND LEAVING AT 55 DEGREES BUT MAY IE VARIED BY THE DESIGNER
TO FIT COIL CONomONS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. DETERMINE THE CHILLED WATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE ITU/HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY 1.33
LIS. PER GALLON nMES .. MINUTEIPER HOUR nMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TEMPERATURE OF THE
ENTERING ANOLEAVING CHILLER WATER (USUALLY 11 DEGREES F.I. TO SIMPLIFY: GN ' ITU/HR .p
"XdT.
E. RO_IN COIL - SHOULD IE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIN
BEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWING RULE OF THUMB MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMAnON:
4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY; ' ROW COIL -INTERMEDIATE DUTY; AND. ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
7. BEU" THE HEAnNG COIL - THE TOTAL CFM, IIZE OF COIL AND UNIT MODEL ARE FIXED BY PREVIOUS DE.
TERMI.Ano THE HEAn.G DUTY ITU/HR REQUIRED WILL IE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF HEAT LOSS CALCULI.
no. AID VE.nLAno. REQUIREMENTI.
A. DETE_.I E.TERI A.D LEAVI AIR CO.DmON - ENTERI.G AIR TEMPERATURE 'IS THE MIXTURE
TEMPERATURE AS DETER... ED DIRECTLY FROM THE PROPURno. OF RETURN AIR (USUALLY 71 DEGREES
F.I A.D FRElH AIR (LOtAL DESIB.'. AIR TEMPERATURE RISE' ITU/HR
CFMX 1.i.
.. DETER E HOT WATER FLOW RATE A.D TEMPERATURES - GN
GPM- ITU/HR
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP X ..
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP USUALLY IS TAKEN AS ZI DEGREES. E.TERING WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY IE VARIED IUT SHOULD USUALLY IE 2tO DEGREES.
C. RD_IN COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MA.UFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS HEREINIEFORE SPECI
FIDE. HDWEVER, THE FOLLOWl.G RULE OF THUMB MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMAnON: 1 ROW COIL LIGHT
TO INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROWCOIL - HEAVY DUTY.
PROVIDE INTHELlNE CIRCULAnNG PUMP FOR FLOW RATE CALCULATED AIOVE AND PRESSURE LOSS IN THE
COIL SELECTED.
t . DETERMI.E TOTAL STAnc PRESSURE TO IE OVERCOME IY FAN -
A. EXTERNAL STAnc PRESSURE - DETERMINE IY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
I. INTERNAL STAnc PRESSURE - REFER TO MANUFACTURER"S DATA OR ESTIMATE 1.2" WG PER COIL ROW;
1.1 Ii WG FOR FILTER (THROWAWAYI.
C. TOTAL STAnc PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL STAnc PRESSURE.
11. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - ENTER MANUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAL STAnc PRESSURE TO
DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE IY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: HP - CFM X 0.1573 X TOTAL STAnc
PRESSURE IN INCHES WG .;. EFFICIENCY (USUALLY AIOUT .. ", - USE NEXT LARGEST STANDARD MOTOR. CHECK
WITH ELECTRICAL DElIGNER FOR CURR.ENT CHARACTERlsncs.
11 . f!!ll!!l- USUALLY USE THROWAWAY FILTERS WITH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF _ FPM. ALWAYS IN
VESnGATE TO SEE IF lETTER FILTRAnONIS REQUIRED.
12. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER ROW
OF COIL.
13. UNIT MOUNTING AND SUPPORT - BENERALL Y THE UNIT WILL BE SUPPORTED AT 51Z POINTS. IF WEIGHT OF
UNIT INDICATES PAD BE PROVIDED, COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DESIGNER.
PAG E NO. 49A
Aooilobl. In (.'1 ..... * TRANS-A-1'lA TE"
Illlll
UNIT MAY HAVE
ONE OR TWO
OUTLETS AS
S >iOWN ON I'fIO.IECT
AIR fLOW
ORAWINGS -,---+-----1
PLAN VI EW
SUPf'LY DUCT-SEE PROJECT
DWGS_ fOR SIZE III COHT.
fLEXIBLE CONNECTION
IOVEN ASBESTOS
3/11"THICK 6-
STEEL PLATE
WELDED 10 fRAME
PAO
CE N 0 IN PLACE
TO TE PLATE
VERTICAL DPr
A.R "A.'LI.' UIIT
r------ --- ------,
I I
I I
) I
I I
I I
I I
L ______________ J
FRONT ELEVATION
BELT
GUARO
,J:? 1
,.... _ _ _ _ IN SERIES

QI.
I
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS
........ __
CONNECTION
04L RESISTANT BELTS
DRIVEN PUlLEY----.-__...
GATE VALVES
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION "'EN THE fIlN IS ENERGIZED, ELECTRIC PNElJIMnc AELAY EP-I SHALL lIE ENERGaEO
III OUTDOOR AIR IIA"PER 0-1 SHALL OPH 10 IlS .. , .... U.. POSITION AS DETER.. ,NED BY SWITCH S- I.
AIR DAMPERS 0 -2 SHALL CLOSE A PROPORTKlHATE RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC-I SHALL RECEIVE
a COOROiHATE SIGNAL FROM DISCHARGE AIR lHERMOSTAT T- I a SPACE THERMOSTAT T-2 .
THE RATIO Of T-I 10 T 2 SHALL lIE COMPLETELY ADJUSTABLE RC- I SHALL, ON A RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ,
fiRST MODULATE HOT WATER VALVE V-I IN ORDER 10 REDUCE THE AMOUNT Of HOT WATER ENTERING THE COIL
0c"6ft.
8
cf. 2 A
SPACE TEMPERATURE, THE REVERSE SHALL OCCUR.
RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC- 2 SHALL RECEIVE SIGNAL fROM OUTDOOR AIR THERMOSTAT T- 2 , WHEN THE
SETnNG Of T- 3 IS REACHED, RC-2 SHALL THROUGH RELAY R-I , CLOSE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER 0-1 10 ITS _'MUM
POSITKlH III OPEN RETURN AIR DAMPER 02 A PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT.
flRESTAT T-4 LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR III fAEEZESTAT T- 5 LOCATED IN DISCHARGE' HEATING COIL SHALL,
WHEN THEIR RESPEcnVE SETTINGS ARE REACHED, DEENERGIZE THE UNIT fAN.
THE CIRCULATING PUMP SERVING THE HEATING COIL SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH THE fAN "OTOR so THAT
THE PUMP SHALL RUN WHENEVER THE fAN OPERATES. .
CHILLED WATER
AETURN OUT
CHILLED WATER
SUPPLY IN
REDUCING

CIRCULATING PU"P

ACCESS DOOR

- UNION (POSITION so COIL CAN BE WOVEN ASBESTOS
WITHDRAWN) fLEXIBLE CONNECOON
HOT WATER

m',lktlEFilts
TURN AI R DUCT
A
flOW
/r.!t...!;=:;3i;/4;' -;-;H;;:O;oS--;E
ORAl N VALVES
REDUCI NG ELBOW
CHILLED WATER COIL HOT WATER COIL

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX. DUAL COILS, a CIRC: PUMP
UNIT
NO.
NO SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH
C. F. ...
EXl: MAX.
QV.

HEATING.
FLAT FILTER BOX, DUAL COILS, 8 CIRC. PUMP
"AX. AIR VEL.
THRU FILTER
NO. 49 B
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL AIR
HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND DUAL COILS
l. COMPUTE THE TOTAL CFM REQUIRED - COMPUTE THE AMOUNT OF OUTSIDE AIR AND AMOUNT OF RETURH
AIR BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.
2. THE MINIMUM OUTLET AREA - DIYlDE THE TOTAl CFM BY DESIRED pun ET YELOCITY
USUALL Y 1400 FPM)
3. CALCULATE THE MINIMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED COIL FACE YELOCITY
THIS IS USUALLY 500 FPM AND SHOULD HOT EXCEED 550 FPM TO AYOID CONDENSATE CARRYOYER.
4. DETERMINE THE UNIT C(IIFIGURATION - INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ROOM
ALL AROUND F.OR..MAINTENAHCE All) FILTER REMOYAL.
S. SELECT THE COOLING COIL - THE COOLING COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLING RE
QUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO LOCAl DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. SELECT A MANUFACTURER AND REFER
TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA FOR FINAL COIL SELECTION. CALCULATE CONDITIONS
A. DETERMINE ENTERING AND LEAYING AIR CONDITIONS - DRAW THE SYSTEM CONDITIONS ON A PSYCHRO
METRiC CHART FOR EACH AIR HANDliNG UNIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE
FOR COOLING TO DETERMINE COIL CONDITIONS.
B. DETERMINE THE BTUINR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR COOLING - MUL TIPLY THE CFM BY 60 MINIlIR
AND BY 0.075 LBS. PER CUBIC FOOT TO GET LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMINJ THE DIFFERENCE
OF THE TOTAL HEAT CONTENT BETWEEN THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE THE COIL
AND WET BULB TEMPERATURE LEAYING THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LBS. OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE
TO OBTAIN BTUIlIR CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, BTUINR = CFM x 4.5 x MI .
C. SET THE ENTERING All) LEAYING CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS - WATER WILL NOR
MALLY BE ENTERING AT 45 DEGREES F. AND LEAYING AT 55 DEGREES BUT MAY BE YARIED BY THE
DESIGNER TO FIT COIL CONDITIONS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. DETERMINE THE CHillED WATER flOW RATES - DIYIDE THE BTUIlIR CAPACITY OF THE COIL BY
8.33 LBS. PER GALLON TIMES 60 MINUTES PER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE ENTERING AND LEAYING CHILLER WATER (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F.). TO SIMPLIFY:
GPM = BTUIlIR 500 x
E. ROWS IN COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIN
BEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEYER, THE FOllOWING RULE OF THUMB MAY BE NOTED FOR INFORMATION:
4 ROWCOIL- LIGHT DUTY; 6 ROW COIL -INTERMEDIATE DUTY; AND. ROWCOIL- HEAYY DUTY.
6. UI.ECI lltUtEATlNG COIL - THE TOTAL CFM, SIZE OF COIL AND UNIT MODel ARE FIXED BY PREYIOUS'
DETERMINATION. THE HEATING DUTY BlUINR REQUIRED WILL BE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF H EAT LOSS
CALCULATIONS AND YENTILATIONS REQUIREMENTS.
- ENT ERING AIR TEMPERATURE IS TH E MIX
T M ERATURE AS DETERMINED DIRE Y FR THE PROPORTION OF RETURN AIR (USUAlLY
70 DEGREES F.) AND FRESH AIR (LOCAL DESIGN). AIR TEMPERATURE RISE = BTUINR
CFM x 1.085.
B. DETERMINE HOT WATER FLOW RATE AND TEMPERATURES - GPM
BTUINR
GPM o. WATER TEMPERATURE DROP x silO
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP USUALL Y IS TAKEN AS 20 DEGREES. ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY RE YARIED BUT SHOULD USUAlLY BE 200 DEGREES.
C. ROWS IN COIL- SHOULD BE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS HEREINBEFORE SPEO.
FlED. HOWEYER, THE FOLLOWING RULE OF THUMB MAY BE NOTED FOR INFORMATION: I ROW COIL _
LIGHT TO INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROW COIL - HEAYY DUTY.
7. DETERMINE TOTAL STATIC TO BE OYERCOME BY FAN -
A EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
B. INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO MANUFACTURER' S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0. 2" WG PER COIL
ROW; 0,1 5 WG FOR FILTER (THROW AWAY) .
C TOTAL STA TIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERNAl AND INTE RNAL STA TIC PRESSURE.
8 MOTOR HORSEPOWER - ENrER MANUFACTURER' S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAt STATIC PRESSURE
TO DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY.THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: HP CFMx 0.0001573 x TOT,AL
STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG EFFICIENCY (USUAlLY ABOUT 60%) - USE NEXT LARGEST STANDARD
MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS

FIL TERS - USUALLY USE THROWAWAY FILTERS WITH A MAXIMUM FACE YELOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
INVESTIGATE TO SEE IF BETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRED.
10. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER' S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER
ROW OF COIL.
11. UNIT MOUNTING AND SUPPORT - GENERALLY THE UNIT WILL BE SUPPORTED AT SIX POINTS. IF WEIGHT
OF UNIT INDICATES SPECIAL PAD BE PROYIDED, COORDQlATE WITH STRUCTURAl DESIGNER.
P AGE NO. 50
a fu t:!

PIPING I VALVES
Sf[ ELEVATIONS
IN SEIIIES
FAH
STARTEII
"rt-4 {T-5
C.
1lRlI.' UIlIT IIAY HAVE
0111011 TWO
'OUTLETI AI
IHOWII 011
"LAII
17NLARGED
DETAI L
r-------;;;=:::::::;---W
VIEW

..... LY DUCT TO s mEll
/ MOTOIt-SEE SQCIII.U
,..-- IlELT _0 . "-
AD.IusrMLE SHEAII(
OIIM! puu[Y
OIL IIESISYANTIEll'S
_ I'ULLEY
VERTICAL TYPE - ___ --.I

SY[(LPLATE
WELDED 0
,IIAIIE
AI II HANDLING UNIT
r------------- -,
I I
I I
I :
I I
I I
L ___________ ____ .J
... ELASTO-RIII
FRONT ELEVATION

PLATE
__
IIET""" WATEII OUT
--UNION , POSITION
BE WITH'
SUPPLY WATER ..
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION : WHEN THE UNIT FAN IS ENEIIGIUD, ELECTIIIC ,.UllATIC
RELAY EP- I SHALL IE ENERGIUD I OUTDOOR AlII DAIlPER 0-1 SHALL OPEN TO ITI IIINIIIUIi
POSITION ' AS DETEIIIIINED IY ' WITCH '-I. RETUIIN AlII DAllPElI1 001 SHALL CLDlE A
PROPORTIONATE AIIDUNT. IIECEIVER CONTROLLER ltC-I SHALL IIECEIVE I CDOIIDIIlATE
SIGNALS FROII DISCHARGE AlII THERIIDSTAT T-I I IPACE THEIlIIOITAT T-2 . TIC IIATIO OF
T-I TO T- Z L IE COMPLETELY AD.lUSTAILE. IIC- I SHALL, ON A 1111[ IN '''ACE TEllPEIIA-
rURE FIIIST IoIODULATE HOT WATER VALVE V- I TOWAIID THE IV-PASS I'OIITIOII THEN
MODULATE 0 - 1 OPEN I D- Z CLOSED. ON A FUIITHER III$[ III SPACE TEIIPEIIATUIIE , ltC-I
SHALL IIODULATE V- Z OPEN TO THE COIL . ON A FALL IN SPACE TEIIPEIIATUIIE , THE
REVERSE SHALL OCCUII .
RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC- Z SHALL RECEIVE SIGNAL FIIOII OUTDOOR AlII THEIlMOSTAT T-3.
WHEN THE SETTING OF T- S IS REACHED, RC-2 SHALL, THROUGH IIELAY II-I CLOSE
OUTDOOR AIR DAIIPER 0 - 1 TO ITS IIINIIIUIi I'OSiTION I OPEN IIETUIIN AlII DAllPEII
0 - 2 A PROPORTIONATE AIIOUNT.
FIRESTAT T- 4 LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR I FREEZESTAT T- 5 LOCATED IN DISCHARGE OF
HEATING COI L SHALL , WHEN THEIR RESPECTIVE SETTINGS AilE IIUCHED,DE- ENEIIGllE
THE UNIT FAN.
REDUCING
THREE WAY CONTROL
VALVES (UNION
ONE PIPE SIZE SIIALLEII
THAN RUNOUT SIZE
HOT WATER COIL
CblL HOOK-UP ENLARGED DETAIL
NO SCALE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT
WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND 0 U ALe 0 I LS NO S CALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FI L TE R MI X IN G BOX AND DUAL COl LS
UNIT En MAX.
FAN IIOTO R HEATING COl L CAPA CI T Y C OOL I NG C' 0 I L CAPACITY
NO.
C. f II.
51' O. V. HP \VOLTS\PHASEievCLE
IIIN. COIL 4 d ' 11 . 1<>.1 1.1 MAXIMUM, l WATER .1 WATER
lAIR ENT fD.B - f wll.l AIR LEAVES fo.l - onIB 1 BTU/HR IGp.1I. FACE AREA AIR ENt -F. AIR LV -F. BTU/ HR. . PM. WATER PO. ENTERS LEAVES
I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLAT E NOo 23 PAGE NO. 51
UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX, DUAL COILS, AND CIRCULATING PUMP
1. USE TNII TYPE OF COIL ....... WHERE FREEZEUP MAY IE A PROIUM.
2. COMPUTE THE TOTAL CFM REQUIRED - COMPUTE THE AIIOU.T OF AIR IY THE UlUAL ASHRAE METHODS A.O
LOCAL COOE REQUIREIIE.n.
1 CALCULATE THE ....... OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY OEIIREO OUTLET VELOCITY (UlUALL Y
I.F"'.
t. CALCULATE THE ........ COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DEIIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY. THIS
IS UlUALL Y" F,. AlO .HOULD .OT EXCEED HI F,. TO AVOID CO.DEIlATE CARRYOVER.
i. DETE.... E THE U.IT CO.FISURATIO. -laURE U.IT .LL FIT I.TO THE AVAILAIU SPACE .TH ROOll ALL
AROU.D FORMAI.TE.A.CE A.D FILTERREMDVAL.
L SELECT THE CDDLI COIL - THE CDDLI COIL .HOULD IE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLl REQUIREME.n
ACCDRDII8 TO LOCAL DESI REQUIREME.n.SELECT A MA.UFACTURER A.D REFER TO THE MA.UFACTURER'I
PUILISHED DATA FOR FIIAL COIL .ELECTlO CALCULATE CO.DIlIO FOR THE SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS:
A. DETEIIIII.E E.TERI.S A.D LEAVI AIR CO.DlTlO - DRAWTHE smEM CO.DllIoa O. A PlYCHRO
METRIC. CHART FOR EACH AIR HA.DLI.S U.IT IY THE METHODS SET FORTH I. THE ASHRAE SUIDE FOR
cooLl.a TO DETERIII.E COIL CO.DllIoa.
I. DETERMI.E THE ITU/HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR cooLl.a - MULTlPL Y THE CFM IY MI./HR A.D
IY 1.171 LIS. PER CUIIC FDOTTO SET LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMI.E THEDIFFERE.CE OF THE TOTAL
HEAT CO.TE.T (AIIIIETWEE. THE WET lUll TEMPERATURE E.TERI.S THE COIL A.D WET lUll TEM
PERATURE LA\lI.S THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR IY THE ~ TO OITAI. ITU/HR
CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, ITU/HR - CFM X U X All.
C. SET THE E.TERI.S A.D LEAVI.a CHILLEO WATER TEMPERATURE CO.DllIoa - WATER.LL .0IlllALL Y
IE E.TERI.S AT 41 DESRa. F. A.D LEAVI.a AT II DE.REE. IUT MAY IE VARIED IY THE DEIIS.ER
TO FIT COIL CO.DITIO DR .VlTEM FLOW RATE
D. DETE_.E THE CHILLED WATER fLOW RAJU - DIVIDE THE ITU/HR CAPACITY OF THE COIL IY 1.33
LIS. PER SALLO. TIMES ..... UTE. PER HOUR TIMES THE DlfFERElCE I. THE TEMPERATURE OF THE
E.TERI.S A.D LEAVI.a CHILLER WATER (UlUALL Y II DEGREES fJ. TO IIMPLlFY: S,. -ITU/HR ;.
&IIIX6T.
E. ROWS I. COIL - SHOULD IE LEFT TO MA.UFACTURER A.D PERFOIIIIA.CE AS CALCULATED HEREI.
IEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER, THE FOLLO S RULE OF THUMI MAY IE .OTED FOR I.FOIlMATlO.:
4 ROWCOIL - L1SHT DUTY; I ROWCOIL -I.TEIIIIEDIATE DUTY; AID I ROWCOIL - HEAVY DUTY.
7. SELECT THE ilEATI.a COI1- THE TOTAL CFM,IIZE OF COIL A.D U.IT MODEL "RE fiXED IY PREVIOUS DE
TEIIMIIATlO THE HEATI DUTY ITU/HR REQUIRED .LL IE EQUAL TO THE SUM Of HEAT LOSS CALCULA
Tloa AID VEmLATlO. REQUIREMEm.
A. DETE_.II. E.TERII. A.D LEAVI.S AIR CO.DlTlO. - E.TERI.S AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE .XTURE
TEMPERATURE AS DETEIIMI.ED DIRECTLY FROM THE PROPORTIO. OF RETUR. AIR (UlUALLY 7. DESREES
FJ AID FREIN AIR (LOCAL DEII '. AIR TEMPERATURE RilE - ITU/HR
CFMX1
L DETEIIMI.E HOT WATER FLOW RATE A.D TEMPERATURES- s,.
a,.- ITU/HR
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP X 5111
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP UlUALL Y I. TAKE. AS 21 DESREES. E.TERI.a WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY IE VARIED IUT SHOULD UlUALL Y IE _ DEGREES.
C. ROWS I. COIL - .HOULD IE LEFT TO MA.UFACTURER A.O PERFOIllllllCE AS HEREI.IEFORE SPECI
FIDE. HOWEVER, THE FOLLO RULE OF THUMI MAY IE .OTED FOR IllfORMATlOI: 1 ROW COIL LlSHT
TO I.TERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 RO, COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
I. PROVIDE 1.THEL1.E CIRCULATI.a PUMP fOR FLOW RATE CALCULATED AliVE A.D PRESSURE LOlli. THE
COIL SELECTED.
e. DETE.... E TOTAL ITATIC PREISURE TO IE OVERCOME IY fA. -
A. EXTER.AL ITATIC PRESSURE - DETEIIIII.E IY THE UlUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
L I.TER.AL ITATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO MAlUFACTURER'I DATA OR EmMATE.r W8 PER COIL ROW;
LlIW. FOR FILTER (THROWAWAYI.
C. TOTA1ITATlC PRESSURE - .UM OF EXTER.AL A.D I.TER.AL ITATIC PRESSURE.
II. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - E.TER MA.UFACTURER'I DATA .TH K.OWl CFM A.D TOTAL ITATIC PRESSURE TO
DETEIIMI.E HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE IY THE FOLLO S FORMULA: "' - CFM X ...... m X TOTAL ITATIC
PRESSURE I. I.CHES WS ;' EFFICIE.CY (UlUALLY AIOUT _ - UlE .EXT LARsm IT".DARD MOTOR. CHECK
.TH ELECTRICAL DESIS.ER FOR CURII,E.T CHARACTERISTICS.
11. f!.LRI!l- UlUALLY UlE THROW-AWAY FILTERS.TH A.AXIM ... FACE VELOCITY OF .. FPlLALWAYllfif
VEmUTE TO .EE IF lETTER FILTRATIO. IS REGUIRED.
12. WATER PREISURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MAlUFACTURER'I DATA DR EmMATE U FT. PER ROW
OF COIL.
13. UIilIT MOUIIITIIIIG AIilO SUPPORT - GEIilERALLY THE UIilIT WILL IE SUPPORTED AT SIX POIlIn. IF WEIGHT OF
UIilIT I.DICATES SPECIAL PAD IE PROVIDED, COORDI.ATE WITH STRUCTURAL DESIG.ER.
p. A 8 E NO, 51 A
PIPING VALVES
SEE ELEVATIONS

/
frl1A
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION WHEH 'IlIE FAN IS ENERGIZED, ELECTRIC _UMATlC RELAY EP' I SHALL BE ENERGIZED
OUTDOOII AlII DolWER 0 1 SHALL OPEN TO ITS ""NI... U ... POSITION AS DETERMINED BY SWITCH S'I
RET\JRtII AIR 0 2 SHALL CLOSE' A PROPORnONATE AMOUNT. RECEIVER CGNTROLli R RC ' SHALL RECEIV
CODIIOINATE SIGNAL FRO'" DISCHA"GE AI R THERMOSTAT T' I a SPACE THERMOSTAT T 2

a INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF IlETUIIN WATER ENTERING 'IlIE COIL THEN MOOULATE 0' 1 OPEN a 02 CLOSED, ON
A FURTHER RISE IN SPACE TE... PERATUREl RC-1 SHALL MODULATt V-2 OPEN TO THE COI L. ON A FALL IN
SPACE TE... PERATURE, THE REVEIISE SHA L OCCUR.
RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC-2 SHALL RECEIVE SIGNAL FRO'" OUTDOOR AIR THE R"'OSTAT T-2, WHEN
GH ___ -;;====;-___ -;
UNIT .... Y HAVE I
ONE OR TWO
DUTUTS AS
___ -t
?(r.,
ao.
01
... a DA"'PER 0 1 TO
FIRESTAT LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR a FREEZESTAT T , LOCATED IN DISCHARGE HEATING COIL SHALL,
WHEN 'IlIEIR RESPECTIVE SETTINGS ARE REACHED, DE ENERGIZE THE UNIT FAN .
THE CIRCULATING PU...P SERVING THE HEATING COIL SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH THE FAN ...OTOR SO THAT
THE PU...P SHALL RUN WHENEVER THE SUPPLY FAN OPERATES.
PLAN VIEW
!U'PLY DUCT-SEE PROJECT
DWGS. FOR SIZE a CONT ___
...... .
3/e'THlCK
STEEL PLATE
WELDED TO FRAME.
ELASTO- RIB PAD
CE...ENTED IN PLACE
TO STEEL PLATE
!!E!!TICAL TIrE
A... A"LI" .IIT
FRONT ELEVATION
SUPPLY DUCT TO SYSTE...
MOTOR- SEE SCHEDULE
BELT GUARD
ADJUSTABLE SHEAVE
DRIVE
ADJUSTABLE MOTOR

OIL RESISTANT BEllS
DRIVEN PULLEY-- -,-____..
GATE VALVES
BY- PASS TO
3 WAY VALVE
3 WAY VALVES
CHILLED WATER
RETURN OUT

REOUCING
ELBOW_ ___ -'R
WOVEN ASBESTOS
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
REDUCING
ELBOW
rACTORY FURNI SHED
WITHDRAWN) CHILLED FILTER MIXING BOX

STEEL PLATE a
ELASTO RIB PADS
END-........ ,..4I1r
CRAIN VALVES
CHILLED WATER COIL HOT WATER COl L
CIRCULATI NG PUMP
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX, DUAL COILS a CIRC. PUP
NO SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR tHE VERTICAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX, DUAL COIL a CIRC. PUMP
UNIT
NO C. F. ....
EXT . ......
5.p. o.V.
HEAT.ING,
APACITY
WATER
MAX P.O. ENt-F.
p
MAX AIR VEL.
THRU FILTER
NO.51 B
HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX AND DUAL COILS
1. COMPUTE TH E TOTAL CFM REQUIREO - COMPUTE THE AMOUNT OF OUTSIDE AIR AND AMOUNT OF RETURN
AIR IY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS AMD LOCAL CODE REQUIREME.!4TS.
2. tALCULATE THE MINIMUM OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM BY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY
(USUALLY 1400 FPMI.
3. CALCULATE THE MINIMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY.
TIIS IS USUALLY 500 FPM AND SHOULD MOT EXCEED 550 FPM TO AVOID CONDENSATE CARRYOVER.
4. DETER"NE THE UNIT CCIIFICURATION -INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILAILE SPACE WITH ROOM
ALL AII)UND FOR MAINTENANCE AMP FILTER REMOVAL.
5. SELECT THE COOLING COIL - TIE COOLING COIL SHOULD IE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLING RE
QUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO LOCAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. SELECT A MANUFACTURER AND REFER
TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA FOR FINAL COIL SELECTION. CALCULATE CONDITIONS
A. SRIRMINE RTW"G AIR CONDITIONS - DRAW THE SYSTEM CONDITIONS ON A PSYCHRO-
Ie CHA F EAe A R AMOLING UNIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE
FOR COOLING TO COIL CONDITIONS.
I. DnERMIN, THE OF THE COIL FOR - MULTlPLY THE CFM IY 60 MINIlIR
A IY O. 5 LIS. R UI OOT TO GE T LIS. OF A ER OUR. DETERMINE THE DIFFERENCE
OF THE TOTAL HEAT CONTENT (&HI IETWEEN THE WET lULl TEMPERATURE ENTERING THE COIL
AMP WET lUll TEMPERATURE LEAV14G THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR IY THE
&H TO OIlA14 ITUIlIR CAPACITY. TO FURTHER SIMPLIFY, ITUIlIR - CFM x 4.5 x M.
C. mllE PllfR1r&A!8 LEAVING WATER TEMPEfATURE CONDITIONS - WATER WILL NOR
IE TER G A 45 DEGRE F. D LEAVING AT 5 DEGREES IUT MAY IE VARIED IY THE
DESIGNER TO FIT COIL CCIIDITIOIIS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. IHE FLOW - DIYIDE THE ITUIlIR CAPACITY OF THE COIL IV
j. PE GA ,. MINUTESR HOUR TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TEMPERATURE
OF THE ENTERING AMP LEAVING CHILLER WATER (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F.I. TO SIMPLIFY:
GPM - IIUIlIR + 500 x i\T.
E. ROWS IN COIL - SHOULD IE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CALCULATED HEREIN
IEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER. THE fOLLOW14G RULE OF THUMI MAYlE NOTED FOR INFORMATION:
4 ROW COIL - LIGHT DUTY;' ROW COIL -INTERMEDIATE DUTY; AND I ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
6. ULlCilJI.UIliTING COIL - THE TOTAL CFM, SIZE OF COIL AND UNIT MODEL ARE FIXED BY PREVIOUS
DETERMINATION. TIE HEATING DUTY ITUIlIR REQUIRED WILt. IE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF H.EAT LOSS
CALCULATIONS AND VENnLATIONS REQU.EMENTS.
A. DETERMINING AND LVVING - ENTERIi4G AIR TEMPEIl.ATURE IS THE MIX
TURE TEMPERATURE A DETER NED DIRE TLY FR THE PROPORTION OF RETURN AIR (USUALLY
70 DEGREES F.I AND FRESH AIR (LOCAL DESIGNI. AIR TEMPERATURE RISE - ITUIlIR
CFM x 1.015.
I. DETERMINE HOT WATER FLOW RATE AND TEMPERATURES - GPM
ITUIlIR
GPM - WATER TE .. ERATURE DROP x 500
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP USUALLY IS TAKEN AS 20 DEGREES. ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY BE VARIED IUT SHOULD USUALLY IE 200 DEGREES.
C. ,OWS IN COIL - SHOULD IE LEFTTO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS HEREINBEFORE SPEa.
lED. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWIMG RULE OF THUMI MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMATION: 1 ROW COIL _
LIGHT TO INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY. '
7. DETERMINE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO IE OVERCOME IY FAN-
A. EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
I. INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - REfER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2" WG PER COIL
ROW; 0.15 we FOR FilTER (THROW AWAYI.
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE.
I. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - ENTER MANUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
TO DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: HP - CHI x 0.0001573 x TOTAL
STA TIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG + EFFICIENCY (USUALLY AIOUT - USE NEXT URGEST STANDARD
MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS.
9. flIJ.ill- USUALLY USE THROWAWAY FILTERS WI.TH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
INVESTIGATE TO SEE IF lETTER FILTRATION IS REQUIRED.
10. If\" WSSURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER
W F IL. .
r-
11 . SPECIAL SUPPORT CHANNELS AND SIZE OF RODS - CHECK WITH STRUCTURAL DESIGNER FOR THIS IN
FORMATION AFTER WEIGHTS ARE KIIOWN. SHOW SIZES ON DETAIL.
PAG E NO. 52
(
WCVEII AUESTOS
I'LEXIILE COIIIIECTICN
SHEAVE
DRIVE PULLEY '--...... *".
IICTCR
SUPPCRTING
CRAIN LINE FRCII
PAN UNDER CDIL
RUN AS SHo.WN o.N
PLANS-IF
No.T SHo.WN EXTEND
FULL SIZE ' To. NEAREST
DIIAIN
CMa.LED WATDI----t"l
IIETUIIN CUT
. IlfTEII
THUIICIIET"'I
SWAY CCN11IOL
VALV[I
ACCUI
SUPPLY AIR DUCT
o.UTLET VELo.CITY
NOT TO EXCEED
VELo.CITY SHOWN
IN SCHEDULE
BELT GUARD
ALL THREADED
SUPPo.RT Ro. 0 S
I
II
II
II
- II
!

; I
FULL
UNIT
PLAN VIEW
><
o
..
"
w

;;:
..
C
..l
...
AIR
FLo.W
RETURN AIR DUCT
Co.NNECTlo.N
SUPPORT
Ro.D TO.
S'I'RUCTURE
IIEDUCING TEE
IIEDUCING EL_
ENLARGED DETAI L
SUPPORT CHANNEL
SUPPo.RT lIo.D
TO. STIIUCTU liE
BELT GUARD
FRONT ELEVATION
/'
CA

1 Vol
To' . T-I
II
-=L.Sr.S.
El'-I 0.-1
//
..- _____ IN SERtES
FAN
fJ- STARTER
WHEN THE UNIT FAN IS ENERGIZED, E'.ECTRIC
PNE)lIIATIC RELAY EP'I SHALL 'E Et ERGr!ED
a CUTDooR AIR DAIIPER 0 1 o.P": N.
RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC I RF; fl VE a
COORDINATE SIGNALS FRo.ll .. R(.f rHER1Io. -

TO THE 'Y' PASS Po.SITION.
t
Vl o.PEN TO. THE CCIL . .. FA LL IN SPACE
TEIIPERATURE , THE REVERSI o.Cet' R .
FREEZESTAT T, Lo.CATED IN ' HE C. SCHAhH
OF HEATING Co.lL a FIIIESTAT T' 4 , Lo.C" TED
IN THE RETURN AIR, SHALL WHEN THEIR

DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX a DUAL COILS
NO. SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING "'NIT WITH FL AT FILTER BOX a DUAL COILS
UNIT Ext IIAX.
FAN IICTo.R HEATING CO.l L CAPACITY Co.CLING CO.l L CAP A' C I T Y
NO. .
C. F. II .
5.p. o.V.
HP IVCLTS IPHASEICYCLE
IIIN. CCIL ,I. 1 1 . L IIIN. COIL I, dllc drATER"IIAX AIR VEL
FACE AMA AIR ENT.r. AIR LV. oF. UII.IHR. P.II. WATER PO. ENTERS LEAVES FACE AREA AlII ENT. F.DA- F.\W, AIR LEAVES "fD.10f . lTU/HR. 6PII. WATEII PD. ENTEIIS LEAVES THIIU FILTER
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
HtATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO.24 PAlE NOol1
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HOR'IZONTAL AIR 'HANDLING,
UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX, DUAL COILS, AND CIRCULATING PUMP
1. _". TYPE OF COIL PUWI WHEIIE FIlEEZE .... MAV IE A PROREII.
2. tilE TOTAL CAl liE GUlliED - COMPUTt tilE MlGUIT OF,AlII IV tilE UJUAL ASHIlAE METHOIII AIID
LICAL ClDE .IUIIIOIII11.
I. CALCUUTt tilE ..... DUTLET AIIEA - DIVIDE tilE TOTAL CAl IV DEllIlED OUTLET VELOCITY IUlUALL V
,.,...
.. CALCIlUTt tilE ..... COIL FACE AIIEA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CAllY DIIIIIED COIL FACE VELOCITY. THII
_ALLV .. filii AIID INOULD .OT EXCEED _ F .. TO AVDlD COlDEIlATt CAIIIIVOVEIl.
L DETl E THE UIIT COIFI.UIIAno. - IIIUIIE U.IT WILL FIT I.TO THE AVAlUIU .. ACE WlTllIlO .. ALL
AlI FOllltAlm.AIICE AIID FILTtIlIlEIIOVAL.
.. PLECT tilE COOLl COIL - THE C09L1 COIL INOU"'D IEIiZED FOil THE UXWIIII COOLlI.' IIEGUIREIIEI11
ACCOIlOlI. TO LOCAL DElI IIEDUIIIEIIE.l1.IELECT A IIIAIIUFACTUREIl AIID IIEFIII TO THE U.UFACTURER'S
.v .... ED DATA FOil FI.AL COIL SELECno CALCULATt COIOln ... FOil THE SCHEDULE AI FOLLOWS:
A. DETE E Emllil. AID LEAVI AlII CO.OInOIi - DRAWTHE IYITEII COIDInOIi 01 A NYCHRO
METRIC CHART FOR EACH AlII HAIIDLII. U.IT IV THE METHOIIISET FORTIIII THE ASHRAE .UIDE FOR
COOLl TO Dm .. IE COIL CO.DlnO ...
.. HTl_E THE ITUI!III CAPACITY DF THE CDIL FOR COOLl -IIUL nPL V THE CAl IV I/HR AIID
IY U1I L .. PEII CUIIC FODTTD SET LSI. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETtRIII.E THE OIFFERE.CE OF THE TOTAL
HEAT comll c.lllElWEE. THE WET lUll TEMPERATURE E.TtRI.S THE COIL AIID WET lULl Ttll
PEIlATUIlE LEAVI THE COIL.IIUL nPL V THE LSI. DF AIR PER HOUR IV THE TO OITAI. ITU,"R
CAPACITY. TO FUIITHER II .. LlFY,ITUIIIR CFII X U
C. PT THE Emllil. A.D LEAVI CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE CO.DlnOIi - WATtR WILL .ORIIALL V
P E.TEIII AT 41 DE.REEI F. A.D LEAVI.S AT II DEIREEI IUT IIAV IE VARIED IV THE DEIIS.ER
TO FIT COIL colOlTIOIi OR smEll FLOW RATEI.
D. Am.IE THE CI!ILLEA WATtR FLOWRATP - DIVIDE THE ITUIIIII CAPACITY OF THE COIL IV 1.33
L .. PE.R IALLOI nIlES IUTEI PER HOUR nilES THE DIFFERE.CE II THE TtIlPEIlATURE OF THE
Emili .. AI., LEAVI.. CHILLER WATtR lUlU ALLV 1. DEaREEI F.I. TO SIMPLIFY: S .. ITUIIIR +
_X4T.
L ROWIII COIL -SHDULD IE LEFT TO MA.UFACTURER AIO PERFORIIA.CE AI CALCULATtD HEREII
PFAIIE IfECIFIED; HOWEVEII, THE FOLLOWlII RULE OF THUIIIIIAV IEIOTtD FOR IIFORIIAnOl :
CIIOW COIL - LlSHT DUTY; 1 ROWCOIL -I.TERIIEDIATE DUTY; AID. ROWCOIL - HEAVY DUTY.
1. PLECT THE HEAn .. COIL- THE TDTAL CFII, IIZE OF COIL A.D UIIT 1I0DEl ARE FIXED IV PREVlOUl DE
TE..-un ... tilE MAn.s DUTY ITUIIIR REOUIRED WILL IE EGUAL TO THE lUll OF HEAT LOll CALCULA
nOli AIID VEmunOIi IIEDUIREIiEm.
A. DETEIM.I E.TtIll AID LEAVI AlII CO.Dm .. - Emili AlII II tilE .1mI.
AI DETt ED DlllleTL V FII .. tilE PRDPDllnD. OF IIETUIII AlII IUlVALLV 11 DE._
FJ AIID FIIEIM AlII ILOCAL DIII ' . AlII IIIIE ITUIiIII
CAlX1 ..
L DETE.IE HIT WATtIl FLOWIlATt AIID - ...
.... , IIW!tIl ,
WATtIl DIIOP X_
WATtIl DIIOP UlUALL V II TAlE. AI II DE.IIEEL Emili .. WATtIl
MAv IE VAIlIED IUT ... OULD UlVALL V IE _ DE.IIEEL
C. ROWIII COIL -INOULD IE LEn TO IIIAIIUFACTUIlER AlIA PEIIFO..ucE AI HiIlEII.FO. IfECI-
FIDE. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWl.. IIULE OF TH..aMAV ."TtA FDII.FAllMAn .. : 111 .. COIL LltHT
TO IITtRilEOIATt DUTY; 2 IIOWCDIL - HEAVY AUTY
I. PROVIAE IITHELlIE CIRCULAn .. 'U .. FOR FLOWRATt CALCULATtO AIDVE AIID PREllllIlE Lilli II THE
CDILSELECTtO.
DETt.IE TOTALITAnC PREIIURE TD IE OVEIICOIIE IV FAIl -
A. EXTER.ALITAnC PREllURE - DETtRIII.E IV THE UlUAL ASHIlAE MElIIO
I. IlTER.AL STAnc PR_IIE - IIEFER TO IIAIIUFACTUIIEII'S DATA 011 ElTlMATt.r .. PEII COILIIDW;
UI wa FOR FILTtll (THIIOWAWAVI.
C. TDTAL STAnc PR",URE -lUll OF EXTER.AL AIIO IITtRIALSTAnc PRDlUIIE,
1 ,OTOR HOAIEPOWER - E.TtR U.UFACTUIIIII'S DATA WlTII UOWI CAl AIID TOTALSTAnc PREIIURE TO
DETERllIlE HOAIEPOWEIl OR COMPUTE IV THE FOLLOWIISFORIIULA: ... CAl X ..... 13 X TOTAL STAnc
PREIIURE IIINCHESWI"'EFFICIE.CV IUlUALL V AIDUT II"! - USE IEXT LAII.m STAIOARD IIOTOR. CHECK
WITH ELECTRICAL OIllIlER FOR CURIlEIl CHAIIACTERIITICS.
11. f!I.Il!!l- UlUALL V UlE THRCJW.AWAV FILTEAl, WITH A MAX ... FACE VELOCITY OF _ FfII. ALWAYS II
VErnDATE TO lEE IF lETTER FILTllAnOiIl REGUIREA.
12. WATIII ",EIIURE DROPTHRU COILl- REFER TO MA.UFACTUREII'S DATA OR EftWATE i.J n. PER ROW
OF COIL.
13. IfEClALSUPPQRT CHAIIELI AIIO PZE OF ROlli - CHECK WITH STRUCTURALDIII .. EII FOil ".IIFAllMAnOi
AFTtR WEIIH11 ARE K"WI.INOW IlZE 01 OETAIL.
PAGE NO.53A
A"""" In (,,,..1" JRAN$.A-PlAU*
GATE VALVEs:.,r-r-.......- ........
AIR DUCT
_ ASIIESTOS
FLEXlIILE CONN.

CIRCULATING PUMP
ALL THREADED SUPPOIn'ING IlOO
ATTACH TO STIIUCT\lll IN AN
PPADVED MANNER .
.. ... __ CHANNEL
DETAIL Of
SUPPORT CHANNEL
OIL RESISTANT BELTS
ELASTO RI B PAD FULL WIDTH RuH AS SHOWN CHANNEL ELBOWS
OF SUPPORTING CHANNEL PIIOJECT DWGS.- IF SWI'OftTING CHANNEL
SUPPORTING CHANNEt---
J

DRAIN
SUPPLY AIR DUCT OUTLET
mggn
SCHEDULE------'
MOTOR---il
ALL THREADED
SUPPORT ADDS
BEt-T GUARD--'L:... __
PLA N VIEW

____ IN SERIES WITH
-lj_FAN STARTER

%.t N.C.
COIL HOOK - UP ENLARGED DETAIL
SUPPORTING ROOS TO
STRUCTURE
ELASlO RI B PADS FULL
WlOTH OF SUPPORTING
CHANNELS
)
M
SEOUENCE Qf Q!>ERATJON WHEN THE FAN IS ENERGIZED, ELECTRIC PNEUMATIC RELAY
DAMPER 0-1 SHALL OPEN TO ITS MINIMUM

SPlICE THERMOSTAT T-2 .
SUPPORTING
FULL L ENGTH AMOUNT OF HDT WATER ENTERING THE COIL a INCREASE THE A"!lUNT OF RETURN WATER
ENTERING THE COIL THEN MODULATE 1>-1 OPEN a D-2 CLOSED ON A FURTHER RISE IN
OPEN 10 'rI COIL. ON A FlILL IN

ITS MINIIUM POSitiON a OPEN RETURN AIR DAMPER D' A PRDPOR-
F LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR a FREEZESTAT T, LOCATED IN DISCHARGE

LOC D WITH THE FAN MOTOR so THAT rPUMP SHALL RUN WHENEVER THE SUPPLY
FAN PERATES.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION' OF TIiE: HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX, DUAL COILS a CI RC. PU MP'
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE FOR THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FLAT FILTER BOX. DUAL COILS a CIRC. Pur,cp
MAX. AI R VEL.
EXT. MAX.
S." O.Y. HI!
THRU FILTER
UNIT
NO. C. F.II.
HEATING.
HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX AND DUAL COILS
1. COM",TE THE TOIAL CFM RECllIIED - THE AMOUNI OF OUISIDE AIR AMD IHE AMOUNI OF RETURN AIR
IY THE USUAL.ASIIRAE MEIItOOS AND LOCAL CODE RECIIIREMENTS.
2. fiftLOIUIWE;f,lIIWW OUILEI AREA - DIVIDE IHE 10TAL CFM BY DESIRED OUTLET VELOCITY
USUALLY IF.
3. CftkCUUTE IHE.WW CQlL FACE AREA - DIVIDE IHE 10TAL CFM IY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY.
I IS FPM AND SHOULD NOI EXCEED 550 FPM 10 AVOID COMDENSATE CARRYOVER.
4. DfTERMIIE DlW'"1T -INSURE UNIT WILL FIT INIO IHE AVAILAILE SPACE WITH ROOM
A L AROUND F MAiITEN FILTER REMOVAL.
5. lIE COOLING COIL - IHE COOLING COIL SHOULD IE SIZED FOR IHE MAXIMUM COOLING RE
.EMEMIS ACCORD ... 10 LOCAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. S.ELECI A MANUFACTURER AND REFER TO
IHE MAMUFAClURER'S PUILISHED DATA FOR FIMAL COIL SELECIIOM. CALCULAIE CONDITIONS FOR
THE SCHEOULE AS FOLLOWS: .
A. DETEIMI!E EMlEi '" AIID LEAYlIG AIR COMQlIIQMS - DRAW IHE SYSTEM COMDITIONS ON A PSYCHRO
METRIC CHAII FOR EACH AIR HANDLING UMIT IY IHE METHODS SET FORIH IN IHE ASHRAE GUIDE .
FOR COOLING 10 DETERMINE COIL CONDIlIONS.
I. DETEIMM!E OF IHE EVIL FOR COOLING - MOLTlPLY IHE CFM BY 60 MINIHR
AND IY 0.175 IS.ac IIC FOOl 10 GET 15. OR Ai I'ER HOUR. DETERMINE IHE DIFFERENCE
OF IHE 10TAL HEAl CCIITEMI (M) IETWEEN IHE WET lULl IEMPERATURE ENTERING IHE COIL
AND WET lUll TEMPERAIURE LEAVIIG THE COIL. MULTIPLY IHE LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR IY IHE
MIOOIIAIM llUl1tR CAPACITY 10 FURTHER SIMPLIFY, IIUIHR = CFM x 4.5 x iYI.
C. SET IHE EMTEIIlCiAIID LEAYIMG CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE COMDIIIOHS - WATER WILL NOR
MALLY IE ENTEIINGAT 45 DEGREES F. AIID LEAVING AT 55 DEGREES, lUI MAY IE VARIED BY IHE
DESIGNER 10 FlICOIL CCllOII!OMS OR SYSTEM FLOW UTES.
D. 8Ji\f.ME "IfAfI.'lLtELWtHR FLOW IATES - DIVIDE IHE IIUIHR CAPACITY OF IHE COIL IY
: PER I E MINUTES PER HOUR lIMES IHE DIFFERENCE IN IHE TEMPERATURE
OF THE EMIERIIG AMD LEAVIIG CHILLER WATER, (USUALLY 10 DEGREES F.) 10 SIMPLIFY:
lTUI1tR .. 511 x AI.
E. lOIS 1M CQlL - SHOULD IE LEFT 10 MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CALCULAIED HEREIN
IEFORE SPECIFIED: HOWEVER, lliE FOLLOWING RULE OF THUMI MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMAIION:
4 lOW COIL - LIGHI DUTY: 6ROW COIL -INTERMEDIATE DUTY: AND I ROW COIL - HEAVY DUlY.
6. IHE HEAIW CmL IHE 10TAL CFM. SIZE OF COIL AND UNIT MODEL ARE FIXED BY PREVIOUS
1 ,.'RATlONs. E EAIING DUTY lTUIHR REQUIRED WILL IE EQUAL 10 IHE SUM OF HEAl LOSS
CALCUUflllMS AND VENIIUI111M REQUIREMENTS.
A. PJIWINE EgTERIMG AlfCOMDITlON - ENTERING AIR IEMPERATURE IS IHE MIXTURE
, M RATUR AS DETER'" DDIRECI Y FROM IHE PROPORTION OF RETURN AIR (USUALLY 10
DEGREES F) AND FRESH AIR (LOCAL DESIGN). AIR TEMPERATURE RISE & ITUM"
CFMx 1. 5
I. DETERMINE HOI WATER FLOW RATE AND IEMPERATURES-
ITUIHR
GPM= WATER TEMPERATURE DROP x 500.
WATER IEMPERAIURE DROP USUALLY TAKEN AS 20 DEGREES. ENIERIIG WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY IE VARIED lUI SHOULD USUALLY IE 200 DEGREES.
C. 'IW HAir, -SHOULD IE LEFT TO MANUFACIURER AND PERFORMANCE AS HEREIMIEFORE SPECI
D. VEl, IHE FOLLOWIIG RULE OF THUMI MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMAIION: I ROW COIL -
LlGHI 10 INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROW COIL - HEAVY DUTY.
7. DETERMINE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TO IE OVERCOME IY FAN.
A. EXTERNAL SIATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE BY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
8. STATIC PRESSURE - REFER TO MANUFACIURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 0.2" WG PER COIL
ROW; 5 WG FOR FILlER /IHROW AWAY).
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL SIAlIC PRESSURES.
I . '1TOR HORSEPOWER - ENTER MANUFACIURER'S DATA WITH KNOWN CFM AND TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
T DETERMINE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE BY THE FOLLOWIIG FORMULA: HP = CFMx 0.0001573)( TOTAL
STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES WG + EFFICIENCY (USUALLY ABOUT m) - USE NEXT LARGEST STANDARD
MOTOR. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS.
9. !!!.Iill- USUALLY USE THROWAWAY FILTERS WITH A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 300 FPM. ALWAYS
INVESTIGATE TO SEE IF lETTER FILIRA TlOM IS REQUIRED.
10. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIMATE 2.5 FT. PER
ROW OF COIL. .
II. SPlClAL SUPPORT CHAMMELS AMD SbZE OF ?wS - CHECK WITH STRUCTUUL DESIGNER FOR THIS 1M
FO MATION AFTER WEIGHTS ARE KN WM.SH W SIZES OM DETAIL.
PAlE NO. S4
A ... i, .. b'. 'n TRANS-I.-PlATE"
WDVEN ASBESTDS
FLEXIILE CDNNECTIDN
SUPPLY AIR
DUCT- SEE
PLANS FDR
SIZE. CDNT.
SUPPDRTING
ORAl N LINE FRDM
PAN UNDER CDIL
IlJIJJL A S SHDWN DN
PRDJECT PLANS-IF
NDT SHDWN EXTEND
FULL SIZE TO. NEAREST
DRAIN
ELASTD RIB PAD FULL WIDTH
DF SUPPDRTlNG CHANNEL
CHANNEL (SEE DETAIL)
3/0" HDSE END
DRAIN VALVES
CHILLED WATER COIL HOT WATER COIL
COIL HOOK-UP ENLARGED o ETAI L
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
CHANNEL
ALL THREADED
SUPPORT RODS
SUPPORT CHANNEL
WHEN THE UNIT FAN IS ENERGIZED,
PNEUMATIC RELAY EP-I SHALL ' IE ENERGIZED
DUTDODR AIR DAMI'ER 0 - 1 SHALL DPEN TO.
ITS MINIMUM POlonDN AS DETERMINED BY
.WlTCH a-I . RETUIIN AIR DAMPER 0- 2 SHALL
CLOSE A PRDPORTIDNATE AMOUNT.
I
rm;'Av --:",
SUPPLY AI R DUCT
DUTLET VELDCITY
NDT TO EXCEED
VELDCITY SHDWN
IN SCHEDULE
SUPPORT 'CHANNEL
FULL LENGTH UNDER
UNIT AS SHDWN
PLAN VIEW
)(
Ii!
'"
z
iC
i
r------
I /
I /
I /
I /
I /
I /
I I
II

..
I
-i!
,:
"
I
-I!
l
it
"
i
"::
"
"
" 11
"
DPPDSED BLADE DAMPERS?
SUPPDRT
ROD TO
S'rRUCTURE
NOTE' UNIT MAY HAVE DNE

MOTOR
ELASTO RIB PADS FULL
WIDTH DF SUPPDRTING
CHANNELS
SU PPDIIT IIOD
TO STRUCTURE
ULT4UARD
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING
NO. SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FlU E R MIXI NG
UNIT EXl: MAX.
FAN MOTOR HE ATING CO.l L CAP A C I T Y C 0. 0. L.I N G
ADJUSTAILE. RC - I SHALL,DN A RISE IN
SPACE TEMI'ERATURE , FIRST MDDULATE HDT
WATER VALVE V- I TDWARD THE BY-PASS POSI -
TlDN TH(N MODULATE 0- 1 OPEN I 0-2 CLOSED.
ON A FURTHER RISE I N SPACE TEMPERATURE,
RC- I SHALL MODULATE V-2 OPEN TO. THE CDll.
ON A FALL IN SPACE TEMPERATURE, THE
REVERSE SHALL OCCUR.
RECEIVER CONTROLLER RC- 2 SHALL RECEIVE
SkliNALS FROM OUTDOOR AIR THERMOSTAT
T- 3. WHEN THE SETTING OF T-3 IS REACHED,
THROUGH REL.Y R- I CLOSE OUTDOOR AI R
DAMPER 0- 1 TO ITS MINIMUM POSITION
OPEN RETURN AI R DAMPER 0- 2 A PROPORTION-
ATE AMOUNT.
FIRESTAT T- O LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR.
FREEZESTAT T-' LOCATED IN ' DISCHARGE OF
C'l',tE
UNIT FAN.
BOX AND DUAl: COILS
BOX AND DUAL COILS
COl L C A P. ACITY
ND-
C. F.M.
s.p. D.v.
HP !vDLTS IPHASEICYCLE ENt 'F.I AIR 'F.IBtU/HR ENT. '-"IlB-' F. Wa I AIR LEAVES*fQa -*fWBlllU/HR.
I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 25 PAiGE NO. 55
"
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING
UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX, DUAL COILS, AND CIRCULATING PUMP
USE THII TYPE OFCOIL PUIIPII8 WHERE FREEZEUP MAY IE A PROlLEM.
Z. CO_UTE THE TOTAL CFM REQUIRED - COMPUTE THE AMOUIT OF AIR IY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS AID
LOCAL CODE REOUIREMEln.
1 CALCULATE THE MlIIMUM OUTLET AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DOIRED OUTLET VELOCITY (USUALLY
'.FPMI.
4. CALCULATE THE .IIMUM COIL FACE AREA - DIVIDE THE TOTAL CFM IY DESIRED COIL FACE VELOCITY. THII
II USUALLY ill FPM AID SHOULD lOT EXCEED HI FPM TO AVOID COIOEIllATE CARRYOVER.
5. DETERMlIE THE UIIT COIFlaURATlOI -IIIURE UIIT WILl FIT liTO THE AVAILAILE SPACE WITH ROOM ALL
AROUID FOR MAllTEIAlCE AID FILTER REMOVAL.
I. SELECT THE COOLIla CDIL - THE COOLila COIL IHOULD IE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM COOLIla REQUIREMfln
ACCORDIla TO LOCAL DEllal REQUIREMEln.IELECT A MAJlUFACTURER AID REFER TO THE MAIUFACTURER'S
PUILIIHED DATA FOR FIIAL COIL IELECTlOI. CALCULATE COIDITIOIS FOR THE SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS:
A. DETERMlIE ElTERlla AID LEAYlla AIR COIDITIOIS - DRAWTHE SYIlE.COIDmOIl 01 A PSYCHRO
METRIC CHART FOR EACH AIR HAlDLIla UIIT IY THE METHODS SET FORTH II THE ASHRAE aUIDE FOR
COOLila TO OETERIIIIE CDIL CDIomOIl.
I. OETER.IE THE ITU/MR CAPACITY OF THE COIL FOR CDOLIla - MULTlPl Y THE CFM IY a MII/MR AID
iY 1.171 LIS. PER CUIIC FDOTTO aET LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR. DETERMIIE THE DIFFEREICE DF THE TOTAL
HEAT COlTEIT IETWEEI THE WET lUll TEMPERATURE ElTERlla THE COIL AID WET lULl TEM
PERATURE LEAVlla THE COIL. MULTIPLY THE LIS. OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE TO DITAIIBTUtHR
CAPACITY. TO FURTHERJI_LlFY,ITU/MR - CFM X U
C. lET THE ElTERlla AID LEAYlla CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE COIDmOIS - WATER WILL IDRMALL Y
IE ElTERlla AT .. DEGREO F. AID LEAYlla AT II DEGREO IUT MAY IE VARIED IY THE DESlalER
TO FIT CQIL COIDmOIl DR SYSTEM FLOWRATES.
D. DETEIIIIIE THE CHILLED WATER FLOWRATEI- DIVIDE THE BTUtHR CAPACITY OF THE COIL IY Ul
LIS. PER aALLOI TlMEsa .. IUTO PER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFEREICE II THE TEMPERATURE OF THE
ElTERlla AID LEAYlI. CHILLER WATER (USUALLY.I DEaREESFJ. TO II_LlFY: aPM -BTUtHR .;.

E. ROWIII COIL -IHOULD IE LEFT TO MAJlUFACTURER AID PERFORMAICE AS CALCULATED HEREII
IEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER, THE FDLLOWIla RULE Of THUM. MAY IE 10TED fOR IIFORMATlOI:
4 R.OW COIL - LlaHT DUTY;' ROWCOIL -IITERMEDIATE DUTY; AID 1 ROWCOIL - HEAVY DUTY.
7. IELECT THE HfA11I. COIL - THE TDTAL CN,IIZE Of COIL AID UIIT MODEL ARE FIXED IY PREVIOUS DE
TEIIIIIATIOI. THE HEATII. DUTY ITU/MRREQUIRED WILL IE EQUAL TO THE SUM OF HEAT LOSS CALCULA
TlOII AID nmLATlOII REQUIREltEI1I.
A. DETER.. IIIS EITERlla AID LEAVIIS AIR CDIDITIOI - ElTERllS AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE
TEMPERATURE AS DETEIIIIIED DIRECTLY fROM THE PROPORTIOI Of RETURI AIR (USUALLY 71 DEGREES
FJ AID FRESH AIR (LOCAL DElIa II. AIR TEMPERATURE RISE - ITU/HR
. CFM X '''5.
I. DETER.IE HOT WATER FLOW RATE AID TEMPERATURES - GPM
GPM- ITU/HR
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP X ill
WATER TEMPERATURE DROP USUALLY II TAKEI AS ZI DEGREES. ElTERllG WATER TEMPERATURES
MAY IE VARIED IUTSHOULD USUALLY IE _ DEGREES.
C. RD. II COIL -SHOULD IE LEFT TO MAIUFACTURER AID PERfORMAICE AS HEREIIBEFORE SPECI
fiDE. HOWEVER, THE FOLLDWlIS RULE OF THUMIMAY IE lOUD FOR IIFORMATIOI : ROWCOIL LIGHT
TO IITERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 ROWCOIL - HEAVY DUTY.
I. PROVIDE IITHELlIE CIRCULATlIG PUMP FOR FLOW RATE CALCULATED AIPVE AID PRESSURE LOll II THE
COIL SELECTED.
DETE.IE TOTAL ITATIC PREIIURE TO IE OVERCOME IY FAI -
A. EXTERIAL ITATIC PREIIURE - DETERMIIE IY THE USUAL ASHRAE METHODS.
I. IIlERIAL ITATIC PREllURE - REFER TO MAIUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIIiATE 1.2" W6 PER COIL ROW;
I.15WG fOR FILTER (THROWAWAYI.
C. TOTAL ITATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF EXTERIAL AID liTE RIAL ITATIC PREIIURE.
.1. IIOTOR HORSEPOWER - ElTER MAIUfACTURER'S DATA WITH KlOWI CFM AID TOTAL ITATIC PREIIURE TO
DETE.IE HDRSEPOWER INI C...uTE IY THE FOLLOWIla FORMULA: HP - CFM X I7l X TOTAL ITATIC
PREIIURE II IICHES .. .;. EFflCIEICY (USUALLY AIOUT "'" - USE IEXT LARGm ITAIDARD MOTOR. CHECK
. _TH ELECTRICAL DEII8IER FOR CURREIl CHARACTERlmcs.
11. flLIlI!l- USUALLY USE THROW-AWAY FILTERS WlTIf'A MAXIIIUM FACE VELOCITY OF _ FPM. ALWAYi IN
VESTIGATE TO lEE IF lETTER FILTRATIOI II REQUIRED.
'2. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COIU- REFER TO MAIUfACTURER'S DATA OR EmMATE U FT. PER ROW
OF COIL.
.1 SPECIAL SUPPORT CHANIEU AID SIZE OF RODS CHECK WITH ITRUCTURAL DEIIGIER FOR THIIIIFORMATIOI
AFTER WEIGHn ARE KNOWl.SHOWSlZE 01 DETAIL.
PAG E NO,S 5 A
IELT_
PLAN VIEW
DETAIL

!!
)(
i
II:
..

iL
,----
I /
I /
I /
I /
I /

iIHJU lii'I"'''-----.&
ilNt9 I
Ua-____
.-nIG OIANIIEL
FlA.L LEJIG
IIEIlUCINO TED
DEJA- OF
SUPPOR CHANNEL
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX
I
DUAL COILS AND PUMP
UNIT
"'.
C.F.".
NO SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING UNIT WITH FILTER MIXING BOX, DUAL COILS AND CIRCULATING PUMP
AND AIR DES Ie N MANUAL
DUAL DUCT AIR HANDLING UNIT
I COMPUTE THE TOTAl CFM REQUIREO - THE AMOUNT OF AIR FLOW IN THE COLO SUPPLY
DUCT, THE HOT sujijiLY DUCt, THE RETURN AIR AND THE OUTDOOR AIR SHOULD BE COM-
PUTED IY THE USUAL METHODS FOUNO IN. THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK . LOCAL
CODES SHOULD IE CHECKED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS.
THE COIL FACE AREA - IN A DUAL DUCT AIR HAIIDLING UNIT, THE flOW IN THE
HOT AIID COLO DUCTS VARIES; HOWEVER, THE TOTAL AIR FLOW REMAIIS COMSTANT. THE
MAXIMUM CFM FLOW THRU 10TH THE HOT AIID COLO COILS MUST BE CAL CULA TEO BY DETER
MINIIIG THE FLOW IN THE BUILDING DURING THE,MAXIMUM COOLIIIG DEMAND AND THE MAX
IMUM HEA TIIIG DEMAND. THE AIR HAIIDLING UNIT IS USUALLY SElECTED OM 'THE IASIS OF '
THE TOTAL CFM AND THE MAXIMUM ALLOWAIl E VElOCITY IN THE COLO COIL. THE COLO
COIL fACE ARU IS USUALL Y SELECTED ON THE IASIS OF 500 FPM (SHOULD NOT EXCEED
SSO FPMI AND TH E HOT COIL FACE AREA SHOULD NOT EXCEED 700 FPM.
DETERMlIIE TH E UIIIT CONFIGURATION - INSU RE UNIT WILL FIT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE
WITH ROOM AlL AROUND FOR MAIIlTENANCE AND FIL TER REMOVAl.
4. SEL ECT TH E COOWiG COIL - THE COOLING COIL SHOULD BE SIZED FOR THE MAXIMUM AIR
FLOW REQUIRED IN THE COOLING COIL . SElECT A MAIIUFACTURER AND REFER TO THE
MANUFACTURER'S PUllISHED DATA FOR FINAl COIL SELECTION. CALCULATE CONDITIONS
FOR THE SCHEDULE AS FOllOWS:
A DETERMINE ENTERING AND LEAVING AIR CONDITIONS - DRAW THE COIL CONDITIOIIS 011 A
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART FOR THE AIR HANDLING UNIT BY THE METHODS SET FORTH III THE
ASHRAE GUIDE FOR COOLING TO DETERMINE CDIL CONDITIONS.
I . DETERMIIIE THE lTUINR CAPACITY OF THE CDIL FOR COOLING - MUL TlPL Y THE CFM BY
60 MiHlNiAMDi'fif.075i.BS. PER CUIIC FOOT TO GET POUNDS OR AIR PER HOUR . DETER
MINE THE DIFFERENCE OF THE TOTAl HUT CONTENT (HI BETWEEN THE WET lULl TEM
PERATURE ENTERING THE COIL AND WET lUll TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE COIL. MULTIPLY
TH E POUNDS OF AIR PER HOUR BY THE AH TO o ITAlIC ITUIHR CAPACITY . TO FURTHER
SIMPLIFY - BTUINR - CFM" 4.5)< lilt.
C. SET THE EIITERINGAND LEAVING CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS - WATER WILL
iiORMALL Y BE ENTERING AT 4S DEGREES F 111) LEAVING AT SS DEGREES F, IUT MAY BE
VARIED BY THE DESIGNER TO FIT COIL CONDlTlOIIS OR SYSTEM FLOW RATES.
D. DETERMINE THE CHILLED WATER FLOW RATES - DIVIDE THE BTUINR CAPACITY OF THE
COIL BY I33LBS PER GALLON TIMES 60 MINUTESPER HOUR TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE ENTERING AND LEAVING CHILLER WATER (USUAll Y 10 DEGREES FI
TO SIMPLIFY - GPM BTUINR " SOOK AT.
ROWS IN COIL - SHOULD BE LEFT TO MANUFACTURER AND PERFORMANCE AS CAlCULATED
HEREINBEFORE SPECIFIED; HOWEVER, THE FOllOWING RULE OF THUMB MAY BE NOTED
FOR INFORMATION: 4 ROW - LIGHT DUTY; 6 ROW - INTERMEDIATE DUTY; 8 ROW - HEAVY DUTY
SELECT THE HEATING COIL - THE TOTAL CFM ANO UNIT MODEl ARE FIXED BY PREVIOUS
DETERMINiTiONS-THE HEATlHG DUTY BTUINR REQUIRED WILL IE A F,,"CTION OF THE MAXIMUM
FLOW IN THE HOT COIL AS PREVIOUSL Y DETERMINED
A. DETERMlIUNG EIlTERIIIG AIID LUVIICG AIR CONDITIOIIS - ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE IS
THE MlXTURrT-EMPEiiTURE AS' DETERMIIIED DlliECTl Y FROM TH E PROPORTION OF RETURN
AIR (USUAlLY 70 DEGREES f) AIID fRESH AIR (LOCAL DESlGII). AIR TEMPERATURE RISE ,
lTUINR
CFM x 1.015
B. DETERMIIIE HOT WATER FLOW RATE AIID TEMPERATURES-
GPM':: WATER T,,,aITURE DROh 500
C. ROWS III COIL - SHOULD IE LEFT TO MAIIUfACTURER AIID PERfORMAllCE AS HEREIIIIEFORE
SPECIFIED. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWlIIG RULE OF THUMI MAY IE NOTED FOR INFORMATION:
IIOW COIL -LICHT TO IIITERMEDIATE DUTY; 2 lOW COIL - HEAVY OUTY.
6. TOTAL sunc PRESSURE TO IE OVERCOME IY FAN.
A. UTERMAl STATIC PRESSURE - DETERMINE IY THE USUAl ASHRAE METHODS.
I IIITERIIAl STATIC !,RESSURE - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S OATA OR ESTIMATE oi" WG PER
COIL ROW; O.SO WG FOR Fit. TER, HIGH EFFICIENCY lAG TYPE.
C. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE - SUM OF UTERNAL AIID IIITERIIAl STATIC PRESSURES.
7. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - EIlTER MANUFACTURER'S DATA WITH KIIOWN CFM AIID TOT AlSTATIC
PRESSURE TO DETERMIIIE HORSEPOWER OR COMPUTE IY THE FOLLOWIIIG FORIllLA:
HP CFM 0.0001573 x TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE IIIIIICHES WG .;.
EFFICIEIICY (USUALLY ABOUT 60%)
USE NEXT LARGEST STANDARD MOTOR. CHECK WITH.ELECTRICAL DESIGNER FOR CURREIIT
CHARACTERISTICS.
a HEAT ADDEO TO RETURN AIR IY FAN - AlWAYSIIICLUDE III THE CAlCULATION THEHEAT ADDEO
BY TH E HICH PRESSURE FAil. A RUL E OF THUMI FOR THIS IS 1/ 2 OF 1 DEGREE F Will IE ADDED
FOR EACH INCH OF PRESSURE wG.
WATER PResSURE DROP THROUCH COILS - REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA OR ESTIIiIATE
2.5 FEET PER ROW OF COIl.
10 SILENCERS - IT IS MANDATORY TO USE SlL ENCERS ON THE HICH PRESSU RE SIDE OF TH E AI R HANDLING
UNIT AND 014 THE RETURN SIDE OF THE FAN. CHECK 'WITH SILENCER MANUFACTURER FOR ATTENUA
TION AND PHYSICAL SIZES REQUIRED.
11 - USUALLY USE A BAG TYPE HIGH EFFICIENCY FIL TER.
17 !1!lM!..I!l.I.! - IT IS WElL TO NOTE THA T UNDER SOME CONDITIOMS, HIGH BUILDIIIG HUMIDITY MAY RESUL T
IF PROPER CONTROLS ARE NOT USED WITH THE DUAl DUCT UNITS WHEN THE COOLING LOAD IS LIGHT
AND THE OUTDOOR AIR CONTAINS CONSIDERABLE MOISTURE, MUCH OF THIS MOISTURE WILL BYPASS THE
COOLING COIL ANO ENTER THE BUILDING. TO AVOID THIS CONDITION, BE SURE TO INCLUDE A HUMIDITY
CONTROL THAT ADVANCES THE HOT DUCT TEMPERATURE OURING THESE PERIODS, THUS DRIVIHG MORE
AIR THROUGH THE COOLING COIL.
PAGE NO. 56
A -
_ITIOII FLEX.. E COIIIIEC1IOIi 'JIUHSITION FLEXa.E SEQUENCE Of OPERATION
COHNECIION - c:l
TYPE "LTER itA.
0;> V-2
FAil ilECIION
FILTER MIX
:::8,T-.

KCTION . BOX
H-I
I
I
T-I 10 ITS MINI_ Inl1ll1 AI K'1EIIM .. O .,. M""", IWiTCH H.
OA?
0'
/
FAN

RETURN AIR OAMPER D'2 SHALL CLOSE A PROPORTIOIIATE AIIOUIIl: _
THE UNIT FAN IS DEENEMIZEO 1>-1 SHIILL CLOSE AIIO 1>-2 SIIALLOPEN.

/
,., 1-4 .N!IOR
T-I
I
I
<
2
IIDOUI..ATE THE 0IJTl)00R AND RETURN AIR DAMPERS IN SEQUEIICE WITH THE

0 CHILLED WATER VALYE V-I TO MAINTAIN ITS SETTING. RECEIVER COIITIIOU.ER
P6

FILTER
PG MlNIMU.. SETTING.
- -:.
- f-- -
'f.2

I

AIR FLOW DIAGRAM VELOCITY KNSOR LOCATED IN THE COLD DUCT. WHEN THE I/L.Oc;ITY II THE
COLD DUCT EXCEEDS lH[ aF THE SENSOR IT SHllLI.. RAISE THE iI!T

2 . 011
V
QQ QQ A RISE IN HUMIOITY H-I SHALL OVERRIDE Re- 3 THIIOU811 R-I AIID OPEN
V-! TO THE COIL.
LfllE.l.T GUARD
0 00 I'1I[[lESTATI T-4 AND T-' AND 'IRUTAT T-I SHIII..I.. WIIIII THUI
CONTIIIUATION aF HOT
GA. HOT CXlLV RESPECTIVE IETT_ ARE REACHED DE EIIEMln THE IIIIIT 'AII .
AND COLD DUCTS- SEE
PIIO.IECT DllAWIIIGS
PLA N VIEW
.... fIOSTION SWI1Q4
DETAIL OF CONTROL PANEL

\EATING COIL
; -:::
..e-----
EP-I
:J,
0-1
MOlOR

WATER IN - Fi AIR R[TIMII

0-2
AIR

7 /!, RESISTANT

IV
II
:::> HOT
,,;;/
--. V IlELTS
PUIII

r

ZQ-11
Alii
! I ! .r\ Re-2
lSCALE = COLD

REOUCIN6 TEE .A t TEE
'LOW
I
I
f -"I
* V-I J
P

,----------- THREE WAY CONTROL VALI/ )I3EQ
F\.D8..[ ClOIIIIECTION
, ' T-4
UNION TYPE) ONE PIPE SIZE E../ REDUCING I
S .. ALLER THAN
.L
:<.. __ .A

COOUN8 COIL
T
.,
n
------
D--o VELOCITY
UNION :
r--
1IEOUCIN8
- --
SENSOR RI
\/
GUARD BEAM SUPI'ORT II
COIIIBINATION

,
SET UIIITS 011 SPRING
1
*H
,
RC-3
,
: AIR AI . SIZE AS REQUIRED PRE-FIll'ERS
d.
RE TO SUIT HEHlHT
9
H
-
1
i< FLO;
VI... A
MANUFACTURER

,
,

,
I
SIDE ELEVATION
REDUCN TEE-----iI
,
,

________ J
314" Host: 1110 DIIA.
AlH UNIT CQNTRQI.
PE-2 .,
VAl..VE
CQII. !:IQQIS-llP
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DUAL DUCT AIR HAN DLING UNIT Qt!AIL
NO SCALE (TYPICAL)
SCHEDULE Of CAPACITI ES OF THE DUAL DUCT AIR HANDLING UNI.!
MAX. c. F. M.
COOL! NG . COIL HEATING COIL TOTAL "AlIC 'AN
MOTOR
--
UIiIT TOTAL RETUIIN OUTDOOII MAX. C. F. M.
1:Jl.WU'tf..
f'IIASE I NO. C.F.'" c.,.1I. C.!! II. COLD DECK HOT
M I
I 1""lHR.1 Ill! -.rs I:VCI.J
I I I I I I I I I I
HEATING, V E N TIL AT 10 N AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
I
PLATE NO. 21
I
PAGE NO. 17
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE COMPUTER
ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
1. THE SYSTEII. ITIS IMPORTANT TOSELECT A MAIilUfACTURER WHO MAIilUfACTURES A COMPLETELY CO
ORDINATED smEll CONSISTIIIIG Of: COMPUTER ROOM AIR COIIIDITIOIIIIIIIG UIIIIT, GLYCOLDRY COOLER,
AIID,.., PACKAGE.
2, ROOM LOCATlOI, THE IDEAL COMPUTER ROOM LOCATlOIIS AN INTERIOR ZONE WITH NO OUTSIDE WALLS
OR .IDOWS, WHERE EXTERIOR WIIOOWS AID MNTER TEMPERATURES ARE 45 DEGREES OR IELDW, METAL
WH SHOULD lOT IE AND THERIIOPAIE SHOULD IE ADDED. WITH LOWER AM.;cNTS, THE EXTERIOR
WALUMAY REQUIRE EXTRA IISULATIOI AID WlIDOWS MAY HAVE TO IE ILOCKED AID IISULATED TO
PREVENT COIDEIUTlOI.
3. RAISED FLOORS. THE HEIGHT IELOWTHE RAISED fLOOR SHOULD lOT BE LESS THAN .. IICHES (APPRDXI
MATELY FLDORI, CROSS SECTION SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR PROPER AIR FLOW. LARGE SIZE COM
PUTER ROOM AIR CDIDITIOIIIG UIITS DR LARGE COMPUTER CABLES MAY DEMAND MORE THAI THE
MlIIMUM FLOOR HEIGHT, THE FLOOR MUST IE TIGHT AID OVERSIZE CAlLE HOLES CLDSED TO BUILD ENOUGH
STATIC TO DIRECT THE AlR WHERE IIIEEOED,
4. CALCULATE ROOM LOAD. USUALLY, USE ASHRAE METHODS lASED ON ROOM CONDITIONS OF 72 DEGREES DB,
DEGREES WI WITH I. OEGREE OUTDOOR AllBlENT" TEMPERATURE. OUTSIDE AIR SHOULD IE KEPT TO A
IIIII11U11- USUALLY 3Ii TO iii CFII PER PERSOI OR TO MEET LOCAL COOES. DO NOT USE A PERCENTAGE OF
THE RECIRCULATED AlR. THE TOTAL COIIPIITER EQUIPMEIT LOAD REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE OBTAINED
FROMTHE ClIENT, SllCE ROOMS TEID TO GROWAS FUNCTIDIS ARE ADDED, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT 30
PERCENT IE ADDED FOR FUTURE GROWTH - UIilLESS"THE CliEIT'S PLAN CALLS FOR MORE.
5. HEAT LOAD. CALCULATE iENSlILE HEAT LOAD FOR THE ROOM AND PROVIDE ELECTRIC REHEAT IN THE
COMPUTER RoDil UIIT TO MAIITAlI ROOM TEMPERATURE WITH COMPUTERS OFF AND SUFFICIENT TO
MAlITAlI ROOM TEMPERATURE WHEI THE COMPUTER ROOM UIITS ARE DEHUMIDIFYING.
I. HUMlDlFICATlOI, THE COMPUTER RODII UIITS ON THE MARKET NORMALLY HAVE CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT
fOR COIIPUTER ROOIt USE -I Hr, 7 LISIHR.; II HP, 12 LIS/HR.; 15 AND 20 HP, 24 LISIHR. RECHECK AFTER
OUTSIDE AlR QUAllTlTY IS DETER.IED.IN ORDER TO MAIITAlI THE DESIRED 58 PERCENT RELATIVE
HUMIDITY PlUS OR .IUS 1 PERCEIT; THE OUTSIDE AIR QUANTITY MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND THE
WALLS, fLOOR AID CEIUIG Mun HAVE A VAPOR IARRIER. PLASTIC TILE OR SEALER ON THE FLOORS,
PAlIT TO MDiSTURE 01 THE WALU OR POLYETHYlENE FILM OVER THE RODIIINSULATION
ARE 10llllALL Y USED.
1. SELECT THECOWUTER ROOM AIR COIDITlOIIIG UIIT SIZE. ADD UPTHE TOTAL SEISlILE LOADS AND SELECT
A COMPUTER ROOM AIR COIDITlO .. IG UIIT(S) TO PROVIDE THE TOTAL SENSIILE REQUIREMEIT, THEN ADD
OlE EXTRA UIITTO PROVIDE AI OPERATlIG STANDIY UIIT. COMPUTER TIME IS TOO VALUABLE TO ALLOWA
,"UTD.,.. DUE TO FAILURE II OIIE COIIPUTER RODIIII UIIT. THE LATEIT CAPACITY IS lEVER A PROBLEM IN
A COMPUTER RODIIII; HOWEVER, IF THE IISTALLATIOI IS A COMIlIATlOI COMPUTER-CO_UNICATIOIS
RODIIWlTH MANY PEOPlE, CHECK 10TH LATEIT AND SENSIILE LOADS.
e. COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. THE UNIT DESIGN SHOULD HAVE A COIL ILOWTHRU DESIGN
WITH STATIC REGAIN WITHIN tHE CAIIIIIET TO ASSURE RATED CfM INTO THE RAISED fLOOR SYSTEM. THE
LOAD IS MAINLY SEIIISIBLE Alii 0 A MIIilIMUM Of _ CfM/NOMINAL HORSEPOWER IS RECO_ENOEO. AN AIR
BYPASS SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE CABINET TO LIMIT TEMPERATURE IWnlGS AND TO PERMIT
HUMIDifiCATION WITHOUT PASSING HUMIDifiED AIR THRU THE COIl. fOR lEST COMPUTER OPERATION, THE
UNIT MUST LIMIT THE DISCHARGE AIR CONOlnOIilS TO.O PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. THE UIIT SHOULD
INCLUDE: MAIN DISCONNECT ON fRONT PANEL, INOIVIDUAL fUSED CIRCUITS, "LARM CIRCUITS FOR
TEMPORARY LOSS OF POWER, LOSS OF AIR flOW, DIRTY FILTERS, ANY OVERLOAD CONDITION, EXCESSIVE
ROOM TEMPERATURE, AID A SET OF ALARM CONTACTS FOR A REMOTE ALARM IF THE ROOM IS UNATT[!'iIDED
AT ANY TIME.
9. PIPING. THE PIPING LOOP IS BASICALLY A CLOSED LOOP AND CAN BE UNINSULATED COPPER OR BLACK IRON.
REFERENCE PAGE 198 AND 199 FOR DESIGN, PIPE SIZING, AND PRESSURE LOSSES.
10. GLYCOL DRY COOLER. THE DRY COOLER MUST BE RATED WITH 40 PERCENT GLYCOLIWATER SOLUTION AND
IS NORMALLY PROPELLOR TYPE WITH DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS FOR HI8H RElIA_lITY. WHERE SPACE OR OTHEA
REQUIRE, USE CENTRIFUGAL TYPE. EACH COMPUTER ROOM AIR COIDInONING UNIT
SHOULD HAVE ITS OWN DRY COOLER TO INSURE RELIABILITY IY REDUIDAICY.
11 . PUMP PACKAGE. THE PUMP PACKAGE SHOULD CONSIST OF A WEATHERPROOF HOUSIIG, MAIN FUSED DIS
CONNECT, PUMP AND DRY COOLER FAN MOTOR STARTERS AND AQUASTAT FOR DRY COOLER FAN MOTOR
CONTROL. THE MANUFACTURER HAS CURVES OR CHARTS TO COOROIIATE PIPE DESIGN TO MATCH STANDARD
PUMPS. THE PUMP CAPACITY SHOULD BE RATED FOR GLYCOL SOLUTION.
12. EXPANSION TANK. AN EXPANSION TANK SHOULD BE CONNECTED IETWEEN THE SUCTION SIDE OF THE PUMP
AND THE DRY COOLER. SIZE AS SHOWN BY METHODS ON PAGE 234.
PAGE NO.57A
PLAN VIEW
") AlR
I
FILTER SECTION
A.C UIIT
SEAL AIR TIGHT
DETAILS Of THE INSTALLATION Of THE COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
FLOW DIAGRAM WHERE DRY COOLEf, IS
LOCATED ABOVE SELF CONTAINED UNIT
-MANUAL AIR VENT
OUTOOOR
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
UIIT
10.
CF.II.
EXT.
s.p.
IUIIDIf1ER
CAPo\CITY
La/Hl!.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR PLATE
INSTALLATION NOTES
ALTERS
FAN
REHEAT
COOLING
COi l
COOLED
AIR
PHASE
COMBINATION COIL FAN COIL UNIT WITH FAN CONTROL
I. DETERMINE AIR CONDITIONI!!G REQUIREME!!TS - DESIG!! CONDITIO!!S ARE OPTIO!!AL. !!ORMAL
SUIo\Io\ER - 78 DB 65 WB. !!ORMAL WI!!TER - 70 DB. LOADS SHOULD BE CALCUUTED ACCORDI!!G TO
ASHRAE METHODS.
2. CHILLED WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CHILLED WATER IS GE!!ERALLY PREDETER
MI!!ED IIY THE CE!!TRAL AIR HA!!DLI!!G EQUIPME!!T REQUIREME!!TS. !!ORMALLY, 45 EWT IS SUFFICIE!!T
U!!LESS U!!USUALLY HIGH LATE!!T LOADS ARE E!!COU!!TERED WHERE LOWER WATER TEMPERATURES
MIGHT BE CO!!SIDERED.
l. LOCATIO!! OF U!!ITS - FA!! COIL U!!ITS ARE DESIGHED PRIMARILY FOR PERIMETER CO!!DITIO!!I!!G.
DETERMI!!E THE AMOU!!T OF WALL ARU TO liE COVERED BY THE U!!IT. IT SHOULD BE THE MI!!IMUM
AREA THAT WILL BE E!!CLOSED BY I!!TERIOR PARTITIO!!I!!G. PLACE THE U!!IT AT THE CE!!TERLI!!E
OF THIS AREA OM THE OUTSIDE WALL WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
4. U!!IT LOAD - THE CAPACITY OF EACH U!!IT WILL BE DETERMI!!ED BY THE HEAT GAl!! PLUS VE!!TIUTlO!!
LOAD OF THE AREA I!!CREME!!T. VE!!TILATlO!! SUPPLIED BY I!!FIL TRA TIO!! OR MECHA!!ICALLY I!!IRQ.
DUCED THRU THE FA!! COIL U!!IT MUST BE I!!CLUDED I!! THE U!!IT LOAD. VE!!TILATlO!! BY I!!TERIOR
DUCT SYSTEM WILL !!OT ADD TO THE U!!IT LOAD IF I!!TRODUCED AT ROOM CONDITlO!!S. CALCULATE
BOTH SE!!SIBLE A!!D TOTAL HUT REQUIREME!!TS.
S. DETERMI!!E AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERI!!G UNIT COIL - THIS WILL BE ROOM DESIGN CONDITIOI!S -!!OR
MALLY 78/65 - UNLESS OUTSIDE AIR IS MECHA!!ICALLY'INTRODUCED,I!! WHICH CASE THE E!!TERI!!G AIR
'tWILL BE AT A MIXTURE TEMPERATURE AS DETERMINED ON THE PSYCHOMETRIC CHART.
6. SELECT UNIT - AFTER CALCULATI!!G HEATING AND COOLI!!G REQUIREME!!TS, SELECT UNIT SIZE ON
COOLING LOAD WHE!! USI!!G COMBINATIO!!COIL UNITS. IN NEARLY AlL CASES, THE HEATI!!G CAPACITY
OF THAT UNIT WILL BE MORE THA!! ADEQUATE. I!! GE!!ERAL, UNIT SIZE IS ESTABLISHED BY SELECTI!!G
THE COIL TO MATCH THE AREA I!!CREME!!T SENSIBLE LOAD. THE COIL LATE!!T CAPACITY WILL GENER
ALL Y BE SUFFICIENT, BUT SHOULD BE CHECKED. MA!!UFACTURERS PROVIDE U!!ITS IN 200, lOO, 400 AND
600 CFM SIZES WITH FIXED COIL CAPACITIES AT VARIOUS CONDITIO!!S. SOME MA!!UFACTURERS OFFER
LARGER UNITS AND COIL VARIETIES I!! ALL SIZES. FOR U!!USUAL CONDITIO!!S, COI!SULT THIS DATA. IF
OUTSIDE AIR (OA) IS REQUIRED THRU THE UNIT, THIS REQUIREMENT MAY DETERMINE THE SIZE OF THE
UNIT. NORMALLY, UNITS ARE SET FOR OA; THEREFORE, IF 100 CFM OA IS REQUIRED, A 400 CFM U!!IT
MUST BE USED,
7. SPECiAl COILS - THE CAPACITIES SHOW!! IN THE SCHEDULE ON THE DETAIL ARE STA!!DARD COIL CAPAC
ITIES; IF HIGHER CAPACITIES ARE REQUIRED, CONSUL T THE FAN COIL U!!IT MANUFACTURER WHO CAlI
USUALL Y FURNISH SPECIAL HIGHER CAPACITY COILS.
9. - IT IS ADVISED THAT !!O GREATER THA!! ISO EWT BE USED SI!!CE THE COMIII!!ATIO!!
WI L, !!EARLY EVERY CASE, BE QUITE ADEQUATE FOR HUTI!!G. HIGHER HOT WATER TEMPER.
ATURES LUD TO EXCESSIVE HUTING CAPACITIES A!!D ASSOCIATED CO!!IROL PROBLEMS.
10. SPEED SELECTIO!!S A!!D !!OISE CRITERIA - FA!! COIL U!!ITS ARE PROVIDED WITH EITHER TWO OR THREE
SPEED MOTORS. CATALOG RATII!GS ARE AT HISPEED. WHERE QUIET OPERATIO!! IS DESIRED, U!!ITS
SHOULD BE EITHER SELECTED AT LOW SPEED OR REQUIRED BY SPECIFICATlO!!S TO MEET !!Cl5 SOU!!D
LEVEL.
11. WATER GPM A!!D PRESSURE DROP - THESE VALUES MUST BE CHECKED I!! MA!!UFACTURER'S DATA.
GE!!ERALL Y, PD'S WILL RA!!GE FROM 5' WATER (SMAlLER U!!ITS) TO IS' (URGER U!!ITS), WHERE l GPMI
TO!! (8 DEGREE WATER TEMPERATURE DROP) 15 UTILIZED. THIS WATER TEMPERATURE DROP SHOULD
BE CO!!SISTE!!T WITH THE CE!!IRAL SYSTEM DIFFERE!!TIAL.
12. MOTOR - THIS IS FIXED BY MA!!UFACTURERS A!!D ITS VALUE MAY VARY GRUTL Y FOR ANY
GIVEN SIZE UNIT. THE MOTOR SPECIFIED SHOULD BE OF THE SPLIT CAPACITOR TY;>E RATHER THA!!
THE SHADED POLE MOTOR BECAUSE THE SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTOR HAS GREATER ABILITY TO START
OIl LOW SPEED SETTI!!GS AND HAS LOWER POWER INPUT.
13. INSULATION - THE U!!IT PIPING SHOULD BE ARRA!!GED SO THAT ALL VALVES AND CONTROLS THAT
CANNOT BE FULLY I!!SUUTED FOR CHILLED W'ATER ARE OVER THE DRAI!! PAIl .
14. CO!!TROL OF FA!! - THE FAN COIL UNIT liAS A StANDARD SPEED CO!!TROL SWITCH EITHER HIGH-LOW-
DFF OR HIGH-MEDIUM-LOW-OFF.
15. CO!!TROL OF TEMPERATURE - THE FA!! COIL U!!IT SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE OR BUILT-
I!!TO-THE-CASE THERMOSTAT WHICH WILL CYCLE THE FA!! ON AND OFF TO CO!!TROL THE ROOM
TEMPERATURE.
PAGE NO. 58
Avoilobl. In TRANS-A PLATE'
WA
PLAN VIEW
114"
COMBINATION
WATER COIL.--..-.l ....

::
MOTOR ;'

I
; : ' , 1 il
i FAN i i FA N i "
,I ....J' _ l.-:-_i.::.-d.. "
SIDE FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
CARTON ON UNIT UNTIL ALL INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION IS
2.- INSURE PIPING SUPPLY AND RETURN CONNECTiONS ALL PER MANUFACTURER
TO INSURE PROPER VALVE OPERATION AND FACILITY FOR
3. INSULATE ALL PIPING NOT OVER DRAI N PAN'.
4.- INSTALL UNIT LEVEL. ' CHECK WITH CARPENTER TYPE LEVEL.
CONTROL
BOX
FOUR
ANCMOR
HOLES
S- VACUUM INTERIOR OF ALL UNITS AP' ER GENERAL CONSTRUCTIOit IS COMPLETED.
DETAIL
LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT
WITH SUB BASE MARKED
SUMMER-WINTER
rAN MOTOR
WITH THE 'UI IASE 'WITCH IN THE WINTER
POSITION ON A FALL IN SPACE TEMPERATURE
THE FAN MOTOR SHALL START.
ON A RISE IN TEMPERATURE THE REVERSE
SHALL OCCUR.
WITH THE lUI lASE SWITCH IN THE !!uMMU
POSITION ON A RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE
THE FAN MOTOR SHALL START.
ON A FALL IN TEMPERATURE THE REVERSE
SHALL OCCUR.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE COMBINATION COIL FAN COIL UNIT WITH FAN CONTROL
SCHEDULE OF THE COMBINATION COIL
SYMBOL C.r. M.
COOLING B.t U. IHR. MAXIMUM
SENSIBLE TOTAL
G."M.
PRESS. DROP
8
200 4400 4 FT.
( 300) 300 1700 2.2S II FT.
( 40V 400 8,600 .11,400 3.0 10 FT.
(
6O
V
600 12,200 16,100 4.0 II FT..
-
FAN COIL
HEATIN G MOTOR
M. II. H. H. P.
12. 2 1/30
11.0 lIn
24.0 1/20
34.0 1/ 12
NO SCALE
UNIT
RUNOUTS II
VALVE SIZE
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
,"
NOTES :
INSTALL THIS UNIT WHEREVER THE FOLLOWING SYMBOL APPEARS ON THE DRAWING@
THE NUMERICAL QUANTITY IN THE ELLIPSE INDICATES THE C.F.1l RATING OF UNIT.
THE COOLING CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON 4S"F. ENTERING WATER AT I' RISE FOR COOLING WITH
ENTERING AIR AT 71F. DRY BULII AND 'S"F. WET BULB . THE COIL MAY BE TWO, THREE , OR FOUR
ROWS DEEP PROVIDED THE CAPACITIES ARE DEVELOPED.
At' Oo.N
VALUES WHEN THE ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE IS /S0"r. AND THE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATUU
IS 70F. ALL CAPACITIES SHOWN ARE FOR THE HIGHEST SPEED.
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE COMBINATION
COIL FAN COIL UNIT WITH 3-WAY VALVE CONTROL
1. DETERMINE ROOM AIR CONDITIONJ)lG REQUIREMENTS - DESIGN CONDITIONS ARE OPTIONAL. NORMAL
SUMMER - 78 DB:'65 WB. NORMAL WINTER - 70 DB. LOADS SHOULD BE CALCULA TED ACCORDING TO
METHODS SHOWN IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK.
2. CHILLED WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CHIl:LED WATER IS GENERALLY PREDETER
MINED BY THE CENTRAL AIR HANDLING EOUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. NORMALLY, 45 EWT IS SUFFICIENT,
UNLESS UNUSUALLY HIGH LATE!jT LOADS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHERE LOWER WATER TEMPERATURES
MIGHT BE CONSIDERED.
3. LOCATION OF UNITS - FAN COIL UNITS ARE DESIGNED PRIMARIL Y FOR PERIMETER CONDITIONING.
DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF WALL AREA TO BE COVERED BY THE UNIT. IT SHOULD BE THE MINIMUM
AREA THAT WILL BE ENCLOSED BY INTERIOR PARTITIONING PRESENtlY DESIGNED AS CONTEMPLA TfD.
PLACE THE UNIT AT THE CENTERLINE OF THIS AREA ON THE OUTSIDE WALL WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
4. UNIT LOAD - THE CAPACITY OF E4CH UNIT WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE HEAT GAIN (LOSS) PLUS
VENTILATION LOAD OF THE AREA INCREMENT. VENTILATION SUPPLIED BY INFIL TRATION OR MECHAN
ICALLY !NTRODUCE[!. THRU THE FAN COIL UNIT MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE UNIT LOAD. VENTILATION
BY INTERIOR DUCT SYSTEM WILL NOT ADO TO THE UNIT LOAD IF INTRODUCED AT ROOM CONDITIONS.
CALCULATE BOTH SENSIBLE AND TOTAL HEAT REQUIREMENTS.
5. DETERMINE AIR TEMPERATURE TO UNIT - THIS WILL BE ROOM DESIGN CONDITIONS -NORMALLY 78/ 65-
UNLESS OUTSIDE AIR IS MECHJ.NICALLY INTRODUCED, IN WHICH CASE THE ENTERING AIR WILL BE AT A
MIXTURE TEMPERATURE AS DETERMINED ON THE PSYCHOMETRIC CHART.
6. SELECT UNIT - AFTER CALCULATING HEATING AND COOLING REQUIREMENTS SELECT UNIT SIZE ON
COOLING LOAD WHEN USING COMBINATlONCOIL UNITS. IN NEARLY ALL CASES, THE HEATING CAPACITY
OF THAT UNIT WILL BE MORE THAN ADEQUATE. IN GENERAL, UNIT SIZE IS ESTABLISHED BY SELECTING
THE COIL TO MATCH THE AREA INCREMENT SENSIBLE LOAD. THE COIL UTENT CAPACITY WILL GEN
ERALLYBE SUFFICIENT, BUT SHOULD BE CHECKED. MANUFACTURERS PROVIDE UNITS IN 200, 300, 400
AND 600 CFM SIZES WITH FIXED COIL CAPACITIES AT VARIOUS CONDITIONS. SOME MANUFACTURERS
OFFER LARGER UNITS AND COIL VARIETIES IN ALL SIZES. FOR UNUSUAL CONDITIONS, CONSULT THIS
DATA. IF OUTSIDE AIR (OA) IS REQUIRED THRU THE UNIT, THIS REQUIREMENT MAY DETERMINE THE
SIZE OF THE UNIT. NORMALLY, UNITS ARE SET FOR 25" OA; THEREFORE, IF 100 CFMIS REQUIRED, A
400 CFM UNIT MUST BE USED.
ruCIAL C O I L ~ - THE CAPACITIES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE ON THE DETAIL ARE STANDARD COIL CAPAC
ITlES; IF HIGHER CAPACITIES ARE REQUIRED, CONSULT THE FAN COIL UNll MANUFACTURER WHO CAM
USUALLY FURNISH SPECIAL HIGHER CAPACITY COILS.
8. OUTDOQg..M!U.!ITAKE - IF IT IS DESIRED TO USE AN OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE WITH THE UNIT, IT SHOULD
BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE, USUALLY, NO LARGER THAN 3INCHES HIGH BY 16INCHES LONG.
9. HEATING DUTY -IT IS ADVISED THAT NO GREATER THAN ISO WT BE USED SINCE THE COMBINATION
COIL WILL, IN NEARLY EVERY CASE, BE QUITE ADEQUATE FOR HEATING. HIGHER HOT WATER TEM
PERATURES LEAD TO EXCESSIVE HEATING CAPACITIES AND ASSOCIATED CONTROL PROBLEMS.
10. SPEED SELECTIONS AND NOISE CRITERIA - FAN COIL UNITS ARE PROVIDED WITit EITHER TWO OR THREE
SPEEO MOTORS. CATALOG RATINGS ARE AT HISPEED. WHERE QUIET OPERATION IS DESIRED, UNITS
SHOULD BE EITHER SELECTED AT LOW SPEED OR REQUIRED BY SPECIFICATIONS TO MEET NC3S SOUND
LEVEL.
11. WATER GPM AND PRESSURE DROP - THESE VALUES MUST BE CHECKED IN IoIANUFACTURER'S DATA.
GENERALL Y, PD'S WILL RANGE FROM S' WATER (SMALLER UNITS) TO IS' (LARGER UNITS), WHERE 3
GPM/ TON (8 DEGREE WATER TEMPERATURE DROP) IS UTILIZED. THIS WATER TEMPERATURE DROP
SHOULD BE CONSISTENT WITH THE CENTRAL SYSTEM DIFFERENTIAL.
12. MOTOR SELECTION - THIS IS FIXED BY MANUFACTURERS AND ITS VALUE MAY VARY GREATL Y FOR ANY
GIVEN SIZE UNIT. IT IS UNIMPORTANT EXCEPT FOR OVERALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.
THE MOTOR SPECIFIED SHOULD BE OF THE SPLIT CAPACITOR TYPE RATHER THAN THE SHADED POLE
MOTOR, BECAUSE THE SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTOR HAS GREATER ABILITY TO START ON LOW SPEED
SETTINGS AND HAS LOWER POWER INPUT.
13. INSULATION - THE UNIT PIPING SHOULD BE AR'RANGED SO THAT ALL VALVES AND CONJROLS THAT
CANNOT BE FULLY INSULATED FOR CHILLED WATER ARE OVER THE UNIT DRAIN PAN.
14. CONTROL OF FAN - THE FAN COIL UNIT HAS A STANDARD SPEED CONTROL SWITCH EITHER HIGH-LOW-
OFF OR HIGH-MEDIUM-LOW-OFF.
IS. CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE - THE FAN SHOULD BE LEFT RUNNING CONTINUOUSLY. THE CONTROL OF
ROOM TEMPERATURE IS ACCOMPLISHED BY A ROOM THERMOSTAT OR A THERMOSTA T BUILT INTO THE
CASE, WHICH CONTROLS A MODULATING TH1!EE PORT VALVE. THE THREE WAY VALVE EITHER DIRECTS
WATER THRU THE COIL OR BYPASSES THE COIL TO MAINTAIN ROOM TEMPERATURE.
P AGE NO. 60
, .
114"

VALVE
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
l- LEAVE SHIPPING CARTON ON UNIT UNTIL ALL INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION IS
COMPLETED.
2.- INSURE PIPING SUPPLY AND RETURN CONNECTIONS ALL PER MANUFACTURER
TO INSURE PROPER VALVE OPERATION AND FACILITY FOR
3.- INSULATE ALL PIPING NOT OVER DIIAIN PAN.
4.-IIIS.TALL UNIT LEVEL. CHECK WITH CARPENTER TYPE LEVEL.
s,- VACUUM INTERIOII OF ALL UNITS AFTER GENERAL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED.
RETURN
WATER OUT
SEAL PIPES TO
DRIP PAN WITH
WATERPROOF PUTTY
OR MASTlC_
'.
-,:---['.AIN LINE
PNEUMATIC VALVE CONNECTION DETAIL
WHEN THE CENTRAL SUMMER- WINTER SWITCH
IS IN WINTER POSITION UNIT THEIIMOSTAT
SHALL ON A RISE 'IN SPACE TEMPEIIATURE
MODULATE THREE-WAY VALVE CLOSED TO THE
COIL.
ON A FALL IN SPACE TEMPERATURE THE
WHEN THE CENTRAL SUMMER-WINTER SWITCH
IS PL A CEO I N THE SUMME R POSITION, UNIT
THERMOSTAT SHALL ON A RISE IN SPACE

RIlN COIITINUOUSLY.
PROVIDE A CENTRAL SUMMER- WINTER SWITCH
IE
DIRECTED. THIS , CENTRAL SUMMER-WI liTER
SWITCH SHALL CHANGE THE ACTlOIi OF FAil
COIL UNI T THERMOSTAT WHEN' THE SYSTEM
IS SWITCHED FROM WINTEII TO SUMMER AND
VICE VERSA.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE COMBINATION COIL FAN COIL UNIT . WITH 3-WAY VALVE CONTROL
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE COMBINATION COIL FAN COIL UNIT
SYMIOL C.!':M.
COOLING l :rU. /HR.
G.P.M.
MAXIMUM
SENSIILE PRESS. DROP
HEATING MOTO"
M. I . H. H. P.
RUNOUrs

VALVE SIZE
!.Q.!.ll:
INSTALL THIS UNIT WHEREVEII THE FOLLOWING SYMBOL APPEARS ON TI:fE DIIAWIII&@
THE NUMERICAL QUANTITY IN THE EUIPSE INDICATES THE C.!':1l IIATINI OF UNIT.
TOTAL
_(
2O
V
200 4400 5600 1.5 4 n :

300 6500 1700 2.25
" FT.

400 1,600 . " ;400 3.0 10 FT.

100 12,200 11.100 4.0
" fT.
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND
12. 2 1/30 3/4'
11.0 1/25 3/4'
24.0 1/20 3/4'
34.0 1/ 12
AIR .CON DITl;ON I N G
THE COOLING CAPACITIES ARE lASED 011 45'!': ENTEIIIN& WATER AT " IIISE FOil COOLIN. WiTH
COIL MAY IE TWO, THIlEE, 011 FOUII
NT60 floW
R
Af
S
Oo.N
VALUES WHEN THE ENTERINI WATER TEMPEIIATUIIE IS 150'f AND THE EIITEII I N. AlII TEMI'IIIATUIll
IS 70'F. ALL CAPACITIES SHOWN AilE FOil ltfE HIGHEST SPEED. .
DESIGN MAN."A L PLATE "'0', 28 PAlE NO, II
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION
OF THE DUAL COIL FAN COIL UNIT
1. DETERMINE ROOM AIR CONDITIONING - DESIGN CONDITIONS ARE OPTIONAL.
IiORMAL SUMMER - 78 DB 65 wB. NORMA wlllTeR - 70 DB. LOADS SHOULD BE CALCULATED
ACCORDING TO METHODS SHOWN IN THE ASH RAE GUIDE AND DATA BOO"' .'
2. SElECTION %F DUAL COIL UNIT' - THE DUAL COIL FAN COIL UNIT SHOULD BE USED
WIt RE SEAS iULOAD REQUIREMENts ARE SUCH THAT COMBINATION COILS WILL NOT MEET
THE VARYING LOAD REQUIREMENTS. '*'1 ERE GLASS AREAS OF THE BUILDJNG ARE LARGE,
HEATING MAY BE REQUIRED ON ONE SIDE OF THf BUILDING WHILE COOLING IS REQUIRED ON
THE OTHER SIDE. THE DUAL COIL FAN COIL UNITS HAVE THE ABILITY TO PROVIDE HEATING
IN ONE ROOM AND COOLING IN THE ADJACENT ROOM.
3. CHILLED WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CHILLED WI. TER IS GENERALL Y
PREDETERMINED BY THE CENTRAL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. NORMALL Y,
45 EWT IS SUFFICIENT, UNLESS UNUSUALLY HIGH LATENJ LOADS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHERE
LOWER WATER TEMPERATURES MIGHT BE CONSIDERED.
4. LOCATIOH OF U,lITS - FAH COIL UNITS ARE DESIGHED PRIMARILY FOR PERIMETER CONDITION
IHG. DETERMIHE THE AMOUHT OF WAlL AREA TO BE COVERED BY THE UNIT. IT SHOULD BE
THE MIHIMUM AREA THAT WILL BE EHCLOSED BY PARTITIONING, PRESENTLY DESIGNED OR
CDHTEMPUTED. PLACE THE UNIT AT THE CEHTERLINE OF THIS AREA ON THF. OUTSIDE WALL
WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
5. UHIT LOAD - THE CAPACITY OF EACH UNIT WILL BE DETERMIHED BY THE HEAT GAIN (LOSS)
PLUS VEHTILATIOH LOAD OF THE AREA IHCREMENT. VENTILA TlOH SUPPLIED BY INFIL TRA
TlOH OR MECHAHICALLY IHTRODUCED THROUGH THE FAN COIL UNIT MUST BE INCLUDED IN
THE UNIT LOAD. VEHTILATIOH BY IHTERIOR DUCT SYSTEM WILL NOT ADD TO THE UNIT LOAD
IF INTRODUCED AT ROOM COHDITIOHS. CALOJUTE BOTH SENSIBLE 1.140 TOTAL HEAT RE
QUIREMEHTS.
6. DETERMIHE AIR TEMPERATURE TO UHIT - THIS WILL BE ROOM DESIGH COHDITIONS - HOR
MALLY 78:'65 - UHLESS OUTSIDE AIR ISMECHAHICALLY IHTRODUCED, 114 WHICH CASE THE
ENTERING AIR WILL BE AT A MIXTURE TEMPERATURE AS DETERMIHED 014 THE PSYCHOMETRIC
CHART.
7. SELECT UHIT - AFTER CALCUUTlNG HEATIHG AND CDOlIHG REQUIREMEHTS, SELECT UHIT
SIZE 014 COOLING LOAD WHEN USIHG DUAL COIL UNITS. 114 HEARLY ALL CASES, THE HEA TlHG
CAPACITY OF THAT UNIT WILL BE MORE THAN ADEQUATE. 114 GENERAL, UNIT SIZE IS ESTAB.
LISHED BY SELECTING THE COOLING COIL TO MATCH THE AREA INCREMENT SENSIBLE LOAD.
THE COOLING COIL LATENT CAPACITY WILL GENERALL Y BE SUFFICIENT, BUT SHOULD BE
CHECKED. MANUFACTURERS PROVIDE UNITS IN 200, 300, 400 AND 600 CFM SIZES WITH FIXED
COIL CAPACITIES AT VARIOUS CONDITIONS. SOME MANUFACTUREJ!S OFFER LARGER UNITS
AND COIL VARIETIES IN ALL SIZES. FOR UNUSUAL CONDITIOHS, CONSULT THIS DATA. IF
OUTSIDE AIR (01.) IS REQUIRED THROUGH THE UNIT, THIS REQUIREMENT MAY DETERMINE THE
SIZE OF THE UNIT. NORMALLY, UNITS ARE SET 25', 01.; THEREFORE, IF 100 CFMOF OUT
SIDE 'AIR IS REQUIRED, 1.400 CFM UNIT MUST BE USED.
8. SPECIAL COIU - THE CAPACITIES SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE ON THE DETAIL ARE STANDARD
COIL CAPAClflES; I F HIGHER CAPACITIES ARE REQUIRED, CONSULT THE FAN COIL UNIT
MANUFACTUIlER wHO CAN USUALLY FURNISH SPECIAL HIGHER CAPACITY COILS.
9. OUTOOOR AIR INTAKE - IF IT IS DESIRED TO USE AN OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE, WITH THE UNIT,
IT SHOULD BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE, USUALLY, NO LARGER THAN 3INCHES HIGH BY
16INCHH LONG.
10. HEATING COIL - SINCE THE HUTING COIL IS SEPARATE FROM THE COOLING COIL, HIGHER
WATER TEMPERATURES MAY BE USED. GENERALLY, WATER EIjTERING TEMPERATURE WILL
BE 190 DEGREES F. AND WATER LEAVING TEMPEIlATURE WILL ' BE 170 DEGREES F.
II. rEED NOISE CRITERIA - FAN COIL UNITS ARE PROVIDED WITH EITHER TWO
R THREE SP ED M TORS. CATALOG RATINGS ARE AT HISPEED. WHERE QUIET OPERATION
IS DESIRED, UNITS SHOULD BE EITHER SELECTED AT LOW SPEED OR REQUIRED BY SPECIFICA
TIONS TO MEET NC35 SOUND LEVEL.
12. WATER GPM AND PRESSURE DROP - THE WATER GPM AND MAXIMUM WATER PRESSURE DROP
FOR BOTH COILS IS SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE: FOR CONDITIONS OTHER THAN SHOWN IN THE
SCHEDULE, CONSUL T THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA.
13. MOTOR SELECTIOH - THIS IS FIXED BY MANUFACTURERS AND ITS VAlUE MAY VARY GREATLY
FOR ANY GIVEH SIZE UNIT. IT IS UNIMPORTANT EXCEPT FOR OVERALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS. THE MOTOR SPECIFIED SHOULD BE OF THE SPLIT CAPACITOR TYPE RATHER
THAN THE SHADED POLE MOTOR, BECAUSE THE SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTOR HAS GREATER
ABILITY TO .START ON LOW SPEED SETTINGS AND HAS LOWER POWER INPUT. .
u. IHSULATIOH - THE UHIT PIPING SHOULD BE SO THAT ALL CHILLED WATER VALVES
AHDCONTROLS THAT CAHHOT BE FULLY IHSULATED FOR CHILLED WATER ARE OVER THE
UNIT DRAIN PAH. .
15. CONTROL OF FAN - THE FAN COIL UNIT HAS A STANDARD SPEED CONTROL SWITCH EITHER
HIGHLOWOFF OR HIGHMEDIUMLow.oFF.
16. CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE - THE FAN SHOULD BE LEFT RUNNING CONTINUOUSLY. THE
CONTROL OF ROOM TEMPERATURE IS ACCOMPLISHED' BY A ROOM THERMOSTAT OR A THERMO
STAT BUlL T INTO THE CASE, WHICH CONTROLS TWO MODULATING TWO PORT CONTROL
VAL VES, ADMITTING HOT OR CHILLED WI. TER AS RE')UIRED TO SATISFY THE ROOM TEMPERATURE.
P AGE NO, 62
Al-ai/abl. In C .. ".,.' ... III4I TRANS-A-PlATE"
ACCESS
WATER RETURN
WATER SUPPLY HDT WATER
RETUR"-----.
HDT WATER
CHILLED WATER COIL HOOK-UP DIAGRAM HOT WATER COIL HOOK-UP DIAGRAM
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF DUAL COIL FAN COIL UNIT
NO. SCALE
DUAL COIL FAN CO I L UN I T SCHEDU L E
MDTDR MAX. CDDLI NG

CDIL CAPACITY
SYMBDL C.F. M.
HP. WATTS GP... MAX.P.D. SENSIBLE CAP'V. LATENT CAP'l TDTAL CAP'V. WATER ENTERS WATER LEAYES
(@> ZDD 1/60. 50. 1.5 4 FT 4,40.0. BTU/HR. 1,20.0. BTU/HR. 45- F. 55""
(@) 30.0. yin 10.0. Z.Z5 10. FT. 8,60.0. BTU/HR. BTU/HIt 1,.0011+ 45" F 53""
<) 40.0. 1/ 30. 10.0. 3.0. 10. FT. 8,60.0. BTU/HR. 2,110.0. BTU/HR. 11,500. BTU/HR
45" "
53"F.
(!) 60.0. 1/ 22 10.0. 4 . 0. 10. FT IZ, 2DD BTU/HR 3,900 Bru/HR 16, 10.0. Bru/HR 45" F. 53. 3""
IIOTE:
--ALL FAN CDIL UNITS SHALL HAYE FACTDRY APPLIED BACKED ENAMEL FINISH
-i
RDDM THERMDSTAT
H
CDLDR TO. BE SELECTED BY ARCHI TECT. ALL FAN CDIL UNITS SHALL HAVE
SPLIT CAPACITDR MDTDRS.
V-I
__ --1.!&
AIR PRESSURE HDT WATE R
CDNTRDL_
VALVE
HE A TI NG
G. PM. MAX. PO . .
I I FT.
1.5 3 FT
2.0. 6 FT.
Z. 5 10. FT.
1

CHILLED

CDNTRDL
VALVE
CDDLING CAPACITY
HEATING CAP'V. WATER ENTERS WATER LEAYE S
10., 0.0.0. BTU/HR. 190." F. 170.""
15, 0.0.0. BTU/HR. 190 r: 170 F.
.
ZD,DOD BTU/HR. 19D"F. 170." F.
Z8, DDD BTU/HR I9D"F. IS9. 6F.
THE UNIT FAN SHALL RUN ALL THE TIME .
SPACE THERMDSTAT T- I SHALL DN A RISE
IN SPACE TEMPERATURE MDDULATE THE
NDRMALLY DPEN HDT WATER VALVE V- I
TO THE CLDSED PDSI TIDN . DN A FURTHER
1II SE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE T-l SHALL
MDDUL ATE NDRMALLY CLDSEO CHILLED
WATER VALVE V-Z TO. THE DPEN PDSITIDN.
DN A FALL IN SPACE TEMPERATURE THE
PLATE NO,29
.
RUNDUTS YALVE SIZES
CDDLING HEATING
I /Z' I/Z"
3 / 4'
' i z'
3/ 4' I / Z'
3/ 4' 3 / 4'
PA G E NO. 63
DESIGNING THE INSTA LLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE
UNIT VENTILATOR WITH COMBINATION COIL
1. DETERMIME THE DESIGMTEMPERATURES- DETERMIME THE DESIGH TEMPERATURES 1M ACCORDAMCE
WITH ESTABLISHED EHGIMEERING PRACTICES. REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA lOOK FOR DE
SIGM OUTDOOR AMD 1MDOOR TEMPERATURES. USUAL IMDOOR DESIGM TEMPERATURES ARE WIMTER -
70 DEGREES DIIF; SUMMER - 7. DEGREES DIIF - 6S DEGREES WIIF . THESE COHDITIOMS ARE FOR PEAK
LOAD COMDITIOMS. 1M USUAl PRACTICE, THE SYSTEM IS OPERATED AT 7S DEGREES DIIF, SUMMER, AMD
72 DEGREES DIIF, WIMTER.
2. DETE1IMIME SUMMER HEAT GAIMS AMD WINTER HUT LOSSES- CAlCUUTE THE SEMSIIILE ROOM COOL
IMG LOAD, LATENT ROOM COOLIMG LOAD, TOTAl ROOM COOLING LOAD, AMO ROOM HUTING LOAD IN
ACCORDAMCE WITH ESTABLISHED ENGIMRIMG PRACTICES AS OUTlIMED 1M THE ASHRAE GUIDE AMO
DATA 1l00K.
3. OETERMIME THE TOTAL AIR CAPACITY - THE ROOM SEMSIIIlE COOLING LOAD DETERMINES THE TOTAL
AIR QUAMTITY WHlat IS -
CFM _ QRS _ QRS
1.01 IT. - T 1.01. 175-60)
(WHERE QRS IS THE SENSIBLE COOLIMG LOAD IN BTUIHR.,
THE ABOVE EQUATION IS OBTAINED BY ASSUMING A DIF.FERENTIAL OF IS DEGREES BETWEEN THE IN-
DOOR DESIGN DRY BUll TEMPERATURE IT.' AND THE FINAL DRY BUll TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE
UNIT ITI,. GOOO DESIGH PRACTICE DICTATES 7-1 / 2 - 10 CFM OF OUTDOOR AIR PER OCCUPANT FOR
VEMlILATION. CHECK THE LOCAl CODES FOR VARIATIOMS IN VENTIUTIOH REQUIREMENTS. IT IS
DESIRAIIlE, ESPECiAlLY IN CLASSROOMS WITH A SOUTHERN EXPOSURE, OR WITH URGE WIIDOW AREAS,
TO CALCULA TE THE MILD WEATHER COOLIMG LOAD, AND IF NECESSARY, INCRUSE THE TOTAl CFM
OF THE UNIT TO PROVIDE ADEQUAT E NATURAL CODLING CAPACITY.
4. SELECT THE UNIT SIZE - SELECT A UNIT THAT WILL MEET THE ESTABLISHED AIR CAPACITY. IF THIS
CAPACITY IS BETWEEN TWO UNIT CAPACITIES, SELECT THE LARGER.
s. SELECT THE CONTROL CYCLE - SELECTION OF THE CONTROL CYCLE DEPENDS OH THE TYPE OF
SPACE SERVED, LocAl OEslGH PRACTICE AND APPLICABLE CODES AMD STATUTES. SELECT THE
COHTROL CYCLE WHICH WILL SATISFY THE ESTAILISHED VENTIUTIOH AIR QUANTITIES, AND PRO-
VIDE THE DESIRED OPERATING ECONOMY.
6. DETERMINE THE SUMMER AND WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURES- DETERMINE THE PERCENT OF
OUTDODR AIR FROM THE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS AND THE LOCAL CODES. THE SUMMER MIX-
TURE TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AND ROOM AIR. OH A
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART, DRAW A LINE IIETWEEM THE OUTDOOR AND ROOM TEMPERATURES. OH
THIS LINE, LOCATE THE MIXTURE DRY lUll TEMPERATURE. THE RESULTING' POINT IS THE MIXTURE
DRY IIULII AND WET IIULII TEMPERATURE. THE WIMlER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE MIX-
TURE TEMPERATURE OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AND ROOM AIR.
7. DETERMINE THE VENTILA TlOH AND TOT Al LOAD - THE SUMMER VENTILATION LOAD IS THE COOLlMG
REQUIRED TO LOWER THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO THE ROOM TEMPERATURE. IT COHSISTS OF
TWO PARTS: THE SENSIBLE VENTILATION LOAD AND THE LATENT VENTILATION LOAD. FROM THE
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART, FIMD THE CHAMGE 1M DRY lUll TEMPERATURE AND ENTHALPY BETWEEN
THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE AMD ROOM TEMPERATURE. DETERMIME THE SEMSIIILE VEMTILATIOM
LOAI) AMD THE TOTAl VENTILATIOM LOAD. THE TOTAL COOLlMG LOAD COMSISTSOF THE SEMSlIlLE
COOLING LOAD AMD TOTAL VEMTILATION COOLIMG LOAD.
SEMSIIILE COOLIMG LOAD a SENSIIILE ROOM LOAD + SEMSIIIlE VENTILATION LOAD
TOTAL COOLIMG LOAD - TOTAL ROOM LOAD + TOTAL VENTIUTIOH LOAD
THE WIMTER VEMTILATIOH LOAD IS THE HEAT REQUIRED TO RAISE THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO
ROOM TEMPERATURE. DETERMINE THE VEMTIU TIOH LOAD. THE HUTIMG LOAD COHSISTS OF THE
TOTAL ROOM LOAD AMD TOTAL VEMTILATIOM LOAD.
HUTlMG LOAD - TOTAL ROOM LOAD + TOTAL VEMTILATION LOAD
I . CHILLED WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CHILLED WATER IS GEMERALLY PREQE
TERMIMED IY THE CEMTRAL AIR HAMDLlMG EQUIPMEMT REQUIREMEMTS. NORMALLY, 4S EWT IS SUF
FICIENT, UMLESS UNUSUALLY HIGH LATENT LOADS UE ENCOUNTERED WHERE LOWER WATER TEM-
PERATURE MIGHT 8E COMSIDERED.
9. HUTlMG DUTY - IT IS ADVISED THAT NO GRUTER THAN ISO EWT liE USEO SINCE THE COMIlINATION
COiL WILL, 1M MEARLY EVERY CASE, liE QUITE ADEQUATE FOR HUTING. HIGHER HOT WATER TEM-
PERATURES LUD TO EXCESSIVE HEATIMG CAPACITIES AMD ASSOCIATED CONTROL PROIlLEMS.
10. SELECT THE HUT TRAMSFER ELEMENT REQUIRED - SEVERAL HEAT TRAMSf'ER ELEMEMlS ARE
AVAILABLE, DEPEMDIMG UPON THE COHTROL ARRANGEMENTS SELECTED. TO DETERMINE GI'M
REQUIRED, DIVIDE THE TOTAl COOLING CAPACITY IIY WATER TEMPERATURE RISE TIMES FIVE
HUNDRED.

GPM - TW. SOD
II. DETERMINE WATER PRESSURE DROP- AFTER FLOW RA1 HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE COIL,
CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA FOR THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE COIL.
12. CABINET HEIGHTS - THE FLOOR MOUNTED MOl)EL OF THIS UNIT IS GENERALLY MANUFACTURED
WITH A CABINET HEIGHT OF 30-INCHES; SOME MANUfACTURUS PROOUCE THE UNIT It
21-IMCH HEIGHTS.
13. CAIINET COHSTRUCTION - CABINET SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO BE COHSTRUCTED OF 14 GAGE COLD
ROLLED STEEL. LIGHTER GAGES ARE AVAILAIlLE IF DESIRED.
14. FILTER - SPECIFY THAT THE UMIT HAVE A PERMANENT WIRE MESH OR DISPOSABLE MEDIA TYPE
FILTER AMD THAT THE FILTER liE SO ARRAMGED AS TO FILTER BOTH THE RETURN AIR AND THE
OUTDOCIR AIR.
IS. OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE - SPACE HAS IEEN LEFT ON THE DETAIL BELOW TO DRAW IN THE WAlL SEC-
TION FOR THE SPECIFIC WALL IIEING USED IN THE PROJECT IIEING DESIGNED. COHSULT MANUFAC-
TURER'S CATALOGS FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS.
PAG ENO. 64
A.oi/oble /n
____ ROOM THERMOSTAT
I
L-------+
l
L

DlSCHA_ IY- PASS EXH
LOW LIII'T DAIIPER .

AIR
HEATING CYCLE
&'t OPENS
ON A CONTINUED RISE T-I CLOSES FACE DAIIPER. OPENS
IY-PASS OAIIPER . AS THE TEIIPERATURE COTINUES TO
RISE T-I GRADUALLY OPENS TO ITS MINlIIU"
T-Z PREVENTS DISCHAM[ AIR FROM FALLING
COOLING CVCLE
o.A. DAIIPER' IS LIIiITED TO ITS MINIIIUIi POSITION ONLY.
T-I CONTROl.S FACE BY-PASS DAIIPER MOTOR. T Z IS
ELIIiINATED FROII CONTROL CYCLE .
INSTALLATION NOTES
1.- ALL PIPING SHALL BE COPPER TUIING WITH COPPER SWEAT FITTING.
2.- SUPPLY RETURN PIPING SHALL IE INSULATED TO - A POINT WHERE PIPING IS
ABOVE DRAIN PAN. ENOS OF INSULATION SHALL IE VAPOR SEAL.
3,- PREPARE MOUNTING SURFACES, FLOOR. WALL PROPERLY.
4- SET UNIT ON TOP OF MOUNTING PAD.
5,- REMOVE MOTOR SHI PPING IRACKETS .
6.- BOLT UNIT TO WALL, CHECK LEVELING 10lTS.
1- INSTALL PIPING. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
QJ.:TAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE UNIT VENTILATOR WITH COMBINATION COIL
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CLASSROOM
CDOLING
T Y P E UN I T V EN TIL ATO R
HEATING
WITH COMBINATION COIL
IIOTDR FAN
RETURN MAXI .. UM FRESH
AIR C.F.M. AI R C. F.M.
B:rU'/HR. AIR ENl: AIR LVG.
D. B. W. B.
CHILLED WATER TDTAL AIR H T WATER IIIN. PHASE MAX. MAX. IIAX.
H.P. R.P.II. D.1l R.P.II. INl: SENS. INT. LA! TDTAL SENS. D. B. w.B. ENT. LVG. G. P. .. . p.o. B.T.U IHR.
SOD 1112 540
750. 1112 170.
10.00 1112 700
1250.
III 730.
1500 114 no
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO.30
PIPE RUNOUTS SIZE
SUPPl Y RETURN DRAIN
P AGE NO.6!5
DESIGNING .T HE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE
UNIT VENTILATOR WITH DUAL COILS
1. DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES - DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES IN ACCORDA14CE
WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES. REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOR DE
SIGH OUTDOOR AND INDOOR TEMPERATURES. USUAl INDOOR DESIGN TEMPERATURES ARE WINTER -
70 DEGREES DBF; SUMMER-78DEGREES DBF - 65 DEGREES WBF . THESE CONDITIONS ARE FOR PEAK
LOAD COMDITIONS. IN USUAL PRACTICE, THE SYSTEM IS OPERATED AT 75 DEGREES DBF, SUMMER, AND
72 DEGREES DBF, WINTER.
2. SELECTION OF THE DUAL COIL UNIT - THE DUAL COIL UNIT VENTILATOR SHOULD BE USED WHERE
SEASOHAL LOAD REQUIREMENTS ARE SUCH THAT COMBINATION COILS WILL NOT MEET THE VARYING
LOAD REQUIREMENTS. WHERE GLASS AREAS OF THE BUILDING ARE LARGE, HEATING MAY BE REQUIRED
ON ONE SIDE OF THE BUILDING WHILE COOLING IS REQUIRED ON THE OTHER SIDE . THE DUAL COIL UNIT
VENTILATOR UNITS HAVE THE ABILITY TO PROVIDE HEATING IN ONE ROOM AND COOLING IN THE ADJA
CENT ROOM.
3. DETERMINE SUMMER HEAT GAINS AND WINTER HEAT LOSSES - CALCULATE THE SENSIBLE ROOM COOL
ING LOAD, LATENT ROOM COOLING LOAD, TOTAL ROOM COOLING LOAD, AND ROOM HEATING LOAD IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES AS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND
DATA BOOK.
4. DETERMINE THE TOTAL AIR CAPACITY - THE ROOM SENSIBLE COOLING LOAD DETERMINES THE TOTAL
AIR QUAHTITY WHICH IS-
CFM = QRS = QRS
1.08 x (T T ~ 1.08 x (75-60)
(WHERE QRS IS THE SENSIBLE COOLING LOAD IN BTUtltR).
THE ABOVE EQUATIOH IS OBTAINED BY ASSUMING A III FFERENTIAL OF IS DEGREES BETWEEN THE IN
DOOR DESIGN DRY BULB TEMPERATURE (TR) AND THE FINAL DRY IULB TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE
UNIT (TF). GOOD DESIGN PRACTICE DICTATES 7 1/ 2 - 10 CFM OF OUTDOOR AIR PER OUTDOOR AIR PER
OCCUPANT FOR VENTILATION. CHECK THE LOCAL CODES FOR VARIATIONS IN VENTILATIOH REQUIRE
MENTS. IT IS DESIRABLE, ESPECIAllY IN CLASSROOMS WITH A SOUTHERN EXPOSURE, OR WITH LARGE
WINDOW AREAS, TO CALCULATE THE MILD WEATHER COOLING LOAD, AHD IF NECESSARY, INCREASE THE
TOTAL CFM OF THE UNIT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE NATURAL COOLING CAPACITY.
S. SELECT THE UNIT SIZE - SELECT A UNIT THAT WILL MEET THE ESTABLISHED AIR CAPACITY. IF THIS
CAPACITY IS BETWEEN TWO UNIT CAPACITIES, SELECT THE LARGER.
6. SELECT THE COMTROL CYCLE - SELECTIOH OF THE COMTROL CYCLE DEPENDS OM THE TYPE OF SPACE
SERVED, LOCAL DESIGN PRACTICE AND APPLICABLE CODES AND STATUTES. SELECT THE COHTROL
CYCLE WHICH WILL SATISFY THE ESTABLISHED VENTILATION AIR QUANTITIES, AND PROVIDE THE DE
SIRED OPERATING ECOMOMY.
7. DETERMINE THE SUMMER AND.WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURES - DETERMINE THE PERCENT OF
OUTDOOR AIR FROM THE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS AND THE LOCAL CODES. THE SUMMER MIXTURE
TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AND ROOM AIR. ON A PSYCHRO
METRIC CHART, DRAW A LINE BETWEEN THE OUTDOOR AHD ROOM TEMPERATURES. ON THIS LINE,
LOCATE THE MIXTURE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE. THE RESULTING POINT IS THE MIXTUR E DRY BULB
AND WET BULB TEMPERATURE. THE WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE TEMPERA
TURE OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AHD ROOM AIR.
8. DETERMINE THE VENTILATION AND TOTAL LOAD - THE SUMMER VENTILATION LOAD IS THE COOLING
REQUIRED TO LOWER THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO THE ROOM TEMPERATURE. IT CONSISTS OF
TWO PARTS: THE SENSIBLE VENTILATIOH LOAD AND THE LATENT VENTILATION LOAD. FROM THE
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART, FIND THE CHAHGE IN DRY BULB TEMPERATURE AND ENTHALPY BETWEEN
THE MIXTURE CONDITIONS AHD THE ROOM CONDITIONS. DETERMINE THE SENSIBLE VENTILATIOM LOAD
AND THE TOTAL VENTILATION LOAD. THE TOTAL COOLING LOAD CONSISTS OF THE SENSIBLE COOL
ING LOAD AHD TOTAL VENTILATION COOLING LOAD.
SENSIBLE COOLING LOAD = SENSIBLE ROOM LOAD + SENSIBLE VENTILATIOH LOAD
TOTAL COOLING LOAD 2 TOTAL ROOM LOAD + TOTAL VENTILATION LOAD
THE WINTER VENTILATION LOAD IS THE HEAT REQUIRED TO RAISE THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO
ROOM TEMPERATURE. DETERMINE THE VENTILATIOM LOAD. THE HEATING LOAD COMSISTS OF THE
TOTAL ROOM LOAD AND TOTAL VENTILATION LOAD.
HEATING LOAD = TOTAL ROOM LOAD + TOTAl VEHTILATION LOAD
9. CHillED WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CHILLED WATER IS GENERALLY PREDE
TERMINED BY THE CENTRAl AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. NORMALLY, 4S EWT IS SUF
FICIENT, UNLESS UNUSUALLY HIGH LATENT LOADS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHERE LOWER WATER TEM.
PERATURE MIGHT BE CONSIDERED.
10. HOT WATER AVAILABLE - THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT WATER IS GENERAllY !'REDETERMINED
BY THE CENTRAL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. NORMALLY 200 EWT AND 180 LWT IS
USED, HOWEVER, HIGHER TEMPERATURES AND GREATER TEMPERATURE DROPS MAY BE EMPLOYED.
11. SELECT THE HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENT REQUIRED - SEVERAL HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE , DEPENDING UPON THE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS SELECTED. TO DETERMINE GPM RE
QUIRED, DIVIDE THE TOTAL BTUtltRCAPACITY BY WATER TEMPERATURE RISE TIMES FIVE HUNDRED.
QT
GPM = TW x SOO
THE ABOVE FORMULA APPLIES TO BOTH HOT AND CHILLED WATER FLOW.
12. DETERMINE WATER PRESSURE DROP - AFTER F L O ~ RATE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR BOTH COILS,
CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA FOR THE PRESSURE DROP IN EACH COIL.
13. CABINET HEIGHTS - THE FLOOR MOUNTED MODEL OF THIS UNIT IS GENERALLY MAHUFACTURED WITH
A CABINET HEIGHT OF 30-INCHES: HOWEVER, SOME MAHUFACTURERS PROI)UCE THE UNIT IN 28-INCH
HEIGHTS.
I ~ . CABINET CONSTRUCTION - CABINET SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF 14 GAGE COLD
ROLLED STEEL LIGHTER GAGES ARE AVAILABLE IF DESIRED.
IS. FILTER - SPECIFY THAT THE UNIT HAVE A PERMANENT WIRE MESH OR DISPOSABLE MEDIA TYPE FILTER
AND THAT THE FILTER BE SO ARRANGED AS TO FILTER BOTH THE RETURN AIR AHD THE OUTDOOR AIR.
16. OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE - SPACE HAS BEEN LEFT ON THE DETAIL BELOW TO DRAW IN THE WALL SECTION
FOR SPECIFIC WALL BEING USED IN THE PROJECT BEING DESIGNED. CONSULl-MAHUFACTURER'S CATA
LOGS FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS.
PAG E NO, 66
Avoiloble In CMllOt' .... TRANS-A-PLATE*
HOT WATER
SUPPLY RUNOUT
CHILLED WATE R
SUPPL..Y RUNOUT
HOT WATER
RETURN RUNOUT
INSTALLATION NOTE S
LOW LIMIT
STAT
O. A. II
DAMPER
MOTOR
I. - ALL PIPING SHALL 8E COPPER TUBING WITH WROUGHT
COPPER SWEAT FITTING.
2. - SUPPLY II RETURN PIPING SHALL BE INSULATION TO A
POINT WHERE PIPING IS ABOVE DRAIN PAN. END OF
INSULATION SHALL BE VAPOR SEAL .
3. - PREPARE MOUNTI NG SURFACES, FLOOR II WALL PROPERLY.
4.- SET UNIT ON TOP ?F fi BERGLASS MOUNTING PAD.
REMOVE MOTOR SHIPPING BRACKETS.
6.- BOLT UNIT TO WALL, CHECK LEVELING BOLTS .
1 - INSTALL PIPING II ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
SEQUENCE OF OPERAT ION
DUAL COIL UNIT VENTI LATOR CONTROL HEATING C'feLE
POINT
8 CLOSED, THE COOLI NG COil VALVE SHALL BE CLOS ED, AND THE
HEATING COIL VALVE SHALL BE FULL OPEN. ON A RI SE IN ROOM

THE ROOM THERMOSTAT SHALL MODULATE THE HEATING VALVE
CLOSED. ON A FURTHER RI SE. THE ROOM THERMOSTAT SHALL MODU-
LATE THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER OPEN AND THE RE TURN AIR DAMPER
CLOSED AND IN UNISON MODULATE THE CHI LLED WATER VALVE OP EN
THE LOW-LIMIT THERMOSTAT SHALL PREVENT DISCHARGE AI R TE M-
PERATURE FROM FALLING BELOW A PREDETERMINED SET TING B Y
OVERRIDI NG THE ROOM THERMOSTAT AND MODULATI NG THE OUT-
DOOR AIR DAMPER CLOSED.
.
MUM OPEN POSITI ON AS DETERMINED BY MANUAL SWnCH THE FfOOM
THERMOSTAT SHALL , ON A RISE I N SPACE TEMPERATURE, MODU-
LATE THE HEATING COI L VALVE CLOSED. ON A CONTINUED RI SE IN
TEMPERATURE, THE ROOM THERMOSTAT SHALL MOOULATE THE COOL-
ING VALVE OPEN. ON A FALL IN SAlCE TEMPERATURE. THE RE -
VERSE SHAL L OCCUR.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE UN IT . V E N TIL A TO R WITH DUAL COIL S
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CLASSROOM Ty PE UNIT VENTILATOR WITH DUAL COl L S
RETURN MAXIMUM AIR HOTWATER MIN MAX MAX MA X HEATING COOLING DRAIN
AIR C.F.1t AIR C. F M NT ENS. INT. LA! TOTAL SEN S. D.B. W. B. 0. B. w.a ENT. L VE. GPM D. BTU/HIt ENT. LYE. ENT. LVE. GPM 0 PHASE R.P.It OV R.P.M S R

750
1000

HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P L ATE NO. 31 P AGE NO. 67
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE
UNIT VENTILA TOR, HOT WATER HEATING
1. DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES. REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOR DESIGN
OUTDOOR AND INDOOR TEMPERATURES.
2. DETERMINE WINTER HEAT LOSSES - CALCULATE THE ROOM HEATING LOAD AND VENTILATION HEATING
LOAD IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES AS OUTliNED IN THE ASHRAE
GUIDE AND DATA BOOK.
3. DETERMINE THE TOTAl AIR CAPACITY - THE UNIT VENTILATOR SHOULD BE SELECTED ON THE
TOTAl AIR QUANTITY THAT WILL PROOUCE TWELVE (12) AIR CHANGES PER HOUR IN THE ROOM IN
WHICH IT IS IEING PLACED. .
4. DETERMINE THE OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED - GOOD DESIGN PRACTICE DICTATES 1015 CFM OF OUTOOOR
AIR PER OCCUPANT FOR VENTILATION. CHECK THE LOCAl CODES FOR VARIATIONS IN VENTILATION
REQUIREMENTS. IT IS DESIRABLE, ESPECIALLY IN CLASSROOMS WITH A SOUTHERN EXPOSURE, OR WITH
LARGE WINDOW AREAS, TO CAlCULATE THE MILD WEATHER COOliNG LO.AD AND, IF NECESSARY, IN
CREASE THE TOTAL CFM OF THE UNIT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE NATURAL COOLING CAPACITY.
5. SELECT THE UNIT SIZE - SELECT A UNIT THAT WILL MEET THE ESTABLISHED AIR CAPACITY. IF THIS
CAPACITY IS BETWEEN TWO UNIT .cAPACITIES, SELECT THE LARGER.
6. SELECT THE CONTROL CYCLE - SELECTION OF THE CONTROL CYCLE DEPENDS ON THE TYPE OF
SPACE SERVED, LOCAl DESIGN PRACTICE, AND APPLICABlE COOES AND STATUTES. SELECT THE
CONTROL CYCLE WHICH WILL SATISFY THE ESTABLISHED VENTILATION AIR QUANTITIES, AND PRO
VIDE THE DESIRED OPERATIHG ECONOMY
7. DETERMINE THE WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURES - DETERMINE THE PERCENT OF OUTDOOR AIR.
THE WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AND
ROOM AIR, AND MAY BE COMPUTED ON THE RATIO BASIS.
8. DETERMINE THE VENTILATION AND TOTAL LOAD - THE WINTER VENTILATION IS THE HEAT REQUIRED
TO RAISE THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO ROOM TEMPERATURE . DETERMINE THE VENTILATION LOAD.
THE HEATING LOAD CONSISTS OF THE TOTAl ROOM LOAD AND VENTILATION LOAD.
HEATING LOAD = TOT Al ROOM LOAD + TOTAL VENTILATION LOAD
9. HOT WATER AVAILABLE - THF. TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT WATER IS GENERALLY PREDETERMINED
BY THE CENTRAl AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. NORMALLY, 200 DEGREES EWT AND 180
LWT IS USED; HOWEVER, HIGHER TEMPERATURES AND GREATER TEMPERATURE DROPS MAY BE
EMPLOYED.
10. SELECT THE HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENT REQUIRED - SEVERAL HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE, DEPENDING UPON THE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS SELECTED. TO DETERMINE GPM
REQUIRED, DIVIDE .THE TOTAL HEATING CAPACITY BY WATER TEMPERATURE RISE TIMES FIVE
HUNDRED.
QT
GPM TW , soo
11. DETERMINE WATER PRESSURE DROP - AFTER FLOW RATE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE COIL
CONSULT MANUFACTURER' S CATAlOG DATA FOR THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE COIL. '
12. CABINET HEIGHTS - THE FLOOR MOUNTED MODEL OF THIS UNIT IS GENERALLY MANUFACTURED
WITH A CABINET H EIGHT OF 30INCHES; HOWEVER, SOME MANUFACTURERS PRODUCE TH E UNIT IN
28INCH HEIGHTS.
13. CABINET CONSTRUCTION - CABINET SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF 14 GAGE COLO
ROLLED STEEL. LIGHTER GAGES ARE AVAILABLE IF DESIRED.
14. FILTER - SPECIFY THAT THE UNIT HAVE A PERMANENT WIRE MESH OR DISPOSABLE MEDIA TYPE
FILTER AND THAT THE FILTER BE SO ARRANGED AS TO FILTER BOTH THE RETURN AIR AND THE
OUTDOOR AIR.
15. OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE - SPACE HAS BEEN LEFT ON THE DETAIL BELOW TO DRAW IN THE WALL
SECTION FOR THE SPECIFIC WALL IEING USED IN THE PR OJECT BEING DESIGNED. CONSULT
MANUFACTURER'S CATALOe FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS.
PAG E NO. 68
A ... i'""/. In Cj'I1"' - TRANS-A,I'\.A TE*
FAN

FILTERS
RETUIIN
IIUNOUT
INSTALLATION NOTES
I . ALL PIPING SHALL BE TUBING WITH WROUGHT .OPPER
Z.- SUPPLY a RETURN PIP IN G SHALL IE INSULATED.
3 - PREPARE IIIOUNTING SURFACES, FLOOR. WALL PROPERLY.
4.- SET UNIT ON TOP OF FIBERGLASS IIOUNTING ' PAD.
5. ' REIIOVE IIOTOR SHIPPING BRACKETS.
6 .- BOLT UNIT TO WALL , CHECK LEVELING BOLTS.
l - INSTALL PIPING a ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
114' IIANUAL VENT" VALVE
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
VALVES
WATER

IIAIN AIR LINE
PRESSURE
CONTROl. DIAGRAM
f
lOW LIMI T
STAT
N. O. HEATING
VALVE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE UNIT VENTILATOR, HOT WATER HEATING
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CLASSROOM T Y P E UN I T V EN TIL A TO R HOT WATER HEATING
RETURN
AIR c.rM. AIR C.rM. I-ENtIIlLW. ENT. LVI . PD. T MIN. PHASE MAX. MAX. MAX. SUPPLY II[TUIIII OIIAIN
IIMAIIKS
500
750
1000
IZ50
1500
HEATING VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING D LSI G N MAIIUAL PLATE "'0.32 PAGE NO. '69
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE
UNIT VENTILATOR, STEAM HEATING
l. DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES - DETERMINE THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES. REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DAU lOOK FOR DESIGN
OUTDOOR AND INOOOR TEMPERATURES.
2. DETER"NE WINTER HEAT LOSSES - CAlCULATE THE ROOM HEATING LOAD AND VENTILATION HEATIHG
LOAD IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTAILISHED ENGINEERING PRACTICES AS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE
GUIDE AND DAU lOOK.
3. DETERMINE THE TOTAl AIR CAPACITY - THE UNIT VENTILATOR SHOULD IE SELECTED OM THE TOTAL
AIR QUANTITY THAT WILL PRODUCE TWELVE (UI AIR CHANGES PER HOUR IN THE ROOM 1M WHICH IT IS
IEIMG PLACED.
DETERMINE THE OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED - GOOD DESIGN PRACTICE DICUTES 10-15 CFM OF OUTOOOR
AIR PER OCCUPANT FOR VENTILATION. OiECK THE LOCAL COi)ES FOR VARIATIONS IN VENTILATION
REQUIREMENTS. IT IS DESIRAILE, ESPECIALLY 1M CLASSROOMS WITH A SOUTHERN EXPOSURE, OR WITH
URGE W"OOW AREAS, TO CALCULATE THE MILD WUTHER COOllMG LOAD AND, IF MECESSARY, 114
CUASE THE TOUL CFM OF THE UMIT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE MATURAL COOllMG CAPACITY.
5. SELECT THE UMIT SIZE - SELECT A UMIT THAT WILL MEET THE ESUILISHED AIR CAPACITY. IF THIS
CAPACITY IS IETWEEM TWO UMIT CAPACITIES, SELECT THE LARGER.
6. SELECT THE COMTROL CYCLE - SELECTIOM in THE CONTROL CYCLE DEPEMDS ON THE TYPE OF
SPACE SERVED, LOCAl DESIGN PRACTICE, AND API'LIC.ILE COOES AMD STATUTES. SELECT TH.E
CONTROL CYCLE WHICH WILL SATISFY THE ESUILISHED VEMTILATIOM AIR QUANTITIES, AI40 PROVIDE
THE DESIRED OPERATING ECOMOMY.
7. DETERMINE THE WINTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURES - DETERMINE THE PERCEMT OF OUTDOOR AIR.
THE WIMTER MIXTURE AIR TEMPERATURE IS THE MIXTURE TEMPERATUU OF THE OUTDOOR AIR AND
ROOM AIR, AND MAY IE COMPUTED OM THE RATIO WIS.
DETERMINE THE VEMTILATIOM AND TDULLOAD - THE WlMTER VEMTILATIOM IS THE HEAT REQUIRED
TO RAISE THE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE TO ROOM TE .... ERATURE. DETERMIME THE VEMTILATION LOAD.
THE HEATlHG LOAD COHSISTS OF THE TOTAL ROOM LOAD AHD VEHTILATIOH LOAD.
HEA TlHG LOAD = TOUL ROOM LOAD + TOUL VEHTlLA TlOH LOAD
9 SYSTEM DESIGN PRESSURE -IT IS RECOMMEMDED THAT THE SYSTEM IE DESIGNED so THAT AT LEAST
1 1'51 STEAM PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE. (1 PSI DlFFEREMTIAlI'RESSURE IF VACUUM SYSTEM USED.I
USIMG MANUFACTURER'S CAULOGS FOR PRESSURE OROI' THRU CONTROL VAlVES AND THE ASHRAE
GUIDE AND DAU lOOK FOR PRESSURE OROI' IN DISTRIIUTION PIPIMG, THE SYSTEM DESIGN PRESSURE
CAN THEN IE DETERMIMED.
10. DETERMINE STEAM FLOW - DETERMIME THE STEAM FLOW BY THE FOLLOWIMG FORMULA:
ITU!HR
STEAM FLOW 1M LlS!HR - LATEMT HEAT OF EVAPORATION
WHERE LATENT HUT OF EVAPORATION MAY IE OIUIMED FROM THE STEAM UILES OR APPROX
IMATED AT 970 ITUIlI.
11. CABINET HEIGNTS - THE FLOOR I!II3UMTED I!II3DEL OF THIS UMIT IS GEMERALLY MAMUFACTURED WITH
A clllREl HEIGHt OF JO.IMCHES; HOIEVER, SOME MANUFACTURERS PRODUCE THE UMIT 1M 21-INCH
HEIGHTS.
12. CABIMET CONSTRUCTION - CAIIMET SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE COMSTRUCTED OF 14 GAGE COLD
RoLLED STEEl. LIGHTER GAGES ARE AVAILAILIIF DESIRED.
13. FILTER - SPECIFY THAT THE UMIT HAVE A PERMANENT WIRE MESH OR DISPOSABLE MEDIA TYPE FILTER
AMD THAT THE FIL TER IE so ARRANGED AS TO FL TER 10TH THE RETURM AIR AMD THE OUTDOOR AIR.
14. OUTOOOR AIR IMTAKE - SPACE HAS IEEM LEFT ON THE DETAL IELOW TO DRAW 1M THE WALL SECTION
FOR THE SPECFIC WALL IEIMG USED 1M THE PROJECT IEIMG DESIGNED. CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S
CATALOG FOR EUCT DIMENSIOMS.
PAG E NO. 70
Avai/abl. In TRAN5''':PlA TE*
IN STAL L AT ION NOTES
I.-ALL PIPING SHALL BE COPPER TUBING WITH WROUGHT COPPER SWEAT FITTING
2.- SUPPLY a RETURN PIPING SHALL BE INSULATEO.
ROOM STAT
rRESTRICTOR LOW LIMIT STAT
STEAM
STEAM
cw----IH+-",;.
FAN

FIL TERS
3,- PREPARE MQUNTING SURFACES . FlOOR a WALL PRGPERLY.
4.- SET UNIT ON TOP OF FIBERGLASS MOUNTlI; . PAD
5.- REMOVE MOTOR SHIPPING BRACKETS.
6.- BOLT UNIT TO WALL. CHECK LEVELING BOLTS.
!-INSTALL PIPING a ELECTRICA L CONNECTI ONS.
ELBOW
CONTROL
AIN AIR LINE
PRESSURE
N.O. HEATING
VALVE

VALVE ALLOWS ALL OF THE STEAM TO ENTER THE TRANSFER
ELEMENT OPERATING WITH THE MAXl MUM POSSIBLE FLOW
RATE. THIS IS KNOWN AS THE WARM-UP CYCLE. AS THE ROOM

FULLY CLOSED POSITION TO THE WINTEII MINIMUM POSITION.
WITH A CONTINUED RISE IN ROOM TEMPERATURE. THE VALV
MODULATE CLOSED WHILE THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER REMAINS
IN THE MINIMUM POSITION. IF THE ROOM TEMPERATURE
TTHHEE
DOOR AIR DAMPER OPENS BEYOND THE MINIMUM POSITI ON
FOR INCREASED NATURAL COOLING. TO PREVENT THE DIS-
CHARGE OF AIR INTO THE ROOM AT UNCOMFORTABLE TEMP-
ERATURES (BELOW 55) AN AIR STEAM THERMOSTAT REVERSE
THE CONTROL SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM AIR
DISCHARgE TEMPERATURE. THE E. P. RELAY SHALL PREVENT
THE O. A. DAMPER FROM OPENING UNLESS THE FAN IS
RUNNING.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE UN I T V E N TI L A TO R! S TEA M HEAT I N G
SYMBOL TOTAL
C. F M.
150
1000
1250
1500
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CLASSROOM TYPE UNIT VENTILATOR,
... ____
RETURN MAXIMUM FRESH AIR STEAM MIN MAX. MAX.
AIR C.F.M. AIR C. F.M. EN'!: LVE. PROS. " HR. FIN. TE EDR BTU/HR HP' PHASE RPM O.V. RPM SUPPLY RETURN CAPACITY
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR COND/TlON\ING DESIGN MANUAL
STE AM HEATING
REMARKS
P L ATE NO. 33 PAGE NO. 71
DUAL DUCT MIXING BOX WITH DIFFUSER OUTLET
2. BOX DESIGN AND OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS.
SINGLE OR DUAL DUCT
6
1NTEGRAL DIFFUSER OR END DISCHARGE
OR MULTI FLEX DUCT ISCHARGE.
A. 20 GAUGE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL - LEAKPROOF
CONSTRUCTION.
B. ACOUSTIC LINER SHOULD BE A GLASS FIBER BUNKET, MINI
MUM 1" THICKNESS, 3 LB. DENSITY WITH A MATTE FACE SUR
FACE TO RESIST EROSION.
C. UNIT SHALL CONTAIN QUICK-OPENING BOTTOM ACCESS PANEL
FOR ADJUSTMENT AND REMOVAL OF COMPONENTS
NOTE : PNEUMA TIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOTORS ARE
FURNISHED BY THE CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND ARE
FACTORY MOUNTED ELECTRIC TEMPERATURE CON
TROL MOTORS ARE FURNISHED BY CONTROL CONTRACTOR
AND ARE EXTERNALLY MOUNTED IN THE FIELD
D. DUAL DUCT UNIT MIXING BAFFLE SHOULD PROVIDE UNIFORM
TEMPERATURES AT DISCHARGE WITHIN 1 F FOR EACH 20 F
DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN INLET DUCTS
E MODULATING INLET DAMPERS TO BE CLOSED WITH LESS THAN
2!O LEAKAGE IN THE CLOSED DUCT AT 8" H
2
0 STATIC PRESSURE .
F. THE INLET DUCTS SHOULD BE EASIL Y REVERSIBLE FROM HOT
TO COLD IN THE FIELD.
INTERCHANGEABILITY IF IMPORTAI4T IN THE FIELD AS DUCTS
CANMOT ALWAYS 8E INSTALLED AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED DUE
TO EOOIPMENT INTERFERENCE.
3. MECHANICAL VOLUME A. UNIT SHOULD OPERATE THROUGH FULL RANGE OF DESIGN CFM
CONTROLLER CHARACTE RISTICS. WITHOUT CHANGING MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
4. SELECTION REQUIREMENTS.
B. CONTROLLER SHOULD PROVIDE A CONSTANT VOLUME WITHIN
!: 5" THROUGH AN INLET PRESSURE RANGE .75" TO 5.0" H20
STA TIC PRE5SURE
C. ALL MOVING PARTS TO IE CORROSION RESISTANT AND SELF
LUBRICA TlNG.
A. UNIT MINIMUM P. MUST BE COMPATIBLE WI11I CALCUUTED
SYSTEM PRESSURES AT SPECIFIED CFM.
B. UNIT SOUND LEVEL SELECTED AT AVERAGE INLET P. (3" H
2
0I.
5. SPECIFYING SOUND LEVELS.
6. PERFORMAIICE TESTIHG.
7. OPTIONAL UNIT EQUIPMENT.
UNITS SHOULD IE SELECTED ON THE ROCXIl Me REQUIRED
FOR THE SPACE IEING SERVED. RECOMMENDED NC LEVELS ARE
SHOWN IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE.
A. ITEMS TO IE CONSIDERED WIlEN LOW SOUND LEVELS AlE
REQUIRED:
1. REMOTE UNIT FIIOM AIOVE OCCUPIED SPACE.
2. LINE DUCTWORK ARCIUMD ONE ELL iEFOIE OUTLET TAKE
OFF. USE I" THICK GLASS FIIERIWIET. .
3. UTILIZE MIlL TI'LE OUTLET COIRECTION SHOWIIIM 1WftI
FACTURU'S CAlALOG.
4. SOUND TlAMSMISSICIIt LOU Of CEILICe; SHOULD IE CON
SIDEID TO PREVENT MOISE IEING RADIATED INTO CRITICAL
AREA.
MANY SMALL DiffUSERS WILL IE QUIETU Til ... OME UR'E
DiffUSER.
S. IN AREAS Of HIGH INLET PREsSURE plOVIDE EXTRA ACOUS-
TICAL LINING IN DlSC1IARGE DUCTS.
6. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL IE RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ASHRAE STANDARD 36Ul AND Me RATINGS DETERMINED
WITH AM llDl ROCXIl ATTENUATION FACTOR.
AIR PERFORMANCE TESTS SHALL IE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ADC TEST CODE I062Rl.
HOT WATER REHEAT COIL.
ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL.
PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRIC ACTUATOR.
INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL MOTOR ACTUATOR.
VARIABLE CONSTANT VOLUME .
INTEGRAL DIFFUSER OUTLET.
SIDE ACCESS DOORS.
PAGE
L-____________________________________________________________________________________________________ __
Availabl. In C811101.1. nANS-APlATE*
HOT (OR
ALL FLEXIBLE
I
I
I
I
\
\
,
,
,
"
SHALL BE OF TItE
PREINSULATED TYPE.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
INSULATION SHALL BE
(OR HOTI AIR FLOW
AT LEAST I" THICK 11
3/4" LI DENSITY GLASS
FIBER BLANKET COMPLETE
WITH EXTERIOR VINYL
VAPOR BARRIER.
PLAN VIEW
!z"4> ALL THREADED RODS
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE IN
AN APPROVED MANNER
CKING NUT S

RECOMMENDED IY MFR. c====
REAR ELEVATION
MIXING
BOX
SI DEE LEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
ElLING
FFUSER
T BOX DEAD LEVEL
El LING DIFFuSER
-'"-CEILING LINE
e,
AIN AIR PRESSURE
_ ROOM THERMOSTAT
DAMPER
DAMPER OPERATION

THE AMOUNT OF COLD AIR a DECREAS[ THE AMOUNT
OF HOT AI R BEING SUPPLIED TO THE AREA ON A FALL
IN TEMPERATURE THE OPERATION SHALL BE REVERSED.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DUAL DUCT MIXING BOX WITH
NO SCALE
NOTES
MINIMUM Ps SHALL 8 MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES
WG. AT I NLET TO BOX NECSSARY TO OPERATE
BOX .
2 MAXIMUM Ps SHALL BE MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES
WG. THAT COULD OCCUR AT INLET TO BOX a
SHA LL BE THE PRESSURE USED IN THE SELEC-
TION OF THE' SOUND RATING HC. BASED ON
POWER LEVEL READING
SCHE.DULE OF MIXING BOXES
SYMBOL C. F. M. MINIMUM Pt MAXI MUM Pt SOUND RATING NC
DIFFUSER OUTLET
P L ATE \ NO. 54 PAGE NO. 75
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE LJUAL DUCT
MIXING BOX WITH RECTANGULAR DUCT OUTLET
1. DETERMINE UNIT STYLE.
2. lOX RESIGN AND OPERATICG
QtAIACTERISTlCS.
SINGLE OR DUAL DUCT
6
1NTEGRAL DIFFUSER OR END DISCHARGE
OR MULTIFLEX DUCT ISCHARGE.
A 20 GAUGE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL - lEAKPROOF
CONSTRUCTION.
I ACOUSTIC LINER SHOULD IE A GUSS FliER BLANKET, MINI
MUM I" THICKNESS, 3 LI. DENSITY WITH A MATTE FACE SUR
FACE TO RESIST EROSION
C UNIT SHALL CONTAIN QUICK-OPENING BOTTOM ACCESS PANEL
FOR ADJUSTMENT AND REMOVAL OF COMPONENTS
NOTE: PNEUMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOTORS ARE
FACTORY MOUNTED. ELECTRIC TEMPERATURE CON
TROL MOTORS ARE FURNISHED IY CONTROL CONTRACTOR
AND ARE EXTERNALLY MOUNTED IN THE FIELD.
D DUAL DUCT UNIT MIXIMG BAFFLE SHOULD PROVIDE UNIFORM
TEMPERATURES AT DISCHARGE WIThiN I F FOR EACH 20 F
DIFFERENTIAL IETWEEN INLET DUCTS
E MODUUTIMG INLET DAMPERS TO IE CLOSED WITH LESS THAN
2" LEAKAGE IN THE CLOSED DUCT AT I" H ~ STATIC PRESSURE.
F THE INLET DUCTS SHOULD IE EASILY REVERSIILE FROM HOT
INTERCHANGEABILITY IF IMPORTANT IN THE FIELD AS DUCTS
CANMOT ALWAYS 8E INSTALLED AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED DUE
TO EQUIPMENT INTERFERENCE.
3 MECHANICAL VOLUME A. UNIT SHOULD OPERATE THROUGH FULL RANGE OF DESIGN CFM
CONTROLLER CHARACTERISTICS. WITHOUT CHANGING MECHANICAL COMPONENTS.
I CONTROLLER SHOULD PROVIOE A CONSTANT VOLUME WITHIM
t 5" THRooGH AN INLET PRESSURE RANGE .75" TO 5.0" HZO
STATIC PRESSURE
C. ALL MOVICG PARTS TO IE CORROSION RESISTANT AND SELF
LUIRICATIMG
A UNIT MINIMUM P. MUST IE COMPATIBLE WITH CALCULATED
SYSTEM PRESSURES AT SPECIFIEO CFM. f
II UNIT SOUND LEVEL SELECTED AT AVERAGE INLET P. (3" H
2
0)
S. SPECIFYING SOUND lEVELS.
6 PERFORMANCE TESTICG.
UNITS SHOULD BE SELECTED lASED ON THE ROOM NC REQUIRED
FOR THE SPACE BEING SERVED RECOMMENDED NC lEVELS ARE
SHOWN IN THE ASH RAE GUIDE
A ITEMS TO BE CONSIDERED WHEN LOW SOUND '. EVELS ARE
REOUIRED:
I REMOTE UNIT FROM AlOVE OCCUPIED SPACE.
2 LINE DUCTWORK AROUND ONE ELL BEFORE OUTLET TAKE
Off. USE I" THICK GLASS FIBER BUNKET.
UTILIZE MUl TIPlE OUTLET CORRECTION SHOWM IN MANU
FACTURER'S CATALOG.
4 SOUMD TRANSMISSION LOSS OF CEILING SHOULD BE CON
SIDERED TO PREVENT NOISE IEING RADIATED INTO CRITICAL
AREA.
MANY SMALL DIFFUSERS WILL IE QUIETER THAN ONE LARGE
DIFFUSER
5 IN AREAS OF HIGH INLET PRESSURE PROVIDE EXTRA ACOUS-
TICAL LINING IN DISCHARGE DUCTS .
ASIIRAE STANDARD 361-43 AND NC RATIMGS DETERMINED
WITH AN IIDI ROOM ATTENUATION FACTOR.
WITH THE ADC TEST CODE I062RI .
PNEUAfATIC OR ELECTRIC ACTUATOR.
VARIABLE CONSTANT VOLUME.
SIDE ACCESS D.OORS
PAGE NO. 74
",.-..w. In (.,,..... TIlANS-A-I'lATE"
. HOT' (Oft COLD) AlII
ALL FLEXIILE
SHALL IE OF THE
PIIE-IIiSUlATED TYPE.
lEE SPECIFICATIONS.
11I.lIlATIOIi fHAll IE
//'J.-=----CC)LD(oiI HOTI AlII FLOW
AT lEA IT l" THICK a
1/4" La. DEII'IITY BLASS

VAPOII IAIIIIIER.
PIIOVIDE ACCEII TO
lOX AND CEIiTER
RECOMMEIIDED BY
REAR ELEVATION
PLAN VIEW
ALL THREADED RODS
AN APPROVED MANNER

ICING NUTS
SET lOX DEAD
SIDE ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
THICK FIBERGLASS ACOUSTICA,L
LINING 12 Ft LENGTH
LENGTH
AIR FLOW TO ROOM
AIR PRESSURE
ROOM THERMOSTAT
DAMPER MOTOR IN
DAMPER OPERATION
SEQUENeE OF OPERATION
ON A RISE IN ROOM TEMPERATURE, ROOM THERMOSTAT
GRADUALLY POSITIONS DAMPER MOTOR TO INCREASE
THE AMOUNT OF COLD AIR a DECREASE THE AMOUNT
OF HOT AIR BEING SUPPLIED TO THE AREA ON A FALL
IN TEMPERATURE THE OPERATION SHALL BE REVERSED.
' NOTES
I MINIMUM p, SHALL BE MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES
WG. AT INLET TO BOX NECESSARY TO OPERATE
BOX.,
2 MAX IMUM -Ps SHALL BE MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES
WG. . THAT COULD OCCUR AT INLET TO lOX a
SHALL BE THE PRESSURE USED IN THE SELEC-
TION OF THE SOUND IIATING N C lASED ON
POWER LEVEL READING.
SCHEDULE OF MIXING BOXES
S YMBOL C. F. M. MINIMUM PI MAXIMUM PI SOUND RATING NC
,
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE D-tJAL .DUCT MIXING BOX WITH RECTANGULAR DUCT OUTLET
NO SCALE
H EAT I N 8, V E N TIL A T ION', AND A IRe 0 N D I TI 0 N I N G DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 35 PA8E NO" 75
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE DUAL DUCT
MIXING BOX WITH FOUR ROUND OUTLETS
1. DETERMINE UNIT STYLE.
2. lOX DESIGN AND OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS.
SINGLE OR OUAL DUCT
6t
IMTEGRAL DIFFUSER OR END DISCHARGE
OR MULTIFLEX DUCT SCHARGE.
A. 20 GAUGE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL - LEAKPROOF
CONSTRUCTION.
I . ACOUSTIC LINER SHOULD IE A GLASS FilER ILANKET, MINI.
MUM I" THICKNESS, 3 LB. DENSITY WITH A MATTE FACE SUR
FACE TO RESIST EROSION.
C. UNIT SHALL CONTAIN QUICK-OPENING .oTT-OM ACCESS PANEL
FOR ADJUSTMENT AND REMOVAL OF COMPONENTS.
NOTE: PNEUMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOTORS ARE
FACTORY MOUNTED. ELECTRIC TEMPERATURE CON
TROL MOTORS ARE FURNISHED BY CONTROL CONTRACTOR
AND ARE EXTERNALLY MOUNTED IN THE FIELD.
D. DUAL DUCT UNIT MIXING BAFFLE SHOULD PROVIDE UNIFORM
TEMPERATURES AT DISCHARGE WITHIN 1 F. FOR EACH 20 F.
DIFFERENTIAL IETWEEN INLET DUCTS.
E. MODULATING INLET DAMPERS TO IE CLOSED WITH LESS THAN
2" LEAKAGE IN THE CLOSED DUCT AT'" H ~ STATIC PRESSURE.
F. THE INLET DUCTS SHOULD IE EASILY REVERSIBLE FROM HOT
INTERCHANGEAIILlTY IF IMPORTANT IN THE FIELD AS DUCTS
CANMOT ALWAYS IE INSTALLED AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED DUE
TO EQUIPMENT INTERFERENCE.
3. MECHANICAL VOLUME A. UNIT SHOULD OPERATE THROUGH FULL RANGE OF DESIGN CFM
CONTROLLER CHARACTERISTICS. WITHOUT CHANGING MECHANICAL COMPONENTS.
4. SHEeTiOH REQUIRE MENTS.
I. CONTROLLER SHOULD PROVIDE A CONSTANT VOLUME WITHIN
! S" THROUGH AN INLET PRESSURE RANGE .7S" TO S.O" H
2
0
STATIC PRESSURE.
C. ALL MOYlIG PARTS TO IE CORROSION RESISTANT AND SELF
LUIRICATING.
A. UNIT MINIMUM P,MUST IE COMPATIBLE WITH CALCULATED
. SYSTEM PRESSURES AT SPECIFIED CFM.
I . UNIT SOUND LEVEL SELECTED AT AVERAGE INLET 1', (3" H
2
0).
S. SPECIFYING SOUND LEVelS.
6. PERFORMANCE TESTING.
UMITS SHOULD IE SELECTED BASED ON THE ROOM NC REQUIRED
FOR THE SflACE IEING SERVED. RECDMMFNDED1fC Ll VELS ARE
SHOWN IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE.
A. ITEMS TO IE CONSIDERED WHEN LOW SOUND LEVELS ARE
REQUIRED:
1. REMOTE UNIT FROM AlOVE OCCUPIED SPACE.
2. LINE DUCTWORK AROUHD ONE ELL IE FORE OUTLET TAitE
OFF. USE I" THICK GLASS FilER BLANKET.
3. UTILIZE MUL TlPLE OUTLET CORRECTION SHOWN 1M MANU
FACTURER'S CATALOG.
4. SOUt4D TRANSMISSION LOSS OF CEILING SHOULD IE CON
SIDERED TO PREVEIIT MOISE BEING RADIATED IHTO CRITICAL
AREA.
MANY SMALL DIFFUSERS WILL IE QUIETER THAM ONE LARGE
DIFFUSER.
S. IN AREAS OF HIGH IMLET PRESSURE PROVIDE EXTRA ACOUS
TICAL LINIHG IN DISCHARGE DUCTS.
6. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL IE RATED 1M ACCORDANCE WITH
ASHRAf STANDARD 361-43 AND NC RATINGS DETERMINED
WITH AN 18DI ROOM AtTENUATION FACTOR.
WITH THE ADC TEST CODE I062RI.
elECTRIC REHEAT COIL.
VARIABLE CONSTANT VOLUME.
SIDE ACCESS DOORS.
PAlE NO. 'I
r
f
I
f
ALL 'LEXIILE
'HALL IE OF THE
""E-INSULATED TYPE.
11[[ SPEC ",CATI ONS.
INSULATION SH.l.LL K
(OR HOT I AlII FLOW.
AT LEAIT l' THICK
1/4" LI GLA ..

VAI'OII IAIIIIIEIl .
PIIOVI DE ACCESS TO
lOX AND CENTER
RECOMMENDED IT MFR.
REAR ELEVATION
PLAN VIEW
Ill' oil ALL THREADED 11005
AN APPROYED MANNER
CKING NUT
SET IIOX DEAD LE
SIDE ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
'-...... AlII
OUTLETS
1/
AIR PRESSURE
_ ROOM THERMOSTAT
DAMPER MOTOR IN
DAMPER OPERATION HOT OR COLD .
ON A RISE IN ROOM TEMPERATURE, ROOM THERMOSTAT
GRADUALLY POSITIONS DAMPER MOTOR TO INCREASE
THE AMOUNT OF COLO AIR II DE CREASE THE AMOUNT
OF HOT AIR BEING SUPPLIED TO THE AREA. ON A FALL
IN TEMPERATURE THE OPERATI ON SHALL BE REVERSED.
NOTES
I MINIMUM e. SHALL IE MINIMUM lTATIC ""usullr IN INCHES
' . . I NLET TO lOX NECESSAIIY TO _IIAT[
SCHEDULE OF MIXING BOXES
SYMIOL C.f M. MINIMUM PI MAXIMUM PI SOUND IIATING NC
-
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DUAL DUCT MIXING BOX WITH FOUR ROUND OUTLETS
NO SCALE '
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO.5 PAlE NO.7 7
OF THE LARGE VOLUME MIXING BOX
I. DETE ... E UNIT '"LE.
2. ~ T d n l l l AND OpnATIMG
ISTICS.
SllCLE OR DUAL DUCT, END DISCHARGE.
A. 21 GAUGE HOT DlPPfD GALVANIZED STUL - LEAKPROOf
CONSTRUCTION.
I. THEIMAL LINER SHOULD IE A GLASS fliER ILANKET, MINI
MUM ~ " THICKNESS, 3 LI. DENSITY WITH A MATTE fACE SUR
fACE TO RESIST EROSION.
C. UNIT SHALL CONTAIN OUICKOPENIHG BOTTOM ACCESS PAHEL
fOR ADJUSTMEHT AND REMOVAL OF COMPONENTS.
MOTE : PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRICAl CONTROL MOTORS ARE
FURNISHED IV CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND ARE EX
TERHAll Y MOUNTED IN THE FIELD.
D. DUAL DUCT UNIT MIXIHG IAFFLE SHOULD PROVIDE UNIFORM
TEMPERATURES AT OUTlETS WITHIM HI F FOR UCH 20 F
DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEM INLET DUCTS.
E. ADD LINED DUCT AND ElL FOR ATTEMUATION.
F. MODULATlMG IMLET DAMPERS TO CLOSE WITH LESS THAH 20;
LEAKAGE IN THE CLOSED OUC'UT." H20 STATIC PRESSURE.
THE IMLET DUCTS SHOULD BE EASILY REVERSIBLE FROM HOT
INTERCHANGEABILITY IS IMPORTANT 1M TME FiElD AS DUCTS
CANNOT ALWAYS BE INSTAllED AS ORIGINAllY DESIGNED DUE
TO EQUIPMEHT IHTERFERENCE AND ALLEVIA TE FIELD COST.
3. M'ECHANICAL VOLUME A. UNIT SHOULD OPERATE THROUGH FUll RANGE OF DESIGN CFM
CONTROLLER CHARACTERISTICS. WITHOUT CHANGING MECHANICAL COMPOHEHTS.
B. COHTROllER SHOULD PROVIDE A CONSTANT VOLUME WITHtH
, 5% THROUGH AN INL ET PRESSURE RAMGE 1.0" TO 5.0" H20
STATIC PRESSURE .
C. ALL MOVING PARTS TO BE CORROSION RESISTANT AND SELF
LUBRICA TlNG.
~ . SELECTDN RECIIIREMEMTS.
S. SPECIFYING SOUND LEVELS.
6. PERFORMANCE TESTIIG.
7. OPTIONAL UMIT EQUIPMENT.
A. lIMIT MIN..... P. MUST IE CCIItI'ATIILE WITH CALCULATED
SYSTEM PIESSUIES AT SPECIfIlD CPIiI.
I. lIMIT SOUND LEVEL HLECTED AT AYEIAGE INLET P. (3" H20).
UNITS WlTN ALLOWANCE fCII MULTIPLE OUTLET REDUCTIOHS AND
LIMED DUCT ATTENUATION SHOULD IE SELECTED lASED ON THE
IOCIM Me REQUlIED FOI THE SPACE IEING SERVED. RECOMMENDED
Me LEVELS AlE SIIOWH 1M THE ASHRAf GUIDE AND DATA BOOK.
A. ITEMS TO IE COMSDERED WHEN LOW SOUND LEVELS ARE
IECIIIRED:
I. IEMOTE lIMIT FlOM AIOYE OCCUPIED SPACE.
2. LIME DUCTWORK AROUND ONE ELL IEFORE OUTLET TAKE
OfF. USE I" THICK GLASS fliRE ILANKET.
3. UTILIZE MULTIPLE OUTLET CORRECTION SHOWN IN MANU
FACTURER'S CATALOG.
~ . SOUND TRANSMISSICIM LOSS OF CEILIMG SHOULD If CONSIDERED
TO PREVENT MOISE IEIMG RADIATED INTO CRITICAL ARU.
MANY SMALL DIFFUSERS WILL BE QUIETER THAN ONE LARGE
DlfFUSn.
S. IN ARUS OF H/QI INLET PRESSURE PRi. : IDE EXTRA ACOUS-
TICAL LINING IN DISCHARGE DUCTS.
ASHRAE SlANDARD 361-63 AND NC RATIIGS DETERMINED
WITH AN 180B ROOM ATTENUATION FACTOR.
AIR PERFORMANCE TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED IH ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ADC TEST CODE 106211.
HOT WATER REHUT COIL.
P AGE NO. 78
r
J
r-".... ..._ DUCT '"ALL M A. _M
011 TIC PLAIII. _II OI'IIIATIOIC ",ALL 'M
UIIl.T "VItIKO 1M T", 'IILO SO TMAT C"""tI, 1M
DUCT COIIMICTIOIII CAM M ACC_TlD.
IIOT I0Il
AIII'LOW -
\
\
,
r---------:.. -- -i--,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I 1
IIICMAMICAL 011
YOLUIII COIITIIOl. If;CTICfII
I I
l 1
1 1
I I
L _____ __ __
I
PLAN VIEW
... 1-----12 H . 11... -
"EAR ELEVATION fRONT ELEVATION
':0..,.-:. "::::TAT
TIll A_ fW COLO AlII OICIIIA. TIll AIIOUIIT
DETAILS OF THE
fW IIOT AlII ... -'1E0 TO TIlE AIIIA. " A MLL
'" TlIII'IIIATUIII T", OI'IIIATI". ItIALL IIIWIIMD.
INSTALLATION OF THE LARGE
HEATIN., VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONIN. 011'1 N MANUAL
Non.
1 lIujlMUll " ::'a\
lOX.
I !!'"V. M 'IIAIII_ ITATIC ...... _ ... C ....
we. TMAT COULD OCCUII AT I ... IT lO 101 .
'MALL T"I "" .. SU"I UIIO " T .... LIIC-
TIDM 0' T ... lOUIIO IIAT... IIC .... 10 ..
_II LlVCL .. AOIII .
SCHEDULE OF MIXIN. IOXE.
IYIlIOL . C. I':II
MIXING lOX
r , L ATE NO. 57 I , All NO. 71
n
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE WALL HUNG
INDUCTION UNIT, COMBINATION COIL WITH WATER CONTROL
1. PRELIMINARY LAYOUT - SUBDIVIDE THE BUILDING PERIMETER INTO MODULES BASED ON ROOIoI LAY-
OUTS AND NORMAl OCCUPANCY. UCH MODEL BEING SERVED BY A SINGLE INDUCTION UNIT SHOULD
NOT EXCEED 18 FEET IN DEPTH AND 10 FEET IN WIDTH. UNITS ARE NORMALLY LOCATED UNDER
WINDOWS TO AVOID DOWNDUFTS CAUSED BY LOW OUTOOOR AIR TEMPERATURES.
2. UNIT OPERATION - PRIMARY AIR IS USED AS THE MOTIVATING FORCE IN THE OPERATION OF .THE IN-
DUCTION UNIT. IN DETERMINING THE QUANTITY OF PRIMARY AIR REQUIRED FOR A PARTICULAR IN-
STALLATION, SEVERAL FACTORS iHOULD BE REMEMBERED. THE PRIMARY AIR MUST HAVE THE
CAPACITY TO OFFSET THE HEAT LOAD DUE TO TRANSMISSION, PROVIDE THE DEHUMIDIFI
CATION TO OFFSET THE LATENT LOAD. AND BE OF SUFFICIENT QUANTITY TO SATISFY THE VEIITllA
TION REQUIREMENTS. THE VEIITILATlOII RATE WILL BE GOVERNED BY lOCAL CODESOR ORDIIIAIICES.
THE PRIMARY AIR IS DISCHARGED THRU A SERIES OF NOZZLES INDUCING SF.COIIDARY OQ ROOM AIR .
ACROSS THE UIIIT COil . THIS COIL EITHER HUTS OR COOLS THE !!DOM AIR DEPEIIDING 011 THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER BEIIIG CIRCULATED. THE COil SHOULD HAVE THE CAPACITY TO
OFFSET HUT GAIN FROM SUN. LIGHTS AND PEOPLE.
3. LOAD CALCULATIONS - THE ROOM HEATIIIG AND COOLlHG' L04D SHOULD BE CALCULA TED III AC
CORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED ENGINEERING OUTLlIIED III THE 'UIDE AND
DATA BOOK. THE ROOM SENSIBLE HEAT GAIN SHOULD BE SEPARATED INTO THE lCMOS DGE TO
TRANSMISSION THRU THE WALLS, WINDOWS AND ROOF, AND THE lOADS FROM SOLAR TRAIISMISSION.
liGHTS AND PEOPLE. '
4. UIIIT SELECTION - BEFORE MAKING ANY INDUCTION UNIT SELECTION, THERE ARE THREE TEMPERA-
TURes THAT MUST BE KNOWN. (A) ROOM TEMPERATURE; (B) PRIMARY AIR TEMPERATURE; IC) SEC-
ONDARY TEMPERATURE. .
THE SENSIBLE CAPACITY OF THE PRIMARY AIR IS DEPENDENT ON THE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ROOM AIR AND THE ENTERING PRIMARY AIR. THIS TEMPERATURE DlF
FERENCE IS NORMALLY ASSUMED AT 20 DEGREES F. (T A - 2ft' F) . THE SlNSIBLE CAPACITY OF THE
SECONDARY COIL IS DEPENDENT ON THE TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE IETWEEN ROOIoI AIR AND THE
SECONDARY WATER AND IS NORMUl Y TAKEN AT 24
0
F IT w - 24- F) . THE INITIAL UNIT SELECTION
SHOULD BE MADE BASED ON THE PRECEDING TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCES. THE UNIT MUST HAVE A
TOTAL COOLIHG CAPACITY TO OFFSET THE ROOM SENSIBLE HEAT lOAD, AND M4ST HAVE SUFFICIENT
PRIMARY AIR TO MEET THE VENTilATION REOUIREMENTS. AFTER ALL UNITS HAVE lEEN SELECTED,
THE AIR TRAHSMISSIOII (A.'T) RATIO SHOULD BE CALCULATED. THE AIR TRANSMISSION RATIO IS DE-
FillED AS THE RATIO OF THE PRIMARY AIR QUANTITIES TO THE HEAT LOSS DUE TO TRANSMISSION
THRU THE EXTERIOR AREAS FOR EACH ONE DEGREE OF TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE
ROOM AND THE OUTDOOR AMBIENT. THE INDUCTION UNITS ARE GROUPED OR ZONED IF REQUIRED,
AND THE UNITS WITH THE HIGHEST A' T RATIO WILL GOVERN THE REHEAT SCHEDULE AND QUANTITY
OF PRIMARY AIR TO BE SUPPLIED TO ALL UNITS ON THAT ZONE. CALCULATE THE FINAL PRIMARY
AIR QUANTITY FOR EACH UNIT BY MUl TlPLYING THE FINAL' Ail RATlQ BY THE TRANSMISSIOH PER
DEGREE. .
5. HOT WATER TEMPERATURES - THE INDUCTION UNIT, HAVING BEEN SELECTED ON THE COOLING
LOAD, SHouLo BE CHECKED TO DETERMINE IF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY IS AVAILABLE FOR HU TlNG.
THIS CAM BE ACCOMPLISHED BY TAKING THE REQUIRED HEATING CAPACITY AND DETERMINING THE
REQUIRED HOT WATER TEMPERATURE. IT SHOULD BE REMEMBERED THAT IF THE SYSTEM IS NOT A
CHANGEOVER ONE, THEN ADDITIONAL CAPACITY WILL BE REQUIRED TO HUT THE PRIMARY AI R UP
TO ROOM TEMPERATURE. IN SOME TYPES OF INSTALLATIONS, THE PRIMARY AIR WILL BE OFF DURING
THE NIGHT AND WEEKENDS. THE UNIT WILL THEN ACT AS A CONVECTOR AND THE GRAVITY HEAT
lOAD SHOULD BE CALCULATED AND THE SECONDARY WATER TEMPERATURE INCRUSED TO MEET
THE HEATING l OAD.
6. SOUND CRITERI A - THE MAXIMUM SOUND lEVELS ARE GOVERNED BY THE TYPES OF ROOMS BEING
SERVED AND SHOULD IIOT EXCEED AN IIC35 lEVEL AS RECOIoIIoIENDED BY THE ASHRAE GUIDE. THE
NOZZLE STATIC PRESSURE FOR ALL UNITS SHOULD BE DETERMINED WITH AN ATTEMPT TO KEEP
THEM WITHIN ONE-HALF INCH OF EACH OTHER, ESPECIALLY ON THE SAME RISER. IF EXCESSIVE PRES-
SURES ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE DIFFERENCE MUST BE THROTTLED OUT BY THE UNIT DAMPER. THE
MORE THROTTLING REQUIRED, THE HIGHER THE NOISE LEVEL_
7. CONTROLS - THe CONTROL OF THE INDUCTION UNITS IS WITH A WALL OR UNIT MOUNTED THERMOSTAT
OPERATING EITHER PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRIC FLOW CONTROL VALVES, MO'DULAJING THE FLOW OF
WATER THRU THE SECONDARY COil .
8. DUCT CONNECTIONS - THE AIR SYSTEM IS A HIGH PRESSURE, HIGH VELOCITY DUCT OR SPIRAL CON-
DOlT: THE RUN-OUT CONNECTIONS SHOULD HAVE AIR VELOCITY NOT IN EXCESS oF"2ooo FPM. THE
MAXIMUM AIR OUANTITY THEREFORE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 110 CFM FOR A 4-INCH ROUND CONDUIT.
9. PRIMARY AIR TEMPERATURE - THE PRIMARY AIR TEMPERATURE WILL VARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH A
nAUl SCHEOULE FIXED BY THE AlT RATIO FOR THAT ZOME. THIS TEMPERATURE IS CALCULATED
TO KEEP ANY GIVEN ROOM FROM ItAVING A TEMl'iRATURE BELOW 72 DEGREES F WITH A MINIMUM
ROOM LOAD EQUIVALENT TO 1- DEGREES MULTIPLIED BY THE TRANSMISSION PER DEGREE FOR THE .
ROOM.
10. PRESSURE OROI' - THE PRESSURE OROI' THRU THE COILS CAN IE DETERMINED FROM THE MANUFAC-
TURU'S CATALOGS AfT.E" THE FLOW RATES HAVE IEEN ESTABLISHED.
11. ENCLOSURES - THE CABINETS HAVE A NOMINAL DEPTH OF . -INCHES AND HEIGHT OF 2O -INCHES, AHD
MUST BE MOUNTED A MINIMUM OF 4-IItCHES FROM THE flOOR.
P AGE NO. 80
AUTOMATIC DA_"

IN HlIIl -'--'-----..,.
AI" now __ --:;;;,r
WALL H_" STilIP
MOUNTING IOLT
IR OUTLU QIIILLE
_-r-'---WAl..LILM c:.u.n
ISOMETRIC OF INDUCTION UNIT PIPING
TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAIL
PRIMARY AIR RESET SCHEDULE
OUTDOOR DIIY BULB
DETAILS OF THE INSTAlLATION OF THE WALL Hl.WG INDUCTION UNIT. COMBtlATION COIL WITH WATER CONTROL
HIATINI. VENTILATION. AND ArR CONDITIONINI DESIGN MANUAL
110011 THE"MOSTAT
IllAIN .,R PRESSURE
SEQUENCE OF
CH!U..&D WATER OP[IIATIOII
OII .A IIts[ IN SPACE TEIPE"ATUIIE Ttl[ c:owTIIOL YALVE
WILL !NCIIUS[ THE WATER FLOW TH"U THE aJL AND SUK
A STEADY POSITlOIIlO SIITISFY THf: Rooll LOAD.
HOT _Uft QP1IAT1lII
011 A FALL II SPACE TEIIP["ATURE THE CONTROL YALV[
WILL IIICI!US[ THE W.UR FLOW THIIU Ttl[ eDIL ANO SU.
A STEADY POSITION 10 SATISFY Ttl[ IlOOII LOAQ
INSTALLA nON NOTES
I. arr WM.L .....,. ... STIIIP 10 III1Qf LfJIITH OF IAU IIIIIT.
2. INSTALL AS SHOWN II IITAIL FASTPIERS AII[ I"I[U)
SJI'PU[D. TYP[ ' D[I'VIOS 011 -.L OOIOTllUCTIOII. lUI ..au
-'LS. US[ SIWS.
3. _ no<;" ""'- C[NT[II LINE ON TH[ WALL _ TH[ ..... [ lIlT
ON lDIGlH OF IJICl.CIIUIIl lIAS[ lIlT
..uo 10 "IIHT OIIlUT TO ___ ITAT[ .iiIi AND .....

4 . _ lAS[ 1Kf0ll ST"'P.
LEYL UIIIT WITH TH[ *LL IIOIJS ON 8IICII OFrAaI __ L.
.. _Y .T[" iliff 8[ TO [mtIJI TOP 011 8DTTOII liz"
IIIALE SWIATIOII PlAIIfJ ClNl[CTlOII 011 TH COL.LDWE"
ClDIINII:TIOII TO !101M AIII __ fllTLY.
1. IIII1lW. IEIMCl IMLYO AND CONTIIIIL yALY[S 8[lW([1I TH[
IIIJIIlUIS AIID COIL
. AT1IC:M _U OM" I'M 0DII1III:'IlDN 10 _
LJII[.8[ .. _ LII[ IS Pf10CD fOIl _ COIIIIDISAT[ PUlW.
.. IIISlIlU. N[CDSAIIY A'" 1'ITll_. APPLY A __ ...
:eWc:t.'AIID I'IT11III8[POIIl IISDmIIIIII PUIIUII A'"
PLATE NO. 38 PAGE NO. I.
INDUCTION UNIT,COMBINATION COIL. WITH AIR CONTROL
I. PRELIMINARY LAYOUT - SUIDIVIDE THE IUILDING PERIMETER INTO ItIOOULES lASED ON ROOM LAY
OUTS AMD NORMAl OCCUPAMCY. UOf MODEl IEING SERVED IY A SINGLE INDUCTION UNIT SHOULD
MOT EXCEED .. nET IN DEPTH AMD 10 nET IN WIDTH. UNITS ARE NORMALLY LOCATED UNDER
.... DOWS TO AVOID DOWNDRAFTS CAUSED IY LOW OUTDOOR AIR TEMPE!lATURES.
Z. UNIT OPERATION - PRIMARY AIR IS USED AS THE MOt,VATING FORCE M THE OPERATION OF THE IN-
DUCTION UNIT. 1M DETERMININ' THE QUAMTITY OF PR .... RY AIR REQUIRED FOIA PARTICULAR IN-
STALLATION, SEVERAL FACTORS SHOULD IE REMEMIERED. THE P ...... Y AIR MUST HAVE THE
CAPACITY TO OFFSET THE SENSIBLE HUT LOAD OUE TO TRAMSMISSIOM, PROVIDE THE DEHUMlDlFI-
CATIOM TO OFFSET THE LATENT LOAD, AMD IE OF SUFFICIENT QUAMTITY TO SATISFY THE VENTILA-
TION REQUIREMENTS. THE VENTILATION RAn WILl. IE GOVERNED IY LOCAL CODES OR O.DlNMCES,
THE PR .... RY AI. IS DlSCHA.GED THIU A SERIES OF MOZZLES INDUCING SECONDARY OR ROOM AIR
ACROSS THE UNIT COIL. THIS COIL liTHER HEATS OR COOlS THE ROOM AIR DEPENDING ON THE TEM-
PERATURE OF THE WATE!! IEIM' OI,CUUTED. THE COIL SHOULD HAVE THE CAPACITY TO OFFSET
HUT ,AlII SUN, LIGIITS PEOfLE.
1 LOAD CALCULATIONS- THE 100M HIATIIG AMD COOLIN' LOAD SllClULD IE CAlCULATED IN AC-
COIDAMCE WlTIi ESTAILISHED ENGlNElIIN' PRACTICES AS OUTLINED M THE ASIIIM GUIDE AMD
DATA 1001. THE ROOM SENSIBLE HUT CAlM SHOULD IE SEPARATED INTO THE LIAIS OUE TO
THRU THE WALLS, WIIDOWS AND ROOF, AMD THE LOAOS FROM SOUl TRANSMISSION,
LIGHTS ... 0 PEOPlE. .
.. UNIT sELECTION - IEFORI M"M' MAY MOUCTIOM UIIITSELECTION, THERI ARE THREI TEMPERA-
fUlEs THAT MUST IE lMOWN. (II .OOM TEMPERATU.E; (ZI P ..... RY AIR TIIIIPERATU.E; (3) SEC-
ONDARY WATER TEMPERATURE.
1IIE SENSIlLE CAPACITY OF THE P ...... Y AllIS DlPENDENT oN THE DIY lUll TEMPERATURE DIF-
FERENCE IETWEEN THE 100M AI. AND THE EMTERM' ""'RY AIR. THIS TEMPERATURE DIFFER-
ENCE IS NOIMAlLY ASSUMED AT. DEGREIS F caT A - ao fI, THE SENSIBLE C ... AOTY OF THE
SECONDARY COIL IS DEPENDENT ON THEiEMPERATU.E DIFFERENCE IETWEEN THE ROOM AIR AMD
THESECONDARY WATER AND IS NORMAlLY T AI EN A TZt' F (hT. - .2t'". THE MITIAL lIMIT SELEC-
TION SIIOULD IE MADE lASED ON THE P.ECEDMG TEMPERA fURE DIffERENCES. THE UNIT MUST
HAVE A TOTAl COOLING CAPACITY TO OFFSET THE 100M SENSIBLE ilEA' LOAD, _0 MUST HAVE
SUFFICIENT PRIMARY AIR TO MEET THE VENTIUTION 'IQUIREMUTS. AfTE. ALL lIMITS HAVE
lEEN SQ,ECTED, THE 41R TRAMSMISSION (AIT) RATIO SIIOULD IE CALCULATED. THE AI. TRANS-
MlSSIOM RATIO IS DEFMED AS THE RATIO OF THE PR .... Y AIR QU_TlTlES TO THE HEAT LOSS OUE
TO TRAMSMISSION THIU THE EXTERIOR A.EAS FOI EACH ONE DEGREI Of TEMPE.ATURE DIFFER-
ENCE IETwEEN THE ROOM AMD THE OUTDOO. MlIiENT. THE lIMITS ARE GROUPED. OR
ZONED IF REQUI.ED, AMD THE lIMITS WITH THE GIIIST All RAno WILL GOVEIII THI REHEAT
SCHEDULE AMD QU_TlTY OF PR .... RY AIR TO IE SUPPLIfD TO ALL ... ITS ON THAT ZONE. CAlCU-
LATE THE FIMAL PIIIMlRY AIR QUAMTITY FOIIACII .... IT IT MULTIPLYIMC THE FIMAL All bTlO
IT THE TRAMSMISSIOM PII DEGREE.
S. HOT WATER TEMPERAtURES - THE INDUCTIOM UNIT, HAVING IEEN SELECTED ON THFo COOLING
LOAD, SHOULD IE OfECKED TO DUERMINI IF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY IS AVAILAlLE FOR HUTING.
THIS CAM IE ACCOMPLISHED IY TAItING THE REQUIRED HEATING CAPACITY AMD DUERMINING THE
REQUIRED'HOT WATER TEMPERATURE. IT SHOULD IE REMEMIERED THAT IF THE SYSTEM IS MOT A
OfAMGEOVER ONE, THEN ADDITIONAl CAPACITY WILL IE REQUIRED TO HUT THE PR .... RY AIR UP
TO ROOM TEMPERATURE. 1M SOME TYPES OF MSTALLATION, THE PR .... RY AIR WILLIE OFF DURING
THE NIGHT AMD ON WEEItENDS. THE UNIT WILL THEN ACT AS A CONVECTOR AMD THE GRAVITY HUT
LOAD SHOULD IE CAlCULATED AMD THE SECONDARY WATER TEMPERATURE MCREASED TO MEET
THE HUTING LOAD.
6. SOUND CRITER .. .: THE MAXIMUM SOUND LEVELS A.E GOVERNED IY THE TYPES OF ROOMS IEING
SEUED AND SllOULD MOT EXCEED AttMC-35 LEVEL AS RECOMMENDED IY THE ASHRAE GUIDE. THE-
MOZJLE PRESSURE FOR AlL UNITS SllOULD IE DETERMIMED WITH AN ATTEMPT TO ItEEP
THEM WITHIN ONE-IIALF IMOf OF UOf OTHlR, ESPEOALLY ON THE SAME RISER. IF EXCESSIVE PRES-
SURES ARE ENCOUNTERR, THE DIFFERENCE MUST IE THROTTlED OUT IT THE UNIT DAMPER. THE
MORE THIOTTUNG REQUIRED, THE H,,"ER THE MOISE LEVEL WILL IE.
7. CONTROLS - THE CONTIOL OF THE INDUCTION UMIT.lS IT A UNIT OR WALL IIIOUMTEO THERMOSTAT
OPERATING A COIL I'PW DAMPER. THE DAM"ER MOOULA TES THE FLOW OF ROOM AIR ACROSS THE
COIL AMD I"ASSING TIIf IEMAINDE. PAST THE COIL /!wNT AlNIMC A CONSTAMT ll' VOlUME
I. PUCT .1iI5 -THE' All SYSTEM IS A HIGH PRESSURE, HIGII VELOCITY DUCT 01 SPIRAl COM-
. DUIT. T (GMMECTIOMS SHOULD HAVE AI' VElOCITY MOT 1M EXCESS OF 8M FPM. THE
MAX... AIR QUANTITY THEREFORE SHOULD NOT nCUD 110 CFIII FOR A 4-1MC11 ROUND CONDUIT.
t. PRWI' All TEMPIRAWRE - THE P.IMAIY AlR' TEMPERATURE WILL VARY 1M ACCORDAMCE WITH A
SCHEDULE Fix IY THE All RATIO FOR THAT ZOME. THIS TEMPIIATURE IS CALCULATED
TO IEEP AllY GIVEN 100M FROM HAVIM' A TEMPERATURE IELOW 72 DEGREES F WITH A "'NIMUM
100M LOAD EQUIVALENT TO I-OIAIE MULTIPLIED IT THE TRANSMISSIOM PER DEGREE FOR THE
ROOM.
.... P.E$SU.E DIOP THn THI COILS CAlI IE DETE ..... ED FROM THE ..... UFAC-
_. __ AFTE. THE FLOW .ATES.AVE lED ESTAILISHED.
II. "-ILI THE A ....... AL DEPTH OF I-IICIIES _0 HEIGIIT OF 21-1MC11ES, AIID
II TU A -.. Of 4-IMCIIES FROM THE FLOOR. .
PAGE NO. 82
--7"-'----.WAlL ... CAIIIIIT
TQ!PRATU!!E CONT!!OL DIA91W1
SEQUENCE OF OPRATION
O!LLID WATIII OPI!A!I!
"'1 _LL 011 A'" SNc:[
0l'OI 'ftI1M1 CGlL 011 A FALL III _
lMI IMU. aca..
H!fT -11" CftWIQI
,...---------,-.,.-,-----::------_._ ._ -------,
PRIMARY AIR RESET SCHEDULE
INC[ T-I.wL 011 A ... " __
_TIoIII __ AT[ IY-NIS Q.OSID 10
1MI CGIl. 011 A fllLL "SNc:I TlMI'IJIATIoIII lMI __
WILL OCCIII.
OUTDOOII DIIT lULl
ISOMETRIC OF IIfDUCTlON UNIT PIPING
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION CF THE WALL HlN3 INDUCTION UNit COMBINATION COIL WITH AIR CONTROL
NO SCALE
INSTAUATION NOTES
I. CUT WALL IIIOUln. STIlI" 10 _ La.ntCW",
z. IIISTALL AS _ DlTAlL ,_ ... nBJI
_leD. __ (II all COIISTIIUCTIOII _
UlIVlI WALLS, 11M .-.
S. _ IIICLDSIIIt: ClJlT[II UII 011141 MLl _ 'IE _

.. Till AID All CCIIIIIa:T1QM.
4. H_ IAS[ ",T 011 _'filii
S. l['IIl UNIT WITM1M[ MU .-ICIlJS _DID (II _ Of
[ACH P\.[ ___ [L
t . SWR:t wnrll llAY -.:lID 10 [1lMIJI_ 0II1IIfTOII "r
IIAU: _TIOIIIUIIIl OIIlMI CGIl .
1IBiOIIM1DID1O_ Ait __ IIITU.
7. IIIS1ALL __ Alii CCIIITIIDL Wo&nI .TWlII! 1MI
AIID COIL.
I . nTAOI ___ CT1OtI1O
IJIII. IUIII _ L" III'I1aCIIP'OII _ PLCItl
9. IIISTM.I. 1aZ_ All AI'P\.T A _ ... __
IIIASTIC 10 P\.UI AID P1TTIIII _ 1"_ " !'LI_
AlII _CTlClHS.
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE WALL HUNG I NDUCTION UNIT, COMBINATION COIL WITH AIR CONTROL
WA [II flOW
T AlII WATIII _ .. TIll
NOZZLI COOlIN8 CANClTT HEATIN' CAPACITY
.T-. C. " II. PIII.AlllCAPACITT TOTAL CAl'llCITT AI,,"OICANClTT 8IIAYmCANCITT "P.II. IIAX.P.D. .-rill [N 0 ..... lYS. HOT .,.TEII [N
N I liZ
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 39 PAGE NO. 15
INDUCTION UNIT, DUAL COILS WITH WATER CONTROL
1. PIELIMINAIY LAYOUT - SUIDlVlDE lUlL DiNG PERIMETER INTO MODULES lASED ON 100M LAYOUTS
AND NOIMAL OCCUPANCY. UCH .. OOULE IEING SERVED IY A SINGLE INDUCTION UNIT SHOULD MOT
EXCEED II FEET 1M DEPTH AND 10 FEET IN WIDTH. UNITS AlE NORMALLY LOCATED UNDER WINDOWS
TO AVOID DOWMDRAFn CAUSED BY LOW OUTDOO,R All TEMPERATUIES.
2. PIIMAIY AlI- THE PIIlAIY All SUPPLIED TO THE INOUCTION UNITS IS THE MOTIVATING FOICE IN
THE OPERATION OF THE UNIT. THE AlliS DlSCHAIGED THIU A SERIES OF NOZZLES AT THE UNIT,
CIU TIMG A. LOW PRESSURE ARU WHIOI PULLS OR INDUCES THE SECOMDARY 01 100M All ACIOSS
THE COILS. THE SECOMDAIY All. AS IT PASSES ACIOSS THE COILS IS EITHER HUTED OR COOLED
AS DETE .... NED IY THE 100M THERMOSTAT PIOVIDING THE CAPACITY TO SATISFY THE 100M IE
QUIIEMENTS.
THE PIIMAIY All, I I ~ ADDITION TO PROVIDING THE MOTIVATING FORCE, IS ALSO THE SOURCE OF
HUMIDITY COMTIOL FOI THE MODULE. AIR IS COMDITIONED AT THE CENTRAL AIR HANDLING UNIT
AND SUPPLIES EITHER ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OUTSIDE AIR OR A .. IXTURE OF RETURN' AIR AND
OUTDOOR AIR. DUIIMG SU.... ER OPERATION, WIlEN DEHU .. IDlFICATION IS REQUIRED, THE PRIMARY
AIR IS COOLED TO A TEMPERATURE AT WHIOI COMDENSATIOH OCCURS THEREBY PROVIDING AIR AT
THE ROOIII WITH A CApAan FOI LATENT COOLING. IECAUSE THE PRIMARY AIR IS DELIVERED TO
THE TEIIIIIHAL UNIT Ie A DEHUMIDIFIED CONDITION, COtIDENSATION AT THE UNIT IS AVOIDED. DUR
INGWleTER OPERATION, THE pRIlARY AIR IS pREHUTED AT THE CENTRAL SUTE ... IIOIIN.
CREASES ITS CApAan TO AISORBMOISTURE, THEN WATER IS ADDED IY .. EANS OF A HU.. IDlFIER
OilY SPRAY IF A SPIA'lID COIL IS USED.
A THIRD AND FINAL FUNCTION OF THE PRIMARY AIR IS TO SATISFY THE VENTILATION REQUIRE .. ENTS
OF THE ROOIII. THE VENTILATION RATE WILL IE GOVERNED IY LOCAL CODES OR ORDINANCES, IUT
SHOULD IE A .. INIMUM OF 25 CF .. PER pERSOM, OR 0.30 CF .. PER SQUARE FEET TO ALLOW FOR ADE
WATE DEHUMIDIFICATION.
l. COOLING LOAD - THE COOLING LOAD OF UCH MODULE IS lASED ONLY ON THE SENSIlLE HUT
LOAD WIIIOIINCLUDES SOLAR AND TRANSMISSION HUT GAINS THRU WINDOWS, WALLS, AND ROOF,
AND THE HUT GENERATED IY PEOPLE, LIGHTS AND EQUIPMENT.
4. HUTING LOAD - THE HUTING LOAD CAN IE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY STANDARD
ENGINEERING PRACTICE OR AS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAf GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
5. INDUCTION UNIT SELECTION - THE INDUCTION UNIT SELECTION IS lASED ON THREE FACTORS.
FIRST, THE UNIT .. UST PROVIDE PRIMARY AIR TO SATISFY THE VENTILATION AND DEHU.. IDlFICATION
RE..,IREMENTS OF THE ROOM. SECOMD, THE UNIT .. UST OPERATE WITH A PRESSURE AT THE MOZll E
WHICH IS WITHIN AN ACCEpTAILE SOUND LEVEL. THIRD, THE UNIT IllUST HAVE THE COIL CAPACITY
TO SATISFY THE ROOIII REQUIREMENTS. THE CHILLED WATER COIL IS A SECONDARY COIL AND NEED
ONLY HAVE A CAPACITY TO OFFSET THE SENSIBLE LOAD NOT HANDLED BY THE pRllllAn AIR. IN
DETERMINING THE SECOMDARY HOT WATER COIL CApAaTY, IT .. UST BE REME.. BERED THAT SUF
FICIENT ADDITIONAL CAPACITY II\IIST IE PROVIDED TO HUT THE ENTERING AIR, FRO .. Ap .. ROXIMATELY
so DEGREES F TO ROOM TE .... ERATURE. UNIT SELECTIONS ARE .. ADE FIOIII EQUI .... ENT .. ANUFAC.
TURERS' .. RODUCT CATALOGS lASED ON THE .. ODULE SENSIBLE COOLING LOAD AND THE TOTAL AIR
FLOW REQUIRE .. ENTS,
6. FLOW RATES - THE UNIT RATINGS PRESENTED IY MOST EQUIPMENT .. ANUFACTURERS IS lASED ON A
CHILLED WATER FLOW RATE OF ApplOXIMATELY 1.5 Gp ... WITH THE FOUR PIPE SYSTE .. , IT IS POS-
SlILE TO REDUCE THE HOT WATER' FLOW IY USING A HIGHER TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL. A
FLOW OF 0.' Gp .. IS RECOII\IIIENDED OM THE NOT WATER CYCLE REDUCING PIPE, INSULATION AND
PU.. P SIZES WITH A RESULTANT SAVINGS 1M IMmAL AND OPERATING COSTS.
7. SOUND CRITERIA - TitE .. AXIMUM pERMISSlILE SOUND LEVELS ARE GOVERNED IY THE TYPES OF
ROOMS IEING SERVED. NORMAL UNIT SELECTIONS AlE lASED ON A NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL OF 35
(NC - 35) AS RECOIIIIIIENDED BY THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
. DUCT CONNECTIONS - THE I'RIMARY AIR SYSTE .. IS A HIGH PRESSURE, HIGH VELOCITY DUCT SYSTE ...
THE RUN.ouT CONNECTIONS SHOULD NOT HAVE AN AIR VELOCITY IN EXCESS OF ZOOO Fp ... THE
.. AXIMU.. AIR QUANTITY THEREFORE SHOULD MOT EXCEED 110 CF .. FOR A 4IMCH ROUND CONDUIT.
9. COMTIOLS - THE CONTROL OF THE INDUCTION UNITS IS WITH A WALL OR UNIT .. OUNTED THERMOSTAT
OPERATING THE HOT AND CHiLLED WATER VALVES. MORE THAN ONE UNIT .. AY BE COMTROLLED IY
A CENTRALLY LOCATED THERMOSTAT.
10. AIR TE .. pERATURE - THE TE .. pERATURE OF THE PRIMARY AIR IS DETERMINED IY THE CENTRAL AIR
HAMDLlNG Ap .. ARATUS DEWPOINT, USUALLY 4 DEGREES F. A 6 DEGREE RISE IS ASSU.. ED DUE TO
FAN AMD DUCT HUT GAIN RESULTING IN UNIT SUPPLY AIR TE .. pERATURE OF 54 DEGREES F.
11. WATER TE .. pERATURE -IF THE CHILLED WATER BEING SUPPLIED TO THE UNIT IS CONNECTED IN
SERIES WITH THE CENTRAL AIR HANDLING S T ~ T l O N DEHU .. IDlFIER ANO CONTROLLED IY A THREE
WAY .. IXING VALVE, IT WILL NORMALLY BE SU,"pLIED AT A TE .. pERATURE OF 52 OEGREES F. THE
HOT WATER TE .. pERATURE CAN IE SELECTED ARBITRARILY. A TE .. pERATURE OF ISO DEGREES F
WILL PRECLUDE ANY CONVECTIVE OVERHUTING AND WILL, IN .. OST ALL CASES, pROVIDE THE DE
SIRED CAPACITY.
12. PRESSURE DlOp - THE PRESSURE DROP THRU THE COILS CAN BE DETERMINED FROM THE .. ANUFAC
TURER'S CATALOGS AFTER THE FLOW RATES HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED.
13. ENCLOSURES -BECAUSE OF THE ADDITIONAL COIL USED WITH FOUR PIPE SUTE .. S, THE UNIT HAS
AN INCREASED DEPTH, GENERALLY 10INCHES. THE OVERALL HEIGHT OF THE CABINET IS USUALLY
22INCHES. THE UNIT CAN BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALL Y OR FURRED IN UNDER THE WINDOW AS THE
100M DESIGN DICTATES, .
PAG E NO. 84
AlII FLOW
,.
ClllU.ID WATIII
t, ,>
CIILLED WATER COll----t--II-f..
WATEII COIL
--7"-"---WALL HUNG CABINET
CHILLED .. TER COIL
PAN
AUTOMATIC
T- I
V-2
N. C.
SPACE THERMOSI'AT T- I SHALL ON A RISE IN SPACE
TEMPERATUIIE FIRST MODULATE HOT WATEII \MLVE V-I
CLOSED. ON A FURTHER RISE IN SPACE TlEMPERATURE T-I
SHALL MODULATE CHILLED WATER VALVE v-2 OPEN. ON A
FALL IN SPlICE TEMPERATURE THE IIE"EIISE SHALL OCCUR.
_ ___
HOT WATER COil
-,-I:..:.N.:::S-'-T.:;:A-"L"'L"'Ac.;Tc..:I""O:..:.N'---_-'-N. T E .3
OYER PAil
ISOMETRIC Of 'NPUCT'ON UNIT PIPING
AIR FLOW
COILS PIPING HOOK-UP DIAGRAM
CUT WALL MOUNTNI STRIP TO MATtI LEllGf)< OF' "IE UNIT.
2. INSTALL AS SHOWN IN OlTAIL. F_ I '\S'IEII'S AlE "'[LO
SI.PPlIED TVPt: OlPENOS 011 WALL CXII :snl\.cTiOII. P'OR .-vat
WALLS, USE SHIMS.
3. MARl< ENCLOSURE CENTER LIllIE ON THE _LL All roC ...

HANG IIo\SI UIIIT QII..,UIITIIM STIIIP,
5. LEVEL UNIT WITH1H[ IMLL USING IOL15 _ ON 8AOI OF
UCH PLENUM SID[
s. lit"
IIE_OEDTOIIEMDYE __
7. -.L __ vaLVII _ COIITIICIL vaLVES IETWEEN TIC
..-ns_CXIIL .
..
, DETALS OF THE tlSTAUATION OF lltE WALL HUNG INDUCTION UNIT, DUAL COl L WITH WATER CONTROL
.. IIISTAU- 11_ AlII 1'lTTINIS. "'PLY A _HA_
MASTIC TO PLUG AIID FITTING __ TlNG IN PLIE_

W..il'lfl ,
lID SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE WALL HUNG INDUCTION UNIT, DUAL COIL WITH WATER CONTROL
S'IIII.aL
c."",
NfJZZL! I Pol ITY HEATING CAPACITY CHILL[ D WATER FLOW HOT WATIEII FLflW CONNECTION SIZIES
II1II:- IOIIIIIU QUlllCITV Pili , AlII CAMCITY TOTAL CAPACITY AIII-oN CAPACITY GRAVITYCAMCITY G. P. M. MAX, P'O. CW. ENTIERS C.W.LEAVE 5 8.p. ... MAX,P'O, H.W.EII1IIIS H. W, LEA VIES _YAIII _o--.r IWAlUI...,
.'
VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING MANUAL PLAT E NO. 40 PAlE NO. IS
I
I
~
Si
,
I
-
-
-
-
' ..
DESIGN OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE
AIR SUPPLY AND RETURN LIGHT FIXTURE
I I
,.....c.fIIF. ..... .
,
-..w: ..... .",."C1W
.......... ~
1-'1-'
--
--_."",
v
~
I
........
""'-
LCWUM'
. .. .
HEAl' TlWlSFER AIR 'IO..lloIE
ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
DESIGN NOTES
METHOD OME-
WITH SURFACE OR SUSPENDED
FIXTURES OR TROFFERS IN A
nATIC CAVITY, ALL ENERGY
IS IN THE OCCUPIED SPACE.
METHOD TWO-
FROM LABORATORY TESTS WITH
A TROFFE R IN A RETURN AIR
PLENUM, _OF THE ENERGY
IS 1M THE SPACE.
METHOD THREE -
SIMILARLY, WITH THE HUT ,
TRANSFER DESICM, OMLY I ~
OF THE ENERGY IS 1M THE
SrACE.
THE HIGHER LIGHTING LEVELS RECOMMENDED IY THE ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY HAS MADE IT DESIR
ABLE TO CONSIDER THE USE OF HUT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT TO CONTROL THE HE-AT GENERATED IY THE
LIGHTING FIXTURES. THE FLUORESCENT LAMP HAS A VERY LO' EFFICEMCY TO PRODuCE LIGHT, THE MAJORITY
OF THE ELECTRICAL ENERGY IEING TRANSFORMED INTO HUT. 'THE "HUT OF LlGHr' MAY IE USED TO HELP
HEAT THE BUILDING DURING THE HUTING SEASON, ANDIF PREVENTED FROM ENTERING THE OCCUPIED SPACE,
WILL REDUCE THE REQUIRED AIR CONDInONING LOAD. THE COMBINED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR LIGHTING FIX
TURE OFFERS ADVANTAGES 1M UnLiZING THE HUT OF LIGHT SAVINGS. WIlEN THE LIGHTING LOAD EXCEEDS
4 'ATTS PER SQUARE FOOT, THE AIR HANDLING TROFFER 'ILL PROIAILY COST LESS TO INSTAL. THAN SEPA
UTE SYSTEMS. THE LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE GENERALLY LOCATED IN THE OPTIMUM LOCATIONS FOR AIR SUPPLY
AND COMIIMING THE FUNCnOM OF LIGHTING 'ITH AIR SUPP,.Y REDUCES THE CEILING CWTTER OIJECTIONAUE
FROM AN APPURANCE STANDPOINT.
THE FIRST STEP IN THE DESIGN OF A COMliNED LlGHTIMG AND AIR COMDITIONING SYSTEM IS TO CALCULATE THE
NUMIER OF LIGHT FIXTURES REQUIRED FOR THE DESIGN FOOTCAMDL E LEVEL, USING THE NORMAL FORMULAS.
HEAT TRANSFER AND AIR SUPPLY
NOTE THAT THE LIGHT OUTPUT IS ,"CRUSED'H EM HEAT TRANSFER IS USED. THE NUMIER OF FIXTURES CAL
CULATED UNDER STATIC COMDlTlOMS MAY IE DIVIDED BY THE PERCENT LIGHT OUTPUT, GIVIeG A LESSER NUMIER
OF FIXTURES FOR A GIVEN LIGHTING LEVEL. THEN CALCULATE THE AIR CClMDfTIOMIeG LOAD, USING THE MANU
FACTURER'S DATA FOR THE AMOUNT OF HEAT GIVEN UP TO THE SPACE BY THE LlGHTIeG FIXTURE AND THE AMOUMT
GIVEN UP TO THE RETURN AIR. A TYPICAL DATA CHART IS ADJACENT. CALCULATE TH E SUPPLY AIR QUANTITY RE
QUIRED FOR THE SPACE AND DIVIDE EQUALLY AMONGST THE LlGHTIiG FIXTURES TO DETERMINE SUPPLY CFM. GBI
ERALLY, LIMIT SINGLE SIDE SUPPLY TO 100 CFM All) DOUBLE 'SIDE SUPPL Y TO 200 CFM. CAlCULATE RETURN AIR
QUANTITY AS SUPPLY AIR LESS THE AMOIIIT OF EXHAUST AIR. FROM MANUFACTURER'S TABLES, CALCULATE
AMOUNT OF HUT GAllED BY RETURN AIR THROUGH FIXTURE.
PAG E NO. 86
AIR IWLET-- --.,._
CONNECTION
AlII CONNECTOR

U4IHT "'XTUIIE
ISOMETRIC OF SINGLE AIR SUPPLY
FIXTURE HOUSING
MOUNTING FOR NEMA TYPE "G" CEILING SYSTEM
(EXPOSED INVERTED TEE SPLINE)
.!!lill:. EACH
AIR INLET CONNECTION
EITHER SIDE
ISOMETRIC OF DOUBLE AIR SUPPLY
FIXTURE HOUSING
MOUNTING FOR NEMA TYPE "F" CEILING SYSTEM
(CONCEALED 8RID SYSTEII)
FIXTURE IS SUPPORTED WITH FOUR
CONCEALED IIECHANICAL IRACKETS.
-IIAKE CONNECTION
AIR TI4IHT
VOLUME DAMPER
ADJUSTABLE AI R
-CONTROLLER
SECTION THRU AIR CONNECTOR
INSTALLATION NOTE"
THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL '
I. FURNISH THE FIXTURE, LAIIPS AND AlII CONNECTOII.
2. INSTALL THE FIXTURE IN THE CEILING, AND IIAKE WIRIN6 CONNECTIONS.
S. INSTALL THE Pl ASTIC Oil ENCLOSUIIE .
Till IIECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL .
L PLACE AIR CONNECTOR ON TOP Of' THE FIXTURE. SINGLE SIDE OR
OOUBLE SIDE FOR SUPPLY AlII . .
2 . IIAKES AIR TIGHT FLEXIBLE DUCT SUPPLY AlII CONNECTION.
S. 'ADJUSTS MANUAL SUPI'LY AlII OAIlPEII TO CFII CAPACITY REQUIRED
IISING AN APPROVED AIR IIEASUIIING DEVICE .
4. ADJUST RE TURN AIR DAIIPER TO CFII CAPACITY IIEQUIIlED USING AN
APPROVED AIR MEASURING DEVICE.
5 . ADJUST THE AIR CONTROLLER FOR THE AlII PATTERN TO PROVIDE
DRAFTLESS AIR DIFFUSION.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR SUPPLY AND RETURN LIGHT FIXTURE
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE SUPPLY AND RETURN LIGHT FIXTU RE
PLAN SYIlIOL I FIXTURE DIIiENSIONS I PROTOTYPE I NO. TUIES I SIZE I SEN. HEAT 1.T.Il/HR. TO 1111 I c.F.M. Of' .a.PL.YAIR I SINGLE 011 DOUBLE SIDE I CF.II. Of' RETURN AIR I SEN. IIlAT 1 .T.IltHR. TO liE TURNI (OIiIlEN1$
I I
I -
I I I I I I
HEATING, VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO 41 PAGE NO 81
RECESSED HOT WATER CONVECTOR
I. CALCULATE THE HUT LOSSES - REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK FOR HUT TRANSMISSION
COEFFICIENTS OF VARIOUS IUILDIMG MATERIALS, OUTDOOR DESIGN TEMPERATURE AND INSIDE DE
SIGN TEMPERATURE. COMPUTf HUT LOSS FOR UCH ROOM.
2. DETEIMINAENTERING A"D LUYI"G WATER TEMPERATURES - USUALLY USE 200 DEGREES P. E"TER
I"G AND I F. DEGREES LEAVING. CHECK TO SEE IF THESE TEMPERATURES AlE THE SAME AS USED IN
OTHER COMPONEHTS OF THE SYSTEM.
3. DETERMI"E GPM - DETERMIHE THE GPM TO THE COHVECTORIY USIMG THE FOLLOWIHG FORMUU:
ITU/liR
GPM : a.33 x 60 x j T
4. DETERMIHE RECHi!tl"l'!!LQf..t.OHVEtlM - GENERALLY, THE RECESS DEPTH CAH IE 4INCHES LESS
THAN THE WALL THICKNESS; FOR EXAMPLE, UP TO A 4-lNOI CONVECTOR MAY IE RECESSED IN AN a-
IIICH WALL, AHD UP 10 AH '-INCH CO"VECTOR MAY IE RECESSED IN A 12INCH WALL. THE CONVECTOR
DEPTH MAY IE IHCREASED IV USING A 2!;.INCH FRONT FLANGE SO THAT A 6-11401 CONVECTOR MAY IE
RECESSED 114 A" aI"CH WALL, AMD A 10-lNCH COMVECTOR MAY IE RECESSED IN A 12IMCH WALL. FOUR,
SIX, EIGHT, A"D TEHIHCH DEPTHS ARE STAMDARD WITH MOST MANUFACTURERS.
s. SELECT!Ott Of.J..HLCOHY.E.CJJlB - USIHG THE AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE SELECTED AND THE
RECESS DEPTH SfLEl TED. GO TO THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA AND SELECT THE CONVEC
TORS REQUIRED TO SATISFY THE HEAT LOSS.
6. LOCATING THE CONVECTOR - WHILE THE PLACING OF CONVECTORS IN THE ROOMS IS A MATTER FOR
THE GOOO JUDGMENT OF THE DESIGNER, LISTED IELOW ARE A FEW HI"TS WHICH MAYlE HELPFUL:
A. THE lEST LOCATIOM FOR CONVECTORS IS UNDER WlCDOWS, THUS PERMITTIMG THE RISING CURRENTS
OF HEATED AIR TO IU"KET THE WINDOW ARU AND COUNTERACT DRAFTS.
I. TWO CONVECTORS PLACED UHDER WIMOOWS AT STRATEGIC POINTS ARE lETTER THAN OME URGE
ONE.
C. WHERE ONLY ONE COHVECTOR IS USED, PUCE IT U"DER THE WIHDOW THAT HAS THE GRUTEST
HUT LOSS.
D. He THE CASE Of A LARGE WINDOW WITH SMALLER ONES 014 EAOI SIDE, IHSTALL THE CONVECTOR
UNDER THE URGE WINDOW.
E. WHERE COHVECTORS CAICHOT IE LOCATED UHDER WIHDOWS, THEY SHOULD IE PLACED AGAIHST
OUTSIDE WALLS. SELECT A LOCATION AGAIIIST A WALL CLOSE TO AND DIAGO"ALLY OPPOSITE A
WINDOW.
F. CONVECTORS SHOULD IE LOCATED OM THE SIDE OR SIDES OF THE ROOM WITH THE COLDEST UPOSURf.
WITH OHE CONVECTOR, SELECT THE EXPOSURE THAT HAS THE STROtIGESl" WINDS.
WITH THE RIGHT AMOUHT OF HEATlHG SURFACE AHD THE RIGHT NUIiIIER AHI) LOCATION OF c(INVECTORS,
THERE SHOULD IE 140 DIFFICUL TY IN PROVIDING SATISFACTORY RESULTS 114 COMFORT AND ECONOMY.
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT RECESSES 114 OUTSIDE WALLS BE IHSULATED AS SHOWN 1M THE DETAIL.
7. CONVECTOR HEATlHG ELEMEHTS - HEATIHG ELEMEHTS ARE AVAILABLE 114 CAST IRON OR NO"FERROUS.
114 GEHERAL, HOHFERROUS ELEMEHTS PRODUCE MORE ITU'S PER DOLUR FIRST COST THAN CAST IRON
ELEMENTS AMD ARE LESS COSTLY TO IHSTALL.
A. CAST IROtI ELEMEHTS - THE CAST IROH CONVECTOR HEATING ELEME"T IS AN ASSEMILY OF CAST
IROH F,"NED SECTIONS AMD HEADERS, JOIHED WITH MALLEAlLE NIPPLES, WITH INDIVIDUAL TIE
10L TS AT EACH HIPPLE PORT. THE FIMS ARE CAST INTEGRALLY WITH THE CORED SECTIOMS.
THEY ARE CORRECTLY SPACED AMD STAGGERED TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SURFACE FOR THE RAPID
TRAMSFER OF HEAT TO SURRDUMDIMG AIR. THE HEATIMG ELEMENT HAS THE STRENGTH AMD
DURABILITY OF CAST IRQ4 COtISTRUCTION.
I . 110MFERROUS ELEMEMTS - THE HOMFERROUS ELEMENT HAS SEAMLESS CarPER TUIES WHICH ARE
IiIECHAMICALL Y IONDED TO ACCURATELY SPACED ALUMINUM fINS TO ASSURE RAPID HEAT TRAM5-
FER. ALUMINUM SIDE PLATES REI"FORCE AND STRENGTHEN ELEMENT. HEADER IS CAST lRASS.
c . SYSTHI DfSl'" - DO"OT DESIGH A HEATIMGSYSTEMUSINGAMIXT .. E Of CAST IRON ELEMENTS
Aiio NONFERROuS ELEME"TS. THE CAST IRON ELEMENTS TEMD TO HEAT UP AMD CDOL OfF MUot
MORE SLOWLY THA" THE NONFERROUS ELEMENTS. A MIXTURE Of THE TWO TYPES DOES NOT MAKE
A COMPATIBLE HEAIIMG SYSTEM UNLESS UOI CONVECTOR IS EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC CON
TROL VALVE AMD THE HOT WATER IS CONTIMUOUSLY ClRCUUTED.
a. COHVECTOR EHCLOSURES - THE FRONT PAMEL SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED Of 16 GAGE STEEL; THE
BACK SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED OF II GAGE STEEL. TAMPERPROOf fASTEMERS SHOULD IE SPECI-
FIED, SUCH AS ALLEM HEAD CAMLOCKS.
9 . .\Ill..QLf.RmIT..!lJH BOTTOM INLET G ~ L L i - 1M AREAS WITH A TILE lASE COMSIDEI THE USE OF
THE COMPLETE FRQ4T COVER WITH. TT I"LET GRILLE SET 1M A IECESS STARTIl'AT THE TOP
OF THE BASE. THE UHIT I"STALLED I" THIS MA""ER PRESENTS A lETTER A"URAICCI AMD IS MOllE
EASILY CLEAHED. THE UNIT FRONT COVER IS AVAIUILE WITH A" OVERLA",..' IOTTOM FlOM_T
MANUFACTURERS.
PAGE NO 88
TOP a FRONT REIIIDVED\ i
..J%
ct-
z ...
i ..
00
z

PLAN VIEW
FRONT IN PLACE
__ _

I
I
I
I
I
II[DUCER 3/4. 114 I
'/4 rALl
AIR CHA... ER---+t+<-i
ESCUTCHEON
A
IIZ'RIGID
INSULATION
ESCUTCHEON
PLATE
flOOR LINE
PLATE __ ______ _ __ ____
ALLOWED
FRONT ELEVATION
RUNOUT SCHEDULE
III.I .H. CAPACITY
0-15. 0
15. 0- 40.0
11 / 4"'
SUPPLY a IIElURN
lIZ'
314'
1/2' RIGID
INSULATLON
RUNOUT
3 / 4". 1/ 4"
__ 1,, ___ -+-- 1/ 4" TUBING RUN AS
REQUIRED TO AVOID
ELEMENT
3/4' ,8" TALL
AIR CHAMBER
t-
%
'" OJ
%
t-
..
z
iii
0 0
..
<)
SECTION A-A
INSTALLATION NOTES
I - FIT FRONT PANEL CAII[fULLY TO WALL SO THAT 110
CRACK OR SPACE IS VISIBLE.
Z- SET HEATING ELEIilENT TO PITCH UP II.' P[II F[[T.
3.- THE RECESS FOR THIS CONVECTOII SHALL 8[ 8UILT
BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOII IN ACCOIIDAIIC[ WITH
THE OIIilENSIONS SET FORTH IY TH[ SHOP OIIAWI_
FOR THE CONVECTOR.
4.- SECURE CASING TO WALL IN AN APPIIOVED iliA 1111[11.
!5,- LOCATE VALVE HANDLE IN AN EAli'LY ACC[sSIIL[
LOCATION.
DEPTH
III. I . H.
CABINET TYPE FLANG[ DIIII[IISIOII
PLAN SYMBOL
OF THE RECESSED HOT WATER CONVECTOR
NO SCALE
H EAT I N G. V E N T I LA T ION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESlGN MANUAL PLATE 140.42 PAlE NO
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF
THE RECESSED STEAM CONVECTOR
I. - REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA IDOK FOR HEAT TRANSMISSION
T F ALDING MATERIALS, OUTDOOR DESIGN TEMPERATURE AND INSIDE DE
SIGII TEMPERATURE. COMPUTE HEAT LOSS FOR EACH ROOM.
2. DETEIMIME ENTEI. AIID LEAVING .DTER TEMPERATURES - USUALLY USE 2011 DEGREES F. ENTER
IMG AMD I. DEGREES F. LEAVING. CHECK TO SEE IF THESE TEMPERATURES ARE THE SAME AS USED
II OTHER COMI'OMEMTS OF THE SYSTEM.
3. - DETERMINE THE STEAM FLOW TO THE CONVECTOR
ITUIMR RATING OF THE CONVECTOR
STEAM LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION BTUILI
' THE VALUE OF THE LATEMT HEAT OF EVAPORATION MAY IE FDUMD IN THE STEAM TABLES OR USE
WI ITUILI FOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM.
4. VlTE'tIII' REEESS DEPTH OF CONVECTOR - GENERALLY, THE RECESS DEPTH CAM IE 4-IMCHES LESS
AM '. ' , THICKNESS; FOR EXAMPLE, UP TO A 4-IMCH CONVECTOR MAY liE RECESSED 1M
IICH WALL, AMD UP TO AM .. ,NCH CONVECTOR MAY IE RECESSED IN A 12 IMCH WALL. THE CONVEC
TOI DEPTH MAY IE IICREASED BY USING A 2li-1NCH FRONT FLANGE SO THAT A 6-INCH CONVECTOR
MAY IE RECESSED 1M AM .. ,NCH .ALL, AMD A IO-INCH CONVECTOR MAY IE RECESSED 1M A 12IMCH
WALL. FOUR, SIX, EIGNT, AND TENINCH DEPTHS ARE STAMDARD WITH MOST MANUFACTURERS.
5. ""ill IHE C"VECTOR - USING THE FINAL STEAM PRESSURE SELECTED AND THE RECESS
5 E r ,G 0 THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA AND SELECT THE CONVECTOR RE
QUIRED TO SATISFY THE HEAT LOSS.
6. LaH. THE CONYWOR - WHILE THE PLACING OF CONVECTOIS IN THE ROOMS IS A MATTER FOR
Tiii JUDGMENTf THE DESIGNER, LISTED IELOW ARE A FEW HINTS WHICH MAY IE HELPFUL:
A. THE lEST LOCATION FOR CONVECTORS IS UNDER WINDOWS, THU$ PERMITTING THE RISING CURRENTS
OF HEATED All TO IUNIET THE WINOO. AREA AMD COUNTE"ACT DRAFTS. .
I. TWO CONVECTORS PLACED UNDEI .110015 AT STRATEGIC POIITS ARE lETTER THAM ONE LARGE
OME.
C ... EIE ONLY OME COMVECTCIIIS USED, PLACE IT UNDER THE .INDO. THAT HAS THE GREATEST
HEAT LOSS.
D. 1M THE CASE OF A LARGE WIMDOW WITH SMALLER ONES ON EACH SIDE, IMSTALL THE CONVECTOR
UMDER THE LARGE WlMDOW.
E. WHERE CONVECTORS CAMMOT IE LOCATED UNDER WINDOWS, THEY SHOULD IE PLACED AGAINST
OUTSIDE WALLS. SELECT A LOCATION AGAINST A WALL CLOSE TO AND DIAGONALLY OPPOSITE A
WIMDOW.
F. CONVECTORS SHOULD IE LOCATED ON THE SIDE OR SIDES OF THE ROOM WITH THE COLDEST EX.
POSURE. WITH ONE COMVECTOR, SELECT THE EXPOSURE THAT HAS THE STRONGEST WINOS.
WITH THE RIGHT AMOUMT OF HEATING SURFACE AND THE RIGHT MUMIER AND LOCATION OF CONVEC.
TORS, THERE SHOULD IE NO DIFFICUL TY IN PROVlDlMGSATISFACTCIIY RESULTS IN COMFORT AMD
ECOMOMY. IT IS RECOMMEMDED THAT RECESSES 1M OUTSIDE WALL IE INSULATED AS SHOWN 1M THE
DETAIL.
7. COMVECTOR HEATlMG ELEMENTS - HEATIMG ELEMENTS ARE AVAILAILE 1M CAST IRON OR MONFERROUS.
1M GEMERAL, NOMFERROUS ELEMEMTS PRDOUCE MORE BTU'S PER DOLLAR FIRST COST THAN CAST IRON
ELEMENTS AMD ARE LESS COSTLY TO INSTALL.
A. CAST IRON ELEMENTS - THE CAST IRON CONVECTOR HEATtHG ELEMENT IS AN ASSEMILY OF CAST
IROM FIMMED SECTIONS AND HEADERS, JOIMED WITH MALLEAILE NIPPLES, WITH INDIVIDUAL TIE
IIOL TS AT EACH NIPPLE PORT. THE FIMS ARE CAST IMTEGRALLY WITH THE CORED SECTIONS.
THEY ARE CORRECTLY SPACED AMD STAGGERED TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SURFACE FOR THE RAPID
TRANSFER OF HEAT TO SURROUMDING AIR. THE HEATING ELEMENT HAS THE STRENGTH AMD
DURABILITY OF CAST IRON CONSTRUCTIOM.
I . ELEMENTS - THE MONFERROUS ELEMEMT HAS SEAMLESS COPPER TUIES WHICH ARE
MEe AM ALLY IOHDED TO ACCURATELY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS TO ASSURE RAPID HEAT TRAM5-
FER. ALUMINUM SIDE PLATES REINFORCE AND STRENGTHEN ELEMENT. HEADER IS CAST IRASS.
C. SYSTEM DESIGN - DO MOT DESIGM A HEATING SYSTEM USING A MIXTURE OF CAST IRON ELEMEMTS
AMD NONFERROUS ELEMENTS. THE CAST IRON ELEMENTS TEMD TO HEAT UP AMD COOL OFF MUCH
MORE SLOWLY THAN TH E NONFERROUS ELEMENTS. A MIXTURE OF THE TWO TYPES DOES NOT MAKE
A COMPATIBLE HEATING SYSTEM UMLESS EACH CONVECTOR IS EQUIPPBI WITH AM AUTOMATIC CON-
TROL VAL VE AMD STEAM IS CONTINUOUSLY AVAILAILE.
I. - THE FRONT PANEL SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF " GAGE STEEL; THE
irk. C OF II GAGE STEEL. TAMPERPROOF FASTEtlERS SHOULD IE SPEC'"
FlED, SUCH AS ALLEM HEAD CA .. LOCKS.
9. USE OF FRONT WlTUOTl;W INLET I'LLES - 1M AREAS WITH A TILE lASE COMSIDER THE USE OF
THE COMPLETE FI t C VR WITH nOM INLET GRILLE SET IN A RECESS STARTIIG AT THE TOP
OF THE lASE. THE UNIT INSTALLED 1M THIS MANteER PRESENTS A IETTEI APPEARANCE AND IS MOlE
EASILY CLEANED. THE UNIT FRONT COVER IS AVAILABLE WITH AN OVERLAPPING IOTTOM FROM MOST
MANUFACTUIERS.
PAGE NO, " 90
" .
TOP a REMOVED\ i

PLAN VIEW
FRONT IN PLACE

lIZ" RIGID
INSULATION
11/4"
1114"

:z:
..
OJ
:z:

...
z
UNION TYPE STEAM OJ
RADIATOR VALVE Of f'-""'<"--,.-"'1
PACKLESS...............
ESCUTCHEON
PLATE
FLOOR LINE

ELEVATION SECTION A-A
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE R ECE SS E D ., STEAM
NO SCALE
..
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR ' CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
INSTALLATION NOTES
1.- FIT FRONT PANEL CAREFULLY TO WALL SO THAT 110
CRACK OR SPACE IS VISIBLE.
2- SET HEATING ELEMENT TO PITCH UP I"" PER FEET.
5-- THE RECESS FOR THIS CONVECTOR SHALL BE BUILT
BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE DIMENSIONS SET fOIlTH BY THE SHOP DIIAWINGS
FOIl THE CONVECTOR.
'!.- SECURE CASING TO WALL IN AN APPROVED MAIIIIEII.
5.- LOCATE VALVE HANDLE I N AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE
LOCATION.
cABINET TYPE DIMENSIOII
PLAN SYMBOL
M. B. H.
0- ZO
ZI- 51
. 51-1'
CONVECTOR
R\.INOUT SCHEDULE
SUPPLY RUNOUT RETURN RUNOU
A A A TRA
514" liZ"
I" 5/4"
I 1/4" I"
lI2!i ' THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE
BASED 011 1/4 PS. I. PRESSURE
DIFFERENCE ACROSS THE TRAP
a 114 PS.I. PER 100 fT. PRE_
DIIOP III THE PIPING.
PLATE NO. 43 PAGE NO. II
HOT WATER CONVECTOR, WALt HUNG, SLOPING TOP
1. CALCULATE THE HEAT LOSSES - REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA, lOOK FOR HEAT TRANSMISSION
COEFFICIENTS OF VARIOUS IUILDING MATERIALs., OUTDOOR DESI,," TEMPERATURE AND INSIDE DE
. SIGN TEMPERATURE. COMPUTE HEAT LOSS FOR tACH ROOM.
2. DETEbIN, ENTERING AND TEMPERATURES - USUALLY US.! 200 DEGREES FENTER
ING AND 1 DEGREES F LEAVING. ECK TO SEE IF THESE TEMPERATURES ARE THE SAME AS USED
1M OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE (VnEM.
3. DETERMINE GI'M - DETERMINE THE GPM TO THE CONVECTOR IV USING THE FOLLOWING FORMUU:
ITU/1IR
GI'M - .u x 60 x AT
4. DETElMIMl HEIGHT OF THE CONVECTOR - THE SLOPING TOP CONVECTOR IS IIORMALLY INSTALLED
WITH ITS BOTTOM S.IIC;HES AIOVE THE FLOOR LINE, AND CABINET HEIGHTS ARE AVAIUILE IN 20",
U", 31' AND 3." SIZE. NORMALLY, THE SILL HEIGHT OF THE WINDOW WILL CONTROL THE HEIGHT OF
THE CONVECTOR.
5. - USING THE AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE SELECTED AND THE
LTD, TO MANUFACTURER' S CATALOG DATA AND SELECT THE CONVECTOR
REQUIRED TO SATISFY TH E HEAT LOSS.
,. mE iNVEiTCWt - WHILE THE PLACING OF CONVECTORS IN THE ROOMS ISA MATTER FOR
UDGM NT F E DESI,,"ER, LISTED IELOW ARE A FEW HINTS WHICH MAY ,IE HELPFUL:
A. THE lEST LOCATION FOR CONVECTORS IS UNDER WIlDOWS, THUS PERMITTING THE RISING CUR
RENTS Of HUTED All TO lLANKET THE WINDOW AREA AND COUNTERACT DRAFTS.
I. TWO CONVECTORS PLACED UNDER WINDt'WS AT STRATEGIC POINTS ARE lETTER THAM ONE URGE
ONE.
C. WHERE ONLY ONE CONVECTOR IS USED, PUCE IT UNDER THE WINDOW THAT HAS THE GREATEST
HEAT LOSS.
D. 1M THE CASE OF A LARGE WINDOW WITH SMALUR ONES ON EACH SIDE, INSTALL THE CONVECTOR
UNDER THE URGE WINPOW. '
E. WHERE CONVECTORS CANNOT IE WINDOWS THEY SHOULD IE PLACED AGAINST
OUTSIDE WALLS. SELECT A LOCATION AGAINST A WALL CLOsE TD AMD DIAGONALLY OPPOSITE A
WINDOW.
F. CONVECTORS SHOULD IE LOCATED ON THE SIDE OR SIDES Of THE ROOM WITH THE COLDEST
EXPOSURE. WITH ONE CONVECTOR, SELECT THE EXPOSURE TNAT HAS THE STRONGEST WilDS.
WITH THE RIGHT AMOUNT OF HEATING SURFACE AND THE RIGHT NUMIER AMD LOCATION OF CONVEC
TORS, THERE SHOULD IE NO DIF,F ICUL TV I" PROVIDIIG SATISFACTORY RESULTS ... COMfORT AM D
ECONOMY.
7. CONVECTOR HEATIIG ELEMENTS - HEATING ELEMENTS AlE AVAILULE 1M CAST IRON OR NONFERROUS.
IN GENERAL, NONFERROUS ELEMENTS PRODUCE MORE BTUS PER DOLLAR FIRST COST TNAN CAST
IRON ELEMENTS AND ARE LESS COSTL Y TO INSTALL.
A. CAST IRON ELEMENTS - THE CAST IRON CONVECTOR HEATING ELEMENT IS AM WEMILV OF CAST
IRON fINNED SECTIONS AMD HEADERS, JOINED WITH NIPPLES, WITH IIDIVIOUAL TIE
BOL TS AT EACH NIPPLE PORT. THE FilS ARE CAST INTEGRALLY WITH THE COIED SECTIONS.
THEY ARE CORRECTLY SPACED AND STAGGERED TO PIOV"E MAXIMUM SURfACE FOR THE RAPID
TRANSFER OF HEA T TO SURROUNDING AIR. THE HEATllt ELEMENT lIAS THE STRENGTH AND
OURAIILITY OF CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION."
I. - THE NONFERROUS ELEMENT HAS SEAMLESS eopPER TUIES WHICH ARE
M AN A L TO ACCURATELY SPACED ALUMINUM fIlS TO ASSURE RAPID HEAT TRANS.
FER. ALUMINUM SlOE PU TES REINFORCE AND STREMGT1IN ELEMENT HEADER IS CAST IRW.
C. SYSTEM DESIGN - DO NOT DESI,," A HEATING SYSTEM USIIG A MIXTURE OF CAST IRON ELEMENTS
AND NONFERROUS ELEMENTS. THE CAST IRON ELEMENTS TEND TOHUT UP AMDCOOLOFF MUCH
MORE SLOWLY THAN THE NONFERROUS ELfMENTS. A Of THE TWO TYPES DOES MOT MAKE
A COMPATIIL E HEATING SYSTEM UNLESS EACH CONVECTOR IS EQUIPPED WITH AII' AUTOMATIC CON-
TROL VALVEAND THE HOT WATER IS CONTIIUOUSL Y CIRCULATED.
e. CONVECTOR - THE FRONT PANEL SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED Of l' GAGE STEEL; THE
UCK SHOULD IE STRUCTED OF II GAGE STEEL. TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS SHOULD IE SPECI-
FIED, SUCH AS AL LEN HEAD CAM-LOCKS.
PAG E NO. 92
Aoo;'ob'. 'n TRANS-A PLATE
FINISHED WALL
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
PLANS FOR TYPE
OF CONSTRUCTION
3/4" X 71S" SLOTS
114 DIA. NAIL HOLES
BOTH ENDS
NO. 14 GAUGE HANGERS

PLAN VIEW

FRONT IIEMO'iED'-"--,,
IUDUCEII 314"'
3/4 " TALl
AlII CHAMBEII ------.... 001
[SCUTCHEON
PLATE --......;:::II:i9"-----

FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE INSTAJ-LATION OF THE
H EAT I N G. V E NT I L AT ION. AND AIR CONDITIONING
RUNOUT SCHEDULE
M.B.H CAPACITY SU PPL Y a RETURN RUNOUT
FINISHED WALL
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
PL ANS FOR TYPE

- 40.0
OF CONSTRUCTION ---------
3/"-. 1/4-
REDUCER ---;--{"\
3/4"' ." TaLL--+--1
AIR CHAIliBER
VCT IO-N A-A
1/2-
3 / 4"
112" RIGID
INSULATION
114" TUBING RUN AS
REQUIRED TO. AVOID
ELEIliENT
HOT WATER CONVECTOR, WALL
DESIGN MANUAL
INSTALLATION NOTES
1- FIT CONVECTOR CAIIEFUl.LY TO WALL SO THAT NO
CIIACk OR SMCE IS VISIBLE.
2- SET HEATING ELEMENT TO PITCH U'P "" PEl! FOOT.
s-
!![SULTING FROM INCORRlicT SLEEVE ' LOCATION
SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. '
4 - SECURE CASING TO WALL .. AN A_DYED IIIAJIIIEII
5- LOCATE VALVE HANDl.E .. All EASILY ACCESSIBLE
LOCATION.
PL A N SYMBOL
HUNG"SLOPING TOP
P L ATE 'N'O" 44 PA' GE NO. 93
STEAM CONVECTOR, WALL HUNG, SLOPI'NG TOP
I. THE HENi LOSSES - RE,ER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA IOOIt FOR HEAT TRANSMISSION
F IENTS Of V IOUS IUILD. MATERIALS, OUTDOOR DESIGN TlMPERATURE AND INSIDE DE
SIGM TEMPERATURE. COMPUTE Hun,. FOR EAOI ROOM. .
2. DETERMINE ENTERING AND LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURES - USUALLY USE 200 DEGREES FENTER
IMG AMD 18 DEGREES F LEAVING. CHECI to SEE IF THESE "'MrERATURES ARE THE SAME AS USED
114 OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM.
3. IlIUMIr E STEAM FLO' m THE CONVECTOR - DETERMINE THE STEAM FLOW TO THE CONVECTOR
IY USING TIlE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
ITUIIIR RATIIGOFTHE CONVECTOR
STEAM FLO'(LlSIIIR). LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION nU/LI
THE VALUE OF THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION MAY IE FOUND IN THE TULES OR USE
m ITUIU FOR LO' PRESSURE STEAM.
4. OF THE CONVECTOR - THE SLOPING TOP CONVECTOR IS NORMALLY INSTALLED
IH T s.lNCHESAlOVE THE FLOOR LINE, ANDCAlIiET HEIGHTS ARE AVAILAILE IN 20",
24", 32" AND lI" SIZE. NORMALLY, THE SILL HEIGHT Of TH E 111400' IILL CONTROL THE HEIGHT OF
THE CONVEtmR.
5. SELECTION OF THE CONVECTOR - USING THE FINAL STEAM PRESSURE SELECTED AND THE HEIGHT
SELECTED, GO TO THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA AND SELECT THE CONVECTOR REQUIRED TO
SATISfY THE HEAT LOSS.
,. THE CONVECTOR - WHILE THE PLACIIG OF CONVECTORS II THE ROOMS IS A MATTER FOR
THE JUDGMENT Of THE DESIGNER, LISTED IELO' ARE. FEW HINTS WHICH MAY IE HELPFUL:
A. THE lEST LOCATION FOR CONVECTORS IS UNDER 'INDOWS, THUS PERMITTIiG THE RISING CURRENTS
OF HEATED AIR TO IUNItET THE '1100' AREA AND COUNTERACT DRAFTS.
I. TWO CONVECTORS PLACED UNDER '110015 AT STRATEGIC POINTS ARE lETTER THAN ONE LARGE
ONE.
C. 'HERE ONLY OME CONVECTPR IS USED, PLACE IT UNDER THE IINDOI TMAT HAS THE GREATEST
HEAT LOSS.
D. IN THE CASE OF A LARGE WIiDOI 11TH SMALLER ONES ON EACH SIDE, INSTALL THE CONVECTOR
UNDER THE LARGE 'INDOW.
E. WHERE CONVECTORS CANNOT IE LOCATED UNDER WINDOWS, THEY SHOULD IE PLACED AGAINST
OUTSIDE WALLS. SELECT A LOCATION AGAINST A WALL CLOSE TO AND DIAGONALLY OPPOSITE A
WINDOW.
F. CONVECTORS SHOULD IE LOCATED ON THE SIDE OR SIDES OF THE ROOM 11TH THE COLDEST EX.
POSURE. 11TH ONE CONVECTOR, SELECT THE EXPOSURE THA1' HAS THE STRONGEST IINDS.
WITH THE RIGHT AMOUNT OF HEATING SURFACE AND THE RIGHT NlIMIER AND LOCATION OF CONVEC.
TORS, THERE SHOULD IE NO DIfFICULTY IN PROVIDING SATISFACTORY RESULTS IN COMFORT AND
ECONOMY.
7. CONVECTOR HEATING - HEATING ELEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN CAST IRON OR NOMFERROUS.
IN GENERAL, MOMFERR S ELEMENTS PRODUCE MORE BTUS PER DOLLAR FIRST COST THAN CAST IROM
ELEMENTS AND ARE LESS COSTLY TO INSTALL.
A. CAST IRON ELEMENTS - THE CAST IRON CONVECTOR HUTING ELEMENT IS AN ASSEMILY Of CAST
IRON FINNED SECTIONS AND HEADERS, JOINED 11TH MALLEABLE NIPPLES,IITH INDIVIDUAL TIE
10L TS AT EACH 141 PPLE PORT. THE F INS ARE CAST INTEGRALLY 11TH THE CORED SECTIONS.
THEY ARE CORIECTL Y SPACED AND STAGGERED TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SURFACE fOR THE RAPID
TRANSFER OF HEAT TO SURROUNDING AIR. TilE HEATING ELEMENT HAS THE STRENGTH AND
DURAIILITY OF CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION.
I : NONFERROUS ELEMENTS - THE NONFERROUS ELEMENT HAS SEAMLESS COPPER TUIES WKICH ARE
MECHANICALLY IONDED TO ACCURATELY S."ACED ALUMINUM FINS TO ASSURE RAPID HEAT TRANSFER.
ALUMINUM SIDE PLATES REINFORCE AND STRENGTHEN ELEMENT. HEADER IS CAST IRASS.
C. SYSTEM DESIGN - DO MOT DESIGN A HEAnNG SYSTEM USING A MIXTURE Of CAST IRON ELEMENTS
AND NONFERRDUS ELEMENTS. THE CAST IRON ELEMENTS TEND TO HEAT UP AND COOL OFF MUCH
MORE $lOllY THAN TH E MOIIfERROUS ELEMENTS. A MIXTURE OF THE TlO TYPES DOES MOT MAItE
A COMPATIBLE HEATING SYSTEM UieLESS EACH CONVECTOR IS EQUIPPED IITM AN AUTOMATIC C0N-
TROL VALVE THE STEAM IS CONnNUOUSl.Y AVAILAILE.
t. CONVECTOR EMa.OSUIES - THE FRONT PANEL SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF "caGE STEEL; THE
IACIt SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF \I GAGE STEEL. TAMPERPROOF FASTENERS SHOULD IE SPECI-
FIED, SUOI AS ALLEN HEAD CAM-lOCIt5.
PAGE NO. 94
A.oj/obl. In CJl7IlOll .. <S> TRANS-A-PlATE*

FINISHED WALL
SEE ARCHITECT URAL
PLANS FOR TYPE
OF CONSTRUCTION
3/4 X 7IB SLOTS
FRONT REIIOVED
PLAN VIEW
LENGTH
A
REIIOVED
,.
I
N IPPL E ------, ..
ELIIOW
FINISHED WALL
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
PLANS FOR TYPE
OF CONSTRUCTION-----i
20
INA
DEPTH
UNION TYPE STEAM
RADIATOR VALVE OF
THE BELLOWS PACK LESS
TYPE
ESCUTCHEON PLATE
....
"
...
"

FLOOR LINE
---....... 'T'?::::....-----.-
RETURN RUNOUT------\d
SEE PLANS
DE T A I LS
NO VISIBLE OFFSETS
ALLOWED IN RUNOAUTS I

OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING
SECTION A-A
STEAM CONVECTOR
DESlaN MANUAL
INSTALLATION NOT E S
1.- FIT CONVECTOR CAREFULLY TO WALL SO THAT NO
CRACK OR SPACE I S VISIBLE.
2.- SET HE ATING ELEIIENT TO PITCH UP II." PER FOOT.
3--THE RUNOUT ROUGHING SHALL BE ESTABLISHED FROM
APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. AND VISIBLE OFFSETS
RESULTING FROII INCORRECT SLEEVE LOCATIONS
SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED.
4.- SECURE CASING TO WALL IN AN APPROVED IIANNER
S.- LOCATE VALVE HANDLE IN AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE
LOCATION.
"' . B.H
CABINET TYPE IIOUNTING HEIGHT
\.
WALL
PLAN SYMBOL
--
RUNOUT SCHEDULE
II. B. H
!l- 20
21- 37
58-7'
SUPPLY RUNOUT RETURN RUNOUT
AND VALVE AND TRAP
3/4" 1/2-
I" 3/4"
I 114" I"
-
THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE
lASED ON 1/4 I'S. I. PRESSURE
DIFFERENCE ACROSS THE TRAP
a 1/4 1'5.1 PER 100 FT. PRESSURE
DROP IN THE PIPING.
HUNG, SLOPING TOP
PLAT E NO.
45
f
FIN TUBE RADIATION, HOT WATER
I. CALaJLAU HEAT LOSSES. REFER TO .SHRAE GUIDE AND D.TA lOOK FOR HEAT TRANSMISSION co-
EFFICIDMTS OF VARIOUS IUILDING M.URIALS, OUTDOOR DESIGN UMPERA TURE AND INSIDE DESIGN
TEMPERATURE. COM.. UTE HEAT LOSS FOR EACH ROOM.
2. DETE .. INE FIN TUIE REQUIREMENTS - FIRST, DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS FOR REPRESENTATIVE
ROOMS IN BTU .. ER LINEAL FOOT OF .V.ILAlLE OUTSIDE W.LL SP.CE. DEDUCT ... PROXIMATELY
2 FEET (FOR VALVES AND .. IPING CONNECTIONS' FROM OUTSIDE W.LL LENGTH OF ROOM, ROUNDING
OFF TO NEAREST HALF FOOT. AND DIVIDE INTO THE BTU HEAT LOSS OF ROOM.
CHECI THE REQUIRED ITUILF .GAlNST RATINGS IN IWtUF.CTURERS' C.TALOG 1M THE RANGE OF
I .. TO 2W' .VERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE TO INSURE THA.T UNITS ARE .V.ILAiLE TO MEET THE
HEAT LOSS REQUIREMENTS, USING ONE OR TWO ROWS OF HEATING ELEMENT .S REQUIRED:' THREE
ROWS OF HEATING ELEMENT .RE UNECONOMIC.L AND SHOULD IE USED ONLY IF NECESSARY TO OFF
SET HIGH HEAT LOSSES IN. FEW ROOMS. IT IS RECOMMENDED TH.T .......... ROVED RATINGS TO IE
USED AND S .. EOFIED.
3. DETERMINE DESIGH W.TER TEMPER.TURE - USING. TWO PIPE SYSTEM.S ILLUSTR.TED, THE .VER
.GE W.TER TEMPERATURE IN EACH RADIATOR IS .P .. ROXIMATELY THE SAME, AND IS EQU.L TO THE
DESIGN W.TER TEMPERATURE MINUS H.LF THE TEMPERATURE DROP W TEMPER.TURE DROP IS
GENERALLY USED TO PROVIDE REASON.ILE PIPING AND PUMP SIZES. THEREFO.RE H.LF OF THE
TEMPERATURE DROP IS 10".
THE DESIGN WATER TEM.. ERATURE (OF BOILER OR CONVERTOR' CAN NOW IE ESTABLISHED IY .DDING
10" TO THE SELECTED .VER.GE WATER TEMPER.TURE THAT PROVIDES. IALANCE IETWEEN THE
REQUIRED lTUILF AND MANUF.CTURERS' RATINGS.
4. SELECTION OF Fit rulE UNITS - USING .VERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE SELECTED, DETE ..... E THE
FIN TUIE RADI.TOR REQUIRED FOR EACH DIFFERENT CONDITION FROM MANUF.CTURER'S CATALOG
AND FILL .. N THE RADI.TlON SCHEDULE SHOWN ON PLATE IELor. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE
HEATING ELEMENT IE SPRUD OUT ALONG THE .V.ILAILE OUTSIDE W.LL TO PROVIDE GREATER
HEATING COMFORT USMG'ELEMENTS WITH WIDER FIN SP.CING, OR THE SMALLER HEATING LEMENTS
WHERE FEASIBLE.
S. FIN TUIE HEAT,"G ELEMENTS-
MAURI.LS - FIN TUIE HEATING ELEMENTS .RE .V.ILAILE WITH STEEL FINS ON SUEL TUIING
.LUMlNUM FINS ON COPPER TUIING. COPPER FINS .RE ALSO .V.IL.lLE ON COPPER TUIES, RE
SUL TlNG IN HIGHER H EAT OUTPUT THAN COPPER - .LUMINUM ELEMENTS (.BOUT 5'" IUT .RE
COMSiDER.UY MORE EXPENSIVE LL-COPPER ELEMENTS .RE SoMETIMES SPECIFIED FOR .REAS
WITH VERY "IGH HUMIDITY SUCH AS GREENHOUSES AND SWIMMING POOLS. .
I. COPPERALUMINUM VS STEEL ELEMENTS -IN GENERAL, COPPER-ALUMINUM HEATING ELEMENTS
PRODUCE MORE BTU PER OOLL .. VALUE THAN ALLSTEEL ELEMENTS ARE ARE USUALLY LESS
COSTLY TO INSTALL.
C. !Hll- ALTHOUGH STANDARD SCHEDULE 40 BUTTWELDED PIPE IS SOMETIMES USED, QUALITY
STEEL ELEMENTS H.VE ELECTRIC RESISTANCEWELDED PRESSURE TUIING, WITH TUIE WALL
SLIGHTLY THIMMER THAN SCHEDUlE 40 PIPE IUT HAVING. CONSIDERliLY HIGNER WORIING PRES.
SURE. COPI'ER TUIES ARE GENERALLY H.RD TEMPER SEAMLESS DRAWN. MANUFACTURERS USE
SPECIAL SIZE TUIING SO THAT .FTn EXPANDING INTO THE FINS THE TUBE COMES UP TO STAND-
.RD TUIE OR PIPE O.D. TO TAlE STAND.RD FITTINGS. REFER TO MAMUFACTURERS' CATALOGS
FOR .LLOWABLE WORIING PRESSURES.
D. SIZES - STEEL ELEMENTS ARE GENER.LLY .VAILABLE WITH 3%" AND 4%" SQU.RE FINS ON 1%"
STEEL TUBE AND 4%" SQUARE FINS ON 2" TUIE FEW MANUF.CTURERS CAN PROVIDE I" STEEL
TUBE SIZE.
COPPERALUMINUM HEATING ELEMENTS .RE .VAILABLE IN. GREATER VARIETY. ALTHOUGH 3%"
AND 4%" SQUARE ALUMINUM FINS ARE THE MOST WIDELY USED SIZES, FINS ARE .VAILABLE IN
VARIOUS SMALLER SIZES AND RECTANGULAR DESIGN. COPPER TUIE SIZES ARE \(" I" AND IW'
OM EXTREMELY LONG COMNECTED RUNS OF FIN TUIE, THE 2" STEEL ELEMENT WlYH FINS'IS
OFTEN USED IECAUSE OF ITS LOAD CARRYING CAP.ClTY TO lEEP PRESSURE DROP AND VELOCITY
WITHIN REASONABLE LIMITS.
E. - STEEL FINS GAilGES AVAILABLE RANGE FROM .041" THICI TO ABOUT .020" THICK.
GENER.LLY .032" THICI STEEL FINS ARE SPECIFIED FOR. GOOD QUALITY ELEMENT.
.LUMINUM FIN GAUGES RANGE FROM .021" THICK TO .BOUT .015" THICI. GEME RAll Y .020" THICI(
ALUMINUM FINS ARE SPECIFIED.
F. FIN SPACINGS -. RANGE OF SP.CINGS FROM 60 FINS PER FOOT TO U PER FOOT IS GENERALLY
.VAILABLE, MIT MOTWITH .LL MANUFACTURERS ON .LL FIN SIZES. THE WIDER THE FINSPACING I
USED, TH E GREATER IS THE DEGREE OF HEATING COMFORT WITH THE ELEMENT COVERING A \
GREATER LENGTH OF THE AVAILAILE SPACE. ON THE .VERAGE COMMERCI.L INSTAllATION EVEN I
WITH FINS SP.CED AS TIGHT AS 60 PER FOOT, THERE ISMO MlILD-UP OF DUST OR LINT BETWEEN
THE FINS. FOR APPLlC.TIONS WHERE THERE ISINOWN TO BE HEAVY CONCENTRATIOH OF OUST i
OR LINT IN THE AIR, FIN SPACINGS UP TO 41 PER FOOT CAN BE USED WITH NO PROBLEM IF I
NEEDED TO OFFSET HEAT LOSSES.
G. RATINGS - FIN TUBE MANUfACTURERS CATALOG RATINGS ARE USED ON V.RIOUS .VERAGE WATER
TEMPERATURES WITH A. W.TER VEtOCITY OF 3 FEET PER SECOND, .ND 65" ENTERING AIR TEMPER I
.TURES, WITH CORRECTIOM FACTORS FOR CONDITIONS OTHER THAN STANDARD. .
CATALOGED RATINGS ARE GENERALLY lASED ON TESTS COMOUCTED BY MANUFACTURERS IH THEIR OWN
LABORATORIES. TO ELIMIN.TE ANY POSSIIILlTY OF DIFFERENCES IN TESTING PROCEDURES AMONG VARI
OUS MANUF.CTURERS, SPECIFY .PPROVED RATINGS WHEREVER THEY ARE APPLICABLE.
6. ENCLOSURES-
A. SIZES - ENCLOSURES ARE GENERALLY AVAILAIL'E IN ONE, TWO OR THREE ROWS HIGH, AVERAGIHG
.BOUT 12", If', AND U' RESPECTIVELY IN HEIGHT. ONE ROW OF ELEMENT CAM IE USED IN A TWO
OR THREE ROW ENCLOSURE PRODUCING A HIGHER RATING THAN WITH ONE ROW EHCLOSIHG BECAUSE
OF ADDED "STACK" HEIGHT, AND MAY BE DESIRABLE TO FILL THE SPACE UNDE R THE WINDOW SILL.
SUPPLY AND/ OR RETURN PIPES CAN BE RUN IN THE ENCLOSURE AND SUPPORTED IY HANGERS HOR
MALLY USED FOR HEATING EL EMENTS. IF ONE HEATlIIG ELEMENT IS USED IN A THREEROW
ENCLOSURE IN THE CENTER POSITION WITH BARE PIPE AIDVE AND IELOW, THE RATING WOULD
APPROXIMATE THAT OF OME ROW ELEMENT IN. TWO ROW COVER WITH NO PIPES.
B. GAUGES - FOR VERY LOW BUDGET WORK, Ii GAUGE STEEL ENCLOSURES ARE GEN ERJ.'. L Y SPECIFIED'
FOR OME AND TWO ROW ENCLQSURES. 16 GAUGE IS RECOMMENDED FOR 3 ROW ENClOSURES. FOR
ALL SCHOOLS AND INSTITUTIONAL WORl, 16 OR U GAUGE IS RECOMMENDED.
C. ACCESSORIES - TO ALl.OW FOR V.RI.TIOMS IN BUILDING DIMENSIONS, OVERLAPPING END TRIMS Or<
SLEEVES ARE USED FOR WALLTo-WALL APPLICATION. CORNER TRIMS AND END ENCLOSlJRH ARE
PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION AND GENERALLY IUTT AGAINST AD-
JACENT ENCLOSURES RATHER THAN OVERLAP.
D. ENCLOSURE JOIHTS - WHERE TWO ENCLOSURES COME TOGETHER IN. RUN, A FLUSHTYPE JOINT IS
GENERALLY USED AND SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. THE STRONGEST JOINT IS WHERE SHEET METAL
SCREWS ARE USED IN COMJUNCTION WITH A IACI-UP STRIP WITHIN THE ENCLOSURE. JOINTS WITHOUT
SCREWS ARE AVAILABLE AND CAN BE SO SPECIFIED.
E. VALVE ACCESS - TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO VALVES AND-OTHER EQUIPMENT, HINGED .CCESS DOORS
ARE PROVIDED 1M ACCESS PANELS. IEC;AUSE OF APPEARANCE, THE ACCESS PANELS SHOULD IE
LOCATED AT THE END OF THE ENCLOSURE RUN AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWING AND THE COMTRACTOR
MUST LOCATE HIS VALVES ACCORDINGLY.
PAGE NO. 96
A.o,:oble In (.'mIll" TWANS-APl.ATE*
T
'1
o ---i "
WALL
A
ELEVATION - 2 ROW ELEMENTS
ROW ELEMENT
PARTITION WALL __ r-,,'
PARTITION WALL
TH
END TRIM 3'
ACCESS
DOOR OVER EACH
VALVE
TYPE
VALVE
TRIM 3'
DETAILS OF THE INSTAL.LATION OF THE TUBE RADIATION, HOT WATER
\
FIN TUBE RADIATION SCHEDULE
I BTU/H"
I I WATER I WATER HEATI NG ELEMENT ENCLOSURE RUNOUT
I VALVE I
SYMBOL
GPM ENTERS LEAVES TUBE FINS ACTIVE FINS LENGTH ROWS 0 H SIZES SIZES
REMARKS
I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I
HEAT I N.' G. V EN TIL AT ION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO,
INSTALLATION NOTES
I.
HEIGHT AND INSTALL TOP OF CONTlliuDUS
L::r
GREATER ,THAN 2 FT. INTERVALS, USING
BUILDING CON-
INSTALL ENCLOSURE SUPPORT BRACKETS ON
NOT GREATER THAN 4 FT. INTERVALS. GAGE
BRACKETS FROM MOUNTING CHANNEL TO
INSURE PROPER LOCATION AND FASTEN
SECURELY TO WALL.
ATTACH SLIDING HANGERS TO BRACKETS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFRS. INSTRUCTIONS.
ON SLID-
ING HANGERS, MAKING SURE THAT HEATING
ELEMENT FINS AIlE NOT COCKED OR BENT,
AND THAT ELEMENT IS FIIE TO SLIN
lACK AND FORTH FOR EXPANSION AND
TR-ACTION.

WOOL OR EMERY. USE GOOD <;RADE FLUX
AND "., SOLDER. '
IN THE CASE CW STEEL IUMINTS, FIltST
BRUSH THE THREAD 5 CLEAN THEN US[
GOOD GRADE 1'1" DOP(.
CENTER HEATING ELEMENTS IN THE RUllI
:0 R
IN THE RUN AND
INSTALL END ' TRIM AT EACH END TO FlLL-
OUT SPACE TO PARTITION OR END _LL.AT
DOORWAYS, AND WHERE' PLANS INDtCA TE
ENCLOSURES ENDING SHORT OF WALL,INSTAL
END ENCLOSURES .
WHERE TWO OR MORE ENCLOSURES ARE
USED IN A RUN, MAKE SUIIE TIIlT THE E
JOINTS ARE ALIGNED.
' INSTALL TOP OF ENCL'DSURE IN CONTINUOUS
MOUNTING CHANNEL "NO FASTEN stCUIIELY
TO BRACK[TS AT BOTTOM.
INST"'-L ALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCOROMa:
WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS .
ROOM THERMOSTAT
PNEUMATIC
TWO-POIIT
MODULATING
CONTROL
VALVE
TEMP. CONTROL DIAGRAM
SYMBOL FROM FIN TUIE

RAOIATION SCHEDUU
WF
ROWS . I ACTIVE FIN LENGTH
HIGH I'R ROW
EXPLANATION OF PLAN-
VIEW SYMBOL
46
PAG E NO. 97
FIN TUBE RADIATION, TWO-PIPE STEAM
I. CALCULATE HEAT LOSSES - REFER TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOR HEAT TRANSMISSION CO-
EFFICIENTS OF VAR iOUs BUILDING MATERIALS, OUTDOOR DESIGN TEMPERATURE AND INSIDE DESIGN
TEMPERATURE. COMPUTE HEAT LOSS FOR EACH ROOM.
2. DETERMINE FIN TUBE REQUIREMENTS - FIRST, DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS FOR REPRESENTATIVE
ROOMS IN BTU PER LINUL FOOT OF AVAILABLE OUTSIDE WALL SPACE. DEDUCT APPROXIMATELY 2
FEET (FOR VALVES, TRAP AND PIPING CONNECTIONS) FROM OUTSIDE WALL LENGTH OF ROOM, ROUND
ING Off TO NEAREST HALF FOOT, AND DIVIDE INTO THE BTU HUT LOSS OF ROOM.
CHECK THE REQUIRED BTU! LF AGAINST RATINGS IN MANUFACTURER' S CATALO!> BASED ON I PSI STEAM
TO INSURE THAT UNITS ARE AVAILABLE TO MEET THE HEAT LOSS REQUIREMENTS, USING ONE OR TWO
ROWS OF HEATIHG ELEMENT AS REQUIRED. THREE ROWS OF HUTING ELEMENT ARE UNECONOMICAL
AND SHOULD BE USED ONLY IF NECESSARY TO OFFSET HIGH HEAT LOSSES IN A FEW ROOMS. IT IS REC
OMMENDED THAT ,R APPROVED RATINGS BE USED AND SPECIFIED.
3. SYSTEM DESIGN PRESSURE - IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SYSTEM BE DESIGNED SO THAJ AT LUST
1 PSI STEAM PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE IN THE FIH TUBE RADIATOR AHER JHE CONJROL VALVE. (I PSI
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IF VACUUM SYSTEM USED). USING MANUFACJURERS' CATALOGS FOR PRESSURE
DROP THRllIGH COHJROL VALVES AND THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOR PRESSURE DROP IN
DISJRIBUTIOM PIPING. JHE SYSTEM DESIGN PRESSURE CAN JHEN BE DETERMINED.
4. SELECJIQM OF FIN TUBE UNITS - DETERMINE THE FtH TUBE RADIAJOR REQUIRED FOR EACH DIFFERENT
COHOITIOM, USING RATMiS FROM MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG USED ON 1 PSI STEAM PRESSURE, AND
FILL IN RADIATIOH SCHEDULE SHOWN ON PLATE ON OPPOSITE PAGE.
USING 1'.4" TUBE. JHE MAXIMUM ADVISABLE LENGTH OF FIN .lUBE HEAJtHG ELEMENJ IS 40 FEET FOR
ONE ROW, 30 FEET FOR.TWO ROW. 1" TUBE COULD BE USED ON SHORTER RUNS, 2" STEEL TUBE COULD
BE USED WI.TH LONGER RUNS. ON LONGER RUNS, OTHER FACJORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED, SUCH AS
JRAP CAPACITY. EXPANSION OF HEATtHG ELEMENJ. AVAILABLE PIJCH OR GRADE OF ELEMENT. AS
' WELl AS PRESSURE DROP. GEI;IERAlLY. WITH 1 PSI STEAM AVAILABLE. IT IS ADVISABLE JHAT THE
TOTAL P.RESSURE DROP IN THE FtHTUBE RADIATOR SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1/3 PSI. WITH HIGHER INITIAL
PRESSURES. A GREUER PRESSURE DROP COULD'BE USED BUT CARE SHOULD BE EXERCISED TO AVOID
EXCESSIVE VELOCITY.
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT JHE HEAJ,"G ELEMENT BE SPREAD-oIJT ALONG THE AVAILABLE OUTSIDE
WALL TO P/IOVIDE GREATER HEATING COMFORT USING ELEMENTS WITH WIDER FIN SPACtHG, OR THE
SMALLER HEATtHG ELEMENTS. WHERE FEASIBLE.
S. FIN TUBE HEATII(; ELEMENTS-
A. MATERIAU - FtH TUBE'HEATtHG ELEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE WITH STEEL FINS ON STEEL TUBING
OR ALUMINUM FINS ON COPPER TUBtHG. COPPER FINS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE ON COPPER TUBES,
RESULTtHG IN HIGHER HEAT OUTPUT THAN COPPER - ALUMINUM ELEMENTS (ABOUT BUT ARE
CONSIDERABLY MORE EXPENSIVE. ALL - COPPER ELEMENTS ARE SOMETIMES SPECIFIED FOR AREAS
WI.TH VERY HIGH HUMIDITY SUCH AS GREENHOUSES AND SWIMMING POOLS.
B. COPPERALUMINUM vs STEEL ELEMENTS - IN GENERAL. COPPERALUMINUM HE.A TlNG ELEMENTS
PRODUCfMORE.BTU PER OOlLAR VALUE TIIAH ALLSTEEL ELEMENTS ARE ARE USUALLY LESS
. CO$T\:.Y TO INSTALL. ON STEAM SYSTEMS. STEEL ELEMENTS ARE SOME'TIMES SELECTED TO AVOID
USE OF SWEATTO-THREADED ADAPTORS ON EACH ELEMENT. .
C. l.V..IH - ALTHOUGH STANDARD SCHEDULE 40 BUTTWELDED PIPE IS SOMETIMES USED. QUALITY
STEEL ELEIoiENTSHAVE ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELDED PRESSURE TUBING. WITH TUBE WALL
SLIGHTLY TlINNER THAN SCHEOULE 40 PIPE BUT HAVtHG A CONSIDERABLY HIGHER WORKING PRES-
SURE. COPPER TUBES ARE GENERALLY HARD TEMPER SEAMLESS DRAWH. MANUFACTURERS USE
SPECIAL SIZE TUBtHG SO THAT AFTER. EXPANDING tHTO THE FINS THE TUBE COMES UP TO STANDARD
TUBE OR PIPE O.D. TO TAKE STANDARD FITT,"GS. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS FOR
ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURES.
D. SIZES - STEEL ELEMENTS ARE GENERALLY AVAILABLE WITH 3'.4" AND 4'.4" SQUARE FINS ON 11,4"
run TUBE AND 4'.4" SQUARE FINS ON 2" TUBE. A FEW MANUFACTURERS CAN PROVIDE 1" STEEL
TUBE SIZE.
COPPERALUMINUM HEA TlNG EL EMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN A GREATER VARIETY. ALTHOUGH 3'.4"'
AND 41,4" SQUARE ALUMINUM FtHS ARE THE MOST WIDELY USED SIZES, FIHS ARE AVAILABLE IN VARI
OUS SMALLER SIZES AND RECTANGULAR DESIGI .. COPPER TUBE SIZES .. RE I", AND 1'4" . HOW.
EVER, THE ',f' SIZE IS NOT RECOMMENDED WITH STEAM.
ON LONG CONNECTED RUNS OF F 1M TUBE, THE 2" STEEL ELEMENT WITH 4'.4" FINS IS OFTEN USED
BECAUSE OF ITS LOWER PRESSURE DROP AND GREATER CONDENSATE CAPACITY.
E. - STEEL FtHS GAUGES AVAILABLE RANGE FROM .040" THICK TO ABOUT .020" THICK. GEN
ERALLY .032" THICK STEEL FINS ARE SPECIFIED FORA GOOD QUALITY ELEMENT.
F. FIN SPACIHGS - A RANGE OF SPACINGS FROM 60 FINS PER FOOT TO U PER FOOT IS GENERALLY
AVAILABLE. BUT NOT WITH ALL MANUFACTURERS ON ALL FIN SIZES. THE WIDER THE FINSPACING
USED, THE GREATER IS THE DEGREE OF HEATING COMFORT WITH THE ELEMENT COVERING A
GREATER LENGTH OF THE AVAILABLE WALL SPACE. ON.THE AVERAGE COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION
EVEN WITH FtHS SPACED AS TIGHT AS 60 PER FOOT, THERE IS He BUILD-UP OF DUST OR LINT BE
TWEEN THE FINS. FOR APPLICA TlONS WHERE THERE IS KNOWN TO BE A HEAVY CONCENTRATION OF
DUST OR LINT IN THE AIR, FIN SPACINGS UP TO 48 PER FOOT CAN 'BE USED WITH NO PROBLEM, IF
NEEDED TO OFFSET HIGH HEAT LOSSES.
G. Rt - F tH TU BE MANU FACTURERS CA TALOG RATtHGS USED ON IPSI AND 65" ENTERING AIR
T M RATURE, WITH CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CONDITIOHS OTHER THAN STANDARD.
CATALOGEQRUINCS ARE GENERALLY BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED BY MANUFACTURERS IIi .THEIR
OWN LABORATORIES.
6. E NCLOSU RES .:.
A. SIZES - ENCLOSURES ARE GENERALLY AVAILABLE IN ONE. TWO OR THREE ROWS HIGH. AVERAGIIG
ABOUT 12", 18" AND 24" RESPECTIVELY IN HEIGHT. ONE ROW OF ELEMENT CAN IE USED 1M A TWO
OR THREE ROW ENCLOSURE PRODUCING A HIGHER RATING .THAN WITH ONE ROW ENCLOSURE IECAUSE
OF ADDED " STACK" HEIGHT, ANY MAY BE DESIRABLE TO FILL THE SPACE UNDER THE WINDOW SILL.
AVERAGE DEPTH OR PROJECTION OF ENCLOSURES IS 4'.4" FOR 3'.4'" SQUARE FINS AND FOR 4%"
SQUARE FINS.
B. GAUGES - FOR VERY LOW BUDGET WORK; 18 GAUGE STEEL ENCLOSURES ARE GENERALLY SPECI
FlED FOR ONE AND TWO ROW ENCLOSURES. 16 IS RECOMMENDED FOR 3 ROW ENCLOSURES.
FOR ALL SCHOOLS AND INSTITUTIOHAL WORK, 16 OR 14 GAUGE IS RECOMMENDED .
C. ACCESSORIES - TO ALLOW FOR VARIUIONS IN BUILDIHG DIMENSIONS. OVERLAPPING END TRIMS OR
SLEEVES ARE USED FOR WALLTOWALL APPLICUION. CORNER TRIMS AND END ENCLOSURES ARE
PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION AND GENERALLY IUTT AGAtHST
ADJACENT ENCLOSURES RATHER THAN OVERLAP. .
D. ENCLOSURE JOINTS - WHERE TWO ENCLOSURES COME TOGETHER IN A RUN. A FLUSHTYPE JOINT IS
GENERALLY USED AND SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. THE STRONGEST JOINT IS WHERE SHEET METAL
SCREWS ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A BACKUP SJRIP WITHIN .THE ENCLOSURE. JOIMTS _TH
OUT SCREWS ARE AVAILABLE AND CAN BE SO SPECIFIED.
E. VALVE ACCESS - TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO VALVES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HtHGED ACCESS DOORS
ARE PROVIDED IN ACCESS PANELS. BECAUSE OF APPEARANCE. THE ACCESS PANEU SHOULD IE
LOCA TED AT TH E fHD OF TH E ENCLOSURE RUN AS INDICA TED ON Tilt DRAWIIG AND THE CONTRAC
TOR MUST LOCATE H IS VAL VES ACCORDtHGLY. .
PAG E NO. 98
A.oi/obl. In CAPI'RIlIMqp TRANS-A-PLATE*
WALL
ROOM LENGTH
.
FIN TUBE
S Y M ~ I aT.u/HR,
I STEAM HEATING COUNT
P.S.I, TUBE FI NS ACTIVE FINS LENGTH
I I I I I !
PARTI TION WALL - _.r-"W"
'- 2 ROW ELEMENTS
ROW ELEMENT
TO
OR PIPE
STUBS THROUGH
FLOOR - SE E
PROJECT PL ANS
OF THE FIN TUBE RADIATION TWO- PIPE STEAM
RADIATION , SCHEDULE
~
ENCLOSURE RUNOUT SIZES VALVE
I
TRAP I
ROWS 0 H STEAM R E T ~ SIZE SIZE
REMARKS
I
I
I I I I I
INSTALLATION NOTES
COMPONENTS
AT REOUI REO MOUNTING
TOP OF CONTINUOUS
WITH CHAL K LINE.
TO WALL ON HOT
INT ERVALS. USI N G FA STENERS
BUILDI NG CONSTRUCTI ON EN-
MAIN AIR
PRESSURE
PNEUMATIC
TWO- PORT
MOOULATING
CONTROL
VI. LVE
TEMP. CONTROL DIAGRAM
SYMIIOL FROM FIN TUBE
J1(
RADIATION SCH[OULE
WF "
ROW I ACTIVE FIN LC:NGTH
HIGH PER ROW
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF
THE VERTICAL HOT WATER UNIT HEATER
1. "mE lrE "WC;\W OF THE SPACE - OETERMINE THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE IN ITU!ltR
SUA ME OWN IN THE ASHRAf GUIDE AND DATA IOQI(.
2. AND LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURES - USUALLY USE 200" F. ENTERING AND
EAY ck TO SEE IF THESE TEMPERATURESARE THE SAME AS USED IN OTHER COM
PONENTS OF THE SYSTEM.
3. DETER"NE GPM - DETER .... E THE GI'M FLOW TO THE UNIT IY USING THE FOLLOWING FORMUU:
IJU!ltR
GPM - U3 x 60 x AT
4. LEA!",G AIR TEMPERATURE - USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA AFTER MAKING PRE
MAlY LECT10M F THE UNIT HEATER FROM MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
- CFM (FROM CA TALOG) x 1 x (FINAL AIR TEMP. - ROOM AIR TEMP.)
S. DElElliME PlESSUIE DROP 1M WATER COIL OF UNIT - AFTER GPM IS KNOWN, CONSULT MANUFACTUReR'S
CATALO.HOI WATEI PRESSURE DIOP.
,. H1Iftl SPIE TO IE HEATED - ONCE tH E TOTAL ITU REQUIREMENT IS KNOWN, THE TYPE OF
HG T ETli WITH ITS AROIITECTURE AND ITS PURPOSE SHOULD IE CONSIDERED. IN THE MANY
CASES WHERE A COMIINATIOtI OF SPACE CHARACTERISTICS IS FOUND, A COMIINATION OF HORIZOHTAL
AND VERTICAL UNIT HEATERS MAY IE USED TO CREATE THE MOST SATISFACTORY HEATING SYSTEM.
THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER HAS THE NATURAL AlILITY TO TAP THE RESERVOIR OF HEATED AIR WHICH
COLLECTS AT THE CEILING LEVEL AND RETURN IT TO ACTIVE SERVICE IN THE FLOOR ZOME. THE
VERTICAL UNIT HEATER CAN IE USED ON EITHER HIGH OR LOW CEILINGS. FROM HIGH MOUNTING POSI
TIOICS, TH E VERTICAL UNIT HEAlER WILL ALLOW AMPLE CLEARANCE FOR MOVING OIJECTS AND CAN
PROJECT HEAT DOWN INTO OCCUPIED AREAS REGARDLESS OF OBSTACLES WHICH WOULD RESTRICT THE
FLOW OF AIR FROM HORIZONTAL UNITS. FROM LOW MOUNTING POSITIONS, THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER,
WITH PROPER DIFFUSION, CAN IE USED WITHOUT DISTURIING NEARlY OCCUPANTS WITH DIRECT BLASTS
OF HIGH VELOCITY HEATED AIR, OR REQUIRING RETURN LINES SO LOW AS TO LEAVE INSUFFICIENT HEAD
Roa.. THE SUPERIOR HORIZONTAL ACTION OF THE HORIZONTAL UNIT HEATER, OM THE OTHER HAND,
IS IDEAL FOI CREATING A WIPING EFF ECY OF WARM AIR ALOMG EXPOSED WALLS WNICH NEUTRALIZES
DRAFTS AT THEIR SOURCE, IEAIoIING HEAT DOWN NARROW AISLES AND PRDOUCTION LINES, AND BLANKET.
ING LARGE WINDOWS, ODORS, AND OtH ER POINTS OF HIGH HEAT LOSS.
7. SPACING OF UNITS - IT IS THE USUAL PRACTICE TO DIVIDE THE lUlL DING INTO AREAS OF LIKE EXPOSURES,
"ORlHREuflOM TO HEAT LOAD DISTRIIUTIOM. IN GENERAL, VERTICAL UNIT HEATERS MAY IE SELECTED
WHERE HIGH CEILING HEIGHTS EXIST AND WHERE VERTICAL AIR CURRENTS AND GOOO DIFFUSION ARE
DESIRED.
MOUNTING HEIGHTS - THE MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE M<lUNTlNG HI:!GHT IS DETERMINED IY THE OUTLET TEM
PERATURE OF tHE AIR, THE OUTLET VELOCITY, THE CFM FOR WNICH THE HUTER IS DESIGNED, AND
THE SETTING OF ITS ILADES. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR, THE MORE DIFFICULT
IT IS TO FORCE IT DOWN INTO THE LIVING ZONE. THE CFM ALSO AFFECTS THE MOUNTING HBGHT AS A
URGE VOLUME OF AIR WILL TRAVEL FUTHER THAN A SMALL VOLUME UNDER tHE SAME INITIAL CON-
DITIONS OF TEM'ERATURE AND VELOCITY. IN THE PRELIMINARY PLANNING STAGES, IT IS WELL TO
REMEMlER THAT THE LOWEST POSSIILE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DESIRAILE IN ORDER TO GET T1IE IIIOST
HEA T DOWN TO THE FLOOR LIMI: AND TO ALLOW THE GREATEST POSSIlLE DIFFUSION ADJUSTMENT TO
PROVIDE TAILOR .... DE DISTRllunON FOR EACH AREA.
9. DIFFUSION - THE DIFFUSER AT THE OUTLET OF THE UNIT HEATER WILL PROVIDE GOOO DIFFUSION
THROUGHOUT THE AREA. A TENTATIVE UYOUT SHOULD ALWAYS IE MADE SHOWING THE RADIUS OF
I)IFFUSH3M FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG TO SEE IF THE ENTIRE AREA HAS IEEN COVERED.
10. AIR CHANGES - lETTER DIFFUSION AND MORE EVIM TEMPERATURES CAN IE MAINTAINED IN A HEATED
SPACE WHEN THE RATE OF AIR RECIRCULATION THRU THE HEATERS IS REUTIVRY HIGH. FOR IUILD-
INGS ""ERE URGE NUMIERS OF PEOPLE ARE ENGAGED, IT IS DESIRAILE TO PROVIDE GREATEI
NUMIER OF AIR CHANGES THAN FOR SPARSELY OCCUPIED ROOMS. A GREATER NUMIER OF SMALL UNITS
IS USED WHERE WIDE DIFFUSION AND EVEN TEMPERATURES ARE NECESSARY. A FEW CENTRALLY LOCATED
UNITS OF LARGE CAPACITY WOULD BE USED WNERE THERE ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
11. COMFORT CONDITIONS AMD ECOMOMY - AIR CIRCULATION, DIFFUSH3M AND SPACING OF UNITS ARE
CLOSELY REUTED TO ECONOMY AND COMFORT IN THE SELECnOM OF UNIT HEATERS. THE MOlE
UNITS USED TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED NUMIER OF ITU'S,lHE MORE COMFOITAILE WILL IE THE
CONDITIONS FOR PERSOMNEL. ON TH E OtHER HAND, A FEW URGE UNITS CAN IE SELECTED TO
PROVIDE PLENTY OF HEAT AT LOW FIRST COST, IUT MAY IE SLOWER 1M RESPONSE AMD THOlOUGH
DISTRIIUTION OF HEAT.
P AGE NOoif'OO
1/2". RODS
STRUCTURE
VERTICAL
HEATER
HEATING ELF ..
AIR
PLAN VIEW
FRONT ELEVATION
1/2" . RODS TO
STRUCTURE
AIR VENT
N RUNDUT
MDUNTING
SCHEDULE
IN FEET TO
RIGHT ELEVATION
RUNOUT SCHEDULE
.M. B. H. PIPE II VALVE SIZE
0. - 20. 112"
20 - 40. 3/4"
40.- 75 I"
75-. 160. 11/4-
160.- 240. I 1/2-
240- 410. 2"
,
RQQM THERMQSTAT
WITH QFF- MANUAL- DN
AUTQMATIC SWITCH II
BUILT IN FUSETRDN
12QV., I PHSE
lULl
L-__ -{M
FAN MDTOR
S E 9 U E N C E OF OPE RAT ION
THE RODM THERMQSTAT CYCLES THE FAN MQTDR TO.
SgTt.rtft J:..
IS TEMPERATURE IN ' THE RETURN RUNQUT.
DFF - MANUAL - QN - AUTDMATIC SWITCH ALLDWS FAN
QPERATlQN FQR VENTILATIDN.
INSTALLATION NOT ES
"
f. - SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER DEAD LEVEL BQTH VERTICALLY II HDRI 7QNTALLY,
2. - SUSPE NO THE UNIT HEATER So. THAT IT MAY BE EASILy DISCDNNEC1' ED II REMOVEII
FQR SERVICE .
3. - PRQVIDE FQR EXPANSIQN IN RUNQUT,
4. - LUBRICATE RECQMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER,
5. - DO. NQT ALLQW PIPING TO. EXTEND BELQW DIFFUSER ,
6. - CHECK DPERATIQN QF THERMQSTAT.
1 - CHECK STRAP QN AQUASTAT TO. SEE IF QPERATIDN QF FAN STQI' S Wtl EN WATEII
IS SHUT
. - CLEAN CQNSTRUCTIQN DIRT FRQM UNIT COIL II CASING.
9. - CHECK PRQPELLER BLADES FQR BALANCE BY RUNNING FAN e. CH. CKING VIlRATlOIi.
10.- ADJUST SUPPQRT RQDS SO THAT UNIT DQES NOT REST QN PIFING,
I l - ADJUST PIPE HANGERS So. THAT PIPING ODES NDT. REST ON " NIT
12.- CHECK UNIT FQR LEAKS II PLACE IN SERVICE ,
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION .OF THE VERTICAL HOT WATER UNIT HEATER
NO. SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE VERTICAL HOT WATER UNIT HEATER
UNIT HEATER NO. B.-rU/HR_ CAPACIT'Y TH_ IN FEET
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CON DITI O_N I N G
HORIZONTAL HOT WATER UNIT HEATER
1. DETERMINE THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE - DETERMINE THE HUT LOSS OF THE SPACE 1M
ITUIHR IY THE USUAL .. ETHODS SHOWH ui THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2.
3. NTEDfIME GP .. - DETERMIME THE GP .. FLOW TO THE UNIT BY USING THE FOLLOWING
RMU A:
GP .. _ __
t:l3'"X" 60 to. T
.. THE LEAVIIIG AIR TE .. PERATURE - USE THE FOLLOWING FORMUU AFTER MAKIIIG
RELIMINARY SELECTIOMOF UMIT HEATER FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
BTU!HR _ CF .. (FROM CATALOG) 1.01 (FIMAL AIR TE .. P. - ROOM AIR TE .. P.)
S. DETERMINE PRESSURE DROP 1M WATER COIL OF UMIT - AFTER GP .. IS KMOWH, CONSULT
MANUfACTURER'S CATALOG FOR WATER PRESSURE DROP.
6. STUDY TYPE OF SPACE TO BE HEATED - ONCE THE TOTAL BTU REQUIREMEMT IS KMOWH,
THE TYPE OF BUILDIMG TOGETHER WITH ITS ARCHITECTURE AND ITS PURPOSE SHOULD BE
COMSIDERED. 1M THE .. ANY CASES WHERE A CO .. BIMATIOM OF SPACE CHARACTERISTICS IS
FOUND, A COMIIMATIOM OF HORIZOMTAL AND VERTICAl UMIT HEATERS MAY BE USED TO
CREATE THE MOST SATISFACTORY HEATlMG SYSTE ... THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER HAS
THE MATURAl ABILITY TO TAP THE RESERVOIR OF HEATED AIR WHICH COLLECTS AT THE
CEILIMG LEVEL AND RETURN IT TO ACTIVE SERVICE 1M THE FLOOR ZOME. THE VERTICAL
UMIT HEATER CAN IE USED OM EITHER HIGH OR LOW CEILIMGS. FROM HIGH MOUNTIMG
POSiTIOMS, THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER WILL ALLOW AMPLE CLEARAMCE FOR MOVIMG OB
JECTS AND CAN PROJECT HEAT DOWM INTO OCCUPIED AREAS REGARDLESS OF OBSTACLES
WHICH WOULD RESTRICT THE FLOW OF AIR FROM HORIZOMTAL UNITS. FROM LOW MOUMTIMG
POSITIOMS, THE VERTICAL UMIT HEATER, WITH PROPER DIFFUSIDM, CAN BE USED WITHOUT
D.ISTURBING MEARIY OCCUPANTS WITH DIRECT BLASTS OF HIGH VELOCITY HEATED AIR, OR
REQUIRIMG RETURM LINES SO LOW AS TO LEAVE INSUFFICIEMT HEAD ROOM. THE SUPERIOR
HORIZONTAL ACTION OF THE HORIZONTAL UMIT HEA TER, OM THE OTHER HAMD, IS IDEAL
FOR CREATING A WIPING EFFECT OF WAR.. AIR ALOMG EXPOSED WALLS WHICH NEUTRALIZES
DRAFTS AT THEIR SOURCE, BEAMIMG HEAT DOWN MARROW AISLES AMD PROOUCTIOM LINES,
AND BLANKETING URGE WlMDOWS, DOORS, AND OTHER POIMTS OF HIGH HEAT LOSS.
7. SPACING OF UMITS - IT IS THE USUAL PRACTICE TO DIVIDE THE BUILDING INTO AREAS WITH
LIKE EXPOSURES, OR IN REU TIOM TO HEAT LOAD DISTRIBUTION DESIRED. IN GENERAl,
HORIZOMTAL UNIT HEATERS .. AY BE SEL ECTED FOR BUILDIIIGS WHERE DIRECT HORIZONTAL
AIR CURRENTS ARE DESIRED AND WHERE THERE ARE NO OBSTACLES TO INTERRUPT THE FLOW
OF AIR FRO .. THE HEATERS.
I. ..OUNTING HEIGHTS - THE .. AXIMU.. EFFECTIVE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DETERMINED BY THE
OUTLET TE .. PERATURE OF THE AIR, THE OUTLET VELOCITY, THE CF .. FOR WHICH THE
HUTER IS DESIGNED, AND THE SETTING OF ITS IUDES. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET TE ..
PERATURE OF THE AIR, THE MORE DIFFICULT IT IS TO FORCE IT DOWH INTO THE LIVING
ZONE. THE CF .. ALSO AFFECTS THE MOUNTING HEIGHT AS A URGE VOLUItE OF AIR WILL
TRAVEL FARTHER THAN A SMALL VOLU.. E UNDER THE SAME INITIAL CONDITIOMS OF TE ..
PERATURE AND VELOCITY. IN THE PRELIMINARY PUNNING STAGES, IT IS WELL TO RE
.. EMlER THAT THE LOWEST POSSIILE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DESIRABLE IN ORDER TO GET
THE MOST HUT DOWH TO THE FLOOR LINE AND TO ALLOW THE GREATEST POSSIILE DlF
FUSION ADJUST .. ENT TO PROVIDE TAILOR-MADE DISTRIIUTION FOR EACH AREA.
9. - THE LOUVER FilS SHOULD IE USED TO .. AKE ADJUST"ENTS IN HEAT DlSTRIIU
OM AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FOR CHANGES OR UNFORESEEN DRAFT COMDITIONS.
10. AIR CHANGES - lETTER DIFFUSION AND MORE EVEN TE .... ERATURES CAN IE .. AINTAINED
IN A HEATED SPACE WHEN THE RATE OF AIR RECRCULATIOM THROUGH THE HEATERS IS
REU TIVEL Y HIGH. FOR lUlL DINGS WHERE LARGE NUMBERS OF PEOPLE ARE ENGAGED,
IT IS DESIRABLE TO PROVIDE FOR A GREATER NU.. IER OF AIR CHANGES THAN FOR SPARSELY
OCCUPIED ROO.. S. A GREATER NUMIER OF SMALL UNITS IS USED WHERE WIDE DIFFUSION
AND EVEN TEMPERATURES ARE NECESSARY. A FEW CENTRALLY LOCATED UNITS OF URGE
CAPACITY WOULD BE USED WHERE THERE ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
11. COMFORT COMDITIONS AND ECOMOMY AIR CIRCUU TlON. DIFFUSION AND SPACING OF UNITS
ARE CLOSELY RELATED TO ECOMOMY AND CO .. FORT IN THE SELECTION OF UNIT HEATERS.
THE .. ORE UMITS USED TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED NU.. BER OF BTU'S, THE MORE COMFORT.
ABLE WILL BE THE CONDITIONS FOR PERSONNEL. OM THE OTHER HAND, A FEW LARGE UNITS
CAN IE SELECTED TO PROVIDE PLEMTY OF HEAT AT LO,W FIRST COST, BUT .. AY BE SLOWER
1M RESPOMSE AND THOROUGH DISTRIlUTIOM OF HEAT.
12. UMIT HUTERS -IN LOCATIHG OR SPOTTlHG HORIZOMTAL UNIT HEATERS,
T FOLL WING GENERAL RULES SHOULD BE COMs/DERED.
A. SPOT UMITS AT POINTS OF GREATEST HEAT LOSS. BLANKET OUTSIDE DOORWAYS EFFEC.
TlVELY AHD PROVIDE AMPLE COVERAGE FOR EXPOSED WIMOOW AREAS.
I . UMITS SHOULD BE ARRANGED TO ILOW TOWARD OR ALOMG EXPOSED WALLS, PREFER
ABLY STRIKIMG THE WALL AT A SLIGHT ANGLE SO THAT THE HUTED AIR EXERTS A
WIPING EFFECT ALOMG THE WALL. BAL'ANCE OF UHITS REQUIRED TO SUPPLY BTU
REQUIRE .. EHTS SHOULD IE SPACED STRATEGICAlLY 114 REMAINDER OF THE AREA.
C. UNIT HEATERS SHOULD IE ARRANGED TO BLOW INTO OPEN SPACES, SUCH AS AISLES,
AMD NOT DIRECTLY AT ANY WORKER.
D. UMITS WITH TWOSPEED MOTORS SHOULD BE 1M MAMY CASES FOR MAXIMU..
FLEXIIILITY, ECONOMY, AMD QUIETMESS OF OPERATlDI4.
E. MOUMTlMG HEIGHTS AND DISTAMCE OF THROW RECOMMEMDATIOMS AS GlVEM IN THE
MAMUFACTURER'S CA TALOG SHOULD IE CAR EFU LL Y OBSERVED.
F. DO NOT SPOT UNITS CLOSE TO ANY OBSTRUCTION THAT WILL IMPEDE THE FULL AND
MATURAL AIR DELIVERY OF THE UMIT.
PAGE NO, 102
A.oi/obl. I" (l'mIll"
HOT WATER SUPPLY IN
SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOR CONTINUATION ___ ....f
PROPELLER 'AN'--__

lIZ". ROO TO STRUCTURE
SEE PROJECT PLANS
UNIT HEATER CASING
AIR
FLOW
ADJUSTABLE
LOUVERS
HOT WATER RETURN OUT MOUNTING HEIGHT
CONTINUATION TO FLOOR- SEE
lIZ". ALL THREADED
Roolf TO STRUCTURE
SEE PROJECT PLANS DISTANCE IN FEET
GATE SCHEDULE
FRO N TEL E V A T ION
GATE VALV

PLAN VIEW
1/2 '. ALL THREADED
00 TO STRUCTURE
SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOR CONTI NU AlION
MOTOR
HOT WATEII
8USHIN6--_____ .
314"HOSE END DRAIN VALVE J
NO PIPIN.
IELOW CASIN.
AIR
FLOW
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
R U NOUT SCHEDULE
M. B. H. PIPE. VALVE SIZE
o - Z 0 1/2-
20 - 40 514"
40 - I"
7 160 I 1/4"
160- Z40 I 112
Z40-"10 Z'
UNIT
CASING
EATING
ELEMENT
--c:f:8ULI
IZOV. , I PHASE
THE ROOM THERMOSTAT CYCLES THE FAN MOTOR TO
MAINTAIN THE PREDETERMINED SETTING THE STRAP ON
FAN UNTIL TH
ALLOWS 'AN
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. - SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER DEAD 'LEVEL 10TH VERTICALLY .
HORIZONTALLY.
2.- SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER SO THAT IT MAY IE EASILY
DISCONNECTED REMOVED FOR SERVICE.
5.- P.ROVIDE FOR EXPANSION IN I!UNOUT.
,,- LUBRICATE AS RECOMMENDED 8Y THE MANUFACTURER
DO NOT ALLOW PIPING TO EXTEND IELO,", CASING
1. - CHECK OPERATION OF THERMOSTAT.
t - TO SEE IF OPERATION OF FAN STOPS.
1.- CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT FIIOM UNIT COIL. CASING.
S- CHECK PROPELLER BLADES FOR IALANCE IY RUNNIN6 FAN
CHECKING VIBRATION.
10.- ADJUST SUPPORT RODS SO THAT UNI T DOES NOT REST ON PIPING
I I. ADJUST PIPE "ANGERS SO THAT PIPIN8 DOES NOT REST ON
UNIT HEATER.
IZ.- CHECK UNIT FOR LEAKS PLACE IN SERVICE.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZOtHAL HOT ' WATE R UNIT HEATEI1
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE H 0 R I Z 0 N T.A .L HOT W ATE R UNIT
UNIT HEATER NO. 8. tU IHR. CAPACITY THROW IN FEET

OF THE VERTICAl STEAM UNIT HEATER
1. INWN THlNat
T
LPtttttfHsW
PACE
- DETERMINE THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE 1M
TN ALM . III IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA lOOK.
2. SYSTRsDESIGM - IT IS RECOMIAENDED THAT THE SYSTEM IE DESIGMED SO THAT
AT L T.I pSi S PRESSURE IS AVAIUILE. (I PSI DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IF
VACUUM SYSTEM USED). USlNGMAMUFACTURERS' CATALOGS FOR PRESSURE DROP THROUGM
alMTIOL VALVES AMD THE ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA 100K.FOR PRESSURE DROP 1M DIS-
tlilUTIOM PIPING, THE SYSTEM DESIGM PRESSURE CAM THEN IE DETERMIMED.
3. DEli_E STIAM FLOW - DETEItMINE THE STUM FLOW IY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
. . . ITUMR
nEAM FLOW IN LlSlHR - LATEHT HUT OF EVAPORATION
WHERE UTENT HUT OnVAPORATIOM MAY IE OITAINED FROM THE STEAM TAILES OR
APPROXIMATED AT 971 ITU/LI.
USE THE FOLLOWING FOItMUU AFTER
TER FROM /IWIUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
1.01. (FINAL AIR TEMP - ROOM AIR TEMP)
5. - OMCE THE TOTAL ITU REQUIREMENT IS KNOIII"
ITS ARCHITECTURE AMD ITS PURPOSE SHOULD IE
aIMS/DElED. IN THE IWIY WHERE A COMIINA TIOM OF SPACE CHARACTERISTICS IS
FOUND, A COMIIlATION IIORIIOMTAL AND VERTICAL UNIT HEATERS MAY IE USED TO
CREATE THE MOST SATISFACTORY HEATING SYSTEM. THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER HAS
THE NAtUIALAlILlTY TO TAl THE RESERVOIR OF HEATED AIR WHIOt COLLECTS AT THE
CEILING LEVEL AND RETUIM IT TO ACTIVE SERVICE IN THE FLOOR lOME. THE VERTICAL
.. lIMIT HElTER CAM IE USED OM EITHER HIGH OR LOW CEILINGS. FROM HIGH MOUNTING
POSiTIOMS, THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER WILL ALLOW AMPLE CLEARAMCE FOR MOVING
OBJECTS AND CAM PROJECT HEAT DOWN INTO OCCUPIED AREAS REGARDLESS OF OISTACLES
WIIlClnOULD RESTRICT THE FLOW OF AIR FROM HORIIOMTAL UNITS. FROM LOW MOUNTING
'POSIT"S THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER, WITH PROPER DIFFUSION, CAM IE USED WITHOUT
DlSTUIIMGNEAIIY OCCUPANTS WITH DIRECT ILASTS OF HIGH VELOCITY HEATED AIR, OR
. IEQUIR"G LINES SO LOW AS TO LEAVE INSUFFICIENT HEAD ROOM. THE SUPERIOR

DRAFTS AT THEIR SOURCE,IEAMING HEAT 00111 NARROW AISLES AND.PROOUCTIOM LIMES,
AMD ILAMKETING URGE WlHDOWS, DOORS AMD OTHER POINTS OF HIGH HEAT LOss.
6.
UNIT HEATERS MAY IE SELECTED WHERE HIGH CEILING HEIGHTS EXIST AND WERE VER
TICAL AIR CURRENTS AMD GOOD DlFFUSlOM UE DESIRED.
7. MNTII', HEliHTS - THE MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DETERMINED IY niE
. lET EM' bTURE OF THE AIR, THE OUTLET VELOCITY, THE CFM FOR WHICH THE
HEATER IS DESIGNED, AND THE SETTING OF ITS ILADES. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET TEM-
PERATURE OF THE AIR, THE MORE DIFFICULT IT IS TO FORCE IT DOWN INTO THE LIVING
lOME. THE CFM ALSO AFFECTS THE MOUNTING HEIGHT AS A LAiGE VOLUME OF AIR WILL
TRAVEL FARTHER THAM A SMALL VOLUME UHDER THE SAME INITIAL COMDiTICIMS OF TEM-
PERATURE AHD VELOCITY. IN THE PRELIMINARY PLAMMING STAGE, IT IS WELL TO RE
MEMIER THAT THE LOWEST POSSIILE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DESIRAILE 1M OlDER TO GET
THE MOST HEAT DOWN TO THE FLOOR LINE AMD TO ALLOW THE GIIUTEST POSSIBLE DlF
FUSION ADJUSTMENT TO PROVIDE TAILOR-MADE DlSTRIIUTIOM FOR EACH AlEA.
8. DIFFHSIOH - THE DIFFUSER AT THE OUTLET.OF THE UNIT HEATER WILL PROVIDE COOD
DIFF SIOM THROUGHOUT THE AREA. A TENTATIVE LAYOUT SHOULD ALWAYS IE MADE
SHOWING THE RADIUS OF DIFFUSION FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG TO liE IF THE
ENTIRE AREA HAS IfEN COVEREp.
9. AIR CHAMGES - lETTER DlFFUSIDI! AMD MORE EVEN TEMPERATURES CAM IE MAINTAINED
IH A HUTED SPACE IIIEN THE RATE OF AIR RECIRCULATION THROUGH THE HEATERS IS
REUTIVELY HIGH. FOR IUILD,"GS IIIERE LARGE NUMIERS OF PEOPLE AlE ENGAGED,
IT IS DESIRAILE TO PROVIDE FOR A GREATER NUMIER OF AIR CHAMGES THAN FOR
SPARSELY OCCUPIED ROOMS. A GREATER NUMIER OF SMALL UNITS IS USED WIIERE WIDE
DIFFUSIDM AMD EVEN TEMPERATURES ARE NECESSARY. A fEW CENTRALLY LOCATED
UHITS OF LARGE CAPAaTY WOULD IE USED WHERE THERE ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
10. -AIR aRCULA TIOM, DIFFUSION, AMD SPACING OF
UTTS ARE cL SEL R At r OMOMY AMD COMFORT IN THE SELECTIOM OF UNIT
HEATERS. TH E MORE UNITS USED TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED NU/II.IER OF ITU'S THE
MORE COMFORTAILE WILL IE THE CONDITIONS FOR PEISOMNEL. 11M THE OTHER HAND
A FEW LARGE UNITS CAM IE SELECTED TO PROVIDE PLENTY OF HEAT AT LOW FIRST COsT,
IUT MAY IE SLOWER IN RESPOIISE AMD THOROUGH DlSTRIIUTlOM OF HEAT.
PAGE NO. 104
In (1'1 ... '.* TRANS-A-PlATE"
RUNOUT - SI:[ PROJECT
PLANS FOIl CONTINUATION
GATE VALVE -
UNION -----D
liZ". RODS TO
STRUCTURE
o
UNION
HEATI
ELEM
lIZ". RODS
TO STRUCTURE
DIF
MOUNTING HEIGHT - SE E
SCHEDULEIDISTANCE IN
FEET TO FLOOR I
HANGER
GATE VALVE
RETURN OUT
ROOM THERMOSTAT
WITH OFF- MANUAL-ON
AUTOMATIC SWITCH II
BUILT IN FUSETRON
120 V. I PHAS
BULl
THE ROOM THERMOSTAT CYCLES THE FAN MOTOR TO
MAINTAIN THE PREOETERMINED SETTING. THE STRAP ON
AQUASTAT PREVENTS OPERATION OF THE FA .. UNTIL THERE
IS TEMPERATURE IN THE STEAM RUNOUT.
OFF-MANUAL-ON - AUTOMATIC SWITCH ALLOWS FAN
OPERATION FOR VENTILATION .
PLA N VIEW
R IGH ELEVATION
ALL 'THREADED
TO STRUCTURE
__
HEATING ELE.MENT
ROD
STEAM RUNOUT
RETURN RUNOUT
DIFFUSER IRT LEG
_
__ VALVE

AlII FLOW AIR FLOW
FRONT ELEVATION
I. SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER OEAD LEVEL BOTH VERTICALLY II HORIZONTALLY.
2. SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER SO THAT IT MAY BE EASILY DISCONNECTED II
RE MOVED FOR SERVICE.
3. PROVIDE FOR EXFIINSION IN RUNOUT.
4 . LUBRICATE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
5. DO NOT ALLOW PIPING TO EXTEND BELOW DIFFUSER.
6 . CHECK OPERATION OF THERMOSTAT.
7. CHECK STRAP ON AQUASTAT TO SEE IF OPERATION OF FAN STOPS WHEN
WATER IS SHUT OFF.
I . CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT FROM UNIT COil II CASING.
a. CHECK PROPELLER BLADES FOR BALANCE BY FAN II CHECKING VIBRATION.
10. AD.JUST SUPPORT RODS SO THAT UNIT DOES NOT REST ON PIPING.
II. ADJUST PIPE HANGERS SO THAT PIPING DOES NOT REST ON UN IT HEATER.
12. CHECK UNIT FOR LEAKS II PLACE I N SERVICE.
PETAl LS OF TH INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL STEAM UNIT HEATE R
NO SCALE
SCHED ULE OF CAPA CIT IES OF THE VERTI CA L STEAM UNIT HEATE R
UNIT HEAnR NO. B.T. U. /HR. CAPACITY
STEAM
STEAM PRESSURE LBS. OF STEAM IHR.
THIIOW IN fEET
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN 105
OF THE HORIZONTAL STEAM UNIT HEATER
THE HEAT LOSS OF rw,PACI- DETEMAIME THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE 1M
ITO R IY THEI!SUAL ME11iODSWM I THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2. SYSUM PRESSURE -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SYSTEM IE DESIGHED SO THAT
ATAST (Si STUM PRESSURE IS AVAILAILE. (1 PSI DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IF
VACUUM SYSTEM USED). USING MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS FOR PRESSURE DROP THROUGH
CONTROl VALVES AND THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK FOR PRESSURE DROP IN DIS.
TRIBUTION PIPING, THE SYSTE DESIGH PRESSURE CAN THEN IE DETERMINED.
3. DETERMIME STEAM FLOW - DETERMINE THE STEAk FLOW BY THE FOLLOWING FORMUU:
STEAM FLOW IN LBSlKR - UTENT HE:TTX;;":VAPORATIOM
lIIERE UTENT HUT OF EVAPORATION MAY IE OITAINED FROM THE STEAM TABLES OR
Al'P_ROXIMATED AT 970 nU/LB.
4. DETERMINE LEAVING TEMPERATURE - USE THE FOLLOWlHG FORMUlA AFTER
MAKIMG 'RELIM NARY SELEC 10iI OF UNIT HEATER FROM MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
ITUIHR CFM (FROM CATALOG) 1.01 (FINAL AIR TEMP - ROOM AIR TEMP)
5. tTUDY TYPE OF SPACE TO IE HEATED - ONCE THE TOTAL ITU REQUIREMENT IS KNOWN,
TYPE OF IUILDING TOGETHER WITH ITS ARCHITECTURE AND ITS PURPOSE SHOULD IE
CONSIDERED. IN THE MANY CASES WHERE A COMIINATIOM OF SPACE CHARACTERISTICS IS
FOUND, A COMIINATIOM OF HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL lIMIT HEATERS MAY IE USED TO
CREATE THE MOST SATISFACTORY HEATING SYSTEM. THE VERTICAL UNIT HUTER HAS THE
NATURAL ABILITY TO TAP THE RESERVOIR OF HEATED AIR WHIOI COLLECTS AT THE '
CEILlMG LEVEL AND RETUIN IT TO ACTIVE SERVICE IN THE FLOOR ZONE. THE VERTICAL
OMIT HEAlER CAM IE USED ON EITHER HIGH OR LOW CEILINGS. FROM HIGH MOUNTING
POSITIONS, THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER WILL ALLOW AMPLE CLEARANCE FOR MOVING 01
JECTS AMD CAN PROJECT HEAT DOWN INTO OCCUPIED AREAS REGARDLESS OF OISTACL-ES
WHICH WOULD RESTRICT THE FLOW OF AIR FROM HORIZOMTAL UNITS. FROM LOW MOUNTING
POSITIOMS, THE VERTICAL UNIT HEATER, WITH PROPER DIFFUSION, CAN IE USED WITHOUT
DISTURBING NEARlY OCCUPANTS WITH DIRECT BLASTS OF HIGH VELOCITY HEATED AIR, OR
REQUIRING RETURN LINES SO LOW AS TO LEAVE INSUFFICIENT HEAO ROOM. THE SUPERIOR
HORIZOtcTAL ACTION OF THE HORIZONTAL UNIT HEATER, OM THE OTHER HAMD. IS IDEAL
FOR CREATING A WIPING EFnCT OF WARM AIR ALOMG EXPOSED WALLS WHICH NEUTRALIZES
DRAFTS AT THEIR SOURCE, IEAMING HEAT DOWN NARROW AISLES AND PRODIICTIOM LINES,
AND BLANKETING LARGE WINDOWS, DOORS AND OTHER POINTS OF IIIGH HEAT LOSS.
6. SPACING OF UMlTS - IT IS THE USUAL PRACTICE TO DIVIDE THE IUILDING INTO AREAS WITH
LIKE EXPOSURES, OR IN REUTION TO HEAT LOAD DlSTRlIUTIOM DESIRED. IN GENERAL,
HORIZONTAL UNIT HEATERS MAY IE SELECTED FOR IUILDINGS WHERE DIRECT HORlZOtcTAL
AIR CURRENTS ARE DESIRED AMDWHERE THERE ARE NO OISTACLES TO INTERRUPT THE FLOW
OF AIR FROM THE HEATERS. '
7. MOUNTING HEIGHTS THE MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DETERMINED IY THE
OUTLET TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR, THE OUTLET VELOCITY, THE CFM FOR WHICH THE
HEATER IS DESIGHED, AND THE SETTING OF ITS BLADES. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET Ja.
PERATURE OF THE AIR, THE MORE DlFFICULUT 1S.:tO-FORCE IT DOWN 1M:rG THE
ZOME. THE CFM ALSO AFFECtS THE MOUNT,"G HEI,"T AS A LARGE VOLUME OF AIR WILL
TtAVEL FARTHER THAN A SMALL VOLUME UNDER THE SAME INITIAL CONDITIONS OF TEM-
PERATURE AND VELOCITY. Iii THE PRELIMINARY PLAHHIMG STAGE, IT IS WELL TO RE
MEMIER THAT THE l,DWEST OSSIILE MOUNTING HEIGHT IS DESIRABLE 1M ORDER TO GET
THE MOST HEAT DOfjJI TO THE FLOOR LINE AND TO ALLOW THE GREATEST POSSIBLE DIP
FUSION ADJUSTMENT TO PROVIDE TAILOR-MADE DlSTRIIUTIOM FOa EACH AREA.
.. DI;USION - THE LOUvR Ftin SHOULD IE'USED TO MAKE ADJUSTMENTS 1M HEAT DlSTRIIU
, TI AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FOR CHANGES OR UNFORESEEN DIAn COMDITIOMS.
9. AIR CHANGES - lETTER DIFFUSION AND MORE EVEN TEMPERATURES CAN IE MAINTAINED
1M A HEATED SPACE WHEN THE RATE OF AlRRECIRCUUTIOM THROUGH THE HEATERS IS
RELATIVELY HIGH. FOR IUILDINGS WHERE LARGE NUMIERS ARE ENGAGED,IT IS DESIRAILE
TO PROVIDE FOR A GREATER NUMIER OF AIR CHANGES THAM FOR SPARSELY OCCUPIED
ROOMS. A GREATER NUMIER OF SMALL-UNITS IS USED WHERE WIDE DIFFUSION AND EVEN
TE""'ERATURES ARE NECESSARY. A FEW CENTRALLY LOCATED UNITS OF U,GE CAPAOTY
WOULD IE USED WHERE THERE ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
10. COMDITIOMS AMD EC_ - AIR CIRCUU TIOM, DlFFUSlOM AMD SPAOMG OF UNITS
ARE CLSELY RELATED TO EC Y AND COMFORT IN THE SELECTIOM OF lIMIT
THE MORE UNITS USED TO PitOVIDE THE REQUIRED NUMIER OF ITU'S, THE MCIIE COMFORT
ABLE WILL IE THE CONDITIOMS FOR PERSOMNEL. OM THE OTHER HAMD. A FEW URGE UNITS
CAM IE SELECTED TO PROVIDE PLENTY OF HEAT AT LOW FIRST COST, IUT MAY IE SLOftR
IN RESPOMSE AND THOROUGH DlSTRlIUTIOM OF HEAT.
II. BNIT HEllERd - IN LOCATING OR SPOTTIMG HORIZOMTAL UNIT HEATERS,
fOLL 1M GEMER R LES SHOULD IE COMSIDERED.
A. SPOT UNITS AT PDlNTS OF GREATEST MEAT Loss. ILANIET OUTSIDE DOORWAYS EF
FECTIVEL Y AND PROVIDE AMPLE COVERAGE FOR EXPOSED WIMDOW AlEAS.
I. UNITS SHOULD IE ARRANGED TO BLOW TOWARD OR ALOMG EXPOSED WALLS, PREFER
ABLY STRIKING THE WALL AT A SLIGHT AMGLE SO THAT THE HEATED AlREXElTU
WIPING EFFECT ALOMG THE WALL.' IALAMCE OF lIMITS REQUIRED TO SUPPLY lTV
REQUIREMENTS SHOULD IE SPACED STRATEGICALLY IN REMAINDER OF THE AlEA.
C. UNIT HEATERS SHOULD IE ARRANGED TO ILOW INTO QPEN SPACES, SUCH AS AISLES,
AND NOT DIRECTLY AT ANY WORKER.
D. UNITS WITH TWO.SPEED MOTORS SHOULD IE COMSIDERED IN MANY CASES FOR MAXIMUM
FLEXIIlILITY, ECOMOMY. AMD QUIETNESS OF OPERATIOM.
E. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND DISTANCE OF THROW RECOMMENDATIOM5 AS GIVEN IN THE
MANUFACTURER'S Col TALOG SHOULD IE CAREFULLY OISERVED. -
F. DO NOT SPOT UNITS CLOSE TO ANY OISTRUCTlOtc THAT WILL IMI'EDE THE FULL AND
NATURAL AIR DELIVERY OF THE UNIT.
Ayoilol>le In aI'IftIlI TRANS-A-PlATE"
PROPELLER fAN -.,.....-......

______
STUM RUNoUT .
112".1100 TO STRUCTURE
""OJECT PLANS
AIR
UNIT HEATER
CASING
ADJUSTABLE
LOUVERS
T CASING

mo,,,
ROOIOI ntERMOSTAT
WITH OFF-MANUAL-O"
AUTOMATIC SWITCH a
lIUILT IN FUSETRON
120 V. I PHAS
BULB
STIIAP ON
AQUASTAT ON
RETURN RUNOUT
FAN
IOI0TOR
THE ROOM THERMQST,(l' CYCLES THE FAN MOTOR TO
IOIAINTAIN ll<E PREDETERMINED SETTING. THE STRAP ON
SEE PROJECT PlAIIS
FOR
IOI0UNTI NG HEIGHT
DISTANCE IN FEET
TO fLOOR - SEE
SCHEDULE
FAN UNTIL THERE
SWITCH ALLOWS FAN OPERATIOIo
GAT[ VALVE
ADJUST HANaER SO PIP[ WEKlHT J)()S
NOT REST ON UNIT IIEATER
SUPPLY a R[TURN
RUNOUTS TO MAINS
SEE ECT PLANS
FOIl CONTINUATION
I/Z ROD TO STRUCTURE
UNION SEE. PROJECT PLANS
PLAN VIEW
1/2". ALL
ROD TO STRUCTURE

AIR
FLOW
WIRE 4I.!IolRD a
SUPPO.RT --..,.==-------1'>1.
TRAP
GATE VALVE
S I DE ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE INS TALLATION OF THE
NO SCALE
FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOT ES
UNrT HUTER DEAD LEVEL 80TH VERTICALLY ANO
2. SUSPEND THE UNIT HEATER SO THAT rT MAY BE EASILY
DISCONNECTED a REMOVED FOR SERVICE.
3. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION IN RUNOUT.
4. LUBRICATE AS RECOMMENDED BY TIlE MANUFACTURER.
S. KEEP CONDENSATE RETURM AS 111611 AS POSSIBLE.
SCHECK 9I'ERATING OF THERMOiT"T. . . .
CHE'CK 'STRAP ON' ADUAstAT ' 'tO IF OHRATION OF FAN SlOPS
WHE N WATER IS SHUT OFf'.
.. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT F_ UNIT COIL a CASIN4I.
, . CHECK PROPELLER BLADES - FOIl '''LANCE BY FAN a
CHECKING VIBRATION.
10. AOJUS.T SUPPORT RODS so THAT UNIT DOS NOT REST ON PIPING.
II. ADJUST PIPE HANiERS so THAT PIPING OOES NOT REST ON
UNrT HEAT Ell .
12: . CllECK UNIT FOR LEAkS a PLACE IN SERVICE.
HORIZONTAL STEAM UNIT HEATER
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE HORIZONTAL STEAM UNIT HEATER
UNrT HEATER NO BTU I HR. CAPACITY
SEAM
STEAM PRESSURE LBS OF STEAM/HR.
TH ROW IN FEET
HEAT IN G, V EN TIL ATI 0 N, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
DESIGNING THE INsTALLATION OF THE
CABINET TYPE UNIT HEATER, HOT WATER
t. DETERMINE THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE. DETERMINE THE HEAT LOSS OF THE SPACE IN lTU!1I1
IV THE USUAl METHODS SHOWM 1M THE lSRRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK. '
2. DETERMINE ENTERING AND LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURES. USUALLY USE 2110 DEGREES F ENTER-
ING AND 110 DEGREES F LuvING. CHECk TO SEE IF THESE TEMPERATURES ARE THE SAME AS
USED IN OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM . .
3. DETERMINE GPM. DETERMINE THE GPM FLOW TO THE UNIT IY USING THE FOlLOWING FORMULA:
BTU!1IR
GPM - '.33 60 AT
DETERMINE THE LEAVIfG AIR TEMPERATURE. USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA AFTER MAKING PRE-
LIMINAIY SELECTION F UNIT HEATER FROM MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
. ITU!1I1 - CFM (FROM CATALOG) l.oe (FINAL AIR TEMP. - ROOM All TEMP)
5. DETERMINE PRESSURE DROP IN WATER COIL OF UNIT. AFTER GPM IS KHOWN. CONSUL T,MAMUFAC-
TURER'S CATALOG FOR WATER PRESSURE DROP.
6. UNIT SELECTIOIt. SELECT THE CABINET TYPE UNIT HEATER WHERE THE HEAT LOAD IS HIGH AND
THE SPACE IS SUITABLE SUCH AS LOBBIES. VESTIBULES. SHOWROOMS. ETC. THE UNIT IS AVAILABLE
IN THE FREE-STANDING SEMI-RECESSED. COMPLETELY RECESSED. WALL MOUNTED. AND CEILING
MOUNTED TYPES. UNITS MAY BE OBTAINED FOR OPERATION WITH DUCT WORK WITH EXTERNAL STATIC-
PRESSURES UP TO 3/1 INCHES WG. THE UNIT SHOWN IN THE DETAIL IS OF THE FREE-STANDING TYPE.
7. LOCATION OF THE UNIT. STUDY THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO SEE WHERE THE UNIT MAY BE
PLACED. ATTEMPT TO PLACE THE UNIT NEXT TO OR OPPOSITE THE GREATEST HEAT LOSS.
. AIR BETTER DIFFUSION AND MORE EVEN TEMPERATURES CAM BE MAINTAINED IN A
HUlEO S ACE WHEN THE RATE OF AIR RECIRCULA TION THROUGH THE HEATERS IS RELATIVELY HIGH.
FOR BUILDIHGS WHEJlE LARGE NUMBERS OF PEOPLE ARE ENGAGED. IT IS DESIRABLE TO PROVIDE
FOR A GREATER NUIoIBER OF AIR CHANGES THAN FOR SPARSELY OCCUPIED ROOMS. A GREATER
NUMBER OF SMALL UNITS IS USED WHERE WIDE DIFFUSION AND EVEN TEMPERATURES ARE NECES-
SARY. A FEW CENTRALLY LOCATED UNITS OF LARGE CAPACITY WOULD n USED WHERE THERE
ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
9. COMFORT CONDITIONS AND ECONOMY. AIR CIRCULATION. DIFFUSION AND SPACING OF UNITS ARE
CLOSELY RELATED TO ECDMOiiV AND COMFORT IN THE SELECTION OF UNIT HEATERS. THE MORE
UNITS USE,D TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRE,!) NUMBER OF BTU'S. THE MORE COMFORTABLE WILL BE THE
CONDITIONS FOR PERSONNEL. ON THE OTHER HAND. A FEW LARGE UNITS CAM BE SELECTED TO
PROVIDE PLENTY OF HEAT AT LOW FIRST COST. BUT MAY BE SLOWER IN RESPONSE AND THOROUGH
DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT.
10, CEILING MOUNTED UNITS. WHERE CEILING MOUNTED UNITS ARE USED. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE
RETURN AIR BE DUCTED TO A LOW POSITION IN THE ROOM TO PIECLUDE STRATIFICATION AND COLD
FLOORS. USE THE LOWEST (95" F":' 125" F) POSSlIU LEAVIMG TEMPERATUIE CONSISTENT WITH THE
CFM AVAILABLE AND THE SPACE HEAT LOAD REQUIREMENTs:
11. LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURES. DO NOT USE LEAVING All TEMPERATURE ABOVE 1. DEGlEES F.
12. NOISE LEVEL. SELECT AND SPEOFY FAN TIP SPEED$ 1. FPM AND LEsS WHERE QUIET OPERATION
IS DESIRED.
13. THE CABINET SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO BE CONSTRUCtED OF l'-GAGE FURNITUIE
STEEL WITH CAM LOCKED FRONT PANEL. '
1.. TEMPERATURE CONTROL. TEMPERATURE CONTROL IS GENERALLY ACCOMPLISHED IY ALLOWIMG
FULL WATER FLOW THROUGH THE COIL AND ALLOWING A 100M THERMOSTAT TO START AND STOP
THE FAN. CONTROL MAY ALSO BE ACCOMPLISHED IY THE USE OF A MOOULATING TWO- 01 THIEE
PORT VALVE AND ALLOWING THE FAN TO RUN CONnNUOUSLY.
PAGE NO., loe
A"oi""'" In CJ.mlLl" TRANS-A-1'lA TE
...,....-SEICU'IE CASING 10 WALL IN AN
o MANNER
IIUNOUT SCHEDULE
IIIH PIPE. VALVE SIZE
PLAN VIEW
o TO 20.0 112'
to.1 TO 40.0 514'
40.1 TO 7&.0 I'
75.1 TOIIO.O I 114"
110.1 TO 240.0 I 112'
1240.110410.0 Z'
CAIINET 10 I[ A 0
IIINIMUlilOF _GME
FUIINITURE STEEL
AND SHALL HAVE
BAKt:D ENAMt:L
FINISH.
tr AIR FLOW
IIETURN AIR GRILLE
FRONT ELEVATION
WALL LINE------i
ROOM
LIN[
AIR GRILLE
SECURE C.ASING
AIR
10 WALL AND FLOOR
IN AN APPROVED MA_..-__

FLOOR UNE
FRONT PANEL SHALL lIE REMOVABLE
BY ALLEN HEAD CAlI LeCK 011 artiER
APPROVED LOCK DEVICE
END ELEVATION
FAN CONTROL
SWITCH -----,
HOT WATER
RADIATOII VALVE
UIIIDN
UNION TYPE
IlALANClNG IMLVt: -"1111111&
FLOOII LINt:
SUPPLY IIUNOUT
HOT WATEII COIL
-------- ------
; - --- =-
----=- --- ==:
--
HOLDt:1I
NOTE: FANS AND MOTOR SHALL I[ .REMOVAILE
IIOTOII CONNt:CTION SHALL It: IY COIID
AND PLUG fOR EASt: OF Rt:IIOVAL
CUTAWAY FRONT ELEVATION
LOOII
LINE
fAN MOTOII
THE ROOM THE RMOSTAT CYCLES THE FAN MOTOII 10 MAINTAIN
THE PREDETERMINED SETTING. THE STRAP ON AQUASTAT
PREVENTS OPERATION Of THE fAN UNTIL THERE IS TEMPERATURE
IN THE RETURN RUNOUT. UNIT SHALL HAVE 3 SPEED FAN
SWITCH ACCESSIIIl.E ONLY IY REMOVINe THf. UNIT ..-T PML
2-
3.
4.
s.
,.
I .
,.
10.
II .
INSTALLATION NOTES
SET THE UNIT HEATER DEAD LEVEL 10TH DIRECTIONS.
SET THE UNIT SO THAT THE FRONT PANEL MAY lIE EASILY
REMOVED fOR SERVICf.
PIIOVIDE fOR UPANSION IN RUMOUTS . .
LUBRICATE AS IIECOMMENOED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
CHECK OPERATION Of THERMOSTAT.
CHECK STIIAP ON AQUASTAT TO SEE IF OPERATION OF FAN
STOPS WHEN THEilE IS NO TEMPERATURE IN RETURN.
CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT FROM UNIT COIL AND CASING.
CHECK CENTRIFUGAL FANS FOIl BALANCE IY RUNNING FAN
AND VIIIIATION.
CHECK UNIT fOR LEAKS AND PLACE IN SERVICf.
CHECK UNIT fOR UNU_LLY HI8H NOISE LEVELS AND
DETERMINE CAUSE IF UNIT IS NOISY..
CHECK TO SEE IF FILTER IS IN PLACE AND CLEAN.
DETAILS Of' THE INSTALLATiON OF THE CABINET TYPE UNIT HEATER. HOT WATER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE .CAPACITIES OF TME CABINET lYPE UNIT HEATER, HOT WATER
UNIT Hf.ATt:1I NO. II. PM
FAN II OTOII
aTU/HIl CAPACITY
V HA
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
" P. ...
WATER
ENTERS
MANUAL
WATER
LEAVES
ENTEIliNG AlII TEMP. LEAVIN' AIR TEMP.
WATEII PIIESSUM
IN FEET MAXI MUll
PLATE NO. 52 PAGE NO. 101
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF TKE
CABINET TYPE UNIT HEATER, STEAM
1. HWi THE SPA'V., DETERMINE TH E HUT LOSS OF THE SPACE IN nUIHR
BY THE U A ME D 14 IN THE A RAE CU.IDE AND DATA BOOK. .
2. DESIR IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SYSTEM BE DESIGNED SO THAT AT LEAST
I pSi EAliiESSU AVAILABLE. (I PSI DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IF VACUUM SYSTEM USED).
US... MANUFACTURER'S CATALOGS FOR PRESSURE DROP THROUGN CONTROL VALVES AND THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA 1001 FOR PRESSURE ,DROP IN DISTRIBUTION PIPING, THE SYSTEM DESIGN
PRESSURE CAM THEN BE DETERMINED.
1 DETERMINE STEAM FLOW. DETERMIN THE STEAM FLOW BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
BTUIHR
STEAM FLOW IN LBSlHR - LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION
WHERE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE STEAM TABLES OR APPROXI.
lilATED AT910 nUIlB.
'- DETERMINE THE LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE. USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA AFTER MAKING PRE
LIMINARY SELECTION OF U"IT HUTER FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
nUIHR - CFM (FROM CATALOG) 1.08 (FINAL AIR TEMP - ROOM AIR TEMP)
5. UNIT SELECTION. SELECT THE CABINET TYPE UNIT HEATER WHERE THE HUT LOAD IS HIGH AHD
THE SPACE IS SUITABLE SUCH AS LOBBIES, VESTIBULES, SHOWROOMS, ETC. THE UNIT IS AVAILABLE
IN THE FREE.STANDING, SEMI.RECESSED, COMPLETELY RECESSED, WALL MOUHTED, AND CEILIHG
MOUNTED TYPES. UNITS MAY BE OnAINED FOR OPERATION WITH DUCTWORK WITH EXTERNAL
STATICPRESSURES UP TO 3/1 INCHES WG. THE UNIT SHOWN IN THE DETAIL IS OF THE FREE
STANDING TYPE,.
6. OF THE UNIT. STUDY THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO SEE WHERE THE UNIT MAY BE
UED. ATTEMPT TO PLACE THE UNIT NEXT TO OR OPPOSITE THE GREATEST HEAT LOSS.
7. AIR BETTER DIFFUSION AND MORE EVEH TEMPERATURES CAH BE MAIHTAlHED 114 A
HUTED SPA E WHEN TH[ RATE OF AIR RECIRCULATIOH THROUGH THE HEATERS IS RELATIVELY
HIGH. FOR BUILDlHGS WHERE LARGE HUMBERS OF PEOPLE ARE EHGAGED, IT IS DESIRABLE TO
PROVIDE FOR A GRUTER HUMIIER OF AIR CHANGES THAN FOR SPARSELY OCCUPIED ROOMS. A
GRUTER NUMIIER OF SMALL UNITs IS USED WHERE WIDE DIFFUSION AND EVEH TEMPERATURES
ARE HECESSARY. A FEW CEHTRALLY LOCATED UHITS OF LARGE CAPACITY WOULD BE USED WIIERE
THERt ARE FEW OCCUPANTS.
e. CONDITIONS &,EiNOMY. AIR CIRCULATION, DIFFUSION AND SPACIHG OF UHITS ARE
E Y RELATED TO 14 Y AND COMFORT 114 THE SELECTIOH OF UHIT HUTERS. THE MORE
UNITS USED TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED HUMBER OF nus. THE MORE COMFORTAIILE WILL liE
THE CONDITIONS FOR PERSOHNEL. 014 THE OTHER HAHD. A FEW LARGE UHITS CAN BE SELECTED
TO PROVJDE PLENTY OF HUT AT LOW FIRST COST, IIUT MAY BE SLOWER 114 RESPONSE AND
THOROUGH DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT ..
9. CEILING MOUNTED UNITS. WHERE CEILING MOUNTED UHITS ARE USED, IT IS RECOMMEHDED THAT
THE RETURM AIR BE DUeTED TO A LOW POSlTlOH 114 THE ROOM TO PRECLUDE STRATIFICATION
AND COLD FLOORS. USE THE LOWEST (95
0
F - 125
0
F) POSSIBLE lEAVIHG TEMPERATURE COHo
SISTENT WITH THE CFM AVAILABLE AND THE SPACE HEAT LOAD REQUIREMEHTS.
10. LEAVIHG AIR TEMPERATURES. 00 NOT USE LEAVIHG AIR TEMPERATURE ABOVE DEGREES F
11. HOISE LEVEL. SELECT AND SPECIFY FAN TIP SPEEDS 1200 FPM AND LESS WIIERE QUIH OPERA.
TlOH IS DESIRED.
12. CABIHET. THE CABIHET SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO liE CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GAGE FURNITURE
STEEL WITH CAM LOCKED FRONT PANEL.
13. TEMPERATURE CONTROL. TEMPERATURE CONTROL IS GEHERALLY ACCOMPLISHED IIY ALLOWING
FULL STEAM FLOW TO THE COIL AHD ALLOWING A ROOM THERMOSTAT TO START AND STOP THE
FAN. CONTROL MAY ALSO liE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE USE OF A MODULATING STEAM VALVE AND
ALLOWIHG THE FAN TO RUH COHTIHUDUSLY.
P AGE NO. II 0
A.oi/oWe In (.tPIlOllill" TRANS-A,PlATE"
R UNOUT SCHE OULE
MBH STUM PIPE CONDo PIPE
o TO 1' . 0 I"
15. 1 TO 32.0 11/4"
32.1 TO 50.0 I 1/2-
50.1 TO 100.0 2"
NOTE' APPLIES ONLY TO
-- PRESSURE STEAM
CABINET TO BE A
MINIMUM OF 16
GAGE FURNITURE
STEEL AND BAKED
ENAMEL FINISH
3/4
I"
11/4"
11/4"
LOW
tr AIR FLOW
STUM
VALVE
UNION
PANEL SHALL
BE REMOVABLE BY
ALLEN HEAD CAM
LOCK OR OTHER QUICK
LOCK DEVICE
WAL L LINE
SECURE CASING
TO WALL AND FLOOR
IN AN APPROVED
MANNER
END
AIR

ELEVATION
STEAM COIL
FLOOR LINE
120 V- I.
'------;M
FAN
THE ROOM THERMOSTAT CYCLES THE FAN MOTOR
TO MAINTAIN THE PREDETER .. INED SETTING. THE
STRAP ON AOUASTAT PREVENTS OPERATION OF THE
FAN UNTIL THERE IS TEMPERATURE IN THE RETURN
RUN OUT. UNIT SHALL HAVE 3 SPEED FAN SWITCH
ACCESSIIILE ONLY AFTER REMOVING UNIT FRONT
PANEL.
INSTALL AnON NOTES
t. SET THE UNIT HEATER .DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIR[CTIONS.
SET THE UNIT SO THAT THE FRONT PANE' . MAY
BE EASILY REMOVED FOR SERVICE.
3. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION IN RUNGU ,'.
4. LUBRICATE AS RECO .... ENDED BY THF. ..
AN a "OTOR 5. CHECK OPERATION OF THER"OSTAl
FLOOR
6: CHECK STRAP ON AOUASTAT TO SE, I F uPERAT ON OF
FAN STOPS WHEN THERE IS NO IN A:R RE-,- 'JRN.
1 CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT FRO" CO' L AND
8. CHECK CENTRIFUGAL FANS FOR BALANCE B'" RUNNI \lG FAN
AND CHECK VIBRATION.
9. CHECK UNIT FOR LEAKS AND PLACE IN SERVICE
_______ ________ _ _____
10. CHECK UNtT FOR UNUSUALLY HIGH NOISE LEVELS AND
DETERMINE CAUSE IF IS NOISY.
II. CHECK TO SEE IF FILTER IS IN PLACE 8 CLEAN.
CONDENSATE RUN OUT
FRONT ELEVATION
SCHEDULE OF CAPAC ITI E S OF
NOTE ' FANS a "OTOR SHALL BE RE.. OVABLE
- - .. OTOR CONNECTION SHALL BE BY
CORD EI PLUG FOR EASE OF REMOVAL
CUTAWAY FRONT ELEVATION
OF THE CABINET UN IT
THE CABINET TYPE
HEATER, ' STEAM
UNIT HEATER. STEAM

H. P. MOTO:
HASE
CYCLE BTU/HR. CAPACITY STEAM PRESSURE lIS. STEAM/HR. ENTERING AIR TEMP LEAVING AIR TEMP UNIT HEATER NO. CFM RPM

--+------\-------r-- . ---. ,
HEATIN'G, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 53 PA G E NO. III
IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMP
1. WIIEM - SELECT TNE IN-LIME CIRCUUTING PUMP WIIEM THE FLOW IS FROM
OtelOOG
2. GtI.- CALCUUTE THE FLOW RATE 1M GPM IY TNE USUAl
TN TL ED E RAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
3. iW'dlUD IV FEU - CALCULATE THE TOTAL HEAD 1M FEET AS SHOWIIIY
f ME 0 AG 191 Foi CLOSED SYSTEM PIPIMG OR I'AGE 212 FOR CONDENSER
WATER PIPIIG.
MOTOR HORSEPOWER-MOTOR SlZESSHOULD BE BASED OM A POSSIBLE 2D PERCENT IMCREASE
lIrtlLCULlTEb SYSTEM FLOW. TNIS WILL ASSURE A MoM-OYElLOADIMG SELECTION AND AL.
LOW SUCH VARIATIOMS AS MIGHT OCCUR. MOTOR SIZES MAY BE DETERMIMED FROM THE
MANUFACTURER'S PERFOIMAMCE CURVE OR MAY BE COMPUTED BY TNE FOLLOWING FORMUU:
BRAKE HORSEPOWER REQUIRED (SYSTEM GPM + MI x SYSTEM HEAD 1M FEET
- PUMP EFFiCiENCY x 3960
5. MOTOR CURREMT CHARACTERISTICS - COORDIMATE THIS DATA WITH THE ELECTRICAL DE
SIGN fMCII!!. FO. THE I'ROJECT.
6. - THE ELECTRICAL CONMECTION TO THE MOTOR SHOULD BE MADE
_TN WA1ER'100 FLEXIBLE METAlLIC CONDUIT A MINIMUM OF 12INCHES 1M LENGTH.
7. PUMI'S - TNESE UNITS HAVE BEEM PRODUCED FOR MANY YEARS THROUGH 1 HORSE
I' ER 1750 RPM. AT LIME SIZE, THEY WERE GEMERAlLY MON-OYERLOADIMG ACROSS
THE CUrVE. 1M RECEMT YEARS, PUMP MANUFACTURERS HAYE DEVELOPED HIGMER HEAD IN
LIME PUMPS THROUGH 112 HORSEPOWER; FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DROP SYSTEMS, CARE SHOULD
BE TAKEM 1M SELECTlMG THE MOTOR SIZE FOR THIS UTTER SERIES. INLIME PUMPS ARE
RECOMMEMDED WHEMEVER POSSIBLE, DUE TO BOTH FIRST COST AND LOWERIMSTALLATION
COST. THE AVERAGE RANGE IS 1-100 GPM AND HEADS FROM 1-55 FEET. BEYOND TNIS RAMGE,
USE FLOOI MOUMTED PUMPs.
e. PUMP INSTAllATION - THE PUMP SHOULD BE MOUNTED IN THE PIPE LINE AS SHOWH BY TNE
DETAIL. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN IN THE DESIGM TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE ALL AROUND
THE PUMP FOR DISASSEM8L Y AND SERYICE.
9. PIPINi - THE I'IPING SHOULD BE DESIGMED so TNAT IT IS WELL AMCHORED AT THE POINT
WHER THE PUMP IS INSTALLED.
10. FLEXIBLE JOINTS - FLEXIBLE SECTIONS OF PIPE AT PUMP SUCTION AMD DISCHARGE ARE
GENERALLY NOT REQUIRED IN A WELL DESIGMED PUMP INSTALLATION. WHERE EXTREME
QUIET IS DESIRED, FLEXIBLE SECTIONS MAY BE USED; HOWEVER, EXTREME CAUTION SHOULD
BE TAKEN TO ASSURE THAT THE FLEXIBLE PIPE SECTIONS HAVE ADEQUATE TEMPERATURE
AMD PRESSURE RATINGS.
11. STRAINERS - STRAINERS ARE NOT GENEULL Y REQUIRED ON CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING, BUT
IF USED, CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO SPECIFY PERFORATIONS IN THE BASKET FOR HOT
WATER AND NOT STEAM. IT IS GOOD PRACTICE TO REMOYE THE BASKET AFTER CONSTRUC
TlON DEBRIS HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM AMD THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN THOROUGMLT
WASHED OUT.
12. SUCTION PIPIMG - THE SUCTION PIPE SHOULD BE STRAIGHT FOR FIVE PIPE DIAMETERS AT
THE POINT WHERE IT ENTERS THE SUCTION CONNECTION OF THE PUMP.
13. CHECK VALVES - A CHECK VALVE ALWAYS BE USED FOR PUMPS OPERATlMG 1M
PARAllel. SINGLE PUMPS OM CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING CIRCUITS 00 NOT REQUIRE A CHECK
VAlVE.
... GAGES - A COMPOUND GAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED OM THE SUCTION SIDE OF TH E PUMP
AND A PRESSURE GAGE SHOULD BE PROYIDED ON THE DISCHARGE SIDE OF THE PUMP TO
CHECK THE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SYSTEM. SHUT OFF COCKS SHOULD BE
PROVIDED TO SHUT THE PRESSURE OFF OF THE GAGES WHEN NOT IN USE.
15. MECHAMICAL SEALS - ME,CHANICAL SEALS SHOULD BE SPECIFIED FOR ALL IMLIME PUMPS.
P AGE NO. 112
...,. .. --------PlP FIIOM SYSTII SEE PLAN' - -----I
FOIl CONTINUAT:ON
________ 'ATE VALVI:
IIIPPLE-------i
:8:
D
------ -+1
LUtllllCATION
POINTS
0- 10 Pli ""SSURE
'-----1/4 IHUT- CWF COCK
UNION TYP CONIIECT_ . PPE
10 .I'\JIIIP CAN IIEIIOYD FOIl
EIIVICl.
iIoTOil
-"-H+- -4+H-.--+- --------- --_._--
}---------III-THE-LIN[ CIIICULATINI -----',,\
- IU ICHEDULI THIS
_n FOIl CAPIlCITY.
I" DIAL O-IOI'SI --------......._
DiKIWIK lAU
REDUCING Ttl ----I
NIPPLE
'-----"4" SHUT-CWF COCK. 'AGE
TO IE LEFT S.HUT- CWP' EXCEPT
_N ACTUALLY CHECKING SYSTEM
"""IUIIES.

1--------- PIPE TO SYSTEM ' SEE PLANS ------1
FOIl CONTINUATION.
SIDE ELEVATION END ELEVATION
INSTALLATION DETAILS OF IN -THE -LINE CIRCULATING PUMP
NO SCALE
HE4TING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. THE PUMP SHALL IE INSTALLED DEAD LEVEL, AND
IllALL NOT TOUCH 011 IlEST ON ANY ""lIT OF THE
IUILDINI ITIIUCTUIIE.
I , THE ELECTIlICAL CONNECTION TO THE I'\aIIP SHALL
MADE THIlOU'H THE US[ CW FLEXIBLE
CONOIIT CGIIENFlELOI AT LEAST I' LONG.
3. THE IllALL IE SO INSTALLED THAT THE Pl*f'
CAN IE IlEMOVED WITHOUT THE
DlllIANTUM 011 IIEMOIML OF ANY PIPING 011 VALVES.
4. THE
AIID
WITH
MOTOII COUPLItiG lHALL IE CHECKED
I'IIOPIILY ALIGNED IN STltCT ACCOIIDAHCE
THE MANUFACTUIlEIl ' S INSTRUCTIONS.
5. TNf A_CfIlT PI"'" 5MALL CAIlEP'ULLY FITTID
AND [RECTED SO TNAT THE PUMP CAN IE INSTALLED
011 IlEMOVED FIIOM THE PIPE UNE WITHOUT FOIICM
011 _I ....
.. ""TER THE SYSTEM HAS IEEN COMPLETED AND THE
PUMP ITAIlTED THE PUMP AND SYSTII SHALL IE
CHECKED FOil VIMATION AND . EXCESSIVE NOliE AND
ANY SUCH IIOISE . 011 VIIIIIATION SMALL IE
_EDlATELY COIIIIECTED.
LUBRICATION NOTES
I. ""TEll COMPLETION CW THE. SYSTEM AND .EFOIIE
III'AIlT-uP CW ' THE PUMP' THE PUMP SHALL IE
' .UMICATED III ITIlICT ACCO_CE WITH THE
""_ACTUIlEIl'S INSTIIUCTIONS.
2. A METAL IISTIIUCTION' PLATE 5MALL ' IE ATTACHtD TO
THE PUMP III A LOCATION WHEIIE IT CLEARLY
YllIILE. THIIE INSTRUCTIONS SMALL INDICATE TME
IlECOIIIIIIEJIDto WIIIICANT, THE POINTS OF LUllllCATION ,
AIID THE IIECOIIIIIIENDED nlEQU[NCY OF WIIIICATION.
PUMP SCHEDULE
IPUMp NO. GPM HEADCnil IiIOTOIIIIP VOLll PHASE CYCLE
PLAT E NO. 5 4 PAG E NO. 113
OF THE END SUCTION PUMP
1. WHEM TO USE - SELECT THE EMD SUCTIOM PUMP WIIEM THE SYSTEM FLOW IS IN THE RAHGE
FROM 100 TO 100 GPM.
2. COMPUTE THE FLOW RATE 1M GPM - CAlCULATE THE FLOW RATE IN GPM BY THE USUAL
METHODS AS OUTLINED 1M THE A$HRAE GUIDE AHD DATA BOOK.
3. COMPUTE THE HEAD 1M FAET - CAlCULATE TH! TOTAL HEAD IN FEET AS SHOWN
BY THE METHODS PAGE 198 F R CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING OR PAGE 212 FOR CONDENSER
WATER PIPING.
4. MOTOR HORSEPOWER - MOTOR SIZES SHOULD BE BASED OM A POSSIBLE 20 PERCENT IN
CREASE 1M CALCULATEO SYSTEM FLOW. THIS WILL ASSURE A NOM.oVERLOADING SELECTION
AND AlLOW FOR SUCH VARIATIONS AS MIGHT OCCUR. MOTOR SIZES MAY liE DETERMINED
FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S PERFORMAHCE CURVE OR MAY liE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOW.
ING FORMULA:
IRAKE HP REQUIRED (SYSTEM GPM + M) SYSTEM HEAD IN FEET
- pU/iip EFFiCiENCY 3960
5. MOTOR CURRENT &HARACTERISnCS - COORDINATE THIS DATA WITH THE ELECTRICAL DE
SIGN ENGINEER F R THE PROJECT.
6. COMM"CTIOM - THE ELECTRICAL COMNECTIOM TO THE MOTOR SHOULD IE MADE
TK WATER ROOF FLEXiBlE METALLIC COMDUIT A MINIMUM OF 12INCHES IN LENGTH.
7.
UPOH THE PUMP CHARACTERISTICS. AS A RULE, THE BEST SELECTION POINT IS TO THE
LEFT OF CENTER OF MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY, THUS PERMITTING THE PUMP TO MOVE OUT OM
THE CURVE WITHOUT DANGER OF OVERLOADING. IT IS INTERESTING TO NOTE, THAT WHEN
THE PROJECT PIPIMG IS SIZED IN ACCORDAHCE WITH THE TABlE SHOWN ON PAGE 199 OF
THIS lOOK, MOST 1750 RPM PUMP SELECTIONS, HAVING A SUCTION OPENING EQUAL TO THE
PIPE SIZE TO WHICH THEY ARE COMHECTED, FALL ON THIS POINT OF THE CURVE. THIS
RULE GENERALLY VARIES WITH THE PUMP SPEED. AT 3450 RPM, THE PUMP SUCTIOM IS OME
PIPE SIZE SMALLER, WHILE AT 1150 RPM, IT WILL BE ONE PIPE SIZE LARGER.
I. PUMP BASE - THE PUMP SHOULD BE 10L TED OM A COMCRETE BASE AS SHOWH BY THE DE
TAIL. CARE SHOULD IE TAKEN IN THE DESIGN TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE ALL AROUND
THE PUMP FOR DISASSEMBLY AND SERVICE.
9. PIPING - THE PIPING SHOULD BE DESIGHED SO THAT HO PIPE WEIGHT RESTS OM THE PUMP
CASING. PIPING SHOULD NOT liE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMIIERS, IIECAUSE
THESE STEEL MEMIIERS WILL PICK UP ANY VIIlRATIOM NOISE AND TRANSMIT THE MOISE TO
OTHER PARTS OF THE IIUILDING. WHERE IT IS IIIII'OSSIIILE TO AVOID THE USE OF STRUCTURAL
STEEL MEMIIERS AS PIPE SUPPORTS, COMs/DERATION SHOULD liE GIVEM TO THE USE OF VI
IlRATlON ELIMINATOR PIPE HAHGER SUPPORTS.
10. FLEXIBLE JOINTS - FLEXIILE SECTIONS OF PIPE AT PUMP SUCTIOM AND DISCHARGE ARE
GENERALL Y NOT REQUIRED IN A WELL DESIGNED PUMP INSTALLATION. WHERE EXTREME
QUIET IS DESIRED, FLEXIBLE SECTIONS MAY BE USED; HOWEVER, EXTREME CAUTIOM
SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ASSURE THAT THEFLEllBLE PIPE SECTIONS HAVE ADEQUATE
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RATINGS.
11. STRA," ERS -
A. STRAINEJlS ARE NOT GENERALLY REQUIRED OM CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING, IUT IF USED,
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO SPECIFY PERFORATIOMS IN THE BASKET FOR HOT WATER
AHD NOT STEAM. IT IS GOOD PRACTICE TO REMOVE THE BASKET AFTERCOMSTRUCTION
DEBRIS HAS IlEEN REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM AND THE SYSTEM HAS IEEN THOROUGHLY
WASHED OUT.
B. COMDENSER WATER PIPING - STRAINERS SHOULD IE PROVIDED FOR THE COMDENSER
WATER PUMP, ESPECIALLY WHEN THE PUMP IS COMNECTED TO THE OPEN SUMP OF A
COOLING TOWER. SCREEN PERFORATIOHS SHOULD IE SIZED FOR COMDENSER WATER.
12. SUCTI%" PIPING - THE SUCTION PIPE SHOULD IE STRAIGHT FOR FIVE PIPE DIAMETERS AT
THE PiNT WHERE IT ENTERS THE SUCTIOM CONNECTIOM OF THE PUMP; WHERE THIS IS NOT
POSSIILE, USE A SPECIAL STRAIGHTENING ELIOW.
..
13. CHK!YALM.S - A CHECK VALVE OF THE NONSLAM VERTICAL TYPE SHOULD AlWAYS IE
lJSEIjf()R C DENSER WATER PUMPS AND PUMPS OPERATING IN PARALLEL. SINGLE PUMPS
ON CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING CIRCUITS 00 MOT REQUIRE A CHECK VAL VE.
u. GAGES - A COMPOUND GAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED OM THE SUCTION SIDE OF THE PUMP
AHD A PRESSURE GAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED ON THE DISCHARGE SIDE OF THE PUMP TO
CHECK THE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SYSTEM. SHUT.oFF COCKS SHOULD BE
PROVIDED TO SHUT THE PRESSURE OFF OF THE GAGES WHEN NOT IN USE.
IS. MECHAHICAL SEALS - MEQ(AHICAL SEALS SHOULD BE USED OM AlL CLOSEDSYSTEIII PIPING
AND GENERALLY FOR COMDENSER WATER SYSTEM. THE CHEMICALS USED IN A COMDENSER
WATER SYSTEM MAY ATTIMU CAUSE COMSIDERATIOM OF A STUFFING lOX SEAL FOR THE
COMDENSER WATER PUMP.
PAl! NO. 114
DIAL
O-SO"HG.

CONNECT TO
SUCTION PIPE
AI SHOWN
IELOSUCTION SIDE GAGE

0-10 P.5.I .
I GAGE
-+-
CONNECT AS
SHOWN FOR
SUCTION GAGE
DISCHARGE SIDE GAGE
STUFF WASTE----.
AROUND BOLT
WHILE POURING
GROUT
ALLOW BOLTS TO PROJECT FOR
GROUTING UNDER 8EDPLATE
MAKE THIS DISTANCE EDUAL
TO LUG ON 8ED PLATE .
BOLT
PIPE OR
CONDUIT
WASHER
PIPES SIZE SHALL BE AS
SHOWN ON PROJECT
!I.Qll:
1I111111UII OF
., PIPE 1)IA. -++I-'--
""HOSE EIIO
OIIAiN VALVE
SET CAP 0
VIBRATION
m
ELiMINTOR
SAME AS BAS
TO CARRY
WEIGHT OF
PIPE
SIDE
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR PAD SHALL
BE SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED OF

RIBBED , U"STRUCTION, INSTALLED
UNDER COMPLETE BASE OF PUMP.
THE SlIE OF THE PUMP SUCTION
,HALL BE THE SIZE SHOWN FOR

REGARDLESS OF FLOW RATES
SHOWN.--------..
GATE VALVE
HANG THIS PIPE
FROM ABOVE SO
NO WEIGHT RESTS
ON PUMP CASING
S.UCTION
FI LL WITH GROUT
CHAMFER
ALL AROUND
PUMP
CONTRACTOR ' SHALL CHECic, TEST, 8 START EACH
BASE MOUNTED PUMP B SHALL HAVE THE PUMP
MANUFACTURER ALIGN . THE PUMP wnH A DIAL
INDICATOR WITHIN :002 AMP. DISCHARGE B SUCTION
READINGS SHALL BE REC;ORDED a F\lWAROED
FOR RECORD PURPOSES.
FIG. I - ARRANGEMENT OF
FOUNDATION SOL T
FIG. 2 - TEMPLATE FOR HANGING FOUNDATION
- - BOLTS WHILE POURING THE FOUNDATION.
BASE MOUNTED PUMP FOUNDATION AND SETTING DETAILS
1.- FOUNDATION
THE FOUNDATION BOLTS (ONE FOR EACH HOLD DOWN BOLT HOLE IN THE BEDPLATE) SHOULD BE
SECURED IN THE FOUNDATION loS SHOWN I N FIG. I . AT THE LOWER END OF THE BOLT PLACE
A LARGE SQUARE WASHER WI TH LUGS TO PREVENT THE BOLT FROM TURNING. AROUND EACH

FACE OF TH E FOUNDATION. .
I N ORDER TO ALLOW FOR GROUT, MAKE THE TOP SURFACE OF THE TO BELOW
THE lEVEL AT WHICH THE BEOPLATE I S TO BE SET. WHEN 8UILDI NG THE FORMS FOR POURING
THE FOUNDATION, HANG THE BOLTS IN THEI R CORRECT POSITIONS BY MEANS OF A TEMPLATE
r.S SHOWN IN FIG. 2 . SCREW THE NUT DOWN SO THAT THE BOLT PROJECTS ABOVE THE NUT
lHHl N1lL
L
W THE
DISTANCE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE NUT AND BOTTOM OF TEMPL ATE IS EQUAL TQ THE
HEIGHT OF THE LUG ON BEDPLATE . WHEN POURING T HE FOUNDATION LEAVE THE TOP
SURFACE ROUGH TO AFFORD A GOOD HOLD FOR GROUT. DO NOT PUT THE BED PLATE OR
ASSEMBLED UNIT ON THE. FOUN DA TI ON UNTIL TH E L ATT ER HAS FIRMI LY SET AIIID HARDENED.
I-PUTTING UNIT ON FOUNDATI ON .
BEFORE PUTTING THE UNIT OR BEDPLATE ON THE FOUNDATI ON, CLEAN THE TOP SURFACE OF THE
FOUNDATION, BREAKI NG OFF ANY LOOSE PIECES OF CONCRETE . ROUGHEN THE FOUNDATION
TOP WI TH A STAR CHISEL, B THOROUGH LY CLEAN I T. THEN THOROUGHLY WET THE TOP
SO THAT IT WILL NOT ABSORB MOISTURE FROM THE GROUTING TOO QUICKLY.
STUFF WASTE AROUN D THE FOUNDATION BOLT HOLES TO PREVENT GROUT FLOWING INTO THE
HOLES. PREPARE ENOUGH I RON WEDGES OR METAL SHIMS TO ALLOW ONE TO BE PLACED
ON EACH SIDE OF EACH FOUNDATION BOLT. THESE WEDGES SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY
4" TO ," LONG. 2" TO 3 " WIDE a TH ICK ENOUGH TO ALLOW 3/4 TO I VI" OF GROUT BETWEEN
'fHE BOTTOM OF THE BED PL ATE B TOP OF FOUNDATION. ALIGN THE BEDPLATE TO A DEAD
TTHHEE a ' GROuT. AFTER THE GROUT HAS TAICENENouaH SET
TO SUPPORT THE UNIT, REMOVE THE WEDGES a FILL THE WEDGE VOIDS WITH GROUT a SMOOTH
Or::F ALL AROUND.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF END SUCTION PU,MP
P UM P S C H E 0 U L E
SE1IV!CE a.p.1I HEAD PREss. RPM. HP. VOLTS PHASE CYCLE . "EMARK!!
H T I NG. V E N TIL AT ION. AND A I RC 0 N D I T ION I N G
LUBRICATION NOT E S

2- A METAL INSTRUCTION PLATE SHALL SE ATTACHED TO THE PUMP IN A LOCATION WHEIIE
IT IS CLEARLY VISIBLE . THESE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INOICATE THE RECO .... ENDED LueRICANT,
THE POINTS OF LUBRICATI ON , AND THE RECOMMENDED FREQUENCY OF LUBRICATION.
DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO, 55 P A 6 E NO. I l!l
DOUBLE SUCTION HORIZONTALLY SPLIT CASE PUMP
l. WHEM TO USE - SELECT THE OOUBLE SUCTIOM HORIZONTALLY SPLIT CASE PUMP WHEM THE
SYSTEM FLOW IS 100 GPM AMO OVER.
2. COMPUTE THE FLOW RATE 1M GPM - CALCULATE THE FLOW RATE 1M GPM BY THE USUAL
METHOOS AS OUTLIHEO 1M THE ASHRAf GUIDE DATA BOOK.
3. COMPUTE THf TOTAL HUD 1M FEET - CALCULATE THE TOUL HEAD 1M FEET AS SHOWN BY
THE MTHO OM PAGE 198 FOR CLOSED SYSTEM PIPIMG OR PAGE 212 FOR CONDEMSER WATER
PIPIMG.
4. - MOTOR SIZES SHOULD BE BASED ON A POSSIBLE 20 PERCEMT IHeRUSE
1M CALCULATED STEM FLOW. THIS WILL ASSURE A MOM.QVERLOADIMG SELECTION AND AL
LOW FOR SUCH VARIATIONS AS MIGHT O<;CUR. MOTOR SIZES MAY BE DETERMIMEO FROM THE
MAMUFACTURER'S PERFORMANCE CURVE OR MAY BE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOWIMG FORMULA:
ERAKE HORSEPOWER REQUIRED (SYSTEM GPM + x SYSTEM HUD 1M FEET
- PUMP EFFIClEMCY x 3960 .
5. MOTOR CH_RACTERISTICS - COORDINA TE THIS OA TA WITH THE ELECTRICAL OESIGN
EMGIMEER F R HE ROJECT.
6. MOTOR CONMECTIOM - THE ELECTRICAL CONMECTION TO THE MOTOR SHOULD BE MADE WITH
WATERPROOF FLExiBLE METALLIC CONDUIT A MIMI""'M OF 12IHeHES 1M LEMGTH.
7. PUMP SELECTION - PUMP EFFICIEMCY 1M ITSELF IS MOT AN ADEQUATE BASIS FOR THE BEST
PUM' SELECTIOHS SIMCE THE PDlMT OF MAXIMUM EFFIClEMCY WILL VARY DEPEMDIMG UPOM
THE PUMP CHARACTERISTICS- AS A RULE, THE BEST SELECTIOM POIMT IS TO THE LEFT OF
CEMTEI OF MAXIMUM EFFICIEMCY, THUS PERMITTIMG THE PUMP TO MOVE OUT OM THE CURVE
WITHOUT DAMGEI OF OVERLOADlMG. IT IS INTERESTIMG TO MOTE, THAT WHEN THE PROJECT
PIPING IS SIZED IN ACCORDAMCE WITH THE TABLESHOWH ON PAGE 199 OF THIS lOOK MOST
17511 RPM PUMf' SELECTIOHS, HAVIMG A SUCTIOM OPEN,"G EQUAL TO THE PIPE SIZE TO WHICH
THEY ARE COMMECTED, FALL OM THIS POtMTOF THEQlRVE. THIS RULE GENERALLY VARIES
WITH THE PUMP SPEED. AT 3450 RPM, .THE PUMP SUCTION IS ONE PIPE SIZE SMALLER, WHILE
AT 11511 RPM, IT WILL BE ONE PIPE SIZE LARGER.
- THE PUMP SHOULD IE BOLTED ON A CONCRETE BASE AS SHOWN BY THE DETAIL.
CAELD IE TAKEM IN THE DESIGN TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE ALL AROUMD THE
PUMP FOR DISAS$EMBL Y AMD SERVICE.
9. PIPIMG - THE PIPIMG SHOULD BE DESIGNED SO THAT 140 PIPE WEIGHT RESTS ON THE PUMP
CASlMG. PIPING SHOULD MOT BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, BECAUSE
THESE STEEL MEMBERS WILL PICK UP ANY VIBRATIOM NOISE AND TRAMSMIT THE MOISE TO
OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDIMG. WHERE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO AVOID THE USE OF STRUCTURAL
STEEL MEMBERS AS PIPE SUPPORTS, CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEM TO THE USE OF VIBRA
TION ELIMIMATOR PIPE HAMGER SUPPORTS.
10. FLEXIBLE JOIMTS- FLEXIBLE SECTIOMS OF PIPE AT' PUMP SUCTIOM AND DISCHARGE ARE
GEMERALLY HOT REQUIRED 1M A WELL DESIGMED PUMP IMSTALLATIOM. WHERE EXTREME
QUIET IS DESIRED, FLEXIBLE SECTIOMS MAY BE USED; HOWEVER, EXTREME CAUTIOM SHOULD
BE TAKEM TO ASSURE THAT THE FLEXIBLE PIPE SECTIONS HAVE ADEQUATE TEMPERATURE
AND PRESSURE RA TIMGS FOR THE SERVICE.
II. STRAINERS-
A. STRAINERS ARE MOT GEMERALL Y REQUIRED OM CLOSED SYSTEM PIPIMG, BUT IF USED,
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEM '1'0 SPECIFY PERFORATIONS 1M THE BASKET FOR HOT WATER
AMD MOT STEAM. IT IS GOOD PRACTICE TO REMOVE THE BASKET AFTERCONSTRUCTIOM
DEBRIS HAS' BEEM REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM AMD THE SYSTEM HAS BEEM THOROUGHLY
WASHED OUT.
B. CONDEMSER WATER PIPING ':' STRAINERS SHOULD BE PROVIDED FOR THE CONDEMSER
WATER PUMP, ESPECIALLY WHEN THE PUMP IS CONMECTED TO THE OPEM SUMP OF A
COOLING TOWER. SCREEN PERFORATION SHOULD IE SIZED FOR COMDEMSER WATER.
12. SUCTION PIPING - THE SUCTION PIPE SHOULD BE STRAIGHT FOR FIVE PIPE DIAMETERS AT THE
POINT WHERE IT ENTERS THE SUCTIOM CONNECTION OF THE PUMP; WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE,
USE A SPECIAL STRAIGHTENIMG ELBOW. .
13. CHECK VALVES - A CHECK VALVE OF THE MOMSLAM VERTICAL TYPE SHOULD ALWAYS BE
USED FOR CONDEMSER WATER PUMPS AND PUMPS OPERATIMG IN PARALLEL. SlMGLE PUMPS
ON CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING CIRCUITS 00 MOT REQUIRE A CHECI( VALVE.
U. - A COMPOUMD GAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED OM THE SUCTION SIDE OF THE PUMP AMD A
PRESSURE GAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED ON THE DISCHARGE SIDE OF THE PUMP TO CHECK THE
PRESSURE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SYSTEM. SHUT OFF COCKS SHOULD IE PROVIDED TO
SHUT THE PRESSURE OFF OF THE GAGES WHEM NOT 1M USE.
15. MECHAMICAL SEAL
b
-MECHANICAL SEALS SHOULD BE USED ON ALL CLOSED SYSTEM PIPIMG
AMD GEMERAlLY F R CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM. THE CHEMICALS USED 1M CONDEMSER
WATER SYSTEM MAY AT TIMES CAUSE CONSIDERATIOM OF A STUFFING BOX SEAL FOR THE
CONDENS.ER WATER PUMP.
PAG E NO, 116
Ay";Ioble In (1.11OL1'" TRANS-I.-PlATE
NOTE:
DIAL
0-50" KG.
0-60 p.5.1.
COMPOUND

""COCK
CONNECT TO
SUCTION PI PE
AS SHOWN
BELOWSUCTION SIDE GAGE
THE SIZE OF THE
PUMP SUCTION
DIAL
0-110 P.5.1.
GAGE
DISCHARGE SIDE GAGE
SUCTION
STUFF WASTE-----,
AROUND BOLT
WHILE POURING
GROUT
FIG. I - ARRANGEMENT OF
-- FOUNDATI ON BOLT
ALLOW BOLTS TO PROJECT FOR
GROUTING UNDER- BEDPLATE
MAKE THIS DISTANCE EOUAL
TO LUG ON BED PLATE .
'drU",=!--BOLT
FIG. Z- TEMPLATE FO R HANGING FOUNDATION
-- BOLTS WHI LE POURING THE FOUNDATION.
PIPE OR
CONDUIT
WASHER
TILTING DISC CHECK VALVE BASE MOUNTED PUMP FOUNDATION AND SETTING DETA ILS
PIPE ON PROJECT -bd"'l""'''''---
DWGS. a SHALL NO
BE REDUCED IN
SIZE REGARDLESS
OF FLOW RATES
SHOWN.
SIDE EL6VATION
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR PAD SHALL
BE SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED OF
RESILIENT MATER IAL, MOL DED OF
N
UNDER COMPLETE BASE OF PUMP. PUMP ALIGNMENT
PUMP SUCTION
SIZE
WELDED
ELBOW
3" PIPE LEG
WELDED TO
ELBOW TO
SUPPORT
WEIGHT OF PIPE
CONTRACTOR SHALL CH ECK , TEST, 8 SlART EACH
BASE MOUNTED PUMP 8 SHALL HAVE THE PUMP
MANUFACTURER ALIGN THE PUMP WITH A DIAL
INDICATOR WITHIN .OOZ AM P. DISCHARGE 8 SUCTION
READINGS SHALL BE RECORDED II FOWARDED
FOR RE CORD PURPOSES.
1. - FOUNDATION
THE FOUNDATION BOLTS (ONE FOR EACH HOLD DOWN BOLT HOLf IN THE BEDPLATE) SHOULD .BE
SECURED IN THE FOUNDATION AS SHOWN IN FIG. I . AT THE LOWER END OF THE BOLT PL ACE
A LARGE SQUARE WASHER WITH LUGS TO PREVENT THE BOLT FROM TURNING \ ROUND EACII
\
FACE OF THE FOUNDATION.
IN ORDER TO ALLOW FOR GROUT, MAKE THE TOP SURFACE OF THE T ON T') I '; BELOW
THE LEVEL AT WHICH THE BE DPLATE IS TO BE SET. WHEN BUILDING THE .'Of' M f:l R - POURI NG
THE FOUNDATION, HANG THE BOLTS IN THEIR ' CORRECT POSITIONS ely "" ' NS "F ,\ TEMPL ITE
AS SHOWN IN FIG. 2 . SCREW THE NUT DOWN SO THAT THE BOLT Pf<O"E:n A& WE THE NIl T
Y4" MORE THAN THE BEDPLATE THI CKNESS ALLOWED FOR GROUT. PLACE THE B JTT(l M OF THE
TEMPL ATE AT THE LEVEL OF THE ROUGH FOU.NDATION SURFACE . HANG Tilt" BOL' SO THAT
DISTANCE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE NUT AND BOTTOM OF TEMPL\ ' S TO THE
HEIGHT OF THE LUG ON THE BEDPLATE . WHEN POURIN G THE FOUNDA1 0 N I. EAVE THE TOP
SURFACE ROUGH ' TO AFFORD A GOOD HOLD FOR GROUT. DO NOT PUT T"E I , ED PL4TE OR
ASSEMBLED UNIT ON THE FOUNDATION UNTIL THE LATTER HAS FIRMILY SEP AND ": ARDENED_
2.-PUTTING UNIT ON FOUNDATION
BEFORE PUTTING THE UNIT OR BEDPLATE ON THE FOUNDATION, CLEAN THE TOP SIJRFACE OF THE
FOUNDATION, BREAKING OFF ANY LOOSE PIECES OF CONCRETE . ROUGHEN THE FOUNDATION
TOP WITH A STAR CHISEL, a THOROUGHLY CLEAN_ IT_ THEN THOROUGHLY W( T THE TOP
SO THAT .IT WILL NOT ABSORB MOISTURE FROM THE GROUTING TOO QUICKLY.
STUFF WASTE AROUND THE FOUNDATION BOLT HOLES TO PREVENT GROUT FLOWING INTO THE
HOLES . PREPARE ENOUGH IRON WEDGES OR METAL SHIMS TO ALLOW ONE TO BE PLACED
ON E ACH SIDE OF EACH FOUNDATION BOLT. THESE WEDGES SHOULD BE NPPROXIMATELY
4" TO 6 " LONG. i" TO 3" WIDE II THICK ENOUGH TO ALLOW 3/4" TO IV2" OF GROUT BETWEEN
THE BOTTOM OF THE BED PLATE 8 TOP OF FOUNDATION_ ALIGN THE BEDPLATE TO A DEAD
LE VEL POSI TION WITH THE WEDGES .
CLE AN THE BOTTOM OF THE . BEDPLArE 8 AFTER THE GROUT HAS TAKEN ENOUGH SET
TO SUPPORT THE UNIT, REMOVE THE WED(lES .8 FILL THE WEDGE VOIDS WITH GROUT a SMOOTK
OFF ALL AROUND.
O-ETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DOUBLE SUCTION HORIZONTALLY SPLIT CASE PUMP
NO 'Col LE
P U M P S C H E 0 U L E
PUMP NO. SERVICE G.P.M HEAD PRESS. RPM. HP. VOLTS PHASE CYCLE REMARKS
"EATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING
LUBRICATION NOT E S
1- ;iTA ..
Z- A METAL INSTRUCTI ON PLATE SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE PUMP IN - A LOCATION WHERE
IT I S CL EARLY VISIBLE . THESE INSTRUC TIONS SHALL INDICATE THE "ECOMMENDED LUBRICANT,
THE POINTS OF LUBRICATION, AND THE RECOMMENDED FREOUENCY OF LUIIRICATION.
DESIGN MAN U,A L PLA'TE NO"56 PAGE NO. II T
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL
SPLIT CASE, DOUBLE SUCTION, SINGLE STAGE PUMP
1. 'HE' TO USE - SELECT THE DOUILE SUCTION VERTICALLY .LIT CASE PUMP WHE. THE IYlTEIl FLOWI ...
TO .... aPM. AIID INSTALLATIO ACE IS LIMITED.
Z. CPWVTE THE FLO' RATE I. GPM - CALCULATE THE FLO. RATE I. GPM IY THE uiUAL METHODS AI OUT
LI.EO I. THE AlHRAl GUIDE A.O DATA lOOK.
1 COMPUTE THE TOTAL HEAD IN fEET - CALCULATE THE TOTAL HEAD III FEET AlIHO .. IY THE IIETHODS
011 PAGE ,. FOR CLOSED SYSTEII PI"'G OR PAaE Z12 FOR CO.DE.SER .ATER ..... a.
4. IIOTOR HORSEPO.ER - MOTOR SIZES SHOULD IE IAiED O' A POSaILE ZI PERCE.T IICREASE I. CAL
CULATED SYSTEM FLO. THIS WILL AllURE A 1I0l.oVERLOADIlla SELECTIO. AIID ALLO. FOR SUCH
VARIATlO .. AI MIGHT OCCUR.IIOTOR IIZESIIAY IE DETE ED FROMTHE MAlUFACTURER'I PERFOR
IIAleE CURVE OR MAY IE COMPUTED IY THE FOLLOWIII' FOIIIIULA:
IRAKE HORSEPOWER REDUIREO. (SYSTEM aPM + m) SYSTEII HEAD III FEET
P ... EFFICIEICY._
I. IIOTDR CURREIIT CHAIlAC,!ERISTICS - COORDIIATE THII DATA WITH THE ELECTRICAL DlIIal ElallEER
FOR THE PROJECT.
I. IIOTOR COI.ECTIO' - THE ELECTRICAL COII.ECTIO. TO THE IIOTOR SHOULD iE MADE WITH .ATERPROOF
FLEXIILE METALLIC COIOUIT A IIIIIIIIUII OF 12-1.CHESI. LE.aTH.
1. ~ SELECTIO. - PU.. EFFICIEIICY III ITSELF ... OT A. ADEDUATE IAIIS FOil THE lEST PU.. SELECTIOII.
II.CE THE POllY OF MAXIMUM EFfIClE.CY WILL VARY DEPE.DI.a UPOI THE PUMP CHARACTERISTIcs. AI
A RULE, THE lEST SELECTION POI.T IS TO THE LEFT Of CE.TER OF MAXIMUII EFFIClE.CY. THUS PERlilmllG
THE PUMP TO MOVE OUT 011 THE CURVE WITHOUT DA.aER OF OVERLOADI.a. IT ISI.TEREmla TO 'DTE,
THAT WIlEN THE PROJECT ""IIG IS SIZED I. ACCORDAIICE WITH THE TAILE SHOWI 011 PAaE I. OF THII
lOOK MOlT 1111 RPM PU.. SELECTion. HAVI.a A SUCTIO' OPE.III' EDUAL TO THE PIPE SIZE TO WHICH
THEY ARE COII.ECTEO. FALL 011 THIS POI.T OF THE CURVE. THII RULE GEIIERALLY VARIES WITH THE PU..
":ED. AT ... R .... THE PU.. SUCTIOIIII O.E "PE SIZE SMALLER. WHILE AT 11&1 R .... ITWILL IE O.E PIPE
IlZE LAIlIlER.
I. PUMP lASE - THE PUMP SHOULD BE IDLTED 011 A CO. CRETE IAiE AlSHOWl IY THE DETAIL. CARE SHDULD
IE TAKEI I. THE DEIIGII TO ALLOWSUfflClEIIT .ACE ALL ARDU.D THE PUMP FDR DIIAIIEIIIL Y AID
SERVICE. .
. !!!!U - THE ""I a MAY IE DEllaIED., THAT THE PIPE WElaNT RUTI 01 THE PU.. CAIIla. PlPIla IHOULD
lOT IE IUPPORTED FROIISTRUCTURAL STEEL IlElllERS,lECAuiE THEIE STEEL IlElllERSWILL PICK UP
AIY VlIRAnDI IDIIE AID TRAlIIIIY THE IOIIE TO DTIlER pAiln OF THE IUlLDllla. WHERE IT II ...... ILE
TO AVOID THE UII OF STRUCTURAL STEEL .. IERS AI PIPE IUPPORTS, CO_DERAnOISHOULD IE aIVE'
TO THE UII OF VllRAnD. EU.IATDR PIPE KAlaER IUPPORTl.
II. - FLEXIILE SECT10n OF PIPE AT ~ IUCTIDIAlD DIICIIARaE ARE GEIERALL Y .DT
DEIIG.ED Pu..IIITALLATlOI. WHERE EXTREME DUIET II OEIIRED, FLEXIILE
SECTion MAY ~ E USED; HOWEVER, EXTREME CAUTlOIIHOULD IE TAKE. TO AllURE THAT THE FLE1UlLE
PIPE SECT1011 HAVE AOEDUATE TEMPERATURE AID PRE.URE RATllal FOR THE SERVICE.
11. STRAIIERS-
A. STRAI.ERI ARE .OT GEIIERALLY REDUIRED 011 CLOSED IYSTEM "PI'G. IUT IF USED, CARE SHOULD
IE TAKE. TO .ECIFY PERFORATIOn I. THE WKET FOR HOT .ATER A.O 'OT STEAII.ITlS GOOD
PRACT1CE TO REIIOVE THE IAiKET AFTER COIITRUCT10. DEiRIS HAS lEE. REIIOVEO FROMTHE
IYSTEII A.D THE IYlTEM HAl lEE. THOROUGHLY .AIIIED OUT.
I. CO.DEIlER .ATER PI"lIa - STRAlIERISHOULO IE PROVIDED FOR THE CO.DEIlER .ATER PUMP.
E..:aALLY WIlE. THE P'" II CO ECTED TO THE OPE. SUMP OF A COOLl.G TOWER.ICREE' PER
FORATIO. SHOULiI IE SIZED FOR CO.DEllSER 'ATER.
lZ. IUCTliI. ",,1& -THE SUCTIO' PIPE SHOULD IE STRAlaHT FOR FIVE "PE DIAMETERS AT THE POIIIT WHERE
IT E.TERS THE IUCTIOI COII.ECTIO. OF THE PU...
11 CHECK YALYES- A CHECK VALVE OF THE IIOHLAII VERTICAL TYPE SHOULD AL.AYlIE USED FOR
CO.DEIlER .ATER PUIIPS A.O PUIIPS OPERATI.a I. PARALLEL IIlaLE,... O' CLOSED SYSTEII PlPlIIG
CIRCUITS DD IIDT REDUIRE A CHECK VALVE.
14. lAm - A CDMPOUIID GAGE SHDULD IE PRDVIDED O' THE IUCTID.SlDE DF THE PUMP A.D A PRESSURE
BAGE SHDULD BE PRDVIDED DII THE DISCHARGE SIDE DF THE ~ TO CHECK THE PRESSURE CHARACTER
!mea DF THE SYSTEII. SHUT DFF COCKS SHOULD IE PRDVIDED TD SHUT THE PRE.URE DfF OF THE GAGES
.HEII IIDT III USE.
11. IIECHAIlICAL SEALS - MECHAlICAL SEAU SHDULD BE USED D. ALL CLOSED SYSTEII "PI.a A.D GE.ERALL Y
fDR COIIDEIiSER 'ATER SYSTEII. THE CHEMICAU USED III CD.DEIlER .ATER SYlTEIiMAY AT TIllES CAUSE
CDIISIDERATIOII Of A STUfFllla IDX SEAL FOR THE CDIIDEIIER .ATER PUMP.
P A 8 E NO. 11 7 A
A.oilo&'. 'n (.,1101. ... TRANS-A PlATE"
DIAL
0-3O"H8.
0-.0 P.S.L
COMPOUND
'" IE

CoiIllECT TO
SUCTIOII PIPE
AI SHOWN
ULOWSU'CTION SIDE GAGE
PUMP ALIGNMENT

i" i."E""1.
CONNECT AS
SHOWN FOIl
SUCTION GAtE
DISCHARGE SIDE GAGE
CONTIIACTOII SHALL CHECK, ITAIIT EACH BASE. IIDUNTm PUMP
IIIAU. HoWE THE PUMP WaN THE PUMP WITH A
DIAL II0CATDII WIT.... 001 .
SHALL K IEOIIDED
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL
PUMP SCHEDUL 'E
PUMP HI. SE"VICE "P.1l !AD PllESFt ft.!!Ii HP. \lOLl'S PHASE HEIITZ REMARKS
/
LLOW BOLTS TO PROJECT FOR
GROUTINI UNDER BEDPLATE _
MAKE THIS DISTANCE EQUAL
TO LUI ON BED PLATE .
FIG. \ - ARRANIEIIENT OF
-- FOUNDATION BOll'
FIG. 2 - TEMPLATE FOR HANGING FOUNDATION
-- BOLTS WHILE POURING THE FOUNDATION.
BASE MOUNTED PUMP FOUNDATION AND SETTING DETAILS
1. - FOUNDATION
WASHER
THE FOUNDATION BOLTS (ONE FOR EACH HOLD DOWN BOLT HOLE IN THE BEDPLATE) SHOULD BE
SECURED IN THE FOUNOATION AS SHOWN IN FIG. I. AT THE LOWER END OF THE BDLT PLACE
A LARGE SQUARE WASHER WITH LUGS TO PREVENT THE BOLT FROM TURNING. AROUND EACH

FACE OF TH E FOUNDATION.
IN ORDER TO ALLOW FOR GROUT, MAKE THE TOP SURFACE OF THE FOUNDATION '!Ii TO II'i BELOW
THE LEVEL AT WHICH THE BEDPLATE IS TO BE SET. WHEN BUILDING THE FORMS FOR POURING
THE FOUNDATION, HANG THE BOLTS IN THEIR CORRECT POIITIONS BY MEANS OF A TEMPLATE
r; SHOWN IN FIG. 2. SCREW THE NUT OOWN SO THAT THE 10LT PROJECTS ASOVE THE
l:EE THE
DISTANCE BETWEEN . THE BOTTOM OF THE NUT AND BOTTOM OF TEMPLATE IS EQUAL TO THE
HEIGHT OF THE LUG ON THE BEDPLATE . WHEN POURING THE FOUNDATION LEAVE THE TOP
SURFACE ROUGH TO AFFORD A GOOD HOLD FO" GROUT. DO NOT PUT THE BED PLATE OR
ASSE.MBLED UNIT ON THE FOUNDATION UNTIL THE LATTER HAS FIRMI LY SET AND HA"DENEO.
' - PUTTING UNIT ON FOUNDATION
BEFDRE PUTTING THE UNIT OR BEDPLATE ON THE FOUNDATION, CLEAN THE TOP SURFACE OF THE

SO THAT IT WILL NOT ABSORB MOISTURE FROM THE GROUTING TOO QUICKLY.
1?H1L ltfcED
ON EACH IIDE OF EACH FOUNDATION BOLT. THESE WEDGES SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY
4" TO." LONG . ," TO 3" WIDE THICK ENOUGH TO ALLOW 314" TO IV2" OF GROUT BETWEEN
'!"HE BOTTOM OF THE aEDPLATE TOP OF FOUNDATION. ALIGN THE BED PLATE TO A DEAD
LEVEL POSITION WITH THE WEDGES. " .
CLEAN THE BOTTOM OF THE BEDPLATE GROUT. AFTER THE GROUT HAS TAKEN ENOUGH SET
TO SUPPORT TNE UNIT, REMOVE THE WEDGES a FILL THE WEDGE VOIDS WITH GROUT 51'00TH
OFF ALL AROUND.
SPLIT CASE DOUBLE SUCTION SINGLE STAGE PUMP NO SCALE
LUBRICATION NOT E S
I-AFTER COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM AND BEFORE START- UP OF THE PUMP, THE PUMP
'H/ILL BE LUBRICATtD IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE M/INUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
2-/1 METAL INSTIIUCTION PLATE SHALL IE ATTACHED TO THE PUMP IN A LOCATION WHERE
IT IS CLEARLY VISIBLE. THESE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INDICATE THE RECOMMENDED LUIlIIICANT,
THE POINTS OF LUBRICATION , AND THE RECOMMENDED FREQUENCY OF LUBRICATION.
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. ISlA PAGE NO.IITB
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR COOLED CONDENSER
_. uHERMINE TH E COOLING LOAD - THE TOTAL TONS OF COOLING REQUIRED BY THE COOLING
BLOCK LOAD SHOULD BE COMPUTED BY THE METHODS SHOWH IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE
.tJID DATA BOOK.
;>k.8IENT OPERATING TEMPERATURE - THE MAXIMUM OPERATING DRY BULB TEMPERATURE IS
iJ SUALLY LIMITED TO THE AIR CONDITIONING DESIGH TEMPERATURE. THE LOWEST OUTSIDE
,}RY BULB TEMPERATURE AT WHICH THE UNIT WILL BE EXPECTED TO OPERATE SHOULD ALSO
BE DETERMINED BY EVAlUATION OF THE INTERNAL COOLING LOADS. THIS WILL AFFECT THE
SELECTIOH OF LOW AMBIENT OPERATING COHTROLS DISCUSSED LATER.
3. CONDENSING TEMPERATURE - T1IE ACTUAL MAXIMUM CONDENSING TEMPERATURE IS DETER
MINED BY PLOTTING A OIRVE OF EVAPORATOR CAPACITY AT A SPECIFIED SUCTIOH TEMPER
ATURE VS. COHDENSER CAPACITY AT THE DESIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. IT NATURALL Y
WILL WlT1IMANUFACTURERS FOR AMY GIVEN REQUIRED END RESUL T. GENERALLY, A
COHOEMSING TEMPERATURE LESS THAN 20 DEGREES F ABOVE DESIGN AMBIENT WILL RESUL T
IN AN OVERSIZED, UNECOHOMICAL CONDENSER SELECTION. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE SHOULD
BE KEPT BELOW 130 DEGREES F TO BE WITHIN NORMAl SAFE COMPRESSOR OPERATION, AL
THOUGH HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL TYPE EQUIPMENT CAN BE OPERATED AT HIGHER CONDI
TIONS. SPECIFIED COHDI-nOH SHOULD BE MADE BASED OM MANUFACTURER'S DATA.
GROSS HEAT REJECTION - THIS IS THE ACTUAL CAPACITY EXPRESSED IN BTUS, REQUIRED OF
T1IE CONDENSER. IT IS A FUNCTIOH OF OPERATING CONDENSING AND SUCTION TEMPERATURES.
CONSTANTS FOR VARIOUS COHDITIONS ARE GIVEN IN ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK AND ARE
EXPRESSED AS 14 VALUES.
GROSS HEAT REJECTIOH REQUIRED (BTU) = Nx COOLING REQUIRED (BTU)
THE CONDENSER SELECTED MUST HAVE EQUAL DR GREATER THAN CALCULATED GROSS HEAT
REJECTIOH. IF THE CONDENSER SELECTED HAS GReATER CAPACITY, IT WILL CONDENSE AT
A LOWER TEMPERATURE AND THE SYSTEM CAPACITY WILL INCREASE.
5. REFRIGERANT - T1IE SELECTIOM OF TYPE OF REFRIGERANT IS OPTIOHAL ALTHOUGH
R22IS MOST COMMONLY USED. HEAT REJECTIOM CAPAOTIES AND 14 VALUES NATURALLY VARY
WlT1I DIFFERENT REFRIGERANTS.
6. SUa.cOOLING - THE SUB-COOLING OF LIQUID REFRIGERANT IELOW ITS FLASH POINT IS AC
COMPLISHED IY THE INCLUSIOH OF AN ACCUMULATOR AND SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT IN THE CON
DENSER. IT SHOULD BE SPECIFIED.DH AlL PROJECTS WHERE LOMG REFRIGERANT RUNS ARE
ENCOUNTERED (OVER 60 FT.) OR WHERE THE LIQUID MUST BE ELEVATED. SUBCOOLING CIR
CUlTS CAN BE USED TO PROVIDE ADDED REFRIGERATION EFFECT FOR CLOSE COUPLED SYSTEMS .
7. LOW AMBIENT CONTROL - GENERALLY, CONDENSER OPERATION REMAINS STABLE OOWH TO 60
DEGREES F. OUTSIDE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. MANY APPLICATIONS REQUIRE COOLING INSIDE
THE BUILDING BELOW THESE TEMPERATURES. TWO PROBLEMS ARISE DURING LOWER THAN 60
DEGREES AMBIENT. (I) STARTING UP OF THE C!oIPRESSOR. UNLESS HEAD PRESSURE AND THUS
SUCTION PRESSURE CAN BE BUILT UP, THE COMPRESSOR WILL SHORT ON THE LOW PRES-
SURE CONTROL. (2) MAINTAINING HEAD PRESSURE DURING COMPRESSOR OPERATION. ELIM-
INATION OF SHORTCYCLING CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY TIME DELAY CONTROL ON THE LOW
PRESSURE CUTOU T. HEAD PRESSURE CAM BE MAINTAINED AT LOW AMBIENT BY VARIOUS MEANS
INCLUDING DAMPERS ON CONDENSER DISCHARGE, FLOODING TYPE BYPASS VALVES, AND CON
DENSER FAN CYCLING OR SPEED CONTROL. THESE ARE THE PRIMAR,Y METHODS USED. SOME
CONTROLS HAVE STRICT LIMITATIONS AHD CLOSE EVALUATIOH SHOULD BE MADE AS TO THE
TYPE USED. .
8. RECEIVERS AND ACCUMULATORS - RECEIVERS ARE REQUIRED WHERE STORAGE OF LIQUID
REFRIGERANT IS NEEDED. SOME TYPES OF LOWAMBIENT CONTROL REQUIRE RECEIVERS.
SIZING MUST BE MADE ON AN INDIVIDUAL BASIS, AND ARE USUALLY MOUNTED EXTERNALLY
ON THE CONDENSER. ACCUMULATORS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR SUB-COOLERS AND ARE
USUALLY FACTORY INSTALLED
9. LOCATION - COORDINATE WEIGHT AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT. LOCATE
THE COHDENSER AWAY FROM SIDE AND OVERHEAD RESTRICTIOMS. MAINTAIN AT LEAST OHE
HALF LENGTH OR FULL WIDTH DISTANCE FROM SIDE RESTRICTIOHS. OVERHEAD CLEARANCE
SHOULD ALLOW FOR FULL ELIMINATIOH OF HOT AIR DISCHARGE.
10. MOUNTING-
A. OH GRADE - WHERE THE AIR COOLED CONDENSER IS TO BE MOUNTED ON GRADE, A COM
CRETE PAD SHOULD BE PREPARED T1IAT IS 6INCHES LARGER ALL AROUND THAN THE
CONDENSER, AND THE eoTTOM OF THE CONCRETE SHOULD BE CARRIED BELOW THE
FROST LINE.
B. OM ROOF - WHERE THE AIR COOLED CONDENSER IS TO BE MOUNTED ON THE ROOF, A STEEL
FRAMEWORK SUPPORT SHOULD BE ERECTED AND VIBRATION ELIMINATION PADS SHOULD IE
INSERTED BETWEEN THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMEWORK AND THE COMDENSER SUPPORTS.
C. REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS - CONNECT LIQUID LINE AND HOT GAS DISCHARGE LINE TO
THE CONDENSER AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
P AGE NO. 118
A,ailob'. In (."TOL' .. * TRANS-A PlATE'
AIR
FAN GUARO
AIRlJ.LOW

FAN GUARO
j
\
HOT GAS INLET
SIGHT GLASS
L1QUIO OUTLET
SHUTTER ASSEMBLY
SHUTTER ASSEMBLY
J
AlR fiFLOW AIR
\ LEGS

\
LEGS
CONCRETE
"rBOLT TO CONCRETE WI TH VZ".8OLTS
LEGS-
lASE PAD ,.....--BOLT LEGS TO CONCRETE. PAD
..t . ..
,-"'"

,-GRADE
"-,
' "111
i
NO. 4 ' S EACH WAY
=r
.... AT IZ"O.C.
BOTTOM OF FOOTING
BELOW FROST LINE CARRY BELOW FROST LINE
SI DE ELEVATI ON END ELEVATION
rCONDENSER COIL CASING
INSTALLATI ON NOTES
COIICIIUE ""0
'"
I SET UNIT DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS. CHECK WITH CARPENTER S LEVEL .
...
& . ... 1 ' .,,:. . ... ,' : .. :.' .. -. ,.': ',.' 4.' .. .. .. ' . '. ' . -" 4 ::
. , .
2. INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPE AND TRAP AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UNIT MANUFACTURER.
..
..
.
Ijl\ Ijl\
4/
3. SIZE THE REFRIGERANT PIPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UNIT MANUFACTURER.
: ..
4. EXTEND CONCRETE PAD TO BELOW FROST LINE TO AVOID UPHEAVAL.
.
LUBRICATE FANS AND MOTORS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER .
..
\1P
6 . INSULATE THE REFRIGERANT LINES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.

:;
7. INSPECT UNIT CONDENSING COILS FOR FIN DAMAGE
.. EVACUATE UNIT AS RECOMMENDED BY THIE MANUFACTURER BEFORE ". ACING IN
...

SERVICE.
. ;" .. .' ::-..::< ',. ': . :. l ... : .. . : , :' " :. .> " ::. ..:.: . : ... :4: ':', : . .. ';. ".' ' 4 ,: , '4 ,'
GUARDS
'--CONCRETE PAD
.
PLAN V I EW
DETAI LS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPELLE R FAN TYPE REFRI GERANT AIR COOLED CONDENSER
NO SCALE
SCHEDUL E OF CAPAC ITI ES FOR T HE AIR COO LEr CONDE NSER
CONDENSER
STATIC PRIESSURE
FAN MOTOR GROSS HEAT MAXIMUM I MINIMUM CONDENSING TYPE OF LOW APPROXIMATE
NUMBER
C. F. M.
NO. OF FANS NO. 0 F FAN M01QRS H. P. VOLTS PHASE OR REJECTI ON AMBIENT TEMP. AMBIENT TEMP. T[MPIERATUR[ Allal ENr CIlII1IIOL WEII HT
I
1
HE ATING , VENT I LAT I ON, A ND A I R COND I TIONING DESIGN MANUAL
J
PLA T E NO.
57 I
PAGE NO.
119
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEMENT ASBESTOS CASING,
WOOD FILL, PROPELLER FAN, COOLING TOWER
1. GEMERAl - PROPEllER FAN TOWERS OF 11IE DRAW11IROUGH TYPE ARE CHARACTERIZED IY
11IEIR lOW OPERATIMG HORSEPOWER. THEY ARE IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR IMSTAlLATIOMS WIIERE
MOISE lEVELS ARE MOT A SlQUFICAMT FA(:TOR.
2. SELECTIOM - COOllMG TOWER SELECTION I ~ DEPEMDEMT UPON FOUR VARIAllES: (1) GAllONS
OF WATER PER MIMUTE TO IE COOLED; (2) EMHRItCG WATER TEMPERATURE; (3) lEAVIMG
WATER TEMPERATURE; AND (4) WET lUll TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR EMTERIMG THE TOWER.
SElECTIOM SHOULD IE WED ON MAXIMUM lOAD C014DlTIOMS. THE FLOW RATE (GPM), EMTER
IMG WATER TEMPERATURE, AND lEAVIHG WATER TEMPERATURE, ARE ESTAlllSHED IY THE
SELECTION OF 11IE REFRIGERATION PLANT. THE WET lUll TEMPERATURE IS FOUMD 1M THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOl! EACH lOCALITY.
THE 14DUSTRY HAS ESTAlllSHED A COOLlMG TOWER "TOM" AS IEIMG EQUIVALEMT TO 15,000
lTUI1tR OF HEAT REJECTION. THIS IHClUDES THE 12,000 ITUI1tR REPRESEMTIMG A TON (F
REFRIGERATIOM EFFECT PLUS THE HEAT ADDED IY THE REFRIGERATION MACHIME 1M THE
CYCLE. STANDARD COMDITIOHS FOR RAT1MG COOllMG TOWER PERFORMANCE 1M TERMS OF
"HOMIMAL TOMS" ARE: 3 GPM OF WATER IEIMG COOLED FROM 9S DEGREES F TO.5 DEGREES
F AT 7. DEGREES F WET lUll TEMPERATURE.
3 GAL. x ('.33 liS. x 60 116114. x 1.0 ITU) x 111" RAMGE = 15,000 ITU = 1 TGM
116114. ~ HR. u:-=-oF) HR.
ON ABSORPTION UMIT APPLICATIONS, APPROXIMATE COOlIMG. TOWER REQUIREMEMTS ARE:
3.6 GPMlTOM OF WATER TO IE COOLED FROM 103 DEGREES F TO 85 DEGREES F AT 7. DEGREES
F WET lUll TEMPERATURE. REFER TO AlSORPTlON UMIT MANUFACTURER CATALOG FOR
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. THE COOllMG TOWER SELECTION SHOULD IE MADE FROM THE MANU
FACTURER'S CATALOG. .
3. CAPAOn COMTROl -
A. TWO-SPEED MOTORS - PROVIDE A "STEP" TYPE CONTROL. WITH THIS METHOD, THE TEM
PERATURE SEMSlMG DEVICE CYCLES THE MOTORS THROUGH THE HIGH, lOW, OR OFF POSI
TI014S. THERE IS THE ADDED ADVAHTAGE OF HORSEPOWER SAVIMGS AT REDlJCED lOAD.
SlMCE FAM HORSEPOWER VARIES AS THE CUIE OF FAM SPEED, APPROXIMATELY OMEEIGHTH
FUll lOAD IHP IS REQUIRED AT HAlFSPEED.
I. FAH CYCllMG IS AHOTHER METHOD OF CAPACITY CONTROL. THE TEMPERATURE SEMSIMG
ElEMEMT CYCLES THE FAN MOTORS ON - OFF. CDMTROl ACCURACY IMCRUSES OM MlJl TIPlE
FAM TOWERS.
4. WlMTER OPERATION - COOllMG TOWERS OPERATED WITH WET lUll TEMPERATURES BELOW 32
DEGREES F OR IDLE WHEM THE AIR DRY lUll TE .... ERATURE MAY DROP IE lOW 32 DEGREES F,
MUST IE PROTECTED FROM FREEZIMG. FREEU-UP PROTECTIDH FOR TOWERS CAM IE OITAIMED
IY USE OF A REMOTE SUMP lOCATED 1M A HEATED SPACE, OR IY PlAC14G $TEAM CDllS OR 1M
MERSION HEATERS 1M THE TOWER PAM AMD 1M IMSULATIHG THE OUTSIDE OF THE PAM. THE REMOTE
SUMP SHOULD IE SIZED TO HOLD THE COMPLETE VOLUME OF WATER 1M THE OPERATIMG TOWER
ANO IMTER-COHMECTIMG PIPiMG. HUTERS 1M THE PAM SECTION (THESE MAY BE ELECTRIC, HOT
WATER OR STEAM TYPE) ARE SIZED TOMA14U14 40 DEGREES F WATER TEMPERATURE AT WIMTER
DESIGN CONDITIOHS. EXPOSED WATER liMES SUSCEPTIIlE TO FREEZE-UP SHOULD IE PROTECTED.
IMDOOR COOllMG TOWERS lOCATED 1M HUTED SPACES SHOULD IE PROVIDED WITH SHUT4FF
DAMPERS 1M lOUVERED WALL IMTAlE AMD DISCHARGE OPENIMG TO CLOSE OFF OUTSIDE AIR WHEM
THE UMIT IS IDLE.
5. WATER TRU TME"T - WATER TRU TMEMT AMD COMDEMS14G SYSTEM LIFE ARE 1M TERDEPEMDEMT.
PROPER WATER TRUTMENT DEPEMDS U!'OM THE CONDln014 OF THE AIR AMD WATER AT THE
TOWER lOCATION. AN EXPERIEMCED CCIII'ANY SHCIIlD IE C(IUUl TED FOR RECOMMEMDATIOHS
FOR PROPER WATER TRUTMEMT.
6. IlEED OFF AMD MAKE-UP WATER- COOLlMG TOWERS EVAPORATE APPROXIMATELY TWO GAl1014S
OF WATER PER HOUR PER TON. IF O14lY THIS AMOUMT IS REPLACED, THE C014CENTRATIOM OF
IMPU RITIES Will 500H HAVE A HARMFUL EFF ECT 014 THE TOWER. TO PREVEMT THIS, AM ADDI
TlClHAl TWO GAllONS PER HOUR PER TON SHOULD IE lLED OF!' FROM THE UMIT. THE MAKE-UP
WATER REQUIRED IS FooR GAllONS PER HOUR PER TON OR APPROXIMATELY 2.5" OF THE TOTAL
WATER CIROJLATED.
7. lOCATION - lOCATION IS A PRIME FACTOR FOR COHSIDERATION. ARCHITECTURAL COMI'ATIIILlTY
AND STRUCTURAL lOAD14GS ARE OIVlOUS AREAS FOR COORDIMATION. OTHEIls, HOT SO OIVIOUS,
, AIlE:
A. MOISE CRITERIA - MOISE CODES HAVE IEEM EMACTED 1M SOME CITIES AMD SOUMD LEVELS ARE
OFTEM REQUIRED 1M SPEOFICATIONS. CONSULT TOWER MANUFACTURERS FOR OCTAVE lAND
SOUND PRESSURE RU14GS OF THE TOWER AMD FOR ASSISTANCE 1M SOUND EVALUATIOHS.
I . COOLING TOWER FANS HAMDLE lARGE QUANTITIES OF AIR AND THBR IHTAlES AND DISCHARGES
SHOULD RECEIVE THE SAME COHSlDERATlON AS AMY OTHER FAN. 'SUFFICIENT FREE AMD UM
OBSTRUCTED SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AROUMD THE UMIT TO ENSURE ADEQUATE AIR
SUPPLY. THE POSSlllllTY 01' AIR RECIROJlATION, WHICH REDUCESTOWER CAPACITY, SHOULD
IE CAREFUllY C014SlDERED IF THE TOWER IS TO IE IMSTAlLED NUR WALLS " .It 14 ENCLOSUllES.
C. AVOID lOCATI014S 14 EAR OR DOWH WlMD OF STACKS AHD IHCIHERATORS.
, .
PIPIMG - PIPIMG SHOULD IE ADEQUATELY SIZED ACCORDIMG TO STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
AHD SHOULD BE lAID OUT SO THERE Will IE A CERTAIM AMOUMT OF FLEXIIILlTY IETWEEM THE
COMPONEMT PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, AllOWIMG FOR EXPANSION AMD CONTRACTION. EACH TOWER
SHOULD IE VALVED SEPARATELY FOR SE.RVICIMG. WItEM TWO OR MORE CONDEMSERS OR HUT EX
CH-'MGERS ARE USED WITH O14E OR MORE COOLlMG TOWERS, ALWAYS CROSS-C014MECT THE HOT
WATER LIMES fROM THE C014DEMSERS OR EXCHAHGERS ACCORD14G TO STANDARD PRACTICE. THEM
USE ASIMGlE DISCHARGE liME TO CARRY THE HOT WATER TO THETOWER. 1M SlZIMG THE PIPIMG,
CARE SHOULD IE TAKEM TO BAUMCE PRESSURE DROPS IETWEEM DISCHARGE/SUCTI014S MAIHS AMD
IHDIVIDUAL TOWER COHMECTI014S WHEM TWO OR MORE COOllMG TOWERS ARE HOOKED UP 1M PARAL
lEl. ALWAYS USE AM EQUALIZlMG LIME IETWEEM TOWER PANS FOR MUl npLE TOWER IMSTALLATIOHS
TO TAKE CARE OF IMBALANCE 1M THE I'IPIMG TO AMD FROM THE UMITS. THE SYSTEM WILL VEMT IT
SELF THROUGH THE TOWER MOZZlES, llR VEMTS IEIHG I4EEDED O14lY AT HIGH POIMn IF PIPING IS
TRAPPED IETWEEM COMDEMSER AMD TOWER. ALWAYS CHECK TO SEE IF THE CONDENSER WATER
PUMP HAS SUFFICIENT MET POSITIVE SUCTIOH HEAD.
PAGE NO. 120
A"""'" III TJAN$.A-I'lATE*
AI"
ACCESS

,
I'IIOVI)f: ZINC COAlO
NO.1 II[SH SCREEN ovtII
ENTI"E INLET WITH
.. flAGE Z INC COAlO
IllETAl U- EDGINI
ILU o LINE
,"
I
, ..

I(j RO
'LOW

W
I lULl llTOIII:II NIl
011 LEAYlNI WATE" LINE
ATE VALVE

I
rt

rt CJIIE
- .nVE""L

-

WATEII
_NT.
':ATER:>
IN
STIIUC1\IIIAL
- '
I
OUT
TO CONDENstR WATER PUMP /
HE I'IIOJECT PLANS 'OR .
CONTIIIUATION
SIDE ELEVATION
CONNECTION
ILEED VAl VE
OW
CTIONlil
i
(;
LOVER FLOW LINt
"
DRAIN LINE
R WATER CONDENSER WAlR
RETURN 'Ill TOWEll
RIGHT END ELEVATION
-
==-
.

,
--
CON
CIlIA
flATE VALVE
CONTROl. DIAGRAM
SEQUENCE Of OPERATION
THf:IIIiIOSTAT T-I WITH lULl IN TAIIK 'AII
MOTOR TO MAINTAIN Pllf:HT TEWEIIATUIIE II TAIIIII
OIP'ruSION oa:K-
flATE WlL'JV..;;E____ ovtII"LOW BLEEDEII CONNECTION

f'_DW
-e=lit"=-i- TO ORAII- SEE Plf().JECT PLANS
'---1/ fOIl CONTINUATION

-ttt----Dlf'l'USION DECK
....
AlII

' ..
RETUIIN IW* CONONSE"- SEE PROJECT
PIIOPELLEII .'AN auAIID PLANS P'DII CONTINUATION.
lLEED
...fJ.AtL
.--J'\. 11) CONDENHR WATEII Pl'IoIP - SEE Pl!0.IECT
------,.; PLANS fDII CONTINUATION.
INSTALLATION NO.TES
I. RI8 UNITS INTO PLACE BY REFERIlING TO IIIANUFACTUIIElI'S tlt881NG INSTRUCTIONS.
2. SET UNIT DEAD LEVEL IN 10TH DIRECTIONS.
3. SUPPDIIT PIPE SO THAT NO WEIGHT RESTS ON COOLIN. TOWEIIS.
4. THOROUGHLY CLUN UNIT IEFDIIE FILLING SYSTEM.
S. BALANCE CONDENSER WATER ROW.
e. AD.lUST LEED VALVE roR P_E" AMOUNT OF WATE" TO IE WASTED.
7. '''USE 011 OIL ALL IlURINGS IN ACCOIIDANCE WITH
FOIl MULTIPLE TOWER INSTALLATIONS EOUAlIZE _ WITH IOUALIZI'" PIP! AND _DE
BALANCING VALVES IN SUPPLY ANO "ETUIIN 1'_
t . PROVIDE VALVED CONNECTION III _,,"Y OUTLET 011 MAKEUP PIP! AS MCO'-D IY
WATER TREATMENT CONTRACTOR.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEMENT ASBESTOS CASIN.G, WOOD FILL,PROPELLER FAN',COOUNG TOWER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE COOLING TOWER
PIPE SIZE
__ a
UNIT I I . P.II. lENT WATER I LVI. WATER I ENT. All-WET 1 EXTERNAL STATICI NO. I HORSE IVOLT_1 CYCLES I_E 1 R P.II. 1 ELEVATION DlmllENCE , _EN PUMP
NO. I TEMP' F I TEMP .,. I lULl' F. PRESSUM IIIOTOIISI POWEll 1"1 . . SUCTION AND TOWER WIlTER LEVEL C.s. C.II. DRAII IlLED 10000'UlW
1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO S8 PAlE NO. III
D
STEEL CASING, STEEL FILL, CENTRIFUGAL FAN, COOLING TOWER
1. GENERAL _ CEHTR1FUGAL FAH TOWERS OF THE BLOWTHRU TYPE ARE CHARACTERIZED BY THEIR
LOW OPERATING SOUHD LEVELS AHD ABILITY TO OPERATE AGAIHST EXTERHAL STATIC PRESSURE.
THEY ARE IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR IHSTALLATIOH AND INDOOR LOCATIOHS WITH DUCTWORK, PARTIC-
ULARLY WHERE QUIET OPERATIOH IS REQUIRED. PROPELLER FAH TOWERS GENERALLY USE LESS
HORSEPCWER THAN CEHTRIFUGAL FAHS BUT, 1!4 THEIR COHVEHTIOHAL FORM ARE HOISIER. SINCE
THEY CAHNOT HANDLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE, THEY ARE SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR IHSTALLA-
TlONS WHERE NOISE LEVELS ARE HOT A SIGHIFICAHT FACTOR.
2. SELECTIOH - COOLIHG TOWER SELECTION IS DEPENDENT UPOH FOUR VARIABLES: (1) GALLONS OF
WATER PER MINUTE TO BE COOLED; (2) EHTERING WATER TEMPERATURE; (3) LEAVIHG WATER TEM-
PERATURE; AHD (4) WET BULB TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR EHTERIHG THE TOWER. SELECTIOH SHOULD
BE BASED 014 MAXIMUM LOAD COHDITIOHS.
THE FLOW RATE (GPMl. EHTERIHG WATER TEMPERATURE, AND LEAVIHG WATER TEMPERATURE, ARE
ESTABLISHED BY THE SELECTIOH OF THE REFRIGERATIOH PLANT. THE WET B!.ILB TEMPERATURE IS
rOUND 114 THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK FOR EACH LOCALITY.
THE IHDUSTRY HAS ESTABLISHED A COOLING TOWER " TOH" AS BEIHG EQUIVALEHT TO 15,000 BTUIHR
OF HEAT REJECTION. THIS IHCLUDES THE 12,000 BTU/ HR REPRESEHTIHG A TOH OF REFRIGERATIOH
EFFECT PLUS THE HEAT ADDED BY THE REFRIGERATIOH MACHIHE 114 THE CYCLE. STAHDARD COH-
DITIOHS FOR RATIHG COOLlHG TOWER PERFORMAHCE 114 TERMS OF " HOMIHAL TOHS" ARE : 3 GPM OF
WATER BEIHG COOLED FROM 95 DEGREES F TO 85 DEGREES F AT 78 DEGREES F WET BULB
TEMPERATURE.
3 GAL. x (8.33 LBS. x 60101114 . x 1.0 BTU) x 100 RAHGE = 15,000 BTU = 1 TOH
MIN. (GAL. HR. LB. - OF) HR.
014 ABSORPTION UNIT APPLICATIOHS, APPROXIMATE COOLIHG TOWER REQUIREMEHTS ARE : 3.6 GPM/
TON OF WATER TO BE COOLED FROM 103 DEGREES F TO 85 DEGREES F AT 78 DEGREES F WET BULB
TEMPERATURE. REFER TO ABSORPTIOH UHIT MAHUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMEHTS.
THE COOLING TOWER SELECTION SHOULD BE MADE FROM THE MAHUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
3. CAPACITY COHTROL -
A. MODULATING DAMPERS 114 THE CEHTRIFUGAL FAN DISCHARGE IS AH ACCURATE METHOD OF CAPACITY
COHTROL. A TEMPERATURE SENSING LLEMEHT COHTROLS THE DAMP ER MOTOR MODULA TlNG TH E
AIR FLOW THRU THE TOWER. COHSTANT 'UTER TEMPERATURE IS MAIHTAIHED AT ALL LOAD COHDI-
TIONS PROVIDIHG AH EXCELLENT CONTROL FOR WIHTER OPERATIOH. FAH MOTOR HORSEPOWER IS
REDUCED 114 PROPORTION TO THE REDUCTIOH 114 CFM.
B. TWO-SPEED MOTORS PROVIDE A " STEP" TYPE CONTROL. WITH THIS METHOD, THE TEMPERATURE
SEHSIHG DEVICE CYCLES THE MOTORS THRU TH E HIGH, LOW OR OFF POSITIONS. THERE IS THE
ADDED ADVANTAGE OF HORSEPOWER SAVIHGS AT REDUCED LOAD. SINCE FAN HORSEPOWER VARIES
AS THE CUBE OF FAH SPEED, APPROXIMATELY OHE-EIGHTH FULL LOAD BHP IS REQUIRED AT HALF
SPEED.
C. FAN CYCLIHG IS AHOTHER METHOD OF CAPACITY COHTROL. THE TEMPERATURE SEHSING ELEMEHT
CYCLES THE FAN MOTORS ON-OFF . CONTROL ACCURACY INCREASES ON MUL TlPLE FAN TOWERS.
4. WINTER OPERATIOH - COOLING TOWERS OPERATED WITH WET BULB TEMPERATURES BELOW 32 DEGREES
F OR IDLE WHEN THE AIR DRY BULB TEMPERATURE MAY DROP BELOW 32 DEGREES F., MUST BE PRO-
TECTED FROM FREEZING. FREEZE-UP PROTECTION FOR OPERATING TOWERS CAN BEST BE OBTAINED
BY THE USE OF MODULATING DAMPERS LOCATED IN THE FAN DISCHARGE HOUSING. (SEE PARAGRAPH 3
CAPACITY CONTROLS.) FREEZE-UP PROTECTION FOR IDLE TOWERS CAN BE OBTAIHED BY USE OF A
REMOTE SUMP LOCATED IN A HEATED SPACE, OR BY PLACING STEAM COILS OR IMMERSION HEATERS
IN THE TOWER PAN AND IN INSULATING THE OUTSIDE OF THE PAN. THE REMOTE SUMP SHOULD BE
SIZED TO HOLD THE COMPLETf VOLUME OF WATER IN THE OPERATING TOWER AND IHTER-COHNECTING
PIPING. HEATERS 114 THE PAN SECTION (THESE MAY BE ELECTRIC, HOT WATER OR STEAM TYPE) ARE
SIZED TO MAINTAIN 40 DEGREES F WATER TEMPERATURE AT WIHTER DESIGN CONDITIONS. EXPOSED
WA TER LINES SUSCEPTIBLE TO FREEZE-UP SHOULD BE PROTECTED. INDOOR COOLING TOWERS LOCAnD
IN HEATED SPACES SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH SHUT-OFF DAMPERS IN LOUVERED WALL INTAKE AND
DISCHARGE OPENIHG TO CLOSE OFF OUTSIDE AIR WHEN THE UNIT IS IDLE.
5. WATER TREATMENT - WATER TREATMENT AHD CONDENSIHG SYSTEM LIFE ARE INTERDEPENDENT.
PROPER WATER TR EATMENT DEPENDS UPOH THE CONDITION OF THE AIR AND WATER AT THE TOWER
LOCATION. AN EXPERIENCED COMPANY SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPER
WATER TREATMEHT.
6. BLEED OFF AND MAKE-UP WATER - COOLING TOWERS EVAPORATE APPROXIMATELY TWO GALLONS OF
WATER PER HOUR PER TON. IF ONLY THIS AMOUNT IS REPLACED, THE CONCEHTRATIOH OF IMPURITIES
WILL SOON HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT ON THE TOWER. TO PREVENT THIS, AH ADDITIONAL TWO GAL-
LONS PER HOUR PER TON SHOULD BE BLED OFF FROM THE UHIT. THE MAKE-UP WATER REQUIRED IS
FOUR GALLONS PER HOUR PER TON OR APPROXIMATELY 2.5% OF THE TOTAL WATER CIRCULATED.
.. 7. LOCATIOH - LOCATIOH IS A PRIME FACTOR FOR CONSIDERATION. ARCHITECTURAL COMPATIBILITY AND
STRUCTURAL LOADINGS ARE OBVIOUS AREAS FOR COORDIHA TlON. OTH ERS, HOT SO OBVIOUS ARE:
A. NOISE CRITERIA - NOISE CODES HAVE BEEN ENACTED IN SOME CITIES AHD SOUND LEVELS ARE OFTEN
REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATIOHS. CONSULT TOWER MANUFACTURERS FOR OCTAVE BAND SOUHD PRES-
SURE RA TlHGS OF THE TOWER AND FOR ASSISTANCE IN SOUND EVALUATIONS.
B. COOLlHG TOWER FAHS HAHDLE LARGE QUAHTITIES OF AIR AND THEIR INTAKES AHD DISCHARGES
SHOULD RECEIVE THE SAME CONSIDERA TlOH AS AHY OTHER FAN. SUFFICIENT FREE AND UNOB-
STRUCTED SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AROUND THE UNIT TO ENSURE ADEQUATE AIR SUPPLY.
THE POSSIBILITY OF AIR RECIRCULATION, WHICH REDUCES TOWER CAPACITY, SHOULD BE CARE-
FULLY COHSIDERED IF THE TOWER IS TO BE INSTALLED NEAR WALLS OR 114 ENCLUSURES.
C. AVOID LOCATIONS HEAR OR DOWN WIND OF STACKSAND IN INERATORS.
8. PIPING - PIPING SHOULD BE ADEQUATELY SIlEO ACCORDING TO STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
AHD SHOULD BE LAID OUT SO THERE WILL BE A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF BETWEEN THE COM-
PONEHT PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, ALLOWING FOR EXPAHSION AND COHTRACTION. EACH TOWER SHOULD
BE VALVED SEPARATELY FOR SERVICING. WHEN TWO OR MORE CONDEHSERS OR HEAT Ex.cHAHGERS ARe
USED WITH OHE OR MORE COOLING TOWERS, ALWAYS CROSS-CONNECT THE HOT WATER LINES FROM THE
CONDEHSERS OR EXCHANGERS ACCORDING TO STANDARD PRACTICE. THEN USE A SINGLi DISCHARGE
LINE TO CARRY THE HOT WATER TO THE TOWER. IN SIZIHG THE PIPING, CARE SHOULD IlE TAKEN TO
BALANCE PRESSURE DROPS BETWEEN DISCHARGE/ SUCTION MAINS AND INDIVIDUAL TOWER CONHECTIONS
WHEN TWO OR MORE COOLIHG TOWERS ARE HOOKED UP IN PARALLEL. ALWAYS USE AN EQUALIZING
LINE BETWEEN TOWER PANS FOR MUL TIPLE TOWER IHSTALLATIOHS TO TAKE CARE OF IMBALANCE IN
THE PIPING TO AND FROM THE UNITS. THE SYSTEM WILL VENT ITSELF THRU THE TOWER NOZZLES, AIR
VENTS BEING NEEDED ONLY AT HIGH POIHTS IF PIPING IS TRAPPED BETWEEN CONDENSER AND TOWER.
ALWAYS CHECK TO SEE IF THE CONDENSER WATER PUMP HAS SUFFICieNT NET POSITIVE SUCTIOM HEAD.
PAG E NO. ' 122
' .. oi/obl. In cn,'RII.'.'" TRANS-APlATE'
UNIT
NO.
AIR
<=AIR FLOW
FAN MOTOR FAN MOTOR
FROM CONDENSER
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. RIG UNITS INTO PLACE BY REFERRING TO MANUFACTURER' S RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS .
2. SET UNIT DEAD LEVEL IN BOTH DIRECTIONS .
3. SUPPORT PIPE SO NO WEIGHT RESTS ON COOLING TOWERS .
4. THOROUGHLY CLEAN UNIT BEFORE FILLING SYSTEM.
5. BALANCE CONDENSER WATER FLOW.
6. ADJUST BLEED VALVE FOR PROPER AMOUNT OF WATER TO BE WASTED.
7. GREASE 011 OIL ALL BEARINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER' S RECOMMENDATIONS.
9. FOIl MULTIPLE TOWER INSTALLATIONS EOUALIZE PANS WITH EQUALIZING PIPE AND PROVIDi:
BALANCING VALVES IN SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING .
9 . PROVIDE VALVED CONNECTION IN SUPPLY , OUTLET OR MAKEUP PIPE AS RECOMMENDED BY
WATER TREATMENT CONTRACTOR . '
SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR PIPI NG CONTINUATION
SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR PIPING ..coNTINUATION
u!1-___ .q;-______ JJ- TO CONDENSER PUMP
PLAN VIEW
AIR FLOW
ELIMINATORS
AIR
TO DRAIN
GATE VALVE
RETURN FROM CONDENSER
BLEED LINE
GATE
C.W.
, ..,u.--.... - FROM CONDENSER
_ TO
SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR PIPING CONTINUATION
SIDE ELEVATION
BLEED LINE
RETURN
......C:ONIDENSER SUPPLY
MINIMUM T
MOUNTING HEIGHT . 4'
FRONT ELEVATION
BULB IN TOWER PAN
OR LEAVING WATER LINE
MAIN AIR
PRESSURE
SUPPLY LINE
CONTROL DIAGRAM
THERMOSTAT T-I WITH, BULB IN TANK CYCLES
FAN MOTOR TO MAINTAIN PRESET
TEMPERATURE IN TANK
NOTE,
SEE STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL OF SUPPORTS
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEEL CASING. STEEL FILL. CENTRIFUGAL FAN COOLING TOWER
NO SCAlf
AIR CONDITIONING
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PUMP
SUCTION AND TOWER WATER LEVEL
DESIGN MANUAL PAGE NO. 123
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE COOLING TOWER WITH
FREEZE PROTECTION FOR USE WITH CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
1. &EIERl\l - CEITRIFUGAL FAI TOWERS OF THE IlOWTHRU TYPE ARE CHARACTERIZED IY THEIR
lOW OPERATlIG SOUIO LEVELS AID AlILiTY TO OPERATE AGAIIST EXTERlAl STATIC PRESSURE.
THEY ARE IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR IISTALLATIOI AIIO IIOOOR lOCATIOIS WITH "'RTlC
UlARlY .HERE OUIET OPERATIOI IS REOUIREO. PROPEllER FAI TOWERS GEIERALL Y USE lESS
HORSEPOWER THAI CEIITRIFUGAL FAIlS IUT. II THEIR COIVEITIOIAl FORII ARE 101SlER. SlICE
THEY CAilIOT HMOlE EXTERlAl STATIC PRESSURE. THEY ARE SUITAIlE FOR OUTDOOR IISTAlLA
Tlolis .HERE 101SE LEVELS ARE lOT A SlGIIFICAIT FACTOR.
1. SELECTIOI - COOLlIG TOWER SElECTIOl1S DEPEIOEIT UPOI FOUR VARIAllES: (1) GALLOIS OF
.ATER PER IIIIUTE TO IE COOLED; (2) ElTERllG .ATER tEMPERATURE; (3) lEAVIIG WATER TEll-
PERATURE; AID (4) WET lUll TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR ElTERllG THE TOWER. SELECTIOI SHOULD
IE lASED 01 MAXIIlUIl lDAD COIDITIOIS.
THE FLOW RATE (II PIlI. EITERIIG .ATER TEMPERATURE. AID lEAVIIG .ATER TEMPERATURE. ARE
ESTAIllSHED IY THE SELECTIOI OF THE REFRIGERATIOIPlAilT. THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE IS
FOUIO II TH! ASHRAE IIUIDE AID DATA lOOK FOR EACH lOCALITY.
THE IIDUSTRY HAS ESTAlllSHED A COOLlIG TOWER "TOI" AS BEIIG EQUIVAlEIT TO 15._ BTU/HR
OF HEAT REJECTIOI. THIS IIClUOES THE 12._ ITUINR REPRESEITlIG A TOI OF REFRIGERATIOI
EFFECT PLUS THE HEAT AODEOIY THE REFRIGERATIOI MACHIIE II THE CYCLE. STAIDARD COl
OITIDIS FOR RAnlG COOLlIII TOWER PERfDRMAICE II TERIIS OF ... ORIIAl TOIS" ARE: 3GI'II OF
.ATER BEIIG COOLED FROIlI. DEGREES F TO 15 DEGREES F AT 71 DEGREES F WET IULB
TEMPERATURE.
3GAL i!:R!!!. .1111. UBTU) 100 RAIGE _ 15 .... BTU - 1TOI
(GAL. !' HR. LB._oF) HR.
THE COOLlIG TOWER SElECTIOI SHOULD IE MAilE FROII THE MAIUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
3. CAPACITY COITRDl-
A. 1I00UlATIIG DAMPERS II THE CEITRIFUGAl FAI DISCHARGE IS AI ACCURATE IIETHOD OF CAPACITY
COITROl. A TEMPERATURE SEISIIG ELEIIENT COITROLS THE DAMPER IIOTDR 1I0DUlATIIG THE
AIR FlO.THRU THE TOWER. COISTAIITWATER TEMPERATURE IS A'-All lOAD COIDI
TlOIS PROVlDIIG AI EXCEllEIT COITROl FOR WlITER OPERATIOI. FAIIiOTOR HORSEPOWER IS
REDUCED II PROPORTIOI TO THE REDUCTIDI II CFII.
I. TWO-$PEED IIOTORS PROVIDE A "STEI'" TYPE COITROl. WITH THIS IIETHOD. THE TEMPERATURE
SEUIIG DEVICE CYCLES THE IIOTORS THRU THE HIGH. lOW OR OFF POSiTIOIS. THERE IS THE
ADDED ADVAITAGE OF HORSEPOWER SAVIIGS AT REDUCED lOAD. SlICE FAN HORSEPOWER VARIES
AS THE CUIE OF FAI SPEED. APPROXIMATELY OIEEIGHTH FUll lOAD IHP IS REQUIRED AT HALF
SPEED.
C. FAI CYCLlIG IS AIOTHER METHOD OF CAPACITY COITROl. THE TEMPERATURE SEISlIG ELEIIEIT
CYCLES THE FAIIiOTORS OI.oFF. COITRDl ACCURACY II CREASES UIIiUlTIPlE FAI TOWERS.
4. WlITER OPERATIOI - COOLlIG TOWERS OPERATED WITH WET BUll TEMPERATURES BELOW 32 DEGREES
F OR IDLE WHEI THE AIR DRY lUll TEMPERATURE IIAY OROI' IELOW 32 DEGREES F MUST IE PRO
TECTEO FROMFREEZlIG. FREEZEUPI'ROTECTIOI FOR OPERATIIG TOWERS CAl BEST IE OITAIIEO
IV THE USE OF MOOULATIIG DAMPERS LOCATED II THE FAI DISCHARGE HOUSIIG. (SEE PARAGRAPH 3.
CAPACITY COITROLS.) FREEZE4IPPROTECTIOI FOR IDLE TOWERS CAl BE OITAIIEO BY USE OF A
REIIOTE SUW LOCATED II A HEATED-SPACE. OR IY PlACllG STEAII COilS OR IIIIIEASIOI HEATERS
II THE TOWER PAIl AID 1IIISULATlIG THE OUTSIDE OF THE PAl. THE REMOTE SUIII' SHOULD BE
SIZED TO HOLD THE CO.-.t.ETE VOlUIlE OF .ATER II THE OPERATIIG TOWER AID IITERCOINECTING
PlPlIG. HEATERS II THE PAl SEcnOI (THESE IIAY IE ELECTRIC. HOT .ATER OR STEAMTYPE) ARE
SIZED TO MAllTAII" DEGREES F .ATER TEIII'ERATURE AT.llTER OESIGI COIOITIOIS. EXPOSED
.ATER LlIESSUSCEPTlllE TO FREEZEUP SHOULD IE PROTECTED. IIOOOR COOLlIG TO.ERS lOCATED
II HEATED SPACES SHOULD IE PROVIDED WITH SHUTOFF DAMPERS II lOUVERED .All IITAKE AND
DISCHARGE OPEIIIG TO CLOSE OFF OUTSIDE AIR .HEI THE UIIT IS IDLE.
5. WATER TREATIIEIT - .ATER TREATMEIT AID COIDEISIIG LIFE ARE IITERDEPEIDEIT.
PROPER .ATER TREATIIEIT OEPEIOS UPOI THE COIOITIOI OF THE AIR AID .ATE'! AT THE TOWER
lOCATIOI. AI EXPERIEICEO COMPAIY SHOULD IE COISUlTED FOR RECOIIIIEIDATIOIS FOR PROPER
WATER TREATIIEIT.
. BLEED OFF AID MAKEUP WATER - CDOLlIG TOWERS EVAPORATE APPROXIMATEL Y TWO GAllOIS OF
WATER PER HOUR PER TOI. IF OilY THIS AIIOUIT IS REPLACED. THE OF IMPURITIES
Will SOOI HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT 01 THE TOWER. TO PREVENT THIS. AI ADOITIOlAl TWO GAL
lOIS PER HOUR PER TOI SHOULD BE BLED OFF FROII THE UIIT. TilE MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED IS
FOUR GALLOIS PER HOUR PER TOI OR APPROXIMATELY 1.5% OF THE TOTAL WATER CIRCULATED.
7. lOCATIDI - lOCATlOllS A PRIME FACTOR FOR COISIDERATION. ARCHITECTURAL COMPATIBILITY AID
STRUCTURAL lOADINGS ARE OBVIOUS AREA FOR COORDIIllATIOI. OTHERS. NOT SO OBVIOUS ARE:
A. NOISE CRITERIA - NOISE CODES HAVE BEEN ENACTED II SOliE CITIES AND SOUID lEVELS ARE OFTEN
REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATIONS. COISUlT TOWER MANUFACTURERS FOR OCTAVE BAlD SOUND PRES
SURE RATlIGS OF THE TOWER AID FOR ASSISTAICE II SDUID EVAlUAnOIS.
B. COOLlIG TOWER FANS HANDLE lARGE QUANTITIES OF AIR AID THEIR IITAKES AID DISCHARGES
SHOUlD RECEIVE THE SAllE COISIOERATIOI AS AIY OTHER FAIl. SUFFICIEIT FREE AID UIOB-
STRUCTEO SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AROUIO THE UNIT TO EISURE ADEQUATE AIR SUPPLY.
THE POSSIBILITY OF AIR RECIRCUlATIOI. WHICH REDUCES TOWER CAPACITY. SHOULD BE CARE
FUllY CONSIDERED IF THE TOWER IS TO IE IISTAlLED NEAR WALLS OR II EIClOSURES.
C. AVOID lOCATIOIS lEAR OR OOWI WilD OF STACKS AID IIClIERATORS.
. PlPIIG - PIPlIG SHOULD BE ADEQUATELY SIZED ACCOROIIG TO STAIOARO COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
AND SHOULD BE lAIO OUT SO THERE Will BE A CERI AII AIIOUIT OF FLEXIBILITY BETWEEN THE COli-
PDIEIT PARTS OF THE SYSTEM. AllOWllG FOR EXPANSIOI AND COITRACTIOI . EACH TOWER SHOULD
BE VAlVEDSEPARATEL Y FOR SERVICIIG. WHEI TWO OR IIORE CDIDEISERS OR HEAT EXCHAIGERS ARE
USED WITH ONE OR MORE COOLlIG TOWERS. ALWAYS CROSS-COllECT THE HOT WATER LIlES FROM THE
CONDENSERS OR EXCHAIGERS ACCORDIIG TO STANDARD PRACTICE. THEN USE A SlIGlE DISCHARGE
LlIE TO CARRY THE HOT WATER TO THE TOWER. II SlZIIG THE PlPlIG. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEI TO
BAlAICE PRESSURE DROPS BETWEEI DISCHARGE sucnol MAINS AID INDIVIDUAL TOWER COIIECTIOIS
WHEN TWO OR MORE COOLlIG TOWERS ARE HOOKED UP II PARAllEL. ALWAYS USE AI EQUALlZIIG
LlIE IETWEEN TOWER PAIS FOR IIUlTIPLE TOWER IISTAlLATIDIS TO TAKE CARE OF IlilAlAICE II
THE PlPIIG TO AID FROII THE UIITS. THE SYSTEII Will VEIT ITSELF THRU THE TOWER 10UlES. AIR
VEITS BEIIG lEEDED OILY AT HIGH POIITS IF PlPIIG IS TRAPPED AID TOWER.
ALWAYS CHECK TO SEE IF THE COIDE,SER WATER PUIIP HAS SUFFICIEIT lET POSITIVE SUCTIOI HEAD.
P AGE NO. 12 3 A
IMMERSION HU.TEFI-----

GRADE
EXTEND PIPE TO DR'IIN----f8Ht-t1
END ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. REFER_ TO
2. lET UNIT DAI) LEVEL IN BOTH IMII(;_.
5. SUPPOIIT PlI' 10 NO MSTS ON UNIT.
4. THOIIOUIHU' CLEAN UHIT IE;fOItE FILLING SYSTEIII.
5. BALANCE CONDENSER WATER FLOw.
a. t8if W\S'ffO.IoaLVE FOR PROPER AMOUNT OF WATER
7. WITH
a. PiItOViDE VALVED CONNECTION I. SUPPLY OUTLET OR
MAKE-UP PlI' AS __ 0 BY WATER T1!UI1IIIENT
CONTRACTDIt.
j
PE
2" INSULATION
5. LAYER OF
15 Las. FELT
ALUMINUM SHEATH TOWER
BACKFLOW PREVEN'rER--,
A.S.C-O . MAKE- UP VALVE-__
OOMESTIC COLD
WATER MAKE-UP

gUll. TOftl;. I

PIPE----O-<....,;:
INSULAn .....
PIPE SECTION
COOLING TOWER PIPE
INSULATION DETAIL
GRADE

l'1
ACER
RECOMMENDED BY llW:ER MFR
..m IN EARTH IHALL BE MECH. RM. FL. MESH

====::.---- C.S. TO CONDENSER
LOW AMBIENT AND FREEZE-UP PROTECTION
Mol. HEATING CABLE INSTALLATION DETAILS TYPICAL VALVE lHIn.' OUTOOOR INSULATION SHALL B 2" THICK GLASS-FIBRE
TRACING PATTERN INSULATION COVERED BY 5. LAYERS OF 15 LB. FELT
HOT MOPPED IN PLACE AND THENCE COVERED WITH
AN ALUMINUM SHEATH OF 0.016- THICKNESS AND
ALL PIPING EXPOSED TO THE WEATHE1f SHALL BE
INSULATED IN 1"HiS MANNER.
111.1. CABLE TO HAVE A CAPACITY OF 10 WATTS/LIN. FT.
DIAGRAM OF CONDENSER WATER PIPING
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE COOLING TOWER WITH FREEZE PROTECTION FOR USE WITH CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER NO SCALE
NO.5 FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK, UNDERGROUND
1. STAMDARD FUEL OIL TAMK SIZES-
DIAMETER
LEMGTHS FOR VARIOUS CAPACITIES (VARIES SLIGHTLY WITH MAMUFACTURER,
OF TAMK 5000 GAL. 6000 GAL. 1000 GAL. 10,000 GAL.
I'-r' 13'-6" 16'-0" 21'-4" 26'-7"
10'-0"
- - - ""' lr-2"
10'-'" - - - 15'-'"
2. SlZIHG THE OIL TAMK - THE FOLLOWIHG FACTORS SHOULD BE COMSIDERED WHEM SIZIMG THE OIL TAMK:
A. THE DEPEMDABILITY OF FUEL OIL DELIVERY AMD THE SIZE OF DELIVERIMG TRUCK OR TAMK CAR.
I. THE AVAILABLE SPACE FOR THE OIL TAMK.
C. THE POSSIBILITY OF COST REDUCTIOH WHERE LARGE VOLUMES CAM BE ACCEPTED.
12,000 GAL. 15,000 GAL.
32'-0" 40'-0"
20'-6" 25.:....
11'-6" 21'-4-
D. THE TANK SHOULD HOLD APPROXIMATELY m OF THE YEARLY COHSUMPTIOH. THE MIMIMUM STORAGE SHOULD BE CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:
TAMK SIZE _ TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTUIHR, BY AMMUAL DEGREE DAYS x 0.20
- DESIGM TEMPERATURE DIFFEREHCE x SOOO
20000 GAL.
-
34'-1"

25000 GAL.
-
.2'-6"
W-6"
30000 GAL.
-
51' -3"
.5'-10"
3. SIZING THE OIL TAMK VENT LINE - THE Oli. TANK VENT LINE SHOULD BE 112 THE SIZE OF THE FILL LINE AMD 1M ACCORDAMCE WITH LOCAL COOES AMD ORDIMAMCES. THE VENT SHOULD TEIMIMATE IN AM
APPROVED WEATHERPROOF VEMT CAP AT LEAST 3 FEET FROM ANY BUILDING OPEMIMG AMD AT LEAST 9'-0" ABOVE GRADE . THE VEMT LINE SHOULD PITCH BACK TO THE OIL TAMK
. SIZING THE FILL LINE - THE FILL LIME SHOULD BE ... WHEM RISING STRAIGHT TO THE SURFACE AMD , .. IF TltERE IS AMY HORIZOHTAL RUN. THE FILL LINE SHOULD PITCH TO THE TAMK'AMD SHOULD IE EXTEMDD
TO A POINT , .. ABOVE THE BOTTOM. THE GRAI)E END OF THE FILL LINE SHOULD END 1M A WEATHERTlGH,T, LOCKING TYPE FILL lOX SET IN A CONCRETE ILOCK. J
5. SIZING THE SOUNDING LINE - THE SOUNDING LINE SHOULD BE 2" AMD SHOULD TERMIMATE IN A WEATHERTIGHTLOCKING TYPE COVER SET 1M A COHeRETE BLOCK.
6. SIZIHG THE SUCTIOH LINES - EACH SUCTIOH LIME SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 2" AMD SHOULD IE SIZED BY THE METHOO SHOWN OM PAGE 130 OF THIS lOOK. EACH SUCTIOM LINE SHOULD HAVE A SWING CHECK VALVE
OM THE HORIZOMTAL JUST BEFORE ENTERING THE TANK TO STOP THE FLOW OF OIL BACK 1MTO THE TANK WHEN THE PUMP IS STOPPED. ' ,
7. SIZING THE RETURN LINES - THE RETURM LINE SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 2" AMD SHOULD BE SIZEIf'BY THE METHOD SHOWN OM PAGE 130 OF THIS BOOK. THE RETURII LINE SHOULD HAVE A SERIES OF 6-11." D
HOLES DRILLED INTO THE PIPE AT A POINT WHERE IT ENTERS THE TAMK TO VEMT THE AIR BEFORE ENTERING THE SUCTIOM MOTWELL .
. FUEL OIL TAMK GAGE - SPECIFY AM OIL TANK GAGE MOUNTED 1M THE BOILER ROOM OF THE HYDROSTATIC TYPE. THE GAGE TUIING BETWEEN THE GAGE IN THE BOILER ROOM AMD THE ELEMENT IN THE TANK
SHOULD BE PROTECTED BY ENCASEMEMT 1M SJEEL COHDUIT. ' .
9. WHERE TAMK IS BURIED UMDER ROADWAY -IT SHOULD BE PROTECTEO BY A REINFORCED COHCRnE SLAB OVER THE TAMK. COMSULT THE PROJECT STRUCTURAL EMGICEER FOR DETAILS.
10. CLEARAMeES THE TAMK SHOuLD IE AT LEAST 10 FEU FROM' AMY BUILDING AND THE BOTTOM OF THE TAMK EXCAVATIOM SHOULD B AT LEAST OM A OME TOOME SLOPE FROM THE MEAREST FOUMDATICIM 01
FOOTING.
PAGE NO. ,124
LOCIIIN.
.rATHUI'IIOoF
FILL

\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
I
,
"SLAI-srr
FOR
24"$ C.I. ROADWAY
MANHOLE
SIDE ELEVATION
P LAN VI E W
DETAILS OF THE I, N ST ALL A T ION OF THE
IUII.hl'-o"LONG
WELL 24' DIAMETER
LONG 114' PLATE -
OPEN AT 80TH ENDS D E T " I L .".

,""'REINF.
SECTION
I'. ROD THREADED 6'
AT END (ZINC COATED)
PIPE
.ELD ....IG NECK
___ FLAN8ES
ANGLE SUPPORT DETAIL' S"
DE T," I L c .
NOTES: \. - L ASCTCOO.... IUILT
NO.5
2.- ALL SUCTION LINES SHALL IE SUCTION TESTED TO 100 MICItOIlS INSTA LLATI 011,
ALl RETURN LINES SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED TO !to P'8.1.8. AFTER INSTA.LLATIOII .
3.- ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING ' SHALt' IE' . ELDED.'
OIL STORAGE TAN K , U N.D ERG R 0 U N D
NO' SCALE
THE FUEL OIL
TANK SIZE SUCTION PIPE. SI ZE 110. OF AlltLE sul'POltn
H EAT I N G. V EN TIL A T ION. AND A IRe 0 N 0 I TI.O N I N G QESIGN MAN U A,L PAl E NO. 125
DESIGNING -THE INSTALLATION OF THE
6 FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK, UNDERGROUND
I. STAMDARD FUEL OIL TAMK SIZES.
DIAMETER LENGTHS fOR VARIOUS CAPACITIES (VARIES SLIGHTLY WITH IWCUFACTURER)
OFTAMK 5000 GAL. 6000 GAL. 1000 GAL. 10000 GAL;
r-o" 13'-6" I"-ft' 21'-4"
2"-r'
10' - 0" - - -
Ir-2"
10' - '"
- - - 15'-'"
2. SlZIMG THE OIL TAMK - THE FOLLOWING. FACTORS SHOULD IE COMSIDERED WHEN SIZIMG THE OIL TAMK:
A. THE DEPENDAIILlTY OF FUEL OIL DELIVERY AMD THE SIZE OF DELIVERING TRUCK OR TAMK CAR.
I. THE AVAIUlLE SPACE FOR THE OIL TAMK.
C. THE POSSIIILlTY OF COST REDUCTIOM WHERE URGE VOLUMES CAM IE ACCEPTED.
ItOOO GAL; 15000 GAL.
32'.;.0" W-O"
20'-6" 25'-'"
Ir-6" 23'-4"
D. THE T AMK SHOULD HOLD APPROXIMATELY 201 OF THE TEARL Y COMSUMPTIOM. THE MIIIMUM STORAGE SHOULD IE CALCUU TED AS FOLLOWS:
TAMK SIZE _ TOTAL 0.20
20.000 GAL.
34'-1"
31'-'"
25.000 GAL.
Q'-6"
lr-6"
30.000 GAL.
51'-3"
45'-10"
3. SIZIMG THE OIL TAMK VENT LINE - THE OIL TAMK VENT LIME SHOULD IE 112 THE SIZE OF THE FILL LINE AMD IN ACCORDAMCE WITH LOCAL CODES AMD THE VENT LINE SIIOULD PITCH lACK TO THE
OIL TAMK WITH NO TRAPS. THE VENT LIME SHOULD TERMINATE 1M AM APPROVED WEATHERPROOF VENT CAP AT LEAST 3 FEET FROM AMY IUILD .. G OPENING AMD AT LEAST ,.-ft' ABOVE GRADE.
4. SIZING THE SOUND.. G LIME - THE SOUNDING LIME SHOULD IE 2" AMD SHOULD TERMINATE IN A WEATHERTIGHT. LOCKING TYPE COVER SET 1M A COMCRETE ILOCK.
5. SIZING THE FILL LINE - THE FILL LIME SHOULD IE 4" WHEN RISIMG STRAIGHT TO THE SURFACE AND '" IF THERE IS AMY NORIZOMTAL RUN. THE FILL LINE SHOULD PITCH TO THE TAMK AND SHOULD IE EXTENDED
TO A POINT '" ABOVE THE BOTTOM. THE GRADE END OF THE FILL LINE SHOULD END IN A WEATHERTIGHT. LOCKING TYPE FILL lOX SET IN A COMCRETE ILOCK.
, . SIZING THE SUCTIOM LIMES - EACH SUCTIOM LIME SHOULD A MINIMUM OF 2" AMD SHOULD IE SIZED IY THE METHOD SHOWN OM PAGE 132 OF THIS lOOK. EACH SUCTIOM LIME SHOULD HAVE A swteG CHECK VALVE
aM THE HORIZOMTAL JUST IEFORE ENTERING THE TAMK TO STOP THE FLOW OF OIL lACK INTO THE TANK WHEN THE PUMP IS STOPPED.
7. SIZING THE RETURN LINES - THE RETURN LINE SHOULD IE A MINIMUM OF 2" AMD SHOULD IE SIZED IY THE METHOD SHOWN OM PAGE 132 OF THIS lOOK. THE RETURN LINE SHOULD HAVE A SERIES CII 6-114" D HOLES
DRILLED IMTO THE PIPE AT A POINT WHERE IT ENTERS THE TAMK TO VENT 1'IIE AIR IEFORE ENTER .. G THE SUCTIOM MOTWELL. . .
I. FUEL OIL TAMK GAGE - SPECIFY AN OIL TAMK GAGE MOUNTED IN THE 10lLER ROOM OF THE HYDROSTATIC TYPE. THE GAGE TUIING IETWEEN THE GAGE 1M THE BOILER ROOM AMD THE ELEMENT .. THE TAMK
SHOULD IE PROTECTED IY ENCASEMENT IN STEEL C!)MDUIT.
t. WHERE TAMK IS IURIED UNDER ROADWAY -IT SHOULD IE PROTECTED IY A REIMFORCED COMCRETE SUI OVER THE TAMK. CONSULT THE PROJECT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR DETAILS.
10. CLEARANCES - THE TAMK SHOULD IE AT LEAST 10 FEET FROM AMY IUILDING AMD THE 10TTOM OF THE TANK EXCAVATIOM SHOULD IE AT LEAST OM A OME TO OME SLOPE FROM TIlE MEAREST FOUIIDlTICIM 01
FOOTING. .
PA8E NO. IH
LOCIII .. 1
WEATHER_
'ILL
\
4'I0IIII0INI
\4"P1LL UII!!S
,
,
\
\
,
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
,
"SLAI-SEE PROJECT
PLANS FOR REINFORCEMENT
. .. REINFORCING RODS AT' 12'O.C. EACH WAY
ELEVATION
P LAN VIE W
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE
NO SCALE
TANk SIZE
SECTION
I' 4> ROD THREADED 6'
AT END ( ZINC COATED)
IU 11.5. e'-(/' l.OfI8_..J"' ...........
HOT WELL 24' DIAMETER
41' LONG 1/4" PLATE-
OPEN AT 80TH ENDS
OF ROD
REINFORCEMENT '
PIPE
WELDING NEe'lI
___ FLANGES .
ANII SHELL
ANGLE SUPPORT DETAIL "8"
NOTES: L- IUILT
2- :tt U Al:l:RI ..
3.- ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL IE WELDED.
NO, 6 OIL STORAGE TANK, UNDERGROUND
SCHEDULE FOR THE NO. 6 FUEL OIL STORAGE TAN K
SUCTION PIPE. SIZE 110. 0' ANILE IU_TI
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITION hNG DESIGN M.A N U A. L PLATE PAGE NO. 127
LIGHT OIL STORAGE TANK, UNDERGROUND
I. STANDARD FUEL OIL TANK SlZES-
2. SIZII4G THE OIL TANK -
3. SIZING THE OIL TANK VENT LINE -
SIZING THE SOUMDIMG LIME -
5. SIZIMG THE FILL LIME -
6. SIZIMG THE SUCTION LIMES -
7. FUEL OIL TAMK GAGE -
WHERE TAMK IS IIURIED UMDER ROADWAY -
t. CLEARANCES-
DIAMETER
LENGTHS FOR VARIOUS CAPACITIES (VARIES SLIGHTLY WITH MANUFACTURERS)
OF TANK 280 GAL. 550 GAL. 1000 GAL. 1500 GAL. 2000 GAL. 3000 GAL. ..,GAL. 5000 GAL. 6000 GAL. 8000 GAL.
4'-0"
4'-0" 6'-0" 10'-8"
5'-4" 9' -0" U..,v'
6'-4" 23'-9"
17'-6"
1' -0" 21' -4"
THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN SIZIHG THE OIL TANK:
A. THE DEPENDABILITY OF FUEL OIL DELIVERY AND THE SIZE OF DELIVERING TRUCK.
B. THE AVAILABLE SPACE FOR THE OIL TANK.
C. THE POSSIBILITY OF COST REDUCTIOM WHERE URGE VOLUMES CAN BE ACCEPTED.
D. l:HE TAMK SHOULD HOLD APPROXIMATELY 2""- OF THE YEARLY CONSUMPTION. THE MIHIMUM ST".AGE SHOULD IE CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:
TANK SIZE = TOTAL HEAT LOSS (BTU!lt R) x AMNUAL DEGREE DAYS x 0.20
DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE x 5000
THE OIL TANK VENT LINE SHOULD BE 2" DIAMETER PIPE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AMD ORDIMANCH. THE VEMT LIME SHOULD
PITCH BACK TO THE OIL TAMK WITH 140 TRAPS. THE VEMT LIME SHOULD TERMIMATE 1M AM APPROVED WEATHERPROOF VEMT CAP AT LEAST
3 FEET FROM ANY BUILDIMG OPEMIMG AND AT LEAST 9'-0" ABOVE GRADE.
THE SOUMDIMG LIME SHOULD BE 2" AND SHOULD TERMIMATE 1M A WEATHERTIGHT, LOCKII4G TYPE COVER SET 1M A COMCRETE BLOCK.
THE FILL LIME SHOULD BE 2" DIAMETER FOR TANKS UMDER 3000 GALLON CAPACITY AMD 3" DIAMETER FOR TAMKS OF 3000 GALLOM CAPACITY
OR MORE. THE FILL LIME SHOULD PITCH TO THE TANK AMD SHOULD BE EXTEMDED TO A POIMT '" ABOVE THE BOTTOM. THE GRADE EMD OF
THE FILL LIME SHOULD EMD 1M A WEATHERTIGHT, LOCKING TYPE FILL BOX SET 1M A CONCRETE BLOCK.
EACH SUCTION LIME SHOULD BE SIZED BY TH E METHOD SHOWM ON PAGE 132 OF THIS BOOK. EACt! SUCTIOM LIME SHOULD HAVE A SWlMG CHECK
VAL VE ON THE HORIZONTAL JUST BEFORE EMTERING THE TAMK TO STOP TH E FLOW OF OIL BACK IMTO THE TAMK WHEM THE PUMP IS . TOPPED.
SPECIFY AN OIL TANK GAGE MOUMTED IN THE BOILER ROOM OF THE HYDROSTATIC TYPE. THE GAGE TUBING BET WEEM THE GAGE 1M THE
BOILER ROOM AMD THE ELEMEMT 1M THE TAMK SHOULD liE PROTECTED BY EMCASEMEMT 1M STEEL CONOUIT.
IT SHOULD BE PROTECTED BY A REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB OVER THE TAMK. COMSUL T THE PROJECT STRUCTURAL EMGIMEER FOR
DETAILS.
THE TANK SHOULD BEAT LEAST 10 FEET FROM ANY BUILDIHGAMDTHE BOTTOM OF THE TANK EXCAVATIOM SHOULD liE AT LEAST ON A
ONE TO ONE SLOPE FROM THE MEAREST FOUMDATIOM OR FooTIMG. .
10. A MAMHOLE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS DETAlLED 1M TAMKS OVER 3000 GALLONS 1M SIZE. IT IS OPTIONAL IN TANKS OF LESSER CAPACITY.
11. WHERE GROUMD WATER CONDITIONS ARE SUCH THAT TAMK FLOTA TIOM MIGHT .BE EXPECTED, A CONCRETE PAD SHOULD BE PROVIDED SIMILAR TO THAT IHDlCATED FOR 116 OIL TAMKS ON PAGE 1'.7
OF THIS BOOK. P AGE' NO. 128
3
Ayailoll/e In (.'mIll.- TaANS-APlA TE*
'U!L 011 GAUn MOUNTED ----i
ON MEC",H. ANICAL 1IOO1I:l ' ALL , ..
2 -0 L.< ":",J'" ...... - - - OPENING IN BUILDING WALL
GrlADE--,
___ _ I
CONDUIT FOR : :
1/2'. VENT LINE
AND
:t+ FILL LINE
rlETUrIN PlPIiG
SEE SCHEDULE
OR DETAIL THIS
PLATE FOR SIZE
MAXIMUM I' ON
VNT LIIE - - --- .-1,
STEEL PIPE
COUPLING
"
II
II I I
APPROVED WATEIIPROOF CAP -------..
DETAIL OF CONNECTIONS
:::1 :1::
,: ,; d I I
--++-------- ::---:rn----
I , II II II
I ..
20' 1,0. MANHOLE WITH WATERTlG'HT
FLANGED COVER
I , I I II II
II" II I I
II I I II II
. lJ fit U u,
. >
N T
SCHEDULE
SIDE ELEVATION
314" RIGI D STEEL
CONDUIT TO FUEL
OIL GAUGE ---.....
TOP VIE'!.
- SUCTION AND RETURN PIPING
SEE SCHEDULE FOR SIZE .
II_ ...... -r- FUEL OIL
SUCTION AND
'rlfTUIlN PIPING
SOUNDING LINE
I 1/2'+
VENT LINE
CONCRTE ""D AT FILL AND
SOUNDING FILL BOXES ( . a '
X I' a" X 'TItCK.
I I
BUILDING
'r' - FOOTING
IIINIilUM 10 FEfT
in liTE PLAN
-IIAXIMUII lLOH HI
E.ND S[CTION VIEW
DETAILS OF THE INSTALlATION OF THE LIGHT OIL STORAGE TANK, UNDERGROUND
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. OI L STORAGE TANK SHALL liE SUITABLE FOR IINDERGROUND INSTALLATION
AND SHALL lIE IIUILT IN ACCORDANCE 'WITH UNDERWRITE.S LAIOIlATORIES
INC. STANDARDS AND SHALL IE S.O STAMPED,
fl lEL O,L TANK GAUGE
FUEL OIL AND
IIETURN LI NES TO
HUTING UNIT
2. SUCTION SHALL lIE VACUUM TESTED TO 1)0 MICRONS AFTER
INSTALLATION. RETURN LINES SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED TO 50 P$IG
SCHEDULE FOR THE LIGHT OIL STORAGE TANK
AFTER INSTALLATION. .
3. ALL UNDERGROUND STEn PIPING WELDED EXCEPT FOR
CONNECTION TO TANK.
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONIN' G DESIGN
TANK SIZE I DIAMETERj
1 1
MANUAL
LENGTH IRETUrlN . PIPE SIZE I SUCTION UNE slZq FILL LINE SIZE
I I I
PLAT E NO. 62 PAGE NO. 121
b
DESIGNING THE PIPING LAYOUT FOR NO.5
OIL BURNING SYSTEM
1. D.nIGt!. - THE DESIGN SHOWM OM THE ACCOMPANYING DETAIL SHEET IS pllMARILY IMTEMDED FOR USE
ifIfIfMO. 5 OIL AMO THE ROTARY CUI', FOUR POIT HIMGE IUIMEI, AND WILL MOT WOII WELL WITH MO.'
OIL.
2. EST_IILTHE OIL FilING RATE - CHECI THE IOILEI DETAIL SHEET OR CALCULATE IT THE FOLLOW.
ING A: CEITIFIED OUTPUT OF IOILEI (ITUIHRI . GpH OF MO 5 OIL
.... x 141110 lTUt'GAL.
3. 8!1';ISH THE 'WPlfttl,HE METERING DEVICE - THIS WILL IE THE WlE AS THE OIL FIRIIG lATE,
T THAT T A A lATE WILL VAIIY SLIGNTL Y WITH EACH IOILEI MANUFACTUIEI. SPECIFY
THE lATE COMl'UTED AlOVE 1M THE SCHEDULE OM THE DETAIL.
4. IU,ILISH TH E FLO! TH II TH E PaulY PUM; - THIS WlU.1E A ........ OF TWICE THE OIL FilING
ATIUT WILL VAn .ITH EACH UI MANUFACTUIER. SPECIFY THE lATE AS TWICE THEOIL
FIIIIG lATE II THE SCHEDULE OM THE DRAWINGS.
5. CM.'jILATE THE THE SIDE Arf WATEI TO OIL HWEI- THE CAPACITY OF THE SIDE
AIM L HEATER M IE pUTED AS FA Gis:
lJUIII ... GPH OF pilMARY I'UMI'x LlS./GAL. x .511 SPECIFIC HEA Ix (151
0
F _,.0 FI
THE WATEI SIDE FLO' dO CAPACITY OF THE HEATER CAM IE CDMI'UTED WIlEN THE lTU"'1 IEQUIIE
MElin OF THE OIL SIDE HAS IE EN ESTAM-ISHED AS FOLLOWS:
lTU"'1 FOI OIL GI'M "A TEIx sot x 200 T.I
6. HftIWNT -THE SIDE ARM HEATER SHOULD IE ARIANGED so THAT THE
FE IOILEI UP THRU THE HEATER; THIS IS 'ARTICULAILY TIUE
WITH A STEAM iOlLER 'IIEIE SLUGS OF STEAM CDULD IE TAIEM fROM THE TOP OF THE IOILER. THE
I'II'IIG TO THUDE ARM HEATER SHOULD INCLUDE A TH ElMAL CHECI VALVE TO PRECLUDE GIAVITY
CIICULA TION WITH TH E RESUL TAMT HIGH OIL TEMI'ERATUIES. THE CONTROLS SHDULD INCLUDE AM
DlUTAT II THE LEAVIMG OIL LIME THAT STARTS AMD STOPS THE CIRCULATOR TO MAllTA ... THE DE
SilEO OIL TEMPEIATURE.
THIS HEATER SHOULD IE OF THE SAFETY IYpE THAT WILL MOT ALLOW OIL TO EMTER THE .OILER
ATEI II CASE OF A TUIE FAILURE.
7. SIZE THE FUEL OIL SUCTION LlHES THE FUEL OIL SUCTIOH LIMES SHOULD IE SIZED AS FOLLOWS'
-
TOTAL EQUIVALEMT GPH OF PRIMARY PUMP
LENGTH OF SUCTIOM LIME UP TO IGO 151 2110 300 6GO 900
UP TO SO FEET '1' '1' 3" 3"
51 FEET TO 110 FEET '1' 2" 2W' 3" 3"
101 FEET TO 151 FEET 2" 2li" 2li" 3" 3" 4"
MOTES OM SUCTION LIME -
A. THE LIFT FROM THE IOTTOM OF THE TAMI TO THE SUCTION INLET OF THE pilMAIY OIL PUMP
SHOULD MOT EXCEED 17 fEET. OFTEM IT WILL IE HELPFUL TO USE A TAMI OF LESSER DIAMETER
TO DECIEASE SUCTION LIFT. WHEN THETAMIIS INSTALLED AIOVE 1_ FEET AIOVE SEA LEVEL
DECIWE ALLOWAILE LIFT 1.25 FEET PEl 1_ FEET OF ELEVATION. '
I. TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LENGTH IS THE MWUIED LENGTH OF THE SUCTION PIPE PLUS TH E ALLOW.
AlICE FOI THE EQUIVALEMT LENGTH OF THE FITTINGS.
C. IEEp SUCTION I'Ins AS SHOIT AS POSSlILE 14110 DESIGN SYSTEM SO THAT THE TAMIlS AS CLOSE
AS POSSIILE TO PRIMAIY PUMP.
D. SPECIFY THAT THE OIL 1UCTIOM I'IPING HAS ALL IILDED JOins EXCEPT THE THIEE THREADED
SWlMG JOIMTS AT THE T AMI WHICH SHOULD IE OF THE sa. F CLOSlMG TYPE.
E. IF TOTAL LIFT EXCEEDS 17 FEET, SYSTEM IIIST IE IEDESIGHED TO USE TIANSFEI PUMPS MEAIEI
THE OIL TA ... SEE DIAGRAM FOIIIO. 'OIL.
t. Iii TO THE SlOE AIM HEATEI- SIZE THESE LINES II ACCOIDANCE WITH THE DE
rOUI 1M UMDER CLOSED SYSTEM plplNC, PAGE 1,., OF THIS 1001.
10. - GATE VALVES USED 1M TH E OIL LIMES SIiouLD IE OF THE .... ISIMG STEM, STUFFING
11. PlESSUIE GAGES - ALL GAGES SHOULD IE OF THE COMPOUMD TYPE.
12. ImG CHfCI-IHSTALL A SWIIG CHECI VALVE 1M THE HOIIZOMTAL MEAl THE POINT WIIERE THE OIL
OM IMES EHTEI THE TAM!( TO plEVEHl OIL IUMMING IACIIMTO THE TAMI WIIEM THE ruMPS
ARE STOPPED. DO MOT USE A FOOT VALVE
13. INSTALL A SUCTIDH LlHE FOR EACH IURHER - 00 MOT ATTEMPT TO DESIGN THE SYSTEM WITH A SlMGLE
SUCTDM LIME SERvlMG TWO OR MORE IURMERS. THE SUCTION CAPACITY OF THE PRIMAIY plIMPWILL
CHAMGE AS THE PORTS WUR, RESUL TIMG 1M ONE IURHER HAVIIG A STROMGEI SUCTIOM THAN THE
OTHER AMD CAUSING ERRATIC FIRIIG OF THE IUIMER WITH THE WEAIElI'IIMI'.
14. GAS IGMITfOM - PROVIDE A GAS LIHE AS RECOMMEMDED IY THE IUIMER MANUFACTUIEI FOIIGNITIOM
OF THE FLAME.
PAGE NO. 130
IIORMALLY CLOSED
MAGNETIC VALVE
BURNER
\!rUtf
WHEN PIPES LEAVE VAULT
WHERE BURIED. IN EARTH
INSULATE PI S TOaETMEII AI IHOWN
IN DETAIL
IOTTOM CONNECTION
TO BOILER
NORMAL:LY CLOSED
MAGNETIC VALVE
VALVE
VALVE

IHUT OFf VALV
INSTALLATION NOTES
IOTTOM CONNECTION
TO BOILER
CAP L- ALL GATE VALVES SHALL BE STUFFING BOX, NON RISING
STEM TYPE.
"FUEL OIL,---o.f
STORAIIE
TANK
24"OIA. *' LON.
-:r AL EY.'i".. N .................... ""'!
PIPING DIAGRAM FO R NO.5 OIL
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITI .ES FOR THE NO.5
BURNER NO. OIL flRIIII RATE . 11. II! H. ' 0 f
. I'IIIIIARY 1'0111'
"[LIEF VALVES FROM TOP OF LINE IN UPRIGHT POsmOll.
1- OF MAIN
JOINTS AT TANK TO BE 3 ELBOW AND SELF CLOSING.
LINE SHALL HAVE ALL WELDED JOINTS
3 SWlIIG JOINTS AT TANK .
a-SUCTION LINE TO BE VACUOM TESTED AT 20" kG. F'OR
4 HOURS AND PROVED TIGHT. .
i-SUCTION AND RETURN LINES TO BE PRESSURE TESTED AT
. 25 P.S.I. FOR 4 HOURS AND PROVED TIGHT.
RETURN LINES TO RUN FULL SIZE TO BURNER
!l-I'IIOVIDE GAS. IGNITION LINE TO BURNER.
BURNING SYSTEM
OIL BURNING S Y ST E M
BITUMASTIC
DETAIL "A" PIPES IN EARTH
DESIGNING THE PIPING LAYOUT FOR NO.6
OIL BURNINGSYSJEM
1. DESICM - THE OH IGN SHOWN ON THE ACCOMPANYlliG DETAIL SHEET INTENDED FOR USE
iIlRlIb.6 OIL, BUT WILL WORK EQUALLY AS WELL WITH NI!. 5 c: .L WHERE THE TWO PORT HINGE IS USED.
2. ESTABLISH THE OIL FIRING RATE - CHECK THE BOILER DEUIL SHEET OR CALCULATE BY THE FOLLOWING
FOP. iiU LA:
CERTIFIED BOl LE!! (BTUIHR) _ GPH OF NO. 6 Oil
0.80 x 153,400 BTU/GAL.
3. ES'(ABLISH THE FLOW THRU THE METERING DEVICE - THIS WILL BE THE SAMEAS THE OIL FIRING RATE,
Xc EPT THAT THE STANDARD RATE wILL vAly SLIGHTLY WITH EACH BURNER MANUFACTURER.
SPECIFY THE RATE COMPUTED ABOVE IN THE SCHEDULE ON THE DETAIL.
4, ESTABLISH THE FLOW THRU THE PRIMARY PUMP - THIS WILL BE 1'WICE THE OIL FIRING RATE, EXCEn
t HAT tHE STANDARD RATE WILL VARY SLIGHTLY WITH EACH BURNER MANUFACTURER. SPECIFY THE
RATE AS TWICE THE OIL FIRING RATE IN THE SCHEDULE ON TH E DRAWINGS.
S. ESTABLISH THE PUMPING RATE FOR TH TRAN ER P MP - THE PU"'PING RATE FOR EACH TRANSFER
I'UM LD BE TH E SUM OF TH E PUMPING RATES OF ALL PRIMARY PUMPS PLUS NOTE THAT
ONLY ON E TRANSFER PUMP IS REQUIRED TO RUN THE SYSTEM AND THAT THE OTHER PUMP IS A STANDBY.
6. CALCULATE THE CAPACITY OF THE PRIMARY WATER TO OIL HEATER - THE CAPACITY OF THE PRIMARY
oiL HUTER CAN BE COMPUTED AS FOLLOWS:
BTUIHR GPH OF TRANSFER PUMP x 8 LBS/ GAL x .50 SPECIFIC HEAT x (IS00 F": 90F).
THE WA'ER SIDE FLOW AND CAPACITY OF THIS HEATER CAN BE COMPUTED WHEN THE BTUIHR REQUIRE
MENTS Or THE OIL SIDE HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED AS FOLLOWS: ' '
BTUIHR FOR OIL GPM (WATER) x 500 x 2f1' AT.
7. CALCULATE TH: CAPACITY OF THE PRIMARY ELECTRIC OIL HEATER - THE CAPACITY OF THE PRIMARY
ELECTRic oiL HEATER MAYBE COMPUTED AS FoLLOWS:
BTUIHR = GPH OF .TRANSFER PUMP x 8LBS/ GAL x .50 SPECIFIC HEAT x SOO AT.
THE ELEC.TRIC SIDE OF THIS HEATER CAN BE COMPUTED WHEN THE BTUIHR REQUIREMENTS OF THE
OIL SIDE HAS ESTABLISHED AS FOLLOWS:
BTUIHR OF OIL .;- 3.41 = WATTS REQUIRED.
SPECIFY WATTAGE OF HEATER IN SCHEDULE AS CLOSEST STANDARD SIZE HEATER NUT ABOVE COM
PUTED REQUIREMENTS.
8. SIZE THE FUEL OIL SUCTION LINES THE FUEL OIL SUCTION LINES SHOULD BE SIZED AS FOLLOWS-
-
TOTAL EQUIVALENT GPH OF TRANSFER PUMP
LENGTH OF SUCTION LINE UP TO 100 ISO 200 300 600 900
UP TO SO FEET 2 ' 2 2W 2W' 3" 3"
51 FEET TO 100 FEET 2 2 2W 2W 3' 3'
101 FEET TO ISO FEET 2" 2Yz" 2Yz" 3" 4" 4"
NOTES OM SUCTION LIME PIPIMG-
A. THE LIFT FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE TANK TO THE SUCTION INLET OF THE TRANSF ER PUMP SHOUL!)
NOT EXCEED IS FEET. OFTEN ITWILL BE HELPFUL TO USE A TANK OF LESSER DIAMETER TO DE.
CREASE SUCTION LIFT. WHERE TANK IS INSTALLED ABOVE 1000 FE ET ABOVE SEA LEVEL, DECREASE
ALLOWABLE LIFT 1.25' PER 1000 FEET OF ELEVATION.
B. TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH IS THE MEASURED LENGTH OF THE SUCTION PIPE PLUS THE ALLOW.
ANCE FOR THE EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF THE FITTINGS.
C. KEE P SUCTION PIPES AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE AND DESIGN SYSTEM SO TANK IS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE
TO TRANSFER PUMPS.
D. SPECIFY THAT THE OIL SUCTION PIPING HAVE ALL WELDED JOINTS EXCEPT THE THREE THREADED
SWING JOIMTS AT THE TANK.
E. IF TOTAL LIFT EXCEEDS 15 FEET, CONSIDER PLACING TR.4IISFER PUMPS IN A PIT ADJACENT TO THE
OIL TANK.
9. SIZE THE TRANSFER PUMP DISCHARGE LINES AND RETURN OIL LINE - SIZE THESE LINES THE SAME
SiZE AS TH E FUEL oiL SUcTION LINES to AlLow FOR STARTING WiTH COLD OIL.
10. SIZE THE WATER LINES TOTHE WATER TO OIL PRIMARY HEATER - SIZE THESE LINES IN ACCORDANCE
wiTH THE DESIGN PROCEDURE SHOWN UNDER CLOSED SYSTEM WATER PIPING, PAGE 198 OF THIS BOOK.
11. PRIMARY ELECTRIC HEATER - THIS HEATER IS INTENDED FOR USE ON COLD STARTUP ONLY AND IS
GENERALLY NoT NEEDED FDR NORMAL OPERATION.
12. PRIMARY WATER TO OIL HEATER - THIS HEATE,R IS INTENDED TO HEAT ALL OF THE OIL PUMPED BY
TH E TRAHSF ER PUMP AND SHOULD BE OF TH E SAFETY TYPE THAT WILL NOT ALLOW OIL TO ENTER THE
TH E BOILER WATER IN CASE OF A TUBE FAILURE.
13. GA TE - GATE VALVES USED IN THE OIL LIM ES SHOULD BE OF THE HON RISING STEM, STUFFING
BOX TV E.
14. PRESSURE GAGES - ALL GAGES SHOULD BE OF THE COMPOUND TYPE EXCEPT AT THE DISCHARGE OF
THE TRANSFER PUMPS.
15. VACUUM BREAKER - AT THE HIGH POINT, WHERE THE CIRCULATING LOOP RISES BEYOND THE LAST
BURNER,INSTALL TWO BALL CHECK VALVES WITH OPEN END TO PREVENT A SYPHON EFFECT WHEN
THE PUMPS ARE STOPPED.
16. SWIMG CHECK -INSTALL A SWING CHECK VALVE IN THE HORIZONTAL NEAR THE POINT WHERE THE
OIL SUCTION LIN ES ENTER TH E TANK TO PREVENT OIL RUNNING BACK INTO THE TANK WHEN THE PUMPS
ARE STOPPED. 00 HOT USE A FOOT VAL VE.
17. GAS IGNITION - PROVIDE A GAS LINE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE BURNER MANUFACTURER FOR IGNITION
OF THE FLAME.
P AGE NO. 132
/
J
A.oi/oble In (IIPllOI.l"I'" TRANS-A-PlATE' -

NORMALLY CLOSED
MAGNETIC VALVE \\1/
ELECTRIC

NORMALLY CLOSED
MAGNETIC VALVE
ELECTRIC
HEATER-"l.... _ __ rl ________
:I
:::>
:I
z
:I
b
I
..
VALVE TWO PORT
'
CHECK
_ r-r-HINGE
BURNER NO. I
I liZ THICK GLASS
FI BER BLANKET
INSULATION
TWO LAYERS LB ROOFING FELT
WITH
DETAI L '"A" PIPES IN EA RTH
METERING METERING
DEVICE DEVICE
1 VALVE
GATE
VALVE
BURNER NO. 2
INSTALLATION NOT ES
TO BOILERS - SEE
PROJECT PLANS
1.- ALL GATE VALVES SHALL BE STUFFING BOX. NON RISING
STEM TYPE.
SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOR RUN OF -THESE
PIPES
Z.-PIPE RELIEF VALVES FROM TOP OF LINE IN UPRIGHT POSITION.
3.-TAKE BURNER SUPPLY BRANCH FROM UNDERSIDE OF MAIN
WHETHER UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD
4- SWING JOINTS AT TANK TO BE 3 ELBOW AND SELF CLOSING.
SUCTION LINE SHALL HAVE ALL WELDED JOINTS EXCEPT
3 SWING JOINTS AT TANK.
S.-SUCTION LINE TO BE VACUUM TESTED AT ZO HoG. FOR
4 HOURS AND PROVED TIGHT.
1- SUCTION AND RETURN LINES TO BE PRESSURE TESTED AT
P.S.!. FOR 4 HOURS AND PROVED TIGHT.
S.-SUCTION AND RETURN LI NES ' TO RUN FULL SIZE TO BURNER
CONNECTION.
9.- PROVI DE GAS IGNITION LI N E TO BU RNER.
PI PI N G DIAGRAM FO R NO.6 OIL BURNING
NO S C ALE
CIRCULAT: NG
PUMP
WEATHERPROOF
VENT
FUEL OIL
STORAGE
TANK- - '
SYSTEM
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FO R THE. N O. 6 OIL BURNING SYSTEM
HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK VALVES
AS CLOSE TO TANK AS POSSIBLE
WEATHERPROOF
LOCKING TYPE
CAPS
INSTALL 3 SWING
JOINTS OF SELF
CLOSING TYPE WHEN
PIPES LEAVE VAULT
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE POWER ROOF VENTILATOR
A. COMPUTE TOTAL CFM REQUIRED
I. DUCTED & NON.oUCTED APPLICATIONS
C. SELECT THE ROOF VENTILATOR:
I. A/oICA REQUIREMENT
2. SIZE SELECTION & AIR
DISTRIIUTION
3. SOUND LEVELS
4. DRIVE ARRANGEMENT
5. FAN MOTORS
6. EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES
D. ROOF VENTILATOR ACCESSORIES:
1. MOTOR COMPARTMENT ISOLATION
2. FAN MOTOR DISCONNECT
3. FIRESTAT
4. SCREEN
5. LOUVER DAMPERS - SELF ACTICG
6. LOUVER DAMPERS - MOTORIZED
7. LOUVERED DAMPER ACCESSIBILITY
ROOF CURl
9. VENTILATOR MATERIAL AND
COATINGS
THE AMOUNT OF AIR CIRCULATED IY USUAL METHODS AS SHOWN IN ASHRAE GUIDE & DATA tooK AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.
DEVELOP SYSTEMS REQUIRING DUCTS UTILlZICG THE "EQUAL FRICTION METHOD" OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE & DATA lOOK. AVOID USE OF
HIGH DUCT VELOCITIES FOR QUIETNESS. IMJllIUREASWHERE NO DUCTS ARE REQUIRED, LOCATE ROOF VENTILATORS STRATEGICALLY FOR
GOOD AIR DISTRIBUTION. INTRODUCE MAl-' UP ~ I R UTILlZICG RODF MOUNTEO INT AltE UNITS OR LOUVERED INTAKE OPENINGS.
SELECT ItJIC.A RATED ROOF VENTILATOR TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED 41R DELIVERIES.
EMPLOY AS MANY ZONED VENTILATION OUCT SYSTEMS FOR MAXIMUM AIR DISTRIBUTION FLEXIIILlTY AND TO REDUCE POSSIILE
.ERRORS AND MINIMIZE INFIL TRATION LOSSES. AVOID LARGE VENTILATORS SERVlaNG EXTENSIVE OUCT RUNS.
FAN Sill SELECTION TO IE lASED ON MANUFACTURERS PUILISHED SOUND LEVEL CLASSIFICATION PREDICATED ON TIP SPUDS
. AND/OR ZONE RATING FOR THE COMPUTED CFM AND S.P. CONDITIONS.
AVOID USE OF DIRECT DRIVEN ROOF VENTILATORS HAVING WHEELS IN EXCESS OF 20" MOMIM4L DIAMETER. VIELT DRIV,! AR
RANGEMENTS PROVIDE ON-THE-JOI FLEXIIILITY.
MOTOR ENCLOSURE, TYPE OF WINDING INSULATION, NUMIER OF WINDINGS, AND ELECTRICAL atARACTERISTIC TO IE DETER
MINED BY APPLICATION REQUIREMENT.
EXPLOSION PROOF CONSTRUCTION TO INCLUDE EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR, EXPLOSION PROOF DISCONNECT SWiTat, STATIC
RESISTANT IEL TS AND ALUMINUM NON-SPARKING WHEEL. AVOID USE OF ELECTRIC MOTOR OPERATED LOUVERED DAMPERS.
SPECIFY SHAFT SEAL TO PREVENT ENTRY OF CONTAMINATED EXHAUST AIR INTO MOTOR COMPARTMENT.
SPECIFY HON-FUSED, UNWIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH IN AN APPROPRIATE ENCLOSURE (TO SUIT ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS)
MOUNTED ADJACENT TO MOTOR. AVOID THE USE OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES INCORPORATING OVERPROTECTION.
WHEN REQUIRED, SPECIFY MANUAL RESET HIGH LIMIT CONTROL INCORPORATING FIXED FACTORY TEMPERATURE SETTING, TO
IRUK LINE CIRCUIT ON SINGLE PHASE MOTORS. CAUTION: FOR THREE PHASE APPLICATION, FIRESTAT IS HOT DESIGHED TO
INTERRUPT LINE CIRCUIT AND IS TO IE SPEC!FIED FOR INSERTION IN CONTROL OR PILOT CIRCUIT.
SPECIFY MATERIAL, MESH AND FUNCTION (TO EXCLUDE ENTRY OF IIRDS OR INSECTS).
SPECIFY ALUMINUM FEL T EDGED DAMPER TO OPEN WHEN FAN IS n ARTED AND hOSE IY GRAVITY WHEN FAN IS SHUT -OFF.
SPECIFY ELECTRIC MOTOR OPERA TEO DAMPERS WHEN POSITIVE AND TIGHT CLOSURE IS NECESSARY. FOR SINGLE SPEED FAN
MOTOR DUTY, WIRE DAMPER MOTOR IN PARALLEL WITH FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT. FOR TWO SPEED FAN MOTOR DUTY, "RE DAMPER
MOTOR THRU EXTRA INTERLOCItSOR CONTACTS IN STARTER OR THRU A PILOT RELAY.
SPECIFY A HINGED SUI-lASE FOR SIZES THRU 36" WHEEL DIAMETER. FOR URGER SIZES SPECIFY MOUNTING PEDESTAL WITH
REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL
SPECIFY CURl MANUFACTURER TO IE SAME AS ROOF VENTILATOR MANUFACTURER; INCLUDE TYPE OF MATERIAL; SPECIFY
FLASHABLE TYPE OR SELF FLASHING; AND SPECIFY THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION.
SPECIFY HOUSING MATERIALS THAT CAN IE SPUN OR MOLDED - ALUMINUM OR FIIERGLASS. SPECIFY PROTECTIVE COATINGS
TO IE APPLIED TO COMPONENTS IN OR OUT OF AIRSTREAM (OR 10TH), IY GENERIC NAMES, TO RESIST CHEMICAL ATTACK MID
CORROSION. P AGE NO. 134
il"b,. In CIII........ ' .. TltANS-APLATE"
CUIIB

I 1IQIl: <:URIS AND faNS SH&LL I[ FROM
THE SAME MANUFACTUAER. .
ftOOF STRUCTURE SEE ARCH.
\ AND STAUCTUI!&L PLANS FOR DETAILS.
EXHAUST FAN DETAIL
TYPICAL NO SCALE

IlEGISTEA
.a:ORDMC[ WITH
_0 SHOP
THERMAL - ACOUSTICAL CURB
NO SCALE
INSTALLATION NOTES :
LINING
DETAIL
I, INSTALL LOUVEA OOMPIIS ,_N I IN CU118 WITHOUT UNDUE TWlST.. G WHICH MAY DEf'OMt L.OWf
FIWI[ . IF DIIMPOIS &lIE IoICJIOI OPt:IIAlQ) ,I[ SUIt[ _A \/OLTAG[ IS I_ssm ON IIOlOII TEIIM.. ALS.
2. SHIM CURa AND VNTILATOR, IF _ESS&IIY, SO THAT IIOOF VNTI LATOII IS DEAD LEVL .
3. POWER LINES SHOULD 8[ IIIIOUGKT uP .. ON[ COIINEA OF CUIII AND FO THIIOUGH THE CLEAIWiC( HOLE

THE MOTOA COIIIIPIUITMIENT TO ALLOW FOIl MOTOR DEFLECTION AND FOil I[LT TENSION AD
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE POWER ROOF VENTILATOR
. AS IT MUST COftIIESPOIIO TO PROPER MOTOII LEAD GIIOuPlNG
ARIIOWS IN MOTOR COIIIIPIUITMENT AS INCOIIRECT
PII(.PERLY SIZED OVERI.O&O
EXHAUST FA N SCHEDULE
FAN
LOCATION SERVE C. F . ...
S. P. MU. MIN. TIP

VOLTS PHASE CYCLE

RE_S
NO. IN .. IlP.M. H.P. I SPEED
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P L ATE NO. 615 PAG E NO. ISS
ROOF MOUNTED UTILITY VENT SET
f
I
1. UTILITY VENT SETS MAY IE MOUNTED ON THE ROOF TD EXHAUST AIR FROM THE BUILDING. THEY
MAY IE USED IN A PENTHOUSE OR EXPO$ED TO THE WEATHER. MOST IWIUFACTURERS CAN.PROV1DE
A WEATHERPROOF HOUSING TD PROTEct litE FAN MOTOR FROM THE ELEMENTS. IT IS IMPOflTANT
THAT THE FAN SET ON A PAD MADE OF CONCRETE OR TREATED TIMlER. THE PAD SHOULD IE COM
PLETELY FLASHED TO PREVENT LEAltS. A CURl SHOULD IE PROVIDED WHERE THE OUCT COMES
THROUGH THE ROOF AND THE FUSHING FOR THE CURl SHOULD IE SOLDERED OR WELDED TO THE
DUCT.
2. TYPE OF DRIVE - UTILITY VENT SETS MAY IE OITAINED WITH DIRECT DRIVE OR' IELT DRIVE. THE
DIRECT DRIVE HAS THE FAN WHEEL MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE MOTOR SHAFT. THIS ARRANGEMENT
MAKES A COMPACT FAN .101 UTILIZES A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF SPACE AND REQUIRES LITTLE MAIN
TENANCE. THE DIRECT DRIVE FAN CAN ONLY IE OITAINED IN THE SMALLER SIZES. THE IEL T
DRIVE FAN HAS A HIGH DEGREE OF VERSATILITY AS THE FAN SPEED CAN CHANGE EASILY IY A
SIMPLE ADJUSTMENT OF THE DRIVE PULLEY.
3. TYPE OF FAN WHEEL -IN GENERAL, UTILITY VENT SETS ARE AVAILAILE IN TWO TYPES OF FAN
WHEELS - THE FORWARD-CURVED AND THE IACKWARD-INCLINED. THE FORWARD-CURVED F.AN
.. EEL IS A HIGHLY EFFICIENT WHEEL WHICH CAN DELIVER URGE VOLUMES OF AIR AT SLOW
SPEEDS. AS IT RUNS AT A MUCN LOWER SPEED, IT IS IDUL FOR LOCATIONS WHERE NOISE MAY IE
A FACTOR. THIS FAN WHEEL HAS INHERENT CHARACTERISTICS WHICH ARE NOT DESIRABLE.
THE FORWARD-CURVED lLADE HAS A STEEP lRAKE HORSEPOWER CURVE, WHICH MEANS THAT THE
FAN CAM IE OVERLOADED' IF THE STATIC PRESSURE IS DROPPED. OUE TO THE CURVED SHAPE OF
THE FAN "EEL, THE FAN CAN NEVER IE USED .. ERE THERE IS ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL PRESENT
IN THE AIR WHICH WOULD TEND TO LODGE IN THE CUP OF THE ILADE. THIS TYPE OF FAN IS USED
PRIMARILY IN SMALL VENTILATING FANS wHERE THE USE OF THE IACKWARD-INCLINED WHEEL
WOULD CREATE TOO HIGH AN OPERATING SPEED FOR THE lEARINGS.
THE MOST IMPORTANT CHARACTERISTIC OF THE IACKWARD-INCLINED FAN WHEEL IS THE FLAT
HORSEPOWER CURVE. THIS MEANS THAT IT IS VERY EASY TO SELECT THE MOTOR CLOSE TO THE
ACTUAL OPERATING HORSEPOWER OF THE FAN SO THAT IT WILL NEVER IE OVE.UOADED.
4. TYPE OF lEARINGS - THE MOST C_ONLY USED lEARINGS ON UTILITY VENT SETS ARE TH ESELF
ALIGNING, PILLOW BLOCK IALL lEARINGS. HOWEVER, THE LARGER FANS WITH SPECIAL APPLICA-
TION SOMETIMES USE ROLLER lEARINGS AND SLEEVE IURINGS.
5. DETERMINE STATIC PRESSURE - CALCULATING THE STATIC 'PRESSURE ON THE FAN SYSTEM IS
IMPORTANT IN SELECTING THE FAN. AN ACCURATE CALCULATION SHOULD IE MlDE BY THE CON-
VENTIONAL METHODS AS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
6. SELECTING THE DUTLET VELOCITY - THE SELECTION OF THE OUTLET VELOCITY USUALLY IN-
VOLVES IALANONG COST AND SPACE AGAINST SOUND AND EFFICIENCY. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET
VELOCITY, THE CHEAPER THE FIRST COST AND MORE THE OPERATING COST AND SOUNDLEVEL.
THE OUTLET VELOCITY SHOULD IE lASED ON THE STATIC PRESSURE. nlE FOLLOWING TABLE CAN
SERVE AS A GUIDE IN SELECTING THE OUTLET VELOCITY FOR QUIET OPERATION.
1/1" SP a 100 FPM
1/4" = 1000
3/1" = 1100
1/2" = 1200
5/1" 1300 FPM
3/4" I.
7If' = 1500
I" 1600
1-)/ 4" 1700 FPM
1-1/2" = 1100
FANS FOR CHURCHES, SCHOOLS, RESIDENCES, AND OTHER 'BUILDINGS HAVE A LOW NOISE REQUIRE-
MENT AND SHOULD IE SELECTED FOR LOWER OUTLET VELOCITIES. FANS MAY IE SELECTED FOR
HIGHER OUTLET VELOCITIES THAN SHOWH IF MORE NOISE AND LOWER EFFICIENCY ARE ACCEPTAIL1E.
THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG SHOULD ALSO BE CONSUL TED FOR SELECTING OUTLET VELOCITIES
FOR QUIET OPERATION.
7. SELECT SIZE OF SET: - THE UTILITY VENT SET CAM MOW IE SELECTED WITH THE FOLLOWING INFOR-
MATION: CFM REQUIRED, OUtLET VELOCITY, AND STATIC PRESSURE. WITH THIS INFORMATION,
CONSULT A IWIUFACTURER'S CATALOG AND SELECT A FAN, FAN WHEEL DIAMETER, HORSEPOWER,
AND RPM OF THE FAN. THE UTILITY VENT SET SHOULD IE SELECTED FROM A CATALOG CARRYING
THE CERTIFIED RATING SEAL AUTHORIHD BY AMCA. THE AIR MOVING AND CONDITIONING ASSOCI-
ATION ISSUES CERTIFIED RATINGS FOR UTILITY VENTSETS WITH TWELVE-INCH DIAMETER AND
LARGER WHEELS.
e. DESIGN OF FAN INLET - .THE LARGEST SINGLE FACTOR CAUSING POOR FAN PERFORMANCE IS IM-
PROPERLY DESIGNED INL ET .CONNECTION. A POORL Y DESIGNED IMLET CONNECTION WILL OFTEN
REDUCE THE FAM CAPACITY IY 30% WITHOUT APPRECIABLY CHANGIMG THE HORSEPOWER. THE
BEST INLET CONMECTION IS THE STRAIGHT ROUND DUCT LOMG EMOUGH TO ASSURE SMOOTH FLOW
INTO THE FAM INLET, USUALLY ABOUT TEN DIAMETERS. HOWEVER, THIS IS OFTEN AWKWARD AND
SOME FORM OF ELBOW OR IMLET BOX MUST IE USED. THE WORST TYPE OF INLET r ONNECTION IS
TH.E 90 DEGREE TURN RIGHT AT THE FAN INLET WITH MO PROVISION FOR EVEN F LOW. THE MOMEN-
TUM OF TH E AIR CAUSES IT TO FLOW TO TH E OU TER RADIUS OF THE TURN AND ENTER THE FAN
INLET UNEVENLY. THE TURIULENCE SET Ul' APDS TO THE LOSS IN CAPACITY. MUCH THOUGHT
SHOULD IE GIVEM TO THE DESIGN OF THE INLEt TO ASSURE AN EVEM FLOW TO THE INLET.
9. VIBRATION CONTROL - AMY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT MOVING PARTS HAS VllRATION. THE AMOUNT OF
CONTROL REQUIRED DEPEMDS UPON THE SIZE OF THE FAN AND THE ALLOW.ILE NOISE OF ITS
LOCATION. REGARDLESS OF SIZE AMD LOCATION, M.L DUCTWORK COMMECTED TO THE FAM SHOULD
BE ONE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONMECTORS. ALSO, THE POWER SOURCE TO THE EI, ECTRIC MOTORS
SHOULD IE DONE THROUGH FLEXIBLE CII4DUIT.
10. FOR QUIET OPERATIOM - OTILITY VEMT SETS SHO'JLD BE ISOUTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
MOST FAN MANUFACTURERS CAM PROVIDE A RUBBER-INSHUR TYPE OF ISOLATOR THAT SHOULD
IE SATISFACTORY FOR UTILITY VENT SETS FOR MOST INSTALLATIONS. UNDER EXTREME CONDITIONS, i
TH E PROBLEM SHOULD BE REFERRED TO A VIIRATION ISOLA TDR MANUFACTURER.
PAl' .0. II .I
........... In TRANS-A-PLATE'
IIQUNO DUCT
M INUT TO N

A.W,llr

6' L""'!" IN "L
COMIECTIQH -----.
DIMlNStOIIS T

J
I
I
I
- ..
I
I
I

1
-
!
\
RTICA
-
DUCT FLASHING
SEE DETAIL
IIOCW
N8 L .. TlON DUCT FROM BELOW VENTI
SEE "NS FOR SIZE .. NO CONTINUATION
t-
VENTlL .. TlON
FRO.. BELO
DUCT n"SHING
SEE Dn"'L
THIS SHEn
o
WOVEN .. "UTOS CLOTH
'LEXIBLE CONNECTION
I 0
:. + . : SIDE ELEVATION
'110" BELOW-SEE
,""OJECT PL .. N FOil SIZE
.. 110 CONTIllllATION
MOTOR HOUII I'llN PLATFORM
FAN SHALL BE OF THE TOP ANGLE
:lOWN DISCHARGE TYPE ------"
WEATHERPROOF
MOlOR HOIIS I NG
WEATHERPROOF MOTOR HOUSING SHALL
HAVE RE"OVABLE ""NELS FOR "CCESS
TO MOTOR AND DRIVE
FAN OUTLET
BIRD
BIIID SCflEEN OVER

.. ESH. llNC CO.. TED
DECK
I
I
AIR
'LOW
WOOl) CANT STRIP
.. LL "ROUNI'
SPIKE TO
2XIO'S 2' X 10' 5 ALL AROUND
DETAILS OF CURB. CANT AND FLASHING
20 G ... ZINC COATED
COUNTER FLUHING
SOLDER
-
M PLATFORM
TIIRN UP FLASHING AND
LEAVE SFlllCE FOR
DUCT END ELE VATION
EX_SION -----..,..0\1
__ -- .. L F .. N
PULLEY
"-+-+--OIL RESISTANT BELT
FAN MOTOR
L'G BOLT TO WOOD OECK
.... STlC AROUND ALL BOLTS
.. VIBR .. TION
END ELEVATION
DUCT
DETAI L OF DUCT FLASH,ING
INSTALLATION NO TE' S
I. SET F"N DE"D LEVEL IN 80TH DIRECTIONS.
2. IN .. CCORDANCE WITH
3. CHECK FAN FOR CORRECT ROTATION. IF .. ANUFACTURER HAS
NOT INSTALLED ROTATION ARROW INSTALL CORRECT
ROT.. TION ARROW.
4. CHECK TO SEE IF VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS ARE IN PLACE.
5. ADJUST CFM lO V"LUES SHOWN 011 PIIOJECT PLANS AND
SET BELT TENSION. LOCK ADJUST".LE MOTOR .. OUNT IN
PLACE.
6. READ A .. PERE INPUT TO .. OTOR AND CHECK N .... E PLATE
RATING. DO NOT "LLOW F .. N lO RUN WHEN .. MPERE INPUT
EXCEEDS 110' M NA.. E PLATE IIATING.
7. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION D111T '"0" ALL P .. RTS M UTILITY
VENT SET AND REPL"OE COVER.
I . CHECK WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY M ALL Fl. .. SHING WITH A
HOSE AND SEAL ALL LEAKS ENCOUNTERED.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE ROOF MOUNTED UTILITY YENT SET
9. CHECK F"'[STAT SETTlNG AND PLACE IN S[IIVICE.
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE ROOf MOUNTED UTILITY VENT SET
r------------,-----.,-----.----------
' .. N NU.. BER MAXI.. U" RPM MAXI .. U .. 'AN SEIIVES IIE .... IIKS
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 66 PAGE NO. 157
CEILING HUNG UTILITY VENT SET
I. UTILITY VENT SETS ARE CENTRIFUGAL FANS DESIGNED TO MOVE RELATIVELY SMALL QUANTITIES
OF AIR. THEY ARE MADE ESPECIALLY FOR VENTILATING SMALL SPACES WHERE IT IS NECESSARY
TO OPERATE AGAINST THE RESISTANCE OF DUCTWORK. UTI L1TY VENT SETS PROVIDE A NEAT,
COMPACT UNIT WHICH CAN IE HUNG FROM THE CEILING ON A PLATFORM, AIOVE THE CEILING ON
A PLATFORM, OR IoIAY SET ON A PLATFORM SUPPORTED WITH WALL I .. CKETS.
2. TYPE OF DRIVE - UTILITY VENT SETS IoIAY IE OITAINED WITH DIRECT DRIVE OR IEL T DRIVE.
THE DIRECT DRIVE HAS THE FAN WHEEL IoIDUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE IoIOTOR SHAFT. THIS ARRANGE
MENT MAKES A COMPACT FAN WHICH UTILIZES A MINIMUiol AIoIOUNT OF SPACE AND REQUIRES LITTLE
MAINTENANCE. THE DIRECT DRIVE FAN CAN ONLY IE OITAINED IN THE WALLER SIZES. THE BEL T
DRIVE FAN HAS A HIGH DEGREE OF VERSATILITY AS THE FAN SPEED CAN CHANGE EASILY BY A
SIMPLE ADJUSTMENT OF THE DRIVE PULLEY.
3. TYPE OF FAN WHEEL - IN GENERAL, UTILITY VENT SETS ARE AVAILABLE IN TWO TYPES OF FAN
WHEELS - THE FORWARD-CURVED AND THE BACKWARD-INCLINED. THE FORWARD-CURVED FAN WHEEL
IS A HIGHLY EFFICIENT WHEEL WHICH CAN DELIVER LARGE VOLUMES OF AIR AT SLOW SPEEDS. AS
IT RUNS AT A MUCH LOWER SPEED, IT IS IDEAL FOR LOCATIONS WHERE NOISE IoIAY BE A FACTOR.
THIS FAN WHEEL HAS INHERENT CHARACTERISTICS WHICH ARE NOT DESIRABLE. THE FORWARD
CURVED BLADE HAS A STEEP BRAKE HORSEPOWER OJRVE, WHICH MEANS THAT THE FAN CAN BE
OVERLOADED IF THE STATIC PRESSURE IS DROPPED. DU E TO THE CURVED SHAPE OF THE FAN
WHEEL, THE FAN CAN NVER liE USED WHERE THERE IS ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL PRESENT IN THE
AIR WHICH WOULD TEND TO LODGE IN THE CUP OF THE IlLADES. THIS TYPE OF FAN IS USED PRI
MARILY IN WALL VENTILATING FANS WHERE THE USE OF THE BACKWARD-INCLINED WHEEL WOULD
CREATE TOO HIGH AN OPERATING SPEED FOR THE BEARIIGS.
THE MOST IIoIPORTANT CHARACTERISTIC OF THE BACKWARD INCLINED FAN WHEEL IS THE FLAT
HORSEPOWER OJRVE. THIS MEANS THAT IT IS VERY EASY TO SELECT THE IoIOTOR CLOSE TO THE
ACTUAL OPERATING HORSEPOWER OF THE FAN SO THAT IT WILL NEVER BE OVERLOADED.
4. TYPE OF IlEARINGS - THE IoIOST COIollolONLY USED IlEARINGS ON UTILITY VENT SETS ARE THE SELF
ALIGNING, PILLOW IILOCK BALL IlEARINGS. HOWEVER, THE LARGER FANS WITH SPECIAL APPLICA
TlON SOMETIMES USE ROLLER IIEARINGS AND SLEEVE IlEARINGS.
5. DETERMINE STATIC PRESSURE - CALCULATING THE STATIC PRESSURE OM THE FAN SYSTEM IS 1M
PORTANT IN SELECTING THE FAN. AN ACCURATE CALCULATION SHOULD liE MADE IIY THE CONVEN
TIONAL METHODS AS DUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
6. SELECTING THE OUTLET VELOCITY - THE SELECTION OF THE OUTLET VELOCITY USUALLY INVOLVES
BALANCING COST AND SPACE AGAINST SOUND AND EFFICIENCY. THE HIGHER THE OUTLET VELOCITY,
THE CHEAPER THE FIRST COST AND toORE THE OPERATING COST AND SOUND LEVEL. THE OUTLET
VELOCITY SHOULD liE BASED ON THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE FOLLOWING TAIILE CAN SERVE AS A
GUIDE IN SELECTING THE OUTLET VELOCITY FOR QUIET OPERATION.
VS" SP = BOO FPM 5/8" SP = 1300 FPM 11/4" SP = 1700 FPM
1/4" SP = 1000 FPM 3/ 4" SP = 1400 FPM 1-1 / 2" SP = 1100 FPM
3/ ." SP = 1100 FPM 7/ S" SP = 1500 FPM
1/2" SP ~ 1200 FPM I" SP = 1600 FPM
FANS FOR CHURCHES, SCHOOLS, RESIDENCES AND OTHER .BUILDINGS HAVE A LOW NOISE REQUIREMENT,
SHOULD BE SELECTED FOR LOWER OUTLET VELOCITIES. FANS MAY liE SELECTED FOR HIGHER OUTLET
VELOCITIES THAN SHOWN IF MORE NOISE AND. LOWER EFFICIENCY ARE ACCEPTABLE. THE MANUFAC-
TURER' S CATALOG SHOULD ALSO BE CONSULTED FOR SELECTING OUTLET VELOCITIES FOR QUIET
OPERATION.
7. SELECT SIZE OF SET - THE UTILITY VEN T SET CAM NOW liE SEL ECTED WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMA-
TION: CFM REQUIRED, OUTLET VELOCITY, AND STATIC PRESSURE. WITH THIS INFORMATION CONSULT
A MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG AND SELECT A FAN, FAM WHEEL DIAMETER, HORSEPOWER, AND RPM OF
THE FAN. THE UTILITY VENT SET SHOULD BE SELECTED FROM A CATALOG CARRYING THE'-CERTIFIED
RATING SEAL AUTHORIZED BY AMCA. THE AIR MOVING AMD CONDITIONING ASSOCIATION ISSUES CER-
TIFIED RATINGS FOR UTILITY VENT SETS WITH TWELVE-INCH DIAMETER AND LARGER WHEELS.
S. DESIGN OF FAM INLET - THE LARGEST SINGLE FACTOR CAUSING POOR FAN PERFORMAMCE IS 1101-
PROPERLY DESIGNED INLET CONNECTION. A POORLY DESIGNED IMLET CONNECTION WILL OFTEM
REDUCE THE FAN CAPACITY IIY m WITHOUT APPRECIABLY CHANGING THE HORSEPOWER. THE
BEST INLET CONNECTION IS THE STRAIGHT ROUND OUCT LONG ENOUGH TO ASSURE SIoIOOTH FLOW
INTO THE F AM INLET, USUALLY AIIOUT TEN DIAMETERS. HOWEVER, THIS IS OFTEM AWKWARD AND
SOME FORM OF ELIOW OR INLET lOX /oWST IE USED. THE WORST TYPE OF INLET CONNECTION IS
THE 90 DEGREE TURN RIGHU T THE FAN INLET WITH NO PROVISION FOR EVEN FLOW. THE IoIOMEN-
TUM OF THE AIR CAUSES IT TO FLOW 10 THE OUTER RADIUS OF TH E TURN AND ENTeR THE FAN
INLET UNEVENLY. THE TURBULENCE SET UP ADOS 10 THE LOSS IN CAPACITY. IoIUCH THOUGHT
SHOULD BE GIVEN TO THE DESIGN OF THE INLET TO ASSURE AN EVEN FLOW TO THE INLET.
9. VIBRATION CONTROL - ANY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH IoIOVING PARTS HAS VllRATION. THE
AIoIOUNT OF CONTROL REQUIRED DEPENDS UPON THE SIZE OF THE FAN AND THE ALLOWABLE NOISE
OF ITS LOCATION. REGARDLESS OF SIZE AND LOCATION, ALL DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO THE
FAN SHOULD liE DONE WITHFlEXIIILE DUCT CONNECTORS. ALSO, THE POWER SOURCE TO THE
ELECTRIC IoIOTOR SHOULD BE OONE THROUGH FLEXIIIL E CONDUIT.
10. FOR QUIET OPERATION - UTILITY VENT SETS SHOULD IE ISOLATED FROM THE BUILDING STRUC
TURE. MOST FAN MANUFACTURERS CAN PROVIDE A RUBBER-IN-SHEAR TYPE OF ISOLATOR THAT
SHOULD BE SATISFACTORY FOR UTILITY VENT SETS FOR MOST INSTALLATIONS. UNDER EXTREME
CONDITIONS, THE PROBLEM SHOULD BE REFERRED TO A VIBRATION ISOLATOR MANUFACTURER.
PAGE NO, I38
A oilo"" In CA'I1OI.II114P TRANS-APlA TEo
VENTILAT10N DUCT FROM
BELOW SEE Pl.ANS FOR
SIZE AND CONTINUATION.
AOUND DUCT -fUll SIZE
0# INLET 10 FAN..
NOTE: Pl.AC[ MANUAL MOlOR UNFUSED
DISCONNECT SWITCH AND ADJUSTA8L[
R-. FIRESTAT UNDR T_R-
PROOF MOlOR HOUSING. lOCATE
TAMPER PROOF MOlOR
HOUSING
IUlB OF FIRESTAT IN AIR STREAM
AND CONNECT ELECTRICALLY SO
FAN MOTOR SHUTS O#F WIlEN
TE_"ATURE 0# AIR BEl.
HANOLED REACHES A PRE -
DTERMINED TEMPERATURE
ALL THREADED ROD
ATTACH lO STRUCTURE
IN AN .APPROVED MANNER
AIR

FLOW
All THREADD ROD
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE
IN AN APPRDVD _ER
FAN SHAll BE 0# THE TOP HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE TYPE
DUCT END ELEVATIO.N
SEAL All JOINTS AND
MAKE WATERTIGHT-'--...,
nMPERPROO# MOTOR
HOUSING SHALL HAVE
REMOVABLE _ELS
FOIl ACCESS TO MOlOll

BOLT TO ANGLES
AIR

DRIVE PULLEY WITH
ADJUSTABLE SHEAVE
RUBBER IN SHEAR
VIBRATION ISOLAT1OH PAD
VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS
WOVEN ASBESTOS
CLOTH FLEXIBLE
CONNECTION .
S I DE ELEVA nON
DUCT FROM BELOW, SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOR SIZE AND CONTINUATION
FRAME
'MOTOR END ELEVATION
CENTRIFUGAL
FAN HOUSING
DRIVEN PULLEY
Oil RESISTANT BELT
FAN MOTOR
BOLT TO ANGLES
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEILING HUNG UTILITY VENT SET
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CEILING HUNG UTILITY VENT SET
fAN NUMBER MAXIMUM R. P. M. MAXIMUM OUTLET ViELOCITY
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN .. A N'U AL
4 MOUNTING ROD SUPPORT
HOLU- SIZE lO SUIT liDOS
PLAN VIEW
DETAIL OF SUPPORT FRAME
All THREADD ROD
ATTACH lO STRUCTURE
IN AN APPROVED MANNER
lOCkI. NUT
ANlilE
PETAIL Of SUPPORT ANGLE
INSTALLATION NOTES
SET FAN DEAD lEVEL IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.
2. IN ACCORDANCE WIT"
3. CHECk FAN FOR CORRECT ROTATION. IF MANUFACTURER HAS
NOT INSTAllED ROTATION ARROW INSTAll CORRECT ROTATION
ARIIOW.
4. CIf.tK TO SEE IF VlliRATION ISOLATION PADS AIlE IN PLACE.
ADJUST CFM TO VALUES SHOWN ON PIIO.ICT Pl.ANS AND
SET BELT TENSION lOCK ADJUSTA BlE MOlOII MOUNT IN
PLACE
6. READ AMPERE INPUT TO MOTOR ANO CHECK NAME PLATE
RATING. DO NOT ALLOW FAN TO RUN .WIlEN AMPERE INPUT
EXCEEDS 110 ... OF NAME PLATE RATING.
7. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION OIRT FAOM ALL PARTS OF UTIUTY
VENT SET AND REPLACE COVER.
I . CHECk FIRESTAT SETTING AND I'Ll." IN KIIVICE.
REMARKS
NO. 67 PAGE NO. II.
J
DOUBLE 'WIDTH DOUBLE INLET FAN
1. THE DWDI FANS ARE DESlQUD TO MOVE LARGE .AMTITIES OF RELATIVELY CLEAN AIR WITH
STATIC PRESSURES UP TO 12 IMCIIES AMD CAPACITIES UP TO 300,000 CFM. THE AIR MOVIMG AMD
CONDITIONING ASSOCIATION HAS a.ASSIFIED DWDI FANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR MAXIMUM .
TOTAL PRESSURE AS FOLLOWS: a.ASS 1 TO 3 3/." WG; CLASS 2 TO 6 3/." WG; a.ASS 3 TO 12 11." WG.
2.. THE AVAILAILE Sl'ACE, CONNECTIONS, AIR TEMPERATURE AMD DEGREE OF AIR CONTAMINATION
MUST IE CONSIDERED M CHOOSING A DWDI FAM. THE COST OF A DWDI .FAN WILL GEMERALL Y IE .
LESS THAN OTHER TYPES OF FAM. HOWEVER, THE DWDI FAN IS NOT USED NORMALLY WHEN INLET
DUCT CONNECTIONS MUST IE MADE OR 1IIIEN IEARINGS MUST IE OUT OF THE AIR STREAM. THE
DWDI FANS AlE USUALLY INSTALLED M ROOMS .. 101 ARE USED AS AIR PLENUMS OR A PLENUM
IS lUlL T AROUND THE FAN.
3. TYPE OF DRIVE - DWDI FANS AlE MOSTLY IEL T DRIVEN. THE MOTORS ARE USUALLY MOUNTED
INDEPENDENT OF THE FAM WITH VAIIOUS ARRAMGEMBITS TO FIT INTO THE ALLOWED SPACE.
TYPE OF FAN "'EELS - M GENERAL DWDI FANS ARE AVAILAILE IN TWO TYPES OF FAM WIIEELS-
A IACKWAlOOIMClIMED AMD AIR FOIL, .. 10115 A MODIFICATION OF THE BACKWARDINCLINED.
THE AIR FOIL .. EEL IS MORE COSTLY, BUT ISA LITTLE MORE EFFICIENT. 10TH THE BACKWARD
INCLINED AND THE AIR FOIL .. EEL HAVE A FAIRLY FLAT IREAl HORSEPOWER CURVE, WHICH
MEANS THAT THE FAN IS MOM-OVERLOADING.
S. TYPE OF IURINGS. THE..,ST COMMONLY USED IURINGS ON DIDI FANS ARE THE SELF'4LIGNING,
PILLOW ILOCK IALL IURINGS. HOWEVER, THE LARGER FANS WITH Sl'ECIAL APPLICATIONS,
SOMETIMES USE ROLLER IEAlINGS AND SLEEVE IURINGS.
6. DETERMINE STATIC PRESSURE - CALCULATING THE STATIC PRESSURE ON THE FAM SVSTEM IS
IMPOITANT M SELECTING "DIE FAM. AN ACCURATE cALCULATION SHOULD IE MADE IY THE
CONVENTIONAL METHOD.
7. THE FAN PERFORMAMCE CURVES ARE lASED ON "STAMDARD AIR" - DRY AIR AT 7ft' F AND AT
SU LEVEL. WHEN THE FAN IS REQUIRED TO DELIVER A URGE VOLUME OF AIR AT CONDITIONS
OTHER THAM "STANDARD AIR", A CORRECTION FEATURE MUST IE APPLIEIfTO THE STATIC
PRESSURE. MOST MANUFACTURER'S CATAi:OGS WILL SUP,LY THIS INFORMATION.
I. SELECTING THE OUTLET VELOCITY - THE SELECTION OF THE OUTLET VELOCITY USUALLY IN
VOLVES IALANCING THE COST AMD SPACE AGAINST SOUND AND EFFICIENCY. THE HIGHER THE
OUTLET VELOCITY, THE OIEAPER THE FIRST COST AND MORE THE OPERATING COST AND SOUND
LEVEL. THE OUTLET VELOCITY SHOULD IE lASED ON STATIC PRESSURE. THE FOLLOWING TAILE
CAM SERVE AS A GUIDE IN SELECTING THE OUTLET VELOCITY FOR QUIET OPERATION. .
1.t: .mL
1/2"
-
~ / . " I_
I" 1_
11/2"
1_
r' .-
2;1/1" ...
3" 2e.
."
2311
, ..
..
r' 3200
Ir' 3600
Ir' aG
FAMS FOR OIURCHES, SCHOOLS, RESIDENCES AND OTHERBUILDMGS HAVING A LOW MOISE REQUIRE
MENT SHOULD IE SELECTED FOR LOWER VELOCITIES. FAMS MAY IE SELECTED FOR HIGHER OUT
LET VELOCITIES THAN SHOW IF MORE MOISE AMD LOWER EFFICIENCIES AlE ACCEI'TAILE.
THE 'MANUFACTURERS CATALOG SHOULD ALSO IE CONSUL nD Foil SELECTING OUTLET VELOCITIES
AND FAN TIP SPEED FOR QUIET OPERATION.
9. SELECT SIZE OF SET - THE DWDI FAN CAM HOW IE SELECTEDWITH THE FOLLOWING MFORMATION:
CFM REQUIRED, OUTLET VELOCITY, AMD STATIC PRESSURE. WITH THIS IMFOtIMATlON, CONSULT A
MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG AMD' SELECT A FAM, FAN WHEEL DIAMETER,NORSEPOWER. AMD RPM
OF THE FAN. THE DIDI FAN SHOULD IE SELECTED FROM A CATALOG CARIYMG THE CEITIFIED
RATING SUL AUTHORIZED IV AMCA. THE AIR MOVING AND CONDITIONING ASSOCIATION ISSUES
CERTIFIED RATINGS FOR DWDI FANS WITH TWELVEINCH DIAMETER AN" LARGER WHEELS.
10. DUll OF FAN DISCHARGE - POOR FAN PERFORMAMCE CAN IE CAUSED BY THE DESIGN OF THE
FANTlET. A I'OORLY DESIGNED OUTLET CONNECTION CAN REDUCE THE FAN CAPACITY WITH
OUT APPRECIABLY OIAMGlNG THE HORSEPQWER. THE DISCHARGE OUCT SHOULD PREFERAILY IE
A StRAIGHT SECTION, SEVERAL DUCT'DlAMETERS IN LENGTH, TO ALLOW FOR FULL CONVERGENCE
OF FAM ENUGY. A DEPTH DESIGN PRODUCING TURBULENCE WILL CAUSE A LOSS 1M CAPACITY.
11. VIBRATION CONTROL - AMY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WI Tit MOVING PARTS HAS VlIRATlON. THE
AMOUNT OF VIIRATION CONTROL REQUIRED DEPENDS UPON THE SIZE OF THE FAN AND THE
ALLOWAILE MOISE LEVEL FOR ITS LOCATION. REGARDLESS OF SIZE AND LOCATION, ALL DUCT
WORK CONNECTED TO THE FAN SHOULD IE OONE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS. ALSO, THE
POWER SOURCE TO THE ELECTRIC MOTOR SHOULD IE OONE THROUGH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. FOR
QUIET OPERATION, ALL DWDI FAMS SHOULD IE ISOLATED FROM THE IUILDING STRUCTURE. MOST
FAN MANUFACTURERS CAM PROVIDE, A RU"ERoINSHUR OR SPRING TYPE OF INSULATOR THAT
SHOULD IE SATISFACTORY FOR DWIII FANS FOR SOME MSTALLATIONS. ANOTHER GOODJUTHOD TO
ELIMINATE FAN MOISE IS TO MOUln THE FAMANDMOTOR ON A CONCRETE PAD WHIOIISISOLATED
FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IY SPRING TYPE ISOLATORS. THE WEIGHT OF THE CONCRETE
PAD SHOULD IE AT LEAST THE WEIGH T OF THE FAM AND MOTOR.
PAGE NO. ' 140
A"""'" lit RAN$-APlATE*
RAILS
:cJC.\ '-A-'-SE:....-_.. ': ..... :; .... ::.:: .
",: .. '
' . , .
DOI*L WIDTH
DOUllLE INLET
FAN
DlL RESISTANT V IlELTS
TO SUIT HORSEPOWER
TRANSMITTED.
---+.4f*- _ ____ ---.. - ..... f-
AIR
::::l
'LOW
I'LAN6ED FAN
DISCHAlIK CIITLT
sa PLANS _
IlUCT CONNE
INLET SIDE ELEVATION
FLOW
IIELT GUARD
INBOARD IlEARtiG
SECURE II[LT GUARD
10 FAN STRUClURE
FLDOR
CONCRtTE I9OLATION PAD SHALL
BE IS" LAll6ER ALL AROUND THAN
EXTROImES OF FAN AND MDTOR
AIR
c::::>
FLOW

RUeIlER
SOUND
PAI)---""
SPRING TYPE VISRATION
"ELIMINATOR DETAIL
FLOOR
MOTOR END ELEVATION
FRONT EbEVAJION
WOVEN AS8[S1OS CLOlli FLEXIBLE
CONNECTION ---_- __ """"
_INe TYP'
VI_TION ISOLAlORS
SEE DETAIL
DUCT
DETAILS 'OF FAN , INSTAU.ED IN SHEET METAL HOUSING
LINE
INSTALLATION NOTES
SET'MN DEAD LiYlL IN IC7YII 0IIIII:fl0IIS.
2. LUBtIICATE PAl!, MOTOR AIID OlIVE If ACCOIIbANCE Willi
IlANUFACTUIIE,,'It IIIITIIUCTlOllS. ' ,
5. CICCI( nN _ COIIIIII:T IICmITlOII. I' _ACTI.IIIII HAS IiGt
INSTALLED IIOTAnOll 1I!fIIfIII.IIIITALL COIIItrr:r ROTATION
ARROW.
4. CHECK TO sa If' _nOlI IIIIUTIO" 11'111_ All[ AD.IUSTIII.
5. ADJUST CI!It 10 VALUES _ 011 I'tIOJECT PLANS A..o
SET BELT TENSION L.DCIC ADJUS3'AIIU IICJTOR IIOWiT IN
PLACE.
II. -.0 _RE III'IIT TO IIOTDR AND _ _ "-ATE
, RAnNe. DO NOT ALLOW .. N TO __ N AMPERE INPUT
EXCEEDS 110' OF HAIlE PLAT[ RATIIII.
7. CLEAN COIISTRUCTION DIRT _ ALL PARTS OF I'lIN. ,
.. CHECK;'STlIT SETnfII ..., PUCE ... IMCE.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DOUBLE WIDTH DOUBLE INLET FAN
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE DOUBLE WIDTH DOUBLE INLET FAN
'All NUIIBER MAXIMUr,I R. P. M. MAXIMUM OUTLET VIJ)QlY FAN SERVES
HEATINI, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN .. AN U A L, PLATE PAGE NO. 141
THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE PROPELLER FAN
I. PROPELLER FANS AlE CUSTOMARILY USED WHERE LOW STATIC PRESSURES EXIST. THIS TYPE
OF FAN HANDLES LARGE VOLUMES OF AIR AT LOW STATIC PRESSURES AND LOW POWER CON
SUMPTION. 'THE PROPELLER FAN IS PROBAILY THE LEAST EXPENSIVE METHOD OF MOVING AIR.
HOWEVER, THEY ARE LUlTED TO LQW STATIC PRESSURES AND THE LOCATION MUST IE WHERE
NOISE IS NOT A FACTOR. THE USE OF DUCTWORK AFFECTS THE EFFICIENCY OF THIS TYPE OF
FAN AND GREATL Y REDUCESTHE VOLUME OF AIR IT WILL HANDLE AND AT THE SAME TIME IN
CREASES THE POWER CONSUMPTION. A CHARACTERISTIC OF THE PROPELLER FAN WIIIOIIS
CONTRARY TO THE CENTRIFUGAL ILOWER, IS AN INCREASE IN STATIC PRESSURE WILL REDUCE
THE VOLUMES OF AIR IUT WILL INCREASE THE POWER CONSUMPTION. THEREFORE, AN INCREASE
IN STATIC PRESSURE OF AN ORDINARY PROPELLER FAN WILL CAUSE THEIR MOTOR TO IECOM.E
OVERHEATED AND IURN OUT. SOME MANUFACTURERS HAVE PROPELLER FANS WHICH AlE DE
SIGNED FOR HIGHER STATIC PRESSURES AND CAN OPERATE VERY EFFICIENTLY AGAINST MOD-
ERATE STATIC PRESSURES. PROPELLER FANS CAN IE USED AS EXHAUST FANS 01 SUPPLY fANS.'
2. TYPE OF DRIVE - PROPELLER FANS ARE AVAILAILE IN DIRECT DRIVE AND IEL T DRIVE. THE
DIRECT DRIVE hNS WITH THE WHEEL MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE MOTOR SHAfT MINIMIZES MABI
TENANCE. so LONG AS COHDITIONS ARE SUCH THA T THE MOTOR WILL NOT IE DAMAGED DUE TO
HIGH TEMPERATURE, CORROSIVE CONDITIONS OR DIRT, DIRECT DRIVEN' .... S WITH MOTORS IN THE
AIR STREAM PROVIDE THE MOST ECONOMICAL AND MAINTENANCE FREE ME11l0DOF All HANDLING.
THE IELT DRIVEN FANS PIIDVIDE MAXIMUM FLEXIIILITY IN CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT. WHERE IT
IS DESIRAILE TO ADJUST THE SPEED OF THE FAN TO VARY TH E CAPACITY A'fTER TME lIMIT HAS
IEEN INSTALLED, AIEL T DRIVEN FAN WILl. lEST SERVE THE PURPOSE. '
3. TYPE OF IEARIMGS - THE TYPE OF IEARING ON THE PROPELLER FAN AND MOTOR ARE USUALLY
THE PEIMANENTL Y LUIRICATED BALL IEARINGS.
4. DETEIMINE STATIC PRESSURE - CALCULATING THE STATIC PRESSURE ON THE FAN SYSTEM IS
IMPORTANT 1M SELECTING THE FAN. AN ACCURATE CALCULATION SHOULD IE MADE IY THE
CONVENTIONAL METHOD.
5. DEGREE OF QUIETNESS - PROPELLER FANS SELECTED TO OPERATE AT OR NEAR FULL DELIVERY,
AND AT REASONABLE SPEEDS, CAN IE RELATIVELY QUIET IN OPERATION. HOWEVER, WIlEN PID-
PELLER fANS MUST OPERATE AGAINST AM APPRECIABLE RESISTANCE, AND '"EN RUNNING AT HIGH
SPEEDS, THEY MAY NOT IE SUITAlLE fOi APPLICATIOMS WHERE QUIET OPERATION IS DESIRAlLE.
THE fAN TIP SPEED IS THE lEST INDICATION Of THE MOISE LEV.EL. THE fOLLGrING TABLE usn
THE MAXIMUM TIP SPEED FOR VARIOUS SOUND CLASSifiCATIONS.
TIP SPEED If I'M)
UPT054!!lO
5000 -10lI0
ABOVE I0OI
SOUND CLASSF ICA TION
LOW
MEDIUM
MODERATELY Nt'ISY
THE TIP SPEED CAN IE CALCULATED BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA \IIHEN NOT LISTED IN CATALOG:
TIP SPEED IFPM)-,WHEEL DWlyERIM IMOIES) x 3.14 x RPM
6. SELECTING FAN SIZE - THE PROPELLER fAN CAN MOW IE SELECTED WITH THE FOLLOWING INfOI
MATIOH: CFM REQUIRED, MAXIMUM TIP SPEED, AND STATIC PRESSURE. WITH THIS INfORMATION.
CONSUL T A MAMUFACTUlER',S CATALOG AND SELECT A fAN, fAN WHEEL DIAMEtER, HORSEPOWER,
AND RPM OF THE FAN. GENERALLY, SEVERAL FAN SIZES CAM IE SELECTED TO SATISfY THE SAME
CA'Ac:ITY SPECIFICATIONS. SOMETIME"THE SMM.LER FANS WILL REQUIRE A LARGER MOTOI. 1M
THESE CASES, THE FA!, AND MOTOR COMIIlATIDM WILL IE AT LWT AS HIGH IN PRICE AS THE
LARGER FAN WITH A SMALLER ..,TOI. WITH A SMALLER MOTOR, THE SAVING IN OPERATING COST
OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS MAY IE APPRECIAIU. THE PROPELLER fAN SHOULD IE SELECTED
fROM A CATALOG CARRYlMG THE CERTIFIED RUING SEAL AUTHORIZED IY
7. - FAN GUARDS AlE AVAILABLE WITH YHE fAN FOR THE MOTOI SIDE AMD THE DIS-
fOR SAFETY'S SAKE, PROPELLER FAN INSTALLATIONS LESS THAM SEVEN FEET
ABOVE THE FLODR SHOULD IE COVERED WITH A FAN GUARD. EVElY PROPELLER fAN INSTAL
LATiON SHOULD IE PROVIDED WITH SHUTTERS TO PROTECT THE fAN AND IUILDMGINTERIOR
AGAINST SNOW, RAIN, AND SLEET. SHUTTERS ALSO 'fiND PRESSURE fROM OVERLOADING.
OR DAMAGING FAN MOTORS AND ILOWING fUSES. THE GRAVITY SHUTTER IUDES AlE HELD OPEN
IY THE EXHAUST AIR STREAM; GRAVITY CLOSES SHUTTER IUDES WHEM fAN STOPS. FOR
POSITIVE CLOSING TO PREVENT OUTSIDE AIR fROM ENTERING THE BUILDING, A MOTOI OPERATED
SHUTTER CAN IE USED. A STALLING-TYPE MOTOR OPENS THE SHUTTERS ELECTRICALLY WIlEN
THE fAN MOTOR IS ENERGIZED. IT IS SOMETIMI!S DESIRAlLE TO VARY THE CAPACITY Of THE
fAN. MOST fANS CAN IE OITAINED WITH TWO SPEED MOTORS TO GIVE A REDUCED CAPACITY.
PAGE NO. 142
"Ullft" II _All V_lION
AT ALL

MOTO"
SECTION
FAN ,..A.MIE------t
WOOD 1lC1CIC-----,1
RING
BUILDING WALL

",..-
'LAI)[S /
r

I
AUlOMATIC DAMPIER5-AUllIlIM

OM IN WIDnt.
DAMPER SIDE ELEVATION

DAMPE"
.Jr'-t-----WI:IEP HOLES
2 .
S
4.
I----- --IIUILDING WALL---------j
NOTOR
...
FAN FRAME----i---+-I
MOTOR SIDE ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
Sf:T 'lit[ FAN DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS_
SECURE FAN, DAMPER AND BLOCKING TO BUILOIII8 STllUCTURE.
QlECK TO 5[E IF VIIRATIDN EL ..... ATlON PolDS ARE IN
'--+--sa:1III[ FAN
FRMlIE TO
ILOC ...
CHECK AUTOMATIC [)MIPER TO SEE IF IT OPERATES FR[[LY AND LUBRICATE
UAMPER ,..AME
POIIITS ... ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURIER'S INSTRUCTIONS. .
CHECK FELT EDGES OF DANPII" TO ASSUR'E PIIOP[R ALNINMENT. 5.
FAN NUNlIER
TO WOOD IlLOCKING.
aU!LO ... G
I . CHIECK FANS fOR CORRECT ROTATION AND IF NO RQTATII* A..- HAS
IIUN SUPPLIED PROVII)[ COIIt'IECT ROTAllON ARROW.
7. IF CONTROL !)[VICE SUCH AS THlERNOSTAT IS SHOWN ON PIIO.IIECT PLANS,
FOR 'lit[ FAN, CHECK OUT OPERATION OF CONTROL I)[VICE.
e. TIGHTEN WIRE GUARD MOTOR NOUNT TO FAN "'MlE.
9. PLACE FAN ,IN OPERATION.
10. 1[ST WATERTIGHT AUTOMATIC _R WITH WATER _AY FOR WATE"
TlGHTNIEIS.
ENLARGED DETAIL AT ' BLOCKING
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPELLER FAN
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE PROPELLER FAN
H. P.
RIEMA"KS
FAN MOTORS
FAN R.P. M. C. F. M. STATIC PRDSJR[
CYCLE
TYPE OF AUTOMATIC DAMPER
VOLTS PHASE
FAN DIMII!:T[R
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 69 PAGE NO. 143
DESIG'NING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FLY FAN
I. GENERAL - FLY FANS CAN IE EFFECTIVE IN CONTROLLING FLYS AND INSECTS FROM ENTERING
lUlL DINGS. THE FANS ARE USUALLY LOCATED ABOVE THE DOOR AND PRODUCE AN AIR CURTAIN
DOWN ACROSS THE OPENING WITH A VELOOTY HIGH ENOUGH SO THAT FLYS AND INSECTS CAMNOT
PENETRATE THE AIR STREAM. PUILIC HEALTH AUTHORITIES REQUIRE IUILDINGS HANDLING. PROC
ESSiNG. MARKETING. OR SERVING FOOD TO PROVIDE METHODS OF FLY AND INSECT CONTROL. THE
FLY FAN IS ONE ACCEPTAILE METHOD OF CONTROLLINGFLYS AND INSECTS PROVIDED THE FAN
4MD INSTALLATION MEET CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS.
2. SERVICE EMTRANCE - THE MEAT INSPECTION DIVISION OF THE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH SERVICE.
U. S. DEPARTMEMT OF AGRICUL TURE. HAS MADE A STUDY OF FLY FANS FOR MEAT PROCESSING
PLANTS AND HAS PUILISHED THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS:
"(1) VELOCITY OF THE AIR STREAM MUST IE AT LEAST 1600 FEET PER MINUTE (ABOUT II MILES
PER HOIIR) AT A POINT 3 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR FOR OVERHEAD MOUNTED UNITS. OR 1600 FEET
PER MIN:ITE ACROSS THE ENTIRE OPEMING. IF SlDE-MOUNTED FACILITIES ARE INSTALLED. IN
EITHER CASE. THE AIR STREAM SHOULD IE AT LEAST 2" WIDE (PREFERAILY ABOUT 5") TO ASSURE
A SATISFACTORY IARRIER AGAINST PERSISTENT FLYING OR CRAWLING INSECTS.
(2) THE AIR STREAM MUST COVER THE EMTIRE OPENING. WITH EITHER OVERHEAD OR SIDE MOUNTED
UMITS. UNENCLOSED AND DUCTLESS OVERHEAD FANS ARE SELDOM EFFECTIVE IECAUSE THE AIR
STREAM PRODUCED IS LIKELY TO DISSIPATE IEFORE REACHING FLOOR LEVEL. THIS WOULD NOT
PROTECT THE OPENING UNIFORMLY.
(3) THE AIR STREAM FROM OVERHEAD UNITS SHOULD IE DIRECTED DOWNWARD AND SLIGHTLY OUT
WARD. WNILE THE STREAM FROM SlDE-MOUNTED UNITS SHOULD IE DIRECTED TO CONVERGE AT A
MID-POINT JUST OUTSIDE THE OPEI1IMG TO IE PROTECTED.
(4) THE AIR STREAM-PRODUCICG DEVICE SHOULD IE DESlQlED TO PRODUCE FULL AIR MOVEMENT
INSTANTLY WHEN THE MOTOR IS SWITCHED OM. THE SWITCH FOR FAN UNITS SHOULD IE INS'TALLED
SO THAT THE .MOTOR ISACTIVATED AUTOMATICALLY AND IMMEDIATELY WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED.
THE EFFIOENCY OF ANY AIR SCREEN IS DECREASED BY ADVERSE WINDS OF SlGHIFICANT SPEED.
WHERE PREVAILING WINDS ILOW TOWARD AN OPENING PROTECTED IY AN AIR SCREEN. IT IS NECES
SARY TO INCREASE THE VELOCITY OF AIR FROM THE PROTECTIVE UNIT ABOVE THE 1600 FEETPER
MINUTE MINIMUM. THIS IS TO ASSURE THAT THE AIR STREAM MAINTAINS THE NECESSARY VELOCITY
ACROSS THE OPENING AND IS NOT DEFLECTED INSIDE THE DOORWAY. EXHAUST FANS OF SYSTEMS
IN AREAS PROTECTED IY AIR SCREENS WILL DECREASE INSECT croNTROL IY CREATING A NEGATIVE
PRESSURE WITHIN THE ROOM. THIS TENDS TO DRAW THE AIR STREAM INWARD FROM ITS INTENDED
OUTWARD PATH AND ACTUALLY. IN SOME CASES. PULL INSECTS INTO THE IUILDING.
TO AID IN INSECT AND DUST CONTROL. WHETHER OR NOT AIR CURTAINS ARE USED. M.I.D. RECOMMENDS
THAT A POSITIVE AIR PRESSURE IE MAINTAl14ED IN THE FOOD HANDLING AREA. THIS IS lEST
ACHIEVED IY MEANS OF SUIT ABLE. WELL.PLACED. MOTORDRIVEN AIRINTAKE FANS. AND DUCTS,
EQUIPPED WITH DUST AND INSECT FILTERS AND HEA TING ELEMENTS. THESE SHOULD IE USED
WITH STRATEGICALLY LOCATED EXHAUST PORTS WITHOUT FANS."
3. CUSTOMER ENTRANCE - IT HAS BEEN FDUND THAT FOR CUSTOMER ENTRANCES THE 1600 FPM VELOC
ITY AT 3 FT. ABOVE THE FLOOR CAN BE ANNOYING TO THE CUSTOMERS. A LESS EFFECTIVE SYSTEM
CAN IE PROVIDED IY REDUCING THE AIR CURTAIN VELOCITY TO 600 FPM AT 3 FEET AIOVE THE
FLOOR, AND INCREASING THE DEPTH TO AT LEAST IOINCHES AND PREFERABLY IS INCHES. THIS
SYSTEM HAS PROVED FAIRLY EFFECTIVE IN AREAS WITH A LIMITED NUMIER OF FLIES AND INSECTS.
IT SHOULD ALSO IE NOTED THAT THE TIME THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR A CUSTOMER ENTRANCE IS LESS
THAN A SERVICE ENTRANCE.
4. TYPES OF FANS - THERE HAS NOT IEEN A STANDARD FAN DEVELOPED FOR FLY CONTROL. THE
TWO TYPES OF FANS MOST READILY USED ARE THE PROPELLER FAN WITH A DEFLECTOR TO DIRECT
THE AIR DOWN OVER THE DOOR AND THE CENTRIFUGAL FAN WITH THE OUTLET THE WIDTH OF THE
DOOR. THE PROPELLER FANS ARE USED MOSTLY FOR THE CUSTOMER ENTRANCE AND THE CENTRIF
UGAL FANS FOR THE SERVICE ENTRANCES.
S. SELECTING THE FAN - THE FIRST STEP IN SELECTING THE FAN IS TO DETERMINE THE AIR CURTAIN
VELOCITY REQUIRED FOR THE JOI. THE LOCAL tn!AL TH DEPARTMENT SHOULD IE CONSUL TED FOR
LOCAL REGULATIONS. IF NO REGULATIONS PREVAIL. THE AIR CURTAIN VELOCITY SHOULD IE SE
LECTED ON THE SEVERITY OF THE FLY ANO INSECT PROILEM. THE FLY FAN CAM IE SELECTED
FROM THE MANUFACTURER' S CATALOG. THE CATALOG WILL PROVIDE AM AIR VELOCITY CHART
FOR EACH OF ITS FANS.
6. FAN CONTROL - THE SMALLER FLY FANS ARE USUALLY CONTROLLED BY A MANUAL SWITCH. THE
LARGER FANS FOR THE SERVICE ENTRANCE DOORS CAM BE CONTROLLED WITH A DOOR SWITCH TO
ENERGIZE THE FAN MOTOR WHEN THE DOOR IS OPEN.
PAGE NO. 144
oilobl. In TRANS-APLATE"
WALL FOR DETAILS OF -
CONSTRUCTION SE[
ARCHITECTURAL AND
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
MOUNTING
ATTACHED
B OLTS TO BE
TO WALL
I!_ADJUSTING
KNOB
STRUCTURE IN AN
MANNER APPROVED
CHROME . SUPPORT-\ .
STOPPER, --

CANOPY

t
-
OUTLET BOX
B CONOUIT 1"i
l
-i
US"KNOCKOUT 1- ..
!I
3 SPEED
VSWITCH
H
:t
, I
'.::'"
,
....::... --!.':.':.=.-::- --- -
,
CHIIOME SUPPORT--.J
13 lIZ" i
CONOUIT TO
SWITCH
Z4 7/1S"
..!\..
I\--.
-PLAN VIEW
l - SET UNIT SUPPORTS DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS.
z.- A
AS DESIRED. DEPENDING ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WALL Oil CEILING,
E
CEILING PLATE ON THESE SCREWS AND CONNECT WIRES TO LINE.
IF DESIRED, THE FAN UNIT CAN BE REMOVED FROM THE STAND WHILE
MOUNTING THE STAND AND THEN REASSEMBLED
Z51
3.- ATTACH A JUMPER FROII GROUND TERMINAL IN FAN BASE THRU KNOCKOUT
IN eEl LING PLATE AND TO THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET sox TO ASSURE
GROUNDING OF THE FAN FRAIIE
/2"
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET BOx
SEE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
CHROME'
SUPPORT
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
SUPPORT
16 3/S"
SIDE ELEVATION
ADJUSTING ADJUSTING
__
FLY FAN---- -.l,
DEFLECTOR __ __ ____ ____ I
FRONT ELEVATION
ELl:'CJ"RICAL
OUTLEr .
BOX
CHROME I
SUPPORt
ELECTRICAL ",T"fj'--,.-

CANOPY
IIOUNTIN
10LTS
TERMINAl FOR ,; ROUNDING
o1NIT TO CONOUIT BOX
CANOPY COVER
SUPPORT DETAI L
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE F LV FAN
NO SCALE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO" 70 PAG E NO. I 45
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE FAN
I. GEIERAL. IILlIE fAIlS ARE DESIGIED fOR All AIR .. OVIIG SERVICE II WIIICH AIR flOWS PARALLEL TO
THE AXIS Of ROTATIDI AID WHERE THE TRAlISfER Of EIERGY TAKES PUCE, LAMELY DUE TO THE
CHAIGE II KIIEnC EIERGY liTO STATIC EIERGY. THEY .. AY IE CEITRlfUGAL, AXIAL, 011 VAIl AXIAL
fAIS. THESE fAIlS ARE IDEAL fOR HORIZOITAL DR VERTICAL IISTALLAnOllllllilTERIOR DIICT
SYSTE.. WHICH REQUIRES A .. III"U" Of "ACE. .
"- CEITRlfUGAL IILlIE fAIS. THIS fAI COislSTS Of A CEITIIIFUGAL WIIEEL COUPLE!! WITH A IU .. IER
Of ILAOES. 1'1' MAY IE DRIVEl IY A DIIIECTORIVE .. OTOR OR All EXTEIIIAL ".DTOR THROUGH V-IELn.
THE WHEEL .. AY HAVE fORWARD CURVED ILAOES OR IA""AIIO CURVED lLAOES. fORWARD CURVED
lLAOES SEIEIIALLY HAVE LAlliE HEELTO-TIP IIAnOSWIIICH "'DOUCE LESS HEAD. TIIESE fA. ARE
ECOI.CAL AT LOWSTATIC PRESSUIIE AIIO LOW IACItWAIID CURVED ILADES TRAISfER
.. OST OF THE EIEIISY liTO THE HEAD, WHICH .. AKES THE FAIIS .. OST (FFICIEIT. THESE FAI. ARE WELL
SUITED AT HlSH'ITATIC"'ESSURE AIIO HISH CAPACITY _IACKWARD CURVED CENTRIFUGAL fAIS
ARE "'OVIDEO WITH All AlII fOIL CII_ SECTIOI. THESE lLADES ALLOWTHE AIR TO flOW SIIOOTHL Y
lITO THE DUCT. THESE fAIlS AilE QUIET AID EfflClEIT II THEIII ""IGE AIID ARE WELL SUITED fOR
HIGH PRESSURE AIIO HIIH CAPACITY.
I . AXIAL 11-L1IE FAIII. THESE FA. co.-r OF A. AXIAL-FLOW RDTDR WITH ILADES .. DUlTEO II THE
FAI HOUIIIG. THESE FA. MAY IE DIIIVEI EITHER IT DIRECTDRIVE DR AI EXTERIAL .. OTDR
THROUIH VIELn. IECAUSE OF THE TURIULEIT FLaw OF AIR WIIICH TAKES PLACE II THIS TYPE OF
FAI, THEY ARE lOT IIEe_IDED FOIt QUIET OPERATIDI AT HIGH CAPACITY WITHOUT PROVIDIIG
FAI SlLElCEAS.
C. VAlE AXIAL 11-L1IE FAIlS. THESE FAIlS ARE SI.. ILAR TO AXIAL 11L1IE FAIS AID AilE "'DVIDED WITH
FLOWVAlES. THESE flaw VAlES CDIIVERT IIOIT OF THE VELOCITY PRESSURE liTO ITATIC PRESSURE
AID IISUIIE MAXI.. UllIiFFIClEICY AID SMOOTH flOW OF AlII. THESE FA. ARE WELL SUITED FOR
HIGH PRESSURE AIID CAPACITY. THEY AilE ITAILE AIID EFFICIEIT. VAlE AXIAL FAIlS ARE ALSO
AVAILAILE WITH ADJUlTAILE IUDE PITCH. THEY ARE IIOIT IUITAILE FOIIVAIIYIIG VOLUME
AID/DR VARYIIG PRESSUIIE SYSTEM. THESE FA. MAY IE COITIIDLLED ELECTIlICALLY 011
PIIEUliAnCALLY.
2. TYPE OF DRIVE. THE 11-L1IE FAIl MAY IE OITAIIID'WlTH DIRECT DRIVE DIlIELT DRIVE. THE DIRECT
DRIVE HAS THE FAI WHEEL IIOUllEO 01 THE IIOTOR SHAFT. THIS ARRAIGEIlEIT .. AKES A COMPACT
FAI WHICH unLlZES A .. II .. UM AMOUIT OF "ACE AID REQUIRES LITTLE .. AlITEIAICE AID LESS '
POWER T"""SIIOI LOISES. BELT DRIVE FAIl HAVE A HIGH DE8REE OF VERSATILITY AS THE FAI
SPEED CAllIE CHAIIGEO EASILY IY A SIMPLE ADJUST1IEIT OF THE DRIVE PULLEY.
1 TYPE OF lEARIIGS. THE..,IT Ca.lOILY USED IEARIIGS 01 11L1IE AXIAL DR CEITRIFUGAL TYPE
FAIl ARE THE AlTI-FIIICTlOI IALL IEARI18S, All 0 SHOULD IEESPECIALL Y CO.TRUCTED FOR
QIHET OPERAnDI.
4. OElE.IE ITAnC PRESSURE. CALCULATIIG THE ITATIC PRESSURE 01 THE FAISYITE .. ISIMPORTAIT
II SELECTlI8 THE FAI. ACCURATE CALCULAnOIS CAllIE MADE IY THE COIVElnOIAL .. ETHODS AS
OUTLlIED II THE ASHRAE "HAlO lOOK Of FUIDAIIEITALS
H
I. SELECTIH THE OUTLET VELOCITY. THE SELECTIOI OF OUTLET VELOCITY USUALLY IIVOLVES THE
IALAllClII OF THE COST AID "ACE ABAIIST SOUID LEVEL AID EFFICIEICY. FAI SELECTIOI .. ADE
FOil PUILIC BIHLDIISS, SUCH AI LIBRARIES, CHURCHES, REIIDElnAL IUllOllSS, OFFICE AREAS, SCHOOLS,
IIEQIHIIU L .. 101SE LEVEL. WHllE IIDUSTRIAL VEITILATIOI, WHICH II CLUDES WORK SHOP AREAS,
PAIIKIIG GARAGES, ETC., MAY ALLOW FAlSELECTIOI WITH HIGHER SPEEOS AID NOISE LEVELS. THE
IlAltUFACTURER'S CATALOG SHOULD ALiD IE CDISULTED FOR SELECTING OUTLET VELOCITIES FOR
QUIET OPERAnDI.
I. SELECTlIG SIZE Of THE FAIl. THE 11L1IE FAI. EITHER CEITRlfUGAL TYPE DR AXIAL FLOWTYPE. CAN BE
SELECTED WITH THE FDLLDWlIG IIFDRMATION: CF.. REQUIRED. STATIC PRESSURE. lIP SPEED. AND OUTLET
VELOCITY. WITH THIS IlfDRMATlOl, CONSULT A .. AIIUfACTURER'S CATALOG AND SELECT A FAN RPM. HP.
AIID fAIl WHEEL DIAIIE.TER. THE 11L1IE fAIl SHOULD IE SELECTED fRO .. A CATALOG CARRYING THE
CERTIFIED RATIIS SEAL AUTHORIZED IY AIICA.
7. DESIGI OF FAIl IIUT AIID DlICHARSE. POOR IILET COIDITIOIU ARE THE .. OST SO.... DN CAUSE OF
REDUCED FAI PERFORMAlCE. "ACE AID OTHER CDIDITIOIS .. AY NOT ALWAYS PERIIIT THE USE OF THE
om .. u .. DEIIGI FAIIIILET AID OUTER COI.ECTIDls. FOR RATED PERFORMANCE. THE AIR .. UST ENTER
AIID LEAVE THE FAIII AI AXIAL DIRECTIOI WITHOUT PREROTATIOI. AXIAL FLOW OF THE AIR IN FAN
CAllIE ACCO.. L1SHED IY PROVIDIIG A ITRAIGHT SECTIOI, SEVERAL DUCT DIAMETERS IN LENGTH. AT
FAIl IILET AIID OUTLET.
. VlIRATIOI CDITRO,L. AIY PIECE OF EQUIPMEIT WITH MDVIIG PARTS HAS VIBRATION. THE AMOUNT OF
COITRDL REQUIRED DEPEIDS UPOI THE SIZtOf THE FAI AND ALUI',VAILE NOISE POWER LEVEL OF ITS
LOCATIDI. ALL THE DUCTWORK CDNIECTED TO THE FAI SHOULD P. " IISTALLED WITH FLEXIBLE Dun
COIIECTIOIS. REGARDLESS Of SIZE OF THE fAi AID ITS LOCATIO.; TIlE USE OF VIBRATION MOUNTS
LARSEL Y DEPEIOSOI FAI SPEED, SUPPORTlIG STRUCTURE AND SPACE WHERE IT IS USED. THE .. ATERIALS
GEIERALLY USED fOR VIBRATIDI MOUlTS ARE STEEL SPRINGS. RUBBERINSHEAR. AND CORK. UNDER
EXTRE .. E COIDITIDI5. THE PROILEM SHOULD BE REFERRED TD A VIBRATION ISOLATOR .. ANUFACTUREj! ,
t . HGWTO DAMPEI 10lSE CREATED BY FAN. NOISE CRITERIA SHOUlO BE C/.REFULL V STUDIED IN THE
PUILIC AREAS SUCH A' LlIRARV. SCHOOL. CHURCH. liND AUDITORIUM, THE MOST VALID BASIS FOR
10lSE LEVEL COMPARISOIIS AN NC CURVE. THE NC CURVE FOR ANV GIVEN AREA ESTAILISHES
SOUIO POWER LEVEL IN EACH OCTAVE BAND. NOISE REDUCTION IN ANV SV:UM IS AFFECTED BV THE
FOLLOWIIG ITEMS:
III SOUIO ATTENUATOR
(21 DUCT LlIING
(31 ROOM EFFECT. SUCH AS CARPET. ACOUSTICAL WAllS. ETC,
(41 ELIOWS IN THE DUCTWORK
(II DUCTWORK.
THE FOLLOWING METHOD IS USED TO DETERMINE THE SI ZE OF THE DIlCT ATTENUATOR OR SILENC[II ,
III DBTAII ACTUAL FAN SOUND POWER LEVEL FOR RATED CONDITION FROM FAN MANUfACTURER.
(21 DETERMINE THE VALUES OF ALLOWABLE SOUND POWER LEVEL fOR THAT PARTICULAR AREA fROM
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK.
(31 SUBTRACT THE VALUES OF STEP Z AND ALSO PROPER VALUES OF 1II0lSE LEVEL REDUCTIDI OF
AIDVE LISTED ITEMS. EXCEPT SOUND ATTENUATOR. FROM THE VALUES OF ACTUAL FAlSOUID
POWER LEVEL OBTAINED FROMMAIIIUFACTURER'S CATALOG.
(41 SELECT THE SILENCER WHICH Will MEET THE VALUES OF NOISE LEVEL DBrAtlED 1111 STEP 3.
PAGE NO. 145A
"'....,. 'It c., ........ TRANS-APlATE"
JI8" ALL THIlEADD STEEL IIODS
SUI'POIIT FItO.. IUILOING STIIUCTUIIE
LENGTH OF RODS TO SUIT SPACE
AVAILABLE

I
OIL IIESISTANT .ELTS-------:Il--.J
""'AlE
EXIBLE CONNECTION

IIOUtITIHG IIIACKET-..j..,==--..--r

DUCTWOIIK----!-_
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
SIDE VIEW
POWER SDUIICE
IIIESTAT
CONTIIOL CIICUIT
I.
C
}llb
I'llIr
FAN
END VIEW
ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CENTRIFUGAL IN-LINE FAN NO SCALE
1 FAIt NO. CF.1Il
Sop.
II II.
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE CENTRIFUGAL INLINE FAN
"OTOII
..AX. A.P. ...
FlllESTAT
SETTIIG
HEATING. ' YENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
INSTALLATION NOTES
l SET FAN DEAD LEVEL IN BOTH OIRECTIOIIS.
2. LUBRICATE FAN AND MOTOII IN ACCORDANCE WITH .. ANUFACTUIlEII's INSTRUCTIONS.
3.CHECK FAN FOIl COIIIIECT ROTATION. I' .. ANUFACTUllER HAS NOT INSTALLED ROTATION AP.ROW,
INSTALL COIIIIECT ROTATION AR""W.
4. CHECK TO SEE IF VIBRATION ISOLATION .SPIIINGS ARE
II.ADJUST CF. ... TO VALUES S_N ON PROJECT PLANS AND SET BELT TENSION.
"CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DlilT F_ ALL PAIITS OF FAN.
T. IF CONTROL DEVICE SUCH AS THERMOSTAT II SHOWN ON PROJECT PLANS FOIl THE FAN,
CHECK OUT OPERATION OF CONTROL DIVICE
.. TIGHTEN BELT GUARD TO FAN FRA .. E.
I.CHECK FlflUTAT SETTING AND SET IN PLACE.
MANUAL P L ATE NO. 70 A p' AGE NO. 145 B
FOUR SIDED KITCHEN HOO[J
I. COMPUTE THE ARU OF THE HOOD - THE SIZE OF THE KITOIEN HOOD WILL IE DETERMINED FROM
THE AREA COVERED IY THE EQUIPMENT WHIOI IT SERVES. THE PURPOSE OF THE KITOIEN HOOD
IS TO REMOVE COOKING ODORS, SMOKE, AND HUT FROM THE KITOIEN EQUIPMENT. THE KITOIEM
HOOD SHOULD OVERUP THE EQUIPMENT IT SERVES IY 6-INOIES ALL AROUND, AND THE LOWER
EDGE OF THE HOOD SHOULD IE 6'-6" ABOVE THE FLOOR.
2. COMPUTE THE CFM REQUIRED - THE CFM.FOR KITOIEN RANGE HOOD SHOULD IE 100-1511 CFM PER
FOOT OF HOOD. THE CFM FOR A lROILER HOOD SHOULD IE AT LUST 200 CFM PER
SQUARE FOOT OF HOOD. CFM EXHAUSTED FROM HOOO SHOULD GIVE AT LEAST 20 AIR OIANGES IN
KITCHEN.
3. COMPUTE NUMIER OF FILTERS REQUIRED - DETAIL SHOWN IS FOR 2O"X2O" XZ" FIL TERS; HOWEVER,
10"XtO", 10"XI6", 10"X2O", 16"XI6", .16"X2O", 16"XZS", AND 2O" XZ5" FILTERS ARE AVAILABLE.
FOR 2O"X20"X2" FILTERS, ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 1000 CFM PER FILTER. THUS, IF THE CFM RE
QUIRED = lZ,ooo, THEN IZ FILTERS WOULD IE REQUIRED. 00 NOT EXCEED 600 FPM THRU FILTERS.
GOOD DESIGN = ABOUT FPM THRU FILTER. NORMALLY, USE 100 CFM PER 2O"X20"XZ" FILTER.
4. SHOW SIZE OF HOOD IN SOIEDULE ON DRAWING - THIS MUST IE CAREFULLY COORDINATED WITH
lUlL DING CONSTRUCTION DETAILS IF STRUCTURE IS LIMITED.
5. SHOWMATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION IN SOIEDULE ON DRAWINGS-STAINLESS STEEL HOODS WILL IE
CONSIDERAILY MORE EXPENSIVE THAN PAINTED lUCK STEEL. OIECK OTHER KITCHEN EQUIP
MENT, IF IT IS ALL STAINLESS, USE A STAINLESS STEEL HOOD. IF OTHER KITCHEM EQUIPMENT IS
PAINTED OR ZINC-cGATED, USE PAINTED BLACK STEEL.
6. SHOW OUCT CONNECTION TO HOOD - DRAW 1M OUCT COMMECnON ON DETAIL OF HOOD. CARE MUST
IE TAKEN TO SEE THAT THE iiUCT WILL FIT TH .. 11IE STRUCTURE SINCE IT IS'USUALLY QUITE-
URGE. SIZE DUCT AT 2000 FPM. 11IIS IS NECESSARY TO KEEP VAPORS MOVING THRU OUCT TO FAN.
IF ANY MOISTURE OR CONDENSATION WILL OCCU. 1M DUCT, SUO! AS MIGHT IE EXPECTED FROM
STEAM KETTLES, DISHWASHER, ETC., IE SURE TO SPECIFY 11IUOUCT JOINTS SHALL IE SOLDERED
OR WELDED TO PREVENT WATER FROM LEAKING OUT OF OUCT SEAMS AND RESULTANT DAMAGE TO
THE IUILOING. . .
7. SHOW NUMIER OF LIGHTS 1M SCHEDULE - AFTER LIGHTS HAV.E IE EN SELECTED, ADVISE THE ELEC
TRICAL DESIGNER AND CAUTION HIM TO SPEOFY 11IE CORRECT TYPE OF MATERIAL TO STANO THE
HIGH HUT THAT MAY EXIST IN THE TOP CHAMIER OF.THE HOOD.
e. AIR ULANCE -IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL AIR TAKEN OUT BY THE HOOD IE MADE UP FROM OUT
OOORS. FIRST SEE IF ENOUGH AIR IS AVAILABLE FROM THE ADJACENT DINING ARUS. IF SO, TRY
TO USE lOR FRESH AIR UNITS AN 0 MOVE THE .AIR FROM THE DINING ARU TO THE KITCHEN. BRING
ING AIR DIRECTLY INTO THE KITCHEN FROM THE OUTOOORS IS USUALL Y UNSATISFACTORY SINCE IT
IS TOO HOT IN THE SU*ER AND TOO COLD IN THE WINTER. SLIGHTLY MORE AIR SHOULD BE TAKEN
OUT IY THE HOODS THAN IS INTRCIOUCED TO KEEP THE KITCHEN UNDER SLIGHT NEGATIVE PRES
SURE TO CONTROL ODORS.
9. STRUCTURAL - THE KITCHEN HOOD WILL IE QUITE HUVY; THE WEIGHT OF THE HOOD SHOULD BE
ESTIMAlED AND GI,VEN TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINE ER.
' 10. LOCAL CODES - THIS IS A STANDARD DETAIL AND MAY NOT IE EXACTLY CORRECT FOR THE PROJECT
YOU ARE DESIGNING. OIECK ALL PHASES OF THE COMSTRUCTION AND CODES.
II. FIRESTAT - THE FAN SERVING THE KITOIEN HOOD SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRESTAT AND
SHOULD GENERALLY IE SET TO STOP THE FAN WHEN THE AIR IEING HANDLED RISES TO 175 DE
GREES F.
12. FIRE DAMPER - UNLESS THE LOCAL COOES REQUIRE A FIRE DAMPER IN THE DUCT FROM THE HOOD,
IT SHOULD MOT IE USED IECAUSE IT LOADS UP WITH GRUSE AND IS DIFFICULT TO KEEP CLEAN.
-----
--
13. UCK DRAFT DAMPER - lACK DRAFT DAMPERS SHOULD NOT BE USED IECAUSE TH LOAD UP WITH
GREASE AND THEY ARE DIFFICULT TO KEEP CLEAN.
14. DUCTWOIII( - THE OUCTWOn LEADING FR,* THE HOOD TO THE EXHAUST FAN SHOULD IE AS VERTI-
CAL AS POSSIBLE AND SHOULD HAVE WELDEb OR SOLDERED SEAMS. WHEREVER FUSIILE, ACCESS
OOORS SHOULD IE PROVIDED TO FACILITATE CLEANING OF THE DUCTS.
15. FIRE EXnNGUISHINGSYSTEM- THE tMSTALUTION OF A FIRE EXTINGUISltlNG SYSTEM"CAM HAVE A
CONSIDERABLE EFFECT ON THE INSURANCE RATES FOR THE BUILDING. ALWAYS CHECK TO SEE IF
IT IS DESIRABLE TO ADO THIS FUTiJRE. LOCAL INSURANCE COMPANIES AND LOCAL FIRE EXTlN
GUISHER COMPANIES CAN PROVIDE INFORMATION AS TO lEST TYPE TO USE FOR THE PROIECT
LOCALITY.
PAGE NO. 146
I
l
A-,

I': 0:--'-
''----IIOU:u.. 110.........-
[] [) 0 []
.PLAN VIEW
..
I;l

f

..
Q
i ..
z
II:C
Q"
"- ...
HEIGHT- SEE
SCHEDULE
TRAY HOOK
PANEL
SECTION B-B

2112
[II3116'MIN-
t=:;:;:;:;::jl
3114' 3114'
t8GAUGE FOLDED SHEET t6GAUGE FOLDEO SHEET
CIIANNEL OR COLD FORMED CHANNEL OR COLD FORGED
FILTER FRAME
anlftBLY-SEE
SECTION A-A
FASTENER
GREASE TRAY (REMOVABLE)
FI LTE R DET A I L
LT TO SUPPORT
CHANNEL
SHEET
- --CEI LING LINE
o GA. ZINC COATED
STEEL SHEETS WHERE
CONCEALED
20 .. 20. 2"
GREASE FILTERS
112" ALL THREADED RODS
TO..
CHANNEL TO CHANNEL
CEILING Li NE
DETAIL A
00
OUTSIDE 0 0
SEE SPECI FICATIONS
000
VERTICAL FRAME
CHANNEL - SEE
DETAI L
D.ETAlol
o 0
0 0 0
NOTE '
ALL SEAMS OR JOtNlS
IN VISI BLE PART OF
PLATE SHALL BE
FILLED BY WELDING
OR SOLDERING AND
GROUND SMOOTH
TO MATCH ADJACENT
MATERIAL

FRAME CHANNEL
SEE DETAI L
DETAI L C
CAST FI TTI NG

GASKETS
II GAUGE FOLDED SHEET
CHANNEL OR COLD FOAMED
!'liE- PUNCHED CHANNEL STUD PRE- PlJlCHED CHANNEL STUD PRE-PUNCHED CHANNEL STUD
FILTER ASSEIlILYDETA'L
IC!OW LAMP
SUPPORT CHANNEL VERTICAL FRAME OUTSIDE FRAME
CHANNEL CHANNEL
DETAILS OF TH.E CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF THE FOUR SIDE KITCHEN
NO sclLE
SCHEDULE OF THE FOU R SID E
HOOD 110. NUMBER OF FI LTERS METAL OF FILTER FRAME METAL OF VIStlLE SHEET
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR , CONDITIONING PAGE NO.1 47
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION 0 F THE
THREE SIDED KITCHEN HOOD
l. COMPUTE THE AREA OF THE HOOD - THE SIZE OF THE KITCHEN HOOD WILL BE DETERIIIINEO FROIII
THE ARfi covERTii' BY- THE EQUIPMENT WHICH IT SERVES. THE PURPOSE OF THE KITCHEN HOOD IS
TO REMOVE COOKIIIG ODORS, SMOKE, AND HEAT FROM THE KITCHEN EQUIPMEIIT. THE J(ITCHEN
HOOD SHOULD OVERLAP THE EQUIPMEIIT IT SERVE S Il Y 6INC"ES ALL AROUIID, AIID THE LOWER
EDGE OF THE HOOO SHOULD liE 6'-6" AllovE THE FLOOR. THE THREESIDED HOOD SHOULD BE
USED W!lERE OIlE SIDE OF THE HOOD: S ,GAI HS[ THE " ALL.
2. COMPUTE THE CFM REQUIRED- THE CFM FoR A KITCHEll RAMGE HOOl! SHOIlLD BE SO-Ioo CFM PER
SOUARn=oof' OF-H"OOO-:TIiECFM FOR A BROILER HOOD SHOULD BE AT LEAST 200 CFM PER SOUARE
FOOT OF HOOD. CFM EXH4USTED FROM HOOD'SHOULD GlYE AT LEAST 20 AIR CHANGES 1M KliCHEN.
3. COMPUTE IIUMBER OF FIL TERS RE'JUIRED- DETAIL SHOWII JS FOR 2O"X20" Xl" FIL TERS HOWEVER,
ij" xio", 10"Xi6":"' lO"X20", 16" XI6 ", 16"X20", 16" X2S", ARE AVAILABLE . FOR
2O" X20" X2" FILTERS, ALLOw APPROXIMATELY 1000 CFM IlERtQfR.1HIfS IF TIIE ,CFM REQUIRED
:2, J(jO, THEil :2 F:L IE RS WOULD BE REQUIRED. 00 MOT fERS.
SIGH ABOUT 400 FPM rHRU FILTER. NORMALLY, USE acncFIII PH ." Qb;'v' FILTfR. ,
4. SHO.!. SIZE OF HOOD III SCHEDULE_<!II_DRAWIM' THIS .. UST BE WlTIt
BUILDING COHo DETAILS IF STRUCTU,REftElGHT IS LIMfTED.
5, SHOW OF COHSTRUCT IOH III 5CrlE 0Ul E 011 DR "" "GS - S1 AINlESS STf8.IIOOOS WilliE
COIISIDERABLY MORE EXPi:HSI'vE THAN PAINTED BLACK STE L. C'1 ' CK OTHER m ' CHftI
IF IT IS ALL STAINLESS, USE A STAINLESS STEEL. HOOD. IF OTHE R KI TOltH EOUIPIIIENT PIII N, ED
OR ZINCCOATED, USE PAINTED BLACK STEEL.
6. SHOW DUCT COIIIIECTIOH TO HOOD - DRAW IN DUCT COHHECTIOH DETAIL OF HOOD MUST
BE TAKE" TO SEE THAT THE DUCT WILL FIT THRU THE STRUCTURE SINCE IT IS USUALLV QU ITE LAI(GF
m E DUCT AT 2000 FPM, THIS IS "ECESSARY TO KEEP VAPORS MOVING THRU DUCT TO FAil , IF AIIV
",JISTURE OR COIIDEIISATlOII WILL OCCUR III DUCT, SUCH AS MIGHT BE EXPECTED FROM STEAM
KETTLES, DISHW4SHER, ETC., BE SURE TO SPECIFY THAT DUCT JOINTS SHALL BE SOLDERED OR
WELDED TO PREVENT WATER FROM LEAKING DUT OF DUCT SEAMS AND RESULTANT DAMAGE TO THE
BUILDING.
7. SHOW NUMBER OF LIGHTS III SCHEDULE - AFTER LIGHTS HAVE BEEM SELECTED, ADVISE THE ELEC
TRICAL DESiGHER AIID CAUTION HIM 'TO ,PECIFY THE CORRECT TYPE OF MATERIAL TO STAMD THE
HIGH HEIT THAT MAY EXIST IN TH E TOP CH IIMBER OF THE HOOD.
e. AIR BALANCE -IT IS IIIIPORTANT THAT ALL AIR TUEN OUT BY' THE HOOD BE MADE UP FROM 01) T
DOORS. FIRST SEE IF EMOUGH AIR IS AVAILABLE FROM THE ADJACEMT DINING AREAS. IF SO, ;,' HI
USE 100% FRESH AIR UNITS AND IotCIVE THE AIR FROM THE DIIIIIH, AREA TO THE KITCH EN . 6RINCIHC
AIR DIRECTL Y INTO THE KITCHEN FROM OUTDOORS IS USUALL Y UNSATISFACTORY SIIICE IT IS TOO HOT
III TIlE SUMMER AND TOO COLD III THE WIIPH 1II0llE AIR SHOULD BE TUEll OUT BY THE
"oooS'THAN IS INTRODUCED TO KEEP THE KIlCHE'4IJIIDER SLIGHT "EGATIVE PRESSURE TO CONTROL
ODORS.
9. STRUCTURAL - THE KITCHEH HU(' I) WILL BE QUITE HEAVY; THE WEIGHT OF THE HOOD SHOULD BE
cs.n"iATE O TO THi EIWNEER.
_ LOCAL DETAIL AIID MA' NOT BE EXACTlY CORRECT FOR THE PROJECT
' Y5Aif'ii6itltK' _LL PHASES OF THE COIISTRUCTION AND LOCAL coors.
11. FlRESTAT - ntl PAitsfRVING THE KITCHEll HOOD BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRESTAT AND
5iiliiti5GENERALLY BE SET TO STOP THE F411 THE AIR IIEINGHANDLEO RISES Te 17, DECREES F.
12. FIRE OA/olPER-UNLESS THI: LOCAL CODES A FI Ri: ilAMPER III THE ['!l CT FROI<t THE HOOD.
IT SHouioHOT BE USED IT LOADS UP WITH CRi ASE AI' D IS DIFFI CULT TO KEEP CLEAN.
n, BACK DRW,T OAMPER - 3ACK DRAFT DAMPE SHOULD 110 r liE 8ECAUSE THEY LOAD UP WI TH
CREASE ANO:'ARE DIFFI C\I' T TO KEEP CLEAN ,
DU CTWORK - THE DUCTW' RK ' , r , ,, ING FROM THE HOOD TO THE EXHAUST FAN SHOULD BE AS VUTI
:i;S'!' OSSI8Lf ;! AVE"" LDED CR SOLDERED . EAMS , WHEREVER ACCESS
D:10RS e- " he, " r :; ; __ FACI.TATE OF THE DUCTS
15. FIRE EXTlIIGUISHING SYSTEIII- THE INSTAlLATION OF A FIRE EXTIMGUISHItr.. SYSTEM CAN HAVf A
CONsio"ERABLE EFFECT ON THE INSUItANCE RATES FOR THE BJI:.. DII4G. Al"" h Cr, '-K '0 SEE IF IT
IS DESIRABLE TO ADD THIS FEATURE. LOCALIIISURANCE COMPANIES AND LOCAL '
COMPANIES CAM PROVIDE INFORIIIATION AS TO THE BEST TYPE TO.uSE fOR THE PROJF;, OCAI
PAG E NO. ,148
, .. c., ....... TV.N5-APlATE*
WALL

I
---!IOU:TlN8 RODS/
[j
r-o

[) [J
o
[J
.,
..
..
i ..
z
&C
0 ....
ILL
______ __________ ______
PLAN VIEW
WALL
- --CEILING liNE
o GA. ZINC COATED
TEEl SHEETS WHERE
CONCEALED
HEIGHT'SEE
WALL
...... ___ -r'-;t:::-;==;-;=;'-'t
DULE
filTER fRAME
_V-KE
DETAIL
FilTER HANDLE
SECTION A-A
FilTER OlDING CLIPS
"-6; 10 FLOOR
t
ZO" , ZO", Z"
GREASE FilTERS
CEiliNG liNE
OUTSIDE
1/2" ALL THREADED 11005 AT

DETAIL A
CHANNEL TO CHANNEL
TURN WEI IN
BOLT OR WELD TO
VERTICAL FRAME
CHANNEL
SUPPORT
o 0 CHANNEL

SEE SPECIFICATIONS
o 0 0
o 0 0 SEAM

2V2
II gAUgE FOLDED SHEET
CHANNEL OR COLD FORIlED
PIlE PUNCHED CHANNEL STUD
SUPPORT CHANNEL
T!lAV HOOK
SECTION B-B

3 II. 3 1/.'
IIGAUIE FOLDED SHEET I.GAUGE FOLDED SHEET
CHANNEL OR COLD FORIlED CHANNEL OR COLD FOR8ED
PII(-I'UIICHED CHANNEL STUD PRE PUNCHED CHANNEL STUD
VERTICAL FRAME OUTSIDE FRAME
CHANNEL CHANNEL
FASTENER
GIIEASE TIIAVCREMOVABlEI
FILTER DETAI L
SUPPORT CHANNEL
2." SEE
FILTER ASSEMBLY DETAIL
GAUGE SHEET
VERTICAL FRAME
CHANNEL - SEE
DETAil
DETAIL
o 0
000
B
SEE SCHEDULE
!!.2ll.'.
All SEAMS OR JOINTS
IN VISIBLE PART OF
PLATE SHAll IE
FillED BV WELDING
OR SOLDERING AIID
GROUND SMOOTH
TO MATCH ADJACENT
MATERIAL
WELD CHANNEL
TO CHANNEL
OUTSIDE fRAME CHANNEL
SEE DETAI l
DETAI'L C
CAST FITTING
CONDUIT
GASKETS
100W LAMP
DETAIL
DETAILS OF THE CONSTRUCTlON AND INSTALLATION OF THE THREE SIDE KITCHEN
NO SClLE
S C HE 0 U LEO F THE THREE SID E
HOOD NQ NUMBER OF FILTERS METAL OF FILTER FRAME METAL OF VISIBLE SHEET
HtAT.NG. - VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN PAGE NO. 141
THREE SIDED KITCHEN HOOD, LIGHT DUTY
I. COMpuTE THE AREA OF THE HOOO - THE SIZE OF THE KITCHEN HOOD WILL BE DETERMIMED FROM
THE AREA COVERED BY THE EQUIPMENT WHICH IT SERVES. THE PURPOSE OF THE KITCHEN HOOD
IS TO REMOVE COOItING ODORS, SMOKE, AHD HEAT FROM THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. THE KITCHEN
HOOD SHOULD OVERUP THE EQUIPMENT IT SERVES BY 6 INCHES ALL AROUND, AND THE LOWER
EDGE OF, THE HOOO SHOULD BE 6'-4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE LIGHT DUTY HOOD SHOULD OItLY
BE USED WHEN THE COOKING SERVICE IS MODERATE.
2. COMPUTE THE CFM REQUIRED - THE CFM FOR KITCHEN RANGE HOOD SHOULD BE 50-100 CFM PER
SQUARE FOOT OF HOOD. THE CFM FOR A BROILER HOOD SHOULD BE AT LEAST 200 CFM PER SQUARE
FOOT OF HOOD. CFM EXHAUSJED FRoM HOOD SHOULD GIVE AT LEAST 20 AIR CHANGES IN KITCHEN.
3. COMPUTE NUMBER OF FilTERS RE IRED - DETAIL SHOWN IS FOR 20"X20"X2" FILTERS; HOWEVER,
IO"XIO", 100'X16", IO"X "; 16"X16", 16"X20", 16"X2S" AND 20"X2S" FILTERS ARE AVAILABLE. FOR
FILTERS, ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 1000 CFM PER FILTER. THUS, IF THE C,FM REQUIRED
= 12,000, THEN 12 FILTERS WOULD BE REQUIRED. DO NOT EXCEED 600 FPM THROUGH FIL TERS. GOOD
DESIGN = ABOUT at FPM THROUGH FILTER. NORMALLY, USE aoo CFM PER 'FIt. TER.
4. SHOW SIZE OF HOOD IN SCHEDULE OM DRAWING - THIS MUST BE CAREFULLY COORDINATED WITH
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION DETAILS IF SJRUCTURE HEIGHT IS LIMITED. '
5. SHOW MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTlOIt IN SCHEDULE OM DRAWINGS - STAINLESS STEEL HOODS WILL liE
CONSIDERABlY iIiORE EXPENSIVE THAM PANITED BUCK STEEL. CHECK OTHER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT;
IF IT IS ALL SJAIMLESS, USE A STAlliLESSSTEEL HOOD. IF OTHER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT IS PAIHTED
OR ZINC.cOATED, USE PAINTED IIUCK STEEL.
6. SHOW DUCT COltNECTIOM TO HOOD - DRAW IN DUCT CONNECTION ON DETAIL OF HOOD. CARE MUSJ
BE TAKEN TO SEE lltAT THE DUCT WILL ,FIT THROUGH THE SJRUCTURE SINCE IT IS USIlALL Y QUITE
URGE. SIZE DUCT loT 2000 FPM. THIS IS NECESSARY TO KEEP VAPORS MOVING THROUGH DUCT TO
FAN. IF ANY MOISJliRE OR CONDENSATION WILL OCCUR IN DUCT, SUCH AS MIGHT liE EXPECTED
FROM STEAM KETTLES, DISHWASHER, ETC. lIE SURE TO SPECIFY THAT DUCT JOINTS SHALL liE
SOLDERED OR WELDED TO PREVENT WATER FROM LEAKING OUT OF DUCT SEAMS AND RESULTANT
DAMAGE TO THE IlUILDING.
7. AIR BAUNCE -IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL AIR TAKEN OUT IIY THE HOOO liE MADE UP FROM OUT
DOORS. FIRSJ SEE IF ENOUGH AIR IS AVAIUBLE FROM THE ADJACENT DINING ARE,AS. IF SO, TRY TO
USE 100% FRESH AIR UNITS AND MOVE THE AIR FROM THE DINING AREA TO THE KITCHEN. IIRINGING
AIR DIRECTLY INTO THE KITCH EM FROM OUTDOORS is USUALLY UNSATISFACTORY SIIIeE IT IS TOO HOT
1M THE SUMMER AND TOO COLD IN THE WINTER. SLIGHTLY MORE AIR SHOULD liE TAKEN OUT IIY THE
HOODS THAN IS INTROOUCED TO KEEP THE KITCHEN UNDER SLIGHT NEGATIVE PRESSURE TO COItTROL
OOORS.
e. SJRUCTURAL - THE KITCHEN HOOD WILL liE QUITE HEAVY; THE WEIGHT OF THE HOOD SHOULD BE
ESTIMATED AND GIVEN TO THE SJRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
, ,
9. LOCAL CODES - THIS IS A STANDARD DETAIL AND MAY NOT liE EXACTLY CORIECT FOR THE PROJECT
YOU ARE DESIGNING. CHECK ALL PHASES OF THE COItSTRUCTIOM AMD LOCAL CODES.
10. FIRESTAT - THE FAN SERVING THE KITCHEN HOOD SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRESJAT AND
SHOULD GENERALLY liE SET TO SJOP THE FAN WHEN THE AIR IIEIIIG HAMDLED RISES TO 175 DEGREES F.
II. FIRE DAMPER - UNLESS THE LOCAL CODES REQUIRE A FIRE DAMPER 1M THE DUCT FROM THE HOOD,
IT SHOULD NOT liE USED BECAUSE IT LOADS UP WITH GREASE ANI;IIS DIFFICULT TO KEEP CLEAM.
\2. BACK DRAFT DAMPERS - BACK DRAFT DAMPERS SHOULD MOT BE USED IIECAUSE THEY LOAD UP WITH
GREASE AND ARE DIFFICULT TO KEEP CLEAN.
13. DUCTWORK - THE oUCTWORK LEADIMG FROM THE HOOD TO THE EXHAUST FAN SHDULD BE AS VERTICAL
AS POSSIBLE AND SHOULD HAVE WELDED OR SOLDEREO SEAMS. WHEREVER FEASIBLE, ACCESS DOORS
SHOULD BE PROVIDED TO FACILITATE CLUNING OF THE DUCTS.
14. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM - THE INSTALUTlOIt OF A FIRE EXTIHGUISHIHG SYSJEM CAM HAVe A
COItSIDERABLE EFFECT OM THE ,"SURAMCE RATES FOR THE IlUILDIHG. ALWAYS CHECK TO SEE IF IT IS
DESIRABLE TO ADD THIS FEATURE. LOCAL IMSURAtlCE COMPANIES All) LOCAL FIRE UTIHGUISHER
COMPANIES CAM PROVIDE IMFORMATIOM AS TO TH E BEST TYPE TO USE FOR THE PROJECT LOCALITY
ft AGE NO. 150
INTERNAL
lIAISED SE:eJ#l8-
"OIIIIIED C
ITYPICAL)
HANNEL
/'
ALL

AND "LUSH.
r
LENGTH - S[[ SCHEDULE
.
I:':':':
I
:

"
LIIHTS
PLAN VIEW AT A-A
ALL THREADED ROD TO SlRUClUR
CEILIIG LINE ----'
----;1----
"
,
,
'. "
----'T----
:,
1-
,
,
,
_liED CHANNEL
ONE EACH PANEL
:.
,
,
'.-
..
..J
]
:>
0
..
:I:
<J
..
..
..
..
,
:z:

0
i
t
EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTION - SE" I'IIOJECT I'UNS
ALL THREADED ROD TO STRUCTURE
CEILING
LINE.
..
..
..
,!.
3
w
:I:
A
,'-,. TO FLOOR
ALL CORNERS 10 6E MITERED. WELDED
SOLID GROUND SMOOTH AND FUJSH

II GAGE FORMED
CHANNEL-WELD
ELE VATION - SECnON A-A
TO PLATE------,.
"
5

CONDUIT
:tWASHE
CEILING LINE
TRIM ANGLE TO
MATCH CEILING
SHEET METAL

liLA SS GLOBE -----4""1
100 W LAMP-----'
lIZ ALL THREADED RODS AT 4-00.C
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE IN AN
APPROVED MANNER
DETAIL "AO
WELD CHAIIINEL
TO CHANNEL
CONDUIT
ASBESlOS GASKETS
VAPQR PROOF FIXTURE
WITH NICKEL PLATED SOCKET
AND HEAT RESISTANT
Il.OBE
PLAN - SECTION B-B HOOD LIGHT DETAIL .
..... ' 'IV PUIOII

INTEIINAL liAISED SEAII
FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF THE KITCHEN HOOD, LIGHT DUTY
..,. .., SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE KITCHEN HOOD, LIGHT DUTY
,
HOODII).Ic..I':II 1 SEIIVES
I
NUliBER 0" 'ILUIIS IIiETAL DI' "I LUll "'AIlE IIiETAL 0" VISIILE SHEET
I
LENGTH
I
WIDTH
I
AREA
I
HEIIHT
I
LI.HTS
I I I I I I I l- i I
H E AT I N e. V E ,N TIL AT 10 N. AND A I R CON D I T ION I N G DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 73 .P A e E NO. 151
STEAM TO WATER CONVERTOR
1. CAPACIT ..'LREQUIREMEIITS O ~ _ THE CONVERTOR - COMPUTE THE LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF THE CON
VERTOR BV THE USU4L METHODS SHOWN IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AIID DATA lOOK.
2. FLOW RATE OF WATER THRU THE CONVERTOR - THE CONVERTOR WILL HAVE WATER FLOW IN THE
TuIE AND STEAM FLOW IN THE SHELL. WKEN THE BTUtliR LOAD CAPACITY OF THE CONVERTOR HAS
IEEN ESTABLISHED THEN THE FLOW AND TEIoIPERATURE RANGE MUST BE ESTABLISHED FROM THE
FORMULA:
GPM = ITU/lIR .;- 1.33 60 . \ T
WHERE ~ T IS THE TEMPERATURE RANGE OF THE SYSTEM, GENERALLY 20 DEGREES F FOR THE CLOSED
SYSTEM AND 100 DEGREES F FOR THE DOMESTIC WATER HUTING SYSTEM, BUT MAV VARY WITH THE
DESIGNER AND THE CONDITIONS.
3. ESTABLISH THE WATER PRESSURE DROP IN THE TUIES - WHEN THE FLOW RATE HAS BEEN ESTAI
lIlMED, CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR THE WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU THE TUIES
OF THE CONVERTOR.
. VELOCITY OF THE WAJER THROUGH THE C O N ~ - THE VELOCITY OF THE WATER THROUGH THE
TUIES SHOULD IE A MINIMUM OF 1 FT .ISEC. AND A MAXIMUM OF 5 FT .ISEC.
S. FOULING FACT.ORS - SPECIFY THAT THE CONVERTOR TUBES SHALL BE SELECTED ON THE BASIS OF
i 0.0015 FOULING FACTOR FOR CLOSED SYSTEMS AIID A 0.002 FOULING FACTOR FOR LIOMESTIC WATER
HUTING SYSTEMS.
6. STEAM PRESSURE - THE STEAM PRESSURE WILL IE ESTABLISHED FROM THE IUILDING SYSTEM STEAM
PRESSURE, AND WILL IE THE PRESSURE AT THE STEAM 10lLER LESS THE PRESSURE DROP FROM THE
10lLER TO THE CONVERTOR.
7. STUM FLOW - THE STEAM FLOW TO THE CONVERTOR MAY IE ESTAILISHED FROM THE FOLLOWING
FORMULA: -
STEAM FLOW LlStliR ~ ITtlIR CAPACITY OF THE CONVERTOR
, LATEN HUT OF EVAPORATION OF THE STEAM
WHERE THE LATENT HUT OF EVAPORATION OF THE STEAM MAY IE FOUND IN THE STUM TAILES
OR ASSUMED AT 970 ITUILI FOR THE LOW PRESSURE STEAM.
I . CONDENSATE FLOW RATE FROM THE CONVERTOR - THE CONDENSATE FLOW RATE FROM THE CON
VERTOR WILL BE THE SAME AS THE STUM FLOW RATE TO THE CONVERTOR.
9. CONDENSATE TRAP SIZING - THE CONDENSATE TRAP SHOULD IE OF THE FLOAT AIID THERMO
STATIC TYPE FOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM AND OF THE IIIYERTED IUCKET TYPE FOR MEDIUM AND
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM. THE TRAP \lSED SHOULD HAVE MEAIIS FOR VENTING AIR AND SHOULD HAVE
A CAPACITY OF THREE TIMES THE CONDENSING CAPACITY OF THE CONVERTOR.
10. CONSTRUCTION OF TitE CONVERTOR - THE CONVERTOR SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ASME CODE FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS AND SHOULD IE SO CERTIFIED AIID STAMPED.
GENERALLY, THE SHELL IS CONSTRUCTED OF CARlON STEEL, THE HEADS ARE CONSTRUCTED OF
STEEL, AND THE TUIES ARE 3/." 0.0. #II IWG SEAMLESS DRAWH COPPER.
11. PRESSURE RATING OF THE CONVERTOR - GENERALLY, CONVERTORS ARE CONSTRUCTED FOR A
WORKING PRESSURE OF 125 PSIG IN THE SHELL, AND 125 PSIG IN THE TUBES: HOWEVER, HIGHER
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RATED CONVERTORS ARE AVAILABLE .
12. ELEVATION OF CONDENSATE -IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT WHERE A MODULATING TYPE OF
STUM CONTROL VALVE IS USED, NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO LIFT THE CONDENSATE ABOVE
THE HUTIIiG ELEMENT. THE RUSON FOR THIS IS THAT WHEN THE MODULATING VALVE THROTTLES
TO THE ALMOST CLOSED POSITION, THE STEAM PRESSURE EIITERING THE HUTING ELEMENT ISRE
DUCED TO A VALUE TOO LOW TO ELEVATE THE CONDENSATE AND SERIOUS WATER HAMMER WILL
RESULT.
13. WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE -IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT AN ASME RATED,
FfiTHE HUT INPUT, WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE IE SPECIFIED AIID
SHOWN IN THE DETAIL.
1 . SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - WHERE IT IS DESIRED TO PRODUCE TWO WATER TEMPERATURES
FROM ONE HOTWATER CONVERTOR, USUAL-LY 140 DEGREES F AND 110 DEGREES F, IT CAN IE AC
COMPLISHED IY MAKING THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE CONVERTOR AND USING .AMIX
IMG VALVE IN THE PIPING.
PA G E NO. 152
1/2 VACUUtI
1/2 OPEN END
CHECK VALVE
DlIIT LEG FULL SIU -+-_""
OF CONNECTION
."11.
CLEVIS HANGER
REDUCER AS REQ'O.
TO IIATCH INLET
- SET CONVEIITOII LEVEL-
DETAILS OF THE
PIPE SUPPORT
INSTALL CONVERTOR SO THAT FULL LENGTH
OF TUBE BUNDLE IS AVAILABLE FOR TUBE WITHDRAWAL
ALL THREAD
TO STRUCTURE
TO EXPANSION TANK
SEE DETAIL
<: WATEII
IN
BOLT SADDLE TO
FIIAIIE
WATER>
OUT
FLOOR LINE 2 , CONVERTOR
OIAIiETEII
,", .. ,112" 1TEEL PLATE
( ~ L .LU' ,
CONVERTOR SUPPORT D.JT/. I I.:
CAST STEEL SADDLE
CONDENSATE
~
OUT
1",2",1/."" (ALL AROUND)
.1/2- STEEL PLATE
I'LOOR LINE
INSTALLATION OF
ALL THIIEAO
TO STIIUCTUIIE
. WATEII IN 1'11011 . SY7
CLEVIS HANtEII "
WAEII OUT TO P \ I I I ~
au TlON
.... CI--OIIAlN VALVE
PIPE TO VALVE
THE STEAM TO WATER CONVERTOR
RESET SCHEDULE
~ A I I I ~ .., LIM. _Tal TE .... ~
OUTDOOR AlII _
"'11W _TEll TE .... ~
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE STEAM TO WATER CONVERTOR
WATEII SIDE ITEAM SIDE
WATER ENTEIIS 'r WATEII LEAVES 'F. IIAX. II!O. FT. INITIAL PlIES_E . LEAVING PIIESSUIIE LI,IIH11. TIIAP CAPACITY
__ DWl'IIIIIITIAL
HEAtiNG. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONINI D!SI8N PLATE PAGE NO. 155
r
WATER TO WATER CONVERTOR
I. CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONVERTOR - COMPUTE THE LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF THE
CONVERTOR BY THE USUAL METHODS SHOWN IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK;
2. FLOW RATE OF WATER THROUGH THE CONVERTOR - THE CONVERTOR WILL HAVE WATER FLOW
IN THE TUBE AMlfWA'rER FLOW IN THE SHELL. WHEN THE BlUIHR LOAD CAPACITY OF THE
CONVERTOR HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED, THEN THE FLOW AND TEMPERATURE RANGE MUST BE
ESTABt:ISHED FROM THE FORMULA:
GPM = BTUIHR +8.33 x 60 x
THIS FORMULA APPLIES TO BOTH THE HUTING WATER AND THE WATER TO BE HEATED. THE
ENT.' RING HEATING WATER SHOULD BE AT LUST 20 DEGREES F. HIGHER IN TEMPERATURE THAN
THE " cSIRED LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER TO BE HUTED. GENERALLY,
THE HUTING WATER IS IN THE SHELL AND THE WATER TO BE HUTED IS IN THE TUBES; HOWEVER,
IN SOME CASES, WHERE THE FLOW RATE OF THE WATER TO BE HUTED IS GRUTER THAN THE
FLOW RATE OF THE HUTING WATER, IT MAY BE PRACTICAL TO INTERCHANGE THE TWO TO AVOID
THE HIGH PRESSURE DROP THROUGH THE TUBES.
3. ESTABLISH THE WATER PRESSURE DROP IN THE TUBES - WHEN THE FLOW RATE HAS BEEN ESTAB
LISHED, CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG FOR THE WATER PRESSURE DROP THROUGH
THE OF CONVERTOR.
4. VELOCITY OF THE WATER THROUGH THE CONVERTOR - THE VELOCITY OF THE WATER THROUGH
THE TUBES SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF I FT./SEC . . AND A MAXIMUM OF 5 FT./SEC.
S. FOULING FACTORS - SPECIFY THAT THE CONVERTOR TUBES SHALL BE SELECTED ON THE BASIS
OF 0.001 FOULING FACTOR FOR CLOSED SYSTEMS AND A 0.0015 FOULING FACTOR FOR DOMESTIC
WATER HEATING
\.
6. DETERMINE THE CHARACTERISTIC OF THE CONVERTOR -
A. THE HEATING COIL SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO HUT THE REQUIRED GPH OF THE DOMESTIC
HOT WATER RECOVERY. THE DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY BE SPECIFIED TO BE HEATED
FROM 40 DEGREES F T,O 140 DEGREES F, BUT WILL VARY WITH LOCALITY.
B. THE HEAT REQUIRED WILL BE:
GPH (RECOVERY) x 1.33 x (USUALLY 100" F) a BTUIHR
C. THE HEATING WATER WILL USUALLY ENTER AT 200 DEGREES F AND LEAVE AT 170 DEGREES F
AMD THE FLOW REQUIREMENT WILL BE:
GPM = BlUIHR . 8.33 X 60 X T (USUALLY 30" F).
7. CONSTRUCTION OF THE CONVERTOR - THE CONVERTOR SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH TitE AWE CODE FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS AND SHOULD IE SO CERTIFIED AND STAMPED.
GENERALLY, THE SHELL IS CONSTRUCTED OF CARBON STEEL, THE HEADS ARE CONSTRUCTED OF
STEEL, AND THE TUBES ARE 3/ 4" O.D. - II BWG SEAMLESS DRAWN COPPER.
8. RATING OF THE CONVERTOR - GENERALLY, CONVERTORS ARE CONSTRUCTED FOR A
WORKING PRESSURE OF 125 PSiG IN THE SHELL, AMD 125 PSiG IN THE TUIES; HOWEVER, HIGHER
TEMPERATURE AMI) PRESSURE RATED CONVERTORS ARE AVAILABLE.
.
9. WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE :"IT IS VERY iMPORTANT THAT AN AWE
RATED, FOR THE HEAT INPUT, WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE BE
SPECIFIED AND SHOWN IN THE DETAIL.
10. SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - WHERE IT IS DESIRED TO PRODUCE TWO WATER TEMPERATURES
FROM ONE HOT WATER CONVERTOR, USUALLY 140 DEGREES F AND 110 DEGREES F,IT CAM 3E
ACCOMPLISHED BY MAKING THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE CONVERTOR AND USIHG A
MIXING VAL VE IN THE PIPING, OR USING A SECOND CONVERTOR TO ELEVATE THE TEMPERATURE.
PAGE NO. 154
....:::==t::=... __ + ___ Io-_..KI_ ...
_TOliN '"- SYSTEII ---;>,
Hr-- - - T
. ...>
__ ____________________
- ELEWDON
OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE WATER TO WATER CONVERTOR
-
NO SCALE
SCHEDtLE OF CAManES FOR THE WATER TO WATER coNVERTOR
CGlVEJrTOIt
......

I.I!Il. _TO PITEIII f. _TO LUYU " I II1IL HR. MAX. P D. n: I
-.
I WATOI, ENTERS _nR LEAYES
I I I I I I I I
-.:
I
TEMPERATURE CONTROL PlMRAII
SEQ\SfCE Of ClflEMDON
OUTDOOR AIR T_AT T-I _TI MIlT __
THERlilOSTAT T-Z IN WITII nil -.T ...
SET SCHEDULE _ KLDIl nil R'.T ICIIEDULE
SHALL K n&.LY AI),IIISTMU. T-I IHALL CGI'IIIIIL
'llAY""'-VE YI '
RESET SCHEDULE
OUTDOOR AIR lE .... LVI. _nR n.. "P:
OUTOQOR .... TEIIP. ,;1 LWo _ TEIIIP.
"P.
..
a-rU/HR.
MAX. p.D. " I
......
I I
PLAT E NO. 75 PA8E NO. III
STEAM HORIZONTAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
I. T"IIAT RECOVARY CAPACITY REQUIRED - COMPUTE THE DOMESTIC HonATER HEAT
Y R REMENT F R THE HOT WATER GENERATOR BY THE USUAL METHODS FOUND IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2. IHE OF THE SMIAGE TAMK - COMPUTE TH E SIZE OF THE STORAGE TANK FOR THE
ATE GEM RATOR IY E USUAL METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIOE AND DATA lOOK. IT
SHOULD IE NOTED THAT. GENERALLY. THE GREATER THE STORAGE PROVIDED. THE LESS HEAT RE
COVERY WILL IE REQUIRED.
3. liLECTIDIC OF THE TYPE OF HOT WATER GENERATOR - THE VERTICAL HOT WATER GEMERATORIS
ST SUITED TO LOCATIDICS WHERE FLOOR SPACE IS IMPORJANT AND THE HORIZONTAL HOT WATER
GENERATOR IS lEST SUITED TO AREAS WHERE HEAD HEIGHT IS LIMITED.
4. $ELECT PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE HOT WATER GENERATOR - ONCE THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE
TiNk AM tHE TYPE HAS lEEN SELECTED. THEN THE DIAMETER AND LENGTH CAN IE SET. IE
CAREFUL THAT THE DIMENSIONS SELECTED FIT THE SPACE ALLOTTED ANII THAT ADEQUATE TUIE
WITHDRAWAL SPACE IE ALLOWED.
5. DETERMINE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEATING COIL -
A. THE HEATING COIL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO HEAT THE REQUIRED GPH OF THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER RECOVERY. THE DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY IE SPECIFIED TO IE HEATED FROM 40
DEGREE! F TO 140 DEGREES F. IUT WILL VARY WITH LOCALITY.
I. THE HEAT REQUIRED WILL IE:
GPH (RECOVERY) x 1.33 x (USUALLY 100" F) ITUt1!R
C. THE STEAM FLOW REQUIREMEJ4T MAY IE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
ITUt1!R
STEAM FLOW IN lSSt1!R - LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION (ITU/lS)
NOTE: THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION MAY IE OITAINED FROM THE STEAM TABLES OR USE
970 lru/U WIlEN USING LOW PRESSURE STEAM.
,. TRAP - THE TRAP CAPACITY SHOULD IE THREE TIMES THE STEAM FLOW RATE OF THE
HEAt lie EEMEMT AND THE MINIMUM DIFFERENtiAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE TRAP SHOULD IE SPECIFIED.
7. OFviOMDEMSATE - IT IS IMPORTANT TO MOTE THAT WHERE A MODULATING TYPE OF STEAM
VAL IS USED. MO ATTEMPT SHOULD IE MADE TO LIFT THE COMDENSATE ABOVE THE HEAT
ING ELEMENT. THE REASOM FOR THIS IS THAT WHEN THE MODULATING VAlVE THROTTLES TO THE
ALMOST CLOSED I'OSITIDIC. THE STEAM PRESSURE ENTERING THE HEATING ELEMENT IS REDUCED TO
A VALUE TOO LOW TO ELEVATE THE COMDENSATE AND SERIOUS WATER HAMMER WILL RESULT.
- NORMALLY. THIS WILL IE 125 PSIG WI' OR ISO
"O:.t.:-.VIIT P 0 5 LESS. THE VESSEL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE
AWE INSPECTED. AND STAMpm.
9. ESTAILISH THE DESIGN PRESSURE OF THE HEATING COIL - THIS WILL NORMALLY IE 125 PSI WI' AS A
MINIMUM. IUT WILL IE DETERMINED BY THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE OF THE HOT WATER USED
AS THE HEATING MEDIA AND MAY VARY FROM THE WORKING PRESSURE OF THE VESSEL. .
10. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCT 10M OF THE VESSEL - THE SELECTIDIC OF THE MATERiAlS OF CON
SrR TiOM OF THE VESSEL IS LARGELY A MAnER OF EXPERIENCE WITH THE WATER IN EACH LOCAL
ITY. THE FOLLOWING MATERIAlS ARE AVAILAlLE:
A. lLACK STEEL - USE ONLY WHERE CORROSION IS NO PROlLEM.
I. COPPERSILICON - USE WHERE LONG LIFE IS REQUIRED AND CORROSION PROILEMS EXIST.
C. - THE PROTECTION OF lLACK STEEL TANKS FROM CORROSION WHERE THE COST OF
C01PlISILICON IS NOT INDICATED. IS ACCOMPLISHED IY THE USE OF pROTEcnVE LININGS
INSIDE THE TANK. THE FOLLOWING LIHINGS ARE AVAILABLE AND THE TANK MANUFACTURERS
SHOULD IE CONTACTED TO DETERMINE THE lEST LINING AVAILABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WATER
TO IE HEATED: (I) CEMENT; (2) COPPER; (3) pHEMOLIC; (4) EPOXY.
II . DETERMINE TH E OPENINGS IN THE TANK - THE DETAIL SHOWS TH E REQUIRED TANK OPEN
INGS. IF THE TANr: HAS A UNING. SP cln THAT THE OPENINGS IE FLANGED AND COATED WITH THE
SAME MATERIAL AS THE TANK LINING. OR TNA T TH E IE NONFERROUS SO TNA T NO W UER IS
IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS METAL SURFACE.
12. SELECT MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE TUIE IUNDLE -
A. III.Ii- x 18 awc COPPER IS NORMAL SELECTION FOR THE HEATING ELEMENT.
I . IUlllHEET SPACER AND SUPPORTS - STEEL IS STANDARD. IUT IF CORROSION pROlLEMS EXIST.
mIDY NONFERROUS.
C. - CAST IRON IS NORMAL FOR WORKINC PRESSURE NOT IN EXCESS OF 125 pSIG.
13. PlJWN PHY\fiAL OF TUIE IUNDLE - THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUBE IUNDLE
EFT TO E MA UFACTO ER OF""lRfGIiiERA TOR TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE AND
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCT 10M SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION SHOWN IN THE "SCHEDULE OF
CAPACITIES FOR THE WATER TO WATER HOT WATER GENERATOR".
14. PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE - IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT AN AWE RATED.
FOR THE HUT INPUT. 'ATEI PRESSURE AND TEMPEUTIIIE RELIEF VAlVES IE SPECIFIED AHD
15. SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - WHERE IT IS DESIRED. Tp PRODUCE TWO WATER TEMpERUURES FROM
ONE HOT WATER GENERATOR. USUALLY 140 DEGREES F AND I. DEGREES F. IT CAN IE ACCOMPLISHED
IY MAKING TH E HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE TANK AND USING A MlXIHG VAlVE IN THE PIPING
PAGE NO. 156
__
U'I'ORT 1'I1II1=::=r:=J
DCMIESTIC HOT
OUT
t '" "".
THERMOMETEII
(INCLINED)
ASME IIELIEF VALVE
ITH DISCH. PI PE
11/4" TAPPING FOil
TEMPERATURE CONTIIOL
PLAN VIEW
IU'fIOIIT
'IER--='L""
DIRT LEG
FULL SIZE
OF CONN.
SID E ELEVATION
VALVE
HAItIER
____
INSTALL GENERATOR SO THAT FULL LEN.TH
VALVE
CONDENSATE
OUT
OF TUllE IIUNDLE IS AVAILAILE FOil WITHDRAWAL
... UIIE REMOVAL FLAN'GES
IIEMOVAL UNION
'"
...
..
'LO,OR LIN _..;.E....;:.... _..I._
'IN
INSTALLATION NOTES
I-1fT GENERATOR DEAD LEVEL .
Z.- f.. ... AROUND SO
5.- TO ALLOW WITHDRAWAL 0'
,,- :0
CAN BE REMOVED IY UNIOLTIN. TUIE REMOVAL
'LAN.EI.
l\.- ADJUST INCLI NED THERMOM,ETER 10 THAT " CAlI
IE READ FROM THI 'LOOR.
LEAVIN. Ta.-
7.- SEE PROJECT PLAN. '011 CONTINUATlCMI 0"
1.- THE RECIRCULATION ",MP SHALL RUN COIIl*
UNTIL SHUT OFF MANUALLY.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL PIAtRAM
THERMOSTAT T-I WITK lULl 'N TIllE
TANK 'OIITIONI V-I TO MAINTA'N
PRESET nM'ERATURE IN TAN
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM HORIZONTAL HOT WATER
NO ICALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE STEAM HORIZONTAL HOT WATER 8ENEitATOR
LEN.TH NOMINAL ITOIIAIE IIECOVEIIY CAPACITY .... ..
WATER
HOT WATlII IENIIIATOII 110. RE .. AII.I
H EAT 1111 I. V E III TIL A T ION AN D AIR CON D I T I 01111 N I . DESIIN
PAlE, 1110. II?
STEAM V'ERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
I. THE HEAT RECOVERY CAPACITY REOUIRED - COMPUTE TP.E DOMESTIC WATER HEAT
REC VERY REQUIREMENT FOR THE HOT WATER GENERATOR BY THE USUU ME'"!' OOS FOUND IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AMD DATA BOOK
2. firPUTE THE SIZE Of THE STORAGE TANK - COMPUTE TH E SIZE OF TfiE STORAGE TANK FOR THE
T WATER GENERATOR BY THE USUAL METHODS fOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOOK. IT
SHOULD BE NOTED THAT, GENERALLY, THE GREATER THE STORAGE PROVIDED, THE LESS HEAT RE-
COVERY WILL BE REOUIRED.
3. SELECTION OF THE TYPE OF HOT WATER GENERATOR - THE VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR IS
BEST SUITED TO LOCATIOMS WHERE FLOOR SPACE IS IMPORTAIff AND THE HORIZONTAL HOT WATER
GENERATOR IS BEST SUITED TO AREAS WHERE HEAD HEIGHT IS LIMITED.
4. SELECT THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE HOT WATER GENERATOR - ONCE THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE
tAilk AMO THE TYPE HAS BEEN SELECTED, THEN THE DIAMETER AND LENGTH CAN BE SET. BE
CAREFUL THAT THE DIMENSIOMS SELECTED FIT THE SPACE ALLOTTED AND THAT ADEQUATE TUBE
WITHDRAWAL SPACE BE ALLOWED.
5. DETERMINE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEATING COIL -
A. THE HEATING COIL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO HEAT THE REQUIRED GPH OF THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER RECOVERY. THE DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY BE SPECIFIED TO BE HEATED FROM 40
DE, REES F TO 140 DEGREES F, IUT WILL VARY WITH LOCALITY.
B. THE HEAT REQUiRED WILL BE:
GPH (RECOVERY) x' 1.33 x t1T (USUALLY lOCI" F) = BTUtlIR
C" THE STEAM flOW REQUIREMENT MAY BE COMPUTED BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
BTUtlIR
STEAM FLOW IN LBStlIR = LATENT HEAT OF EVAPOiUTlOH1 BTU/ LB)
MOTE : THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATIOM MAY BE OBTAIMED FROM THE STEAM TABLES OR USE
970 BTUI LB WHEN USING LOW PRESSURE STEAM.
6. TRAP CAPACITY - THE TRAP CAPACITY SHOULD BE THREE TIMES THE STEAM FLOW RATE OF THE
HUTING HEMEMT AMD THE MIMIMUM DIFFEREMTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE 'fRAP SHOULD BE SPECIFIED_
7 ELEVATIOt! OF COMDENSATE - IT IS IMPORTAMT TO NOTE THAT WHERE A MODULATING TYPE OF STEAM
COMTROL VAl VE IS USED, MO ATTEMPT SHOUl.D BE MADE TO LIFT THE COMDENSATE ABOVl:r THE HEAT-
IMG ELEMENT . THE FOR THIS IS THAT WHEM THE MODULATING VALVE' THROTTLES TO THE
ALMOST CLOSED POSITIOM, lHE STEAM PRESSURE ENTERING THE HEATING ELEMENT IS REDUCED TO
A TOO LOW TO E. LEVATE THE COMDENSATE AND SERIOUS WATER WILL RESULT
8. ESTABLISH OF.J :I!E_y'ESSEL - NORMALLY, THIS WIll; BE 125 PSIG IfP OR 150
PSIG wP, EVEN THOUGH THE SYSTEM PRESSuRflSLESS. THE VESSEL SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO BE
ASME CONST.RUCTED, INSPECTED, AND STAMPED .
9. mAlLISH THE OF l.!UJtUTING COIL - THIS WILL NORMALLY BE 125 PSI WP AS A
MINIMUM, BUT WI'_L BE DETERMINED BY THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE OF THE HOT WATER USED
AS THE HEATlMG MEDIA AMD MAY VARY FaOM THE WORKING PRESSURE OF THE VESSEL.
10. SELECT MATERiAlS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL - THE SELECTION OF THE MATERiAlS OF COM
STRUCTION OF THE VESSEL IS LARGELY A MATTER OF EXPERIENCE WITH THE WATER IN EACH LbCAL-
ITY. THE FOLLOWIMG MATERIALS ARE AVAILABLE:
A. BLACK STEEL - USE ONLY WHERE CORROSION IS HO PROBLEM.
B. COPPERSILICON - USE WHERE LOMG LIFE IS REQUIRED AMD CORROSION PROBLEMS EXIST .
C. LINIMGS - THE PROTECTIOM OF BLACK STEEL TANKS FROM CORROSION WHERE THE COST OF
IS MOT INDICATED, IS ACCOMPLISHED BY THE USE OF PROTECTIVE LININGS
INSIDE THE TAMK. THE FOLLOWIMG LINIMGS ARE AVAILABLE AMD THE TAMK MANUFACTURERS
SHOULD BE COMTACTED TO DETERMINE THE BEST L1NIMG AVAILABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WATER
TO BE HEATED: (I, CEM ENT; (2) COPPER; (3) PHEHOLIC; (4) EPOXY.
11 . llill.MI.I!I...I!U OPE MINGS REQUIRED IN THE TAHK - THE DETAIL SHOWS THE REQUIRED TANK OPEN-
INGS. IF THE TANK HAS A LIMING, SPECIFY THAT THE OPENINGS BE FLANGED AND COATED WITH THE
SAME MATERIAL AS THE TANK LINING, OR THAT THE OPEMIHG IE MOMFERROUS SO THAT MOWATER IS
IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS METAL SURFACE.
12. SHECT MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTIOM OF THE TUIE IUMDLE -
A. IJI..Ill. - % x " IWG COPPER IS NORMAL SELEC.TIOM FOR THE HEATING ELEMENT.
B. TUBESHEET. SPACER AHO SUPPORTS - STEEL IS STANDARD, IUT IF CORROSION PROBLEMS EXIST,
SPECIFY NOM-FERROUS.
C. HEAD - CAST IROM IS HORMAL FOR WORKING PRESSURE NOT IN EXCESS OF 125 PSIG.
13. DETERMINE THE PHY\fiAL SIZE OF THE TUBE IU"DLE - THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUBE BUNDLE
SHOULD BE LEFT TO E MANUFACTURER OF THE GEMERATOR TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE AND
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION SHOWN IN THE "SCHEDULE OF
CAPACITIES FOR THE WATER TO WATER HOT WATER GENERATOR".
14. WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE -IT IS VERY IMPORTAH'T THAT AN ASME RATED,
FOR THE HUT WAfER PRESSURE lMD TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES BE SPECIFIED. AND
15. SPLIT WATER TEMPER'ATURES - WHERE IT IS DESIRED, TP PRODUCE TWO WATER TEMPERATURES FROM
ONE HOT WATERGiiiERATOR, USUALLY 140 DEGREES F AHD 110 DEGREES F, IT CAM aE ACCOMPLISHED
BY MAKINGITH E HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE TAHK AND USING A MIXING VALVE IN THE PIPING
PAG E NO. 158
STEEL
STRAINER
INSTALL GENERATOR
SO THAT FULL
LENGTH OF TUBE
BUNDLE IS AVAILABLE I
FOR WITHDRAWAL
TUBE REMOVAL FLANGES
REMOVAL UNION
VALVE CHECK VALVE
FLOOR LINE
8
oJ
.. ,.
::>
... ,.
> -
0
: i
I-'
...
...
RECIRC.
PUMP
ANGLE
---"",,-....,
STEEL lASE
lULl ' IN
AIN AIR PRESSURE
SUPPLY
AUTOMATIC
CONTROL
VALVE
..
%
co
... .
%
THEIUIOSTAT T-I WITH lULl IN THE
TANII POSITIONS Y-I TO MAINTAIN
PRESET TEMPERATURE IN TANK.
INSTALLATION NOTES
1.- SET GENERATOR DEAD LEYEL.
2.- ALLOW SUFFICI ENT ROOM ALL o\IIOUem
SO IlSULATION CAN IE APPLIED.

4- PIPE SUPPORTS SO THAT NO
WEIGHT RESTS ON GENERATOR. 0
THAT TUIE IUNDLE CAN IE
IY UNBOLTING TUBE REMOYAL UIIIOII
FLANGES.
5.- rf:J:
'LOOR.
' .-
SCHEDULE.
FJR r. ONTI_
a- THE RECIRCUL. ,TlON SHALL _
CONTINUOUSLY " NTI L !HU';' 0"
MANUALLY.
SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
. NO SCALE
OF CAPACITIES FO R THE STEAM VERTICAL HOT WATER GNERATOR
DOMESTIC WATER
HOT WATER GENERATOR NO. DIAMETER
RECOYERY CAPACITY 1I.T.U./HIl GoPH. WATER ENTERS .F. WATER LEAYESF. PRESSURE
II EllA 11111
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND . AIR CONDITIONINe DESleN MANUAL PAeE NO.ISI
WATER TO WATER HORIZONTAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
I. ilan THE HUIi.ECOVElY C .... CITY .En.ED - COMPUTE THE DOMESTIC HOT '.TER HEAT
IEIY IEGUII bit FOI tHE HOt UTE lREIATO. IY THE USU.L MltIIOOS '0UIe .. THE
.$IIIAE GUIDE AMD D.TA lOOK.
2. fiI';lTE 1\\" 11"' TMK - COMI'UTI Til SIZE 0' THE STOIAe;1 T ... K '01 THE
ATE N. I U AL ME1IIOOS ,GUll" TIll ASHIAE (;IIDE AMD D.TA I00I.
IT SHOULD IE MOTED TH.T, e;ENER.LLY, THI (;IUTER T. STOIAA "IOVIDID, THI LESS HUT
IECOVERY WILL IE IIQU.ID. '
3. 5"'iM'UUlIlIIt MOT ,.ngEfWlft - THE VERTICAL HOT WATII e;ENIIATOIIS
I WNIIEFL S IMPORTAMT ... D THIIIOIIZCIMT.L HOT WATEI
(;INEIATOIIS lIST SUITED TO .IIAS 'HEll HUD HIICIIT IS LIMITID.
4. "Itlll 'lIrGJll9 -ONCI THI SIZE 0' THE 5TOIAc;E
. IE D, N TEI.MO UMc;TH CAM II SET. IE
CAIEFUL THAT THE IIMBISIDMS SELECTED FIT THI SPACI ALLDTTED.ND THAT .DIQU.TE TUII
WlTIIDI.'AL "'.CI II ALLOWED.
5. DETERMINE THE CHARACTEIISTICS OF THE HEAT .. e; COIL-
THE HUT .. G COIL SHOULD IE 5PECIFIED TO HEAT THE IIQUIIED GI'II OF THE DCIIESTIC HOT
'ATEI RECOVElY. THE DOMESTIC 'ATEI WILL USUALLY IE SPECIFIED TO IE HUTID Fl. 4'
DEe;REES F TO 148 DEGREES F, BUT 'LL .. lnlTH LOCALITY.
I. THE HEAT HQUIRED WILL IE:
"'H (RECOVE RY) x 1.33 x T (USUALLY IW F) - lTU!1IR
C. THE HEATING 'ATER 'ILL USUALLY ENTER AT 2W F .ND LE.VE AT 111" F AMD THE FLOW RE.
QUIREMENT WILL IE:
"'M - lTU!1IR .;. 1.33x 60 x (USUALLY 3G" F)
6. ESUILISIt THE DESI," OF THMWlL ""' NORMALLY, THIS WILL IE 125 PlIG ... OR 151
I'SIG WP, EVEN tHOUGH THE STEM PRE LESS. THE VESSEL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE
.WE COMSTRUCTED, "SPECTED, AMD STAMPED.
7. ESTABLISH THE DEi'" PREKU'i0F THIS WILL NORMALLY IE 125 .. SI ... AS
MINIMUM. IUT WIL IEDET I Nm T UIE AMD .. RESSURE OF THE HOT 'ATEI
UUD AS THE HEATING MEDIA AMD MAY V Y FIOMTHE '01 KING ... ESSU.E OF THE VESSEL.
I. MATElI.LS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL - THE SELECTION OF THE MATERI.LS OF
lOCUli OF tHE VESSEL R LARGELY. ilittEi OF EXPERIENCE WITH THE WATER IN EACH
LOCALITY. THE FOLLOWING MATERI.LS .RE .V.L.lLE:
.. lUCK STEEL - USE ONLY 'HERE CO.ROSION IS NO PROlLEM.
I. CO .... IISILICOH - USE WHERE LOMG LIFE IS REQUIRED AMD CORROSION PROlLEMS EXIST.
C. J.IIIIIHiS - THE PROTECTION OF lUCK STEEL TAMKS FR. COI.OSION WHElE THE COST OF
COJiPD-SlLICOM IS MOT .. DIC.TED, IS .CC.PLISItED IY THE USI OF P.OTECTIVE L .... " IN.
SIDE THE T ... '. THE FOLLO'MG LlNIIGS ARE .VAIUlLE AMD THE TANK M ... UFACTURERS
SHOULD IE CONTACTED TO DETER .... E THE liST L .. "" .VAIUlLE FOR THE TYPE OF WATEI
TO II HUTED: (II CIMENT; (2) CO .... E.; (3) .... EMOLIC; (4) EPOIY.
THE DET.L SHOWS THE REQUIRED TAMK O'EII
O'ENINGS IE FLAMc;ID .ND CGA TED 'ITH
THAT THE OPENING IE NOM-FERROUS SO THAT NO
SURF.CE.
. tun - 'Ax "I" CO .... ElIS MOIMAL SELECTION FOR THE HUT"" ELEMENT.
I. TUIESHEET S'.Cif&4HD SU'PO.rs - STEEL IS ST.III.ID, IUT IF CCII.OSION '.OILEMS EXIST,
S'ECIFY IIOM-FEI
C. IIAQ - CAST IRON IS IIOIMAL FOI'OIKIMe; 'IESsu.E MOT IN EXCESS OF 125 PlIG
11. DETERMINE THE .... YSlCAL SIZE OF THE TUIE IUNDLE - THE PHYSIC.L SIZE OF THE TUIE IUNDLE
SHOULD IE LEFT to tHE iWlUFiCTUlIEI OF THE GENERATOR TO MEET THE .. ERFORMANCE AMD
MATERIALS OF COMSTIuenOM SPECIFIED. 'IOVIDE ALL INFOIMATION SHOWN IN THE "SCHEDULE
OF C.P.CITIES FOI THE 'ATER TO WATEI HOT '.TER e;ENEIATOI"
12. 'al\\PREnY.EN,D TEMPE.T'lU IEWF 'fIlJP -IT IS VERY IMPOITAMT THAT AM ASMIIATED,
FEHEr NIIT, W.TER iERED TERATURE IELIEF VALVES II S'ICIFIID AND
SHOWN 1M THE DET.IL.
13. EST.ILISIt THE PIESSUIE OROP 1M THE HEATM,SI, OF - CONSULT THE MAMUF4CTUH.
OF tHEGENEliJOR Fol THE uTEI plESSUIE I TRlu TH AT'"' SIDE OF THE TUIE IUNDLE
TO ESTAlLI$II 'RESSUIE DRO' FOI THE CllCUUTING PUMP.
14. SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - 'HEIE IT IS DESIIED, TO PIIDDUCE- TWO WATEI TEM'ERATUIES FICIIII
ONE HOT WATEI GENEIATOI, "SUALLY I. DEClEES F ... D 1M DEGREES r', IT C ... IE ACCOMPLISHED
IY MAKING THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IUHE TAM' AMD USMG '. MIX.. , VALVE IN THE PlPMG.
PAGE NO. 160
\-OIilElTIC HOT
'fJWATER OUT
IlATE

R6CIRCULATINII
IIIESTIC WATErt IN

I TAPPINII FOR
TEIIIPERATURE
CORTROL ________ {
PLAN VI .EW
THERIilOMETER
( INCLI NED I
TUIE REIilOVAL
FLANtU
!
i I':sTALL IIENERATOR SO ' THAT I
..i
...
...
a!
,..;;
...
..
HANIIEII WITH ALL
THIIEADED IlOO TO
STRUCTURE
lATE \/ilLVE
CHECK
VA LVE-----. ft
IN 5.T ALL A T ION NOT E S
l- SET GENEIIATOII DEAD LEVEL.
Z.- ALLOW SUFFICIENT 1100111 ALL AIIOUND SO INSULATION CAN BE APPLIl
1-I'tIC)VIDE CLEARANCE TO ALLOW WITHDRAWAL OF TUBE BUNDLE .
. - ADJUST PIPE SUPPOIITS SO THAT NO WEIGHT RESTS ON GENERATOR
O\ND so THAT TUIE IUNDLE CAN IE IIEMOVED IY UN BOLTING
TUIE IIEIilOVAL FLANGES.
&- O\DJUST CONTIIOLS TO IIIAINTAIN LEAVINe TEIilPERATUIlE SHOWN IN
SCHEDULE.
1.- THE RECIIICULATION PUMP SHALL IIUN CONTINUOUSLY UNTIL SHUT-oF
IIIANUALLY.
HEATINt
WATER IN
u':I"UIlE
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL 01 AGRAM
THEIIIIOSUT TI WITH lULl IN THE

HEAT EXCHANeE
.. IUNDLE
FULL LENGTH OF TUBE BUNDLE
IS AVO\ILAILE FOR TUBE WITHDRAWO\L
_ ____
PIER
FLOOR LINE
SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION
DETAJ..LS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE W ATE R TO W AT E R HORIZONTAL HOT WATER GE NERATOR
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE WATER TO WATER HORIZONTAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
HOT WATEII GENEIIATOR NIl DIAIilETER LENIITH NOIilINAL STOIIUE IIECOVEIIY CAPACITY 8.tU.lHRl--r-=.;.D....;O....;M.....;;.E ... S-T-'C,;....-y....;W-A-T.......;;.E-R-----+---r---'-=-'--'-;,--'W_A_T....;E;;..,.R __ = __ --t
G.P.H. WATER ENTERS OF. WATER LEAVES oF. G. P. M.
II(MAIIKS
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PAG E NOo lei
WATER TO WATER VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
1. COM5TE THE HEAT RECOVERY CAPACITY - COMPUTE THE DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEAT
REe ElY REQUIREMENT FoR THE HOT wAfE GENERATOR IY THE USUAL METHODS FOUND IN THE
ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2. THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE TANK - COMPUTE THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE TANK FOR THE
HATER GENERATOR IY THE USUAL METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
IT SHOULD IE MOTED THAT, GENERALLY, THE GREATER THE STORAGE PROVIDED, THE LESS HEAT
RECOVERY WILL IE REQUIRED.
3. SiLECTION Of THE TYPE OF HOT WATER - THE VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR IS
I ST SUITED TO LOCATIONS WHERE FLOOR S A E IS IMPORTANT AND THE HORIZOMTAL HOT WATER
GENERATORIS lEST SUITED TO AREAS WHERE HEAD HEIGHT IS LIMITED.
4. THE ptYSJth/IZE iF HOT WN!GENERATOR - OMCE THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE
AN AND TH TV saE N E ECTED, N THE DIAMETER AND LENGTH CAN IESET. IE
CAREFUL THAT THE DIMENSIONS SELECTED FIT THE SPACE ALLOTTED AND THAT ADEQUATE TUIE
WITHDRAWAL SPACE IE ALLOWED.
5. THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEATING COIL-
A. THE HEATIIG COIL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO HEAT THE REQUIRED GPH OF THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER RECOVERY. THE DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY IE SPECIFIED TO IE HEATED FROM 40
DEGREES F TO 140 DEGREES F, IUT WILL VARYWITH LOCALITY.
I. THE HEAT REQUIRED WILL IE:
GPH (RECOVERY) x 1.33 x (USUALLY 100" F) - ITUIHR
C. THE HEATING WATER WLL USUALLY ENTER AT 200" F AND LEAVE AT 171:' F AND THE FLOW RE
OUIREMENT WILL IE:
GI'M - lTUIHR + 1.33 x 60 x (USUALLY 30" F)
6. ESTABLISH THE DESllpREWRE OF IHE VEffiL NORMALLY, THIS WILL IE 1251'SIG WI' OR 1511
PSiG WP, EVEN THOU THE STEM" ESSUR 5 LESS. ,THE VESSEL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE
AWE CONSTRUCTED, INSPECTED, AND STAMPED.
7. ESTABLISH THE pREflURE OF THE HEAT!'jCOIL - THIS WILL NORMALLY IE 125 PSI WI' AS
A MINIMUM, IUT WlL IE DET RIiNm IY THE TE EUTURE AND PRESSURE OF THE HOT WATER
USED AS THE HEATING MEDIA AND MAY VARY FROM THE WORKING PRESSURE OF THE VESSEL.
. SELECT MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL - THE SELECTION OF THE MATERIALS OF
CONSTRUCTiON OF TlfrVffin"lSI:AEITV A iiAttER OF EXPERIENCE WITH THE WATER IN EACH
LOCALITY. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS ARf AVAILAILE:
A. ILACK STEEL - USE OMLY WHERE CORROSION IS NO pROILEM.
I . COppERSILICON - USE WHERE LONG LIFE IS REQUIRED AND CORROSIOM PROBLEMS EXIST.
C. LININGS - THE PROTECTION OF BUCK STEEL TANKS FROM CORROSIOM WHERE THE COST OF
COPPERSILICON IS NOT INDICATED, IS ACCOMPLISHED IY THE USE OF PROTECTIVE LININGS IN
SIDE THE TANK. THE FOLLOWING LININGS ARE AVAILAILE AND THE TANK MANUFACTURERS
SHOULD BE CONTACTED TO DETERMINE THE lEST LINING AVAILABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WATER
TO IE HEATED: (I) CEMENT; (2) COPPER; (3) PHENOLIC; (4) EPOXY.
9. DETERMINE THE OPENINGS REQUIRED IIU.!lE TANK - THE DETAIL SHOWS THE.REQUIRIiD TANK OPEN
INGS IF THE TANK HAS A LINING, SPECIFY THAT THE OPENINGS IE FLANGED AND COATED WITH
THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE TANK LINING, OR THAT THE OPENING IE NOMFERROUS SO THAT NO
WATER IS IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS METAL SURFACE.
A. lIlID -lj x II I .... COPPER IS NORMA.. SELECTION FOR THE HEATING ELEMENT;
B. TUIESHE5T SPACER AND IS STANDARD, IUT IF CORROSION pROILEMS EXIST,
SPECIFY OMFERROUS, .
C, I1E.AI! - CAST IROM IS NORMAL FOR WORKING PRESSURE MOT IN EXCESS OF l2S I'SIG.
II DETERMINE THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUBE BUNDLE - THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUIE IUNDLE
SHOULD BE LEFT TO TH E 1W40FACTUHl" OF THE GENERATOR TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE AND
MATERIALS OF COMSTRucnON SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION SHOWN IN THE "SCHEOULE
OF CAPACITIES FOR, THE WATER TO WATER MOT WATER
12. AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE - IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT AN AWE UTED,
FOR E HUT INPUT, WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES IE SPECIFIED AND
13. ESTABLISH THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE HEATING SIDE OF THE COIL - COMSULT THE MANUFACTURER
OF THE GENERATOR FOR THE WATER "RESSURE DROP THRU THE HEATING SIDE OF THE TUIE IUNDLE
TO ESTABLISH PRESSURE DROP FOR THE CIRCULATING PUMP.
14. SPLIT WAIER TEMPERATURES - WHERE IT IS DESIRED, TO PlllDUCE TWO WATER TEMPERATURES FROM
ONE HOT WATER GENERATOR, USUALLY 140 DEGREES F AND 110 DEGREES F, IT CAN IE ACCOMPLISHED
IY MAKING THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE TANK AND USING A MIXING VALVE IN THE PIPING.
PAG E NO. 162
!)\AIIITEII
SIDE ELEVATION
BY Pt.SS
TUBE REMOVAL
FLANGES
FULL LENGTH OF TUBE BUNDLE
IS AVAILABLE FOIl TUBE WITHDIIAWAL
<J HEATING I
WATER IN
IlT BALANCING VALVE TO EOUAL
PMlSUIIE DROP THIIU TUBE
BUNDLE
HUTING 1\.
OUT V
GATE
VALVE
ALL THREAD
TO STRUCTUIIE
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. In HN"'ATOII iliAD LEVEL.
2. ALLOW _"CIENT !100M ALL AII_D 10 IN'ULATlOII
CAN BE
5. PIIOVIDE CLUIIANCE TO ALLOW WITHDIIAWAL 01' TUBE B'-U.
4. so THAT NO WlIeHT IIESTS 011
"NERATOII AND so THAT TUBE BUNDLE CAN BE REIIOV[D BY
UNBOLTINg TUBE IIEIIOVAL P'LANHS.
5. AD.IUST INCLINED THEIIMOMETER 10 THAT IT CAN 8[
IIEAD FIIOII THE FLOOII.
II. ADJUST CONTROLS TO MAINTAIN LEAVI.. TEMnllATUIIE
SHOWN IN SCHEDULE.
l IlE PIIOoIECT PLANS FOIl COIITiNUATIOII OF LINES.
B. THE RECIIICULATION PUIIP SHALL. RUN COIITltlliOUSLY
UNTIL SHUT OFF IIANUALLY.
INCLINED
THERMOMETER
a
::>
a
i
i
I----+-TAPPING FOR TEMP.
" o
g
...
...
>
o
..
..
,..:
...
...
PUMP
FRONT ELEVATION
CONTROL 5 WAY
...
%
..
...
%
MAIN AlII PMSSUIIE VALVE
SUPPLY
OF OPERATION
TANK
TEMPERATURE IN TANK
NOT E : HOT WATER GENERATOII SHALL at AlliE
COIISTRUCTED, STAII"D AND CEIITIFIlD.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE WATER TO WATER VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE WATER TO WATER HOT WATER GENERATOR
NATURAL STORAGE RECOVERY CAPACITY. B.T.U/ HR. IIEIIAIIK' HOT WATER GENERATOR NO. DIAMETER
D M I AT
WATER ENTER 5 oF.
HE A TIN G VENTI L A T ION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN PLATE
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRIC
VERTICAL. HOT WATER GENERATOR
1. COII'IIIE THE MEAl RECOVERY WACITY REQUIREQ - COMPUTE THE oOMmlC HOT WATER HEAT
RECOVERY REQUIREMEIT FOR THE HOT WATER GEIERATOR IY THE U S U ~ L METHOOS FOUIO IN THE
AIIIRAE GUIOE AlO OATA lOOK.
z. Cowun THE IlE QF THE STQRAGE TAlK - co .. un THE IZE OF THE STORAGE TAlK FOR THE
HOT WATER GEIERATOR IY THE USUAL METHOOS FOUIO IN THE ASHRAE GUIOE ANO OATA lOOK.
IT SHOULO IE 10TED THAT. GENERALLY, THE GREATER THE STORAGE PROVIDED, THE LESS HEAT
3. SELECTION OF THE TYPE OF HOT WATER GEIERATOR - THE VERTICAL HOT WATER GENERATOR IS
lEST SUITED TO LOCATIONS WHERE FLOOR SPACE IS IMPORTAIT AID THE HORIZONTAL HOT WATER
GENERATOR IS 1m SUITEO TO AREAS WHERE HEAD HEIGHT IS LIMITED.
4. SELECT THE PHYICAL SIZE OF THE HOT WATER GENEBATOR - ONCE THE SIZE OF THE STORAGE
TAlK AID THE TYPE HAS IEEI SELECTED, THEN THE DIAMETER AND LENGTH CAl IE SET. IE
CAREFUL THAT THE DIMENSIOIS SELECTED FIT THE SPACE ALLonED AND THAT ADEQUATE HEATING
ELEIlEIT WITHDRAWAL SPACE HAS IEEI ALLOWED.
5. DETERIIINE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ELECTRIC HEATING COIL -
A. THE ELECTRIC HEATING CQIL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO HEAT THE REQUIRE!! GPH OF THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER RECOVERY. THE DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY IE SPECIFIED TO IE HEATED FROM48
DEGREES F TO 141 DEGREES F, IUTWILL VARY WITH LOCALITY.
I . THE HEAT REQUIRED WILL IE:
GPH (RECOVERYI. L33 ." T (USUALLY l.
o
FI _ ITUIHR
C. THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMEITS WILL IE:
ITUIHR ';' 3411 - KW
I . ESTAILISH THE DEpGN PRESSURE OF THE VESSEL - NORMALLY, THIS WILL IE 125 PSlG WP OR 151
PIG WP, EVEN THOUGH THE SYSTEM P R E S S U R ~ IS LESS. THE VESSEL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE
.... E COISTRUCTED, INSPECTED, AID STAMPED.
1. ESTAILISH THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEATIIG COIL - THIS WILL 10RMALLY IE THE
HIGHm VOLTAGE II THE IUILOIIG AID NORMALLY THREE PHASE.
I . SELECT MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL - THE SELECTION OF THE MATERIALS OF
COISTRUCTION OF THE VESSEL IS LARGELY A MAnER OF EXPERIENCE WITH THE WATER IN EACH
LOCALITY. THE FOLLOWIIG MATERIALS ARE AVAILAlLE:
A. BLACK STEEL - USE OILY WHERE CORROSION IS 10 PROILEM.
I. COPPER-slLlCON - USE WHERE LOIG LIFE IS REQUIRED AND CORROSION PROILE. EXIST.
C. LININGS - THE PROTECTION OF ILACK STEEL TANKS FROM CORROSION WHERE THE COST OF
COPPER-SILICOI IS NOT INDICATED, IS ACCOMPLISHED IV THE USE OF PROTECTIVE LlNIIGS IN
SIDE THE TAlK. THE FOLLOWING LININGS ARE AVAILAILE AID THE TAlK MAIUFACTURERS
SHOULD BE CONTACTED TO DETERMINE THE BEST LlIING AVAILAlLE FOR THE TYPE OF WATER
TO BE HEATED: (1) CEMENT; (ZI COPPER; (31 PHENOLIC; (41 EPOXY.
. DETERMINE THE OPENINGS REQUIRED II THE TANK - THE DETAIL SHOWS THS REQUIRED TAlK OPEN
IIGS. IF THE TAlK HAS A LlNIIG, SPECIFY THAT THE OPENIIGS IE FLANGED AND COATED WITH
THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE TAlK LlIING, OR tHAT THE OPENING IE NOIFERROUS so THAT NO
WATER IS IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS METAL SURFACE. .
II. SELECT MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE ELECTRIC TUIE IUNDLE -
A . .!J!IH. - USUALLY COPPER.
B. !!!M!.. - CAST IRON IS NORMAL FOR WORKING PRESSURES NOT II EXCESS OF lZ5 PSlG.
11. DETERMINE THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUBE BUNDLE - THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE TUIE IUNOLE
SHOULD IE LEFT TO THE MAIUFACTURER OF THE GEIERATOR TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE AND
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION SHOWN IN THE "SCHEDULE
OF CAPACITIES FOR THE ELECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR".
lZ. WATER PRESSURE AID TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE - IT IS VERY I .. ORTAIT THAT AN AllIE RATED,
FOR THE HEAT INPUT, WATER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES IE SPECIFIED AND
13. SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - WHERE !SIT DESIRED. TO PRODUCE TWO WATER TEMPERATURES FROM
ONE HOT WATER GEIERATOR, USUALLY 141 DEGREES F AND , .. DEGREES F,IT CAllE ACCOMPLISHED
IY MAKING THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE IN THE TANK AND USING A MIXING VALVE IN THE ""IG.
P AGE NO. 16 3 A
MTE -1IE---fiIlf"l1

HIlT Wo\fER GHlIATOR NO.
PLAN VIEW

st:EEnh-DWGs.
IREAICR
LEGS Icln_#"--1!--DllAIN VALVE
INSTALLATIQN NOTES
I SET _""TOIl DOD LEVEL.
2. ALLOW ..- AU. __ FOIl _
3.:IIllI. CLEMMU TO ALLOW .. _ OF TUBE
4. ADoIUST CDHTIIDLS TO 1IAlNT_ LE_ TDIIPIUITVRE
- ..
!5. SEE PIIO.IB:T __ AlII SlD IXINl: OF LINES.
.. MIN CONTI-
___ ____ __ ____ __
.SIOE ELEvATION FRONT ELEVATION
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL EL"ECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR TrlE VERTICAL ELECTR I C HOT WATER GENERATOR
DOMESTIC WATER
PH. W " - F
-.NAL STORAGE RECOVERY CAPAe ll Y 8 It.: I HR.
AT I N I, V E NT I LA T ION, AN Li A I k CON D I T ION I N G DESIGN 'AlE NO . 1638
HORIZONT.AL HOT WATER GENERATOR
1. CM!!TE mE HUT RECoVERY CMACITY REQUIRED - COIIPIITE THE DDIIESTlC HOT WATER HEAT
RECAVERY REQUIREME.T FOR THE HOT WATER SE.ERATDR IY THE USUAL METHODS FDU.D I. THE
ASHRAE SUiDE AIID DATA lOOK.
z. IiWIITE THE IIZI OF THE BORAiE IMK - CAIilPVIE THE IIZE OF THE BORASE TA.K FOR THE
HOI WATER .E.ERATOR IY THE USUAL METHODS FOU.D I. THE ASHRAf SUIDE AIID DATA IDOK.
IT SHOULD IE .OTED THAT, iEIERALLY, THE SREATER THE IIORA.E PROVIDED, THE LEII HEAT
1 SELECTID. OF THE TYPE OF HOT WATER SE.ERATOR - THE VERTICAL HOT WATER SE.ERATDR IS
1m IUITED TO LOCATIO. ""ERE FLOOR SPACE IS IIIPORTAliT AID THE HDRIZD.TAL HOT WATER
SE.ERATDR IS 1m IUITED TO AREAl ""ERE HEAD HEISHT II L1.TED.
4. SELECT THE PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE HOT WATER SE.ERATOR - O.CE THE SIZE OF THE STORASE
TAIIK A.D THE TYPE HAl lfE.IELECTED, THE. THE DIAMETER A.D LE.STH CA.. IE lET. BE
CAREFUL THAT THE OIME.IIDIS IELECTED FIT THE SPACE ALLOTTED A.D THAT ADEQUATE HEATI.G
ELEMEII WITHDRAWAL SPACE HAlIEEI ALLOWED.
i. DETE.... E THE CHARACTERlmcs OF THE ELECTRIC HEATI.S COIL -
A. THE ELECTRIC HEATI.' CAlL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO HEAT THE REQWRED GPH OF THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER RECAVERY. THE.DOMESTIC WATER WILL USUALLY IE SPECIFIED TO IE HEATED FROM41
OESREES F TO 141 OESREES F, IUT WILL VARY WITH LOCALITY.
I . THE HEAT REQUIRED WILL IE:
SPH (RECOVERY). U3. '" T (USUALLY 1.F) - IIUIHR
C. THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMEITS WILL IE:
ITUIHR +34I1 - KW
.. EIIAlLIIII THE OEIIS. PHEIIURE OF THE YESSEL - 10RMALLY, THIS WILL IE 121 PSlG WP OR 158
PIIS WP, EVEI THOUSH THE SYIIEM PRESiURE IS LESS. THE VESSEL SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO IE
AIME COIIIIRUCTED,IISPECTED, AID II,\WED.
1. ElrAILIIII THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIITICS OF THE HEATI.S COiL - THIS WILL .ORMALL Y BE THE
NISHm VOLTA.E .. THE IUILDI.S AIID .ORMALL Y THREE PHASE.
.. IUECT MATERIALI OF CDUTRUCTIO. OF THE VEgEL - THE IELECTIO. OF THE MATERIALI OF
COUTRUcnO. OF THE VEllEL IS LARSEL Y A MAmR OF EXPERIE.CE WITH THE WATER I. EACH
LOCALITY. THE FOLLOWI.SIlATERIALI ARE AVAILAILE:
A. lLACK IIEEL - USE OILY WHERE CD8ROSIO. IS 10 PROILE ..
I . CDPPER-IIL!CO. - USE WHERE LO.S LIFE IS REQUIRED AID CARROSIO. PRDlLE. EXIII.
C. L1.,.SS - THE PROTECTIDI OF BLACK BEEL TAliKI FROM CARROSIO. ""ERE THE COlI OF
CDPPER-SILICOI IS lOT I.DICATED, 1S IY THE tIlE OF PROTECTIVE L1IIISII.
SIDE THE TANK. THE FDLLOWl.S L111.SS ARE AVAILAILE AIID THE TA"" MAIIUFACTURERI
SHOULD BE CD.TACTED TO DETERMI.E THE lEST L1.,IS AVAILAILE FOR THE TYPE OF WATER
TO IE HEATED: (1) CEIlEIT; (21 CAPPER; (3) PHE.OLlC; (4) EPOXY.
. DETERMIIE THE DPE.,.SS REQUIRED II THE TA.K - THE OETAIL SHOWS THE REQUIRED TAIIK OPE.
IISS. IF THE TA.K HAl A LIlliS, SPECIFY THAT THE OPE.,.SIIE FLANSED A.D COATED WITH
THE SAllE MATERIAL AI THE TAlK L1.,.G,OR THATntE OPE.,IS IE 10.FERROUSSO THAT 10
WATER IS II COITACT WITH FERROUS METAL SURFACE.
1 . SELECT MATERIALS OF COISTRUCTIO. OF THE ELECTRIC TUIE IU.DLE -
A. tUBES - USUALLY COPPER.
B. HEAD - CAST IRO. IS 10RMAL FOR WORKIIS PREIIURES lOT II EXCElS OF 121 PSIS.
11. DETERMlIE THE PHYSICAL IIZE OF THE TUIE IUIOLE - THE PHYSICAL IlZE OF THE TUIE lUI OLE
SHOULO IE LEFT TO THE MA.UFACTURER OF THE SEIERATOR TO MEET THE PERFDIIIIAIICE AIIO
MATERIALS OF CO.STRUCTIO. PROVIOE ALL IIFORMATIO. SHOWIII THE "SCHEDULE
OF CAPACITIES FOR THE ELECTRIC HOT WATER SEIERATOR".
12, WATER PRESSURE AID TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE IT IS VERY IIIPORTAliT THAT All AIME RATED,
FOR THE HEAT I.PUT, WATER PREIIURE AID TEMPERATURE RE,L1EF VALVES IE SPECIFIED AID
SHOWN II THE DETAIL.
13. SPLIT WATER TEMPERATURES - ""ERE IS IT DEli RED, TO PRODUCE TWO WATER TEliPERATUREI FROM
DIE HOT WATER GEIERATOR, USUALLY 141 DESREES F AID ,. DESREES F ,IT CAl IE
BY MAKlIG THE HIGHER WATER TEMPERATURE I. THE TA.K AID UII.S A .XI.S VALVE I. THE ......
P AGE NO. 16 3 C
LINE
CIRCULATING LINE
GATE VALVE
IMMRSION
HEATER CONTROL IIOlC
CIRCULATING
IN- LINE
u..r---REMOIaL FLANGES
ORAIN LINE FULL
OF TANK TAPPING
DRAIN VALVE ' ",' :-'
EEL SIOD
SUPPORT- SEE ARCH. II
STRUCT. CM<GS. RlR DETAILS
FRONT ELEYATION
FLOOR LINE
THEIMlMETER
TANK SUPf'ORT
C=::J--a SADDLE
GATE VALVE
END ELEVATION
INSTALLATION NOTES
l SET GENERATOR DEAD LEVEL.
2. ALLOW SUFFICIENT ROOM ALL AROUNO FOR SERVICING.
3. CLEARANCE TO ALLOW WITHDRAWAL Of' TUBE
4. MAINTAIN LEAI/IHG TEMPERATURE
5. SEE PROJECT DRAWINGS RlR SIZES II CONT. Of' LINES.
6. THE REDRCULATlDH IH-U NE PUMP SHALL RUN CONTlNUOUSLY
UNTIL SHUT OFF MANUALlY.
OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HORIZONTAL ELECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE HORIZONTAL EL.ECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR
NOMINAL STORAGE HOT WATER GENERATOR NO RECOVERY CAPACITY 8.TU
DOMEsne WATER
. P.H WATER ENl"ERS -F WATER l[AVES F.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
PAGE NO.1630
NOTES ON THE USE OF LOW VELOCITY DUCT SCHEDULE
1. TERIALS OF CON R CTION - TH E MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION FOR LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORI
A NUMER S. MOST WIDELY USED MATERIALS ARE ZIIC<OATED STEEL AMD ALUMINUM; HOWEVER,
MANY OTHER MATERIALS ARE USED FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS. THE DETAILED SOIEDULE ON THE .
PAGE IELOW SHOWS ZIMCCOATED STEEL AND ALUMINUM "'GES. WHoE OTHER MATERIALS ARE USED,
THE MANUFACTURER SHDULD IE CONSUL TED.
A. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED OF ZIMC-CQATED STEEL ARE THE MOST WIDELY USED MATERIAL FOR THE
CONSTRUCTION OF LOW VELOCITY DUCTWOU IECAUSE OF THE HIGH STRENGTH OF THE MATERIAL
AMD ITS EASE OF FAIRICATION. MACHINERY FOR WOUING OF THIS MATERIAL IS AVAILAILE IN
ALL LOCALITIES.
I. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM ARE THE SECOND MOST WIDELY USED MATERIAL FOR THE CON
STRUCTION OF LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORI IECAUSE OF ITS LIGHTWEIGHT AND ITS ABILITY TO RE
SIST CORROSION. WHERE ALUMINUM DUCTWORIIS USED, THE THICINESS OF THE METAL MUST IE
INCREASED OVER THAT OF STEEL, AS SHOWH IN DETAIL IY THE SCHEDULE ON THE PAGE IELOW.
C. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED OF BLACI STEEL MAY IE FAIRICATED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SCHEDULE
ON THE PAGE IELOW, BUT SHOULD NOT IE USED WHERE INSTALLED IN AM ATMOSPHERE WHICH MAY
CAUSE CORROSION. lLACK STEEL IS WIDELY USED IN THE COHSTRUCTIOH OF BOILER IREECHING
AMD SIMILAR DUCTS CONVEYING HIGH TEMPERATURE GASES. THE EASE OFWELDIMG THE SEAMS
MAKES IT IDEAL IN DUCTWORK REQUIRIM .. WELDED SEAM5-
D. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED OF COPPER ARE SOMEWHAT LIMITED IN USE DUE TO HIGH COST OF THE
MATERIAL; HOWEVER, ITS USE IN CERTAIN CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERES JUSTIFIES ITS COST DUE TO
GREATER LONGEVITY. FOR COPPER DUCTWORI, USE THE FOLLOWING WEIGHTS OF METAL: REFER
TO PUTE 10, PAGE 165, OF THIS 1001:
WHERE 26 GAGE IS SPECIFIED, USE 16 OZ.
E. DUCTSCOMSTRUCTED OF STAIMLESS STEEL ARE GENERALLY USED 1M HIGHLY CORROSIVE ATMOS-
PHERE AND WHERE INSTALLED EXPOSED ADJACENT TO OTHER STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT.
THE THICKNESS OF MATERIAL AMD REINFORCING SHOULD IE THE SAME AS IN THE SCHEDULE FOR
ZINC-COATED STEEL.
F. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED OF GLASS FilER ARE IEIHG IHCREASIHGLY USED DUE TO THE EA5E OF 114
STALLATION AHO BECAUSE THEY DO NOT REQUIRE IHSULATION. GUSS FilER DUCTS ARE EXCEL
LENT IN MOST CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERES AND WILL IE USED MORE AIID MORE AS FAIRICA TlOH
TECHHIQUES ARE PERFECTED. THESE DUCTS HAVE GOOD ACOUSTICAL PROPERTIES AND DO HOT
GIVE OFF HOISE DU E TO EXPANSION AND COMTRACTION FDUHD 114 STEEL AHD PARTlCUURL Y 114
ALUMIHUM DUCTWORK. COMSULT MANUFACTURERS' DATA AND REINFORCING OF
THIS MATERIAL
G. &ITS CONSTRUCTED OF PLASTICS ARE INCREASINGLY USED FOR THE COHSTRUCTIOH OF
CTS CCiiVEYING HIGHLY CORROSIVE GASES. THERE ARE MANY DIFFERENT TYPES OF PLASTIC
AVAILAlLE FOR THIS WORI AHD SHOULD IE SELECTED ONLY AFTER CAREFUL INVESTIGATION
OF THE GA5ES TO IE HAHOLED AND THE I'LA5TIC MATERIALS THAT ARE AVAILAILE.
2. NEED FOR REINFORCIHG - DUCTS SHOULD IE ADEQUATELY REINFORCED AS SHOWN IY THE SCHEDULE
OTHERWISE PULSATIONS AND HOISE WILL OCCUR CHAHGES. '
3. - CROSSIREAIING SHOULD IE USED 114 DUCTS WITH A MAXIMUM DIMEHSIOH OF I'"
4. TYPES OF LOHGlTUDINAL SEAMS - LOMGITUDINAL SEAMS AS SHOWN 114 THE SCHEDULE SHOULD BE USED.
S. TYPES OF TRANSVERSE JOIHTS - TRAHSVERSE JOINTS AS SHOWN 114 THE SCHEDULE SHOULD BE USED.
6. JOINTS FOR DISHWASHER HOOD DUCTWORK - THE JOINTS FOR THE DISHWASHER HDOD OR OTHER DUCT
WORK CARRYIHG A HEAVY COMCEHTRATIOH OF WATER VAPOR MUST HAVE WATERTIGHT SEAMS.
THE SEAMS MAY BE WELDED OR SOLDERED DEPEHDIHG 014 THE Tl! iCIQ4ESS OF THE METAL IHVOLVED.
7. JOINTS FOR IITCHEH RAMGE HOOD DUCTWORK - THE JOINTS FOR THE KITCHEH RAHGE HOOO DUCT
WORK SHOULD BE SOLDERED OR WELDED TO PREVEHT GREASE OR WATER LEAKlHGOUT OF THE JOINTS.
I. 10lLER IREECHIHG - BOILER BREECHING SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF BLACK STEEL SHEETS AND
WELDED SEAMS. THE THICKHESS OF IIIATERIAL SHOULD IE AS FOLLOWS:
STEEL GAGES.
MAXIMUM DIMEHSION
UNDER 12 INCHES
13 TO 24 INCHES
2S TO 36 INCHES
37 TO 60 IHCHES
OVER 60 IHCHES
THICKNHS
- --
18 GAGE
16 GAGE
14 GAGE
12 GAGE
10 GAGE
REINFORCIHG SHOULD BE AS SHOWN FOR SIMILAR DIMENSIONS IN THE SCHEDULE.
9. COAT IMGS FOR DUCTS - DUCTWORK AND FAN SCR'OLLS MAY BE COATED TD RESIST CHEMICAL FUMES.
SOME OF THE MORE COMMON COATlHGS AND TH EIR USES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
A. WATERLOX
I . ZINCILATE
C. PLiOGARD
D. EISEHHEISS
E. HERESITE
- PROTECTS AGAIMST ALKALIS AND SAL TS
- PROTECTS AGAIHST SAL TS
- PROTECTS AGAIHST ACIDS, ALKALIS, AHD SALTS
- PROTECTS AGAIHST ALKALIS AHD SAL TS
- PROTECTS AGAINST SAL TS AN D ALULIS
CHECK WITH MAHUFACTURER OF COA TlHG FOR EXACT USAGE INTEMDED.
PAGE NO . 164
iN:.:.::.::n.
n"L ..,cn ..
TA ......... u ..
.........

I. " ......
,rn .....

.. - T
...
.r , ...... II
... , u ...
I'
.,- TJI" 14'

THICKNESS a REINFORCING SCHEDULE -*t.OW VELOCITY DUCTWORK
ALU.... U. luc,a
eau ..
..'0.'1'"1
11' ... 11"1
.11 .... "1
.,,' . 11"1
' ... 11"1
,., .. _.,
" , ...... ,
.. O.I',,,I'."L
,C .. M
pITT U..... a
AC LOCI
pIT' U......
aCM. Loell
T' U ...... A
ACM, LOCI
... TT " ..... a
AC LOCI
... TT U ....
LOCIl
'ITT"U.'"
L.OCI
pIT' U....
Loell
,a".lv,."
_
a,vl IL'P O.
POCIIT "OCI(
o IL'P
I ,IY' ILl PO.
POC T LOC_
01 I 'LIP
III " .,. ILl" O.
'L'" 01 '.'YI 'LIP
M POCI' T LOCK
IIVI ILIP ,,. ,,- 01
LI" 'LIP .IIIf-
'OICI ILIP oa
POCI'T LOCK
,a ,V' , .,01.'
'1.' ......... .
' .. AI. -I- ILIP
01 POC_,f LOCI
01 IA. ILl"
.1. III' 0 - ILIP 01
IA. 'LIP oa
,. POellT LOCI
IA. '1.1" o. a ... -
'OAel ...... I .. " O.
'OCKI T LOC.
u
'.".Iv, oIO.M'1 .A, LOCAT,O .'. o .a LI oli CI.' , c
., o. ,'-0 CI"' , al ,oaCI .ITII "1'''. II. 'LI. AT "'J. o.c .
''''''M.D _ ,. c ,
." , ..... v "01.'1 .... LOCATI '-0 LI .... C T ,.,.ac ....
IF o. ,'- o CI"Tla 1 ..... aCI w., .. ,". '''. ,,.. a.'L" AT PT. O. C.
'''1,.,,10 e ' ....
I II. ILIP. 0 ....... I I' .. ILl", 0 1- I' T ..... V' .... "0'." LOCAT., .. ' -0 0. 1.1.' 0. C TI 0 ,.' CI.,
'O_CIO ... _ IUP. 1.'OIitCI 'LIP. I' 011 , ' -0- C T,., .'I.,oaCI T ..... , I" A L.' AT .. 'T. O, C.
_II/. .. OC , LOC. O I'.'OCI., LOCI ,.,'Eill. '0 .UCT o Ca.T
, ... I ILl', oa I' I " la. ILl", O C-
1.'MCle I". 'LI', .... o.elo la. I"".
0.'111- ,oe.'T LOC. 01 I''' HCIC'T LOC
1'.'OtlCIO 'LIP, .IIN'OICIO 'L'P.
" , " 1 "O'.TI LOCATIO .'." O. L'" C TI 0 .II.' C "
., O '- O C T ... I .I'.'O.CI .,T. I. , . II. ' ... S .... &,. .. ,.T. O. c.
"ITIIiID TO DUCT 0 ... C T
011 L LIP:&LTI . ... oa .II'LI 'LlP LT,. ""."O.CI aLL 11011 OVI 0 WIT" I II.. III". II. '.'LI' , . .. .
..T.' LIP.O - .,T! 'LlP,O II- C,II' . IIOCI " 0 .1.0 II""IC'.' " 1'
'L. a.III'OtlC.. 'L' ..... ,oac,. . ' -0- C.IIT,.,. I' .O'IIT, AA' 011 ,'-0 C.,T , ,oac. W.T " .
POC T LOCI 'OCI' T LOCI 111.- ", , LI. O '- 0- c,.',.a .

... ,. ..... ,.
"
OY.I.' II

"n"
UIt
." LOCK AiME LOCK
.L
ALTUUU V" ILl P
'" 0.'''.'
( LO."TUD'.AL
" . Y II
,T DI.' ,
"'0.011-'
( .. o.",U't.AL
"A Y
'T ".' I.'.'
'IT'I.U'.'"
LOCI
III CO.'AII'O. a.-
'LII. o. a ... L -
,.tlC P.CI"
LOCI, O. I tI. a.'LI
01 .".'O.C[O
ILl'
- CO., ,OIII .II'LI.,
01..'. ".".'L'
'L'P. oa lI.
ILI ""II .. O.C,
'OCI,T LOC_ O.
1".'OICID laa 'LIP
111.- CO.P.II,OIl -
'LI. , O. ' LI .1-
'.'OACI. 'OCM"
LOC.,OI 1"' '.'LI
ILIP O. 111.,0ICID
,.1 ILl'
COM"A.IO. a ..... I
01 .-X.-. II.- ILI
ILIP, O - -.11.-
".'1.1 .".'O.CIO
POC_., LOCI 0 ..
".'O"CIO 'AI ILl'
11 'OIC, aLL I'D" Ovll IT. 'II.. III.. I"' '.'1." O. 1_0
C TC ... . "0.1 ,.: ,,,.u I ... 'O.C ITII II'. 11. ,.- I., a ...
;'-0 CI.T'II. 1'011 .0 O. LII' .1.1 .0 .11.'OICI.' J' "Ot.', .1 ..: '11
.'-0 CI.TI.', IF JOI.T. AI' O. ,'-0 CI.T ........ ,oac ,T. II,..
III.. II. 6LI, 0" .'-'0- ".T.a .
.".'O.CI aLL 1'0'1 Oy.tt .IT -X.-. "''- A.' .. ', O C,.T '
I,'.'O.CI ALL 110" ,,'.IU .,. w". 111.-.,111 "' ... , ........ ' -
C,.TI . ".'OICI .LL '10'1 ". ' .. au " .. III'. tllt .,. .... L
1' -0- C'"'ltt . , ... ,oaci ALL 110.' "."1 '0 .1T1t 1".- .. It-.",-
'L'I ., .. OIN" '--0- O. C,.TI . 0 .1,.,0aCI.' ., "O T, '-0
O. C,.T'" .
*
1A.1J : LO. V(LOCITY OuCT.OI. ,N.LL 'I DUC'WO .... 11 .H'CH TH' V'LOCITY 00 OT
I.C.lD lIDO r. P. O. 'N' ".TIC "."'UI, 0011 .OT e.l T,I "
--SiiiiiDciiiii
DII'YE SLIP

POCKET LOCK BaR SL' P
,
tf, .... LI. TO I I
TNI .UII 'IZI
a, .'01.1.110
('N '0. e l '"
CAUL. OIl ea'KIT AIII'LE.I
COMPaN'ON ANGLES
9*B
"EMMED S SLIP
--4j
PLa'N S SLIP STANDINe SUII
a_Ll. YO II
, ... a '11 J
.... ' ..... .... ,8C'
'LI.

A!!'LI . ILl P
a LI. '-
, ... a aul
a ..... , ...
, c
a.,LII
ANeLE It"NfOllCeD
STANDlN. IEA.1I
HEATIN', VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
I
P L ATE NO ... O I PAeE NO.1.'
NOTES ON THE USE OF THE
MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE ROUND DUCTWORK SCHEDULE
I. - IN GENERAL, MEDIUM AND HIGfI PRESSURE ROUHD DUCTWORK WILL IE LESS COSTLY
AI ICATE AND INSTALL THAN RECTANGULAI DUCTWORK. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK MUST,
OF COURSE, IE USED II PLACES IIIERE STRUCTURAL COtISlDERATIOItS PROHIIIT THE USE OF
ROUND DUCTS. THE SCHEDULE SIIOWN ON PLATE IELOW SHOULD IE USED FOR SPECIFYING
ROUND DUCTWOIK ON ALL MEDIUM AND HIGfI PIESSURE IISTALLATIONS.
2. MATERIALS OF CONSTIUCTION - ZINC.coATED STEEL SHEETS, MEETING THE ASTM A.f3.95T, IS
USED ALMOST ExdUSlVELY II THE CONSTIUCTION OF ROUND DUCTS. SOME PLASTIC MATERI-
ALS AlE AVAILAILE FOI THIS .ORK IUT THEIR USE SHOULD IE TNOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED
lEFOilE APPLYIIG TO A PIOJECT. ROUND DUCTS, 3-1NCHES TO 5O-IMCHES IN DIAMETER,
AlE MADE BY THE SPIRAL SEAM METHOD. DUCTS 51-1NCHES AND OVER WILL IE WELDED
JOINT COtISTIU.CTION, FAIIICATED FIlUM 16 GAGE GALVANIZED ZINC.coATED STEEL.
3. NEED FOllEINFOlaNG - THE SPIRAL SEAM ROUND DUCTWOIK DOES NOT NEED GIRTH IEIN
FOlaMG UNTIL 37-1NCH DIAMETER IS REACHED, AT WHICH PDlNT, THE DUCT SHOULD HAVE
GlITH REINfoRONG AS SHDrN IY THE SCHEDULE IELOW. IUTT WELDED LONGITUDINAL SEAM
DUCn SHOULD HAVE GIRTH REINFORONG STARTING AT 37INCHES AS SHOIII BY THE SCHEDULE
IELOII. IT SHOULD liE NOTED THAT WHERE FLANGED .JOIITS ARE USED, 1M lEEPING WITH
THE SCHEDULE IELOW, NO GlITH REINFOICING WILL IE IEQUIRED.
4. TYPE OF LONGITUDINAL SEAMS - THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF LONGITUDINAL SEAMS, THE
spiRAl SEAM. lOCi TYPE, AND THE IUTT WELDED LONGITUDI!4AL SEAM.
5. TYPE OF TRANSVERSE JOINTS - THE MOST COMMON TYPE OF TRANSVERSE JOINT IS THE SLIP
JOINT, AS SIIOIII IN THE DETAIL IELOW. IT CAN IE OBTAINED IN ALL SIZES OF DUCTS,IIDW.
EVER, 1M, THE LAIGEI SIZES IT IECOMES DIFFICULT TO HANDlE AND MAKE UP THE JOINT.
GENERALLY, DUCTS UP TO 36-1NCHES IN OIAMETER WILL HAVE SLIP JOINTS AND DUCTS OVEI
36-1MCHES II DIAMETEI WILL HAVE THE COMPANION ANGLE FLANGE JOINT. -
,. FITTINGS - FITTINGS ARE AVAILAILE, FABRICATED FROM ZIICCOATED STEEL SHEET, IN
DIAMETERS :J.INCHES UP. FITTINGS TO IE USED SHOULD IE AS SHOWN ON PAGE m, IIIICH
DOES NOT INC-LUDE ALL THE FITTINGS AVAILAILE. THE USE OF SOME OF THESE FITTINGS
SIIOULD IE LllilTED SINCE THEY DO NOT HAVE COMICAL TAKE-OFFS. FITnNGS THAT ARE
COMMERCIALLY AVAILAILE AlE AS FOLLOWS: SMOOTH ROUND ELiOWS IN 45 DEGREES AND
90 DEGIEES; SEGMENTAL ELBOWS IN 45 DEGREES, 90 DEGREES AND OTHER ANGlES; REDUC
ING SEGMENTAL ELBOWS 1M ALL ANGLES; MITERED 90 DEGREE ELBOWS, HEEL TAPPED EL
lOWS, STRAIGHT TEE, CONICAL TEE, TANGENTIAL TEE, REDUCIIG TEE, CONICAL REDUONG
TEE, IULLHE-AD TEE, LATEIAL, REDUCING LATERAL, CONICAL LATERAL, CONICAL REDUC
ING LATERAL, 90 DEGREE WYE IRANCH, 90 DEGREE WYE IRANCH REDUCING, CROSS, CONICAL
CROSS, TANGENTIAL CROSS, REDUCING CROSS, LATERAL CROSS, CONCENTRIC REDUCER,
OFFSET, END CAP, COUPLING, ROUND TRANSITION, PLENUM IELL..ooTH CONNECTIONS. IT
SHOULD IE NOTED THAT ALL TEU, LATERAU, CROSSES, ETC. WHERE THERE IS A SHARP
CHANGE OF DIRECTION IN THE AIR FLOW SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH CONICAL CONNECTIONS.
THIS TENDS TO ELIMINATE THE FORMATION OF THE VENAoCONTRACTA IIIICH OCCURS WHERE
THE SIDE IRAMCH GOES DIRECTLY THE SAME SIZE INTO THE TEE. WHEREVER CONNECTIONS
ARE MADE TO PLENUMS, THE CONNECTIONS SHOULD IE MADE WITH A IELL-MOUTH FITTING
FOR THE SAME REASON AS STATED AIOVE.
7. USE OF ROOND DUCTWORK WITH INTERNAL ACOUSTICAL LINING - RDUND "UCTWOIK WITH
INTERNAL ACOUSTICAL LINING IS COMMnaALLY AVAILABLE AND MAY IE USED II PLACE Of
SILENCERS IN THE SYSTEM. IT HAS THE ADVAMTAGE OF DELETIIG THE PRESSURE OIOP TO
THE SILENCER, DECREASES CROSS NOISES, AND DELETES THE NEED FOR JXTEIMAL INSULA
TION. THE INTERNALLY LINED ROUND DUCTWORK CAN IE ASSEMIL.ED IY SLI' JOINTS
EXACTLY THE SAME AS THE SPIRAL DUCT.
t. PRESSURE T[STING - TH E ENTIRE DUCT SYSTEM SHOULD .IE PRESSURE TESTED AS SHOWN IY
THE SCH EDU E OM PLATE -.. IELOW AND THE LEAKAGE HELD TO ONE-IIALF OF ONE PERCENT
OF THE TOTAL CFM. WHERE PRESSURE TESTING IS DOME SECTION IY SECTION AS THE WOIII
PROGRESSES, LEAlAGE VALUES WILL HAVE TO IE PIORATED.
9. FLEXIILE DUCT COMMECTIOMS. CONNECTIONS FROM THE METAL DUCTS TO
THE TERMINAL UNITS SHOULD IE ALLOWED AS LONG AS THEY AlE NOT lENT ON A SMALLER
THAN 12INCH IADftlS AND AS LONG AS LOCAL CODES PERMIT THEil USE. THE FLEXIILE DUCT
CONNECTIONS SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF PLASTIC COATED STEEL WIRE COVERED WITH A
NONFLAMMABLE COATED FAIRIC. THE FLEXIILE CONNECTIONS SHOULD IE SPECIFIED TO
IE FACTORY FAIRICATED WITH A PRESSURE RATING 11/2 TIMES THE MAXIMUM SYSTEM PRESSURE.
10. INSULATED FLEXIILE DUCT CONNECTIONS - FACTORY FABIICATED FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS
ARE AVAiLAILE CCiliPLETE il11I VAPOR IAIRIER, IUT AlE MORE DIFFICUL T TO MAlE All
TIGHT THAN THE UNINSULATED lYrE;
PAGE NO. 166
".....,. 'It TlANS-AI'lATE*
DUCT
DIAMETEII
'"TIR/ ..
.. TH"" II"
14"THIIU ,I"
,."THRU 50"
lilt' AND DVER
THICKNESS AND REINFORCING SCHEDULE _. MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE ROUND DUCTWORK
ZINC-COATED STEEL SHEET
SPIRAL LOCK SEAM DUCT
U"
II
14
21
10.
-
.,IITII
REINJ'OItCM
NONE
_E
_E
, ..... X"...-x, ..
AT 72"o.C.
-
SPIRAL lDCK SUM
ROUND DUCTWDRK
.,IITII
JOINTS
2" SLlI'
4" SLIP
SLII' Oil
__ 0
011 __ 0
-
ZINC-COATED STEEL SHEET ZINC- COATED STEEL SHEET
BUTT WELDED LONGITUDINAL SEAM LOCK TYPE LONGITUDINAL SEAM
DUCT 'A'E .. RTII ""TH DUCT 'AlE
DIAMETEII "EINFOIICIIIG JOINTlI DIAMETER
THIIU .. 14 NONE 2" SLIP ," TIIRU .. 24
Iff Til"" 10" tI NONE 4" SLIP ttl THIIU 10" U
II" TIIIIU 40" 20 NONE
4 " SLIP OR
II" THII U 40" 10 DRAW BAND
41 THRU 10 II
1I...-x,W'xI,,
42' THRU ,0" ..
AT 72"o.C.
OR ORAW lAND
I .nox 1112'XI .. "
1112" X I1I2'X 118'
II' AND OVER
"
AT4II"o.C
fLANGED .IOIIIT ,2" AND OVER II
OR DRAW BAllO
NOTE: M'P'UM PRESSURE DUCTWDRK SHAll BE DUCT_ III W .. CII THE VlOCITY DOES
EXCEED 2000 FPM AND THE STATIC PRESSURE DOES EXCEED 2" W.6. AND IS NOT MORE
THAN 'W.e.
.... Til
REINI'OIIeIN'
NONE
_E
NONE
I W'x1l14"X I .. "
,AT 72" o.C.
11/2")( I vn ","
AT 41"O.C.
SHAll BE DUCTWDRK IN WHICII THE VlOCITY DOES EXCEED
F AND THE "'C PRESSURE IS BETWEEN " W.G. AND 10.' W.G.
.... Til
JOINTS
I" SLlI'
4" SlIl'
SLIP Oil
DRAW BAND

011 OR..... D
1IiZ"XIlIt'X 1..-
fLANGED oIOIliT
011 DRAW BAND
ZINC-COATED STEEL
SHEET FITTINGS
DUCT
U"
DIAMETEII
'"THIIU ," II
." THIIU ,."
10
,." THIIU 110" I.
THIIU eo" Ie
a2" AlII OVEII
"
\"';TlONAl :
TYPE LONGITUDINAL SEAM
SHEET METAL
SCREWS AT
12SPAC ....
!lEAD _ DUICT'---'>'

ROUNO DUCT
SPIRAL LOCK SEAM
BUTT WELDED
LoNGITUDINAL SEAM
LOCK TYPE
L0!4GITUDINAL SEAM FLANGE JOINT SLIP JOINT DRAW BAND JOINT
LONGITUDINAL SEAMS
PRESSURE TESTING THE SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
I. TIlt: IIUCTWoIIII I'ISTEM lEAIIA. BHAll NOT EXCEED III 01' I ... AND SHAll
TaTE!110 _ 'IttE lVI'Al AMOUNT OF lEAKAGE.
I. THE S'I81DI SHALL. TESTED AT I VI TIIIO THE lVI'Al PRESSURE SHOWN !'OR
THI STITtM , .... I'OLLIIWaI
a. SEAL 01" All ONIII_ III THt 111 TESTED.
4 _ECT M"-ACTUIIER S OIII'''E TUllE, 111111 PRESSURE TEST BlDWER AND
MANOM.ETE!I TO I'ISTEM. I'OllDW MA_ACTVIlEII'S !IIICOIMIEIIOEQTEST I'IIOCEDUIIE.
a. iIuo U.s ... CN _ ITITEII _ Pall 0II1n;[ TUBE.
.. F UAllAIE " , IXCE-.vI EXAMINI IYITDI.COIIIIICT lEAKS AIID IIIPEAT Ta'lS
UIITL ''llTIM .. _10 T18IIT.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN
GIRTH, JOINTS
INSTAL1.ING THE SLIP JQJU
I. TilE CONTRACTOR SHAll CUT TilE DUCT TO lEIIGTII AND CAREFUllY CIIECK
BOTII ENOS OF THE JOINT TO ASSURE THAT THE JOINT IS a_Til AIID NOT C"'MI'ED,
DENTED 011 OTIIERWISE DAM...., CAU.. II' IIOUIIIIIUS ... SIDE THE DUCT AFTER
'lItE JOINT lIAS KEII MADC.
I . TIll CONTRACTOR SIIA\.l AI'PI.Y All _ED SlAlMT .,., TIll &XI'OSED MALE
'r. .EII ST411TEP AND IEI'ORE THE
S. DIIlll AND IIIITAll S!!UT METAL __ VI' .AD STl)I'.
A!'I'lY AN ""_ED -.wi' 1II'IttE M .. INI .. SCIIIWIlEA .. AND ....
AilE COVEIIED.
II. A ..... ll LAYD OF AN AI'I'IIOVID DUCT TAI'E _ 'lItE.!!!! _Ill
MANUAL PLATE NO. 81 P A G IE NO. 117
DESI,GNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK
I. - ADEQUATE SUPPORT TO CONTROL MOVEMENT AND SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE
IiOCfMTEM IS IMPERATIVE IF SATISFACTORY OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM IS TO IE AOIIEVED
AND IF THE SYSTEM IS TO IE NOISE FREE. HANGERS SHOULD IE DESIGHED TO PERMIT FREEDOM
OF MOVE"ENT OF THE DUCT SYSTEM WITHIN THE RANGE OF THE EXPANSION FORCES SET UP.
IIIERE DUCTWORK IS CONNECTED TO HUTING, VENTILATING 01 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT,
IT SHOULD IE INDEPEII)ENTLY SUPPORTED WITH NO WEIGHT SUPPORTED BY THE EQUIPMENT
It SUCH A MANNER THAT THE EQUIPMENT MAY IE REMOVED FOR SERVICE WITHDUT TEMPORARY
SUPPORT OF THE DUCTWORK.
Z. MATERIALS FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - MATERIAL FOR DUCT SUPPORTS IS GENERALLY STRAP
STEEL WITH ZltC-COATED ALL THREAD RODS IEING USED FOR THE HEAVIER SECTIONS. ALL
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHOULD IE ZIMC-COA TED TO RESIST CORROSION. HANGERS FOR DUCT
WORK ARE GENERALLY JOI FABRICATED RATHER THAN FACTORY PURotASED, SUCH AS HANGERS
FOI PIPE SUPPORTS.
:I. DEFLECTION - DEFLECTION IETWEEN SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK IS RELATIVELY UNIMPORTANT
UNlESS THE SPACltG GETS so LARGE THAT NOTICEAILE SAG IS OCCURRING IETWEEN THE SUP
PORTS. THE DUCTS SHOULD IE SUPPORTED A T INTERVALS AS NOTED ON THE DETAIL OM PAGE 169.
4. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION -IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION WHERE THE DUCT IS FAIRLY HEAVY,
SUOI AS TIlE HIGII VELOCITY R'ECTANGULARDUCT CONCRETE INSERTS SMOULD IE PLACED IN THE
FORMS AND PREPARED 1M ADVANCE FOR USE WITH THE DUCTS. THIS METHOO REQUIRES CONSIDER
ABLE ADVANCE PLANNING AS TO EXACTLY WHERE THE DUCTWORI WILL IE ERECTED. IF THE DUCT
WORK IS FAIRLY UGH T, CQ4CRETE FASTENERS OF THE POWDER ACTUATED TYPE MAY IE USED OR
CKRETE ANatORS. CONCRETE NAILS SHOULD NOT IE ALLOWED WITH ERECTION OF
THE DUCTWORK. SCI4E COOES DO NOT ALLOW THE USE OF POWDER ACTUATED DEVICES AND THIS
SHOULD IE INVESTIGATED IE FORE ALLOWltG AtfY POWDER ACTUATED DEVICES.
5. STRUCTURAL STEEL - WHERE THE DUClWORK IS FA liLY HEAVY, SUCH AS HIGH VELOCITY DUCTWORK,
THE USE OF IEAM CLAMPS IS ADVISED. FOR LIGHTER WORK, WELDED STUDS MAY IE USED AND
IIIERE CONCRETE JOISTS ARE ENCOUNTERED, TH E ROOS CA .. IE TAKEN UP IETWEEN THE TWO
SPACED MEMBERS OF THE LOWER OIORD.
6. WOOD CONSTRUCTION - WHERE DUCTWORK IS FAIRLY HEAVY, SUCH AS RECTANGULAR HIGH VELOCITY
DUCTWORK, TIlE DUCTS SHOULD IE SECURED IY IOL TIMG THROUGH THE WOOD. WHERE DUCTWORK
IS MEDIUM, LAG BOLTS MAY IE USED AND WOOD SCREWS MAY IE USED FOR LIGHT DUCT SUPPORTS.
7. CELLULAR FLOORS - WHERE HOLLOW CELLULAR FLOORS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE DUCTS MAY IE
SUSPENDED ON THE HANGERS PROVIDED OM THE BOTTOM OF THESE FLOORS, AND IF THERE ARE NO
HANGERS PROVIDED ON THE BOTTOM OF THESE FLOORS, WELDED STUDS SHOULD IE USED.
I. SUPPORT OF VERTICAL RISERS - WHERE VERTICAL RISERS ARE TO IE SUPPORTED IN THE lUlL DING,
THEY SHOULD IE SUPPORTED BY ANGLE IRON ATTACHED TRANSVERSELY TO THE DUCTWORK.
THERE SHDULD IE ADDITIONAL RE IN FORCING AT THE POINT WHERE THE RISER SUPPORT ATTACHES
TO THE DUCT. IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT WHERE HIGHER TEMPERATURES ARE USED IN THE
DUCTWORK, THE VERTICAL RISER WILL EXPA'" AS THE TEMPERATURE INCREASES UNTIL ALL OF
THE LOAD IS ON THE LOWER RISER SUPPORT; WHERE,THIS IS ENCOUNTERED, IT IS ADVISABLE TO
PROVIDE SPRING HANGERS FOR THE DUCT TO PROVIDE CQ4TIMUOUS SUPPORT AT EACH LOCATION.
9. CUUS FOR CASED DUCTWORK - WHERE CURlS AlE PROVIDED FOR CASED DUCTWORK, IOL TS SHOULD
IE LEFT 1M THE CASED DUCTWORK CU'U TO RECEIVE A .. ANGLE IRON AND THE SHEET METAL AT
TACHED TO THIS ANGLE IROM TO PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR THE CASED DUCTWORK.
10. REHEAT COILS IN DUCTWORK - WHERE REHUT COILS ARE IN'STALLED IN DUCTWORK, THE REHUT
COILS SHOULD IE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED TO THE STRUCTURE AND NOT REST THEIR WEIGHT
OM THE DUCT SYSTEM. THE ADJACENT DUCTS SHDULD IE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED IN ORDER
TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF THE REHUT COILSFOR SERVICE. THE DUCTWORK GENERALLY IS
FLANGED TO ATTACH TO THE REHUT COIL.
II. STRAP HANGERS - STRAP HANGERS ARE GENERALLY CONSTRUCTED OF ONE IMCH WIDE IY 16 GAGE
MATERIAL FOR SMALLER DUCTS UP TO 30-INCHES, 11/2ltCH BY 12 GAGE FOR THE URGER DUCTS UP
TO 60-INCHES AND 1. 1/ 4 INCH IY 111 INCH UP TO 120 INCHES. STRAP HANGERS ARE FAIRICATED FIOM
ZINC-COATED STEEL STOCK AND ARE SECURED TO THE DUCTWORK WITH SHEET METAL SCREws.
WHERE HIGH VE LOCITY DUCT IMSUU TIOMS ARE IEING MADE, SHEET METAL SCREWS SMOULD HOT IE
ALLOWED TO EXTEND INTO THE DUCT All) THE STRAPS SHOULD COMTINUE UNDEI THE DUCT.
12. RING HANGERS - IN THE ERECTION OF HIGH VELOCITY ROUND DUCTWORK, IT IS ADVISABLE TO USE A
RING HANGER WIICH IS GENERALLY CONSTRUCTED OF IINCH IY 16 GAGE STOCK FOR THE SMALLER
SIZES, 1INCH IY 12 GAGE FOR TH E MIDOLE SIZES AND 1114 INOI BY 1;1 INCH FOI THE LARGER SIZE5.
THE RIMG IS PLACED AROUND THE ROUND DUCTWOIK AND HANGER STRAPS RUN FROM 1ME IltG TO
THE STRUCTURE. '
13. TRAPEZE HANGERS - WHERE GROUPS OF DUCTS ARE RUM 1M PARALLEL IUNS, IT IS ADVISAILE TO
GROUP THESE DUCts TOGETHER ON A TRAPEZE HANGER. TRAPEZE HANGERS AlE GENERALLY CON
STRUCTED OF AM ANGlE IRON AT THE 10TTOM ON 111101 THE DUCT RESTS AND TWO 01 MORE ALL
THRUD RODS ATTAOIED TO THE STRUCTURE. THIS METHOD PII)YlDES EASE OF GROUPING THE DUCTS
TOGETHER AND IT ALLOWS ADJUSTMENT OF THE DUCT HEIGHT THROUGH THE ALL THRUD ICIOS.
THIS IS ESPECIALLY DESIRAILE IIIERE DUCTS AlE TO IE LEFT EXPOSED.
14. DUCTS CONVEYING VERY COLD A. - WHERE THE OUCTS AlE TO CONVEY VERY COLD A., THEY SHOILD
IE RUM OM TU'EZE HANGERS WITH A SHEET METAL SADDLE IETWEEN THE HANGER,.. D THE UPOI
IARRIEII DUCTWORI. NO METAL AnACIlMENT 10 THE DUCTWORK SHOUL. IE ALLOWED. THIS PIE
CAUTION WILL NOT IE NECESSARY UNLESS THE DUCT IS,CONVEYItG All 45 DEGlEES OR LEss.
PAl E ,.0
____________ METHQDS OF ATTACK"MT ------------------------------------------______ __
-IIC"'II'IOII MELD
"NaLE REGTANGULAR DUCT
lUll COMIT4IUCTIOIII
CHOIID Of STHL JOtIT
DUCTS--------1
112" ALL THIIEAD
IIDD .
DUCT
MULTIPLE DUCT RUNS ON TRAPEZE HANGERS
DUCTS SHALL IE. AT
ttOT LESS THAII 10 FT. O. C.
LOW PRES SUR E DUC TWORK (UP THRU 2" WG)
TTOII CHOIID OF STEEL JOIST
VARIOUS METHODS OF ATTACHMENT
IUSE APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION)
STEEL IEAII
THIS II[THOO' WH[IIEVER DUCTS --------ot
_lIfoIIelll' .
AII'L[
CAli IE IIIIOUPED TOKTHER .
_"ALL THIIEAD
lIDO
IIEIIlFOIICIII. AIIGLES
MULTIPLE DUCT RUNS ON TRAPEZE HANGERS
RECTANGULAR DUCT
1-112".1-111"1114" "IIGLEI.HO[ 'm&; DUCTI SHALL IE _IITED AT
IIOT LESS THAll 1FT O.C
ROUND DUCT
1-I1Z.I-II2". 1III"
AttfIU: IIOTH SIOU
OF DUCT
RlgER SUPPORT
2". z. 1 ... -.[
!10TH SIDES
FLOOtI
R1SER SUPPORT
MEDIUM' AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTWORK(2WO TO 10 Wi) -------_,...------------_
DETA"L:S OF THE INStALLATION OF HANGERS . AND SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK
110 KAL[
HEATING. VENTILATIO AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 82 PAGE NO. I.,
MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SCHEDULE
I. GENERAL - IN GENERAL, MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE RDUND DUCTWDRK WILL BE LESS CDSTl Y
TD FABRICATE All) INSTALL THAN RECT4MGULAR DUCTWDRK. RECTANGULAR DUCTWDRK MUST,
DF CDURSE, BE USED IN PLACES WHERE STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS PROHIBIT THE USE DF
RDUND DUCTS. THE SCHEDULE SHDWN ON PLATE BELDW SHOULD BE USED FDR SPECIFYING
RECT4MGULAR DUCTWDRK ON ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE INSTALLATIONS.
2. MATERIALS DF CDNSTRUCTlON.- ZINC.cDATED STEEL SHEETS, MEETING THE SPECIFICATIDNS
ARE USED AlMOST EXCLUSIVELY IN THE CDNSTRUCTIDN DF MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR
DUCTS.
3. NEED FDR REINFDRCING - ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWDRK WILL REQUIRE
REINFDRCING AS SHDWN BY THE SCHEDULE DF PAGE 171. PIECES FABRICATED TD THE LENGTHS
SHDWN FDR REINFDRCING IN THE SCHEDULE MAY BE FIELD ASSEMBLED WITH CDNSIDERABLE
EASE. REINFDRCING ON DUCTS THAT ARE TD BE INSULATED SHDULD BE HELD TD 1112" ANGLES.
4. TYPE DF TRANSVERSE JDINTS - THE INSIDE SLIP JDINT, THE DOUBLE S SLIP JDINT, THE WELDED
FL4MGE IDINT, THE FLANGED JDINT, AND THE CDMPANION ANGLE FLANGED JDINT ARE THE CDM
MONLY Al'CEPTED TR4MSVERSE JOINTS FDR MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWDRK. THE
CDMPANION 4MGLE FLANGED JDINT IS PREFERABLE BECAUSE DF ITS SUITABILITY FDR SHDP
PREFABRICATION 4MD EASE DF FIELD INSTALLATIDN. THE JDINT SHDULD BE MADE WITH SDFT
NEDPRENE GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACK TD HDLD IT IN PLACE DURING ASSEMBLY.
s. TYPE OF LDNGITUDINAL SEAMS - THERE ARE THREE TY PES DF LONGITUDINAl SEAMS, THE ACME,
9R GROOVED SEAM, PITTSBURGH LOCK SEAM, AND THE BUTT WELDED LONGITUDINAl SEAM.
THE ACME AND PITTSBURGH SEAM REQUIRE CDNTINUOUS SEALANT TO PRDVIDE AIRTlGHTNESS.
THE WELD SEAM REQUIRES NO SEALANT.
6. FITTINGS - THE FITTINGS FDR THE MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEM SHDULD BE CONSTRUCTED
WITH AS LDNG A RADIUS AS POSSIBLE. WHERE STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS DD NDT PERMIT LDNG
RADIUS FITTINGS, THEN VANEC FITTINGS MUST BE USED. THE VANES MUST BE RUGGEDLY CDN
STRUCTED AND SET IN PLACE BY WELDING 4MD REINFDRCING. LOOSENESS IN THESE VANES WILL
RESULT IN FLUTTERING All) NOISY DPERATIDN. SQUARE EDGE ENTRIES SHOULD AlWAYS BE
AVDIDED TO ELIMINATE THE FORMATION DF THE VENACONTRACTA AND THE RESUL T4MT
DYNAMIC LDSS.
7. PRESSURE TESTING - THE ENTIRE DUCT SYSTEM SHDULD BE PRESSURE TESTED AS SHDWN BY
THE SCHEDULE DN PLATE B3 BELDW AND THE LEUAGE HELD TD DNE-HAlF DF DNE PERCENT
DF THE TDTAL CFM. WHERE PRESSURE TESTING IS DDNE SECTION BY SECTION AS TH E WDRK
PRDGRESSES .. LEAKAGE VALUES WILL HAVE TD BE PRORATED.
8. USE DF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WI TH INTERNAl ACDUSTICAL LINING - RDUND DUCTWDRK WITH
iiifERNAT.cOlfsilc4L DHfHG MAY BE F4BRICATED AND BE USED IN PLACE DF SILENCERS IN
THE SYSTEM. IT HAS THE ADVANTAGE DF DELETING THE PRESSURE DRDP TD THE SILENCER,
DECREASES CRDSS NDISES, AND DELETES THE NEED FDR EXTERNAL INSULATIDN. THE INTERNALLY
LINE!) RECTANGULAR DUCTWDRK CAN BE ASSEMBLED BY JDINTS EXACTlY THE SAME AS THE PLAIN
STEEL DUCT.
EXTREME CARE MUST BE UKEN IN SECURING THE INTERNAL LINING TD THE SHEET STEEL BE
CAUSE IT HAS A TENDENCY TD LOOSEN AND BECOME LDDGED IN THE DUCT SYSTEM IF NOT PROPERLY
INSTAlLED. THE M4MUFACTURER SHDULD BE CONSUL TED AND SOUND ATTENUATION LEVELS
SPECIFIED FDR THE INTERNAL ACOUSTICAl LINING.
9. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONN ECTIDNS - FLEXIBLE DUCT CDNNECTlDNS FRDM THE METAL DUCTS TD THE
TERMINAL UNITS SHOULD BE AlLDWED AS LDNG AS THEY ARE NDT BENT ON A SMALLER THAN 12
INCH RADIUS AND AS LONG AS LDCAl CDDES PERMIT THEIR USE. THE FLEXIBLE DUCT CDNNECTIONS
SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED OF PLASTIC CDATED STEEL WIRE CDVERED WITH A NDNFLAMMABLE
CDATED FABRIC. THE FLEXIBLE CDNNECTIONS SHDULD BE SPECIFIED TD BE FACTDRY FABRICATED
WITH A PRESSURE RATING 1112 TIMES THE MAXIMUM SYSTEM PRESSURE.
10. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT CDNNECTlDNS - FACTORY FABRICATED FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS
ARfiVAILABLE CDMPLETE WITH VAPDR BARRIER, BUT ARE MORE DIFFICULT TD MAKE AIR TIGHT
THAN THE UNINSULATED TYPE.
,1. INSULATIDN - WHEN VAPDR SEAL INSULATION IS REQUIRED, IT SHDULD BE APPLIED FULL THICKNESS
DVERTHE REINFDRCING 4NGLES. ND INSULATION SHDULD BE PLACED UNTIL THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN
FULLY PRESSURE TESTED.
12. SEAl4MTS - WHERE SEALANTS ARE REQUIRED 'N l'HE DUCT SYSTEM, THEY SHDULD BE SYNTHETIC
RUBBER BASE SEALANTS WITH GOOD ELASTICITY AND ENDURING BONDING STRENGTH.
13. SEALING LEUS - WHERE LEAKS ARE ~ O C A T E D DURING PRESSURE TESTING, THE LEAKS SHDULD BE
SEALED AS RECD",,",ENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER DF THE SEAL4MT AND ALLDWED TD DRY FOR 24
HDURS BEFDRE RETESTING.
14. CHANGE DF PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION -IT IS POSSIBLE TD HAVE A PDRTlDN DF THE DUCT SYSTEM IN
HIGH PRESSURE All) 4 PDRTION DF THE SYSTEM IN MEDIUM PRESSURE DUE TD THE INHERENT PRESSURE
DRDP 'N THE SYSTEM. WHEN THIS IS THE CASE, THE PLANS SHDULD BE CAREFULLY MARKED TD DE
lINEATE WHICH PORTION DFTHE SYSTEM IS MEDIUM PRESSURE AND WHICH PDRTlON IS HIGH PRESSURE.
F' AGE NO. 17 0
A .......... ' ..
THICK NESS a REINFORCING SCHEDULE- MED IUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK
_Ann 'DUCl' nUL DUCT. LDIIIIITUDINAL
TIIANSVElllE IIEIN FOIICIN; TIIANIVEIISE REINFORCING TRANSVERSE JOINTS
KTWEEN JOINTS WITH IETWEEN JOINTS WITHOUT
DIIiENSION U. I.ITAHOAIID IAIE IIAII TIE IIODS TIE 1100. TYPE REINFOIICING GASKETS BOLTS
WUDED NONE IIEQUIRED NONE REQUIRD
COMPANION ANGLE
1-1,<4"' 1-1/4". lIe" ANGLE
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH 5/111"DIA. HEX BOLTS
II" 011 LUI 14
FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BACK ING AT 4"0.C.
I TIE 1100 AT 4' D.C. ON ..
r. I". IIII' ANGLE AT 4' O.C
COMPANION ANGLE
1-1/4-.1- 1/4-. 1/8
11
ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH 5/1t"DIA. HEX BOLTS
,," ntIIU Ie" 14 WELDED
OF DUCT FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE lACKING AT .- O.C.
wnDED t TIE 1100 AT 4' O.C. 1".1/11' ANGLE AT 4' O.C.
COMPANION ANGLE
ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH DIA. HEX BOLTS
te TMfIIU M' II
FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE lACK ING AT 4"0. C.
WELDID
1-1/4'.1-114".1/11' ANGLE 1-1/4".1-114'. lIB' ANGLE COMPANION ANGLE
1-1,<4".1-114".1/11' ANGLE
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH 5/1,;"DIA. HEX BOLTS
ttl' 1ItIIU .. ' 12
AT "-4"0.C. AT ,'-4" O. c. FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BACKING AT 4"0.C.
1-112" 1-1/2". vII' ANGLE AT 1-112-,1-1/2-,1/8- AMGL E AT COMPANION ANGLE
1-1,<4". 1-1/4"1/8" ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH 5M"DIA. HEX BOLTS
57" THIIU
.'
21 WELDED
1/-4' D. C. 2'-S" D. C. FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BACKI NG AT 4"D.C.
- TMitU eo- WELDED
I-I/Z-. hI/Z-. 1/8- ANGLE AT
2".2",118" ANGLE AT 2' O. C.
COMPANION ANGLE
I-V2" 1-1/2", lIe" ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WlTl< 51111'DIA. HEX BOLTS
10
Z' O.C WITH TI E ROD IN CENTER FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE lACKING AT 4'O. C.
1-1/2-, I-IIZ-. 1/'- ANGLE AT 2 -1/2-, 2-112-,3/16- ANGLE COMPANION ANGLE
2",2",3/16" ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH 5116"DIA. HEX BOLTS
II" THIIU
.,..
20 WELDED
Z'O.C. WITH TIE ROO IN CENTER AT 2' O. C. FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BACKING AT 4- O.C.
13' THIIU '14' WELDED
1_I/Z"I_I/2",II8" 'ANGLE AT -112", Z-II2",3116" ANGLE AT COMPANION ANGLE
2-.2-.3116- ANGl E
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH 5111'DIA. HEX BOLTS
IB
z' O.C. WITH TIE ROD IN .CENTER Z' O.C. FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BA,CKING AT 4" 0:.
I-lIZ- I- (n-xll'- ANGLE AT 1-1/2",1-112", III' ANGLE AT COMPANION ANGLE
2-.2-.3/16- ANGLE
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH
1
HEX
.'
... II WELDED
z' 0.' WITH TIE ROD IN CENTER z' O.C. WITH TIE IlOO IN CENTER FLANGED JOINT ADHESIVE BACKING AT 4" J. e
2-.2-.l/a- ANGLE AT 2' o.c.
z', 2", lIe" ANGLE AT z' O.C.
COMPANION ANGLE
I-liz". 1-1/2 . 118- WITH
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH i HfX BOLTS
.. 7' .AND . DYEII II WELDED
WlTH TIE ROOS AT 4' O.C.
WITH TIE NODS AT 4' O.C .
FLANGED JOINT
TIE RODS AT 4' O. C
ADHESIVE BACKI NG AT 4' O.C ---.J
ALONG ANGLE. ALONG ANGLE
* NOTE: MEDI UM ",ESSURE DUCTWOIIK SHALL BE DUCTWORK IN WHICH THE VELOCITY DOES
EXCEED. 1100 FPII AND THE STATIC PRESSURE EXCEEDS. z" WG BUT DOES NOT EXCE ED 6- WI.)

IB GAGE -WELD ALL
AROUND
OUCT\ . ,
V-CONTINUOUS WELD
fD5/11' BOLT AT 4"
I ANGLE REINFORCING- SPACING
ROD TO ANGLE
SEE TABLE
.PRESSURE TESTING THE ' SYSTEM FOR LEAKS ANGLES-SEE ..JI
z
0 .
TACK WELD AT IZ"O.C .
ALL
in " I" WELDS OR ALTERNATE
V4". STEEL
z or
L TIIiE DUCTWOlll( ''111111 LUlCME IHALL HOT EXCEED VI OF 1'Ifo AND SHAI'
'" N
SIDES
TIlTED 10 _I ,TIll 'IOTAL _T OF LEAKAIE.
TIE ROO :a
I. ". I'/ITIII SHALL TIlTED AT 1-111 TIIIII THI TOTAL ",II_I SHOWN
IIOUND
\.. . I
0 e
I Z cl
fIDII THI I'IITIII Mii AI POLUIir.:
... .. 2",
NEOPIlENE RUBIER
'"
:>
.. "
IOL rwF, ALL __ THE BlCT\ON 10 K nS1ID. RING GASKET

:>
,/I". STEE L TIE ROD-
ij
.II. 0
4- _T II_ACTUIIEIII OIIII'ICI .TUK, HI8M ",IIIUIIE nsr BLOWEII AND
I 00
II_ITIR 10 I'/ITDI, I'OLLOW _INDED nIT PIIOCEOURE. COMPANION ANGLE
I WELDAL/ 'F\, l
... Z
",4
.. IlIAO IN 1;1'11 flllllI IYITIII ..- IlANUMCTUIIE .... CIWIT .FOII OllIF1CE TUBE.
FLANGED DETAIL ::> '

I..DKMI 11 IXCDIM IYITIII, COIIIIIT LEAICI AND TESTS

AIIOUND 18 GAGE DISC
... nL BYlTlII II _0 TMIItT.
TIE ROD DETAIL AT REINFORCING
TIE ROD DETAIL
H lATIN V E N T IL A T ION. AND AIR CONDITIONINe DESleN MANUAL 1
PLATE NO.
83 I
PAGE NO,
171
HIGH PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SCHEDULE
1. GENERAL - IN GENERAL, MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE ROUND DUCTWORK WILL BE LESS COSTLY
TO FAIRICATE AND INS'ULL THAN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK MUST,
OF COURSE, IE USED IN PLACES WHERE STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS PROHIBIT THE USE OF
ROUND DUCTS. THE SOIEDULE SHOWN ON PLATE BELOW SHOULD BE USED FOR SPECIFYING
RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK ON ALL HIGH PRESSURE INSTALLATIOHS.
2. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION - ZINC.cOATED STEEL SHEETS, MEETING THE SPECIFICATIONS
ARE USED ALMOST EXCLUSIVELY IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR
DUCTS.
3. NEED FOR REINFORCING - ALL HIGH PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WILL REQUIRE
REINFORCING AS SHOWN IY THE SOIEDULE OF PAGE 173. PIECH FABRICATED TO THE LENGTHS
SHOWN FOR REINFORCING IN THE SOIEDULE MAY BE FIELD ASSEMBLED WITH CONSIDERABLE
USE. REINFORCING ON DUCTS THAT ARE TO BE INSULUED SHOULD BE HELD TO 1112" ANGLES.
4. TYPE OF TRANSVERSE JOINTS - THE INSIDE SLIP JOINT, THE DOUBLE S SLIP JOINT, THE WELDED
FLAlIGE JOINT, THE FLANGED JOINT, AND THE COMPANION ANGLE FLANGED JOINT ARE THE COM
MOHL ~ ACCEPTED TRANSVERSE JOINTS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. THE
COMPANION ANGLE FLANGED JOINT IS PREFERABLE BECAUSE OF ITS SUITABILITY FOR SHOP
PREFABRICATION AND EASE OF FIELD INSTALLATION. THE JOINT SHOULD BE MADE WITH SOFT
NEOPRENE GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACK TO HOLD IT IN PLACE DURING "ASSEMBLY.
S. TYPE OF LONGITUDINAL SUMS ~ THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF LONGITUDINAL SUMS, THE ACME,
OR GROOVED SEAM, PITTSBURGH LO(:K SEAM, AND THE BUTT WELDED LONGITUDINAL SEAM.
THE ACME AND PITTSBURGH SEAM REQUIRE CONTIIUOUS SULAMT TO PROVID! AIRTIGHTNESS.
THE WELD SEAM REQUIRES NO SEALANT.
6. FITTINGS - THE FITTINGS FOR THE HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEM SHOULD BE COMSTRUCTED
WITH AS LONG A RADIUS AS POSSIBLE. WHERE STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT LONG
RADIUSFITTINGS,THEN VANED FITTINGSMUST.BE USED. THE VANES MUST BE RUGGEDLY CON
STRUCTED AND SET IN PLACE BY WELDING AND REINFORCING. LOOSENESS IN THESE VANES WILL
RESUL T IN FLUTTERING AND NOISY OPERA TIOH. SQUARE EDGE ENTRIES $HOULD ALWAYS BE
AVOIDED TQ ELIMINATE THE FORMATION OF THE VENACOHTRACTA AND THE RESUI, TANT
DYNAMIC .LOSS.
7. PRESSURE TESTING - THE ENTIRE DUCT SYSTEM SHOUlD BE PRESSURE TESTED AS SHOWN BY
THE SCHEDULE ON PLATE IS BELOW AND THE LUKAGE HELD TO ONE-HALF OF ONE PERCENT
OF THE TOTAL CFIJi. WHERE PRESSURE TESTING IS DONE SECTION BY SECTION AS TH E WORK
PROGRESSES, LEAKAGE VALUES WILL HAVE TO BE PRORATED.
I . USE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WI TH nHERMH ACOUSTICAL LINING - ROUND DUCTWORK WITH
INTERMAL ACOUSTICAL LIMING MAY BE FiliRTcAITDA ND BE USED IN PLACE OF SILENCERS 1M
THE SYSTEM. IT HAS THE ADVAMTAGE OF DELETlHG THE PRESSURE DROP TO THE SILEMCER,
DECREASES CROSS MOISES, AHD DELETES THE HEED FOR EXTERNAL INSULATION. THE INTERNALLY
LIHEO RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK CAM BE ASSEMBLED BY JOINTS EXACTLY THE SAME AS THE PLAIM
STEEL DUCT.
EXTREME CARE MUST BE HKEN IN SECURIMG THE INTERNAL LIMING TO THE SHEET STEEL BE
CAUSE IT HAS A TENDENCY TO LOGSEM AND BECOME LOJGED IN THE DUCT SYSTEM IF NOT PROPERLY
INSTALLED. THE MANUFACTURER SHOULD BE CONSUL TED AND SOUND ATTENUATION LEVELS
SPECIFIED FOR THE INTERNAL ACOUSTICAl LINING.
9. FLEXIBLE DUCT COMMECTIONS - FlEXIBl E DUCT CONNECTIONS FROM THE METAL DUCTS TO THE
TERMINAL UNITS SHOULD BE ALLOWED AS LONG AS THEY ARE NOT BENT OM A SMALLER THAN 12
INCH RADIUS AND AS LOMG AS LOCAL CODES PERMIT THEIR USE. THE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
SHOULD BE COMSTRUCTEO OF PLASTIC COATED STEEL WIRE COVERED WITH A NONFLAMMABLE
COATED FABRIC. THE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY FABRICATED
WITH A PRESSURE RATING 1.112 TIMES THE MAXIMUM SYSTEM PRESSURE.
10. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS - FACTORY FABRICATED FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS
ARE AVAILABLE COMPLETE WITH VAPOR BARRIER, BUT ARE MORE DIFFICULT TO MAKE AIR-TlettT
THAN THE UNINSULATED TYPE.
11 . INSULATION - WHEN VAPOR SEAL INSULATION IS REQUIRED, IT SHOULD BE APPLIED FULL THICKNESS
OVER THE REINFORCING ANGLES. NO INSULATION SHOULD BE PLACED UNTIL THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN
FULLY PRESSURE TESTED.
12. SEALANTS - WltERE SEAtANTS ARE REQUIRED IN THE DUCT SYSTEM, THEY SHOULD BE SYNTHETIC
RUBBER BASE SEALANTS WITH GOOD ELASTICITY AND ENDURING BONDING STRENGTH.
13. SEALING LEAKS - WHERE LEAKS ARE LOCATED DURING PRESSURE TESTING, THE LEAKS SHOULD BE
SEALED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SEALANT AND ALLOWED TO DRY FOR 24
HOURS BEFORE RETESTING.
14. CHANGE OF PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION -IT IS POSSIBLE TO HAVE A PORTIOM OF THE DUCT SYSTEM IN
HIGH PRESSURE AND A PORTION OF THE SYSTEM IN MEDIUM PRESSURE DUE TO THE INHERENT PRESSURE
DROP IN THE SYSTEM. WHEN THIS IS THE CASE, THE PLANS SHOULD BE CAREFULLY MARKED TO DE-
LINEATE WHICH PORTIOM OF THE SYSTEM IS MEDIUM PRESSURE AND WHICH PORTION IS HIGH PRESSURE.
PAG E NO. 172
THICKNESS "& REINFORCING SCHEDULE-*HIGH PRESSURE RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK

TR... NSVERSE JOINTS
_ATE.T DUCT
DlIlENSION
STrEL DUCTS
U. s. STANDAIID U8E
LONGITUDINAL
SEAII
TIIANSVEIISE IIEINI'OIlCING
.ETWEEN JOINTS WITHOUT
TIE IIOOS

.1" 011 IoE WELDED
.," THIIU " u WELDED
11-"'" M-
WELDED
WELDED
,7" THIIU ".. u WELDED
q" TMIIU .,. 10 WELDED
" TMIIU 1'Z' WELDED
n" THIIU .4"

WELDED
.- THltU .. -

WELDED
IT"AND _II
I'
WELDED
NONE REQUIRED
I TIE ROD AT ''-4' DC. ON
Co OF oUCT
2 TIE RODS ...T ,'-4' O.C.
HI'Z'. I-II'Z'. lIB' ... NGLE
AT 3'-.O. C.
'Z'.2.1"" ... NGLE AT
f!-4' O. C.
1-1/2' . 1-112'. lIB" ... NGLE ...T
2' O.c. WITH TIE 1100 III CENTER
H/'Z'.I-II'Z'.III" "'NGLE "'T
2'O.C WITH TIE ROD IN CENTER
NONE REOUIIIED
1-1/2', 1-1 12'. III" "'NeLE
...T " -4' O.C.
2-.2-. 1/.- ANGLE AT
2'- ...O.C.
2.2'.51.' ... NGLE ...T 2' O.C
2-112'. 2-I/Z", "..- ... NGLE
AT 2' O.C
1-112,I-II'Z'.IIB ANGLE AT 1- 112.HI'Z'.IIe ... NGLE ...T
2' O.C. WITH 1I.E ROD IN CENTER 2' D.C. WITH TIE ROO IN CENTER
t-II2-. t-ld.II'- AHaLf AT I-Id. 1-112-. liS- ANGLE AT
2' O.C. WITH TIE IIOD IN CENTER 2' O.C. WITH TIE ROO IN CENTER
2'.2'.1/" "'NGLE AT 2' O.C.
WITH TIE liDOS ...T 4' O.C.
2'.2'.1/8' ANGLE AT f! O.C.
WITH TIE ROOS AT 4 ' O.C.
COMPilNION ... NGLE
FLANGED JOINT
COMP... NION ... NGLE
FLANGED JOINT
COMP... N ION ... NGLE
FL ... NGED JOINT
COMP"'NION ... NGLE
FL...NGEO JOINT
COMPilNION ... NGLE
FL ... NGED JOINT
COMPANIoN ... NGLE
n"'NGEIl ' ,jOINT
COM!'... NlON ...IMLE
FL"'NGED JOINT
COMP...NION "'NGLE
FLANGED JOINT
COMP... NION ... NGLE
FL ... NGEO JOINT
COMPilNION "'NGLE
FL"'NGED JOINT
BOLTS
1-1...... 1- V4". III' ANGLE SOFT NEO_E WITt' 5I1S OIA. HEX BOLTS
...DHESIVE BACKING ... T 4' O.C.
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH 5/16' DIA. HEX BOLTS
... DHESIVE BACKING AT 40.C.
SOFT NEOPIIENE WITH 5/16'01'" HEX BOLTS
AOtIESIVE BACKING AT 40.C.
I-II'Z'. I-II'Z'. II" ANGLE SOFT NEOPRENE WITH !IJI6' OIA. HEX BOLTS
"'DHnIVE .... CKING AT 4' O.C.
SOFT NEOPRENE wm 51I1"DIA. t'EX BOLTS
ADHESIVE .... CKINI ...T 4' O.C.
2' . 'Z'. 3116' ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH '/1101 .... HEX BOLTS
"'DHESIVE B"'CKING ...T 4' O.C.
l-i/4' .1-1/4'. III' ... NGLE SOFT NEOPRENE WIT!< 51." 01.... HEX BOLTS
WITH TIE ROO IN CENTER "'DHESIVE BACKING ...T 40.C.
1-1",".1-1"". vi" ... NGLE 90FT NEOI'MNE WITH 5116' 01... . HEX BOLTS
WItH TIE ROD IN CENTER ADHESIVE BACKING ...T 4' O.C
1-112-.'-112-.1"- WITH
TIE IIODS ",T 4 ' O.c.
ALONG ANGLE
SOFT NEOPRENE WITH 5/1101 ... . HEX BOLTS
ADHESIVE BACKING AT 4' O.C.
.. NOTE: HIGH PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE PUCTWOIIK IN WHICH THE VELDCITT DOES
EXCEED 1Il00'''; AND THE ST ...TIC PMSSURE EXClEDS e' WG AND DOlES NOT EXCEED to" WG
PRESSURE TESTING THE 'lSTEM FOR LEAKS
I. _ DUCTWGIIII .YSTEII LEMAtI IllALL NOT EXClED lIZ- OF I'" AND .HALL
TESTQI .... _ . tOTAL A/IICIUIIT 01' LEAK_.
I. 1ME I'IIT(II IllALL. TEiTlD .AT HII TlIlU' THE mAL PIIE_E '"OWN
"'" _ .YSTEII 'AN AS I'OU.CIWI:
I. IlAL 01" ALL _ .... IN THl MCTIOII TO .E T!lTED.
4. CONNECT IIA_ACTUIIEII. TIIIi:. M.... 'IIthullE TEST _II AND
IIANOIIEnll TO IYSftIl I'OLLOW IIANU,ACTUIIIII'. _lIhOlD niT 'IIDCI-.
, - LOSI IN CI'II FRDIiI InTlIl !_ IIANUFACTUIIP's CHAIIT FOil 0""1 TUII.
e F LlMA rxcuSNI. EIIAIlINE I'IITPi, 'COIIIIIeT LEAKS AND IIENAT TIITI
UNTIL I'IITIII _0 1MtIT.
COMPANION ANGLE
FLANGED gETAIL
...... ITIEL
Til lIDo

AIIOUIII
Til ROD DETAIL
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND Alit CONDITIONING D! I" N" MAN U A L I
:r"M ... -
TlIICK wELD ...T II"O.C VI WELD ALL _I 0
I" WELDS ALTERMATI

I a II: 1
i=
M. InEL TIE _-
all:
rj
150
..
UI
TIE ROD DETAIL AI R""fORClNG
PLATE N 0o 84 Ip A .. ! NO. I T I
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE LOW VELOCITY DUCT SYSTEM
1. DEFINITION OF THE LOW VELOCITY DUCT SYSTEM - LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK IS DUCTWORK IN
WHICH THE VELOCiTY DOES NOT EXCEED 1100 FEET PER MINUTE, AND STATIC PRESSURE DOES NOT
EXCEED r' WG.
2. SlZII' THE DUCTWORK IY EQUAL FRICTION METHOD - THE MOST COMMON METHOD OF SI.ZING THE
Low vELOCITY WORk Is IT TH.E EaulL FRicTION METHOD. GENERALLY, THE FRICTION DROP USED
SHOULD IE APPROXIMA TEL Y 0.01" WG TO 0. 10" WG. .
3. SlZIMG THE DUCTWORK IY EQUAL VELOCITY METHOD - THE ALTERNATE METHOD OF SIZING THE
DUCTWORK IS IY THE EQUAL VELOCITY METHOD IN WHICH ALL SECTIONS IN THE DUCT SYSTEM ARE
SIZED AT THE SAME VELOCITY. GENERALLY, THE VELOCITY USED SHOULD IE FROM 1000 FEET PER
MINUTE TO 1_ FEET PER M!MUTE.
4. COMPUTING THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE DUCTWORK - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP IN THE DUCT
SYSTEM WILL IE THE SUM OF THE FRICTION DROPS IN ALL OF THE SECTIONS PLUS THE PRESSURE
DROP IN THE MOST REMOTE OUTLET.
5. VELOCITY PRESSURE - VELOCITY PRESSURE IS THE PRESSURE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE VELOC
ITY OF THE AIR FLOW. THE FORMULA FOR COMPUTING THE VELOCITY PRESSURE IS AS FOLLOWS:
H ; . ~ r
WHERE H. - VELOCITY PRESSURE, INCHES WG
V - VELOCITY OF AIR, FPM
6. STATIC PRESSURE - STATIC PRESSURE IS THE PRESSURE WHICH IS RE(,UIRED TO OVERCOME THE
FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE OF THE AIR AGAINST THE SIDES OF THE DUCTS.
7. CONVERTIIILITY OF VELOCITY PRESSURE TO STATIC PRESSURE - WHEN THE CROSS SECTIONAL
ARU OF THE DUCT CHANGES AIID THE VELOCITY DECRUSES, THE REDUCTION IN VELOCITY PRES
SURE IS CONVERTED TO All INCREASE IN STATIC PRESSURE. ON AIIINCRUSE IN VELOCITY, THE RE
VERSE OCCURS- THIS INTERCHAIIGE OF PRESSURE IS ALWAYS ACCOMPANIED IY A NET LOSS OF HUD
DEPENDENT UPON THE TURIULENCE IN THE ARU.
I . VII RATION ELIMINATORS - WHEREVER THE DUCT CONNECTS TO ROTATING MACHINERY SUCH AS A
FAN, THE COMNECTIOM SHOULD IE MADE WI'TH A WOVEN ASIESTOS CLOTH FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
AT LUST 3-INCHES LONG TO PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF THE VIBRATION INTO THE DUCT
SYSTEM.
9. INTERNAL ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING - WHEREVER IT IS DESIRED TO REDUCE THE MOISE LEVEL
FROM A FAN OR OTHER NOISE GENERATING EQUIPMENT, THE DUCTS SHOULD IE LINED WITH IN
TERNAL ACOUSTICAL LlNI!4G. GENERALLY, THIS LINING IS 112-1NCH THICK, COATED GLASS FIBER
ESPECIALL Y MADE FOR THIS PURPOSE. OTHER TYPES AND THICKNESSES ARE AVAIUlLE. COM
SULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA TO PROVIDE DESIRAILE ATTENUATION.
10. DIFFUSER CONNECTION - DIFFUSER CONNECTIONS SHOULD IE MADE AS DETAILED ON PAGE 185 OF
THi.100K.
11. REGISTER CONNECTION - REGISUR CONNECTION SHALL IE MADE AS DETAILED ON PAGE 189 OF
THIS lOOK.
12. ACCESS DOORS - WHENEVER THE DUCT SYSTEM IS CONVEYING DIRT LADEN OR GRUSE UDEN AIR,
ACCESS DOORS SHOULD IE PROVIDED AT FREQUENT INTERVALS TO ALLOW PERIODIC CLEANING OF
THE DUCT SYSTEM.
13, FIRE DAMPERS - FIRE DAMPERS MUST IE PROVIDED IN THE DUCT SYSTEM TO STOP THE SPREAD OF
FIRE FROM ONE FIRE ZONE TO ANOTHER. STRICT ADfIERENCE TO LOCAL CODES MUST liE FOL
LOWED ON ALL PROJECTS. FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF FIRE DAMPER REQUIREMENTS MAY liE
FOUND IN NFPA PAMPHLET 90. LOCATION OF FIRE DAMPERS SHOULD liE SHOWN OM THE PLANS AND
NOT LEFT TO A GENERAL SPECIFICATION.
U. TURN VANES - WHEREVER TURNS IN THE DUCTS ARE MADE WITH THE RADIUS OF CURVATURE LESS
THAN 1 1/ 2 . WIDTH OF THE DUCT, TURN VAllES SHOULD liE INSTALLED AS DETAILED.
15. DUCTS RUNNING THRU OPEN WEll JOISTS - THE FOLLOWING TAIU INDICATES THE SIZE OF DUCTWORK
THAT MAY BE RUN THRU MOST OF THE STAIIDARD MAIIUFACTURERf OPEN WEI STEEL JOISTS.
JOIST
DEPTH
'"
1.3
10" 4
12" 10.3
14" 12.3
16" 12.6
.. " 12.6
20" 12.7
22" 14.6
14" 16.4
MAXIMUM DUCT SIZES
THRU OPEN WEll STEEL JOISTS
RECTAllGULAR DUCTS
6.4
-
6.5 -
'.4 6. 6
10.4 . I. 6
10.7

10.7 I. 9
10.9 .. 11
12 10.10
14.6 12. I
ROUND
DUCTS
-
5"
-
6"
-
7"
6. 7 a"
-
lO"
-
10"
- 11"
12 lr'
10.10 12"
NOTE; THESE SIZES MAY VlRY SOME FOR DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS .. WHERE RUSONABLE AND PO>
SlIILE, USE SIZES SLIGHTLY LESS THAll SHOWH. IF DUCTS ARE INSULATED, ALLOW SPACE FOR
INSUUTION. PAGE NO. 174
... .....,. I" alPI1Ol'" TlAHS-AI'I.ATE
USE THIS DOI811
WHEIIE SQUAIIE.o
ELS AilE S"OWII 011
PLANS 011 IF SPACE
COIIDITIONS 00 IIOT
PEIIIIIT INSTALLAnOli
op IIOUIID 80" ILS
I
TUilli VAIIU' SEI
DETAIL THI" '"UT
US[ T"IS DlS,,1I
WHIRl IIOUIID 411"
ILBOWS All[ SHOWN
ON "LAIIS
USE THIS DlS .. 1I
WHEIII SOUAIIE 411"
EU AliI S"OWII
011 PLAIIS
ROUND BRANCH TAKEOFF
ROUND 45- ELBOW SQUARE 45- ELBOW
ROUND 90"' ELBOW SQUARE 90- ELBOW
CONSTRUCTION OF 90- ELBOWS
IICJT TO UCUD

-=+
SLOP[ IIOT TO
EXCIID "IN 4"
CONSTRUCTION OF 45- ELBOWS
TURN
VAllES
TYPICAL RECTANGULAR .TRANSITION TYPICAL RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION
DETAIL'OF TURN VANES
HIIIII'[
AIIILI
STOP
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
TYPICAL FIRE DAMPER
TYPICAL SPLITTER DAMPE R
DOUILE
ACTIN8
ILADES
OPEUTIN8 .SHAfT
'0" QUADRANT OR
MOTOII.
TYPICAL VOLUME DAMPER
DETAILS OF THE LOW VELOCITY DUCT LAYOUT
110 SCAl[
HEATINa. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
SQUARE BRANCH TAKEO"F
CONSTRUCTION OF BRANCH TAKEOFFS FROM MAIN
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. ALL DUCTS SHALL I[ CONSTIIUCTID AIIO EilICTED III A IIUT
AlII). WORKMANLIKI IIANNIII.
2. w.,E AIID
5. THE D4II[IISIOIIS S"OWII POll ALL DUCT. SHOWII IN PLAN .IVI
THI WlDT" 'IIIST AND ' T"EII ltfIf H["HT.
4. DUCT lllSEIIS SHOULD SU"';&TED tv AIMLU AT [VIIIY
'LOOR.
5. AlII TUIIN VANIS SHAU I[ INSTAUED III ALL AIIIUPT ILIOn
TO ""IVINT TUII.. ULENCE.
s. THI .. UILD....
7. DIVfIIl81N8 TIIANSlllON "IICD SlfALL MAD[ AS IItADUAL
AS .
I . INSTALL PIP[ DAIlPEIIS AS IlIQUIIIID tv N I'U "AIIPHLET
110. tOA 011 T"I LOCAL CODD.
I. ;CC[sS "ANIU SHOULD "LACID .'0111 AIIOIOII AfT[II
IOUIPMENT INSTALLED., lll ""E DUCT. .
10. DUCT AIIIA SHOULD NoT I[ _I T"AN 10
P[IIC[,NT W"IN OBSTIIUCTIOIIS CANIIOT II AVOIO[D. AIID
THEN A. STIIUII LIIiED '1:1'T11I8 SHOULD I[ USED.
II. WOVIN ASIUTOS 'LUI ILl CLOTH COIIIIECTIDNS SHOULD I[
USED ON 10TH THE IIILIT AIID OUTLET TO AU 'AilS. .
12. JOINTS AND SUIIS OP IIIi .... LY. DUCTS .. ALL I[ MflPID
SECUIIUY AND MAD[ AlII TI8HT.
PLATE NO. 85 PA.! NO.i15
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE DAMPER
I. GEIERAL. IIFOINATIOI SHOn II THE FOLLOWlIUARAGRAPHS HAS Bnl COWILEO FROM II FOR
iiiAiiii'COITAIIEO II IFPA IULLETllteA AIO SlllACIA "FIRE OAMPER GUIOE FOR AIR HAIOLlIG
SYSTEMS".
Z. OEFINITIOI OF FIRE OAMPER. A 10RMALLY O,EI OAWER IISTALLEO II AI AIR OISTRIBUTION SYSTEM,
OESIGNEO TO CLOSE AUTOMATICALLY UPOI THE OETECTION OF HEAT II OROER TO MAINTAII THE FIRE
EIOURAICE COlTlIUIlY OF COISTRUCTlOI , TO IITERRUPT AIR FLOW, AIO RESTRICT THE PASSAGE OF
FLAME.
3. OEFINITIOI OF FIRE OAMPER SLEEVE. A SHEET METAL EICLOSURE SURROUIOllli A FIRE OAMPER,
MOUITEO II SUCH A MAilER THAT OISRUPTIOI-QF ATTACHEO OUCTWORK WILL lOT IMPAIR OPERATIOI
OF THE FIRE OAMPER.
4. SMOKE OAMPER. A OAMPER ARRAIGEO TO IITERRUPT AIR FLOW AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH A PART OF
AI AIR ~ U C T SYSTEMSO AS TO RESTRICT PASSAGE OF SMOKE.
5. FIRE PARTITIOI. A PARTITIOI OR CONSTRUCTIOI WHICH SUBOIVIOES A IUILOIIG TO RESTRICT THE
SPREAO OF FIRE OR TO PROVIOE AREAS OF REFUGE, BUT IS NOT IECESSARIL Y COITIIUOUS THROUGH
ALL STORIES lOR IECESSARILY EXTEIOEO THROUGH THE ROOF, ANO WHICH HAS A FIRE EIOURAICE
RATING ASREQUIREO IY THE CODE HAVIIG JURISDICTION.
e. FIRE WALL. A WALL HAVIIG ADEQUATE FIRE RESISTAICE AID STRUCTURAL STAIILlTY UIOER FIRE
CoiiiiTiiiis TO ACCOWLISH THE PURPOSE OF COMPLETELY SUBDIVIDIIG A BUILDIIG OR COMPLETELY
SEPARATlIG ADJOIIING IUILDINGS TO RESTRICT THE SPREAD OF FIRE.
1. WHERE FIRE DDORS ARE REQUIRED. THE PASSIIG DF DUCTS THROUGH FIRE WALLS SHOULD IE ADVDIDEO
WHERE POss/ILE. WHEN DUCTS OR THE OUTLETS FROM OR IILETS TO THEM PASS THROUGH FIRE WALLS,
THEY SHALL IE PROVIDED WITH AUTOMATIC FIRE DOORS APPROVED FOR THE PROTECTIOI OF OPEIIIGS
II FIRE WALLS ON 10TH SIDES OF THE WALL THROUGH WHICH THEY PASS.
. WHERE FIRE DAWERS ARE REQUIREO. APPROVEO FIRE DAWERS SHOULD BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
A. WHERE A DUCT GOES THROUGH A PARTITIOI WHICH HELPS TO RESTRICT THE SPREAD OF FIRE AID IS
REQUIRED TO HAVE A STAIDARD FIRE RESISTAICE RATlIG OF lOT LESS THAI TWO HOURS (SOME
LOCAL CODES REQUIRE FIRE OAMPERS II 314-HOUR PARTITIOIS.)
I . WHERE A DUCT ElTERS OR LEAVES A REQUIRED FIRERATED VERTICAL SHAFT EICLOSURE A FIRE
OAMPER IS REQUIRED.
C. WHERE OUCT, REGAROLESS OF SIZE, PASSES THROUGH A FIRE RESISTIVE FLOOR UlLESS EICLOSED
II FIRE RESlmVE SHAFT.
D. STAIRWELL WALLS, ELEVATOR SHAFT WALLS, AIO 10lLER ROOM WALLS.
E. PUILIC CORRIOOR WALLS, LOAD lEARllG PARTITIOIS.
F. PEITHOUSE FLOORS,
G. WHERE DUCTS IISTjlLLED AIOVE FIRE RESISTIVE CEILlIGS ARE PROVIDED WITH OPEIIIGS II THE
CEILlIG, AID SUCH OPEIIIGS SHALL HAVE FIRE DAMPERS AID/OR OUCT PROTECTIOI AS DETAILEO
II PLATE IELOW.
CONSTRUCTIOI OF FIRE DAWERS,
A. THEY. SHALL IE ARRAIGED TO CLOSE AUTOMATICALLY II EVENT OF AUORMALL Y HIGH TEMPER
ATURE.
I . THEY SHALL PROVIOE THE MAXIMUM PRACTICAL IARRIER TO PASSAGE OF AIR WHEI II THE CLOSED
POSITIOI.
C. THEy.sHALL REMAII II THE CLOSED POSlTlOI UIOER FIRE COIDITIOn.
D. THEY SHALL HAVE RESISTAICE TD CORROSIOI.
E. THEY SHALL BE SO IISTALLED AS TO STAV II PLACE AT THE PROTECTED OPEIIIG, EVEI THOUGH
THE OUCT IS DISRUPTED DURIIG A FIRE, SUCH AS IV THE USE OF A SUISTAITIAL SLEEVE OR FRAME.
F. THEY SHALL POSSESS A OlE AID OIEHALF HOUR STAIDARD FIRE PROtECTIOI RATlIG II ACCORDAICE
WITH IFPA 10. 252 APPROVED ASSEMIL V (U. L. LAIELED).
10. IIFORMATIOI REQUIRED TO IE PUT 01 COISTRUCTIOI DRAWIIGS. THE EIGIIUR SHALL SHOW 01
PLAIS WHERE DUCTS PIERCE REQUIRED FIRE RATED SEPARATIDIS. ALL SUCH PEIETRATIONS SHALL IE
DESIGIATED 01 PLAIS IV STAIDARD SVMIOL AS SHon IELOW.
A. OUCT PENETRATIOI OF VERTICAL SEPARATIOIS .
B. DUCT OR SHAFT PEIETRATIOI OF HORIZOITAL SEPARATion
C. CEILlIG DAMPER FOR OPEIIIG PROTECTIOI II A FLOOR CEILING OR ROOF CEILlIG ASSEMIL V. ~
II . AI ACCESS DOOR SHOULD IE SPECIFIEO AT EACH FIRE DAMPER LOCATIOI FOR IISPECTIOI AID RE.
SETTIIG OF THE FIRE DAMPER IF REQUIRED.
12. DESIGIER SHOULD CHECK liTO LOCAL CDDES HAV, IG JURISDICTiol TO ASCERTAII OTHER CONDITIOIS
WHERE FIRE DAMPERS ARE REQUIRED.
PAGE NO. 175A
ftQIt.: fjSTALL ALL FIRE DAMPERS IN
THE NF.P.A. PAMPHLET NO. 90A /1M) THE . OOOES
WlN NlICATED ON THE PRO.IECT DRAWIN
STAINLESS OR
BRONZE HINGES
CEILING
CEILING DIFfUSER. RBIISTER OR GRILLE
FIRa PUCT COYER FOR CEILING
_PN ____ E_ I OPENING PROTECTION
-
SECTION THRU FIRE DAMPER AT FIRE RATED FLOOR
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE DAMPERS NO SCALE
1\JRN
........
ftET_ IIW.L IE 1112"'1 vr. 111m: Fl
lIM !m4I.I-"Ts="DN ;A'll
!ECURE AN8LES 10 w.LLS- PRlMDE NCLfS
DN ALL fI:)UII SIDES DN _ !lICE f1F IIIW.
SECTION THBU FIRE DAMPER AT ME RATED WALL
ENDING IN REGISTER ON ONE FACE OF WALL
CEILING CEILING
DETAILS OF SUB-DUCT ASSEMBLIES
PLATE NO.Et5A PAGE NO.175B
MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEM
I. DEFINITION OF THE MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEM - MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK IS DUCTWORK
IN WHICH THE VELOCITY DOES EXCEED 1100 FPM AND THE STATIC PRESSURE EXCEEDS 't' WG IIUT
DOES NOT EXCEED 6" WG.
2. DEFINITION OF THE HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEM - HIGH PRESSURE DUCTWORK IS DUCTWORK IN
iHiCifTHE VELOCITY DOES EXCEED llOG FPM AND THE STATIC PRESSURE EXCEEDS 6" WG BUT
DOES NOT EXCEED 10" WG.
3. SIZING THE DUCTWORK IIY THE EQUAL FRICTION METHOD - THE SIMPLEST AND MOST COMMONLY
USED METHOD OF SIZING THE MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTWORK IS IIY THE EQUAL FRICTIOH
METHOD. GENERALLY, THE FRICTION DRDP USED SHDULD IE APPROXIMATELY I" PER 100 FEET
(WITH VELOCITIES NOT TO EXCEED GIG FPM) . THIS METHOD IS NOT AS ACCURATE AS THE STATIC
REGAIN METHOD, IIUT IS CONSIDERABLY LESS TIME CONSUMING. WHEREVER THE SYSTEM IS LOHG
AND COMPLICATED, OR IF EQUAL PRESSURES ARE DESIRED AT THE START OF ALL IIRANCHES,
THEN THE STATIC REGAIN METHOD MUST BE USED.
4. SiZING THE DUCTWORK IIY THE EQUAl VELOCITY METHOD - THE EQUAL VELOCITY METHOD IS NOT
SUITAIILE FOR USElin'ifr'HE MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCTWORK SYSTEMS AND SHOULD NOT IE
USED. THE USE OF THE VELOCITY REDUCTION METHOD MAY BE USED IF DESIRED WHERE 4000 FPM
IS USED IN THE MAIN, 3000 FPM IS USED IN THE IIRANCHES, 2500 FPM IS USED IN THE SUB IIRANCHES,
AND 1500-2000 FPM IS USED IN THE RUNOUTS TO TERMINAl UNITS.
5. SIZING THE DUCTWORK IIY THE STATIC REGAIN METHOD - THE STATIC REGAIN METHOD OF DUCT
LAYOUT IS A LAIIORIOUS AND TIME COHSUMING WAY OF DESIGNING THE MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE
DUCTWORK SYSTEM, IIUT WHEN ACCURATELY DONE PRODUCES THE BEST RESULTS. TO DESIGN THE
DUCTWORK SYSTEM BY THE STATIC REGAIN METHOD, THE FOLLOWING PRDCEDURE SHOULD BE
U ~ ~ . .
A. MAKE A TENTATIVE DUCT LAYOUT CONNECTING THE DUCTS TO ALL TERMIIIAL UNITS AND IN
DlCATING THE REQUIRED CFM IN ALL SECTIOHS OF THE SYSTEM.
II. ESTABLISH THE AIR VELOCITY IN THE MAIN DUCT AT THE POINT WHERE IT CARRIES TOTAL AIR.
THIS AIR VELOCITY SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED FROM NOISE AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS,
NORMALL Y 4000 FPM SHOULD BE USED. SELECT THE DUCT SIZE AT THIS POINT.
C. SIZE THE MAIN DUCT SO THAT .THE PRESSURE AT THE START OF ALL BRANCHES IS APPROXI
MATELY EQUAL, BY THE STATIC REGAIN METHOD, USING THE FORMULA:
STATIC PRESSURE REGAIN = ( ' ~ 5 Y -(:S x .60
IN WHICH - ( ~ 5 )
2
s VELOCITY PRESSURE IN HIGHER VELOCITY DUCT
(:sy -VELOCITY PRESSURE IN LOWER VELOCITY DUCT
Va ~ VELOOTY, SECTION A, FPM
Vb = VELOCITY, SECTIOH B, FPM
D. SIZE THE BRANCHES SO THAT THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP IN EACH BRANCH IS APPROXIMATELY
EQUAL.
6. COMPUTING THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE DUCTWORK - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP IN THE DUCT
SYSTEM WiLL B'EfifE SUM OF THE FRICTION DROPS IN ALL OF THE SECTIONS PLUS THE PRESSURE
DROP IN THE MOST REMOTE OUTLET. IT MUST BE REMEMBERED WHEN COMPUTING THE FRICTIOM
DROP IN UCH SECTION THAT THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE FITTINGS MUST IE ADDED TO THE
TOTAL.
7. VELOCITY PRESSURE - VELOCITY PRESSURE IS THE PRESSURE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE VElOC.
ITY OF THE AIR FLOW.
. STATIC PRESSURE - STATIC PRUSURE IS THE PRESSURE WHICH IS REQUIRED TO OVERCOME THE
FRICTIONAl RESISTANCE OF THE AIR AGAINST THE SIDES OF THE DUCTS.
9. COHVERTI!lILlTY OF VELOCITY PRESSURE TO STATIC PRESSURE - WHEN THE CROSS SECTIONAL
AREA OF THE DUCT INCRUSES AND THE VELOCITY DECREASES, THE REDUCTION IN VElOCITY
PRESSURE IS CONVERTED TO AN INCREASE IN STATIC PRESSURE. ON AN INCRUSE IN VElOCITY,
THE REVERSE OCCURS. THIS INTERCHANGE OF PRESSURE IS ALWAYS ACCOMPANIED IIU NET LOSS
OF HEAD DEPENDENT UPOM THE TURBULENCE IN THE AREA.
10. VIIIR+TlOH ELIMINATORS - WHEREVER THE DUCT CONNECTS TO ROTATING MACHINERY, SUCH AS A
FAN, THE CONNECTION SHOULD BE MADE WITH A FLEXIIlLE CONNECTION AT LEAST 3INCHES LOHG
TO PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF THE VIIlRATlON INTO THE DUCT SYSTEM.
11 . ACCESS DOORS - WHEREVER APPARATUS CASING IS USED, ACCESS DOORS SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT
FREQUENT INTERVALS TO ALLOW PERIODIC INSPECTION OR CLEANING OF THE APPARATUS.
12. FIRE DAMPERS - FIRE DAMPERS MUST BE PROVIDED IN THE DUCT"SYSTEM TO STOP THE SPREAD OF
FIRE FROM ONE FIRE ZONE TO ANOTHER. STRICT ADHERENCE TO LOCAL CODES MUST BE FOL
LOWED ON ALL PROJECTS. FURTHER DESCRIPTION OF FIRE DAMPER REQUIREMENTS MAY BE FOUND
IN NFPA PAMPHLET 90. LOCATION OF THE FIRE DAMPERS SHOULD IE SHOWN OM THE PLANS AND NOT
LEFT TO A GENERAL SPECIFICATION.
13. TURN VANES - WHEREVER TURNS IN THE DUCTS ARE MADE WITH THE RADIUS OF CURVATURE LESS
THAN 1-1 / 2 x WIDTH OF THE DUCT. TURN VANES SHOULD BE INSTALLED AS DETAILED.
14. DUCTS RUNNING THRU OPEN WEB JOISTS - THE FOLLOWING TABLE INDICATES THE SIZF OF OUCT
WORK THAT MAY IE RUN THRU MOST OF THE STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S OPEN WEI STEEL JOISTS.
JOIST
DEPTH
8" 8 x 3
10" 804
12" 1003
14" 120 3
16" 12 x6
.. " 1206
20" 12 x 7
22" 14 x 6
24" 16 x 4
MAXIMUM DUCT SIZES
THRU OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS
RECTANGULAR DUCTS
6x4
-
605
-
I x 4 6x 6
10 x 4 Ix 6
10 x 7 I x I
10 x7 I x 9
10 x 9 8011
120. 10 x 10
Ih6 12
ROUND
DUCTS
-
5"
-
6"
- r'
6x 7
'"
-
.. "
- 14"
-
11"
x 12 12"
10 .10 12"
MOTE: THESE SIZES MAY VARY SOllIE FOR DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS. WHERE REASOHAIILE, AND
POSSiBlE, USE SIZES SliGHTLY LESS THAN SHOWN. IF DUCTS ARE INSULATED, ALLOW SPACE FO"
INSULATION. PAGE NO, 176
SLIP JOI@JNT-(\."t- STOP BE.. D . .
-:T" , 0

R"HI2"o"
L
"L"
"
SEGMENTAL 90 ELBOW

. R- 1- 1/2-0-
L . I
"L"
r-'
'W ELBOW
TUIIN Y"NES SLI P JOINT SLIP JOINT /'100-
STOP IE .. D STOP BEAD )'
oIOINT STOP lEAD .

. _,._ .. "
TUIIN Y"NES . .
. ' . , R, 1-I/2"O-
L . ''-'ooTE: USE THIS ELBOW L' THIS ELBOW L .
"L" lSRtT HrllE SP .. CE "L" ONLY WHERE SP"CE " L"
T T
ELBOW
MITERED 90 ELBOW MITERED ELBOW' SEGMENTAL ELBOW
-------------------------------------------------------------ROUND
SLIP JOINT_ .......-'-J
STOP
CONICAL TEE
SLIP JOINT
STOP BEAD
CONICAL REDUCING TEE
OPEN POSITION OF
DAMPEII
RECTANGULAR SECTION
OF DUCT
PROVI DE AIR TIGHT "CCESS DOOR
ON IIOST "CCESSIBLE SIDE
TYPICAL FIRE PAMPER
tQU; FIRE D .... PEIIS WITH BLADES IN
.. ,R STRE.... WILL NOT BE "CCEPTABLE
-(L"
T'
IlIIIl: ..... L STIIA"HT LENITH OF DUCT
AND FITTIIHIS SMALL lIE .IOI_D IY
oIOINT 011 COIINNION ANGLE .aLTED
FL .. NGED JOINT.
SLIP JOINT
JOINT

WITH- "f.
OUT THIS CONICAL r
SLIP JOINT
STOP BEAD
CONICAL
ENL .. RGE.. E N T USE SOFT NEOPRENE
NOT BE USED '5a.s..VT WITH THIS
')10"
LATERAL FLANGED JOINT
DUCTWORK-----------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS ONLY THESE TYPES OF FITTINGS WILL BE ACCEPTAGi..E

.. R"H/2BW -I BW2 t- POSITION
--(T"t- .lOIN)" BOLTED FLANGED CO.. PANION ANGLE .
I 1.1 ../ JOINT BOLTEO FLANGED
-y TAN8ENT"II4W_T"",- A JOINT
T (SEE DUCT SIZE FROM .-
"fsu DUCT SIZE FROII . /' PROJECT PLANS) T
--.t PIIC)JECT PLANS)
SE SOFT NEOPRENE GASKET . l
L
R"H/t'w"
EE DUCT SIZ E FRO"
. "f---'I"AN6ENT" 114W
T
LONG. RADIUS 90 ELBOW
._"
FLANGED JOlNT
. '-r
. . "."(5[[ DUCT SIZE FROII
PROJECT PLANS)
\::
SE SOFT NEOPRENE
GASKET
. U.S[ THIS ELBOW ONLY
WHERE SP .. CE LIIlITATIONS
PIIOHIBIT THE USE OF THE LONG
R"DIUS lID" ELBOW
. PROJECT PLANS
"T"
" .W"-l NEOPRENE
LONG RADIUS ELBOW
TURN (SEE DUCT SIZE FRO..
PROJECT PLANS)
'. 'CO .. PANION ANGLE
BOLTED FLANGED
JOINT
USE 50FT NEOPRENE
'5
-GASKET
USE THIS ELBOW ONLY
W E S""I:E L,,,,TATIONS
PROHIBIT THE USE OF THE
LONG RADIUS 4,. ELBOW
R"HI2
SEE DUCT SIZE FROII
r-fl------'1V
PROJECT PLANS ___
W

+-4-+oo<:llOllIMNION .. NGLE
BOLTED FLANGED
JOINT LATERAL
ANGLE
BOLTED FLANGED
JOINT
.-h----T1
SEE DUCT SIZE FROII-"C
PI!OJECT PLANS
.... ---;---:--r--,-...,...
SE SOFT NEOPRENE
RUBBER COIiPANION All8Lf
BOLTE0 FL .. NGED
SPRING CATCH ' JOINT
POSITION.
STOP
PROVIDE AIR TIGHT
ACCESS 000II ON IIIOST
AC;CESSlILE SlOE
SQUARE TURN 90 ELBOW SQUARE TURN EL BOW SQUARE TURN TEE BRANCH TAKE-OFF TEE TURN ' VAN[ DETAIL
---------------------------------------------------------RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK--------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE PROJECT DII .. WING ONLY THESE TYPES OF FITTING WILL IE ACCEPT"ILE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE MEDIUM AND H I G H PR E S SUR E DUCT LAYOUT
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DE S I G N MANUAL , PLATE NO" 86 PA8 E NO. 177
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM
I. COMI'UTE THE CFM REQUfREMENTS - COMPUTE THE CFM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDER FLOOR
DOct SYSTEM BY THE iRDAl METHODS FOUND IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
2. LAYOUT OF THE LOOP DUCT SYSTEM - WHEREVER POSSIILE. THE LOOP DUCT SYSTEM DESIeM
SHOULD IE USED 11TH THE UNDER FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM, IECAUSE WHEN IT IS CORRECTlY DE
TAILED IT IS VIRTUALLY SELFBALANCING. ASSUME THAT ONE-ItALF OF THE AIR FLOW GOES
DOWN EACH SIDE OF THE DUCT AND SIZE THE DUCT AT THE IEGINNING AT 0.10 INCHES PER 100
FEET W.G. THE lOOP DUCT IILL IE THE SAME SIZE ALL AROUND AND THE REGISTER IRANCHES
WILL VARY IN SI ZE DEPEND!NG ON THE AIR FLOW REQUIREMENTS. IT IS IMPORTAMT TO MOTE
THAT IN ORDER FUR THE LOOP DUCT SYSTEM TO IE SELFIALANCING. TH E PRESSUU DROP IN
THE OUTLETS MUST IE HIGH IN COMl'ARISOM TO THE PRESSURE DROP IN THE MAIN. USUALLY lOCI
FEET/MIN. THROUGH THE REGISTERS IILL SUFFICE.
3. MATERIAL FOR THE UNDER FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM -IT IS NECESSARY THAT ALL MATERIALS USED
It THE UMDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM IE CORROSION RESISTANT. FIREPROOF. WATERPROOF. AND
VERMIN RESISTANT. THE SYSTEM SHOULD IE COMSTRUCTEOOF CEMENTASBESTOS AIR PIPE AND
FITTINGS AS SHOIIM IY THE DETAIL. WHEREVER IT IS NECESSARY TO USE SHEET METAL TO OITAIN
THE NECESSARY SHAPES. SUCH AS RUNOUTS. THE STEEL SHOULD IE ZINCCOATED AMDJtAVE
SOLDERED OR WELDED JOINTS. ALL SHEET STEEL SHOULD HAVE TWO COATS OF IITUMASTIC PAINT
AMD IE ENCASED IN AT LEAST TWO INCHES OF INSULATING CONCRETE OR URETHANE.
4. ' ~ ~ q r ~ ~ - THE IIGGEST ENEMY OF UMDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS IS GROUND WATER. AND
if TO ENTER THE SYSTEM AFTER THE FLOOR HAS lEEN POURED. VERY HleM HUMID-
ITY IILL IE ENCOUNTERED WH EN THE SYSTEM IS PLACED IN OPERATION. IT WILL THEN IECOME
NECESSARY TO EITHER PROVIDE A DRAII OR REMOVE THE FLOOR AND CORRECT THE SOURCE OF
LEAIAGE. TO AVOID THIS IE SURE TO SPECIFY WATERTIGHT JOINTS AND TO REQUIRE THE COM
TRACTOR TO WATER TEST 1IIE SYSTEM IEFORE THE FLOOR IS POURED.
5. CONSTRUCTION CAPS - DURIMGCOMSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING. ALL OPENINGS INTO THE UNDER
FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM SHOULD IE CAPPED TO PREVENT THE ENTRY OF DIRT AND WET MORTAR INTO
THE SYSTEM. ALL REGISTERS SHOULD IE CAPPED AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL AND THE CONSTRUCTION
CAPS SHOULD IE L EFT 1M PLACE UNTIL THE FINAL REGISTERS ARE PLACED.
6. TAP .. G OR GROU,TlNG - UPING OR GROUTING OF JOINTS OR SHEET METAL IUNOUTS SMOULD NEVER
IE ALLOWED.
7. TIE DO'" -IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO TIE DOWN THE CEMENTASIESTOS AIR PIPE TO PREVENT FLO
' TAT .... THE STAKING OF THE REGISTER FRAMES FOR CORRECT ELEVATION WILL GENERALLY IE
SUFFICIENT FOR THE SHEET METAL RUMOUrs; WHERE THE SHEET METAL RUNOUT IS EXTREMELY
LONG. IT SHOULD IE TIED DOWN TO PREVENT FLOTATION. '
COUPLINGS - THE TWO TYPES OF COUPLINGS TO JOIN TWO LENGTHS OF CEMENTASIUTOS AIR
.. In IU SHOWN BY THE DETAIL. THE CEMENTASIESTOS COUPLING SHOULD IE USED IN THE SIZES
1M WHICH IT IS AVAILAILE (41MCHES THROUGH 12 INCHES) AND THE RUIIER SLEEVE COUPLING
SHOULD IE USED FROM 14 .. CHU THROUGH 36INCHE5-
9. FITTINGS - THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS ARE AVAILABLE AND'SHOULD IE U5ED ItSTEAD OF SHEET
METAl WHEREVER POSSlILE:
1. TEES 5. CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
2. LATERALS 6. 31".45". AND,.., ELBOWS
3. CORNER TEU 7. END CLOSURES.
4. ECCENTRIC REDUCER
10. STANDARD PIPE SIZES AVAILABLE - THE FOLLOWING CHART INDICATES THE STANDARD CEMENT
ASBUTOS AIR PIPE SIZES AVAILABLE.
PIPE SIZE 0.0. 1.0. STANDARD LENGTHS WEIGHT/FT.
."
. 5." ..0 10'-0" 3.2 LIS.
5" 5.60" 5.0 100..q' 9 LIS.
6" 6.60" 6.0 100..q' 5.. LIS.
7" 7.70" 7.0 10'-0" 7.9 LIS.
."
' .70" '.0 10' -0" 9.2 LIS.
10" 10.90" 10.0 13'-0" 15.5 LIS.
12" 12.90" 12.0 13' -0" 11.5 LIS.
I." 14.90" 14.0 13:-0" IU LIS.
16" 17.00" 16.0 13'-0" lUllS.
I." 19.00" 11.0 13 ..... f1.2 LIS.
20" 21. 10" 20.0 13'..0" 32.1 LIS.
U" 25.20" 2 .0 13' -0" 42.6 LIS.
30" 31.34" 30:0 13' -0" 51.1 LIS.
36" 37.SO" 36.0 13'-0" 71.1 LIS.
11. CRUSHING STRENGTH - THE I'UILISHED CRUSHING STRENGTH OF THE CEMENTASIESTOS AIR PIPE IS
550 LISILINUR FOOt IN SIZES." THROOGH." AND 1_ LlS/LINEAR FOOT FOR SIZES 10" THROUGH
36" WHEN TUTED 1M ACCORDANCE 11TH THE A.S. T.M. 3EDGE IEARINGMETIIDD.
12. FLOOR REGISTERS - GENERAlLY, USE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FLOOR REGISTERS WITH A lEY OPER
ATED DAMPER AND A NET FREE AREA OF APPROXIMATELY 40 PERCENT. THE CAPACITY PER FOOT
A T AN OUTlET VELOCITY OF aoo FPM WILL IE APrROXIMA TELY AS FOLLOWS:
IIDTH
1112" WIDE
2" WIDE
3" WIDE
4"110
5" WIDE
6" WIDE
CFMlFT.
40
so
10
120
ISO
III
PAl E NO. 178
t
w[LD
, .. c ....... TlANS-A-PlATE*
_ IIUIIOIns St:CIIMLY 11)
PIP[ US[ MASTIC TO PIIt:VOf1'
w.utII Lt:AUet: UH S'laIIlLt:SS
STUL_.
;-
NOn: ALL ;mlIilS SHALL I[ '_. __ ", CEMENT ASKITOS III ONE
110 SHEET IITAL ,ml_ WILL I[ 110 IUTEIIEII ',TT,IIIS WITH
Ct:IIIITt:D 011 TAP[D JOIIITS WILL I[ ALLOWt:D.
W -w
SHEET
_nDOII DUCT I'UlllCATE I'l1011 CEMEIIT
ASSESlOI AlII PIP[. ALL STt:t:L UIt:D IELOW

I.SULllnlll CClIICIIt:Tt:.
CUT IIDLE III All PIP[ _ SIZ[
AS SHEET METAL IIUIIOUT.
RUNOUTS
V-BRANCH
AIR PIPE FITTINGS
FRICTION FIT CMENT ASIIDTOS
COUPLING 11) HAV[ FAClORY APPLIC
REDUCER
-, +;;' i'if'] ,
- LCIIfNT ASKSTDS
I
'-----EXTEIID DUCT TO AIR PIP[ _
s[E DETAIL _ . ________ ..J
WITH REGlmR IN PlACE DURING CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS AT FLOOR REGISTER
5[T FRAIIE LEVEL
j
rx I"x II." ANlLEI ALL AROUND
.. .:.SU.:.:'.:..T...:DUCT:,:..:.:......J SHUT METAL DUCT
__
AS8[STDS Alii PIP[ AIR PIPE
114". ANCHOR UP THRU 12" DIA.
IIOD
-. --r--- CCJNCIIt:TE IUS

NOTE: INSTALL
_ AT ""D.C.
111111_4 PER
FRAII[
AIR PIPE COUPLINGS
INSTALLATION NOTES
SLOPE ALL PARTS 0' UNOt:II'LOOR SYSTEII TO DllAII SHOWN ON P R : .s:T Pt AIIS.
2 THE ENTlRE IIISTALLATION SHALL _ WATERTIGHT MID SHALL _ WATER
_FOliE THE SL". IS POURED.
So ALL SHEET METAL USED _LOW THE SLAB SHALL at: COATED WITH TWO COUll ",
SlTUIlASTIC ""'NT AIIO EllCAKD WITH NOT LESS THAll I INCH[S ", IllSUt.ATIII'
COIICIIt:Tt:.
4. DO NOT TAPE 011 GROUT JOIIITS.
5. CUT PIP[ 11) LEINTlI AS IIECClIiIIIEIIOt:D BY THE IIAIIIWACTUIIEII .
.. TO IlAl(E HOLE III PIPE' FOIl Sl4UT IIETAL RUIIOIIT OUTLIIIt: THE ' 01'[111l1li WITH
_ALL _ HOLES DIIILLED WITH A CAIISIDE TIPPED DRILL 110 IIDIIE TIIAII 114
INCH AMIIT. KNOCK OUT PIECE AND IIIOOTH UP WITH IIASP.
T. ILOCIC PIP[ III PLACE 11) MoLD SECUMLY DUIIIII. POUII.
. STAIIDAIID Lt:IIIlIIS OF AlII PIP[ ME ' 10'[[1' TIIIU INCH _TEll AIID 15 FEET-
..
10.
10 IIICH D_ET[II THIIU 31 IIICH DIAIIETEII . US[ FULL Lt:IIITHS _IL[.
IIAkE UP ", LOtII IIUIIS WITH LEIIITHS AIIO _IIIIS WILL IIOT I[
ACCEPTUI.[.
CIIEIIT-ASSESTDS alii PIP[ UHD SHALL HAV[ A CRUSHIIII ST1IEIItTH ", 550 LIS .

TOTED III ACCORDANC[ WITH TH[ A ITII 5 EDI[ KAR .... ME_.
!IIL[U OTICIIWOS[ SHOWII FLOOR ROISTERS SHALL I[ I.''DILLED IIICIIU _
WALL 11) CLOIET [DI[ 11) ALLDW _ POll DRAP[RIES DR -.-.
PLAN OF REGISTER FRAME
SECTION A-A
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIXED LOUVERS
C.F.M. CAPACITIES OF AIR lNTAKE LOUVERS
LOUYEI SIZE MAl.CFM .LOUVEI SIZE MAl.CFM LOUVER SIZE MAX. CFM
lh 12
-
... 24 .. .... 42 9._
1 12 ... 31.31 2. ".42 II.ZOO
2A .12

36.30 3010 4 .. 41 6 .00
31.12 I. 42.30 3. 60 ... 1.000
36.12 I. ...30 .000 72K .. 9.600
42 .12 1- M .. 30 .. ... ... 11.200
12 .... n.31 6010
" ...
12._
Ii."
-
36.36 3600 6 .. 60 10
U. II 1ZOO 42.36 4200 n.60 12.000
30. I. 1500 ...36 ... .... 60 14.000
36. II 1 ...
' .. 36
....
".60 16.000
42 .11 21. n.36 7200 1 ... 60 11.000
11 2'- Ih36 1411 n.n 14 .00
U.U 1600 ".36 t6IO .... n 16 ....
31.U 2000 42.42 4_ 96.72 19.200
36.24 2_ 42 5600 1 n 21.600
42.2A
-
... 42 7tIO 120. n U
-
4 .. U 3M n.42 .... 1u.n 21 ....
MDTEI AIOVE CAP.CIT1ES .11 lASED OM _ 'PM 011 GlOSS .IEA. M flEE AlE. AMD o.r we LOSS
TRlU LOUYEI AMQ 112" MESH .. ID SCIIEN.
C.F.M. CAPACITIES OF AIR EXHAUST LOUVERS
LOUVER SIZE MAX. CFM LOUVER SIZE MAl.CFM LOUVEI SIZE MAX. CFIII
12.12 SOD 60.24 5 .... 42 12,250
11.12 750 30.31 3.125 ".42 14
24.12 1000 36.31 3.751 41 I
30.12 1250 42.30 4.375 60 1
36.12 1500 ... 30 ' S.OOO 72K41 12 ....
42. 12 1750 60 . 30 6.250 'h. 14
.. .12 2000 72K 30 7.500
" ..
16,0.
11. II 1125 36.36 4.500 60.61 12
24. II 1500 42.36 5.250 n ... IS.'"
11 1175 36 , .... ...... 17
36. l' 2250 60.36 7 ".61 20 ....
42. II 2625 72036 9._ 1 .... 22,500
... 11 3000 .... 36 10.500 7hn 1 ....
24024 2000 96.36
12.'"
.... n 21."
30.24 2500 42042 6.125 ".n
u .
36.24 3000 ... 42 1 I_.n 27.-
42.24 3500 60.42 '.750 12I.n ...
... 24 .000 72K 42 II 144.n ...
MOTE: .IOVE CAPACITIES .RE lASED OM 511 FPM 011 GlOSS .IEA. 5K FilE AliA AND ur " ...
THRU LOUVER AND liZ''' MESH BIRD SCItEEM.
PA.I! NO. 180
A ..,..,. '" CI.nOUIII*' TR... NS ... PlA TE'
CLIP AlleLE
MULLION BIRD SCREEIj
DUCT
CLIP AIHILE
WALL _L
LOUVER IN CURTAIN WALL
DETAILS OF TI INSTALLATION OF' THE FIXED LOUVER
DETAIL OF CLIP ANGLE
COMIIECTION AT DUCT
INSTAlLATION NOTES:
l OVERALL SIZE OF OPENINg SHOULD.
1/4'_ATER
THAN SIZE OF LOUVER.
2. LDlNU BLADES StIOULD MOT EXCEED
11FT. III.IOTH. USE MULLION
CONNECTED SECTIONS FOR _ATER
WIDTHS
5. CAULKINg AS SPEaflED .
SCHEDULE OF LOWER SIZES
LOUVER NO.
LOUVER IN 8" MASONRY WALL
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIXED lOWER
DETAIL OF CLIP ANeLE
CONNECTION AT DUCT
INS'mLLATION NOTES:
I. OVERALL SIl[ OF .OI'NING SHOULD IE
1/4' GREATER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
THAN SIZE OF LOUVER.
2. LOUVER BLADES SHOULD HOT EXCEED
II FT. IN WIDTH. USE MULUON
CONNECTED SECTIONS FOR GREATER
WIDTHS.
5. CAULKINg AI SPECFIED.
SCHEDULE OF LOUVER SIZES
LOUVER NO. REM"'"
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
LOUVER IN 12" CONCRETE WALL
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATIONOF' THE FIXED LOUVER
DETAIL OF CUP ANGLE
CONNECTION AT DUCT
INSTAY.AT1ON NOTES:
I. OVERALL SIZE OF OPENINg SHOULD.
1/4' "'EATER IN IIOTH DllECTlONS
THAN SIZE OF LOUVER
2. LOUVER BLADES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
lifT. III WIDTH. uSE MULUON
cc.lECTED SECTIONS fOR "'EATER
WlDTlIS.
5. CAULKlN8 AS ",",FlED.
181
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE ADJUST/"BLE LOUVERS
I. GENERAL -IN GENERAL, ADJUSTABLE LOUVERS ARE USED WHERE THERE IS NO DUCTWORK CON
NECTED TO THE LOUVER. WHERE DUCTWORK CONNECTS TO THE LOUVER, AND SHUT OFF IS
DESIRED, IT SHOULD HAVE A DAMPER INSTALLED IN THE DUCTWORK INSTEAD OF THE LOUVER
IEING OF THE OPERAT .. G TYPE. THE ADJUSTABLE TYPE LOUVERS ARE GENERALLY USED FOR
VENTILATION OF MACHINE ROOMS, SUCH AS COOLING TOWER AREAS, AIR COOLED CONDENSERS
WITHIN THE IUILDING, OR OTHER AREAS WHERE SHUTOFF EITHER MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC IS
DESIRED.
2. MATERIAL - THE ADJUSTABLE TYPE LOUVERS ARE GENERALLY CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM;
THE FRAMES AMO lLADES ARE ALUMINUM, IIRD SCREENS ARE ALUMINUM, THE MOVABLE lLADES
HAVE NYLON lEARI4GS WITH ALUMINUM PIVOTS.
3. COMIUSTION AIR INTAKE - lIIHERE THE LOUVER IS USED FOR THE COMIUSTION AIR INTAKE, IT
SHOULD NOT HAVE A METHOD OF OPERATING, SINCE IT IS POSSIILE TO CLOSE THE LOUVER
AND SHUT OFF THE AIR TO THE COMIUSTION PROCESS. WHERE USIMG A LOUVER FOR COMIUS
TION AIR, IT SHOULD IE SIZED AT ABOUT 250 FEET PER M .. UTE FREE AREA AND NO OPERA
TORS PROVIDED. INFORMATIOM OM CALCULATING THE CFM REQUIRED FOR THE COMIUSTION
AJR PROCESS IS SHOWN IN OTHER PAGES OF THIS IODK.
4. MOTOR OPERA TIOM - THE ADJUSTABLE LOUVER MAY IE MOTOR OPERATED AND TIED IN WITH
OTHER CONTROL FEATURESSUCH AS THE START .. G OF A FAN IY A THERMOSTAT. ONE MOTOR
SHOULD IE PROVIDED FOI( EACH SECTION, n INCHES 011 GREATER IN WIDTH. WHERE ONE
MOTOR IS PROVIDED FOR EXTREMELY LONG LOUVERS, ILADES OF GREATER STRENGTH MUST
IE SPECIFIED 10 TAKE CARE OF THE TORQUE IN THE ILADE OPERATION.
5. RAIN PROOFING - THE LOUVER SHOULD IE COMSTRUCTED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF RAIN OR
SNOW THROUGH THE LOUVER.
6. STATIC PRESSURE DROP - THE STATIC PRESSURE DROP IN THE LOUVER VARIES WITH THE
VELOCITY THROUGH THE l OUVER. GENEULLY, MOST MANUFACTURERS WILL PROVIDE .. A CHART
SIIOW.. G THE PRESSURE DROP WITH EACH FLOW RAU IN CFM.
7. NET FREE AREA - THE NET FREE AREA OF A LOUVER IS THE M .. IMUM AREA OF THE OPENINGS
IN THE AIR INLET OR OUTLET THROUGH WHICH THE AIR CAN PASS.
i . CALCULATE AIR REQUIREMENTS - WHERE THE LOUVER IS USED TO TAKE IN AIR OR EXHAUST
AIR FOR A MACHINE ROOM, THE CFM VALUES MUST IE CALCULATED. THIS CAM IE DOME IY THE
HORSEPOWER METHOD WHICH SHOULD PROVIDE APPROXIMATELY 100 CFM PER HORSEPOWER FOR
VENTILATION OF THE MACH.. ERY. WHERE THE LOUVER SUPPLIES AIR TO A CODLIMG TOWER,
THE AIR FLOW REQUIREMENTS OF THE TOWER OR AIR COOLED CONDENSER CAM IE OITA .. ED
FROM THE MANUFACTURER. WHERE THE LOUVER PROVIDE.S VENTLATION AIR FOR A ROOM, IT
WILL IE NECESSARY TO COMPUTE THE ROOM VOLUME AND CALCULATE THE AIR CHANGES TO
ARRIVE AT THE AIR FLOW REQUIREMENTS.
9. HOOD OVER LOUVER - WHERE THE LOUVER WILL IE SUIJECT TO FREEZING RAIN OR SHOW AND
WILL HAVE TO OPERATE UNDER THESE CONDITIOMS, A HOOD SHOULD IE PROVIDED OVER THE
LOUVER TO PROTECT THE PlVQTS AMD IEAR .. GS FROM FREEZING CONDITIONS.
10. 8IRD SCREEN - EACH LOUVER SHOULD IE PR OTECTED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE.ftALF INCH BY
ONEHALF INCH IIRD SCREEN TO PREVENT THE EN TRY OF RODENTS AND IIRDS .. TO THE STRUC
TURE THROUGH THE LOUVER.
11. VAMDAL SCREENS - WHERE THE LOUVER IS SUIJECT 10 ENTRY BY BURGLARS OR OTHER UNWANTED
P!RSONS THE LOUVER SHOULD IE PROTECTED WITH lARS AND IIRD SCREENS 10 PREVENT THE
ENTRY OF UNWANTED PERSONS THROUGH THE LOUVER.
12. CORROSION RESISTANCE - ALL PARTS OF THE LOUVER SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF NONFERROUS
MATERIAL TO PREVENT' CORROSION OF THE LOUVER WHICH ISCOMSTANTLY SUIJECTED TO OUT
DODR WEATHER CONDITIONS. WHERE THE LOUVER IS CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM WITH ALUMINUM
PIVOTS AND NYLON IEARINGS, THIS WILL NOT IE A PROILEM. WHERE THE LOUVER IS CONSTRUCTED
OF STEEL AND FERROUS PIVOTS, CONSIDERABLE PROILEMS CAN IE ENCOUNTERED WITH THE OPERA
TlON OF THE LOUVER.
13. DELAY SWITCH - QUITE FREQUENTLY, THE ADJUSTABLE LOUVER THAT IS OPERATED WITH A
MOTOR IS CONTROLLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AM EXHAUST OR SUPPLY FAN. IT IS DESIUlLE ..
THIS CASE 10 USE A DELAY SWITCH IN THE CIRCUIT 10 OPEN THE LOUVER IE FORE THE MOTOR
STARTS. THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED IV MOUNTING A DELAY SWITCH IN THE LOUVER OPERATOR AND
WHEN THE LOUVER IS FULLY OPENED, THE EXHAUST OR SUPPLY FAN CAN START.
U. MIlL TIPLE lAY OPERATION - FREQUENTLY, THE LOUVERS ARE ERECTED IN MIlL nPLE lAYS OF
LARGE MACH.. E ROOMS. IN THIS CASE, EACH OF THE lAYS SHOULD HAVE AN INDIVIDUAL MOTOI
OPERATOR.
15. AIR FLOW CAPACITIES - THE GENERAL CAPACITY OF TH E LOUVER, OTHER. THAN COMIUSTION AIR
INTAKE, IS SHOWN OM PAGE 110 OF THIS lOOK AND MAY IE USED FOR SIZING LOUVERS FOR EX
HAUST AND INTAKE OF MACH.. E ROOMS.
16. MOUNTING THE LOUVERS - THE LOUVERS SHOULD IE INSTALLED AS SHOWN IY THE DETAL ON
PAGE 113 OF THIS lOOK.
PAGE "0. 182
.. .,.,.,.,. '" alPmIU" TAANS-APlATE*
11110
STOP
Wo\U. MNEL
LOUVER IN CURTAIN WALL LOUVER IN 8" MASONRY WALL LOUVER IN. 12" CONCRETE WALL
TAILS OF THE 1NSW..LATk)N OF Tt L DETAILS OF Tl INSmLLATION OF 11 AD.lJS11dLE LOWER DETAILS OF 1l INSTALLATION OF Tl AWUS'VUI.
LOUVEII NO.
INSTALLATION NOTES :
L OVERAlL SIZE Of' OPEIINO SHOULD I(
1/4' _ATEIIIN 10TH III1ECTIOIIS
THAll SIZE OF LOUVEII .
2. LOUVEII ILADES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
III'T. III WIDTH . USE MULLION
CXMEcnD SECTIONS "011 _ATEII
WIOTNI.
5. CAULKIIII AS SI'eD"IED.
WIDTH HEIGHT IlATEIIIAL SCMEII LOU'IEII NO.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
I. OVEIIAlL SIZE OF 01'(111118 SHOULD I(
1/4' IIIEATEII III 10TH DlIlECTIONS
THAll SIZE OF LOUVEII .
2. I.DIIYEII BLADES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
lin: III WIDTH. USE IIULUON
c:a.ECTm KCTIOIIS __ ATEII
WIDTHS.
5 . CAULKlII8 AS Sl'ECI'1ED.
WICmI HEleHT IIATEIlLAL SCIIEEN IIEIIAIIIeS
IDUWIII 110.
INSTALLATION
I. OVERALL SIZE OF 01'(_ SHOULD I(
1/4'IIIUlD III 10TH .. 1IECna.
THAll SIZE OF LDUYEII .
2. LOUWII IL_S SlllULO IIOT EXCEED
lin. IN WIDTH. US MULLION
CONNECTED SECTIONS _ IllEATEII
WIDTHS.
5. CAUUONI AS _ED.
WIDTH HEIIHT IMTUIAL _
--.
PLAT E NO. 89 PAGE NO. 185

OF THE ROUND CEILING DIFFUSER
I. SELECTION OF TO BE USED - CEILING DIFFUSER SIZING GENERALLY FOLLOWS A SELECTION
OF THE TYPE 0 OUTLET DUE TO THE AIR LOADING (CFM PER SQUARE FOOT - AlR CHANGES PER
HOURI TO BE pJFFUSED IN THE COMDITIOMED SPACE.
l. AIR LOADING RELATED TO TYPE OF ITLET - USE THE CHART BELOW AS A GENERAL GUIDE FOR
dUnn SELEctION. CHART FOLLO CtUDE LINES OF LATEST ASHUE CHAPTER OM AIR DIFFUSING
CONTROL EQUII'MENT. . . .
til
AIR LOADING AIR CHANGEtltR.
AVEUGE ROOM
TYPE OF OUTLET CFM/SQ. FT. JASED ON 10 FT.
OF FLOOR AREA CEILING
VELOCITY FPM
GRILLE .6 TO 1.2 7 25 TO 35
SLOT .S TO 2.0 12 20 TO 35
CEILING DIFFUSER
RECTANGULAR .S TO 2.0 12 20 TO 50
PERFOUTED .ITO 2.5 15 20 TO 50
SQUARE .S TO 3.0 .. 20 TO 50
ROUND 1.0 TO 5.0 30 20 TO 50
3. TYPE OF NECK RELATED TO OPERATION - DIFFUSERS WITH SQUARE OR RECUNGULAR NECKS ARE
MOT AS EFFICIENT AS ROUND NECK DIFFUSERS. CARE SHOULD BE UKEN TO USE THE VALUES IN
CHART AIOVE. TIIS WILL BE VERIFIED BY A CAREFUL ANALYSIS OF MANUFACTURERS' CAULOGS.
4. DIFFUSER EFFICIENCY -A DIFFUSER - ROUND OR SQUARE -IS CAPABLE OF HANDLING MORE AIR
PER SQUARE FOOT THAN ANY OTHE." SINc;LE TYPE OF DUTLET AND DOING so WITH COMFORT CON
DlTlONS BENEATH IT.
5. TEMPERATURE DlFFERENTIAl.S - DIFFUSERS INDUCE LARGE QUANTITIES OF ROOM AIR INTO THE
PRIMARY AIR PATH AND HIGH INDUCTION UTES RESUL T IN SHORTENED THROWS AND UPID TEM
PERATURE EQUALIZATION. DIFFUSERS MAY BE USED WITH COOLING TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS
UP T02S-3O" F. AND PROVIDE UNIFORM TEMPERATURE EQUALIZATION.
6. SELECTION OF DIFFUSER SIZE - CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO FACTORS OF AlR QUANTITY,
lENGTH OF THROW AND SOUND LEVELS REQUIRED. CATALOG LITEUTURE COMMOtILY BASED OM
1-12 FT. CEILING HIEGHT. SPECIAl. CONDITIONS FOR HIGHER OR LOWER CEILlM" SHOULD BE CARE.
FULLY CHECKED.
7. DIFFUSER LOCATION - UNIFORM AIR MOTION RESULTS FROM CENTRALLY LOCATED DIFFUSERS DIS-
atARGING 360" AIR PATTERN IN A MODULE. IN RECUNGULAR MODULES. THE LONG LENGTH OF
THROW SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE SHORT THROW BY MORE THAN 1.5 WHEN USING SQUARE OR ROUND
DIFFUSERS. WHEN EXCEEDING THIS UTIO, TWO DIFFUSERS SHOULD BE CoNSIDERED.
DIFFUSER STYLES ARE AVAILABLE WITH 1,2, AND 3WAY PATTERNS. HOWEVER, ROOM VELOCITIES
ARE NOT AS UNIFORM AS THE DISCHARGE PATTERN BECOMES LESS SYMMETRICAl. .
BLANKING BAFFLES ARE AVAILABLE TO KEEP PRIMARY AlR STREAM FROM IMPINGING DIRECTLY OM
THE STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC.
ROOM VELOCITIES - WHERE COMFORT ClJNDITIONS ARE CRITICAL, THE DIFFUSER SHOULD BE
SELECTED FOR A lOOFPM TERMINAL VELOCITY TO PROVIDE A 2535 FPM ROOM VELOCITY. WHERE
ROOM VELOCITIES MAY EXCEED MINIMUM LEVELS - AS IN GENERAL OFFICES - THE TERMINAl.
VELOCITY MAY BE INCREASED TO 150200 FPM TO RESULT IN SUS FPM ROOM VELOCITY.
9. SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS - WHEN DIFFUSERS ARE LOCATED ON EXPOSED OUCTWORK. THROW
WILL BE DECREASED BY m .. ON EXPOSED DUCT MAY BE USED FOR HIGH AIR CHANGE
RATES JUT TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS MUST REDUCE TO 7J1' F.
10. DAMPERS AND GRIDS - AIR STUIGHTENING VANES SHOULD ALWAYS BE USED IN THE DIFFUSER
COLLAR TO EQUALIZE AIR FLOW INTO THE DIFFUSER. MULTILOUVERED OR SPLITTER DAMPERS
MAY BE USED AT THE BRANCH COLLAR UKEOFF.
11 . PATTERN ADJUST ABILITY - DIFFUSERS ARE AVAILABLE WITH AD.ftISTABLE AIR PATTERNS FROM
HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL -IMPORTANT WITH A HIGH CEILING TO DIRECT THE AIR DOWN TO THE
OCCUPIED LEVEL. 14360" F PATTERN DIFFUSER MOUNTED ON A CEILING HAS ONL Y TWO AlR
PATTERNS - ALL HORIZONUL OR ALL VERTICAl. DISCHARGE. INCREMENUL PATTERNS BETWEEN
THESE no STAGES ARE NOT PRACTICAl. BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT STABLE. INCREMENTAL PATTERN
POSSIBLE ONLY WHEN DIFFUSERS ARE MOUNTED ON A DROP ClJLLAR1)F I - 11/2 DIAMETER
LENGTHS TO REMOTE DIFFUSER FROM CEILING WHERE THE AlR PATH WILL NOT RETURN TO THE
CEILING.
PAGE NO. ,84
.,
A.Dj'D"'. ," "'IlOllill'" TRAN$-A1'lA TE'
---- ------- --------------l
AIR .....-WHEItE DIFFUSER IS LAST
DISTRIIUTINa &ltID r ON LINE OR BRANCH
FLOW I
FOR CONTINUATION I ENDING
I
r-----..J
EXTENSION DUCT
VOLUME DAMPER
__ _
OUTEIt COIlE -----_____
SPONGE RUBIER
GUK ET ALL A ROUN0
ROUND DIFFUSER WITH ROUND NECK ADJUSTABLE . PATTERN
AIR

VOLUME DAMPER
I DISTRIBUTING
I GRID
I !i :
...... r!::! :--EXTENSION
I DUCT ' OR I DUCT COLLAR

ALTERNA'TE DAMPER DETAIL
INSTALLATION NOTES
I . FASTEN DlsTRIBlITlNG GRID 11) EXTENSION
DUCT COLLAR WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
2. FASTEN EXTENSION DUCT COLLAR ANO
DISTRIBUTING GRID ASSEMBLY 11) DUCTWORK
WITH SHEET METAL SCREW.
3. FASTEN DUCT RING EXTENSION DUCT
COLLAR WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
AFTER CEILING IS INSTALLED REMOVE
INNER ASSEMBLY DIFFUSER COIIES AND
FASTEN OUTER CONE TO DUCT RING WITH
SHEET METAL SCREWS.
5 . REINSTALL INNER ASSEMBLY CONES TO
OUTER CONE.
S . CHECK SEE IF SPONGE RUBBER GASKET
IS DRAWN UP AGAINST CEILING FORMING
AN AIR TIGHT SEAL-IF NOT REASSEMlLE
AND RECHECK,
7. IALANCE AND ADJUST AIR FLOW OUANTITIES
'SHOWN ON PLANS.
a CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DlIfT FROII DIFFUSER,
9. REMOVE DAMPER OPERATOR KNOll AND TURN
OVER TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE ROUND CEILING DIFFUSER
NO SCALE
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING
SHEET METAL DUCT
sn PLANS I'0Il
CONTINUAlIOII AND
SlU
------------- ---- -- -- -,
Alit I
I

: WHERE DIFFUSER IS
J LAST ON LINE OR
r - - - - - --
BEFORE DUD EliDING.
ROUND EXTENSION DUCT COLLAR -----4-11
DAMPER
DA... ER OPERAlOR
REIoIDVALE------__ _
OUTER CONE ____ -, --..j!::::-__
SPOIIGE RUSKR
GASKET AU. AROUND
CEILIII8
J
..-------,POIIGE RUIUR
GASKET ALL
AROUND
.... ----- APP!IOX OVERALL -------4
ROUND DIFFUSER WITH ROUND NECK FLUSHVIXED PATTERN
AIR
c::::::::>
FLOW
IIolMPR
- - - - -..,

DISTRIBUTIIIG GRID
I
DAMPER I
OPERATOR ..

I
I
I
OUCT OR
LISTED SIZE
I
I
. ___ EXTEIISION DUCT
I COLLAR
I
-I
ALTERNATE DAMPER DETAIL
INSTALLATION NOTE:,;
I. FASTEN DISTRIIUTING &ltID 'II: ['(TENSIOII
DUCT WITH SHEET METAL !CII[WS.
2. FASTEN EXTENSION DUCT COLLAR AND
DISTRIIUllNG &ltID AlIE_LY 11) l'IICTWOIIII
WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
3- FASTEN DUCT RING TO EXTENSIOII DUCT
COLLAR WITH SHEET IlETAL IICREWS.
AFTER CEILING IS IIISfALLED REIIIOVE
INNEII ASSEIIBLY Dt"USER COIIES AIID
. F ASTEII OUTER COIlE TO DUCT R"" WITH
SH[[T IIETAL SCREWS.
S. . RE.. STALL IIINER AlUIlILY COIIES TO
OUTE R COIlE.
. CH[CK 10 S[[ II' S __ IER uSiln
IS OIIAWII UP ABAlIlIT croulll FOIIIIIII.
All "'R TIIHT SEAL- If' IIDT R[ASSEMBLE
AIID RECHECK.
7. ULAIIC[ AIID ADJUST AIR FLOW QUMlTlTI[S
SHOWII 011 PLAIIS.
a CLEAN CONSTllUCTIOII !111fT FROII "'P'UUIl
t . REIIIOVE DAMPER ClP[UlOR _01 AIID 1\l1li
OV[R TO OWIlDI'S R["'![lEIITAlIVE.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION' OF THE ROUND CEIUNG DIFFUSER
NO SCALE
DESI8N MANUAL PLAT E NO 0 PAlE MO, II.
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER
I. SELECTION OF OUTLET TO IE USED - CEILING DIFFUSER SIZING GENERALLY FOLLOwS A SELECTION
OF THE TYPE OF OUTLET DUE TO THE AIR LOADING (CFM PER SQUARE FOOT - AIR CHANGES PER
HOUR) TO IE DIFFUSED IN THE CONDITIONED SPACE.
2. AIR LOADING RELATED TO TTPE OF OUTLET - USE THE CHART IELOW AS A GENERAL GUIDE FOR
OUTLET SELECTION. CHART FOLLOWS GUIDE LINES OF LATEST ASHRAE CHAPTER OM AIR DIFFUS.
ING CONTROL EQUIPMENT.
TYPE OF
AIR LOADING AIR CHANGEIHR. AVERAGE ROOM
CFM/ SQ. FT. lASED ON 10 FT. VELOCITY
OUTLET
OF FLOOR AREA CEILING FPM
GRILLE . 6 TO 1.2 7 25 TO 35
--
SLOT .S TO 2.0 12 20 TO 35
CEILING DIFFUSER
RECTANGULAR .S TO 2.0 12 20 TO 50
PERFORATED S TO 2.S IS 20 TO SO
SQUARE .S TO 3.0 11 20 TO SO
ROUND 1.0 TO 5.0 ]I
20 TO SO
3. TTPE OF NECIt RELATED TO OPERATION - DIFFUSERS WITH SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR NECKS ARE
NOT AS EFFICIENT AS ROUND NECIt DIFFUSERS. CARE SHOULD IE TAItEN TO USE THE VALUES IN
CHART AIOVE. THIS WILL IE VERIFIED IY A CAREFUL ANALYSIS OF MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS.
4. DIFFUSER EFFICIENCY - A DIFFUSER - ROUND OR SQUARE - IS CAPABLE OF HANDLING MORE AIR
PER SQUARE FOOT THAN AMY OTHER SINGLE TTPE OF OUTLET AND DOING SO WITH COMFORT COM.
DlTIOMS IENEATH IT. .
5. TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS - DIFFUSERS INDUCE LARGE QUANTITIES OF ROOM AIR INTO THE
PRIMARY AIR PATH AND HIGH IMOUCTIOM RATES RESUL TIN SHORTENED THROWS AND RAPID TE ....
PERATURE EQUALIZATION. DIFFUSERS MAY IE USED WITH COOLING TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS
UP TO 25-30" F, AND PROVIDE UNIFORM TEMPERATURE EQUALIZATION.
6. SELECTION OF DIFFUSER SIZE - CONSIDERATIOH SHOULD IE GIVEN TO FACTORS OF AIR QUANTITT,
LENGTH OF THROW AND SOUND LEVELS REQUIRED. CATALOG LITERATURE COMMONLY lASED ON
8 12 FT. CEILING HEIGHT. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR HIGHER OR LOWER CEILINGS SHOULD IE CARE
FULLY CHECKED.
7. DIFFUSER LOCATI OM - UNIFORM AIR MOTION RESULTS FROM CENTRALLY LOCATED DIFFUSERS DIS-
CHARGING 360" AIR PATTERN IN A MODULE. IN RECTANGULAR MODULES, THE LONG LENGTH OF
THROW SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE SHORT THROW IY MORE THAN 1.5 WHEN USING SQUARE OR ROUND
DIFFUSERS. WHEN EXCEEDING THIS RATIO, TWO DIFFUSERS SHOULD BE COMSiDERED.
DIFFUSER STYLES ARE AVAILABLE WITH I, 2, AND 3WAY PATTERNS. HOWEVER, ROOM VELOCITIES
ARE NOT AS U'4IFORM AS THE DISCHARGE PATTERN BECOMES LESS SY.... ETRICAL.
BLANKING BAFFLES ARE AVAILABLE TO KEEP PRIMARY AIR STREAM FROM IMPINGING DIRECTLY
ON THE STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, HC .
8. ROOM VELOCITIES - WHERE COMFORT COHDITIONS ARE CRITICAL, THE DIFFUSER SHOULD IE SE
LECTED FOR A 100 FPM TERMINAL VELOCITT TO PROVIDE A 2S-35 FPM ROOM VELOCITY. WHERE
ROOM VELOCITIES MAY EXCEED MINIMUM LEVELS - AS IN GENERAL OFFICES - THE TERMINAL
VELOCITY MAY IE INCREASED TO 150-200 FPM TO RESULT IN S O ~ 5 FPM ROOM VELOCITT
9. SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS - WliEN DIFFUSERS ARE LOCATED ON EXPOSED DUCTWORK, THROW'
WI LL BE DECREASED IY 3 ~ . DlFFdSERS ON EXPOSED DUCT MAY BE USED FOR HIGH AIR CHANGE
RATES BUT TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS MUST REDUCE TO 211" F.
10. DAMPERS AND GRIDS - AIR STRAIGHTENING VANES SHOULD ALWAYS BE USED IN THE DIFFUSER COl-
LAR TO EQUALIZE AIR FLOW INTO THE DIFFUSER. MULTILOUVERED OR SPLITTER DAMPERS MAY
BE USED AT THE IRANO! COLLAR TAKEOFF.
11 . PATTERN ADJUSTAlILlTT - DIFFUSERS ARE AVAILAILE WITH ADJUSTABLE AIR PATTERNS FROM
HORIZOMT AL TO VERTICAL - IMPORTANT WITH A HIGH CEILING TO DIIECT THE AIR DOWN TO THE
OCCUPIED LEVEL. A 360" F PATTERN DIFFUSER MOUNTED ON A CEILING HAS ONLY TWO AIR
PATTERNS - ALL HORIZONTAL OR ALL VERTICAL DISCHARGE. INCREMENTAL PATTERNS IETWEEN
THESE TWO STAGES ARE NOT PRACTICAL IECAUSE THEY ARE NOT STAILE. INCREMEIlTAL PATTERN
POSSIBLE OHLY WHEN DIFFUSERS ARE MOUNTED ON A DROP COLLAIl OF I - 1-112 DIAMETER
LENGTHS TO REMOTE DIFFUSER FROM CEILING WHERE THE AIR PATH WILL MOT RET .. II TO THE
CEILING.
PAGE NO. 181
1
1
----------------- --------,
AIR LAST
c::=::> I EXTEND DUCT 2 NECK SHEET METAL
DUCT- SEE PLANS FLOW I DIAMETERS BEFORE DEAD
FOR CONTINUATION
AND SIZE -----j
- ---1
I
ROUND
I ENDING
I
- - ____ __ 1
EX TENSION DUe T
DAMPER
__
OUTER CONE ---__
DUCT RING
SQUARE DIFFUSER WITH ROUND NECK ADJUSTA BLE PATTERN
AlII

'LI/ ..
I =r
11UTlN8
II I
DAM1'11 OPERATOR " I
REMOVABLE __ ... I--- ROUNO
:: I EXTENSION
I)UCT 011 l DUCT COlLAR
..
INSTALLATION NOTES
L FASTEN ' DISTRIIIUTING GRID 1'0 EXTENSION
DUCT COLLA!! WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
2. FASTEN EXTDISION DUCT COLLAR AND
DISTRIBUTING GIliD ASSEMBLY 1'0 DUCT_
'WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
3. ""TEN DUCT RING 1'0 EXTENSION DUCT
COlLAR WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
4. A!'TER CEILING IS INSTALLED REMOVE
IHNEII ASSEMBLY DIFFUSER DONES AND
FASTEN OUTER CONE 1'0 DUCT RING WITH
SHEET META L SCREWS.
lI. fIElNSTALL INNER ASSEMBLY CONES TO
OUTER CONE.
e. CHECK TO SEE IF SPONGE RUBBER GASKET
IS DRAWN UP AGAINST CEILIN G FORMING
AN AIR TIGHT SEAL- IF NOT REASSEMBLE
AND RECHECK.
7. BALANCE AND ADJUST AIR FLOW OUANTITIES
SHOWN ON PLANS.
" CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT DIFFUSER.
S. REMOVE DAMPR OPERATOR KNOB AND TURN
OVER 1'0 OWNER' S
DETAILS OF -THE INSTALLATION OF THE SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER
NO SCALE
SHEET METAL DUCT
SU PLANS FOR
CONTINUATION AND
--- - --{
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---1
I
I
FLOW ""-
: WHERE DIFFUSER IS
__ , ________ J
I DUCT Oil I 2 NECK DIAME TERS
ROUII) EXTENSION DUCT COLI,.AR
'\ E 2 / : IIEFORE DEAD ENDING
OUTER CONE I I: : DUCT RIN8
I ,_
J: J r VOLlJII IMPER
II II II
EXPOSED TEE SPLINE _____. IJ IIOIER EKPOSED TEE SPLINE
II CONES.:::::] """"
---- '-"'-
L-APPROX ------. -_o<I J
-L
CE
ILIN8
SQUARE DIFFUSER WITH ROUND NECK FOR EXPOSED TEE SPLINE CEILING
AlII

'LOW
VOLUME DAMP R
---- -..., r-r-,--r...,.....".......-....-.,....:1-
I
- - - - --
: DISTRlIIUTING 811ID
I I
DAMPR : :
I I ROUND
I (-----EHENSION DUCT
: I COLL AR
I' E I
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. FASTEN DISTRIBUTING GRID 1'0 EXTENSION
DUCT COLLA!! WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS.
2. FASTEN EXTENSION DUCT COLLAR AND
DJSTRlIlUTING 81110 ASSEMBLY 1'0 DUC_
WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS
3. O:::iH
4. A"HR CEILING IS INSTALLED IllEIIOVE
INNER ASSEMBLY DIFfUSER CONES AND
FASTEN OUTEII CONE 1'0 DUCT IIING WITH
SHEET METAL SCREWS.
lI. REINSTALL I_R ASSEMBLY COIIES TO
OUTER CONE.
6. CHECK 1'0 SEE IF SPOil&[ AU_II 6ASKET
IS OIIAWII UP AGAINST CEILING FORMING
AN AlII TlIIHT SEAL- If' NOT REASSEMILE
AIID RECHECK.
t GALANCE AIID ADJUST AlII PLOW QUAIITITIES
SHOWN ON PLAIII.
II. Cl.EAN _STRUcTtON OIIIT FIIOM DlFFUSEIl .
t . 1'*1
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER
NO SCALE
DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. II PA G E NO. 117
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR REGISTER
1. SILEgD! OF OUTLIT TO IE IISI\- GRILLE SIZING GEMERALLY FOLLOWS A SELECTION OF THE
"PI Of OUTUT DUE Q,1II1 All OADING (CFM PER SQ. FT. - AIR CHAMGES PER HOUR) TO IE DIF-
FUSID II THE CClNDlTD!ED SPACE.
A. .EIE All LOADIIGS AlE UGH! (FRGM.6 TO 1.2 CFM PER SQ. FT.) CEILlMG DIFFUSERS WILL MOT
PIO'.E ADEOUATE AIR MOTIOMII THE OCCUPIED 100M. A REGISTER OR GRILLE WITH ADJUST-
AaE DIFLECTICIIIS WELL SUITED FOR THE A"LICATIOM.
.. CRILLES AND IEGISTERS APPLICATICIMS HANDLIIG HIGHER LOADINGS 1M NOM-CRITICAL ARUS
PID_E HIGIIEI 100M 'ELOOTIES.
C. GRILLE AND REGISTER DESIGN IS ECONOMICAL.
D. II UIGE HIGN-tElLlMGED AREAS GRILLE AND REGISTER DIFFUSION PROVIDES GOOD AIR DIS-
TIIIUTIOM DUE TO THE AILI" OF THE OUTLIT TO PIOJECT THE AIR STREAM LOMG DISTANCES,
PIOVIDE WIDE DEFL,CTD!, AND UPWARDLY DEFLECT THE AIR PATH TO LIMIT AIR DROP.
2. All LOAPIIG IELATED TO " 'PE OF OUTLIT - USE THE CHART IELOW AS A GENERAL GUIDE FOR
&inn SELECTIOM. CHART FOLLOWS GUIDE LINES OF ,LATEST ASHRAE CHAPTER OM AIR DIFFUSING
CONTROL EQUIPMBlT.
"PEOF
AIR LOADIIG All CHAMGEIltR. AVEUGE ROOM
OUTLIT
CFMlSC. FT. lASED ON 10 FT. VELOCITY
OF FLOOR ARU CEILING FPM
CRILL! .6 TO 1.2 7 2STO 35
SLOT .HO 2.0 12 20 TO 35
CEILIMG DIFFUSER
RECTANGULAI .HO 2.0 12 20 TO so
PEIFORATED .. TO 2.5 15 20 TO so
SQUAIE .1 TO 3.0 11 20 TO so
IDUMD 1.0 TO 5.0 30 20 to SO
3. LOCAnOM OF OUTLITS - GRILLES AMD REGISTERS SHOULD IE LOCATED TO DISTRIBUTE AIR AS
. UNIFORMLY AS POSSIlLE THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. ALSO, CONSIDERATION SHOULD IE GIVEN TO
SPECIAL HEAT GAIN OR LOSS AlEAS.
A. MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG RATING AMD EN GIIEERING RECOtoIMDlDATICIMS SHOULD IE
CHECKED FOR CFM TO IE HANDLED, DlSTRIIUTION PATTERNS WITH REGARD TO THROW, DIS-
CHARGE VELOCITIES AND SOUND LEVELS.
I. OPERATION OF GRLLES AMD REGISTERS IS AFFECTED IY TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS OF
THE PRIMARY STREAM AND THIS SHOULD IE CONSIDERED ALSO.
4. GRILLE AND IfGlSTER STYLES - THE DOUiLE DEFLECTION ADJUSTABLE VANE SUPPLY GIILLE
WILL AFFORD THE lEST CONTRCl. OF THE AIR STREAM. SINGLE DEFLECTIOM GRILLES LIMIT THE
DEFLECTION ADJUSTAlILI".
FIXED VAME GRILLES CAM IE USED FOR SILL DISCHARGE.
FIXED DEFLECTED VANE GRILLES ARE COMMONLY USED AS RETURNS TO OPTIMIZE SIGHT TIGHT-
NESS.
S. DAMPERS AMD FRAMES - DAMPERS AFFIXED TO GRILLES (CALL ED REGISTERS) SHOULD IE OPPOSED
ILADE STYLE WITH EITHER A FIXED OR REMOVAILE KEY OPERATOR THROUGH THE FACE.
GRILLES AMD REGISTERS CAM BE EQUIPPED WITH SEPARAILE FRAMES FOR USE ON PLASTER SUR-
FACES OR OTH ER SPECIAL MATERIALS.
A. THE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS MAY BE EQUIPPED WITH POSITIONING LOCKS, REMOTE WALL
OPERATORS, SIDE OPERATORS FOR SCREWDRIVER ADJUSTMENT.
B. REGISTER DAMPERS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH FUSIBLE LINK ATTACHMENTS AS APPROVED IY
LOCAL CODES FOR HEAT ACTUATED CLOSE-OFF.
6. ARCHITECTURAL GRILLES - EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BAR-TYPE GRILLES ARE USED IN AREAS OF
ARCHITECTURAL PROMIMENCE. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM GRILLES ARE AVAILAILE )flTH ANODIC HAlO
COAT SURFACES TO MATCH DECOR. ARCHITECTURAL GRILLES ARE AVAILABLE WITH OVERLAPPING
AMD RECESS MARGINS AMD MOUNTING FRAMES DEFLECTING GRIDS AMD DAMPERS.
ARCHITECTURAL GRILLES ARE DESIGHED FOR CONTINUOUS LENGTH IMSTALLATD!S WITHOUT .. -
TERRUPTING FACE MARGINS.
THESE GRILLES ARE ADAPTABLE FOR FLOOR GRILLE INSTALLATION, INCLUSION INTO ARCHITEC-
TURAL ENCLOSURES.
ENGINEERING PERFORMAMCE DATA ON THESE GRILLES VARIES FROM CONVENTIOMAL SIDEWALL
GRILLES AMD REGISTERS. .
PAGE NO. 188
Alii IUPI'\. Y DUCT
Alii
c::::::>
'LOW
AlII .IIII'T1IIIUTINiI .. D
Alii
HI PIIO.IRT "-ANI _
_ 01' lMIl DUCT.
AIR
no'if>
HIAVY FlLT IIAIIIIT-CIIIINT
TD SlDEI . 01' DUCT.
wau 011 CIILING- SIE
ARCHITICTURAL PLANS
FOIl DETAILS 0'
CONSTRUCTION.
HOR I ZON TA L CROSS-SECTION
INSTALLATION NOTES
CONNECT AlII DIITRIlUTI", IIItD TD EXTENSION DUCT
COLLAR.
2. fASTEN IXTElllIOII DUCT COl.LAII ANO DISTRIIUTING
11110 _ .... Y 'III DUCT_ WITH ' ,HIlT IllTAL _wa.
3. AFTER CIILlNI 011 WALL IS INSTALLED, INSTALL REGISTER
WITH SHEET IIITAL SCIIIWS.
4. CHECII 'III HI RUIIER IIAIIIET IS DRAWN UP
ASAINST WALL 011 CEILING FOIII,,", AN. Alii TIGHT SEAL, If
NOT RIEASIEIII8L1 AlII) RlCHICII .
5. SET fACE IAIIS AIIO''''''R IAIIS fOIl lIST 1100II
DISTRIIUTION. '
G. IALAIICI AlII) AD.IUST All fLOW OUANTITID SHOWN ON
"-ANS
J. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIIIT fllOll IIEGlSTlR.
. "'IIOVE DAIllPER OPEIIATOR 11_ 'ROlli REalSTER AND
TUIIII OVER TO OWNEII'S RIPIIISENTATIYE.
XTIND STRAIGHTENING
VANES TO ,THIS LINE
ALTERNATE TAKE-OFF DETAIL
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR SUPPLY REGISTER
NO SCALI
HEATING. VENTILATION. A,.D AIR CONDITIONING
sa PIIOoIICT "-ANS '011 _
01' nilS DUCT. AIR RETURN DUCT
NOTE:
=r::r
=..':
TURN THE fACE lIARS UP. IF THE RESISTER
IS LOCATED IN THE CEIL'"' TURN THE
"'"STEII SO THE LlAST VISION CAN II
SUN INTO THE DUCT.
INSTA LLATION NOTES
l CUT HOLE IN IIETURN AIR DUCT.
2. fASTEN EXTENSION DUCT COLLAR 10 DUCT
WORII .
4. 0tECII 10 SEE F SPONGE RU8BER 8ASIIIT IS
OII_N UP AGAINST WALL DR CEILING fOIIII-
ING AN All TIGHT SEAL. If NOT, REASSfII8L[
AND!lECHECK.
5. SET laCE lARS AS SHOWN IN NOTE AllOY[.
wau 011 CEILlNI- HI _ITECITUIIAL
PLANS _ DETAILS or CONSTIIUCTlOII
RUIIER IASIIET
ALL AROUNO
SHIET IIETAL SCREW
AIR fLOW
HORIZONTAL CROSS SECTION
,
REGISTERS WITH ONE DMNSION OYER 36-
lfTD5I"lfUP'III WIDTH 51"

51 TD :!Aa!!LLE: WIOm
(2 PANELS)
6
TD 5I"HEIIIITIDUCT SIZE)
51 TO 72 HIGH GRILLI
74 WIDE BRILLE AND OVER (3 OIIIIIOIIE .... NELS)
Ii ___ w __
S. IALAIICI ANO ADJUST "'" 'LOW QUANTITIES (3 DR IIORE PANELS)
SHOWN ON PlANS.
T. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIIT ALL SECTIONS Df BUTTED CROSS SECTION BUTTING ANGLES
IEIIADE IN AT IUTT 'A-A
REJiISTERS WITH PH DlMENSlCNS OVER 36-
BE
. LISTED' -4 I l-
l:i SIZE =..:a
CENTER SUI'POIIT @s CDNTIIACTDII '
(fUISH WITH DEllIlL ATC"
WALU NOTE: CENTER SUfIlOIn' IIAY RUN
VERTICALLY DR HllltZONTALLY
DP[NIHG DEPENDING ON COIIIIINATiON or' RE6ISTERS USED.
DETAilS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR RETURN REGISTER
NO SCALE
D.ESIGN MANUAL PLAT E NO. 92 PAGE NO. II.
I
i
I
L
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL
I. GENERAL - THIS TYPE OF REHEAT COIL IS GENERALLY USED TO MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMEIT OF THE ENTER
iiGAiRTEMPERATURE TO A ROOM DR GROUP OF ROOMS HAVING THE SAME HEAT LOSS AND.GAIN CHARACTER
ISTICS.
2. COMPUTE THE ROOM HEAT LOSS FOR WINTER - THIS IS GENERALLY ODIE BY METHODS FOUID II THE ASHRAE
"HANDBOOK OF FUIDAMENTALS".
3. COMPUTE THE ROOII HEAT GAil FOR SlIMMER - THIS IS GEIERALL Y ODIE BY METHODS FOUND II THE ASHRAE
"HANDBOOK OF FUIDAIIENTALS".
4. COMPUTE THE CFM AIR FLOWREQUIRED IY THE ROOM- THIS WILL BE OETERMIIED IY THE ROOM SENSIBLE
Less IN THE SUMMER. SINCE THIS TYPE OF SYSTEM USUALLY HAS A FIXED LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TO
ALL ROOMS, THE l!.T CAl BE EASILY DETERMINED BY:
ROOM DESIGN DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE -l!.T
CFM - ROOM SENSIBLE LOAD IN BTU/HR
l!.T X 1.01
5. COMPUTE THE AMOUIT OF REHEAT REQUIRED - THIS WILL USUALLY BE AT A MAXIMUM IN THE WINTER.
MAXIMUM ROOM HEAT LOSS' CFM X 1.")( ITF - ROOM AIR DESIGN TEMPERATURE'
SOLVE FOR TF
REQUIRED CAPACITY OF COIL WILL THEN BE -
BTUIHR - CFM X 1M X ITF -MAIl DUCT AIR SUPPLY TEMPERATURE'
6. COMPUTE THE KW OF ELECTRIC HEAT REQUIRED.
CAPACITY OF COIL INITUIHR;. 3412 - KW
7. AIR VELOCITY THRU COIL - THE AIR VELOCITY THRU THE COIL SHOULD NOT EXCEED 700 FPII AND IS
GENERALL Y DETERMINED FROM THE SPACE AVAILABLE AND THE ALLOWABLE AIR PRESSURE DROP THRU THE
COIL.
I . AIR PRESSURE DROP THRU COIL - THE AIR PRESSURE DROP THRU THE ELECTRIC COIL CAN BE DETERMINED
FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S DATA BUT WILL GENERALL Y BE INSIGNIFICANT AND MAY BE IGNORED UNLESS
THE COIL IS OF THE CAST FII TYPE.
t . DETERMINE THE PHYSICAL DIMENSIOIS OF THE COIL - THE PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS of THE COIL ARE GEN
ERALLY OET1!RIIINED FROMTHE SPACE AVAILABLE, THE CONNECTING DUCT SYSTEM AND THE MAXIMUM
FACE VELOCITY. COILS ARE GENERALLY AVAILABLE IN ALMOST ANY PHYSICAL SIZE REOUIREO.
10. NEED FOR DIRECTIONAL VANES IN THE DUCT - DIRECTIONAL VANES IN THE DUCT ARE GENERALLY USED
WHEN THE DUCT AND THE COIL VARY GREAll Y IN SIZE OR CONFIGURATION TO ATIEMPT TO OBTAIN EVEN
AIR FLOW OVER THE FACE AREA OF THE COIl.
II. INDEPENDENT SUPPORT OF THE ADJACENT DUCTWORK - THE "IHlULD BE SUPPORTED INDEPEND
ENll Y OF THE COIL SO THAT THE COIL MAY BE REMOVED FOR SERVICE. '
12. U.L.LABEl- THE COIL SHOULD BE U.l.APPROVED AND STAMPED OR U.l. LISTED.
13. NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE - THE ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL SHOULD BE DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED, AID IN
STALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. DIE IMPORTANT POINT REQUIRED
BY THE CODE IS THAT THE AMPERES PER STEP lOT EXCEED 48 AMPS.
14. TYPE - THE ELECTRIC REHEAT COlLIS MANUFACTURED EITHER AS A flANGED TYPE TO FLANGE TO THE CON
NECTING DUCTWORK OR AS A SlIPIN TYPE TO SLIP INTO THE DUCTWORK. THE SLlPIN TYPE, AS SHOWN BY THE
OETAIL,IS MORE CONVENIENT IN THE SMALLER SIZES.
15. CONTROL - THE SCR CONTROL SHOWN BY THE DETAIL IS CONSIDERED THE BEST CONTROL FOR THIS TYPE
OF HEATER; HOWEVER, COIITROLMAY ALSO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THERMOSTAT AND CONTACTOR OR STAG
ING THERMDSTATS,STEP CONTROLLER,AND CONTACTOR.
16. CONTACTORS - WHEN CONTACTORS ARE USED, THE CONTACTDR SHOULD HAVE AN AMPERE RATING AT
LEAST TWENTYFIVE PERCENT 125'" ABOVE THE ACTUAL AMPERE LOAD AND SHOULD BE SUITABLE FOR
100,ODO CYCLES.
PAGE NO.189A
A"";Io..,. In C.".....
6-.
CONTROL BOX
AIR

E!;,E-VATION

I
AIR

SLIP IN TYPE I
Fl.OIII
!
CONTROL PANEL
HANDLE
PLAN VIEW

I
"A"
AIR
SECTION "A"-"A"
HEATER PANEL
TO DISTRIBUTION PANEL
WIRING 8 CONTROL DIAGRAM
THRU __ LESS 'IlIAN 48 AMPS
C EACH PHASE I

RETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL NO . SCALE
REHUT
COIL NO.
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITI ES FOR THE ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL
S.C.A.

OUTLINE OF DUCTWORK
HEATER flIAIIIE
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
WIRING. CONTROL DIAGRAM
THREE PltASE OIlER 48 AMPS C U . PHASE I
TO lIS C EA. PHASE I
REMARKS
N092A PAGE NOJ898
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HOT WATER REHEAT COIL
1. GEIERAL - THIS TYPE OF REHEAT COIL II SEIERALL Y USED TO MAKE FIIAL AOJUITIIEIT OF THE ElTERllG
AIR TEMPERATURE TO A ROOII OR SROUP OF ROO_ HAVIIS THE IAIIE HEAT LOIS AID GAil CHARACTERIS
TICS.
2. COWUTE THE ROOM HEAT LOSS FOR WlITER - THIS IS SEIERALL Y ODIE IY METHODS FOUIO II THE ASHRAE
"HAIOIOOK OF FUIOA.ITAU".
3. COMPUTE THE ROOM HEAT SAil FOR IU_ER - THIS IS GEIUALL Y ODIE IY IIETHODS FOUIO II THE ASHRAE
"HAIOIOOK OF FUIOAIIUTALI".
4. COWUTE THE CFII AIR FLOWREQUIRED IY THE ROOM - THIS WILL IE DETERIIIIED IY THE RDOII SEISIILE
LOSS II THE aU_ER. SliCE THIS TYPE OF SYSTEM USUALLY HAl A FIXED LEAVIIG AIR TEIiPERATURE TO
ALL ROO_, THE IlT CAl IE EAIIL Y DETERIIIIED IY:
ROOll DEIIGI DRY IULBTEIiPERATURE - aUPPL Y AIR TEMPERATURE - IlT
CFII - ROOMSE_IU LOAD II ITU/HR
IlT XI .
5. CO_UTE THE AIIOUIIT OF REHEAT REQUIRED - THIS WILL USUALLY IE AT A IIAXIIiUM III THE "ITER.
MAXIIiUM ROOII HEAT LOSS - CFII X 1.01 X (TF - ROOII AIR DESI&II TE.... ERATURE)
SOLVE FOR T
F
.
REQUIRED CAPACITY OF COIL WILL THEI IE -
BTUIHR - CFM X 1 . X (T
F
-IIAII DUCT AIR SUPPLYTEIiPERATURE)
s. COMPUTE FLOW OF HEATlIG HOT WATER REOUIRED.
CAPACITY OF COIL II BTUIHR - SN X 1.33 X II X (HOT WATER ElTERIIS-HOT WATER LEAVIIG)
GPM - ITUIHR .;. 5H X IlT
7. WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU COIL - THE WATER PRESSURE DROP THRU THE COIL CAl IE OETERIIIIEO FROM
MAIUFACTURER"S DATA OR MAY IE ESTIMATED AT 2.5 fT. PER ROWS OF COIL.
I. AIR VELOCITY THRU COIL - THE AIR VELOCITY THRU THE COIL IHOULO lOT EXCUO 7. FN AID IS GEIER
ALLY OETERIIIIEO FROMTHE SPACE AVAILAIU AID THE ALLOWAILE AIR PRESSURE DROll THRU THE COIl.
I . AIR PRESSURE DROP THRU COIL - THE AIR PRESSURE DROP THRU THE COIL CAl IE DETERMIIED FROM THE
MAIUFACTURER'S DATA OR MAY IE ESTIMATED AT 1.15IICHES W.G. PER ROWS OF COIL.
11. DETERIIIIE THE PHYSICAL DIMEISIOIS OF THE COIL - THE PHYSICAL DIIIEIIiDIS OF THE COIL ARE GEilER
ALLY DETERIIIIED FROMTHE SPACE AVAILABLE, THE COIIECTIIIG DUCT smEll AID THE MAXIMUM FACE
VELOCITY. COILS ARE GEIERALL Y AVAILABLE III I IIICH IIICREIiEln III 10TH DIRECTIOIS.
11. IIUMBER OF ROWS II THE COIL - THE IUIIIER OF ROWS II THE COIL ARE USUALLY DIE ROW FOR LIGHT AID
IITERIIEDIATE DUTY AID TWO ROWS FOR HEAVY DUTY.
12. IUD FOR DIRECTlOIlAL VAlES III THE DUCT - DIRECTlOIlAL VAlES II THE DUCT ARE SEIERALLY USED
WHEII THE DUCT AID THE COIL VARY GREATLY II SIZE OR COIFIGURATIOI TO AnEIIPTTO OITAII EVEN
AIR FLOW OVER THE FACE AREA OF THE COIL.
13. MAIUAL VEIT - IF THE TOTAL SYSTEIlIS EQUIPPED WITH ADEOUATE AIR REIIOVAL, A MAIIUAL AIR VEIIT
IS REQUIRED OIL Y DURIIIG THE COISTRUCTIOI PHASE.
14. IIIDEPEIIDEIIT SUPPORT OF THE ADJACEIT DUCTWORK - THE DUCTWORK SHOULD IE SUPPORTED IIIDEPEIID
EIITL Y OF THE COIL SO THAT THE COIL MAY IE REMOVED FOR SERVICE.
15. UIIOIS III ,.,.IS - UIIDISSHOULD IE PROVIDED III THE ,.PlIS TO ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE COIL AID COli
TROL VALVE FOR SERVICE.
PAGE NO.189C
A loble In (1IIJ10lUU'" TRANS A I'\.ATE*
DIRECTIONAL VANES
PIPt HANaER--__
SUPPORT RODS
SEE DETAIL@
SIDE ELEVATION

___ FLANGE
DETAIL @
3/ 8 - " ALL THR[ADElJ '(CO
r - ATTACH TO BUl t (JI NG STRUCTURE
I IN AN APPROVED MANNER
ix-LOCKING NUT
" ____ _ SHEET ME TAL
DUCTWORK
WASHERS
DETAIL
[DUCTWORK
ROOM STAT
REHEoCT
COIL NO.
--_ ..
FLOW
MANUAL VENT
AIR

FLOW

PLAN VIEW
......__ .... RETURN
1'1--1-.1-__ .... SUPPLY
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE HOT WATER REHEAT COIL NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES OF THE HOT WATER REHEAT COIL
SERVES REMARKS
NO.92 B PAGE NO. 1890
STEAM PRE-HEAT COIL
I. GE.ERAL. USE TillS TYPE OF STEAII PREHEAT COIL WHEREVER THERE 11 A IUD TO PREHfAT MEDIUMTO
LARGE QUA.TlnES OF AIR COMI.G 1.IlLOW 3Z DURUS 1..0 WHERE STEAliIS AVAILAILE. THEil
U.ITS ARE ALSO MA.UFACTURED FOR Ull WITH HOT WATER.
z. DESCRIPTIO. OF FU.CTlOI. THE STEAMPREHfAT COIL FU.CTlOIS TO PREHfAT 11Ie000.G FRESH AIR IY THE
USE OF STEAliI. THE COIL. CO.TRDL 11 ACCOMPLIIHED BY MODULAnla THE SPECIAL FACE AID IV .. ASS
DAMPERS TO CO.TROL THE LEAVI.G STEAliIS GEIERALL Y LEFT 01 TO THE COIL I. THE
WlITER MOITHS. ALTHOUaH lOME IIISTALLATlO.S PROVIDE AI AUTOMATIC STOP VALVE 01 THE IICaMl.G
STEAII L1.E TO SHUT STEAII AT A PREDETERIII.ED OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE.
3. CAPACITY. THE REQUIRED CAPACITY OF THE STEAII PREHfAT COIL WILL IE:
STUIHR CFM 1.11 (TE - T F'
I .... CH
TE E.TERI.G AIR TEMPERATURE AT LOWEST TEMPERATURE THAT WILL BE E.COUIiTEREO
TF OESIRED LEAVIIiG AIR TEMPERATURE
4. REQUIREO STEAII FLOW. THE STEAII FLOWTO THE STEAMPREHEAT COIL TQ SATISFY THE RE
QUIRED CAPACITY WILL BE:
nUIHR + TOTAL E.THALPHY OF E.TERI.G STEAII- EITHAL'Y OF THE L1QUIO I. THE LEAVIIiG
COIIOEIISATE.
IT IS USUALLY ACCURATE EIIOUGH TO ESTIMATE I. BTU/LI OF STEAII.
5. AIR VELOCITY THRU COIL. THE AIR VELOCITY THRU THE COIL SHOULO .OT EXCEED 711 FPM 1..0 IS
GE.ERALLY DETERMIIiED FROM THE SPACE AVAILABLE 1..0 THE ALLOWABLE AIR PRESSURE ORO' THRU
THE COIL
.. AIR PRESSURE OROP THRU COIL. THE AIR PRESSURE OROP THRU THE STEAII PREHEAT COIL CA. BE DETER
... ED FROMTHE MAIIUFACTURER'S OATA.
7. DETER... E THE PHYSICAL DIMEIISIOIIS OF THE COIL. THE PHYSICAL DIMEIISIONS OF THE COIL ARE
GE.ERALL Y OETERMIIIEO FROM THE SPACE AVAILABLE, THE COI.ECTING OUCT SYSTEM1.110 THE MAXIMUM
FACE VELOCITY.
I . IUD FOR OIRECTIONAL VA.ES I. THE OUCT. OIRECTlO.AL VAllES I. THE DUCT ARE GE.ERALL Y USEO
WHE. THE OUCT AIIO THE COIL VARY GRfATLY III SIZE OR CD.FIGURATIO. TO ATTEMPT TO OITAI. EVEII
AIR FLOWOVEA THE FACE AREA OF THE COil .
I.DEPEIIDEIT SUPPORT OF THE ADJACE.T DUCTWORK. THE DUCTWORK SHOULD IE SUI'I'DRTED
IIiDEPEIlDE.TL Y OF THE COil SO THAT THE COIL MAY BE REMOVED FOR SERVICE.
A. THE CAIIIG SHOULD IE IISTALLED LEVEL A THE TUIESSHOULD IE IIISTALLED VERTICALL Y.
I. THE STEAII MAIlS SHOULD IE SUPPORTED AID A.CHORED IIDEPEIDEITL Y OF THE COIL.
C. THE STEAII AID RETURI COIIECTlDlIIHOULD IE MADE WlTIl SWI.. .IOIITS.
D. THE STEAII TRAP SHOULD HAVE A CAPACITY OF THRU T_S THE COIL CAPACITY.
E. I.STALL A VACUUM IREAKER AlSHOWI .
F. I.STALL DIRT LEa AI SHDWII.
G. TRAP SHOULD HAVE IYPASS AI SHOWI TO ALLOWSERVICE TO THE TRAP.
II. COIL TESTS. IT SHOULO IE SPECIFIED THAT THE COILS IE TESTED AT THE FACTORY TO A STEAII PRESSURE
OF Z""IG.
12. STEAliMODULATlO 10 STEAII MODUUTI.a VALVE SHDULO IE USED WITH THIS TYPE OF COIL.
P AGE NO. 189E
Avo;lobl. In oC""YOlIIII(ll TRANS-A PlATE"
51 DE ELEVATION
SUPPORT
PLAN VIEW A
IlJCTWORK
SECTI ON A - A
AIR
FLOW CONTROL DIAGRAM ( PNEUMATIC)
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM PREHEAT COIL NOSCAlE
PREHEAT COiL NO ENTERING All TIIP. LEAVING AIR TEMP LBS. OF STEAM IIIR. AIR PRESS. ACCIIOSS COIL
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESI&N MANUAL
Wl!\LLATION NOTES
I
IS APPLIEO TC W l. FROM E-..
ION RlACES.
2. SET con. DEAD LEVEL :N BOT.., DI RECTIONS
3. Sl.JPPCm' DUCTWORK sa:.RATELY F'R().A CCI..
4. s.PPORT PIPES S[PIlRATELY FROM COli..
5. Q..EAN COIL SUFACES
6. CHECK OI'ERATION CONTROLS
ACUUM 8 "' , [R
CHECK VAlV.:
COIL
CONOENSATE PIPE SIZE STEAM PI PE SIZ E
NO. 92C PAGE NO. 189F
JOIST
DEPTH
I'
10'
Ii'
II('
II('
,,'
zo"
zz'
zl('
MaXIMUM DUCT SIZE THRU OPEN WEB STEEL .JOISTS
RECTANGULAR DUCTS
... r .- .. -
... r 1('. I(' 4' 5'
10" 3'
" .
I('
.' .
5'
10". 3' ... 5' I' 7"
td'. 4' ... I(' I' 7' 4'.
IZ". I(' td'. I ' I' .. ...
14". 4' rZ'.
"
td'. .. td'.rf
r.-. 4' 14, 6" 12".
"
td'.10"
r.-. 4' .... I' rZ'.
"
10-. Iff'
NOTE' THESE SIZES MAY SLIGHTLY FOR DIFFERENT JOIST MANUFACTURERS.
WHERE REASONABLE AND POSSIBLE USE SIZE SLIGHTLY LESS THAN
THAT SHOWN .
IF DUCTS INSULATED, ALLO'" SPACE FOR INSULATION. DUCT STIFFENER
MUST OCCUR BETWEEN JOISTS
OF ACTUAL JOISTS THAT ARE BEING FURNISHED AND
ROUND
DUCTS
5'
I'
7"
..
9'
10'
II'
e' IZ' IZ"
rf Ii' 13"
PAGE NO.189G
...... --LOWEII CHOIIO
TYPICAL SECTION THRU BAR JOISTS
" CHOIIO
STEn. oIOIST'-__ 1io
DUCT
LOWEll CHQIID
TYPICAL SECTION THRU LONG SPAN TYPE JOISTS
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DUCTS THRU BAR JOISTS NO SCALE
HEATINI, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONIN8 DES 18 N MANUAL PLATE NO.t2D PAlE NO.18tH
DESIGNING THE PIPE ANCHOR
1. !ll!!.Illi - PIPING WHICH FORIIIS A PART O ~ A HEATING SYSTEM EXPANDS DURING OPERATION
JE"CilI1tOF THE RISE IN TEMPERATURE ABOVE THAT AT WHICH IT WAS INSTAlLED. THIS
EXPANSION CAUSES STRESSES IN THE PIPING AHD IN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IF THE PIPE IS
RESTRAIHED FROM FREE EXPANSION. THIS EXPANSION STRESS MAY BE RELIEVED BY ANY ONE
OF THE FOllOWING MEANS:
A. PACKlESS EXPANSIOH JOINTS
B. SLIP JOINTS
C. SWIVEL JOINTS
D. INHERENT FLEXIBILITY OF THE PIPE ITSElF, UTILIZED TH ROUGH PIPE BENDS, LOOPS,
RIGHTANGLE TURNS,IlR OFFSETS IN THE PIPING,
AlL OF THESE METHODS LISTED REDUCE THE MAXIMUM STRESS IN THE PIPING BUT 00 NOT
ELIMINATE IT. THEREFORE, THE FORCES ACTING UPON AN ANCHOR AND THE SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE MUST IE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED IN THE TOTAL DESIGN OF THE ANCHOR AND
SUPPORTING MEMIERS.
2. FORCES ACTING ON ANCHO.S -1HERE THE EXPANSION IS FULLY RESTRAINED AND NO PROVISION
IS MADE FOR REOUCING ST.ESSES DUE TO THIS EXPANSION, THE FORCES ACTING ON THE PIPE, AND,
OF COURSE, THE POINTS OF ANCHORAGE TO THE BUILDING ARE AS FOLLOWS:
F ~ CE (t2 - 'I) A
F = REACT,"G FORCE AT ANCHOR POINT (LBS.I
C = COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR EXPANSION PER "F (IN.I IN.)
E = MODULUS OF PLASTICITY FOR PIPE MATERIAL (PSI)
'2 = INITIAl TEMPERATURE ("F)
tl = FINAL TEMPERATURE ("F)
A s CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF PIPE (SQ, IN.)
THE ABILITY OF THE PIPE TO RESIST THIS STRESS CAN BE CHECKED BY INVESTIGATIMC THE LOAD
CARRYING STRENGTH OF THE PIPE ACTING AS A COLUMN BETWEEN ANCHOR POINTS. IF THE EXPAN
SlON STRESSES ARE REDUCED BY THE USE OF EXPANSION JOINTS OR SLIP JOINTS, THE FORCES
ACTING UPON AN ANCHOR MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER OF TH E JOINT ASSEMBLY .
IF THE EXPANSION STRESS IS RELIEVED BY THE USE OF SWIVEL JOINTS, THE STRE SSES SHOULD BE
QUITE LOW AS THE FORCE CREATED WOULD OHL Y BE THAT REQUIRED TO PRQDUCE THE TORQUE TO
TURN THE PIPE WITHIN A COUPLING. THIS LATTER TYPE OF EXPANSION ReliEF IS COMMONLY USED
FOR RUNOUTS TO CONVECTORS, FAN COIL UNITS, AND SIMILAR HEATING UNITS AND FOR ATTACHMENT
9f RISER TO MAIN SUPPLY AND RETURN LOOPS. WHERE T/iE EXPANSION FORCES ARE REDUCED BY
MEANS MAKING USE OF THE INHERENT FLEXIBILITY OF THE PIPE, THE FORCES ACTING UPON THE
I ANCHORS MUST BE COMPUfED WITH THE USE OF CHARTS AND TAILES OM PAGES 132 TO 160 OF .... I .. INC;
HANDlooK" IY SABIN CROCKER, M.E., OR FROM SOME OTHER SOURCE OF SIMIUR INFO ItMAT10M.
3. TY.. ICAL EXAMPLES - SOOFTEM FORMULAS AND ,THEORY REMAIN SOMEWHAT VAGUE UNTIL A NUMERI
. CAL EXAMPLE IS .. RESENTED TOSHOW IN A .. RACTICAl WAY EXACTLY WHAT THE FORMUU AND THEORY
MEAN. FOR THIS REASON, THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ARE PRESENTED TO GIVE A lETTER A ..... ECIA.
TION OF THE FORCES INVOLVED IN THE EXPAICSION OF PIPE AND THE FO.CES ACTING UPON PI .. E ANCHO.S.
4. EXAMPLE 1 - AN I-INCH SOtEDULE 40 STEEL PI"E INSTALLED AT 60 DEGREES F IS RAISED TO A TEM .. ERA.
TURE OF 200 DEGREES F IN A HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM. THf1'IPE IS STRAIQIT AND RESTRAItIED AT
' O-FOOT INTERVALS AGAINST DEFLECTION BETWEEN ANCHORS WHICH ARE 220 FEET APART. WHAT IS THE
FORCE ACTING AGAINST THE ANCHORS? WILL THE PIPE SUPPORT TIl E FORCE ACTING AS A COLUMN
BETWEEN ANCHORS? THE FORCE ACTING AGAINST THE ANCHORS IS "IVEN IY THE FORMULA
F = CE ('2 - 'I' A
SUISTITUnNG THE GIVEN CONDITIONS, WE ARRIVE AT THE FOLLOWING:
F = (.0000065) (30,000,000) (200.0)(8.40)
F = 229,000 LIS. ACTING AGAINST ANCHORS.
ACTING AS A COLUMN SUPPORTED AT 10 FOOT INTERVALS, THE .. ,NCH PIPE WOULD SUPPORT A LOAD
AS DETERMIMED IY STRUCTU RAL ANALYSIS AS FOLLOWS:
'Ur = 10>< 12 s 41
. 2.94
ALLOWABL E STRESS = 16,190 PSI
ALLOWABLE STRESS = 16,190 x AREA = 16,190 x (8.40) = 136,000 LIS.
THIS INDICATES THE TERRIFIC FORCES SET UP IY THE EXPANSION OF PIPING. IN THI; :lAMPL!, THE
STRESSES IN THE PIPE DUE TO EXPANSION EXCEED THOSEoI'ERMlTTED IY THE RECOGMllED SPECIFICA
TlONS OF STEel CONSTRUCTION BY A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT. IT WOULD AlSO IE VEIY IMPRACTICAL
TO DESIGH THE ANCHOR AND SUPPORTING MEMIERS TO RESIST THESE HIGH FORCES. IT IS TO IE NOTED
THAT THE LENGTH OF PIPE IETWEEN AMeHORS HAS NO EFFECT ON THE STRESSES. THE FO.CE IN THE
ABOVE EXAMPLE WOULD BE THE SAME IRREGARDLESS OF THE LENGTH OF PIPE IETWEEN ANCHO.S. IT
IS OBVIOUS, THEREFORE, THAT WE MUST RESORT TO ONE OF THE FOU. METHODS P.EVIOUSLY .EFERRED
TO FOR THE REDUCTION OF THESE FO.CES BETWE EN AMeHOR pOlHn. TO ILLUSTRATE THE AMOUNT OF
THIS REDUCTIOH, A SECOND EXAMPLE IS INCLUDED.
5. EXAMPLE 2 - AN EXPANSION U BEND WITH A MEAN RADIUS OF 64INCHES IS PROVIDED IN THE "'"eN .. ,PE
MIDWAY BETWEEN ANCHORS OF EXAMPLE 1. WHAT WILL THE FORCES BE AT THE ANCHOR .. OINTS? THE
SOLUTION TO THIS EXAMPLE REQUIRES THE USE OF TABLES IN "PIPING HANDlooK" REFERRED TO HERE
INIEFORE OR 'OTHER BOOKS WITH SIMILAR INFORMATION. THE SOLUTION, USING THESE TABLES, WOULD
INDICATE A FORCE OF ONLY 1900 .. OUNDS AGAINST EACH ANCHOR, LESS THAM "OF THE FORCE PRESENT
WITHOUT THE USE OF THE EXPANSION LOOP. .
PAGE NO. 190
I
'. A"""'" 'It C ....... TRANS-A-PlATE*
PIPE
WELDED

SECTION B-B
ROOF DECK--=:.",
ROOF DECK
INSULATION IF SPECIFIE
ANCHOR WITH JOISTS PERPENDICULAR TO PIPE RUN'
IIlII&.:ANCHOR SHOULD BE LOCATED NEAll BRIDGIIIG IF POSSIBLE.
WELD ALL CONNECTIONS.
DETAILS OF THE
EXTRA HEAVY RISER CLAMP
5/1-,. BOLTS

WALL
f..I..A1L
ANCHOR TO VERTICAL WALL
VAPOR BAFIRIE:R--<., ...
COLD WATER PIPING DETAIL

STRUTS TO POINTS 1.- CLEAR OF PIPE . INSULATION.
PIP E ANCHORS
NO SCALE
PIPE
ANCHOR TO CONCRETE SLAB
BEAM
ANCHOR TO CONCRETE BEAM
GENERAL NOTES
1.- THE DETAILS SHOWN ON TIllS SHEET AIlE III'ftDENTATIVE ONLY OF
SCHEMES TO BE USED FOR olNCHOlltllG PIPES TO IoIIRIOUS TYPES OF
A
STRUCTURALLY SOUND METHOD OF ANCHORING PIPE. THE ANCHORS
WILL VARY .'TH SIZE OF PIPE. LENITH OF _ . AND TEMPERATURES
ENCOUNTERED.
Z.- THE STRUCTURAL MEMBEIIS TO _CH THE ANCHORS AIlE ATTACHE!)
SHOULD BE CHECKED BY, THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO INSURE THE
STRUCTURAL ADEOUACY OF THE SUPfIORTIIIG ME_lIS.
3,- ACTUAL STRESSfS ON ANCHORS CAN 1 DEM'NE, BY METHODS
nJ A=R''l>TEO
SIGN
=D A
SHOWN IN THE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET.
PLAT E NO.9 3 PAGE NO. 1$1
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE PIPE SUPPORTS
I. GENERAL - ADEQUATE SUPPORT AND CONTROLLED MOVEMENT OF THE PIPING SYSTEM IS IMpERA
TlvE IF SAf lSFACTOlY OpERATIOM OF THE nnE", IS TO BE ACHIEVED. HANGERS SHOULD BE DE
SIGNED TO PERMIT FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT OF THE PIPING SYSTEM WITHIN THE RANGE OF DESIR
ABILITY SET UP BY THE PIPE ANCHORS AMI) EXPAMSIOH PROVISIONS SUCH AS EXPANSION LOOPS,
EXPANSION BENDS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. GENERALLY, PIPE HANGERS SUPPORT PIPES FROM
AIOVE AND PIPE SUpPOITS SUPPORT PIPES FROM BELOW. WHERE PIPE IS CONNECTED TO HEA TlNG,
VENTILATING, OR EQUIPMENT, IT SHOULD BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED WITH
NO WEIGHT SUpl'OITED BY THE EQUIPMENT IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE EQUIPMENT MAY BE
IEMOVED FOI SEIVICE .. THOUT TEMPORAlty SUPPORT OF THE PIPE.
2. MATERIALS FOR PIPE HAMGERS -MATERIAL FOR PIPE SUPPORTS IS GENERALLY STEEL WITH
MALLEABLE IlION 'IE AM CLAMPS, ETC. COPPER PUTED STEEL HANGERS FOR NOMFERROUS
PIPlMG AlE AVAIUILE AS A STANDARD CATALOGED ITEM FROM MOST MANUFACTURERS.
3. DEFLECTICIM - DEFLECTION IETWEEN SUPPORTS IS ONLY IMPORT ANT ON PIPIMG THAT MUST BE
ACCURATELY GRADED AND PIPES THAT CANNOT HAVE A LOW POINT BETWEEN SUPPORTS.
PIPING SUPI'GlTED A T BY THE TABlE ON PAGE 193 Will FALL WITHIN
AUOIAILE LIMITS 01' DlFLECTIOM-. '
4. SLOPE - T. IEQUIRD SLOPE 01' THE PIPING SHOULD BE ACCURATELY SHOWN ON THE PROJECT
D .... NGS A.., THE HANGERS SET WITH SUFFICIEMT ADJUSTMENT TO OBTAIN THE REQUIRED SLOPE.
5. SJRESS .." TIE-PlpES SHOULD" SUPPORTED AS .SHOWN BY THE TABLE TO STAY WlTHIM THE ALLOW.
Ali;I MOV_EMT STIESS.
6: S"'ING HANGEIS - WHEREVEI A plltE IS SUBJECT TO COHSIDERABLE MOVEMENT IN A PLANE' pARAL.
LEL TOTHE PIn SUpPOlT, A SPRING HANGER SHOULD IE USED. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS CF
SpIING HANGEIS FOR SPECIFIC SELECTICIM AS REQUIREMENTS WILL VARY GlEATLY WITH EACH
PIPING LAYOUT.
7. ATTACHMENT 10 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS - THERE ARE MANY TYPES OF ATTACHMENTS TO STRUC
TUIAL ME.. EIS. THE DETAIL SHOWN ON PAGE 192 SHOWS SOME OF THE IECOMMENDED TYPES.
IEFERTO MANUFACTURERS CATALOGS FOR OTHER TYPES AVAIUlLE.
VERTICAL RISER SUPPORT - THE VERTICAL RISER SUPPORT OFFERS ONE OF THE MOST DIFFICUL T
'MilL EMS IN ADEQUATE SUppOIT WHEN THIS RISER IS LONG AND SUIJECT 10 TEMPERATURE
VARIATIONS. AS THE PIPE CHANGES FIOM COLD TO HOT, THE LOAD ON THE UPPER HAMGERS OF
SUPPORTS DECREASES UMTlL ALL OF TH E LOAD IS SUPPORTED BY THE LOWEST SUPPORT. THE
MOST L,!JGICAL SOLUTIOM TO MOST pIOlLEMS OF THIS NATURE IN PIPE, TEMPERA TUIES ENCOIIN
TERED IN HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS IS TO ANCHOR THE PIPE
AT THE CENTER OF THE RISE AMI) PROVIDE EXPANSION FACILITIES AT BOTH EXTREMITIES.
WHERE THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM IS MORE CRITICAl , IT Will BECOME NECESSARY TO PRO-
VIDE SPRING HANGERS AT EACH flOOR.
9. SWAY BRACING - SWAY BRACING IS DESIRABLE IN LONG HORIZONTAl RUNS AND ESPECiAlLY IN
PIPE LINES SUBJECT TO INTERMITTENT TEMPERATURE CHANGES OR SHOCK TO KEEP THE LINE
FROM JUMPING LATERALLY.
10. SUPPORTING INSULATED PIPES - PIPE SUpPORTSF OR INSULATED PIPES WITH VAPOR BARRIER
INSULATIQN SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH SHEET STEEL SADDLES TO KEEP THE PIPE HANGERS
FROM CUTTING IN AMI) DAMAGING THE IM&ULATIOM AND VAPOR BARRIER.
11. CHART OF WEIGHTS (STANDARD 'EIGHT BARE STEEL PIPE)
PIPE SIZE
- --
\
1.1 / 4
11/2
2
2112
3
4
- 5----
6

10
12
14
16
WEIGHT OF EMPTY PIPE
1..68 US/ FT.
2.27
2.72
3.65
- - rn-'
7.51
10.80
.. -
19.00
21.SS
40.50
4""
62.60
WEIGHT OF PIPE AND WATER
2.05 US/ FT.
2.92
3.60
5.11
1.1'1
lG.7.
16.31
23.26
31.50
51.24
74.60
91.60
114.30
141.70
12. HAMGER ROD SIZES - THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STANDARD ROD SIZES SHOULD BE FOR
IMD!VIIUAL PIPE HAMGERS:
PIPE SIZ!
(A) 3/4 IMCH THIU 2IMCH - 3/11MCH DIAMETER 100
(B) 21/2 INCH TH .. 3 IICH 112 INCH DIAMETER ROO
(C) 4-INCH THID 5-IMCH = 5/1 INCH DIAMETER 100
(D) 6-INCH = 3/4 INCH DIAMETER 100
IE) "'MCH THill 12IMCH = 7/1 INCH DIAMETER ROO
PAGE NO. 192
Avo;/ob/. In TRANS-A PlATE"
STEEL BEAM
!mIUCTURAL STEEL
BEAM- SEE ""OJECT
PLANS FOR SIZE
HEAVY
DUTY
BEAM
CLAMP
EYE SOCKET
CONCRETE INSERT
. ', . '. " . : .... !' ,. ' .
:. , 6 "
.' .
..
. .
...
HANGER ROO
CONCRETE SLAB
IlEE PROJECT PL... NS
INSERT NUT
H ... NGER ROO----.j
STEEL JOISTS
ONE ANGLE EACH SIDE WEB MEMBERS
REST ON TOP OF BOTTOM CHORD OF O.W.S.J.
BETWEEN P ...NEL POINTS. SIZE FOR LOAD.

METHODS OF AHACHMENT TO VARIOUS TYPES OF STRUCTURES - USE
PI
ROO
H ... NGER
r---L(lGKIN6 NUT
HEAVY
CLEVIS HAllGEIR... wI /
SUPPORT NUT
V"'POR BARRIER
INSULoi\TIDN ---+t--
- INSIUUIllll N WHERE SPECIFIED
AGAINST PIPE
HANGERS.
H ...NGER ROO
--'lUP'POI<T NUT
NO
LOCKING
16 RAGE ZINC C()j(TD
SHEET STEEL SADOLE AT
LEAST 12" LONG.
CLEVIS HANGER
SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS
NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION
CLEVIS HANGER
SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS TRAPEZE HANGER
WITH VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION ALL MULTIPLE HORI ZONTAL RUNS
WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION
HANGER ROD SCHEDULE
PIPE HANGERS- USE APPLICABLE TYPE
PIPE SIZE ROO SIZE PIPE SIZE ROO SIZE
UP TO 2" 3/8" 01"' . 4" DIA. DETAILS OF THE PIPE SUPPORTS
Z IIz"THRUt" liZ" 01... . S" THRU 12" 711" DIA.
NO SCALE
(NOT V"'POR B ...RRIER)
- H"'NGER ROO
- LOCICING NUT
----------1f--SIJPI'ORT NUT
6" CHANNEL
NOTE: THE SPACING SHOWN IN SCHEDULE IS MAXIMUM SPACING
PIPE WILL _ ... THt: HANKR AND SlItUCTI.RAI.
ELEMIITS OF THE BUILDING SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR
LOAD SUPPQIRT. SPACING MAY HAVE TO BE "EDUCED TO
LlGHTEli LOAD ON CERTAIN H ...NGER SUPPORTS
HANGER ROD SPACING
I" I ill lid Z" Z 112 3" ." 5" Id' If"
, 10 II 12 14 I. 17 " ZZ Z3
FT. " .1 n .
PLATE NO. PAGE NO. 113
"
DESIGNING THE EXPANSION DESIGNING THE EXPANSION
LOOP BEND
-
I. DETERMINE UNIT EXPANSION.
I. DETERMINE UNIT EXPANSION.
2. MULTIPLY UNIT EXPANSION IY FOOTAGE TO DETERMINE TOTAL EXPANSION IETWEEN ANCHOR POINTS.
3. ENTER TAILE FOR TOTAL FOOTAGE IN LOOP (2H , wI.
2 MULTIPLY UNIT EXPANSION IY FOOTAGE TO DETERItIINE TOTAL EXPANSION IN LONGEST LEG.
TAiLE FOR LOOPS
TAILE FOR 90" lENDS
._----
I" ' HOT 2" HOT 3" NOT 4" HOT 5" NOT 6" NOT
PIPE EXPANSION OF LONGEST LEG
PIPE
SPRUNG SPRilMG SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG
SIZE
SIZE
I" 1-1/ 2" 2" . 2112" . 3" 3 112" 4" .112" 5"
1/1f?" COL'D 1# 3" COLD 4-112" COLD 6" COLD 7 112" COLD 9" COLD
2" 8 II 13 IS 16 17 II 19 20
SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG SPRUNG
2-1.' 2" _ _ L _ 12 14 16 17 II 19 21 22
~ - ,
2" 10 FEET lSFEET 19 FEET 23 FEET 26 FEET 29 FEET 3"
-,-_.
10 13 15 17 II 19 20 22 23
2112" 10 FEET 15 FEET 19 FEET 23 FEET 26 FEET 29 FEET
4" II 14 16 18 19 22 22 24 25
3" 12 FEET II FEET 22 FEET 27 FEET 30 FEET 34 FEET 5" 12 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 21
4" 13 FEET 20 FEET 26 FEET 31 FEET 35 FEET 39 FEET 6" 13 16 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
5" 14 FEET 22 FEET 29 FEE-T 35 FEET 40 FEET 44 FEET 8" 18 20 22 25 27 29 31 33 35
6" 15 FEET A 24 FEET 32 FEET 39 FEET 44 FEET 50 FEET 10" 20 23 26 2a 30 33 35 31 40
,r ') 16 FEET 4. if 27 FEET 35 FEET 43 FEET 50 FEET 57 FEET 12" 20 26 29 32 34 37 49 43 4S
fO" 17 FEET 21 FEET 38 FEET 46 FEET 55 FEET 62 FE ET
MINIMUM FEET REQUIRED
12" II FEET 30 FEET 40 FEET 50 FEET 60 FEET 69 FEET
4. EXPANSION LOOP IllAY IE COLD SPRUNG ~ OF TOTAL EXPANSION, BUT ONLY ' , CREDIT MAY BE TAKEN_ 3, FINO MINIMUM FEET REQUIRED FOR TIIS A.oUNT OF EXPANSION FROM CHART. T H ~ S REPRESENTS
THE MINIMUM FOOTAGE TO EXPANSION TYPE PIPE SU.... ORTS REQUIRED EACH SIDE OF ELBOW.
5. CHART BASED ON ASTM AS3 GRADE " A" SEAMLESS STEEL PIPE.
6. WHERE THERE ARE DIMENSIONAl LIMITATIONS IN EITHER DIRECTION, ASSUME THE ONE AND SOLVE FOR 4. CHART BASED ON ASTM AS3 GRADE " A" SEAMLESS STEEL PIPE.
THE OTHER. (TOTAL ~ W , 2H).
,
7. WHERE THERE ARE NO DIMENSIONAl LIMITATIONS IN EITHER DIRECTION, DESIGN THE LOOP FOR W HI2.
UNIT THERIllAL EXPANSION OF STEEL PIPE INCHES PER 100 FEET (ASSUMING 40F INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE
140F 150 F 160 F l70 F ISO"F 190 F 200 F 210 F 220F 230 F 240F 250F 260F 270 F
0.71" 0.16" 0.94" 1.02" 1.10" I.IS" 1.26" 1.34" 1.42" 1.50" I.5S" 1.67" 1.75" l.a3"
210 F 290F 300 F 310F 320 F 330 F 3.40F 350F 360F 370 F 310F 390 F 400 F 410 F
1.92" 2.00" 2.01" 2,"" 2.26" 2.35" 2.43" 2.52" 2.60" 2.69" 2.71" 2.16" 2.95" 3:b:1"
'-
' .. , , .... :
i -' ..
,.
PAGE NO. 194
,
A.a;'o"" 'n TIlANS APlATE
lX_liON LOOP
COLOS __
r COLD - HERE
SEE DETAIL -7 SEE DETAIL / GUIDE (STANOMO
ANCHOII
POINT.--X
..,-"NCHOR POINT
H PE PIPE SUPPORT I
ANCHOR POINT",
I. l
1
-
fUT
TOTAL LENnH "L"
"w"
PIPtNfl I.A):':O!.!I
..
..
"-
IOLT COLD SPRING NOTES
I
ANGLE IlION1. j
ANGLE IlION
I TOTAL COLD _G ONENSION SHALL BE 112 OF TOTAL
E_

'-----,ttr it AU. PIPE ; LEAVING SAlCE AT COLD _ Ul-
>
V L COLD _ 1'tO 112 OF TOTAL COLD II DMINT ClUl DE (IT_ TTPE "PE SUPPDIIT)-
PIPE _ INC; AT EACH LO a TACK ANGLES WITH HOLES TO EACH END OF PIPE. PUT BOLT
CATION
N PUCE /JHO DRAW PIPE ENOS TOGETHER.
COLD SPRING DETAIL 4 TACK WELD PIPE JOINT. PIPING LAYOUT
S KNOCK OFf ANGLES AND COMPLETE WELD.
LOllI "-' WELD IL 7
AllCHDII POINT
LONG RADIUS WELD EL I
LONG RADIUS WELD El

-tr--
. .. .: ,--
SEE PIIOJECT
l
w
FOR CONTINUATION
:x
::z
LONG RADIUS WELD EL \ r LONG RADIUS WELD [L
r-r-
,{l-.
-"'--
_-J .
PROJECT PLANS
"w"
rt so: PIIOJICT 'LAllI I'DII COImIIU_ SEE PROJECT PLANS
FOR CONTINUATION FOR C- ONTINUATION
DETAILS OF THE EXPANSION LOOP DETAILS OF THE EXPANSION BEND
NO SCALE NO
SCHEDULE OF EXPAtl:;IQN LOOP DIMENSIONS SCHEDULE OF EXPANSION BEND DIMENSIONS
"L" 'IO"laL EXI'tl_ "W" "If" AIIIOUNT OF c:>' _o I X"AIIIION LENGTH OF LOlle 'IT LEe LENGTH OF LEe 11111111l1li PElT

-
PElT III
LOOP lID. PElT IICIID PEET PElT _118 INCHE:S IIEMAIIKI .IID lID. "w" (FEET) "II" (PEET) L_IT LEI IliallttST LEI
HEATING , VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
I
PLATE NO.
I
PAGE NO.
DESIGNING THE UR_ETHANE ENVELOPE FOR UNDERFLOOR PIPING
I . THE UNDERFLOOR I'II'E EM\'ELOPE IS PRIMARILY USEI
;: En SUI OM GRADE. WITH THE USE OF THE UMI'ERFLooR
I'IPE EMVELOI'E IT IS POSSIILE TO RUN THE I'IPES AROUND UNDER THE FLOOR ANI) COME UP WITH
RUNOUTS INTO THE TERMINAL UNITS, THUS AVOIDING UMSIGHTL Y EXPOSED PIPING OR COSTL Y
FURRIMG FROM THE OVERHEAD. WHERE PROPERLY INSTALLED THE UNDER FLOOR ENVELOPE IS
QUITE SATISFACTORY FOR CHILLED WATER PIPING OOWN TO.' F.
2. DETERIORATIOM OF UNDER FLOOR PIPIMG - THE UNDER FLOOR PIPING MUST IE PROTECTED
AGAINST ACCELERATED CORROSIOM FROM GROUND OR INTERNAL WATER AND MUST IE INSULATED
TO !'REVENT LOSSES THRU THE FLOOR AND THE SURROUNDING EARTH. EXPERIENCE HAS"PROVEN
THAT UNLESS EXTREME CARE IS TAlEN IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THIS UNDERFLOOR PIPIMG EMVE
LOI'E RAI'ID ACCELERATED CORROSIOM WILL TAKE PUCE WHEREVER IT IS WET AMD AL TERMA TEL Y
DRY; 'AILURES OF THIS TYPE OF EMVELOPE HAVE OCCURRED 1M LESS THAN THREE YEARS OF
BURIAL WltEM NOT PROPERLY IMSTALLED. IT IS IMPORTAMT THAT WATER BE FROM THE
OUTSIDE OF THE ENVELOPE AMD THAT PRECAUTIOMS BE TAKEN THAT THERE WILL Bt' 140 LEAKAGE
FROM THE INSIDE OF THE ENVELOPE, AND IF LEAKAGE OOES OCCUR, MATERIALS MUST BE USED TO
STOP ITS MIGRATIOM ALONG THE LEMGTH OF THE PiPE. WHERE PROPER CARE IS TAKEM, THE UNDER
FLOOR ENVELOPE CAM BE A VERY USEFUL TOOL IN PIPING DISTRIBUTIOM SYSTEMS FOR TERMIMAL
lIMITS WITHIN THE BUILDING.
3. TYPE OF I'IPE TO IE USED IN UNDER FLOOR ENVELOPE - STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE
WITH ALL WELDED FITTINGS SHOULD IE USED IN THE UNDERFLOOR PIPE ENVELOPE. WELOOLETS
OR WEL TEES SHOULD IE USED FOR ALL RUNOUTS; NO CUTINS SHOULD IE ALLOWED 1M THIS PIPING
SINCE THEY ARE A POTENTIAL SOURCE OF LEAKAGE. 140 THREADED COMNfCTlONS SHOULD BE
ALLOWED.
4. TESTING - AFTER THE COMPLETE IMSTALLATION OF THE PIPE, OR BY SECTIONS, THE PIPE SHOULD
IE TESTED TO 150 PSIG AND LEFT ON FOR U HOURS UNTIL PROVEN TIGHT. IF THERE ARE ANY
LEAKS, THESE LEAKS SHOULD IE REPAIRED AND THE SYSTEM RETESTED. THE IMPORTAMCE OF
PROVIDING A TIGHT SYSTEM, WHERE IT IS TO IE PLACED UNDER THE FLOOR, CANNOT BE OVER
EMPHASIZED, SINCE ANY FAILURES IN THIS PIPE WILL NECESSITATE REMOVAL OF ALL CONCRETE
FLOORS OVER THE PIPE ENVELOPE.
S. !'ROVISIONS FOR EXPANSION - THE ENTIRE UNDERFLOOR PIPING SYSTEM SHOULD IE STUDIED AND
PIPING LOOPS AND EXPANSION LOOPS SHOULD BE INSTALLED AS REOUIRED TO ADEOUATEL Y PRO
VIDE FOR THE EXPANSION THAT WILL TAKE PLACE wHEN THE PIPES AilE HEATED.
6. ANCHORS - AMCHOR POIMTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED BETWEEN EXPANSION LOOPS TO STABILIZE THE
PIPE DURING PERIODS OF EXPANSIOM. THESE ANCHORS SHOULD BE COMSTRUCTED OF COMCRETE
ILOCKS SET IN THE GROUND BELOW THE ENVELOPE AND THE PIPE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE
ANCHORS. SPACE SHOULD IE LEFT IETWEEN THE PIPES IN THE CONCRETE TO ALLOW THE INSTAL
UTION OF THE URETHANE FOAM.
7. BACKFILL - SPECIAL CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN 1M THE BACKFILL OF THE PIPE TRENCH TO INSURE
THAT THERE WILL BE NO SETTLEMEMT IN THE PIPE SUPPORTS AFTER THE INSTALLA TlOM HAS BEEN
FOAMED 1M PUCE.
8. BLOCKIMG AND FORMING - THE PIPES SHOULD BE ILOCKED UP IN PREI'ARATIOM FOR FOAMIMG WITH
ILOCKS OF PRECAST URETHAME AMD CARE SHOULD IE TAKEN TO ESTAILISH THE PROPER GRADE.
THE OUTLINE OF THE TREMCH SHOULD IE MADE WITH TEMPORARY WOOO FORMING TO FACILITATE
THE PLACEMEMT OF THE URETHANE.
INSPECTION - WHEM THE SYSTEM HAS IEEN INSTALLED AND THE PIPE HAS IEEN ILOCKED AND
FORMEO;TifE EMTIRE SYSTEM SHOULD IE INSPECTED TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SYSTEM IS
READY FOR FOAMIMG.
10. __ - WHEM THE ENTIRE IMSTALLATIOM HAS IEEN PREPARED AND INSPECTED,
THE PIPES SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY (lEAMED AND FLUSHED OUT FROM THE IMSIDE. ANY DIRT OR
GRAVEL SHOULD BE FLUSHED CLEAN AT THIS POIMT. ALL RUMOUTS SHOULD BE SCRAPED CLEAM
OF DIRT, ALLOWIMG THE URETHAME TO BOMD .THE PIPE.
11. PLACEMENT - WHEMTHE FORMS ARE PREPARED AND THE PIPE HAS BEEN INSPECTED, THERE
SHoufoaE A 15 MIL POL YETHYLEME FILM UID IN THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH AND DRAPED
OVER TH E SIDES OF THE FORM. THE URETHANE IS PLACED IV USING A 10ARD ON TOP OF
THE PIPES WITH SMALL HOLES IN IT. THE NOZZLE OF THE URETHANE PLACING '""'CHINE IS EX
TENDED INTO THIS HOLE AMD THE URETHANE PLACED IN THE FORMED BOX. AS THE URETHANE
EXPANDS, THE BOARD RISES AND THE MEN STAMD OM TtiE BOARD TO COMTAIN THE RISE OF THE
URETHANE . IT SHOULD BE BROUGHT UP TO THE LEVEL OF THE IOTTOM OF THE CONCRETE SLAB.
12. POLYETHYLEME FILM - THE POLYETHYLENE FILM THAT HAS IEEN I'UCED IN THE FORMING BOX
AMDDifAPED OVER THE SIDES OF THE FORM IS OF A 15-MIL THICKNESS ANO SHOULD IE BROUGHT lACK
OVER THE TOP OF THE EMVELOPE AFTER THE FOAMIMG HAS TAKEN PUCE AND SECURED IN PUCE
WITH A POLYETHYLENE MASTIC AND TAPED OOWN.
13. DISSIMILAII METALS - HO DISSIMILAR METALS SHOULD BE ALLOWED WITHIN THE EMVELOPE. THIS
MEAMS THAT 140 COPPER RUMOUrs WILL IE ALLOWED FROM THE ENVELOPE. IF COPPER IS TO IE
USED, THE TRAMSITION MUST TAKE PLACE ABOVE THE FLOOR.
U. ELECTRICAL COMDUITS - NO ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHOULD IE ALLOWED WlTHIM THE CONFINES OF
THE UNDERFLOOR EMVELOPE.
15. PLUMIIMG PIPES - NO PLUMBING PIPES SHOULD BE ALLOWED WITHIN THE CONFINES OF THE UMDER
FLOOR EMVELOPE .
16. RUNOUTS - THE RUNOUTS SHOULD IE MADE AS SHOWM BY THE DETAIL OM THE PUTE IELOw AND
URETHANE SHOULD BE EXTENDED TO THE POINT WHERE THE RUNOUTS RISE OUT OF THE SUI AND
MOT LESS THAN 2" OF THICKNESS SHOULD IE ALLOWEI) FROM THE EDGE OF THE RUNOUTS TO THE
EDGE OF THE URETHANE. P AGE NO. I 96
A.oi/ab/. In CIII'llOI.liII4I' TRANSAPlATE
SECTION AT WALL
EXPANSION
FOUNOATION SEE
ARCHITECTURAL

PLAN
Q.D.
..
"
..
. . . I . .
I . I" I'
AFTER ENVELOPE HAS BEEN FORMEO
IN PLACE BRI NG FILM BACK OVER IT.
SEL F AND SEAL WATERTIGHT WITH MASTIC.
WITH MASTIC
i
POS' T'ON OF F ILM
DURING FOAMING
OPERATION
- .. - - - - - -- -
1/
WOQD FORM NQT
REO'D WHERE
AGAINST WALL
(
-41---- URETHANE
ENYELOPE I

. ,. ' . . : 1 .
..... .
100.00 FORM SECURE IN
DURING FOAMING
QPERATION WITH STAKES.
REMOYE ALL WOOD AFTER
ENYELoPE IS COMPLETE
SEE
UIIETHANE ENVELOPE
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
THIS SHEET.
. . " , 4" "
-.' .. '
UNDERFt ')OR PIPES- SE E PROJECT
PLANS r ,)R NUMBER ANO SIZE
SECTION SHOWING DIMENSIONS
PRECAST URETHANE PI PE
BLOCKS AT I ' Q.C.
" MIL POLYETHYLENE FILloi
CONTINUES ALL AROUND.
SECTION SHOWING BLOCKING AND FORMING
RUNQUT--
INSULATION
FLOOR SLAB
CQNCRETE FLOOR .,-:-. .., . 7.
,.' 4-
URETHANE
ENVELQPE
IN ENYELOPE
" .'
.: \
:.;
CONTWUE PIPE
10 BOTTOM OF SLAB ,,' .... -+'--...
CQNTlNU! UItETHANE 0 1

...., URETHANE
TYPICAL RUNOUT DETAIL
RUNOUT
-WEL D rEE QR
WELOQLET
UNDERFLQOR MAIN
URETHANE SPECIFICATIONS
HOT WATER . CHILL. EO WATER. OR A COMBINATION OF HOT ANO CHill ED 'MATER PIPES BURI EC UNDER
GROUND SHALL 8E INSUL ATED WITH 'T HE .;RETHANE SYSTE M OR APPROVE D EQUAL. THE
CLOS ED CELL RIGID URETHANE FOAM SHAll BE BLENDED ON THE Joe SITE AND HELI CAL FROTH
MOLDED MONQU'THICALLY AROUND THE PIPES AFTER THEY ARE IN PLACE. THE URETHANE PLASllC
SHALL BE FROTHED IN A TEMPQRAR Y FQRM WIT H LID so. AS TO CQMPLETELY CQNFINE THE FQAM

THE OUTER CASING SHALL THEN BE SEALED WITH APPROVED POL'f lTHYL ENE MASTIC ANO 9 MIL
POLYETl-I YLENE TAPE. TECHNICAL DATA AS REOUIRED AND SAMPLES SHOULD HE SUBMITTED WITH
'M)RKING DRAWINGS BEFORE STARTING THE INSTALLATI ON. THE SPRAY APPUCAllON OF URETHANE
FOAM I S tLQI ACCEPTABLE FOR THtS TYPE OF INSTALL ATION.
THE RIGID URETHANE SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTI ES:
.
. JE DENSITY. L BS PER CU FT
, . MMABILITY ASTM - 0 -16 92
_LOSE. t ELL CONTENT
WATF.R YApor-R TRANSMISSION
OSTM f96 35T PRQCEDURE B
WATER ABSORPTION
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
THERMAL CONOUCTIVITY(K FACTOR)
/ - 1/2 -2
NON - BURNING
95%
I PERM
2"'.
30 PSI"!
0.11
INSTALLATION NOTES
ALL PI PES BELDW FLOOR SHALL 8E STANOARD WEIGHT BLACK
STEEL PIPE AND SHALL HAYE ALL WELDED JOINTS.
2. ALL PIPE BELOW FLOOR SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY TESTED 10
150 PSIG AND PROYED TIGHT BEFORE ANy URETHANE IS PLACED.
RUNOUTS SHALL BE MADE WITH WELDQLET FI TTINGS OR
REDUCI NG WEU) IEF.S . NO CUT-INS WilL BE ALLOWED.
00 NOT USE THIS DETAIL FOR PlPE.S Ct..RRYI NG FLUID Ov eR 2 12 - F.
5. EXCAVATE, BLOCK AND FORM PIPES AS SHOWN BY THE DETAI LS
QF THI S SHEET.
6 . NO. DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE USED ANYWHERE I H THE
ENYELOPE.
FLUSH PIPES CLEAN AFTER TESTING AND ANY URETHANE
IS PLACED.
It ANCHOR PIPES AND PROVIDE EXPANSION LOOPS AS REOUIRED TO.
KEEP EXPANSION AT AN Y RUNQUT TO NOT MORE THAN 112 INCH.
a ALL OIRT FILL BELOW ENVELQPE SHALL BE TIOIOUGHLY TAMPED
BEFQRE STARTING WORK QN ENVElQPE
to NO URETHANE SHALL 8 PLACED IF THERE IS WATER IN THE
FOAMING AREA.
I I 00 NOT ALLOW ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OR PLUMBING PIPES WITHIN
URETHANE ENVELOPE AREA .
DETA!lS OF THE INS TAL l A T ION OF THE _U::...;N...;..D::...:;:E...;..R;....F_l;::.O.::...O",-R_-,-P...;..1,-P.;;..E_E,,-N...;..V __ El_O_P_E
SCALE
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P L ATE NO. 96 P AGE t('O. 1'7
DESIGN OF CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING
HOT OR CHILLED WATER
1. LAYf.T 1'11'11410. LAY OUT 1'11'11410 TO COHMECT TO AlL ROOM TERMIMAL UMITS AMD CEMTRAl
REVERSE RETURH SYSTEM SHOULD BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBlE.
2. gTEmME THE FLU RATE-S: DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES 1M ALL SECTIOMS OF THE SYSTEM.
Is AM BE DOME LY AFTER ALL FLOW RATES TO AlL UMITS HAVE IEEM SELECTED. DETER
MIME FLOW RATES IF UMKMOWH BY THE FDLLOWIMC FORMULA: ITUIHR s CPM 60 8.33 I . 1'1 T.
1 STUDY THE PIPE aRCUITIMC ARRAI!CEMEMT. STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITIMC THAT HAS BEEM MADE
TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP WITHIM UCH CIRCUIT AMD UCK TO THE PUMP CAM IE MADE AP
PROXIMATELY THE SAME. RURRAMCE IF MECESSARY. TRY TO THE NEED FOR UUMC
11410 VAlVES.
4. SIZE THE PIPE USiMC THE CHART StIOWN BELOW. THE CHART IS USED OH A MAXI
M R SSUR DROP OF 4 ,FEET PER lao I. MILIMCHES) AMD A MAXIMUM VelOCITY OF 10 FEET
PER SECOND. FOR OTHER COHDlTIONS, USE THE CRAPH BELOW.
5. THE FRICTION LOSS 1M THE PIPIMC. MUSURE THE LEMCTH OF THE CIRCUIT TO THE
Ir FAVORED UMIT UCK AMD MULTIPLY BY 1.3 TO AlLOW FOR THE FITTIMCS TO OBTAIM
THE TOTAl EQUIVALENT LENCTH. IF THERE IS AM UMUSUAL AMOUMT OF FITnMCS, COMPUTE THE
EQUIVALEMT LENCTH OF AlL FITTIMeS. MULTIPLY THE TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LEMCTH TIMES THE
AVE\E PRESSURE DROP OF 2.4 FEET PER 100 FEET (IF USIMC THE CHARn.
CAlWLATE THE TOTAL HUD ON THE CIRCULATINC WATER PUIof' . TOTAL THE DlFFERENTELE
MEIiT THAT MAKE UP THE TOTAl HUD AS FOLLOWS:
. FRICTIOM LOSS IN THE PlpIMC.
FRICTION LOSS 1M ALL HEAT EXCHAHCE ELEMENTS 1M THE CIROlIT SUCH AS CHILLER, BOILER,
.01 CONVERTOR.
c. FRICTION LOSS IN COIL OF LUST FAVORED UNIT.
d. FRICTION LOSS 1M ALL CONTROL VALVES 1M CIRCUIT (IF USED).
7. COMPUTE PUMP HORSEPOWERdOR CET FROM PUMP MANUFACTURER). SINCE CPM AMD TOTAl HUD
ARE KNOWN AT THIS POIMT, H RSEPOWER CAM IE COMPUTED BY ASSUMIMe EFFICEMCY AMD
USiNC THE FOLLOWIMC FORMULA:
BUKE HI' crM HUD (IN FEET)
3960 EFFICIENCY
S. PUMP SUCTlO,t THE PIPE EMTERIMC THE PUMP SUCTIOM StIOULD BE STRAICHT FOR FIVE PIPE
DIAMETERS AMD THE PIPE SHOULD IE THE SAME SIZE AS THE SUCTIOM OF THE PUMP.
9. PIPE MATERIAL. CEMEULL Y, USE STAMDARD WEICHT BlACK STEEL PIPE WITH BLACK CAST IROM
SCREWED FITTlMCS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2IMCHES, IT IS COMMON PRACTICE TO USE
WELDED STEEL FITTINeS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THIUDOLETS 01 WELDOLETS FOI
IRAMCHES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. WHERE THE PRESSURE 1M THE 1'11'11410 WILL EXCEED .. PSIC,
USE EXTRA HUVY PIPE.
10. AIR VEMTS. INSTALLMAMUAL AIR VENTS AT THEHICH POIMTS 1M THE SYSTEM TO FACILITATE
VENTIN'C OF AIR DURIMC IMITIAL FILL.
11. tItUIll'PORTSAMD PIPE EXPAHSlON, CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SU,pOITS AND PRO-
VISIONS FOR EXPANSIOM HAVE BEEN PROVIDED 1M AlL PIPE LIMES. PROVIDE PIPE AMCHCIIS AS
REQUIRED WITH THE EXPANSION LOOPS, JOIMTS, OR BEMDS.
12. IAI.ru CATE VAlVES SHOULD BE IMSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOlATE EQUIP
MEMT AND PIPINC ZOMES FOR SERVICE. ULANCIMC VAlVES SHOULD IE IMSTALLED 1M THE SYS-
TEM WHEN IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO DESlCM THE SAME PRESSURE DROP 1M AlL CIRCUITS.
PAGE NO. 198
"
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING
STA",DARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE
PlPf: SIZE FLOW RANGE PRESSURE DROP RANGE
1/2" 0-2 GPM 0- 4 ft/l00
3/4" 3 - 4 GPM 2.5 - 4 ft/l00
5 - 7.5 GPM 2.0 - 4 ft/l00
1-1/4" 8 - 16 GPM 1.25 - 4 ft/l00
1-1/2" 17 - 24 GPM 2 - 4 ft/lOO
,
2" 25 - 48 GPM 1.25 - 4 ft/lOO
1-1/2" 49 - 77 GPM 2 - 4 ft/lOO
3" 78 - 140 GPM 1. 5 - 4 Moo
4" 1.41 - 280 GPM 1.25 - ft/l00
5" 281 - 500 GPM 1.5 - 4 ft/lOO
6 .SQl - 800 GPM 1.75 - 4 ft/l00
8 801 - 1700 GPM 1.0 - 4 ft/lOO
10 1701 - 2500 GPM 1.25 - 2.75 MOO
U \ 2501 - 3600 GPM 1.25 - 2.25 ft/lOO
14"
-
_ 3601 - 4200 GPM 1.25 - 2.0 ft/l00
---
16" 4201 - 5500 G!M 1.0 - 1.75 ft/l00
18" 5501 - 7000 GPM 0.9 - 1.50 ft/lOO
20" 7001 - 9000 GPM 0.8 - 1.25 ft/lOo..
.
24" ,
<
9001 - 13000 GPM 0.6 - . 1.00 ft/lOO
,
Note: tile above baled on maximum pre .. ure drop of 4 feet
pw lOO and maxlJllum velocity of 10 feet per lecond.
i
..

oJ
..
FLOW GRAPH FOR CLPSED SYSTEM PIPING
STANDARD WEIGHT ,TEEL PI PE
.1 .I S .ao.25.! .4 .5"
10000
1\
\
11000
\ \
1\
10000
\.
0000
0000
11000
.000
1000
1000
1500
1000
-
000
too
...
JOG
-
1'0
I"
..
00
..
..
10
10
la
10
.. ID
,
("
1.1
1--'
. 1, a
-1\
% ,/
..;.r
-
10 '1 10 as JO 40

'"
",.
V
",.
10 10 000
ID_
La
. ..
'RICTIOII LOll' nE rw .lITO l'1li 100 nl
___ ............. ..... 1Ir
........ -................. ----
VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITlON!)4G DESIIN MANUAl:. P LATE NO. PAlE NO. 119
DESIGN OF LOW PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
I. LAY OUT PlPM' - LAY OUT PIPING TO COMMECT TO ALL STEAM HEATING UNITS. DETERMINE
THE AMOUAT OF GlADE AVAILAILE IN THE PIPING SYSTEM.
2. DETEIUAlME THE FLOW RATES - DETERMINE THE FLOW RATES. IN ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM.
THIS CAN IE DONE AFTER ALL FLOW RATES TO ALL UNITS IN THE SYSTEM HAVE IEEN SELECTED.
DETERMINE THE FLOW RATES IF UNKNOWN IY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: .
US. OF STEAM PER HOUR = ITQt1IR + LATENT HUT OF EVAPORATION
TO DETERMME THE LATENT HUT OF EVAPORATION, CONSULT THE STEAM TAILES OR USE
wU lYU/U FOR THE LOW ;RESSURE STUM.
3. STUDY TIE PIPE ClROJITING ARRANGEMENT - SYUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITIN' THAT HAS lEEN
MADE TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP IN ALL SECTIONS AND CIRCUITS IS APPROXIMATELY THE
SAME. RURRANGE IF NECESSARY.
4. SIZE :"IE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USMG THE CHART IELOW. TIlE CHART IS lASED ON A FRIC
TION DIIOP OF 1/4 PSI PER 100 FEET, THE STEAM.FlOWMG IN TIlE SAME DIRECTION AS THE
CONDENSATE, AND A MM_ PITCH OF IMCH 1M 40 FEET. n' IT IS DESIRED TO DESIGN THE
SYSTEM ON OTHER CONDITIONS, CCMSULT THE ,ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA lOOK.
5. ESTABLISH THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP - THE SYSTEM STEAM PRESSURE. DROP WILL IE THE
UNIT PRESSURE DROP TIMES THE. TOTAL EQUIVALENT PIPE LENGTH. NORMALLY, THE LOW
. PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEM SHOULD IE DESIGNED TO MAINTAIN AT LEAST I PSIG AT THE MOST
REMOTE UNIT. GENERALLY, M A LOW PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEM USING A 10lLER WITH A
MAXIMUM STEAM PRESSURE RATING OF 15 PSIG, THE STEAM PRESSURE WITHIN TI!E IOII,.ER IS
MAINTAINED AT 5 PSIG AND AN APPROXIMATE 3 PSIG PRESSURE LOSS IS DESIGNED IN THE
PIPING SYSTEM. .
6. PITCH - THE PITCH IN THE PIPING SHOULD NEVER IE LESS THAN 1INCH IN 40 FEET. WHERE
IT IS IMPOSSIILE TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS IN A CONTIIIUOUS RUII DUE TO STRUCTURAL
CONDITIONS, IllS TALL AM EIID OF THE MAIII DRIP All) RISE WITH THE STEAM PIPE TO A
HIGHER ELEVATION, THEREBY STARTING A MEW RUN.
7. PRESSURE DROP III THE STEAM MAIN AND THE RETURII MAIII - TO OITAIN THE MOST SATIS
FACTOIY OPERATION, THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP III THE RETURII PIPIIIG nSTEIol SHOULD
IE MADE .APPROXIMATELY THE SAME AS THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP III THE STEAM SUPPLY
PIPING.
e. TRAPPING THE STUM MAIII - THE CONDEIISATE THAT FORMS III THE STEAM MAIN ESPECIALLY
DURIIIG COLD STARTUP PERIODS MUST BE DRAINED AT FREQUEIIT IIITERVALS BY THE USE
OF CONDE-MSATE DRAIN TRAPS. IF COIIDENSATE IS ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE, THE ARU OF
THE PIPE WILL BE EFFECTIVELY REDUcED, CAUSIIIG STUIol VELOCITIES TO IIICREASE TO THE
POINT WHEII WATER SLUGGING AMD OBJECTIONABLE IIOISE WILL OCCUR. FOR BEST RESOL TS,
THE MAIN SHOULD BE DRAINED EVERY 100 FEET.
9. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH BLACK C ; ' ~ l
IROII SCREWED FITTINGS. IIKERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2IIICHES, IT IS COIoIMOH PRACTICE TO
USE WELDED STEEL FITTIIIGS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THRUDOLETS OR WELDOLET5
FOR BRANCHES SHOULD IE SPECIFIED. WHERE THE PRESSURE IN THE PIPING WILL EXCEED
125 PSIG, USE EXTRA HUVY PIPE.
10. AIR VEIITING -IT IS IIoIPORTAIIT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILITY III THE SYSTEM TO VEIIT AIR.
11. PIPE SUPPORTS AND"IPE EXPANSIOII - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS AIID PRO-
VISIONS FOR EXPAMSIOH HAVE BEEifT'ROVIDED III ALL PIPE LINES. PROVIDE PIPE AIICHORS AS
REQUIRED WITH THE EXPAIISIOH LOOPS, JOIIITS, OR IEIIDS.
12. VALVES - GATE VALVES SHOULD IE INSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED T ~ ISOLATE
EQUIPMENT AIID PIPIIIG zOliES fOR SERVICE.
13. IIISTALLATION OF PIPE - CARE MUST BE TAKEII DURING INSTALLATION TO PROPERLY REAM
THE ENOS OF THE PIPE TO PREVEIIT REDUCTION 1M THE CROSS SECTIONAL ARU OF T!fE PIPE.
14. EQUIVALEIIT LEIIGTH - CARE MUST Ii: TAKEII III THE COMPUTATION OF OVERALL PRESSUR"
DROP TO ALLOW FOR FITTINGS. A QUANTITY TAKE-OFF OF ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS IS
IIECESSARY TO ;'CCURATELY D"ETERIoIIII .E THE .EQUIVALENT LENGTH. IF A NORMAL AMOUNT
OF FITTlIIGS IS INVOLVED, A RULE 0' THUIolI OF 1.3 TIMES THE MEASURED LENGTH MAY IE
USED.
P A.I .0. 100
l
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES
FOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE AND 1 PSIG STEAM
PIPE SIZE FLOW RAHGE PRESSURE OROI' RAHGE
1/2" 0-9 LBSIHR o - 0.25 I'SI / IOO FT
3/ 4" 10 - l' LISIHR 0.07 - 0.25 I'S11100 FT
I" 19 - 30 LISIHR 0.07 _. 0.25 PSlll00 FT
11 / 4" 31 - 60 LBSIHR 0.07 - 0.25 I'S11100 FT
1-112" 61 - 95 LBSIHR 0.08 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
2" 96 - 200 LlSIHR 0.08 - 0.25 I'S11100 FT
2112" 201 - 350 LBSIHR 0.10 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
3" 351 - 600 LISIHR 0.09 - 0.25 I'SI / 100FT
4" 601 - 1200 LBSIHR 0.06 - 0.25 I'S11100 FT
5" 1201 - 2400 LlSIHR 0.07 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
6" 2401 - 3600 LBSIHR 0.09 - 0.25 I'S11100 H
a" 3601 - 7600 lBSIHR 0.06 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
10" 7601 - 13,500 LBSIHR 0.07 - 0.25 I'S11100 FT
12" 13,501 - 21,500 L BSIHR 0.09 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
14" 21,501 - 29,000 LBS/ HR 0.15 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
16" 29,001 - 41,000 lBSIHR 0.15 - 0.25 PSl/l00 FT
.. __ .-
1." 41,001 - 54,000 LBSIHR 0.10 - 0.15 PSI / l00 FT
20" 54,001 - 71,000 LBSIHR 0.1 0 - 0.25 PSl l l00 FT
HDTE: THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE BASED OM A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 0.25 PSI PER 100 FT AHD
THE STEAM FLOWIHG IH THE SAME DIRECTIOH AS THE COHDEHSATE. FOR OTHER PRESSURE
DROPS SEE CHART OM PAGE 205.
FOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
PIPE SIZE FLOW RATE PRESSURE OROI' RAHGE
12" 0-18 LBSIHR o - 0.50 PSlll00 FT
3-4" 19 - 36 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 I'S1/ 100 FT
I " 37 - 78 LISIHR 0.15 ~ 0.50 I'S1/ 100 FT
1 1/ 4" 79 - 180 LISIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSlll00 FT
11/ 2" 151 - 210 LBSIHR 0.25 - /0.50 I'S11100 FT
2" 211 - 380 LBSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 I'SI/10(1 FT
2 112" 3.1 - 610 LBSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl / l00 FT
3" 611 - 1150 LBSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 1'51/100 FT
4" 1151 - 2400 LBSIHR 0.10 ..,. 0.50 1'51/100 FT
5" 2401 - 4500 LISIHR 0.15 - 0.50 I'Sl l l00 FT
6" 4501 - 7150 LBSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 1'51/100 FT
."
7151 - 15,000 LISIHR 0.15 - 0.50 1'511100 FT
10" 15,001 - 27,000 LBSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 I'Sl l l00 FT
12" 27,001 - 44,000 LBSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 I'SlI100 FT
14" ,001 - 56,000 LISIHR 0.15 - O.SO I'Sll l00 FT
16" 56,001 -10,000 LBSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 1'511100 FT
I." 80,00 1 - 101,000 L ISIHR ' .20 - 0.50 I'Sl / l00 FT
20" 108,001 - 140,000 LISIHR 0.25 - 0.50 I'Slll00 FT
HDTE: THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE lASED OM A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OROI' OF .SO 1'51 PER 100 FT AHD
THE STUM FOR OTHER PRESSURE DROPS SEE CHART OM PAGE 205.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL 1 PLATE NO. I P AGE NO. 201
DESIGN OF MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
1. LAY OUT PIPI"G - LAY OUT PIPIMG TO COM"ECT TO ALL STEAM HEATlMG UMITS. DETERMIME
TIlE AMOUMT OF GRADE AVAILABLE 1M THE PIPIMG SYSTEM.
2. DETERMI"E THE FLOW RATES - DETERMIME THE flOW RATES 1M ALL SECTIOMS OF THE SYS-
TEM. THIS CAM BE DONE AFTER ALL FLOW RATES TO ALL UMITS 1M THE SYSTEM HAVE BEEM
SELECTED. DETERMI"E THE FLOW RATES IF UMKMOWM BY THE FOLLOWIMG FORMULA:
US. OF STEAM PER HOUR = ITUIHR ' LATEMT HEAT OF EVAPORATIOM
TO DETERMI"E THE LATEMT HEAT OF EVAPORATlO", COMSULT THE STEAM TABLES.
3. STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITIMG ARRAMGEMEMT - STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITIHG THAT HAS BEEM
MADE TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP 1M ALL SECTIONS AND CIRCUITS IS APPROXIMA TEL Y THE
SAME. RURRA"GE IF MECESSARY.
4. SIZE TIlE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USI"G TIlE CHART BELOW. THE CHART IS BASED OM A FRIC
TlON DROP OF 1/ 2 PSI PER 100 FEET, THE STEAM FlOWl"G I" THE SAME DIRECTIO" AS THE
COMDEMSATE, AND A MIMIMUM PITCH OF 1IMCH 1M 40 FEET. TO SIZE THE PIPE FOR OTHER
STEAM FLOW OR STEAM PRESSURE CONDITIONS, USE THE CHART ON PAGE 205 OF THIS BOOK.
5. ALLOWABLE VELOCITIES - IT IS COMSIDERED GOOD PRACTICE TO ALLOW STEAM VELOCITIES
OF 1000 FEET PER MIMUTE PER I"CH OF PIPE DIAMETER; WITII AN UPPER LIMIT OF 10,000 FEET
PER MI"UTE WHEM MOISE MAY BE A FACTOR. PIPIMG RUM 1M ARUS WHERE MOISE IS U"IMPOR
TAln, MAY BE RUM WlTII VELOCITIES UP TO 30,000 FEET PER MIMUTE WITHOUT HARMFUL EFFECTS.
6. ESTABLISH THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP - THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE U"IT PRES-
SURE DROP TIMES THE TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LEMGTH; HOWEVER, AS THE STEAM PRESSURE RE
DUCES TIlE STEAM OCCUPIES MORE VOLUME PER POU"D AND THE VELOCITY AMD PRESSURE
DROP IMCRUSE. THE SYSTEM SHOULD BE BROKE" DOWM 1MTO SEGMEMTS OF 100 FEET. START
AT TIlE STEAM SOURCE AND COMPUTE THE PRESSURE DROP FOR THE FIRST 100 FEET; SUBTRACT
THIS PRESSURE DROP FROM THE IMITIAL STEAM PRESSURE AMD THIS WILL BE THE IMITIAL STEAM
PRESSURE FOR THE SECOND 100 FEET. REPUT THIS PROCESS BY EACH 100 FEET TO THE EMD
OF THE STEAM MAI"S.
7. PITCH - TIlE PITCH 1M THE PlPIMG SHOULD MEVER BE LESS THAN 1IMCH 1M 40 FEET. WHERE IT
IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS 1M A CO"TlMUOUS RUM DUE TO STRUCTURAL COMDI
TlOMS, IMSTALL AN EMD OF TIlE MAl" DRIP AMD RISE WITH THE STEAM PIPE TO A HIGHER ELEVA
TIOM, THEREBY STARTlMG A MEW RUM.
I . PRESSURE DROP 1M THE STEAM MAl" A"D THE RETUR" MAl" - PRESSURE DROP 1" THE STEAM
MAIM AND TIlE RETUR" MAl" DO "OT HAVE TIlE SAME I"TER RELATIONSHIP I" TIlE MEDIUM AMD
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEMS AS THEY DO I" THE LOW PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEM. GE"ERALLY,
TIlE CONDE"SATE IS RETUR"ED TO THE BOILER BY PUMPI"G. THE PIPE SIZE AND PRESSURE
DROP FOR PUMPI"G IS COVERED ON PAGES 201 AMD 210 OF THIS lOOK.
9. TRAPPI"G THE STUM MAIM - THE CONDEMSATE THAT FORMS I" THE STEAM MAIM ESPECIALLY
DURI"G COLO START-UP PERIOD MUST BE DRAIMED AT FREQUEMT I"TERVALS BY THE USE OF
COMDE"SATE ORAl" TRAPS. IF CO"DEMSATE IS ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE, THE ARU OF THE
PIPE WILL BE EFFECTIVELY REDUCED, CAUSIMG STEAM VELOCITI ES TO INCRUSE TO THE
POIMT WHEM WATER SLUGGI"G AMD OBJECTIONABLE MOISE WILL Q ~ C U R . FOR BEST RESUL TS,
THE MAl" SHOULD BE DRAIMED EVERY 300 FEET.
10. PIPE MATERIAL - GE"ERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH BLACK CAST
IROM SCREWED FITTI"GS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2. I"CHES, IT IS COMMOH PRACTICE TO
USE WELDED STEEL FITTI"GS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THRUDOLETS OR WELDOLETS
FOR BRA"CHES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. WHERE THE PRESSURE 1M THE PIPI"G WILL EXCEED
125 PSIG, USE EXTRA HUVY PIPE. .
11 . AIR VE"TlMG -IT IS IMPORTA"T TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILITY I" THE SYSTEM TO VENT All.
12. PIPE SUPPOITS AMD PIPE EXPA"SION - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS A"D PlO-
VISIONS FOI EXPANSIO" HAVE BEEM PROVIDED I" ALL PIPE LIMES. PROVIDE PIPE .. .4CHOIS AS
REQUIRED WITH THE EXPANSION tOOPS, JOI"TS, OR BE"DS.
13. VALVES - GATE VALVES SHOULD BE IMSTALLED 1M THE SYSTEM AS REQUIIED TO ISOLATE
EQUIPMENT AND PIPIMG ZONES FOR SERVICE.
14. IMSTALLATION OF PIPE - CARE MUST BE TAKE" DURI"G I"STALLATION TO PROPERLY REAM
THE EMDS OF THE piPE TO PREVE"T REDUCTION I" THE CROSS SECTIONAL ARU OF THE PIPE.
15. EQUIVALE"T LEMGTH - CARE MUST BE TAKEN I" THE COMPUTATION OF OVERALL PRESSURE
DROP TO ALLOW FOR FITTI"GS. A QUANTITY TAKE-OFF OF ALL VALVES AND FITT14GS IS "EC
ESSARY TO ACCURATELY DETERMINE THE EQUIVALE"T LE"GTH. IF A "ORMAL AMOUNT OF
FITTI"GS IS IMVOLVED, A RULE OF THUMB OF 1.3 TIMES TIlE MEASURED LE"GTH MAY BE USED.
PAG E NO.202
FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
PIPE SIZE FLOW RATE PRESSURE DROP RANGE
112" 0-21 LBS!1tR o - O.SO PSl l lOO FT
3/ 4" 22 - 42 LBS!1tR 0.10 - O.SO PSi l lOO FT
I" 43 - 100 l8S!1tR 0.15 - O.SO PSll lOO FT
1-1/ 4" 101 - 110 L8SIHR 0.15 - O.SO PSl / lOO FT
1-1/ 2" III _ 270 l8SIHR 0.25 _ 0.50 PSl l lOO FT
2" 271 - 450 lBS/ HR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl l lOO FT
2-1 / 2" 451 - 750 l8S/ HR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl l lOO FT
3" 751 - 1400 LBSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSl l lOO FT
4" 1401 - 2900 LBSIHR 0.10 - O.SO PSl l lOO FT
r-----
5" 2901 - 5400 l8S/ HR 0.15 - O.SO PSl l lOO FT
6" 5401 - 8800 LIISIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSll lOO FT
S" 8101 - 18,000 lBSIHR 0_15 - 0.50 PSIIlOO FT
10" 11,001 - 33,000 LIISIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSl l l00 FT
12" 33,001 - 53,000 LIIS!1tR 0.15 - 0.50 PSl l lOO FT
14" 53,OtII - 68,000 lllSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSlllOO FT
16" 68,001 - 96,000 L8SIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSlllOO FT
II" 96,001 - 130,000 lIISIHR 0.20 - 0 SO PSl l lOO FT
20" 130,001 - 170,000 LBSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl l l00 FT
NOTE: THE ABOVE CAPACITIESUE BASED ON A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF O.SO PSI PER lOtI FT AND
THE STUM FLOWING-IN THE SAME IlIRECTlON AS THE CONDENSATE. FOR OTHER PRESSURE DROPS
SEE CHART OM PAGE 205.
ST ANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE AND 50 PSIG STEAM
PIPE SIZE FLOW RATE PRESSURE DROP RANGE
1/ 2" 0-36 LlS!1tR 0- 1.0 PSI/IOO FT
314" 37 - ... Ll5!1t1 0.25 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
I" IS - ISO LBS!1tR 0.20 - 1.0 PSll lOO FT
1-1 / 4" lSI - 300 LBSIHR 0.25 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
1-1/ 2" 301 - 420 L8SIHR 0.40 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
2" m -720 LBSIHR 0.25 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
.-
2-1 / 2" 721 - 1200 LBSIHR 0.25 - 1.0 PSi I IOO Fl
3" 1201 - 2200 LBSIHR 0.20 - 1.3 PSliiOOFt - '-
- ---
4" 2201 - 4700 LBSIHR 0.15-1.0PSI " OOn
----
5" 4701 - 8100 lIlS!1tR 0.20 - 1.0 PSl l l00 I'T
- -
'"
8101 - 14,000 lIIS!1tR 0.30 - 1.0 PSi l lOO FT
--
I" 14,001 - 30,000 LBSIHI 0.20 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
10" 30,001 - 54,000 lIS!1tR 0.25 - 1.0 PSl l l00 FT
12" 54,001 - '3,000 LBS!1tR 0.30 - 1.0 PSi l lOO I"T
14" '3,001 - 110,000 LIIS!1tR 0.40 - 1.0 PSl l l00 FT
16" 110,001 - lSO,OOO LIIS!1tR 0.40 - 1.0 PSl l lOO FT
.. " 150,001 - 210,000 LlS!1tR O.SO - 1.0 PSll lOO FT
20" 210,001 - 280,000 lIISIHR 0.55 - 1.0 PSI 11 00 F T
NOTE: THE AIIOVE CAPACITIES ARE USED OM A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF I PSI PER 100 FT AND
THE STEAM FLOWING IN THE SAME DIRECTION AS THE CONDENSATE. FOR OTHER PRESSURE
DROPS SEE CHART OM PAGE 205. .
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIIN MANUAL I PLATE N O ~ I P AGE NO. 201
DESIGN OF HIGH PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
1. LAY OUT PIPING - LAY OUT PIPIMG TO COtcMECT TO AlL SlUM HEATING UNITS. DETERMINE
THE AMOUNT OF GRAD! AVAILABLE IN THE PIPIMG SYSTEM.
2. DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES - DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES 1M ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYS-
TEM. THIS CAN BE DOME AfTER ALL FLOW RATES TO ALL UMln 1M THE SYSTEM HAVE BEEN
SELECTED. DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES IF UNKNOWM BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
LIS. OF STEAM PER HOUR = BTUiltR LATEMT HEAT OF EVAPORATION
TO DETERMIME THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATIOtc, COtcSULT THE STEAM TABLES.
3. STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT - STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITING THAT HAS BEEN
MADE TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP IN AlL SECTIOtcS AHD CIRCUITS IS APPROXIMATELY THE
SAME. REARRANGE IF NECESSARY.
4. SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USING THE CHART BELOW.
5. ALLOWABLE VELOCITIES - IT IS CONSIDERED GOOD PRACTICE TO ALLOW STEAM VELOCITIES OF
lOGO FEET PER MINUTE PER INCH OF PIPE DIAMETER; WITH AN UPPER LIMIT OF 10,000 FEET PER
MIMUTE WHEM MOISE MAY BE A FACTOR. PIPIMG RUM IN AREAS WHERE NdlSE IS UNIMPORTANT,
MAY BE RUN WITH VELOCITIES UP TO 30,000 FEET PER MINUTE WITHOUT HARMFUL EFFECTS.
6. ESTABLISH THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP - THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE UNIT
PRESSURE DROP TIMES THE TOTAL EQUIVAlENT LENGTH; HOWEVER, AS THE STEAM PRESSURE
REDUCES THE STEAM OCCUPIES MORE VOLUME PER POUND AND THE VELOCITY AND PRESSURE
DROP INCRUSE. THE SYSTEM SHOULD BE BROKEN DOWH INTO SEGMENTS OF 100 FEET. START
AT THE STEAM SDURCE AMD COMPUTE THE PRESSURE DROP FOR THE FIRST 100 FEET; SUBTRACT
THIS PRESSURE DROP FROM THE INITIAL STEAM PRESSURE AND THIS WILL BE THE INITIAL STEAM
PRESSURE FOR THE SECOND 100 FEET. REPEAT THIS PROCESS BY EACH 100 FEET TO THE END
OF THE STEAM MAIMS.
7. PITCH - THE PITCH IN THE PIPIMG SHOULD NEVER BE LESS THAM I-INCH IN.O FEET. WHERE
IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS IN A CONTINUOUS RUN DUE TO STRUCTURAL
CONDITIONS, INSTALL AN END OF THE MAIM DRIP AMD RISE WITH THE STEAM PIPE TO A HIGHER
ELEVATION, THEREBY STARTING A NEW RUM.
PRESSURE DROP IN THE STEAM MAIN AND THE RETURN MAIN - PRESSURE DROP IN THE STEAM
iiiiN AND THE RETURN MAJ4 DO NOT HAVE THE SAME INTER RELATIOtcSHIP IN THE MEDIUM AHD
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEMS AS THEY DO 1M THE LOW PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEM. GEMERALLY,
THE COMDENSATE IS RETURNED TO THE BOILER BY PUMPING. THE PIPE SIZE AHD PRESSURE
DROP FOR PUMPIMG IS COVERED ON PAGES 201 AMD 210 OF THIS BDOK.
9. TRAPPING THE STEAM MAIN - THE CONDENSATE THAT FORMS IN THE STUM MAIN ESPECiAlLY
DURING COLD STARTUP PERIOD MUST BE DRAINED AT FREQUENT INTERVAlS BY THE USE OF
CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAPS. IF CONDENSATE IS AlLOWED TO ACCUMULATE, THE AREA OF THE
PIPE WILL BE EFFECTIVELY REDUCED, CAUSING STEAM VELOCITIES TO INCREASE TO THE
POINT WHEN WATER SLUGGING AND OBJECTIONABLE NOISE WILL OCCUR. FOR BEST RESULTS,
THE MAIN SHOULD BE DRAINED EVERY 300 FEET.
10. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH BUCK CAST
iROM SCREWED FITTINGS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2-INCHES, IT IS COMMOtc PRACTICE
TO USE WELDED STEEL FITTINGS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THREADOLETS OR WELDOLETS
FOR BRANCHES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. WHERE THE PRESSURE IN THE PIPING WILL EXCEED
125 PSIG, USE EXTRA HEAVY PIPE.
11. AIR VENTING -IT IS IMPORTANT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILITY IN THE SYSTEM TO VEMT AIR.
12. PIPE SUPPORTS AMD PIPE EXPANSION - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS AND PRO-
VISIONS FOR EXPANSION HAVE BEEN PROVIDED IN AlL PIPE LINES. PROVIDE PIPE
AS REQUIRED WITH THE EXPANSION LDOPS, JOIMTS, OR BENDS.
13. VALVES - GATE VALVES SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOUTE
I"OiilmNT AHD PIPING ZONES FOR SERVICE.
14. INSTALLATIOM OF PIPE - CARE MUST IE TAKEN DURIMG IMSTALLATIOM TO PROPERLY RUM THE
ENDS OF THE PIPE TO PREVENT REDUCTION IN THE CROSS SECTIONAL ARU OF THE PIPE.
15. EQUIVALENT LENGTH - CARE MUST BE TAIEN IN THE COMPUTATIOtc OF OVERALL PRESSURE
DROP TO ALLOW FOR FITTINGS. A QUANTITY TAKEOFF OF AlL VAlVES AND FITTICGS IS MEC
ESSARY TO ACCURA TEL Y DETERMINE THE EQUIVALENT LENGTH. IF A NORMAl AMOUNT OF
FITTINGS IS INVOLVED, A RUL E OF THUMB OF 1.3 TIMES THE MUSURED LENGTH MAY IE USED.
PAGE NO. 204
FOR HIGH PRESSURE
STEAM PIPING
t,
- - - . - - ~
.. ~ - - - .....
AIR CON D I TI 0 N I N G
.
~
..
.... ..... , ... _- ... ... -... -.-.-... ... "' ........... ...... .....- ..... " oI'.lII* _ _ ..... ,-." 11 .. ....... _ ...... _ ..... __ .. ...
_ _ .. ... __ .... . .. _ .. ... .... _ ..... .... ... _ .. h. --.1 _ ___ ..... _ _ ..... ___ ........ .. .......
... ----.--_ ... _---_ ....
DESIGN MANUAL
PLATE NO.
_.
- ~
...
..
.. . ' .
..
-
..
-
-
-
..

;+ ;:
:* .-
PAGE NO. 205
DESIGN OF LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
I. LAY OUT PIPIMG - LAY OUT PIPIMG TO CONMECT TO ALL STEAM HUTI"G UMITS AMD CONDE"SATE
DRIP POIMTS. DETERMINE THE AMOU"T OF GRADE AVAILAILE 1M THE PIPI"G SYSTEM.
2. DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES - DETERMIME THE FLOW RATES 1M ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM.
THIS CAM IE DOME AFTI;R ALL FLOW RATES TO ALL U"ITS 1M THE SYSTEM HAVE lEE" SElECTED.
DETERMI"E THE FLOW RATES IF U"K"OWN IY THE FOLLOWl"G FORMULA:
LIS OF CONDE"SATE PER HbuR z lTUt1tR .;- UTE"T HUT OF EVAPORATION
TO DETERMiNE THE UTENT HUT OF EVAPORAnON, CONSUL T THE STEAM TABLES OR USE 91 ....
IlV/U. fOR THE LOW PRESSURE STEAM.
3. SlVDY THE PIPE aRCUln"G ARRAMGEME"T - STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUIn"G THAT HAS lEE" MADE
TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP 1M ALL SECTIONS AleD aRCUITS IS APPROXIMATELY THE SAME.
RURRANGE IF NECESSARY.
~ . SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USI"G THE CHART SHOWH 0" PAGE 'NT. THE CHART IS lASED ON
A MAxIMUM FllcnON DROP OF 1 I ~ PSI PER 100 FEET AND A M,"IMUM PITCH OF I!HCH IN 10 FEET.
IF IT IS DESIRED TO DESIGN THE SYSTEM OM OTHER CONDITIONS, CONSUL T THE ASHRJoE GUIDE AMD
DATA lOOK.
5. ALLOWABLE vnoanES - ALLOWABLE VELoaTIES HAVE VERY LITTLE SIGNIFICANCE I" THE
GRAVITY COWDEMsAfE RETURN SYSTEM. WHERE THE CONDENSATE IS PUMPED, THE VELOCITY OF
THE WATER 1M THE PIPE SHOULD IE DESIGNED AT APPROXIMATELY 3 FEET PER SECOND WITH AM
UPPER LIMIT OF 6 FEET PER SECO"D.
6. ESTABLISH THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP - THE HUD AVAILAILE 1M A low PRESSURE GRAVITY CO"
DENSATE SYSTEM TO CAUSE THE WATER TO FLOW IS THE PITCH I" THE PIPE. A SYSTEM THAT IS
GRADED II"CH I" 10 FEET WILL HAVE 100IMCHES OF AVAILABLE HEAD PER 100 FEET OR 10/ 12 .;.
2.31 - 0.35 PSI PER 100 FEET. THEREFORE, IT IS.MECESSARY TO ESTABLISH PITCH IEFORE COMPUT
IMG SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP. THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP WILL IE THE U"IT PRESSURE DROP
TIMES THE TOTAl EQUIVALE"T PIPE LEMGTH.
7 . PITCH - AS SHOWM 1M THE PRECEDI"G PARAGRAPH, THE PITCH 1M THE PIPIMG CONTROLS THE
AiiiZRJMT OF AVAILABLE HUD TO MAlE THE COMDE"SATE MOVE; THIS PITCH SHOULD MEVER IE
LESS THAN IINCH IN ~ FEET AMD SHOULD USUALLY IE ABOUT IINCH 1M 10 FEET. WHERE IT IS
IMPOSSIILE TO MEET THESE CO"DITIONS IN A CONTIMUOUS RU" DUE TO STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS,
THE CONDENSATE WILL HAVE TO IE PUMPED FROM THE LOW POIMTS lACK TO THE 10ILER. CON
DENSATE GRAVITY RETUR" MAIMS AND CO"DE"SATE FORCED PUMPED MAIMS SHOULD NOT IE JOINED
TOGETHER.
PRESSURE DROP I" THE STEAM MAl" AND THE RETURM MAl" - TO OITAI" THE MOST SATISFACTORY
OPERATION, THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP 1M THE RElVRM PIPIMG SYSTEM SHOULD IE MADE APPROX
IMATEL Y THE SAME AS THE TOrAL PRESSURE DROP I" THE STEAM SUPPLY PIPIMG.
9. TRAPPIMG THE STEAM MAIN - THE CONDE"SATE THAT FORMS I" THE STEAM MAIM ESPECIALLY
DURING COLD START"" PERIODS MUST IE DRAlMED AT FREQUENT I"TERVALS BY THE USE OF CON
DENSATE DRAlM TRAPS; IF CONDEMSATE IS ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE, THE AREA OF THE PIPE
WILL IE EFFECTI'iELY REDUCED, CAUSIMG STEAM VELOCITIES TO I"CREASE TO THE POI"T WIIEM
WATER SLUGGING AND OBJECTIONAILE "OISE WILL OCCUR. FOR lEST RESULTS, THE MAIM SHOULD
IE DRAIMED EVERY 100 FEET.
10. PIPE MATERiAl - GEMERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT ILACK STEEL WITH BLACK CAST IROM
SCIEWED FltTi"Gs. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2-1NCHES, IT IS COIMIOH PRACTICE TO USE
WELDED STEEL FITnNGS. WIIERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THRUDOUTS OR WELDOUTS FOR
IRANCHES SHOULD IE SPECIFIED. WIIERE THE PRESSURE I" THE PIPI"G WILL EXCEED 125 PSIG,
USE EXTRA HEAVY PIPE.
11. AIR VE"TI"G - IT IS IMPORTANT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILITY 1M THE SYSTEM TO VE"T AIR.
12. PIPE SUPPORTS AND PIPE EXPANSIO" - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUAH I'I'E SUPPORTS AND PRO-
VISIONS FOR EXPA"SION HAVE lEE" PROVIDED IN ALL PIPE LI"ES. " flOVIDE PIPE ANCHORS AS
REQUIRED WITH THE EXPANSION LDOPS, JOI"TS, OR lENDS.
13. VAlVES - GATE VALVES SHOULD IE INSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE EQUI'
MEMT AND 'IPIMG ZOMES FOR SERYICE.
I ~ . IMSTALLATION OF PIPE - CARE MUST IE TAKEN DURIMG INSTALLATIOH TO PROPERLY REAM THE
E"DS OF THE PIPE TO 'REVE"T REDUCTION I" THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF THE PIPE.
IS. EQUIVALENT LEMGTH - CARE MUST.lE TAKE" IN THE COMPUTA TIO" OF OVERAlL PRESSURE DROP
TO ALLOW FOR FITTING).. A QU'AMTITY TAKE-oFF OF ALL VALVES AND FITTIMGS IS MEUSSARY
TO ACOIRATELY DETERMI"E THE EQUIVALEMT LENGTH. IF A NORMAL AMOUMT OF FITTI"GS IS 1M
VOLVED, A RULE OF THUMI OF 1.3 TIMES THE MEASURED LENGTH MAY IE USED.
16. TRAPS - GENERALLY FLOAT AND THERMOSTATIC TRAPS ARE USED FOR LOW PRESSURE EMD OF
MAl" DRI'S AMD HIGH CAPACITY RADIATION. THERMOSTATIC TRA'SARE USED FOR LOW CAPACITY
RADIATION.
17. HOLDING CAPACITY - THERE ARE PERIODS OF TIME WHEN THE CONDEMSATE WILL RElVR" TO THE
IOILER ROOM AT A GREATER OR LESSER RATE THAN REQUIRED TO FEED THE BOILER DUE TO
WARM UP COMDITIOMS. IECAUSE OF THESE PERIODS OF IRREGULARITY ABOUT 1 .. 20 MlCUTES OF
WATER STORAGE sHOULD IE PROVIDED IN THE IOILER ROOM.
PAGE NO. 206
PIPE SIZE FLOW RATE PlESSURE DROP RAMGE
112" 0-21 LlS!1IR o - 0.50 PSII100 FT
3/ 4" 22-42 LlS!1IR 0.10 - 0.50 PSI/l00 F1
I" 43 - 100 LlS!1IR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
11/4" 101 - 110 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
11/2" 1'1 - 270 LlSIHR 0.25 - 0.50 PSl/l00 FT
2" 271 - 450 LlSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
21/2" 451 - 750 LlSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI/ l00 FT
3" 751 - 1400 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
4" 1401 - 2900 LlSIHR 0.10 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
5" 2901 - 5400 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
'"
5401 - 1100 LISIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
'"
1101 - 11,000 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
10" IS,OOl - 33,000 LlSIHR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/100 FT
12" 33,001 - 53,000 LlS!1IR 0.15 - 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
14" $3,001 - 61,000 LlSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI/ l00 FT
1'" 61,001 - 96,000 LlSIHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI / l00 FT
IS" 96,001 - 130,000 LlSIHR 0.20 - 0 50 PSI/l00 FT
20" 130,001 - 170.000 LlS!1IR 0.20 ,.. 0.50 PSI/l00 FT
MOTE: THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE lASED OM A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 0.50 PSI PER 100 FT AMD
THE STUM FLOWIMG1M THE SAME PIRECTIOM AS THE COMDEMSATE. FOR OTHER PRESSURE DROPS
SEE CHART ON PAGE 205.
ALLOWABLE FLOW RA YES
PIPE SIZE FLOW RATE PRESSURE DROP RAMGE
112" 0-36 LlS!1IR 0- 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
3/ 4" 37 -14 LlS!1IR 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
I"
'5 - 150 LlS!1IR 0.20 - 1.0 PSl/l00 FT
1;1/ 4" 151 - 300 LlSIHR 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
11/ 2" 301 - 420 LISIHR 0.40 - 1.0 PSl/l00 FT
2" 421 - 720 LlSIHR 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
2112" nl-l200 LlS!1IR 0.25 - : .0 PSI / l00 FT
3" 1201 - 2200 LlS!1IR 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
4" 2201 - 4700 LlSIHR 0.15 - 1.0 PSI / l00 FT
5" 4701 -Il00 LlSIHR 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
'"
.1 - 14,000, LlSIHR 0.30 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
'"
14,001 - 30,000 LlSIHR 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/100FT
10" 30,001 - 54,000 L ~ S I H R 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
12" 54,001 - 13,000 LBS!1IR 0.30 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
14" 13,001 - 110,000 LlSIHR 0.40 - 1.0 PSI / l00 FT
1'" 110,001 - 150,000 LlS!1IR 0.40 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
IS" 150,001 - 210,000 LIS!1IR O.SO - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT
20" 210,001 - 2.,000 LlSIHR 0.55 - 1.0 PSI/ l00 FT
HOTE: THE ABOVE CAPACITIES ARE lASED ON A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 1 PSI PER 100 FT AMD
THE STEAM FLOWIMG 1M THE SAME DIRECTIOH AS THE CONDEMSATE. FOR OTHER PRESSURE
DROPS SEE CHART ON PAGE 205.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL I PLATE NO. I P AGE NO. 207
DESIGN OF MEDIUM PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
I. LAY OUT PIPING - LAY OUT PIPING TO CONNECT TO ALL STEAM HEATING UNITS ANO CONDENSATE
DRIP POINTS. DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF GRADE AVAILABLE IN THE PIPING SYSTEM.

2. DETERMINE THE flOW RATES - DETERMINE THE FLOW RATES IN ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM.
THIS CAN BE DONE AFTER ALL FLOW RATES TO ALL UNITS IN THE SYSTEM HAVE BEEN SELECTED.
DETERMINE THE FLOW RATES IF UNKNOWN BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
LBS OF CONDENSATE PER HOUR BTUIHR LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION
TO DETERMINE THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION, CONSUL T THE STEAM TABLES OR USE 929
BTUI LB FOR THE 30 PSIG STEAM AND 912 BTUI LB FOR THE SO PSIG STEAM.
3. STUDY THE PIPE ORCUITING ARRANGEMENT - STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITING THAT HAS BEEN MADE
TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP IN ACL SECTIONS AND CIRCUITS IS APPROXIMATELY THE SAME .
REARRANGE IF NECESSARY.
4. SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USING THE CHART SHOWN ON PAGE 209. THE CHART IS BASED ON
T':iAXIMUM FRiCTION DROP OF 1/2 PSI PER 100 FEET FOR THE 30 PSIG STEAM AND I PSI PER 100
FEET FOR THE 50 PSIG STEAM. THE MINIMUM PITCH IS IINCH IN 40 FEET AND SHOULD BE )" ' IN 10
FEET "'"EN CONDITIONS PERMIT. IF IT IS DESIRED TO DESIGN THE SYSTEM ON OTHER CONDITIONS,
CONSUL T THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA BOCK.
S. ALLOWABLE VELOCITIES - ALLOWABLE VELOCITIES HAVE VERY LITTlE SIGNIFICANCE IN TH E
GRAVITY MNDENSATE RETURN SYSTEM. "'"ERE THE CONDENSATE IS PUMPED, THE VELOCITY OF
THE WATER IN THE PIPE SHOULD BE DESIGNED AT APPROXII4ATEL Y 3 FEET PER SECOND WITH AN
UPPER LIMIT OF 6 FEET PER SECOND.
6. ESTABLISH THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP - T!fE HEAD AVAILABLE IN A MEDIUM PRESSURE CON
DENSATE SYSTEM IS TWO FOLD; WHEN THE TRAP IS CLOSED, THE HEAD AVAILABLE IS THE PITCH IN
THE PIPE. A SYSTEM THAT IS GRADED IINCH IN 10 FEET WILL HAVE 10-INCHES OR 10/ 12 - 2. 31 0.35
PSI PER 100 FEET OF HEAD AVAILABLE. WHEN THE CONDENSATE RETURN TRAP OPENS, THE PRES
SURE OF THE STEAM IS AVAILABLE TO CAUSE THE CONDENSATE TO flOW, AND DQES, IN FACT,
HAVE AVAILABLE PRESSURE TO ELEVATE THE COHDENSATE IF NECESSARY. IT IS WISE TO OBTAIN
AS MUCH PITCH AS POSSIBLE TO FACILITATE THE RAPID REMOVAL OF CONDENSATE ON WARM-UP;
HOWEVER, PITCHES OF I-INCH IN 40 FEET WILL OPERATE QUITE SATISFACTORILY WHEN SUFFICIENT
STEAM PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE. THE SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP WILL BE THE UNIT PRESSURE DROP
TIMES THE TOTAL EQUIVAlENT PIPE LENGTH.
7. PITCH - AS SHOWN IN THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH, THE PITCH IN THE PIPING CONTROLS THE
AMOUNT OF AVAILABLE HEAD TO CARRY AWAY THE CONDENSATE WHEN THE TRAP IS CLOSED. THIS
PITCH SHOULD NEVER BE LESS THAN IINCH IN 40 FEET AND SHOULD USUALLY BE ABOUT I-INCH
IN 10 FEET. WHERE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS IN A CONTINUOUS RUN, AND WHEN
STEAM PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE TO ELEVATE THE CONDENSATE, THE CONDENSATE
WILL HAV E TO BE PUMPED BACK TO THE BOILER ROOM. CONDENSATE GRAVITY RETURN MAINS AND
CONDENSATE FORCED PUMPED MAIN SHOULD NOT BE JOINED TOGETHER.
8. PRESSURE DROP IN THE STEAM MAIN AND THE RETURN MAIN - PRESSURE DROP IN THE STEAM MAIN
AND THE RETURN MAIN 00 NOT HAVE THE SAME INTERRELATIONSHIP IN THE MEDIUM PRESSURE SY S
TEM AS THEY DO IN THE LO( PRESSURE STEAM SYSTEM. GENERALLY, THE CONDENSATE IS RETURNED
TO THE BOILER BY PUMPING. THE PIPE SIZE FOR THE PUMPED RETURN SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED
FROM A PIPE VELOCITY OF-APPROXIMA TEL Y 3 FEET PER SECOND.
9. TRAPPING THE STEAM MAIN - THE CONDENSATE THAT FORMS IN THE STEAM MAIN ESPECIALLY DURING
COLD START-UP PERIODS MUST.E DRAINED AT FREQUENT INTERVALS BY THE USE OF CONDENSATE
DRAIN TRAPS. IF CONDENSATE IS ALLOW EO TO ACCUMULA TE, THE AREA OF THE PIPE WILL BE EF-
FECTIVELY REDUCED. STEAM VELOCITIES TO INCREASE TO THE POINT WHEN WATE R
SLUGGING AND E NOISE WILL OCCU R. FOR BEST RESUL TS, THE MAIN SHOULD BE
DRAINED EVERY 300 OR LESS.
10. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL WITH BLACK CAST IRON
SCREWED FITTINGS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS OVER 2-INCHES. IT IS COMMON PRACTI CE TO USE
WELDED STEEL FITTINGS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED. THREADOLETS OR WELDOLETS FOR
BRANCHES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED. WHERE THE PRESSURE IN THE PIPING WILL EXCEED 125
PSIG, USE EXTRA HEAVY PIPE.
11. AIR VENTING -IT IS IMPORTANT TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILI TY IN THE SYSTEM TO VENT
12. PIPE SUPPORTS AHD PIPE EXPANSION - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS AND PRO
VISIONS FOR EXPANSION HAVE BEEN PROVIDED IN AlL PIPE LINES. PROVIDE PIDE ANCHORS AS
REQUIRED WITH THE EXPANSION LOOPS, JOINTS. OR BENDS.
13 VALVES - GATE VAL VES SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOLA TE
EQUIPMENT AND PIPING ZONES FOR SERVICE.
14 . INSTALLATION OF PIPE - CARE MUST BE TAKEN DURING INSTALLATION TO PROPERLY REAM THE
ENDS OF THE PIPE TO PREVEN T REDUCTION IN THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF THE PIPE.
IS. EQUIVALENT LENGTH - CARE MUST BE TAKEN IN THE COMPUTATION OF OVERALL PRESSURE DROP
TO ALLOW FOR FITTINGS. A QUANTITY TAKE-OFF OF ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS IS NECESSARY TO
ACCURATELY DETERMINE THE EQUIVALENT LENGTH. IF A NORMAL AMOUNT OF FITTINGS IS IN-
VOLVED, A RULE OF OF 1.3 TIMES THEMEASURED LENGTH MAY BE USED.
16. FLASHING -WHEN THE M'EDIUM PRESSURE COHDENSATE RETURNS ARE DISCHARGED INTO A VENTED
TO ATMOSPHERE TANK OR SYSTEM, CONSIDERABLE RE-EVAPORATION WILL OCCUR AND STEAM WILL
BE LOST UP THE VENT TO ATMOSPHERE. COHSIDERATION SHOULD ALWAYS BE GIVEN TO MAKING USE
OF THIS WASTE HEAT BY CIRCULATING THE CONDENSATE THROUGH FIN TUBE RADIATION OR UNIT
HEATERS TO HEAT THE SPACE, OR THRU A HOT WATER GENERATOR TO HEAT THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER.
17. HOLDING CAPACITY - THERE ARE PERIODS OF TIME WHEN THE CONDENSATE WILL RETURN TO THE
BOILER ROOM AT A GREATER OR LESSER RATE THAN REQUIRED TO FEED THE BOILER DUE TO
WARM-UP CONDITIONS. BECAUSE OF THESE PERIODS OF IRREGULARITY ABOUT 1020 MINUTES OF
WATER STORAGE SHOULD BE PROVIDED IN THE BOILER ROOM.
PAGE NO. 208
FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
PIPE SIZE
3/ 4"
I"
1-114"
1- 112"
2"
2-112"
3"
ST ANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE
RETURN FROM 30 PSIG STEAM
FLOW RANGE PRESSURE DROP RAMGE
DRY RETURNS
o - 240 LBS/HR 0 - 0.50 PSl l lOO FT.
W - 480 LBS/ HR 0. 125 - O.SO PSl l l00 FT.
481 - 1,000 LBS/HR 0. 125 - O.SO PSl l l00 FT.
1,001 - 1,650 LBS/HR 0.25 - 0.50 PSl I 100 FT.
1,651 - 3,380 LBS/ HR 0.13 - 0.50 PSI / IOO FT.
3,381 - S,S80 LBS/HR 0.20 - 0.50 PSI / l00 FT.
5,581 - 10,200 LBSlHR 0. 15 - 0.50 PSl l l00 FT.

4" 10,2111 - 21,000 LBS/HR 0.125 - O.SO PSlIl00 FT.
5" 21,001 - I,ISO LBS/HR 0.15 - 0.50 PSl l l00 FT.
6" 4I!, 151 - 65,000 LBS/HR 0.211 - O.SO PSlllOO FT.
WET RETURNS
314" 0-61 LBS/HR 0.211 - O.SO I'Sl I IOO FT.
I" 641 - 1,000 LBS/HR 0.20 - O.SO 1'$1/100 FT.
1-114" 1,001 - 1,710 LBSlHR 0.211 - O.SO PSlIl00 FT.
1- 112" 1,711 - 2,950 LBS/HR 0.211 - 0.50 PSl I IOO FT.
2" 2,951 - 5,'50 LBS/HR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl l 100 FT.
2-112" 5,'51 - 9,100 LBS/HR 0.211 - 0.50 PSl I I00 FT.
T' 9,101 - 15,000 LBS/HR 0.211 - O.SO PSII I00 FT.
15,001 - 30,700 LBS/HR 0.20 - 0.50 PSl I I00 FT.
r' 30,701 - 69,000 LBSiHR 0.20 - 0.50 PSll 100 FT.
'"
69,001 - 104,000 LBS/ HR 0.20 - O.SO PSl l l00 fT.
FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
PIPE SIZE
314"
I"
1- 114"
1-112"
2"
STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE
RETURN FROM 50 PSIG STEAM
FLOW RAMGE I'RESSURE DROP RAMGE
DRY RETURNS
0-310 LBS/ HR o - 1.0 PSI/100 FT.
381 - no LBS/HR 0.30 - 1.0 PSI/IOO FT.
m - 1,600 LBSlHR 0.30 - 1.0 1'51/100 FT.
1,601 - 2,600 LBS/HR 0.30 - 1.0 PSIIIOO FT.
2,60 1 - 5,400 LBSlHR 0.30 ...: 1.0 PSl l l00 FT.
-
-- ---
____
3" 9.001 - 16, 2110 LBS/HR 0.30 - 1.0 1'$1/' . __
4" 16,2111 - 33,500 LBS/ HR 0.30 - 1.0 PSII 00 F-r

5" 33,50 1 - 66,000 LBS/HR 0.30 - 1.0 1'51/10 ' Fl .

6" 66,001 - 104,000 LBS/ HR 0.30 - 1.0 1'51/ 100 P .

3/ 4"
1-114"
1- 112"
2"
2- 112"
3"
('
5"
'"
WET RETURNS
o - 1,020 LBS/HR
1,021 - 1,600 LBS/HR
I 601 - 2 .50 LBS/HR
2,851 - 4,700 LBS/ HR
4,701 - 9,300 LBS/HR
9,301 - 15,600 LBS/HR
15,601 - 24,000 LBS/HR
24,001 - SO,OOO LBS/HR
50,001 - 110,000 LBS/HR
110,001 - 166,000 LBSlHR
0.30 - 1.0 PSI/IOO FT.
0.30 - 1.0 1'51/ 100 FT.

0.30 - 1.0 PSl/l00 FT.
0.30 - 1.0 I'SI/IOO FT.
0.30 - 1.0 1'51/100 FT.
0.30 - 1.0.I'SI/. FT:
0.30 - 1.0 1'$1/100 FT.
0.30 - 1.0 I'SI/IOO FT.
0.30 - 1.0 1'51/1. FT.
0.30 - 1.0 1'51/. FT.
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL I PLATE NO, I P AGE NO. 209
DES-IO'N 'O-F'- HIG'-H- PRESSURE-CONDEN'SAlE PI"PIN-G
1 LAY OUT PIPING - LAy! TO:.LL utllU AND CONDENSATE
DRIP POINTS. DETERIlII.NE_ TilE. AIIIOUNT OF AHIL"I"LE)N
2. DETERMINE THE FLOW UTES - DETERMINE THE FLOW UTES IN ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM.
-THIS CAN BE 'DOME AF'TER'ALL FLOW RATES TO All UNITS-IN THE SYSTEM HAVE BEEIt SELECTED. _.
.THE UNKNOWN BY THE:I:QLLOWING FORMULA:
- LIS OF CONDENSATE PER HOUR = BTU!ltR ' LATENT HUT OF EV-APORATIOH
TO, DETERMINE THE LATENT HUT OF CONSULT THE STEAIII TABLES OR USE 881
BTUIL B AND 857 Bl'UlLl-F9R THE PSIG STEAM.
3. SruDY nlE ARRANGEMENT:" STUDY THE' PIPE' CtRCUITIHC, THAT HAS BEEN MADE
TO SEE I" flU, PUSSURE QROP IN ALL SECTIONS ClRCUITS .. S APPROXIIoIATELY THE SAllIE.
REARRANSiE
4. SIZE 11IE 'PIP - Q'ZE iTHEJ'PIPE, USING THE CHART SHOWN ON 211. THE CHART IS USED
ON A MAXIMUM FRICTION D,ROP OF 1 PSI PER lOP FEET. 11IE MINIIoIUM PITCH IS 1INCH IN 40.
FEET AND SHOULD BE' IIHCH' IN 10 FEET WHEN CoMDITIOHS.PEju,jIT. IF IT IS DESIRED TO
DESIGN THE SYSTEM ON OTHER CIl4DITIONS, COHSULT THE ASHRAf GUIDE AND DATA
BDOK.
\ .
5. ALLOWABLE VECOCfl'IES :2. ALLOWABLE VELOCiTIES H'AVE VERY LITTLE SIGNIFICANCE IN 11IE
GRAVITY SYSTEM. YlttER,E,T,H,E IS PUMPED, THE VELOCITY OF
, THE WATER IN tHE_PilE SHOULD BE DESIGNEb AT APPROXIMATELY 3 FEET PER SECOND WITH AN
l;PPER LIMIT OF 6 FEET PER SECOND.
, "
6. ESTABLISH,THE SYSlEM PRESSURE DROP - A'(AIUBU III A HIGH PRESSURE Co,c
: DENSATE SYSTEM 'IS TWO FbLD: YlttEHl THE TItAP IS nOSED, TitE HUO AVAILULE IS 11IE PITCH IN
THE PIPE. .:sysnIl11l.'T IS GRADED 1INCH1," 110 FEE'l:WlLL HAVE 10IIICHES OR 10112 + 2.31 0.3S
, PSI PER 'tltIEN,THE,CONDE,NSAT,E TRAP OPEIIS . PRES.
SURE OF AV'Al f uLE TO TO FLOW, AND DOES, IN' FACT,
HAVE ELEVATE IfIlECESSARY. IT IS WISE TO OBTAIN
AS MUCH PITCH AS POSSIBLE TO FACILITATE 11IE UPID REMOVAL OF CONDENSATE ON WARM-UP;
HOWEVER: 'Pi'rCHES OF 1IMeit IN 40 FEET WlII I.! OPfRAH' QiJlTr'SATISFACTORILY WIfEN SUFFICIENT
STEAM * H AIL.8.LE. 11IE SYSTEM DROP '!ILL BE THE UNIT PRESSUIIE' DROP
TIMES THE TOTAL ECUIVALENT PIPE LENG11I.' ,
7. PITCH - +S S,!O"'", N PARAG!!AP\1, TH,E P.J:rCH .I,t! 1;,.HE PIPING CONTROLS 11IE
AMOUNJ OF .(VA!tUL'E HUD TO CARRY AUY :tt(EJCOHDENSATE WHEN THE TRAP IS CLOSED. 11IIS
PITCH SHQIII:D' N/EVE.RIBE t.E,SS THAN I-INCH IN SHOULD USUALLY BE ABOUT NNCH
:- nc 10 FEET. WHERE IT IS' IMPOSSIBLE "TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS IN A CON'rINUOUS RUN, AND WltEN
! I"SUFFIC'-04 'STEAM-PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE' TOElfvA'fe Ttif"cbNDEHSATE, THE CONDENSATE
Wln- UVE TO BE"PUM'PED- UCK TO 11IE-BOILER ROOM. CONDENSATE GRAVITY RETURN MAIMS AND
CONDENSATE FORCED PUMPED MAIN SHOULD HOT BE JOINED TOGETHER.
8_ PRESSURE DROP IN 11Iill S1.EAIII'lIIAtH,NtD TIt! RETUIiN'MAIN --1'.RESSl\R_E OROI' IN THE STEAIII MAIN .
AND THE RETURN MAI,N D!)I\OJ /lAY,E SAllIE INTERRELATIONSH.!P IN .THE HIGH PRESSURE SYS-
TEM AS TH EY DO IN 11IE.<\:OW 'RESSURE'STEAIII SYSTE ... . GENERAbl:. Y',' tHE CONDENSATE IS RETURNED
TO THE 10lLER IY PUMPING. THE PIPE SIZE FOR 11IE PUMPED RETURN SHOULD IE ESTAILISHED ,
A PIPE VELOCITY OF 3 FEET PER SECOND.
9. TRAPPIi4G'11IE Sr'EAlli MAIN :' THE CONDENSATE THAT FORMS IN THE STEAM MAIN ESPECIALLY DURING
COLD STUT-UP PERIODS MUST BE DRAINED AT FREQUENT INTERVALS IY THE USE OF CONDENSATE
DRAIN TRAPS. II' COilb"E-IfSATE IHLLOiI E-D TO ACCUMULATE, THE UEA OF THE PIPE WILL IE EF
FECTIVELY REDUCED, CAUSING STEAIII TO THE POINT WHEN WATER
SLUGGING AND OBJECTIONABLE NOISE WILL OCCUR. FOR lEST RESUL TS, THE MAIM SHOULD IE
DUINEO' EVERY'3oci' FEET OR LESS. .
10. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT ILACK STEEL WITH ILACK CAST IRON
SCREWED FITTINCS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS O'tER 2INCHES, IT IS COMMON PUCTICE TO USE
WELDED STEEL FITT,"GS. WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THREADOLETS OR WElDOLETS FOR
IRAHCHES' SHOUtD I'SPECIFIED. WHERE TiiE I'RESSURE IN THE PI P'lNG WILL EXCEED 125
PSIG, USE I'II'E.
11. AIR VEIITING -IT IS IMPORTANT TO PRoviDE ADEQUATE FACILITY IN THE SYSTEM TO VENT AIR.
12. PIPE AND PIPE EXPANSION - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUA TE PIPE SUPPORTS AIID PRO
VISlOHSlFOR EX'AlfSIOH HAVE lEEN PROV_IDED 1M ALl; PIPE LINES. PROVIDE PIPE ANCHORS AS
REQUIR,ED WITH TItE EXP AN.S1ON JOIIITS, OR IEIIDS.
13. VALVES - CAn VALVES SHOULD IE INSTALLED III THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE
EQUIPMEIIT AND PIPIIIG ZONES FOR SERVICE.
14. INSTALLATION OF PIPE - CARE MUST IE TAKEN DURING INSTALLATION TO PROPERLY REAIII THE
ENDS OF THE PIPE TO REDUCTION THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF 11IE PIPE.
IS . EQUIVALEN'T LEIIGTH - CARE MUST IE TAKEM III THE COMPUTATION OF OVERALL PRESSURE DROP
, TO ALlOIf f.PR,FITTIMGS. A QUAlfTlTY OF ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS IS NECESSARY TO
ACCURATELY DETERMINE 11IE EClUIVALENT'lENGTH. IF A NORMAL AMOUNT OF FITTINGS IS IN
VOLVED, A RULE' OF 'THUMB OF 1.3 TIMES THE MeaSURED LENGTH MAY IE USED.
16. FLASHING - wilEN TItE HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE RETURNS ARE DISCHARGED INTO A VENTED
TO ATMO$PHERE TANK OR SYSTEM, CONSIDERABLE REEVAPORATION WILL OCCUR AND STEAIII WILL
BE LOST UP THE vEIIT TO ATMOSPHERE. CoNSIDERATION SHout il ALWAYS IE GIVEN TO MAKING USE
OF THIS WASTE HUT BY .(IRCULATING 11IE CONbEHSUE TH ItOU.GH FIN TUIE RADIATION OR UNIT
.to HEAT THE SPACE, OR 11IRU A HQT W,HE.R GENERATO,R TO HUT THE DOMESTIC HOT
WATER. ' , ,
17. HOLDIN'C - THERE ARE PERIODS OF TIIoIE ..t'EN THE' CONDENSATE WILL RETURN TO THE
BOILER ROOM AT A' GREATER OR LESSER RATE THAN REQUIRED TO FEED THE BOILER DUE TO
URM-UP CONDITIONS; BECAUSE OF 11IESE PERIODS OF IRREGULARITY ABOUT 1020 MINUTES OF
WATER STOUGE SHOULD IE PROVIDED IN THE BOILER ROOM.
,
i
.

.. -.. ..
ALLO'W'ABIiiE':
FOR HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
ST ANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE
RHURN FROM 100 PSIG STEAM
PIPE SIZE FLOW RANGE PRESSURE DROP RANGE
.. 3/ ....
! ,I

, .,'
1. 1/2" 1.901- 3,000 LBSIlIR 0.30-1.0 PSI / lOG FT.
- -.-, i r --..r'l:)! . _.' _._ ...
21 / 2" 6,201- 10.500 LBSIlIR 0.30-1.0 PSI/ l00 FT.
3" 10,SOI ,.. .1?.200 , oO.30-1..qI SI ( I00 H.
.... . . . '
" fSI/ lIii(FT
..
5'" .' , " J - 40.501- 7I,ooo.LBStJIR PSI/lOG FT.
6" 71.001-125.000 LBSIlIR 0.30-1.0 PSI/lOG FT.
', 'wn RETURNS
0- 1,020 \; 8SAlR 0-1.0 FlSl/ l00 FT.
0.3.o-1.Q Ps,t/ ll!O FT.
11 / .... 1,601- 2.150 LBSIlIR 0.30-1.0 PSI / l00 FT.
. ,.1IIZ" , 2,151- ".700 . ','.. P5,II100. FT.
f. " .
. j' ' ... FT.
. ", , .. \ 2112 .... '
, ,
. (', 15,6Gb L'aSYMR
.,
, i s.601- 24;000 LBSMR 0.30-1.0 PSlI100 Fl. 3"
4" 2".00 1- 50.000 LBSIlIR 0.30-1.0 PSI / 100FT.
0.30-.1;0 PSI t:: 1O.0 ..FT.
, '.
'"
.' .J.' ,'. '.
. 110,001-166;000 I.8S{1t R
,
.. - ....... .... . ...... ..- ..
A LtO,W ,RATES
FOR HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING
STANDARD WEIG.HT STEEL PIPE
RETURN FOR 150 PSIG STEAM
PRESSURE DROP RANGE
__ .. __
. : ; f . > " " } t'" ; ,,' I '\ :. ' ! '., .' \ 1>.:
PIPE SIZ E FLOW RANGE
DRY RETURNS
.! .It- J 550 L:BS/HRc' .

. ' .'." 11$11100. Ft
0 .... ' 0P'S111... Ft. I"
1 1/4"
, . " .: ;:
I ';: 2" I '\
21/2"
3'" I
I . I ,
4" I,
I . 5"
', .. o' J", :
3/.... .
I"
11/ ....
11 /2"
2"
21 / 2"
3"
....
. ,5"
6"
551- 1,100 LBSIlIR
1, 101- 2.300 LBSIlI R 0.30-1.0 PSI / l00 FT.
,"1 .. ',.. .':" ..i,
I "j)STf LBfAtR ,', . 0.'0-1.0 "P5l/j. ';ft
7.601- 12.ns LBSIlIR
J. 12;"6.). '23. 126 tlS/lfR .
.. \ . , .. , .:. ; , : ' .-
, ' .. ' Zl, i . ... "9,100.I:BSIIfIt .'
WET RETURNS
1,021- 1,600 L BSM R
1,601- 2,150 LBSIlIR
Z,8SI- ",700 LBSIlIR
,,",DO L'BsAt R
9.301- IS,600,LBSIlIR
IS.601 - Z .. ,OOlI .
24.001- 50.000 LBSIlIR
. 5O,ltl-IIOiOOG--tBSMl '
110.001-166.000 LBS/ltR '
".:
0.30-1.D PSI/ IOO FT.
.. _F_T._ . _-I
PSI/I,JiG FT . ..
0.lD-l.0 FT.
UI-I-9 'SlI,IIO FT.
0.30-1.1 I'SI/IOO FT.
, .. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DE.SI, GN ... .. L. .. .N.Q .. I .. PAGf; . "O. 2.11
DESIGN OF COOLING TOWER WATER PIPING
1. LAYOUT PI"MG TO COHMECT TO EQUIPMEMT - LAYOUT ALL PIPIMG TO ALL COHDEHSERS
COMMECTED TO THE COOLIMG TOWER AND TO THE COMDEMSER WATER PUMP.
2. DfTERMIME THE FLOW RATE - OBTAIMTHIS RATE FROM THE MAHUFACTURER OF THE COM.
DEMSER WHOSE PROTOTYPE YOU ARE USIHG. THIS RATE WILL USUALLY (BUT MOT ALWAYS)
BE 3 GPM PER TOM.
3. SELECT THE PIPE SIZE - THIS CAN BE OBTAIMED FROM THE CHART BELOW THIS PAGE. THE
CHART IS BASED OM A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 6 FEET PER 100 FEET AHD A MAXIMUM
VELOCITY OF 6 FEET PER SECOMD. FOR OTHER COMDITIOMS, REFER TO THE GRAPH BELOW
THIS PAGE.
4. THE FRICTIOM LOSS IH THE PIPIMG - MUSURE THE LEHGTH AMD MUL TIPLY BY
1.3 TO LLOW FOR THE FITTIMGS TO OBTAIM THE TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LEMGTH. IF THERE
IS AN UMUSUAL ANOUMT OF FITTIMGS, COMPUTE THE EQUIVALEMT LEMGTH OF ALL FITTIHGS.
MULTIPLY THE TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LEMGTH TIMES THE PRESSURE DROP PER FOOT TO OB-
TAIM THE FRICTIOH LOSS 1M THE PIPIMG. MOTE THAT THE PRESSURE DROP PER FOOnM THE
PIPIMG FROM THE SUMP OF THE TOWER TO THE SUCTIOM OF THE. COHDEMSER WATER PUMP
WILL BE DIFFEREMT FROM THAT OF THE PUMP DISCHARGE PIPIMG.
5. CALCULATE THE TOTAL HUDOM THE COMDEMSER WATER PUMP - TOTAL THE DIFFEREHT
ELEMEMTS THAT MAKE UP THE TOTAL HEAD AS FOLLOWS:
G. FRICTIOM LOSS 1M THE PIPIMG.
b. FRICTIOM DROP THROUGH THE COMDEMSER (FROM THE MANUFACTURER).
c. DIFFEREMCE 1M ELEVATlDH FROM THE POIMT WHERE THE WATER EMTERS THE COOLIMG
TOWER AND THE WATER 1M THE SUMP OF THE TOWER.
4. VELOCITY PRESSURE FOR SPRAYS (IF USED).
t . FRICTIOM LOSS 1M COMTROL VALVE (IF USED) .
6. COMPUTE PUMP HORSEPOWER (OR GET PUMP MAMUFACTURER\ - SIMCE GPM AMD TOTAL
HUD ARE KMOWN AT THIS POIMT, HORSE OWER CAM BE COMPUTED BY ASSUMlMG EFFICIENCY
AND USIM' THE FOLLOWIMG FORMULA:
BRAKE HP = GPM HUD (1M FEET!
3960 EFFICIEMCY
7. CHECK MET POSITIVE SUCTIOM HUD FOR PUMP - FOR GOOD RESUL TS, THE COOLlMG TOWER
SHOULD BE ELEVATED ABOVE THE PUMP SiiCTIOM BY AN ANOUMT AT LUST EQUAL TO
TWICE THE FRICTIOM DROP 1M FEET 1M THE PIPIMG FROM THE COOLIMG TOWER SUMP TO THE
COMDEMSER WATER PUMP SUCTIOM (NGRE IF POSSIBLE) .
e. CHECK VALVE - AUAYSPUT A CHECK VALVE IH THE PUMP DiSCHARGE TO PREVENT IACI(-
FLOW TURMIMG THE PUMP IMPELLER BACKWARDS WHEH THE PUMP STOPS.
9. WIMTER FREEZE-UP PROTECTIOM - IF THE COOLIMG TOWER IS REQUIRED TO BE USED 1M THE
WIMTER IM.AREAS WHERE FREEZIMG 1M THE PIPIMG NAY OCCUR, IT WILL BE MECESSARY TO
PROVIDE FREEZE PROTECTIOM. PROVIDE DOUBLE THICK IMSULATIOM (AT LUST
OM THE PIPE AMD PROVIDE TRACER ELECTRIC HUTlMG CABLE WHEREVER THE PIPE MAY If
EXPOSED TO FREEZIMG. .
10. PIPE MATERIAL - GEMERALLY USE STANDARD WEIGHT ZIMC-COATED STEEL PIPE WITH ZIMe-
COATED MALLEABLE IROM SCREWED FITTIMGS. WHERE THE PIPE SIZE IS URGE (OVER
4-IMCHES) AMD THE WATER IS MOT CORROSIVE, STAMDARD WEIGHT BUCK STEEL PIPE WITH
BLACK STEEL WELDIMG FITTlMGSNAY BE USED. IF THE STATIC PRESSURE 1M THE PIPE WILL
EXCEED 100 PSIG, USE EXTRA HUVY PIPE THROUGHOUT.
11. CHEMICAL FEEDER COMMECTIOMS - PROVI DE CAPPED OUTLETS IN THE PIPING TO PROVIDE
FOR FUTURE IMSfALuTIOW OF" CHEMICAL FEEDER SlMCE ALMOST ALL COOLING TOWERS
WILL REQUIRE THE FEEDIMG OF CHEMICALS TO PREVENT SCALING 1M THE CONDENSER.
CHECK WITH LOCAL COMPANIES EMGAGED IN THE BUSINESS OF PROVIDING WATER TRUTMENT
FOR COOLIMG TOWERS TO DETERMINE THE PIPE SIZE AND BEST LOCATION FOR THE CHEMICAL
FEEDER.
12. GATE VALVES SHOULD If INSTALLED 1M THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE
M MT FOR SERVICE. BALANCING VALVES SHOULD BE IMSTALLED IN THE SYSTEM WHEN
IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO DESIGN THE SANE PRESSURE DROP 1M ALL CIRCUIT$.
PAGE NO. 212
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR COOLING TOWER PIPING FLOW GRAPH FOR TOWER SYSTEjM PIPING
STANDARD WEI STEEL PIPE
20000
,
.15 .2 .n.J
,
2 4
,
' 0 4 ,
'\ \
"-
"'

"
.0000
1&000
,
1\
11000
PUMP SUCTION
!
TONS@
10000 i\
\

i-'"

X
V"
1/1--
",.
PUMP DISCHARGl
l\
GPM PIPING PIPING * 3 GPM/TON
10000
1000 0000
0-6 1 " 1-1/4" 0- 2
0000
IL
1000
'\ .Il
1000
I-- V
5 000
-- .
4000

4000
7 - 15 1-1/4" 1-1/2 " 2 - 5
1000 1000
..... \.
16 - 21 1-1/2 " 2" 5 - 7 / l), V ,/ ",,-
. 000 '000
p("
/
\ ,.
\
22 - 39 2" 2-1/2 "
1&00 '000
7 - 13

,,-

V"
r\P:,
".- i-'"
/ i\
'000 1000
40 - 66 2-1/2 " 3" 13 - 22
too 000
..
67 - 120 3" 3-1/2" 22 - 40
-
000
800
""
'\ V
000
\ \ \ V
400 400
121 - 165 3-1/2 " 4" 40 - 5S
.If
/
100 100
,,-
'\
.,.-
166 - 210 4" SOl ' ,
55 - 70
i (\ 1\ .... k" 200 .. ZOO

:"'""\
\ 1\
.. 0
110
211 - 360 \, 5" 6"
70 - 120
)1--
.J
V
r r'\ Ir" ..
100
'00
361 - 600 6" 8" 120 - 200
to 00
601 - 900 8" 10" 200 - 300
to 10
so
.,.-
"'\
to
40 \
,
40
901 - 1500 10" 12" 300 - 500
10 10
'\
1501 - 2100 12" 14" 500 - 700
10
\
,,-
\ /"
zo
V
V
,/
1\
.,.-
2101 - 2700 -14 " 16" 700 - 900
'"
,,'
.,) ......

.A;
\
' \
00 ./
..
2701 - 3300 16" 18" 900 - 1100

,
7
3301 - 4500 IS" 20" 1100 - 1500

",,-
. I
V

II
,,-
\ 4
"
4501 - 5400 20 24" 1500 - 1800
I
I I
II
L \
f(
5401 - 7800 24" 30 " 1800 - 2600 I
..... /
I
/"
.....
".-
1\ v\ 1-"1\
II
.. I,'
II
* Check amount of head available to make water flow from sump of cooling tower

'\ i-' \"
H
to suction of PUmll. Cooling tower sump must always be above c ondenser water LO LO
.I .11 .. .S .4 .5 .1 . 1.0 , ..

o 00 0
.. pump
FRICTION LOSS ( FE T OF WATER PER IOCWT. )
i l
! i
HEATING, VENT1LATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
I
PLATE NO.
I
PAGE NO. 213
" .. ,""._ ..... ," .. ... .. " .'-, .. , '.'
l ' .r., .. '1:' ',' : l,..\1 .::_t(', ,"'..... .. I;.. " 1 I "! ....... / ': '_'\.)) \ 1 ' j.
1. LAY OUT PIPING - MAilE A TENT,ATlVE ,(:OMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, AItD TO CARRY THE OIL WITH THE FLOW. HORIZONTAL HOT GAS LINES SHOULD I1AVE A MIHIIiUM
EVA'PO'RAfOR.THE PIPING AHD EOUIPMENr5HOULb BE AS'COMPACTLY ARRANGED AS POSSIIlL! VELOCITY OF 500 SHQ.U:J,.O flTOUYiI,Y FRO&l;fHE COMPRESSOR. VERTICAL UPFLOw.
WITH PIPING KEPT TO THE SHORTE ST POSSIBLE STUDY THE TENTATIVE PIPING LAYOUT HOT GAS LIMES SHOULD HAVE A MIMIMUM VELOCITY OF 1000 FPM \
TO BE>SURE,:I'r 'IS"'l H 1040ST''SUIT!Bl''f' ,ARIMItGEMEM1': FOR rnt! SrtSTEM YOU ARE DESIGNIMG. ,
2. DETE j INE.... sis.
T.EM A .
TEM S J'T THE
,. IH 40 OE,CREES F SUCHON ANt1'
105 F COIiOEksJli G,AR,E F POttDIJlotc,S .ARE' U:S, o" REfE-R TO," REfRIGER
ANT PlPJIMG OAT .. 4" BY ' AWI . " : . ' ' . ./, " " ... I', t
1 . " t, i .'!/ . { 1- . 0'..". l' .' ) ,
3. MUST BE COHSIDFRED:
A. , ,/:"'. i
B. EOIh vALEMT - tHE EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF"TH6 SUCTION LIME MUST BE
;FEH. ALL FliTlMGS' 1M P"E:MUS! ,E COMSID,ERED.
'.. .. :.... '. ' . I' , . ' ":' "
C. DROP ':-YIfE FOR 2. PSI. THE
,GRAP,H,O,M. PAt,E 215 To.O ,GlV!: A to.TAL THE
SUClT,10Il1.INEi.'i!I',..2 PSI . FLO'tY' RUE' AND TOtAl- fQUIVAHNJ
l.!M;E. , ,"." "" .;
D. VeLOCITY 'SELfc!TEO: 'Tlte SU.CTION. liAS POEs N()f.;Mn WITH: THE
OIL' AMP' TH.EPIPE MlI!l.. BJlOf3lGj4ED wtllf 1\ GR!-A l' EilOUCH VoROCITY TO CARRY
01 ' A'etM'Q)fA:tE-celmieS'SO'Ii . "OlhzDNT.Al :suctrOM'. LINES 5HOll tfb' HAVE A MINIMUM !
VEtO A)(o D;OWN THE ,VERTICAL UPFLOw SUC
T10, LltiES A VEI,PCITYOF ,1000 FPII!. , . . .
, [ t: "'" ,:j;:.I, . _. , , ',' . :
E. CA"AC!:liY..:lMlhU,LATIOM COJii'RESSORIS EQUtPPEO CAPACITY. MODULATIOM,
LOW BE OF THE ooUIILe RISER TYIIE, THE CROSSSECTIONAL
AREA OF:80TH RIS'ERS SHOULD 'BE OE,SIGNED FOR 1000 Frill COMP/tESSOR IS RUHNING
A:r ,FULL FtOW: ,ltt.E CRQSS SEc:::rIONAL ,,'REA OF THE-.SMALlER RISER SHOULD DESIGNED FOR
IS RUM!'IIHG AT ITS ,LOWEST FLOUATE. THE OF THE
TWO liE TH,E IT, WILl, FILL 'filTH OIL AMD FORCE FLOW
UP WHEN' IS AT ,T,HE FLOW RATE.
F. MAl(IIIIUM YEL.QCITY - iO,PRECL,uot MOISE 1M THE LIMES, SUCTIOM LIMES SHOU,LD HOT BE DE
WlTK..;\ VELOCITY TO 3500 FPIII. ' .:. ,: .
4. SIZE THE HOT ,As LIME - TO THE HOT GAS LIME, THE FOLLOWlMG MUST BE CONSIDERED:
"l' ,
A. RATE '-_ FLOW TOMS MUST BE
B. EQUIVAtEMT LEMGTH - THE TOTAL EQUivALEMT LEMGTlt OF THE SUCTIOM LIME MUST BE
ESTABL1'$HEP 1M FEn'. ALL FI:TTIMCS AN'!) VALVES 1M TH,!
c . TOTAL PRESSUtE' DROP - THE TOTAL PRES$URE DROP SHOULD BE' DESIGNED F.OR 4 PSI. THE
GRAPH OM 215 BELOW HAs'BE,EM COMPUTE!) TO GIVE ,A TOTAL PR!ssi,lRE DROP 1M THE
HOT .GAHIMEOF 4 PSI, WITH A.KMOWN FlOlJ RATE, AMD A KIlO .... TOTAL. EQUIVALENT LENGTH,
SELCt A TEMTAtlVE PIPE SIZE JJlE !lOT GAS LIME. ' ;'
D. CHECk VelOCITY 1M HOT GAS LIME SELECTED - THE HOT DISCHARGE GAS DOES NOT MIX WELL
THE cOMpmSOR' OIL AND THE PIPE MUSt PESiGHtb"ii!!!
( 1; .. . J '. f /
. E. CAPACllY .MODULA:rIOM - ,WKiM.lKE-<-COMP,a,ESSOR IS E,QUIPp6D ..WHH CAPACl-fY MODUlA TlOM; .;
S!tQULO BE OF, tHE TYPE . THE
.. 9F BOTH RISERS SHOULD., Q,ESIGNEO FOR 1000 Ff\M ,WJiEN THE COMPRESSOR, IS RUNNING
, _" FULL THJ OF S!i..Oll,LD
100f"F'fI'M WHEN THE RUNMING AT ITS LOWEST FLOW RATE, THt LAR.GER OF THE
FLbw
i
F, MAXIMUM VELOCITY - TO PRECLUDE NOISE 1M THE LINES, HOT GAS I,INES SHOULD NOT BE
DESIGNED WITH A VELOCITY TO ExceeD 3,500 FPM. .

, r
G. OIL SEPARATOR - WHEN IT IS NOT DESIRED TO USE THE DOUBLE RIS:ER SYSTEM-DESCRIBED HeREIN,
AN OIL SE'PARATOR MAY. BE USED CLOSE to THE COMPRESSOR AND THE LINES SIleO fOR F-Ul l!
FLOW. AN OIL RETURN LIME MUST BE RUN FROM THE OIL SEPARATOR BACK TO THE
--5. SIZE THE LIQUID LINE - TO Size THE LIQUID ;LIHE, THE FOLLOWIMu ITEMS MUST BE COMSIDERED.
. - s .
FLOW RATE - 1M TOWHrST BE ESTABLISHED.
B. EQUlVALENT LENGTH - THE .TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF THE LIQUID LINE MUST BE ESTA,
lISHED 1M FEET . ALL FITTINGS AND VALVES MUST BE COMSIDERED.
C. TOTAL PRESSU RE DROP - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE OESIGNED FOR 2 PSI. THE
GRAPH OM PAGE 215 BELOW HAS BEEM COMPUTED TO GIVE A TOTAL PRESSUR'E ORO'P 1M THE
'LIQUIO LINE OF 2 PSI. WITH A kNOWM FLOW RATE AMO A KMOWN TOTAL EQUIVALEMT LEMGTH
SEL.ECT A TENTATIVE PIPE SIZE FOR THE LIQUID LIME.
D. CHE,CK VELOCITY IN L1QUID I.IME SELECTED - THE LIQUID REFRIGERANT MIXES WELL WITH TH'E
COMPRESSOR OIL, THEREFORE, HIGHER VelOCITIES ARE MOT MECESSARY. THE LIQUID LIME
SHOULD BE DESIGNED WITH A MAXIMUM VELOCITY OF 300 FiPM.
E. LIQUID SU'B-COOLIMG - WHEN 'THE LIQUID LIME RISES FROM THE CONOEMSER OR RECEIVER 10
THE EVAPORATOR, FLASHING MAY OCCUR AS THE PRESSURE REDUCES DUE TO ELEVATlON OIF
FERENCE. WHEREVER THE SYSTEM MUS-T BE DESIGNED WITH THE EVAPORATOR THE
COMDEMSER, A LI.OUID SUBCOOLIMG FEATURE SHOULD BE INCLUDED 1M THE OESIGlt
6. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY,. THE REFRIGERATIOM PIPIMG FOR THE AIR CONDITIOHIMG SYSTEM
SHOULD BE COMSTR4CTED WITH TYPE "L" COPPER TU BING WITH FORGED OR WROUGHT COPPER
FITTIMGS. ALL JOINTS SHOULD BE MADE WITH SIL VER SOLDER.
7. PIPE SUPPORTS AND PIPE EXPANSION - THE FINAL DESIGM OF THE PIPING LAYOUT MUST BE
CAREFULLY COMSIDERED FOR EXPANSIOM AMD FLEXIBILITY. AMCHORS AND EXPAH-SION IlENOS
MUST BE PROVIDED TO ACCOUMT FOR EXPAMSION, FLEXIBLE WOVEM METAL COMMECTORS SHOULD
liE USED AT THE COMPRESSOR TO CClnROL VIBRATION. VIBRATIOM CONTROL SHOULD BE IMCLUOED
FOR THE COMPRESSOR.
a. ACCESSORIES - THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED 1M EACH RECIPROCATING ,
REFRIGERANT PIPIMG SYSTEM: (A) HOT GAS MUFFLER; (B) DRIER; (C) STRAIMER; {D) LIQUID SIGH, '
GLASS; (E) SHUT-OFF VALVES; (F) RELIEF VALVE PIPED TO OUTDOORS;,!G) CHARGING VALVES, ANP
(fI) WITH -OFF VA[V'ES:'" , .' , . .. ' ." n-"'"'' ,
'. .\ " P I( G:E, 'N 0. : 214
,.
PIPE

"
112" .
511"
3/4'
7/1"
1.1/1"
1-3'/1"
211'"
"
25/1"
),1/1"
3-5/1"
4-111"
10 FT.
1.1 5
UK
U HG
-,
-'
. "
2OflI'- .
' 1." 5
3.1 HG
Z.4 'S
5.} HG
3.7 ' $
'.0 HG
-
16.0 HG
- "
.J.
' 30' FT,'
0:6 . S
,.: .. IIC,
. , . 5. L
1.2 5
. 2.5 HG
'.3 L
1.95
UHG
14.2 L
3.0 $
, UHG
! - "
6.,0 5
13.0 I!G
10.1 S
! 21.1.HG
"f _
'., '
.,.
:\"
1 .
1
'40 n. . .SO 75 FT. 100 FT. 125 FT. ISO FT. 200 FT. 2SO FT. 300 FT,
0.5 S. 0.5 5 0.4 5 I D.3 .5, . . .0.3 5 0.3. $ _ _
1.2, HG 1.0 'HG 0.' HG 0.7 .HG 0,6. HG 0.6 HG l ,niG 0: .. ' HG 0,4 \ IfG
3:' . L p 1: , 2.7 LP L ,. 2.0 L J.' }, 1. 1..4 L, 1.2 l. ..
1.0 5. U '5 6.7 5 0.6 5 0.5 $ ... 5 '5 .0 . $ , . l4 .5, 5
2.2 HG ' 1.9' KG 1.5 HG 1.3 HG .1.2 HG 1.1 HG 0.9 HG 0 ... 11' .7 ,H'
7. iL UL 5.0L " .Ol 3.8l 3.4L 2.9L 2.6L 2.3L
1.6 '$ ' ..... 5 1.2 5 . 1.0 5'
. 3.6 HG ,. 3.2 KG 2.6 HG 2.2 HG 2.0 HG 1.1 HG 1.5 HG 1.3 HG 1.2 HG
12.1 l 10.7 L 1.6 l 7.3 L 6.4 l 5." L $.O . l '< L ,;' 4.0. L
2.5 $ U 5 1.1 5 1.5 S 1.4 S 1.2 SUS 0.9 S 0.9 5
5.6 KG ' 4.9' HG 4.0 HG 3.l HG J:1 HG ' 2.' HG 2.4 KG ' 2.1 HG ,I.t ,HG
11.7 L 16.5 L 13.2 L n.3 L 10':0 l ' 9.0 l . ' 1.7 L 6.' i. U 'L
5.1
11.1 HG 9.9 KG ' 7.9 HG . U HG . " 6.1 HG HG 4.7 HG 4.2 IIG " . ' U ;HG
. 7 5
11.7 HG
33.9 L 27.2 L l 20:4 L ' 11 .. 5 L . 15.' I. 13.9 L . 1i':6 .L .
7.7 5 6.2 5 5.3 S 4.7 S 4.3 S 3,7 $ , 3.3 ,5 , 3.0 $
16.6 HG 13.6 HG 11.6 HG 10.4 HG 9.4 HG '.1 HG 7.2 itG 6.6 HG
47.1 L i1 40
1
3 .L . ,. ,35, 6 L 32,2 L .' 27.7 L .24,3 L 22.0 L
14.1 $ , . 12,5 $ 10.0 5 S 1.7"' 5 " 6.9S. 6.0' 5 " , 5:3 5 U ' 5 ....
3U HG ... 26.' HG
25.3 5
55.5 HG
:..
21.6 HG 11.7' HG I6.7HG ' 15.2 HG '13.0 HG 1\1'.6 HG ".5HG'
74.0 L 63.5 l 56.5 :L , 5U. l .3.4 L '31.3 L , '34.' I.
20:2 5 17.5 $ 15.6 5 14,i.s 12'.2 '5 10.9 5 U $
4"" HG 3'.5. HG :\.4.1 HG 31.2 HG 26.8 HG 23.7 HG 21.5 HG
nl .. o I! 106.0' L ' 90.5 L " 10.5' l '73.0 I! .
36.' $ ,. 317 5 2'.0 5 . . ' 25.3 . S 22.0 ' 5 " 19.6 S 17.' 5
10.5 HG 61 .5 HG ' 55:5 HG' 474 ' HG . 42'S.HG . 3I.6": HG
57.5 5
125.0 HG
49.6 S
107.0. HG
U :5 'S
161.0 HG
. 1 OSlO' 5
226.0 HG
44.0 S
,..0 HG
66S S
144.0 HG
93:0 S'
202.0 HG
\67.0 5,
1'7.0 l 161:0 t: 143.0 ll3LO L
39.1 S. 5 30:5 5 , :to:o
*1.0. HG 74.5 HG " 65.5 HG " . '6C' HG
60.0 .S
131.0 HG
.u S
1.4.0 HG
152.0 S
ZS8:0 l 'm." .;, 207:41 l '
52.0 S . 46.6 S ,- 42.0. $
1.12. 0 .HG 100.0 HG " .5 HG
n.5 S
151.0 HG
342.0 l 312.0 l
64.5 5 . 51.5 s
141.0 HG 12'.0 HG
..... 0 L ,
116,0$ IOU $
; ,', fill" I ,332.0 HG
S
287.0 253.0 $.' itG
\I,
'- .
MOTES: I. CHART lASED OM F SUCTION, 10l F COMDENSING, AND TYPE ' l" COPPER.
2. "$" = SUCTIOM PIPE - lASED OM 2 PSI TOTAL PRESSURE DROP.
3 .... :ilot ;'ISCfIARGE C.(S PIPE - i.SfD 0"::4 PSI' TOTAL PRESSURE DROP.
J. ' 4. 'L" ' . , liQUID 'IPE,- IUED'OM 2 PSI JOTAIhP,RESSUR. DROlt " .
;it: 't '.:'\' l' J. -: ...... :
K. A T 1.t1' G., V E NT' L AT' 0 N AND . A , R' CON D ',' T , 0 N , N G
'j I .'. I
, -
DES I G N'" Y' A N' U A L ' " I' ' PL ATE ' NO".
DESIGN OF REFRIGERANT 22 PIPING
1. LAY OUT PIPING - MAKE A TENTATIVE PIPING LAYOUT BETWEEN COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, AND
EVAPORATOR. THE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE AS COMPACTLY ARRANGED AS POSSIBLE
WITH PIPING KEPT TO THE SHORTEST POSSIBLE LENGTH. STUDY THE TEHTATIVE PIPIHG LAYOUT
TO BE SURE IT IS THE MOST SUITABLE ARRANGEMEHT FOR THE SYSTEM YOU ARE DESICHIHG.
2. DETERMIHE THE FLeJIV RATE - ESTABLISH THE REQUIRED CAPACITY OF THE REFRIGERATIOH SYS
TEM AND SELECT THE COMPRESSOR, CONDEHSER AND EVAPORATOR. THE CAPACITY OF THE SYS
TEM SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED 114 TOHS. GENERALlY,IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO COMPUTE THE
REFRIGERANT FLOW 114 LBS/ MIN, WHERE STANDARD CONDITIOHS OF 40 DEGREES F SUCTION AND
105 DEGREES F CONDENSING ARE USED. IF OTHER CONDITIONS ARE USED, REFER TO "REFRICER
ANT PIPING DATA" BY ARI.
3. SIZE THE SUCTION LINE - TO SIZE THE SUCTION LIHE, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS MUST BE COHSIDERED:
A. FLOW RATE - THE FLOW RATE 114 TOHS MUST BE ESTABLISHED.
B. EQUIVALENT LEHGTH - THE TOTAL EQUIVALEHT LENGTH OF THE SUCTIOH LIHE MUST BE
ESTABLISHED IN FEET. ALL FITTINGS AND VALVES IN THE LINE MUST BE COHSIDERED.
C. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE DESICHED FOR 3 PSI. THE
GRAPH OM PAGE m BELOW HAS BEEH COMPUTED TO GIVE A TOTAL PRESSURE DROP 114 THE
SUCTION LIHE OF 3 PSI. WITH A KHOWN FLOW RATE AND A KNOWH TOTAL EQUIVALEHT LENGTH,
SELECT A TEHTATIVE PIPE SIZE FOR THE SUCTIOH LINE.
D. CHECK VELOCITY IN SUCTION LINE SELECTED - THE SUCTION GAS DOES NOT MIX WELL WITH THE
COMPRESSOR OIL AHD THE PIPE MUST BE DESICHED WITH A GREAT ENOUCH VELOCITY TO CARRY
THE OIL BACK TO THE COMPRESSOR. HORIZOHTAL SUCTION LIHES SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM
VELOCITY OF 500 FPM AHD SHOULD PITCH DOWN TO THE COMPRESSOR. VERTICAL UPFLOW SUC
TlON LINES SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM VELOCITY OF 1000 FPM.
E. CAPACITY MODULATION - WHEN THE COMPRESSOR IS EQUIPPED WITH CAPACITY MODULATION,
ALL VERTICAL UP.fLOW RISERS SHOULD BE OF THE DOUBLE RISER TYPE. THE CROSSSECTIONAL
AREA OF 10TH RISERS SHOULD BE DESICHED FOR 1000 FPM WHEH THE COMPRESSOR IS RUHHING
AT FULL FLOW. THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF THE SMALLER RISER SHOULD BE DESIGHED FOR
1000 FPM WHEN THE COMPRESSOR IS RUNNIHG AT ITS LOWEST FLOW RATE. THE LARGER OF THE
TWO RISERS SHOULD BE TRAPPED AT THE BASE, SO THAT IT WILL FILL WITH OIL AND FORCE FLOW
UP THE S/i4ALlER RISER VItIEN THE COMPRESSOR IS RUNHIHG AT THE LOWEST FLOW RATE.
F. MAXIMUM VELOCITY - TO PREClUDE NOISE 114 THE LINES, SUCTIOH LINES SHOULD HOT BE DE
SICHED WITH A VELOCITY TO EXCEED 3500 FPM.
4. mE THE HOT GAS LINE - TO SIZE THE HOT GAS LIHE, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS MUST BE CONSIDERED:
A. FLOW RATE - THE FLOW RATE 114 TONS MUST BE ESTABLISHED.
B. EQUIVALENT LENGTH - THE TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF THE SUCTIOH LINE MUST BE
ESTABLISHED IN FEET. ALL FITTINGS AHD VALVES IN THE LINE MUSJ IE CONSIDERED.
C. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE DESICHED fOR 4 PSI . THE
C. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE DESICHED FOR 6 PSI. THE
GRAPH ON PAGE 217 BELOW HAS BEEN COMPUTED TO GIVE A TOTAL PRESSURE DROP IN THE
HOT GAS LINE OF 6 PSI. WITH A KHeJlVN FLOW RATE AHD A KNOWN TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH,
SELECT A TENTATIVE PIPE SIZE FOR THE HOT CAS LINE.
WITH THE COMPRESSOR OIL AHD THE PIPE MUST BE DESIGNED WITH A GREAT ENOUGH VELOCITY
TO CARRY THE OIL _iTH THE FLOW. HORIZOHTALHOT GAS L1HES SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM
VELOCITY OF 500 FPM AHD SHOULD PITCH AWAY FROM THE COMPRESSOR. VERTICAL UPFLOW
HOT GAS LINES SHOULD HAVE A MIHIMUM VELOCITY OF 1000 FPM.
E. CAPACITY MODULATIOH - WHEN THE COMPRESSOR IS EQUIPPED WITH CAPACITY MODULATION,
ALL VERTICAL UPFLOW RISERS SHOULD BE OF THE DOUBLE RISER TYPE. THE CROSSSECTIONAL
AREA OF BOTH RISERS SHOULD BE DES!CHED FOR 1000 FPM WHEN THE COMPRESSOR IS RUHHING
AT FULL FLOW. THE CROSS SECTIOHAL AREA OF THE SMALLER RISER SHOULD BE DESICHED FOR
1000 FPM WHEH THE COMPRESSOR IS RUNNING AT ITS LOWEST FLOW RATE. THE LARGER OF THE
TWO RISERS SHOULD BE TRAPPED AT THE BASE SO THAT IT WILL FILL WITH OIL AND FORCE FLOW
UP THE SMALLER RISER WHEH THE COMPRESSOR IS RUNNING AT THE LOWEST FLOW RATE.
F. MAXIMUM VELOCITY - TO PRECLUDE NOISE IN THE LINES, HOT GAS LIHES SHOULD NOT BE
DESICHED WITH A VELOCITY TO EXCEED 3500 FPM.
G. OIL SEPARATOR - WHEH IT IS HOT DESIRED TO USE THE DOUBLE RISER SYSTEM DESCRIBED HEREIN,
AH OIL SEPARATOR MAY BE USED CLOSE TO THE COMPRESSOR AHD THE LINES SIZED FOR FULL
FLOW. AH OIL RETURH LINE MUST BE RUN FROM THE OIL SEPARATOR BACK TO THE COMPRESSOR.
S. SIZE THE LIQUID LINE - TO SIZE THE LIQUID LINE, THE FOLLOWlHG ITEMS MUST BE CONSIDERED.
A. FLOW RATE - THE FLOW RATE IN TONS MUST BE ESTABLISHED.
B. EQUIVALENT LENGTH - THE lOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF THE LIQUID LINE MUST BE ESTAB
LISHED 114 FEET. ALL FITTINGS AHD VALVES MUST BE CONSIDERED.
C. TOTAL PRESSU RE DROP - THE TOTAl PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE DESICHED FOR 2 PSI. THE
C. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP - THE TOTAL PRESSURE DROP SHOULD BE DESIGNED FOR 3 PSI. T H ~
GRAPH ON PAGE 217 BELOW HlS BEEN COMPUTED TO GIVE A TOTAL PRESSURE DROP 114 THE
LIQUID LINE OF 3 PSI . WITH A KNOWN FLOW RATE AHD A KNOWN TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH,
SELECT A TENTATIVE PIPE SIZE FOR THE LIQUID LINE.
D. CHECK VELOCITY I" LIQUID LINE SELECTED - THE LIQUID REFRIGERA"T MIXES WElL WITH THE
COMPRESSOR OIL, THEREFORE, HIGHER VelOCITIES ARE NOT NECESSARY. THE LIQUID LINE
SHOULD BE DESICHED WITH A MAXIMUM VELOCITY OF 300 FPM.
E. LIQUID SUB-tDOLlNG - WHEN THE LIQUID LIME RISES FROM THE COHDENSER OR RECEIVER TO
THE EVAPORATOR, FLASHING MAY OCCUR AS THE PRESSURE REDUCES DUE TO ELEVATIOH DIF
FERENCE. WHEREVER THE SYSTEM MUST BE DESIGNED WITH THE EVAPORATOR ." SOVE THE
CONDENSER, A LIQUID SUBCOOLING FEATURE SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE DESIG'4.
6. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, THE REFRIGERATIOH PIPI"G FOR THE AIR CONDITIOHING SYSTEM
SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH TYPE "L" COPPER TUBING WITH FORGED OR WROUGHT COPPER
FITTINGS. ALL JOINTS SHOULD BE MADE WITH SlLVER'SOLDER.
7. PIPE SUPPORTS AND PIPE EXPAHSION - THE FINAL DESIGN OF THE PIPING LAYOUT MUST BE
CAREFULLY CONSIDERED FOR EXPANSION AND FLEXIBILITY. ANCHORS AHD EXPANSIOH BENDS
MUST BE PROVIDED TO ACCOUNT FOR EXPANSION. FLEXIBLE WOVEN METAL CONNECTORS SHOULD
BE USED AT THE COMPRESSOR TO CCIITROL VIBRATION. VIBRATION CONTROL SHOULD BE INCLUDED
FOR THE COMPRESSOR.
ACCESSORIES - THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN EACH RECIPROCATING
REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM: (A) HOT GAS MUFFLER; (B) DRIER; (C) STRAINER; (D) LIQUID SIGHT
GLASS; (E) S H U T ~ F F VALVES; (F) RELIEF VALVE PIPED TO OUTDOORS; IG) CHARGING VALVES, AND
(H) GAGES WITH S H U T ~ F F VALVES.
PAGE NO. '1.1'
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES (TONS) FOR REFRIGERANT 22 PIPING
PIPE
SIZE
10 FT.
TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH
20 FT. 30 FT. I FT. SO FT. 75 FT. 100 FT. 125 FT. 150 FT. 200 FT. 250 FT. 300 FT.

1.45 1. 1 5 1.0 S 0.9 S 0.7 S G.6 S O.SS 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.35
l i Z"
5/8"
3.1 HG 2.5 HG 2.1 HG 1.9 HG 1.5 HG 1.3 HG 1. 1 HG 1.0 HG 0.9 HG 0.1 HG 0.7 HG
7. 1 L 6.0 L 5.3 L 4.3 L 3.7 L I __ ---4 ___ 2=.5 ::...:::. L __ -!-__ -=2::.: .2-=L=----I!----=: 2.::..0.::L__ --I
2.65
5.6 HG

2.1S 1.IS 1.65 1.35 LI S 1.05 0.95 0.15 0.75 0.65
4.5 HG 3.9 HG 3.4 HG 2.' HG 2.4 HG 2. 1 HG 1.9 HG 1.6 HG 1.4 HG 1.3 HG
__ ___ __ __ -!-__ __ __ __ -!-__
3/ 4"
7/8"
11/'"
1-3/8"
1-5/ 1"
2-1/8"
2-V8"
3-1/1"
3-5/8"
4-1/8"
5-1 / 1"
4.5 S
9.7 HG
3.6S
7.8 HG
5.65
12. 1 HG
11.3 S
24.4 HG
3.1 S 2.1 5 2.2 S 1.95 1.1 S 1.5 S 1.35 1.2 5 1.1 5
6.6 HG 5.9 HG 4.8 HG 4. 1 HG 3.6 HG 13MG 2.1 HG 2.5 HG 2.3 HG
U5
10.3 HG
9.7 S
20.8 HG
17.0 S
36.2 HG
17. 1L 13.6L 11.6L 10. 2L UL 7.9L 6.9L 6.2L
4.3 5 3.4 S 2.9 S 2.6 S 2.4 S 2.0 S 1.1 S 1.6 S
9. 1 HG 7.4 HG 6.3.HG 5.6 HG 5.1 HG 4.3 HG 3.9 HG 3.5 HG
I.6S
11.5 HG
15.1 S
32.2 HG
23.7 S
SO.5 HG
21.4 L 11. 1 L 16. 1 L 14. 6 L 12. 3 L 10.9 L 9.1 L
6.9 S 5.9 S 5. 2 S 4.7 S 4. 1 S 3.6 5 3.3 5
14.9 HG 12.1 HG !).3 HG HLG 1.8 HG 7.7
36.2 L ]2.0 L 790 24.7 L 'I I L. '" , L
12.1 S 10.3 S 9.2 S 1.3 S 7.2 S 6.3 S 5.75
26.0 HG 22.3 HG 19.1 HG 17.9 HG 15.4 HG 13.6 HG 12.3 HG
19.0 S
1.5 HG
39.5 S
85.5 HG
63.5 L 56.0 L SO.O L 43.2 L 37.5 L 33.9 L
16.3 S 14. 4 S 13.0 S 11.2 S 10.05 9.05
34.5 HG 31.0 HG 21.0 HG 24.0 HG 21.3 HG 19.3 HG
33.95
73.5 HG
60.0 S
129.0 HG
94.5 S
90.0 L 11.5 L 70.0 L 61 .0 L 51.5 L
30.0 S V .3 5 23.4 S 20.7 S 11.9 S
65.0 HG 59.0 HG SO.O HG .2 HG 1.2 HG
52.5 S
114.0 HG
83.5 S
110.0 HG
125.0 S
VO.O HG
47.1 S
103.0 HG
76.0 S
163.0 HG .
113.0 S
245.0 HG
159.0 S
337.0 HG
143 .0 L IV.Ol 114.0l
1.5 S 36.2 S 33.0 5
19.0 HG 71.5 HG 70.5 HG
65.05
11.0 HG
97.05
210.0 HG
136.0 S
292.0 HG
249.0 S .
535.0 HG
221.0 L 199.0 L
57.5 S 52.0 S
124.0 HG 113.0 HG
319.0 L
86.05
115.0 HG
120.0 S
251.0 HG
220.0 S
472.0 HG
n.5 S
167.0 HG
110.0 S
234.0 HG
200.05
429.0 HG
NOTES: 1. CHART BASED ON 40
0
F SUCTION, 105
0
CONDENSING, AND TYPE nL" COPPER
2. "5" = SUCTION PIPE - BASED ON 3 PSI TOUL PRESSURE DROP
3. "HG" = HOT DISCHARGE GAS PIPE - 1A5ED ON 6 PSI TOUL PRESSURE DROP
4. "L" = LIQUID PIPE - BASED ON 3 PSI TOTAL PRESSURE DROP
HEATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN M A.N U A L I PLAT E NO. I P AGE NO. 217
DESIGN OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING
I. LAY OUT PIPING - MAlE A TENTATIVE LAYOUT OF THE COMPRESSED AIR PIPING. MAKING CONNECTIONS
TO ALL UNITS USING COMPRESSED AIR. WHERE VARIOUS UNITS REQUIRE DIFFERENT AIR PRESSURES.
THE MAIN AIR SUPPLY WILL HAVE TO IE AT THE HIGHEST PRESSURE AND ASERIES OF PRESSURE REDUC
ING VALVES INSTALLED TO SUPPLY THE LOWER PRESSURES.
Z. DETERMINE THE FLOW RATE - THE FREE AIR REQUIREMENTS MUST IE DETERMINED TO EACH UNIT THAT
USES COMPRESSED AIR. THE REQUIRED FLOW IN EACH SECTION MUST IE DETERMINED. REMEMBERING
THAUITH COMPRESSED AIR THERE IS A GOOD POSSIIIILITY OF SIZAIILE DIVERSITY.
3. STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT - STUDY THE TENTATIVE PIPE CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT
THAT HAS IlEEN MADE. ATTEMPT TO SIMPliFY PIPING AND DELETE TRAPPED AREAS WHERE WATER
MAY ACCUMULATE.
4. SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE ALL SECTIONS OF PIPE FROM THE atART IIELOW. THE CHARTS ARE BASED ON
100 PSIG AIR AND 60 pSiG AIR WITH A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 1.0 pSl l lOO FT. FOR OTHER CONDI
TlONS. CONSULT "COMPRESSED AIR DATA" IIY INGERSOLLRAND.
S. FREE AIR - FREE AIR IS ATMOSPHERIC AIR AT THE INTAKE TO THE COMPRESSOR AND IS VARIABLE DAY
Ttf'nY'JECAUSE OF atANGING CONDITIONS IN THE ATMOSPHERE.
6. VOLUMETRIC EFFICIENCY "- VOLUMETRIC EFFICIENCY IS DESCRIIIED AS THE RATIO OF THE CAPACITY
OF A COiPRESSOR IN CUBIC FEET OF FREE AIR PER ""NUTE TO THE DISPLACEMENT OF THE COMPRESSOR
IN CUIIC FEET PER MINUTE. AND IS GIVEN IIY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
VOLUMETRIC EFFICIENCY IlIi, = FREE AIR CAPACITY (CAl' 100
DISPLACEMENT (e'M' )(
7. STANDARD AIR - STANDARD AIR IS DEFINED AS AIR AT 70' DEGREES F. 29.9ZINCHES HG AND WEIGHING
0.,075 LIIS/CU. FT.
S. MOISTURE IN THE AIR - ATMOSPHERIC AIR CONTAINS MOISTURE AT ALL TEMPERATURES. HOWEVER.
THE WARMER THE AIR THE MORE MOISTURE IT CONTAINS. SINCE THE COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM IS GEN
EULLY USED FOR PNEUMATIC CONTROLS IN THE HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM, IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT NO MOISTURE ENTER THE PIPING SYSTEM AND THENCE INTO THE
DRICATE CONTROL DEVICES. AS THE AIR IS COMPRESSED. ITS TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE ARE
'"CREASED. THUS INCREASING ITS ABILITY TO HOLD MOISTURE; HOWEVER. AS THE AIR COOLS IN THE
RECEIVER AND PIPING SYSTEM DUE TO LOSS OF COMPRESSION HEAT IIY CONDUCTION. CONDENSATION
WILL OCCUR IN THE RECEIVER TANK OR PIPE UNLESS SOME MEANS OF COOLING AND REMOVING IS
PROVIDED AHEAD OF THE TANK AND PIPING.
9. AFTERCOOLER - EACH COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH AN AFTERCOOLER.
FOR THE SMALLER SYSTEMS. SUat AS THE PNEUMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. THE AFTER
COOLER SHOULD IE OF THE REFRIGERATED TYPE. FOR LARGER COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS; IT
BECOMES NECESSARY TO USE A WATER TO AIR HEAT EXCHANGER WITH A COOLING TOWER. ' THE
AFTERCOOLER SHOULD IE LOCATED IN THE LINE IIETwEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE RECEIVER
TANK. MEANS FOR THE AUTOMATIC DRAINING OF CONDENSATE TO DRAIN SHOULD IE PROVIDED WITH
THE AFTERCOOLER.
10. INTAKE AIR PIPING - THE INTAKE AIR SHOULD IE TAKEN FROM THE CLEANEST. COLDEST pOSSIILE
LOCATIOH. AVOID AIR INTAKES WITHIN THE BUILDING. DIRTY LOCATIONS. AND HOT OR HUMID
LOCATIONS.
11. AIR INTAKE FIL TER - THE AIR INTAKE PIPE SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A FIL TER TO REMOVE DIRT
FROM THE AIR. THE FlL TER SHOULD IE OF THE ~ V E N WIRE MESH TYPE AND TH E PRESSURE DROP
THROUGH THE FIL TER SHOULD IE VERY SMALL.
lZ. RECEIVER - EACH AIR COMPRESSOR SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A RECEIVER TANK TO DAMPEN
PULSATIONS. TH E RECEIVER TANK SHOULD IE SIZED AT ABOUT 0. 10 CU. FT. PER CFM OF FREE AIR
CAPACITY OF THE COMPRESSOR. THE RECEIVER TANK SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A GAGE. RELIEF
VALVE. DRAIN COCK. THE RELIEF VALVE SHOULD HAVE ITS DISCHARGE PIPED TO THE OUTDOORS.
13. PIPE MATERIAL - THE SMALL PIPE IN A PNEUMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM SHOULD IE SOFT DRAWN TYPE
"L" COPPER TUBE. THE LARGER lOVER 1I / Z", PIPE SHOULD IE STANDARD WEIGHT ZINC-COATED
STEEL PIPE WITH STANDARD WEIGHT ZlNCCOA TED MALLEAIlLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS.
14. VIBRATION CONTROL - THE COMPRESSOR SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON VlIlRATION ELIMINATORS AND THE
PIPING CONNECTED TO THE COMPRESSOR SHOULD INCLUDE ~ V E N METAL FLEXIIILE CONNECTIONS.
LARGE RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS SHOULD IE SET ON CONCRETE PADS; ISOLATED FROM THE
MAIN FLOOR IIY SPRINGS. THE WEIGHT OF THE CONCRETE MASS SHOULD EQUAL THE WEIGHT OF THE
COMPRESSOR.
15. TESTING - THE COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM SHOULD IE PRESSURE TESTED AFTER INSTALLATION AT
lSHOfTHE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE AND PROVEN TIGHT.
16. EQUIVALENT LENGTH - WHEN COMI'UllNG THE TOTAL FRICTION DROP IN THE PIPING SYSTEM. THE
fllcflOH DROP IN THE FITTINGS AND VAL VES MUST IE CONSIDERED AND THE TOTAL EQUIVALENT
LENGTH USED.
PAG E NO. 218
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR
COMPRESSED AIR PIPING
AND 60 PSIG COMPRESSED AIR
PIPE SIZE FLOW lATE (nEE All) PIESSUIE OIOP IAMGE
112" -12 CFM 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/1OO FT.
13 - 25 CFM 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/ .. FT.
I" 26-4 CFM 0.20 - 1.0 PSI/l00 n .
-
49 - 100 CFM 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
11/2" 101 - 155 CFM 0 . - 1.0 FT.
l' 156 - 2tO CFM '_lO - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
21/1' 291 - 475 CFM 0_. - 1.0 PSlI100 FT.
r' 476 - '25
CFM '_lO - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
126 - 1,7511 CFM 0_20 - 1.0 PSI/1OO FT.
r' 1,751 - 3,100 CFM O_lO 1.0 PSI/I. FT.
6" 3,101 - 5,100 CFM 0.35 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
r' 5,101 - 10,900 CFM 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
."
10,901 - 19,500 CFM O.lO - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
12" 19,5111 - lD,500 CFM 0_25 - 1.0 PSI / l00 FT.
MOTE: THE AIOVE CAPACITIES AlE lASED OM A MAXIMUM PIESSUIE DROP OF 1 PSI PEl 100 FT. TO
DETEIIMIME CFM OF All AT .. PSlG, MIlL TIPLY IY 14.7n4.7 - 0. 197 (FOI EXAMPLE, 1000 CFM
OF flEE All WILL IE 191 CRA OF AIR AT 61 PSlG.)
ALLOWABLE FLOW FOR COMPRESSED AIR PIPING
AND 100 PSIG COMPRESSED AIR
PIPE SIZE FLOW lATE (FlEE All) PIESSUIE OIOP .... GE
112" 0-15 CFM o - 1.0 PSI/1OO FT .
3/4" 16 - 32 CFM O.lD - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
I"
33-"
CFM ' .lD - 1.' PSlI1. FT.
1114" 61 - 125 CRA '.25 - 1.' PSI/l00 FT.
11/2" .126 - 197 CFM . - 1.' PSlI100 FT.
--
r 191-360 CFM '.lO - 1.1 PSI/lOO Fr-
!112" 361-. CFM US - 1.1 PSI/ I. FT.
----_.-
3" 511 - 1,100 CFM O.lO - 1.1 PSI/I .. FT.
--
4" 1,101 - 2,1511 CFM 0.25 - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
--
5" 2, 151 - 3,900 CRA 0.31- 1.0 PSlI1II FT.
," 3,901 - 6,300 CFM 0.35 - 1.0 FT.
'"
6,lO1 - 13,100 CFM 0.25 - to PSI/l00 FT.
10" . 13,101 - 24,000 CFM O.lO - 1.0 PSI/l00 FT.
l1' 24,001 - 35,001 CFM 0.35 - 1.0 PSlI100 FT.
MOTE: THE AIOVE CAPACITIES ARE lASED ON A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP OF 1 PSI PEl '" FT. TO
DETERMINE CFM OF AIR AT 100 PSlG, MIlL TlPLY IY 14.71114.7 - 0.121 (FOR EXAMPLE, _ CFM
OF FREE AIR WILL IE 121 CFM AT 100 PSIG.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL I PLATE NO. I P AGE NO. 219
DESIGN OF VACUUM AIR PIPING
1. GENERAL - GENERALLY, VACUUM AIR PIPING IS ENCOUNTERED IN LABORATORY VACUUM INLETS
AND PUMP PRIMING APPLICATIONS. WHERE LOW VACUUM APPLICATIONS BELOW 2O-INCHES HG
ARE ENCOUNTERED, OTHER SOURCES OF INFORMATION SHOULD BE CONSUL TED.
2. 1'11'1"' LAYOUT - LAY OUT PIPING TO CONNECT TO ALL ROOM INLETS, CEMTRAL PUMP, AND
VACUUM CONTROL TANK.
3. ESTAILISH mE FLOW lATE ,. DETERMINE THE FLOW RATE I" ALL SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM IN
CFM. TYPICAL LAIOIATORY INLETS REQUIRE APPROXIMATELY I TO 2 CFM PER INLET AT IS
IMOIES HG. PUMP I'RIM .. G SYSTEMS WILL HAVE VARIABLE CAPACITIES DEPENDI"G ON THE NEC
ESSARY LIFT, ALLO .. lLE LEAKAGE, AND THE TIME ALLOWABLE TO ACCOMPLISH THE PRIMING
OI'ERAnOM. IT SHOULD U REMEMIERED THAT WHEN MUL TIPLE LABORATORY INLETS ARE TO
IE SERVED, CDHSIDERAILE DIVERSITY MAY BE AVAlLA8LE.
4. STUDY THE PIPE aRCUIT .. G ARRANGEMENT -STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITIMG ARRANGEMENT THAT
HAS IEEM MADE TO SEE IF THE ARRANGEMENT CAN BE SIMPLIFIED AND TO TAKE ADVANTAGE
OF AMY KHO"" DIVERSITY THAT MAY BE AVAILABLE.
S. ATMOSI'IIERIC I'REmE - THE PRESSURE EXERTED BY THE URTH'S ATMOSPHERE IS EQUAL TO
EXACTlY 1406" II . I". AT SEA LEVEL.
,. INCHESOfMERQlRJ - THE TERM " I"CHESOFMERCURY"IS WIDELY USED AS A MUSURE OF THE
AMOUMT Of THE VACUUM. ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE AT SEA LEVEL IS EQUAL TO 29.921 INCHES
OF MERCURY.
7. MlCIlOMS - THE TEiM "MlCROM" IS USED 1M LOW VACUUM WORK All) MEANS ONE ONE THOUSANDS
OF UILUMnER. ATIGSI'ttERIC PRESSURE AT SEA LEVEL IS EQUAL TO A COLUMH OF MERCURY
760 MlLLlMnEi HIGII OR 760,000 MICRO"S. .
I . SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USING THE CHARt BELO', AND THE FLOW VALUES ALREADY
ESTABLISHED. THE OIART IS BASED ON A MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP Of 1.0 IMCHES HG PER 100
FEn AND A MAXIMUM VELOCITY OF 5000 FEET PER MINUTE. fOR OTHER CONDITIONS, THE DE
SlGIIER SHOULD COIISUL T OTHER SOURCES OF INFORMA T I O N ~
t . EQUIVALEMT LENGTH - CARE MUST 8E TAKEN 1M THE COMPUTATION OF OVERALL PRESSURE
DROP TO ALLOW FOR FITTIMGS. A QUANTITY T AKE-OFF OF ALL VAL VES AND FITTIMGS IS
MECESSARY TO ACCURATELY DETERMIME THE EQUIVALENT LEMGTH.
10. MATERIALS OF PIPING - ZINC COATED OR BLACK STEEL, OR TYPE " K" COPPER TU81NG SHOULD
BE USED FOR VACUUM AIR PIPING. STEEL PIPE SHOULD BE MADE UP WITH ALL WELDED JOIMTS.
COPPER TUBING SHOULD BE MADE UP WITH FORGED OR WROUGHT FITTINGS AND SILVER SOLDERED
JOINTS.
11 . INSTALLATIOM OF PIPE - CARE MUST 8E TAKEN DURING INSTALLATION TO PROPERLY RUM THE
ENDS OF THE PIPE TO PREVENT REDUCTION 1M THE CROSS SECTIOMAL AREA OF THE PIPE.
12. PIPE SUPPORTS AND PIPE EXPAHSIOM - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS AND PRO
VISIONS FOR EXPANSIOM HAVE 8EEM PROVIDED 1M ALL PIPE LIMES.
13. VALVES - SHUT-OFF VAL VES SHOULD 8E OF THE UMLIMED, PACK LESS, RUBBER DIAPHRAGM TYPE.
14. TESTING - WHEN THE SYSTEM OF VACUUM PIPING HAS 8EEM COMPLETED, IT SHOULD BE TESTED
T01tlMOIES HG FOR FOUR HOURS AHD PROVED T1G1tT.
15. EXHAUST PII'IMG - THE EXHAUST PIPIMG FROM THE DISCHARGE SIL ENCER TO THE SEWER SHOULD
BE ZIMCCOATED STEEL WITH SANITARY DRAINAGE FITTIMGS.
16. VACUUM PUMP - THE VACUUM PUMP FOR LABORATORY SERVICE AND PUMP PRIMIMG SHOULD BE OF
THE WATER IN THE ROTOR TYPE (ORWET VACUUM PUMP) WHICH DISCHARGES THE WASTE TO THE
SEWERS. DRY TYPE VACUUM PUMPS SHOULD MOT BE USED OM ANY LINES WHICH MAY CONTAIN LIQUID.
17. VACUUM COMTROL TANK - THE VACUUM COIHROL TANK SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED OF ZIMC..(QATED
STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ASME CODE FOR UMFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS.
II. DISCHARGE SlLEMCER - THE DISCHARGE FOR THE VACUUM PUMP SHOULD BE FITTED WITH A DISCHARGE
SILEMCER AND THE AIR AND WASTE WATER PIPED TO THE SAMITARY SEWER THROUGH AN OPEM SIGHT
DRAIM.
19. ~ M P PIIIMlM& - OM LARGE CEMTRIFUGAL PUMPS WHICH ARE PUMPIMG WATER FROM A SOURCE BELOW
E CASiMG F THE PUMP IT IS CO.... ON PRACTICE TO INSTALL A VACUUM PRIMIMG SYSTEM WHICH
CONSTAMTL Y REMOVES THE AIR FROM THE INTAKE PIPING AMD MAIHTAIMS THE CASING OF THE PUMP
FULL OF LIQUID AND READY TO START PUMI'IMG ON DEMAND. THE VACUUM PUMPING SYSTEM USUALLY
COMHECTS TO THE TOP OF THE CENTRIFUGAL PUMP CASING AND THEM.TO A WATER CONTROL TAMK
ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE PUMP CASIMG.
PAG E NO. 220
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR VACUUM AIR PIPING
MOTE: THE ABOVE CHART IS lASED OM A PUSSURE DROP OF A MAXIMUM OF 1.0 INCHES HG PER 100 FEET AND A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VELOCITY OF SOOO FPM.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL I P' L ATE NO; I PAGE NO. 221
\
DESIGN OF OIL PIPING
I. GENERAL _ IN GENERAL, THIS PAGE COVERS THE DESIGN OF OIL PIPING FOR THE OIL BURNING
SYSTEMS USUALLY EMPLOYED IN THE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS.
2. LAY OUT PIPING - LAY OUT PIPING TO CONNECT TO ALL BURNING UNITS, PUMPS, HEATERS,
AND OIL STORAGE TANK.
3. ESTAllISH THE FLOW RATE -
A. ESTABLISH THE OIL FIRING RATE - CHECK THE BOILER DETAIL SHEET OR CALCULATE BY
THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
CERTIFIED OUTPUT OF BOILER (BTU/ltRI
0.80 x (153,400 BTU/ GAl'" OIL) (148,000 BTU/ltR -5 OIL) (140,000 BTU/ltR ,.2 OIL) GPH OF OIL
I. ESTABLISH THE flOW THROUGH THE METERING DEVICE - THIS WILL BE THE SAME AS THE
OIL FIRING RATE, EXCEPT THAT THE STANDARD RATE WILL VARY SLIGHTlY WITH EACH
BURNER MAMUFACTURER. SPECIFY THE RATE COMPUTED ABOVE IN THE SCHEDULE ON
THE DETAIL.
C. ESTABLISH THE flOW THROUGH THE PRIMARY PUMP - THIS WILL BE TWICE THE OIL FIRING
RATE, EXCEPT THAT THE STANDARD RATE WILL VARY SLIGHTLY WITH EACH BURNER
MANUFACTURE'R. SPECIFY THE RATE AS TWICE THE OIL FIRING RATE IN THE SCHEDULE ON
THE DRAWINGS.
D. ESTABLISH THE PUMPING RATE FOR THE TRANSFER PUMP (IF USEDI- THE PUMPING RATE
FOR EACH TRANSFE'I! PUMP SHOULD BE THE SUM OF THE PUMPING RATES OF ALL PRIMARY
PUMPS PLUS 50%. MOTE THAT ONLY ONE TRANSFER PUMP IS REQUIRED TO RUN THE SYS
TEM AND THAT THE OTHER PUMP IS A STANDBY.
4. STUDY TH E PIPE CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT - STUDY THE PIPE CIRCUITING THAT HAS BEEN
MADE TO SEE IF THE PRESSURE DROP WITHIN EACH CIRCUIT AND BACK TO THE TANK CAN
BE MADE APPROXIMATELY THE SAME. REARRANGE IF NECESSARY. TRY TO ELIMINATE THE
NEED FOR PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES.
5. SIZE THE PIPE - SIZE THE PIPE, USING THE CHART SHOWN BELOW. TH E CHART IS BASED ON
AVERAGE CONDITIONS/ WHERE THE SUCTIOH LIFT EXCEEDS 12 FEET. CONSIDER THE USE OF
TRANSF ER PUMPS. I
6. AIR IN TH E PIPING - FREQUENTL Y AIR WILL BE PULL ED INTO THE SYSTEM FROM THE STU FFING
BOXES OF THE VALVES ON THE SUCTION SIDE OF THE PUMP. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THIS AIR
DOES MOT ENTER THE BURNERS. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO SEE THAT THE RUNOUT PIPING
TO THE IURNERS IS TAKEN FRaot THE BOTTOM OF THE MAIM TO ALLOW THE AIR TO PASS BACK
TOTHE TAMK.
7. PIPE MATERIAL - GENERALLY, USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED FITTINGS.
WHERE WELDED PIPE IS USED, THREADOLETS OR WELDOLETS FOR BRANCHES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED.
WHERE THE PRESSURE IN THE PIPING WILL EXCEED 100 PSIG, USE EXTRA HEAVY ptn. THE
SCREWED FITTINGS USED AT TH E SWING JOINT CONNECTION TO THE TAMK SHOULD IE ARRANGED
SO THAT IF THE TANK SETTLES, THE JOINT WILL IE SELF-CLOSING.
8. GAU VALVES - GATE VALVES USED IN THE OIL LINES SHOULD IE OF THE MON RISING STEM,
STUFFING BOX TYPE TO PREVENT AIR LEAKS IN SO FAR AS POSSIBLE.
9 PRESSURE GAGES - ALL GAGES SHOULD BE OF THE COMPOUND TYPE EXCEPT AT THE DISCHARGE
OF THE TRANSFER PUMPS. .
10 . SWING CHECK -INSTALL A SWING OIECK VALVE IN THE HORIZONTAl NUR THE POINT WHERE
THE OIL SUCTION LINES ENTER THE TANK TO PREVENT OIL RUNNING BACK INTO THE TAMK
WHEN THE PUMPS ARE STOPPED. DO NOT USE A FOOT VALVE. .
II . VACUUM BREAKER - AT THE HIGH POINT, WHERE THE CIRCULATING LOOP RISES BEYOND THE
LAST. BURNER, INSTALL TWO BALL CHECK VALVES WITH OPEN END TO PREVENT A SYPHON
EFFECT WHEN THE PUMPS ARE STOPPED.
12. SIZING THE FILL LINES - GENERALLY, THE FILL LINES FOR NO. 2 OIL SHOULD IE 2INCH AND
THE FILL LINES FOR NO. 5 AND NO. 6 OIL SHOULD IE 4INCH. IF THERE IS A LONG HORIZONTAL
OFFSEt IN THE FILL PIPING, INCREASE THESE PIPES BY TWO PIPE SIZES.
13. SIZING THE SOUNDING LINES - 2 INCH SOUNDING LINES WILL BE ADEQUATE FOR ALL GRADES OF
OIL.
u. SIZING THE VENT LINES - THE VENT SIZE IS FREQUENTL Y CONTROLLED BY CODES AND THESE
COOE PIPE SIZES SHOULD BE USED AS A MINIMUM. THE VENT SIZE SHOULD IE AT LEAST HALF
OF THE FILL LINE SIZE; FOR EXAfotI'LE, WHERE A FOURINCH FILL LINE IS USED, A TWO-INCH LINE
WILL BE ADEQUATE. THE VENT LINE, HOWEVER, SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 1 1/2INCHES
REGARDLESS OF FILL LINE OR TANK SIZE.
15. PIPE SlJpPORTS AND PIPE EXPANSION - CHECK TO SEE IF ADEQUATE PIPE SUPPORTS AND PRO
VISIOMS FOR EXPANSION HAVE BEEN PROVIDED IN ALL PIPE LINES. PROVIDE SELF-CLOSING
SWING JOINTSA T POINTS WHERE SETTLEMENT MAY OCCUR.
16. TESTING - THE OIL SlJCTION LINES SHOULD BE TESTED TO 20-INCHES HG FOR FoUl HOURS AND
PROVEN TIGHT IEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN OPERA TION.
P AG E NO. 222
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR OIL PIPING
NUMBER Z 'OIL NUMBER 5 OIL NUMBER 6 OIL
PIPE SIZES FOR VARIOUS GPH PIPE SIZES FOR VARIOUS GPH PIPE SIZES FOR VARIOUS GPH
TOTAL
EQUIV
LENGTH
50 100 150 200 Z50 300 600 900 SO 100 150 200 Z50 300 600 900 50 100 150 ZOO Z50 300 600 900
10 FT, 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 1. 112" Z" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" Z IIZ' 3" Z" 2" 2" Z" Z" Z" 3" 4"
20 FT, I/Z" 3/ 4" 3/ 4" 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 1.112" Z" 2" 2" 2" Z" 2" Z.II2' 3" 2" 2" '2
ft
Z" Z" Z" 3" 4"
30 FT, 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" I" I" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2.1/2' 3" 2" 2" 2" Z" 3" 4"
41FT. 112" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 1 112" Z" 2" 2" Z" ZI/2' 3" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" Z" 3" 4"
50FT. 112" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 1. 1/2" z" 2" 2ft 2" zn
2 liZ' 3" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 4"
"FT.
112" 3/4" I" I" I" I" 1.1/2" 1/112" 2" 2" 2" 2" Z" 2" 3" ' 3" 2" 2" 211
Z.II2" 2.112" 2112" 3" 4"
71 Fl. 1/2" 3/4" I" I" I" I" 1I/Z" 1.1/2" 2" 2" r' 2" Z" 2" 3" 3" 2" 2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" ZII2" 3" 4"
_FT. 1/2" 3/4" I" I" I" I" 11/2" 11/2" 2" r' 2" 2" Z" Z" 3" 3" r' 2" 2" 2.1/2" 21/2" 21/2" 3'" 4"
90FT. 112" 3/4" I" I" I" I" 11/2" 1.1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" Z" 2" 3" 2" 2" ZI/2" Z I/2" 2112" 3" 4"
100FT. 1/2" I" I" I" I" 1.1/2" 11/Z" 2" 2" 2" Z" 2" Z" 3" 3" 2" 2" 2" ZII2" ZII2" ZII2" 3" 4"
110 FT. 3/4" I" I" 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 11/2" Z" 2" 2" Z" 21/2" ZI/2' 3"
.... 2" 2" 21/2" Z.II2" 3" 3" 4" 4"
120 FT. 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 1112" 2" 2" 2" Z" Z.I/2" 2. 1/2' ZII2' 3" .... 2" Z" ZI/2" ZII2" 3" 3" 4" 4"
130 FT. 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" Z" 2" Z" 2" 2.1/2" 2T/2' 2112' 3" .. " 2" Z" ZI/2" ZI/2" 3"
'"
.4" 4"
141FT. 3/4" I" I" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2. 112" 2.1/2' ZII2' 3" Z" 21/2" 21/2" 3"
'"
4" 4"
MOTI: THI ABOVE CHAn MAY FOR BOTH SUCTIOM AND RETURM PIPING - WIIU.c SUCTIOM LIFT EXCEEDS1 21P. ufe TRANSFER PUMPS.
, .
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR ' CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. I PAGE NO. 223
DESIGN OF COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRIP PIPING
1. GEHERAl - AS AIR PASSES OVER THE COOLlHG COIL, MOISTURE IS RELEASED AS THE AIR REACHES
A DEW POIHT 014 THE COLD SURFACE OF THE COOLlHG COIL, THUS MAKIHG IT HECESSARY TO PRO
VIDE A DRIP PAN UHDER THE COIL AHD PIPIHG FROM THE DRAIH PAN TO A SUITABLE TERMIHATION
POINT OF DISPOSAL. THE SYSTEM OF PIPIHG COHHECTIHG ALL DRAIH PAHS IS SIMILAR TO AHY
WASTE DISPOSAl SYSTEM AHD MUST BE DESIGHED TO CARRY THE WATER AWAY WITHOUT AHY SIG
HIFICANT MAIHTEHAHCE.
2. STOPPAGE AHDOVERFLOW - UHLESS THE CONDEHSATE COIL DRIP PIPIHG SYSTEM IS ADEQUATELY
DESIGHED AND IHSTALLED, STOPPAGE AHD OVERFLOW CAH RESULT. WHEH OVERflOW OCCURS,
COHSIDERABLE DAMAGE CAH RESUL T TO THE BUILDIHG FIHISHES. AFTER THE BUILDING HAS BEEH
COMPLETED, THE OWHER SHOULD BE ADVISED THAT A REGULAR PROGRAM OF CLEANING THE COHo
DEHSATE COIL DRIP PAH SHOULD BE IHSTITUTED.
3. ARRAHGEMEHT - THE COHDEHSATE COIL DRIP PIPIHG SYSTEM SHOULD BE CAREFULLY ARRAHGED
TO CARRY AWAY THE UHWAHTED WATER. ALL PARTS OF THE SYSTE'M MUST BE GRADED TO DRAIH
AND WET PORTIOMS OR UHDRAIHED LOW POIHTS CAHHOT BE ALLOWED SIHCE THEY WILL FILL WITH
DIRT All) STOPPAGE WILL OCCUR.
4. CALCULAIIOM OF WATER FLOW - THE AMOUHT OF COHDEHSATE THAT WILL OCCUR 114 A SYSTEM AT
THE MAXIMUM CQHDITION CAH BE COMPUTED FROM THE DESIGN PSYCHOMETRIC CHART FOR EACH
UHIT; HOWEVER, tHIS CAH BE A RATHER LABORIOUS TASK, ESPECiAlLY IF THE SYSTEMCOHTAIHS
HUMEROUS TERMINAL UHITS. A RULE OF THUMB OF 3 LBS/ HR/ TON MAYBE FOLLOWED IF IT IS NOT
DESIRED TO COMPUTE THE WATER flOW FROM EACH UHIT. UHITS SERVIHG AREAS WITH HIGH LATEHT
LOADS MAY PRODUCE AS MUCH AS 6 LBS/HR/ TON OR APPROXIMATELY 70 GALLOMS PER HOUR FOR A
100 TOH UHIT.
5. AVAILABLE HEAD - AVAILABLE HEAD TO CAUSE THE WATER TO FLOW FROM THE DRIP PAH OF THE
UHIT TO THE TERMINAl. POIHT IS THE DIFFEREHCE 114 ELEVATIOH BETWEEH THE UNIT AHD THE TER
MINAL POINT. FRICTIOM DROP PLAYS A VERY SMALL ROLE 114 THIS PIPIHG SIHCE THE flOW IS AL
WAYS VERY SMALL COMPARED TO TH E PIPE SIZES USUALLY EMPLOYED. .
6. VEHTlHG - VEHTIHGOF THE CIJ4DEHSATE COIL DRIP PIPIHG IS MORE IMPORTAHT THAH VEHTlHG OF
A SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM BECAUSE THE FAH PRESSURES CAN CAUSE THE WATER TO HAHG UP IN
THE SYSTEM. THE PRESSURE 114 A DRAWTHRU UNIT COULD BE OF A VALUE THAT CAUSESTHE AIR TO
COME UP THE DRAIH PIPE AHD DISRUPT HORMAL FLOW OF AlL UNITS 114 THE SYSTEM. ALL LARGE
UHITS SHOULD HAVE A VENTED TRAP AT THE OUTLET OF THE DRIP PAN. THE HEIGHT OF THE TRAP
SHOULD BE GREATER BY 50% THAH THE EXPECTED HEGATIVE PRESSURE 114 THE PAN AND THE TRAP
SHOULD BE VEHTED AT ITS OUTLET TO PREVEHT THIS PROBLEM.
7. MATERIAL - GEHERALLY, THE COHDEHSA TE COIL DRIP PIPIHG SHOULD BE COMSTRUCTED OF TYPE
"M" COPPER TUBIHG, UHLESS LOCAl CODES PROHIBIT THE USE OF THIS LIGHTER WEIGHT PIPE. WHEH
CODE INTERFERES WITH THE USE OF TYPE " 114 " COPPER, TYPE " L" COPPER OR UIeCOATED
STANDARD WE IGHT STEEL PIPE SHOULD BE EMPLDYED. COPPER TUBIHG SHOULD BE MADE WITH
SWEAT FITTIHGS MADE WITH 955 SOLDER.
8. ALGAE - THE DEVELOPMEHT OF ALGAE 114 THE PAHS AHD COHSEQUEHTLY DOWH THE DRAIH SYSTEM
MAY OCCUR 114 SOME GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATIOHS. WHEH ALGAE OCCURS, SOME FORM OF CHEMICAl
TREA TMEHT MA Y BE NECESSARY TO KEE P THE SYSTEM OPEH.
9. TERMINATION - THE TERMINATION POIHT OF THE COMDENSATE COIL DRI P PIPIHG SYSTEM MAY BE
MAifE IN MANY WAYS . GENERALLY, ANY SYSTEM THAT IS IN KEEPIHG WITH THE LOCAL CODES WILL
BE SATISFACTORY TO DISPOSE OF THE ACCUMULATED WATER. SPILLING THE WATER OVER OPEH
SI GHT DRAINS AND SERVICE SINKS ARE TWO OF THE MOST COMMON WAYS OF DISPOSAL. DISPOSAL OF
TH E WATER ON GRADE USUALLY PROVES TO BE QUITE UNSATISFACTORY SIHCE IT KEEPS THE SOIL
CONST AHTLY IN A MUDDY COHDITIOH. DISPOSAL OF THE WATER OVER A FLOOR DRAIH USUALLY
PROVES TO BE QUI TE UHSATISFACTORY SIHCE IT KEEPS THE FLOOR SURROUHDIHG THE DRAIH WET
AL L OF THE TIME.
10. THEORETICALLY, IHDUCTIOH UHITS DO HOT REOUIRE A COHDEHSATE COIL DRIP
PIPIHG SYSTEM, BECAUSE THE MOISTURE IS REMOVED FROM THE ROOM BY THE DRY PRIMARY AIR;
HOWEVER, MOST DESIGHERS ADD A DRIP PIPIHG SYSTEM TO BE SAFE. COHDEHSATIOH MAY OCCUR
AHD DAMAGE THE BUILDIHG WHEH TROUBLE OCCURS 114 THE PRIMARY AIR UHIT AHD CHILLED
WATER IS COHTIHUIHG TO BE CIRCULATED TO THE IHDUCTIOH UHITS. IT IS FOR THIS REASON THAT
DRIP LlHES ARE RECOMMEHDED FOR THE IHDUCTIOH UHIT SYSTEM.
11. INSULATIOH OF THE PIPE - THE COHDENSATE COIL DRIP PIPIHG SHOULD BE INSULATED WITH VAPOR
BARR-i ERlHSULA TlOH SIHCE THE COHDEHSATE CAH BE QUITE COLD AND COMDENSATION MAY OCCUR
014 THE EXTERIOR OF THE PIPIHG CAUSIHG BUILDIHG DAMAGE. GEHERALLY, THE PIPE MAY BE 114
SULATED WITH 112IHCH THICK DUAL TEMPERATURE GLASS FIBER IHSULATIOM OR PREFORMED flEX
IBLE FOAMED RUBBER IHSULATIOH.
12 . IHSULATIOH OF DRI P PAH - THE BOTTOM AHD SIDES OF THE COHDENSATE DRIP PAN SHOULD BE 114
SULA TED WITH SPRA Y TY PE IHSULATIOH OF APPROXIMA TEL Y 1/2INCH OF THICKNESS TO PREVEHT
CONDEHSATIOM.
13. EXTENSION OF DRIP PAH - THE COHDEHSATE DRII' PAN IN THE UNIT SHOULD BE LARGE EHOUGH OR
SHOULD BE EXTEHDED TO COVER ALL VALVES AHD ACCESSORIES CARRYING WATER OR REFRIGERANT
BELOW 50 DEGREES F.
U. FLUSHOUT - THE COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRIP SYSTEM SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW fiERI
ODIC FLUSHOUT TO RID THE SYSTEM OF SLUDGE AHD DIRT. THE STRATEGIC PLACEMENT OF WASHOUT
PLUGS WILL GREATLY FACILITATE THIS PROCEDURE.
PAGE NO. 224
SIZING THE COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRIP PIPING
.
COMMECTED COOLIHG"LOAD 1M TOMS
PIPE
SIZE
so 100 110 SfO
1/4" MOT RECO .MDED
311" MOT REce
lIZ" MOT
3/4" H UPT02T MS
I"
H
UP'll 5 TOMS
I

I

1.1/4"
I
PP, TO 30 TOMS
I.IIZ" UP TO 50 TO S
2"
I
I
3" UP TO 300 TCjHS
4"
5"
MOTE: WHERE HORIZOMTAL RUMS ARE EIoIPLOYEDWITH A PITat OF LESS THAN 1"114 10 FT. -IMCRUSE THE ABOVE VALUES OME PIPE SIZE.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL T PLATE NO. I P AGE NO. 225
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL PIPE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL PIPE
STANDARD WALL THICKNESS EXTRA STRONG WALL THICKNESS
Pipe Outside Inside Wall Weight Volume
Size Schedule Diameter Diameter Thickness Lbs/Ft. Gal/Ft.
Pipe Schedule Outside Inside Wall Weight Volume
Size No. Diameter Diameter Thlckne .. Lb./Ft Gal/Ft
1/2" 40 0.840" 0.622" 0.109" 0.850 0.0158 1/2 .. 80 0.840" 0.546 " 0.147" 1.087 0.1216
3/4" 40 1. 050" 0.824" 0.113" 1.130 0.0276 3/4" 80 1.050" 0.742" 0.154 " 1.473 0. 0224
1" I 40 1.315" 1. 049" 0.133" 1. 678 0.0449 1" 80 1.315" 0. 957" 0.179 " 2.171 0.0374
1-1/4" 40 1.660" 1.380" 0.140" 2.272 0.0774 1-1/4 " 80 1. 660" 1.278" 0.191" 2. 996 0.0666
1-1/2" 40 1. 900" 1.610" 0.145" 2.717 0.106 1-1/2'" 80 1.900" 1. 500" 0.200" 3.631 0.092
2" 40 2. 375" 2.067" 0.154" 3.652 0.174
2" 80 2.375" 1. 939" 0.218" 5.0U 0.1532
2-1/2 " 40 2.875" 2. 469" 0.203" 5.790 0.248 2-1/2 .. 80 2.875" 2.323" 0.276"' 7. 660 0.2195
3" 40 3.500" 3.068" 0.21 6" 7.570 0.383 3" 80 3.500" 2.900" 0.300 10.250 0.342
3-1/2" 40 4.000" 3.548" 0.226" 9.110 0.513
3-1/2" 80 4.000" 3. 364 " 0.318" 12.510 0.462
4" 40 4.500" 4.026 ,. 0.237 10.790 0.660 4" 80 4. 500" 3.826" 0.337" 14.980 0.596
5" 40 6. 563 ,. 5.047" 0 .258 " 14.620 1.039
5" 80 5.563" 4.813" 0.375" 20.780 0.945
6" 40 6.625" 6.065" 0.280" 18.970 1.501 6" 80 6.625" 5.761" 0.432 " 28 .570 1.354
8" 40 8.625" 7.981" 0.322" 28.550 2.597
8" 80 8.625" 7.625" 0.500" 43.390 2.368
10" 40 10.750 10 . 020" 0.365" 40.480 4.098
10" 60 10.750" 9.750" 0.500" 54.700 3.878
12" 30 12.750" 12.090" 0.330" 43.800 5.974
12" - 12 . 750" 11.750" 0.500" 65.400 5.610
14" 30 \4.000" 13.250" 0.375" 54.600 7.168
14"
-
14 . 000 " 13.000" 0.500" 72 . 100 6.909
16" 30 16.000" 15.250" 0.375" 62.400 9.506 16" 40 16.000" 15.000" 0.500" 82 . 770 '.179
18" - 18.000" 17.250" 0.375" 70.600 12.156
18" - 18.000" 17.000" 0.500" 93.500 11.792
20" 20 20.000 19.250" 0.375" 78 . 600 15.117
20" 30 20.000" 19 . 000" 0.500" 104.200 14.753
24" 20 24.000" 23 . 250 " 0.375" 94.600 22.130
24" - 24 . 000 " 23.000" 0.500 125.500 21. 558
PAGE NO. 226
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COPPER TUBING
HARD DRAWN
Nominal
Size
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
1 "
1-1/4"
l-1/Z"
Z"

3"
3-1/2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
1Z"
Outside
Dlameter
1/2"
s/S"
3/4"
7/S"
l-1/S "
1-3/8"
1-5/8"
2-1/8"
2-5/8"
3-1/S"
3-5/8"
4-1/8"
5-1/8"
6-1/8"
S-1/S"
10-1/8"
12-1/8"
Inside
Diameter
0.430"
0.545"
0. 660"
0.7115"
1. 025"
1.265"
1. 50S"
1.985"
2.465"
2.945"
3.425"
3.905"
4.875"
5.845"
7.725"
9.625"
11. 565"
Wall
Thlc1cneu
0.035"
0. 040"
0.042"
0. 045"
0.050"
0.055"
0.060"
0.070"
0.080"
0.090"
0.100"
0.110"
0.125"
0.140"
0. 200"
0.250"
0.280"
Weight
Lbs/Ft
0.198
0.285
0.362
0. 455
0.655
0.SS4
1.140
1. 750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.300
30.100
40 . 400
Volume
Gal/Ft
0.00753
0.0121
O.OISI
0.0250
0.0442
0.0655
0.0925
0.1610
0.2470
0.3540
0.4780
0.6230
0. 9710
1. 3900
2.4300
3. 7900
5.4500
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COPPER TUBING
TYPE"K" HARD DRAWN
Nominal
Size
3/S"
1/ 2"
5/S"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3-1/2 "
4"
5"
6"
S"
10"
12"
Outside
Diameter
1/2"
5/8"
3/4 "
7/S"
1-I/S"
1-3/S"
1-5/8"
2-1/8."
2-5/S"
3-1/S"
3-5/S"
4-1/S"
s-1/S"
6-1/8"
8-1/8"
10-1/8"
12-1/S"
DESIGN I,tANUAL
Inside
Diameter
0.402 "
0.527 "
0. 652"
0.745"
0.995"
1.245"
1.4S1"
1.959"
2.435"
2.907"
3. 385"
3.857"
4.805"
5.741 "
7.583"
9.449"
11.315"
Wall
Thickness
0.049"
0.049"
0. 049"
0.065"
0. 065"
0.065"
0.072"
0.083"
0.095 "
0.109"
0.120"
0.134"
0.160"
0.192 "
0.271 "
0.338"
0.405"
1 PLATE NO.
Weight
Lbs/Ft
0.269
0.344
0.41S
0.641
0. 839
1.040
1.360
2. 060
2.930
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.9110
Z5.900
40.300
57.800
Volume
Gal/Ft
0. 0066
0. 0113
0.0174
0.0227
0.0405
0.0634
0.0894
0.1570
0. Z420
0.3450
0. 4680
0. 6870
0.9400
1.3500
2.3400
3.6500
5.2400
1 PAGE NO.227
DESIGN OF NATURAL GAS PIPING
1. PRE'AIIIIG GAS PlPIIG 'UIS.
A. LAY OUT PlPIIG. STARTING AT THE GAS MHER. LAY OUT THE PIPING SYSTEM. THE PIPING TO
10lLERS,IICIIERATORS, KITCHEl EQUIPMEIIT, AID AllY AID ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT IN THE
IUILDlIIG USIIIG GAS SHOULD IE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE TO KEEP PIPE SIZES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE .
I. DETERIIIIIE THE GAS LOAD. FROM TIlE MAIIUFACTURER'S INFORMATION, DETERMINE THE BTU
IIPUT LOAD FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMEIT SERVED BY THE GAS PIPING SYSTEM. THIS LOAD
SHOULD IE TOTALED AIID GIVEN TO THE GAS COMPANY ALONG WITH THE OESIRED POINT
OF COIIECTIOI TO THE GAS IIAIN TO VERIFY THE AVAILABILITY OF THE GAS.
C. SIZE THE PlPIIG. STARTlIG AT THE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT FARTHEST FROM THE METER, DETER
IIIIE THE TOTAL DEVELOPED LEIIGTH OF PI'E BY MEASURING ALONG THE CENTER LINE OF
THE PIPE RUI. THE DISTAICE FROII THE METER TO THE FARTHEST PIECE OF EOUIPMENT IS THl
OIL Y OlE USED II SIZIIG THE PlPlIG. FIID THE TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH IN THE PIPE
SIZIIG CHART BHOW AID SIZE ALL OF THE PIPING IN THE SYSTEM BY ADDIIIG THE BTU/HR
FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMEITTO THE ACCUMULATED LOAD FOR THE GAS MAIN AND READ
THE PIPE SIZE TO THE LEFT OF THAT FIGURE.
O. GAS METERS AND PRESSURE RED'UCING STATIONS. GAS METERS SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE
THE BUILDING OR ON AN EXTERIOR WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE. THE DESIGNER SHALL KEEP IN
THAT ALL GAS METERS INCLUDE A PRESSURE REDUCING STATION WHICH MUST BE VENTED
TO ATMOSPHERE. THE DESIGNER SHOULD ALSO CHECK WITH THE GAS COMPATn TO DETERMINE
WHO FURNISHES THE METER AND GAS SERVICE. SOME GAS COMPANIES 'ROVIDE THE GAS SERVICE
AID METER FREE OF CHARGE TO THE CUSTOMER, SOME COMPANIES 'ROVIDE THE METER AND
SERVICE FOR A FEE, AIID OTHER COMPANIES WILL OILY PROVIDE GAS .TO THE CURB LINE.
E. GAS CONIECTIOIIS TO EQUIPMENT. ALL GAS PIPING SHOULD BE GIVEI A 'RESSURE TEST PRIOR
TO THE CONCEALMENT OF PIPING OR THE CONNECTION OF ANY EQUIPMENT. AFTER TESTS ARE
CDMPLETED, ALL EQUIPMElT, OTHER THAN COUlTER TO' OUTLETS, SHOULD BE CONIECTED
WITH A GAS COCK AID A UNION. RUNOUTS TO COUNTER TO' OUTLETS SHOULD IE PROVIDED
WITH A GAS COCK WHERE THEY LEAVE THE MAIN. LABORATORIES SHOULD IE PROVIDED WITH
AN EMERGENCY VALVE UPSTREAM OF ALL CONNECTIOIS.
F. PIPING AID INSTALLATIOI. PIPE MATERIAL SHOULD IE SCHEDULE .. ILACK STEEL PIPE WITH
MALLEABLE THREADED FlmlGS FOR 2" AID SMALLER PIPE, AID WELDED FITTINGS FOR
21/z" AND LARGER PI'E.II VERIFYING AVAILAlLE SPACE FOR PlPIIG III IUILDINGS THE
DESIGNER SHOULD KEEP II MIlD THAT A ORI' LEG AT LEAST I
U
LONG SHOULD IE PROVIDED
AT EACH RISE II PlPIIG. THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIOI PAMPHLET HI IIAY
IE REFERRED TO AS A STAiDARD FOR IISTALLATION, lUi rHE DESIGIER SHOULD FAMILIARIZE
HIMSELF WITH THE INFORIIATION.
2. S'ECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS
A. TESTS. GAS PIPING TESTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE MAOE WITH COMPRESSEO AIR. WATER SHOULD lEVER
BE USED IN A GAS PIPIIIG SYSTEM FOR TWO REASOIIS. FIRST, THERE IS THE 'ROlLEM OF COM'LETH Y
DRAINING AND DRYING OUT THE SYSTEM TO KEE' WATER FROM STO,,"IIG THE FLOW OF GAS TO
BURNE R PILOTS AND SMALL BURIIERS. SECOIIO, RUST AID SCALE CAli CAUSE THE SAME PROBLEMS
AT A LATER DATE. TEST PRESSURES CAli IE EITHER LOW OR HIGH. A MERCURY GAUGE SHOULD
ALWAYS BE USED AS THE INDICATOR FOil A LOW 'RESSURE TEST. THE MERCURY GAUGE SHOULD
BE OBSERVED FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO HOURS. FOR A HIGKPRESSURE TEST, USE A LARGE DIAL
GAUGE MARKED IN ONE POUND CALIBRATIOIS FRDM ZERO TO TWO HUIIDREO PSI . TEST 'RESSURES
SHOULD BE 150 TO 115 PSI FOR TWO TO FOUR HOURS.
B. SPECIALTIES. ALL SPECIALTIES III GAS PIPING, VALVES, UNIONS, ETC. SHOULD IE OF THE THREADED
TYPE. VALVES SHOULD IE OIlEQUARTER TURN SQUARE HEAD COCI(SWITH THE POSlTlOI OF THE
GATE INDICATED ON THE HEAD. VALVES SHOULD BE IISTALLED U'STREAM OF UNIONS 011 ALL
EQUIPMENT. VALVES, UNIOIIS, 'LUGGEDTEES, OR CAPPED PlffS SHOULD lOT IE INSTALLED III
CONCEALED PLACES UNLESS THE PIPE IS IDEIITIFIED AS A GAS PIPE.
C. PIPING AND FITTINGS, THE LOCATION OF GAS PIPING RUNS II THE lUlL DING SHOULD IE CAREFULL Y
STUDIED BY THE DESIGNER. GAS PIPING SHOULD lOT BE IIISTALLED THROUGH AN AREA WHERE
,"HERE ARE NO GAS CONNECTIONS IF IT CAN BE AVOIDED. LONG RUIIS OF PIPING WHICH SIMPLY
TRANSFER GAS FROM THE GAS METER TO REMOTE AREAS CAN BE IISTALLED OUTSIDE THE BUILDIIG
IN OAPPED AID COATED PI'E OR IISTALLED ACROSS THE ROOF OF THE IUILDING. WHEI GAS
PIPING IS IIISTALLED ON THE ROOF,IT SHOULD BE AT LEAST I
U
ABOVE THE ROOF AND SHOULD
lEVER RUN DIRECTLY FROMTHE POI IT WHERE IT RISES AIOVE THE ROOF TO THE POI IT WHERE
IT DROPS BELOWTHE ROOF. AT LEAST DIE OFFSET MUST IE 'ROVlOEO TO COMPNSATE FOR
EX'AISION. SECTIONS OF RAILROAD TIE, 1'1" I" X I " MAKE EXCELLEIT ROOFTO' GAS PI'E
SUPPORTS. UIIDERGROUND GAS PlPIIG 01 THE HOUSE SIDE OF THE IIETER SHOULD IE OF FACTORY
WRAPPED AMID COATED PIPE. JOINTS IETWEEN LENGTHS OF WRAPPED AID COATED PIPE SHOULD
IE COMPRESSION COUPLINGS WRAPPED WITH TWO COATS OF FELT 'APER AID 'AllTED WITH
ASPHALT AFTER TESTS ARE COMPLETE. GAS PI'E SHOULD lEVER IE IISULLED UIDERGROUID
WlTHII A IUILOIIG. PIPE TREICHES SHOULD IE 'ROVIDED FOR SUCH PlPIIG.
D. GASSERVICESANDIIETERS. THE GASSERVICE TO A IUILDING SHOULD IE SIZED IY THE GAS
COMPANY. THE PRESSURE III THE GAS IIAIIIS MUCH HIGHER THAI THE PRESSURE II THE
BUILDIIG. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, THE IIETER SHOULD BE IISTALLED OUTSIDE THE
THIS PROVIDES SEVERAL JOINTS IN THE GAS PlPIIG IETWEEI THE STREET AID THE IUILOIIG
TO AISORI THE SHOCK IF THE GAS LINE IS ACCIDEITL Y MOVED OURlla EXCAVATIOI II THE STREET.
IF THE IIETER MUST IE INSTALLED IN THE IUILDlIG, A SLEEVE SHOULD II ANCHORED II THE
EXTERIOR WALL OURIIG COISTRUCTIOI WITH A VEIT FROM THE SLEEVE TO TIll ATlIIIOIPtIERE.
WHEI THE GAS SERVICE IS IISTALLEO, IT SHOULD IE WIELDED TO THE SLEEVE.
P AGE NO. 2 2 7 A
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR NATURAL GAS PIPING
""IE
III.IIK CF.tt M.a.H. UH. M.a.H. CF.tt
SIZE:
M.a.H. CfH. M.B.H. CEH. M.a.H. UH. M.a.N. CFH. M.a.H. C.FH. UJI. C:FH. M.a.H. CF.H. M.BJI. CJ'H. III.BK C.FH. M.IIK C.FH. M.a.H. CRt
133 125 85 80 69 65 62 58 55 52 51 48 48 45 45 42 42 40 40 38 28 26 19 18 13 12
"
10
Zl6 210 196 185 159 150 136 128 119 112 107 101 101 95 93 88 87 82 83 78 57 54 48 42 40 38 36
I- 543 ' 512 369 348 300 283 257 242 226 213 206 194 187 178 177 167 167 158 156 147 105 99 96 91 90 85 83 78
1"4- 975 753 710 615 580 522 492 462 436 422 398 387 365 369 348 336 317 323 305 217 205 166 157 151 142 146 138
,
I IIi 1,622 1,!53O 1)34 1j)70 938 885 801 756 706 666 644 608 591 558 559 527 517 488 483 456 334 315 267 252 250 236 216 204
,
3,a20 2- 3,201 2,205 2,Q80 1,717 1,503 1,280 1,208 1,198 1,130 1,060 1,000 1,047 988 984 928 917 865 639 603 583 550 488 460 435 410

2V
2
- 5,062 4175 3,445 3,250 2,820 2,660 2,425 2,288 2,118 1,998 1,959 1,791 ,690 1,691 I;i95 '1,588 1,498 1,484 976 965 910 889 '848 822 775
3- 8,957 1I.4!50 6,201 5,850 4,982 '\700 4P5O 3,800 3,413 3,220 3,074 2$KXJ 2,942 2,775 2,730 2,57!S 2,650 2,500 1,776 1,579 1,166
4-
18,285 m!5O 12,482 11,775 10P70 9,500 11.745 11.250 7,738 7;Y:X1 7,182 6,775 6,546 6,175 6,355 5,775 5,618 5,300 5,300 5,000 3,657 31450 3,074 2,900 2,756 2,600 2,438 px:
29,680 .28,OCX 19,875 111.750 refX)fI I5,lOO 13,78> 12,932 12,200 12,402 11,872 11,200 11,024 10,400 lo,soo I0,00O 9,858 9,300 7,102 6,700 5,830 5,500 5,088 4,800 4,452
1"\200
6- 47,700 4IiPX 31,906 3:\00 21,295 25,750 22JXX 20,034 18,900 18,126 17,100 17,490 16,500 16,854 15,900 15,900 5POO 14,840 14,000 1Q,6OO IOPOO 9,010 7,738 7,300 6,890

TOTAl.
nn&>.--
10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 60' 70' 80' 90' 100' 200' 300' 400' 500'
LNIiTlI
, ,
NOTE: THIS CHART IS BASED ON 0.03- WG. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP FOR THE TOTAL DEVElOPED LENGTH SHOWN ABOVE a 1060 BTU/CF.
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO,
I
PAGE NO.227 B
DESIGN OF LP GAS PIPING
1. PREPARING GAS PIPING PLANS
A. rAY OUT PIPING. STARTING AT THE GAS METER. LAY OUT THE PIPING SYSTEM. THE PIPING TO
10ILERS.INCINERATORS. KITCHel EQUIPMENT. AND ANY AND ALL QTHER EQUIPMENT IN THE
IUILDING USING GAS SHOULD BE AS SHOIIT AS POSSIBLE TO KEEP PIPE SIZES AS SMALL AS
POSSIILE.
I . DETER.NE THE GAS LOAD. FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION. DETERMINE THE BTU
INPUT LOAD FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT SERVED BY THE GAS PIPING SYSTEM. THIS LOAD
SHOULD IE TOTALED AND USED TO SIZE THE GAS STORAGE TANK.
C. SIZE THE PIPING. STARTING AT THE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT FARTHEST FROM THE METER. DETER
MINE THE TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH OF PIPE IY MEASURING ALONG THE CENTER LINE OF
THE PIPE RUN. THE DISTANCE FROM THE METER TO THE FARTHEST PIECE OF EQUIPMEIT IS
THE ONLY ONE USED IN SIZING THE PIPING. FIND THE TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH IN THE
PIPE SIZING CHART IELDW AND SIZE ALL OF THE PIPING IN THE SYSTEM BY ADDING THE
BTU/HR FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO THE ACCUMULATED LOAD FOR THE GAS MAIN
AND READ THE "PE SIZE TO THE LEFT OF THAT FIGURE.
D. GAS METERS AND PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS. GAS METERS SHOULD ALWAYS BE LOCATED
OUTSIDE THE IUILDING OR ON AN EXTERIOR WALL. THE DESIGNER SHALL KEEP IN MIND THAT
ALL GAS METERS INCLUDE A PRESSURE REDUCING STATION WHICH MUST BE VelTE 0 TO
ATMOSPHERE. THE DESIGNER SHOULD ALSO CHECK WITH THE GAS COMPANY TO DETERMINE
WHO FURNISHES THE METER AND GAS TANK. SOME GAS COMPANIES PROVIDE THE GAS TANK
AND METER FREE OF CHARGE TO THE CUSTOMER. AND SOME COMPANIES PROVIDE THE METER
AND TANK FOR A FEE.
E. GAS CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. ALL GAS "PING SHOULD BE GIVEN A PRESSURE TEST PRIOR
TO THE CONCEALMENT OF ""NG OR THE CONNECTION OF ANY EOUIPMENT. AFTER TESTS ARE
COMPLETED. ALL EOUIPMENT. OTHER ' THAN COUNTER TOP OUTLETS. SHOULD IE CONNECTED
WITH A GAS COCK AND A UNION. RUNOUTS TO COUNTER TOP OUTLETS SHOULD BE PROVIDED
WITH A GAS COCK WHERE THEY LEAVE THE MAIN. LABORATORIES SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH
AN EMERGENCY VALVE UP.sTREAM OF ALL CONNECTIONS.
F. PI"NG AND INSTALLATION. PIPE MATERIAL SHOULD IE SCHEDULE 40 ILACK STEEL PIPE WITH
MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2INCHES AND SMALLER "PE. AND WELDED FlmNGS
FOR 2112.. NCHES AND LARGER "PE. SMALL PIPE SIZES MAY IE RUN WITH TYPE "K" SOFT
ORA.. COPPER TUIING.IN VERIFYING AVAILABLE SPACE FOR ""NG IN BUILDINGS. THE
DESIGNER SHOULD KEEP IN .NO THAT A DRIP LEG AT LEAST f.lNCHES LONG SHOULD BE
PROVIDED AT EACH RISE IN ""NG.
Z. SPECIFICATIONS AID DETAILS
A. TESTS. GAS PIPING TESTS SHOULD ALWAYS BE MADE WITH COMPRESSED AIR. WATER SHOULD
lEVER BE USED IN A GAS PIPING SYSTEM FOR TWO REASONS. FIRST. THERE IS THE PROBLEM
OF COMPLETELY DRAINING AND DRYING OUT THE SYSTEM TO KEEP WATER FROM STOPPING
THE FLOW OF GAS TO IURNER PILOTS AND SMALL BURNERS. SECOND. RUST AND SCALE CAN
CAUSE THE SAME PROILEMS AT A LATER DATE. TEST PRESSURES C"N BE EITHER LOW OR
HIGH. A MERCURY GAUGE SHOULD ALWAYS IE USED AS THE INDICATOR FOR A LOWPRESSURE
TEST. THE MERCURY GAUGE SHOULD BE OISERVED FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO HOURS. FOR A
HIGH PRESSURE TEST. USE A LARGE DIAL GAUGE MARKED IN ONE POUND CALlIRATlONS FROM
ZERO TO ZOO PSI . TEST PRESSURES SHOULD BE 151 TO 115 PSI FOR TWO TO FOUR HOURS.
B. SPECIALTIES. ALL SPECIALTIES IN GAS "PING. VALVES. UNIONS. ETC. SHOULD IE Of' THE
THREADED TYPE. VALVES SHOULD IE ONEQUARTER TURN SQUARE HEAD COCKS WITH THE
POSITION OF THE GATE INDICATED ON THE HEAD. VALVES SHOULD BE INSTALLED UPSTREAM
OF UNIONS ON ALL EQUIPMENT. VALVES. UNIONS. PLUGGED TEES. OR CAPPED PIPES SHOULD
NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONCEALED PLACES UNLESS THE PIPE IS IDENTIFIED AS A GAS PIPE.
C. PIPING AND FITTINGS. THE LOCATION OF GAS ""NG RUNS IN THE BUILDING SHOULD BE
CAREFULL Y STUDIED IY THE DESIGNER. GAS PI"NG SHOUU' NOT IE INSTAllED THROUIiH
AN AREA WHERE THERE ARE NO GAS CONNECTIONS IF IT CAN BE AVOIDED. LONG RUNS OF
PIPING 'WHICH SIMPLY TRANSFER GAS FROM THE GAS METER TO REMOTE AREAS CAN BE
INSTALLED OUTSIDE THE BUILDING IN WRAPPED AND COATED "PE OR INSTALLED ACROSS
THE ROOF OF THE BUILDING. WHEN GAS PI"NG IS INSTALLED ON THE ROOF. IT SHOULD BE
AT LEAST 5-INCHES AIOVE THE ROOF AND SHOULD NEVER RUN OIRECTLY FROM THE POINT
WHERE IT RISES ABOVE THE ROOF TO THE POINT WHERE IT DROPS BELOWTHE ROOF. AT
LEAST ONE OFFSET MUST IE PROVIDED TO COMPENSATE FOR EXPANSION. SECTIONS OF
RAILROAD TIE. 1 . .. . " " MAKE EXCELLENT ROOFTOP GAS PIPE SUPPORTS. UNDERGROUND
GAS PIPING ON THE HOUSE SIDE OF THE METER SHOULD IE OF FACTORY AND COATED
PIPE. JOINTS BETWEEN LENGTHS OF WRAPPED AND COATED "PE SHOULD IE
COUPLINGS WRAPPED WITH TWO COATS OF FELTPAPER AND PAINTED WITH ASPHALT AFTER
TESTS ARE COMPLETE. GAS "PE SHOULD NEVER BE INSTALLED UNDERGROUND WITHIN A
BUILDING. PIPE TREilCHEI SHOULD IE PROVIDED FOR SUCH ""NG.
D. GAS STORAGE TANKS. THE DESIGNER SHOULD STUDY THE INSTALLATION OF IULK STORAGE
TANKS CAREFULL Y. THE TANK OR TANKS SHOULD BE LARGE ENOUGH TO PROVIDE ONE
MONTH'S SUPPLY OF GAS FOR SMALLER LOADS. AND TWO WEEKS' SIIPPL Y OF GAS FOR
LARGER LOADS. WHERE TANKS ARE INSTALLED IN COLD CLIMATE. THE VAPORIZATION RATE
OF THE TANK SHOULD BE STUDIED.
P AGE NO.2 2 7 C
Aoilob. 'n
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES FOR L.P'G. GAS PIPING
PIPE
" .8.H. CfH. M8.H. C.fH. MB.H. CFH.
SIZE
MB.H. CFH. MaH. CFH . ... aH. CH. " .8.K CFH. " .B.H. CF.H. MaH. CEH. MB.H. CFH. " .8.K CfH. M 8.K CFK " .8.K C.H. M8.H. CFH
1-'.2" 320 125 205 80 166 65 148 58 133 52 123 48 115 45 108 42 102 40 97 38 67 26 46 18 31 12 26 10
:\'4" 691 270 474 185 384 150 328 128 287 112 259 101 243 95 225 88 210 82 200 78 138 54 115 45 102 40 92 36
I" 512 891 348 724 283 620 242 545 213 497 194 456 178 428 167 404 158 376 147 253 99 233 91 218 85 200 78
11/4' 2,496 975 1,818 710 580 492 1,116 436 IPl9 398 934 365 891 348 812 317 781 30!5 525 205 402 157 364 142 353 138
I
3,917 2,739 1,070 2,266 885 1,935 756 666 608 1,428 558 1,349 527 1,249 488 456 806 315 6,.5 252 604 236 522 204
2" 7,731 3,020 5,325 2peo 4,147 3,630 3,092 1,208 2,893 1)30 2,560 1,000 2,529 988 928 2,214 865 1,544 603 1,408
559
1)78 460 410
2 Iii 4,775 8,320 3,250 6,810 2,660 2,288 5)15 1,998 4,731 4,326 1,690 4,083 1,595 3,835 3,584 1,400 2,499 976 910 2,1 71 848 1,984 775
3" 21,632 8,450 14,976 5,850 12,032 4,700 10,368 4,050 9,178 8,243 3,220 7,424 2,900 7,104 2775 6,592 2,575 6/100 2,500 4,288 3,814 3,328 1,300 2,816 1,100
4" 44)60 17,250 30,144 11,775 24,320 9p;xJ 21)20 8,250 18,688 7,300 17,344 6,775 15,808 6,175 14,784 5,775 13,568 5,300 12,800 5,000 8,832 3,450 7,424 2,900 6,658 2,600 5,888 12;lOC
5" n680

48POO 18,750 15,00 33,280 31,232 12,200 29,952 11700 28,672 26,624 10.400 25,600 10,000 23,8J8 9,300 17,152 6,700 14,080 5,500 12.288 10.752 '\200
6" 115,200

77;056 30,00 65,920

4B;384

43,776 17,100 42,240 40704 15,900 38,400 15jXX) 35,840 14.000 25,600 I0,00O 21,760 8,500 18,688 7,300 16,640 6,500
TOTAl.
10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 60' 70' 80' 90' 100' 200' 300' 400' 500'
LfNG1H
NOTE: THIS CHART IS 8ASED ON 0.03" WG. TOTAL PRESSURE DROP FOR THE TOTAL DEVELOPED ' LENGTH SHOWN ABOVE a 2560 BTU/C.F.
HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO,
I
PAGE NO. 221D
/
WELDING BLACK STEEL PIPE FOR THE H V & AC SYSTEM
THE I TEllS WHICH PlAV A MAJOR ROLE II THE DESIGI OF A WELDED PI"IG SVSTEM ARE AS FOllOWS;
1. THE TYPE OF SERVICE
2. PRESSURES AID TEMPfRATURE OF THE SERVICE
3. flOW RATES AJIID TOTAL HEAD PRESSURES
4. LOCATIOI OF SERVICE (UIDERGROUID, BOILER ROOM, "PE CHASE, ETC.I.
THE TYPE OF' SERVICE BEIIG USEP, DICTATES THE SCHEDULE OF FITTIIGS AID "PE TO BE III THE SVSTEM.
THE DESIGIER SHOULD CAREFULLV SElECT THE PI""G SVSTEM REQUIRED FOR EACH SERVICE III A BUILDlliG.
THE SCHEDULE SHOULD IE 01 THE PlAliS. ALLITEIIS PERTAIIIIIIG TO SVSTEM BElliG DESIGIIED, SUCH AS
VALVES, FITTIIIGS, BOLTS, GASKETS, FlAliGES, AIID OTHER RElATED ITEMS, SHAll BE CAPABlE OF MEETlliG
THE PHVSICAL AIIO CHEMICAL REQUIREMEITS AIIO TESTS OF A WElDED """G SVSTEM. EXTRA CARE SHOULD
BE USED III THE SElECTIOli OF W E ~ D E O FITTliGS AID "PE II SVSTEMS MDVlliG CORROSIVE LIQUIDS AID
VAPORS HIGH III TEMPERATURES AIID PREDURES.
THE AMERICAII IIATIONAL STAIIDARDSIIISTITUTE HAS PUBLISHED A RAIIGE OF PRESSURES AIID TEMPERATURES
WITH THE TVPE OF ASTM SPEClflCAtlOli FOR THE FITTlliGS AIID "PE, THE STAIIDARD IS ASA B3' I . THIS IS
HElPfUL TO THE DESlGIIER III SElECTlIIG THE IlATERIAU III HIS DESIGII. THE RAIGE IS AS FOllOWS:
FOR STEAM PRESSURES ABOVE llill'll IUT 1I0T AIOVE .. PSI AIID TEMPERATURES II0T III EXCESS OF
71i1 DEGREES F., USE ASTM All., Aln, OR Al34 FITTIIIGS, "PE TO COliFORM TO SCHEDULE I., ASTM
Al., A1H, A'35, A53, OR A72.
2. FOR STEAII PRESSURES AIOVE 125 PSI IUT 1I0T ABOVE 21i1 PSI AIID TEMPERATURES 1I0T III EXCESS
Of 41i1 DEGREES F., USE ASTM A21., A127, OR A234. SCHEDULE .. PIPE TO COlifORM TO ASTM A'34,
AUI, A53, AUS, OR A7l.
3, fOR STEAM PRESSURES II0T ABOVE 1251'11 AIID TEMPERATURES 1I0T III EXCESS OF 450 DEGREES F., USE
ASTM Ull, un, OR AZ34, SCHEDULE 4. "PE TO COIFORM TO AnM A'34 OR A72.
4. fOR STEAM PRESSURES AIOVE Z5 PSI Bur lOT AIOVE 1251'11 AID TEMPERATURES II0T III EXCESS Of
411 DEGREES F., USE ASTM A2'S, A2n, OR A234 flTTlliG AIIO A'zt "PE, SCHEDULE .. TO COliFORM
TO ASTM A' 34 OR A7Z.
5. FOR STEAM PRESSURES 25 PSI AID BELOWAIIO TEMPERATURES lOT II EXCESS OF 411 DEGREES F.,
USE SAllE DESIGI SPECIFICATlOli III liD. 4 ITEM ABOVE.
a. HOT WATER SVSTEMS WITH PRESSURES fAOII175 I'll TO _ PSI OR TEMPERATURES411 DEGREES F.,
SHOULD IE OESlGIIEO THE SA. AS fOR 211 PSI SATURATED mAlI PREDURE RRVICE.
7. HOT WATER SVSTEMS WITH PRESSURES IElOW 1711'11 OR 311 DEGREES f ., TEMPERATURES SHOULD IE
OESIGIED THE SAllE AS '251'11 SATURATED STEAII PRESSURE SERVICE.
I . COMPRESSED AIR, GAS OIL ""IG smEMS FOR TQlPERATUIIES IDT EXCEEDIIG 411 DEallEEI F.,
DR IELOW Mil US zt DEGREES F. AID PRESSURESIDT OVER l. I'll SHDULD IE DESlalED AS 121 I'll
TO 211 I'll SATURATED STEAliSERVICE PREDURE.
9. CHILLED WATER, COIDEIIER WATER smE.SHDULD IE DESIGNED AS 121 I'll SATURATED STEAII
SERVICE PRESSURE.
'I. """G SVSTEMS FOR PRESSURES II EXCESS OF .. PSI DR TEMERPATURES II EXCESS OF 711 DEGREES F.
SHOULD COIFORM TO ASTII SEAliLESS Al., A312, A-33I, DR A171 FOR THE PiPE AID Alle. Al17, OR '
Al34 FOR THE FITTlliGS.
THERE ARE TWO TVPES OF WELDlliG GEIERAll V USED Oil COISTRUCTIOI - VERTICAL UP AID VERTICAL OOWW.
EITHER METHOD Will PRODUCE A GOOD SOUID WElD TO MEET AI" Of THE USUAL PHVSlCAL TEST REQUIRE
MEIITS Of DUCTlLITV AIID TEISILE STREIGTH. "UP Hill" WELDIIGII GEIERALL V USED 1111.flAIl WELDIIG.
"DOWIII Hill " WElDlliG IS USED ALMOST EIITIRE 01 OUTDOOR "PE LlIE WELDIIG. 10TH TYPES CAli IE USED
SATlSFACTORIL"t Oil All COIIIIERCIALJOSS.
All UIIDERGROUIID STEEl """G SVSTEMS SHOULD BE WELDED AID PROTECTED.

THE USE Of IACKlliG RlliGS WITH THE WELDS GREATl V REDUCES THE COST Of CLEAIIIG AID FLUSHIIG
THE """G SYSTEMS.
BEVElIliG Of "PE EIIDS FOR WELOlliG IS REQUIRED IV All CODES WHEI TNt "PE THICKIED IS .ll1 OR MORE.
All """G SYSTEMS EXCEEDlliG "'1'11 AID TEMPERATURES SHOULD IE VERV CLOSEl V RESEARCHED IEfORE
DESIGNIIIG.
TESTlIG Of WELDED """G SVSTEMS II MOST CASES II IV HVDROSTATIC TESTS. DIE AID OIE-HALf TillES
THE OESIGI PRESSURES. XRAV METHOD IS USED fOR MORE CRITICAL SVSTEMS. ,
AlIGIIMEIl Of flTTlliG TO PIPE, "PE TO "PE, VALVE TO "PE II VERV CRITICAL II THE fAlRlCATlOI OF
WElDED "PE SVSTEMS.
PAlE NO. 2271
Ao"i/o"/. /n CjI'IYOI.lill TRANS.A PlA TEo
WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS
I. GENERAL. ALL ITEEL PlP.IOINn IHALL IE WELDED WHn Z-IICHEI AIIO LARGER. I" INCH mEL PIPE JOINn
MAY IE WELDED AT THE COIITRACTDR'I DmOI.
%. PIPE AID FITTINGS.
A. LOW PRESSURE. ALL ,ITEEL PIPE USED WITH WELDED JOINn SHALL CONFORII TO AITII AJl DR A12 ALL
WROUGHT IADN PIPE USED WITH WELDED JOIITS SHALL CONFORII TO AITII Al%. ALL ITEEL WELD FITTIIGS
fOR WELDING SHALL CONfORM TO ASTII Uti, A211, A234 DR AIII. ALL WROUGHT IROI FlmNGS.FOR
WELDING SHALL COIFORII TO A234. "
I. HIGH PRESSURE TO .. POUNDS. ALL STEEL PIPE USED fOR WELDING SHALL CONFORII TO AITM A53, AI.,
AI55, OR A135. ALL flmNGS USED fOR WELDING SHALL CONFORII TO AIlIl A21., A211, DR A234.
J.' WELDED JOlin.
A. ALL PIPE AID WELDING FITTINGS SHALL IE BEVELED TO AN APPROXIMATE ANGLE OF 31" DEGREES. ALL
BEVELED SURFACES SHALL IE CLEANED Of SLAG AID UINECEaARV ROUGHNESS IY GRINDING DR fiLING.
I . A WELDING IACKUP RING SHALL IE USED FOR ALL IUTT WELDS FOR PIPE OR FITTIIIGS. JOINTS IETWEEN
STEEL PIPE AND IETWEEN PIPE AND FITTINGS 2 .. ICHES AND LARGER SHALL IE IUTT FUSlDN"'ELDED. JOINTS
I" INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL IE SOCKET WELD TYPE.
C. IRANCH L1IE AID CHAIGES OF DIRECTION SHALL IE MADE WITH FACTORY FURNISHED WELD FITTINGS, SUCH AS
TEES," DEGREE ELLS, 45 DEGREE ELLS, WELD-II LEn, THREAD-II-Lm, SOCKET-II-LEn, WELDIIG SADDLES,
REDUCERS, FLAiGES, AND SHAPED N.PPLES. JDI FABRICATIOI OF FImNGS WILL NOT IE PER.TTED. STAI-INS
WILL NOT IE PER.TTED.
D. MISALIGHIlEIT OR HILO CDIDInONS OF PIPE TO PIPE, PIPE TO fiTTINGS, DR PIPE TO FLANGE OR VALVE SHALL
IE HELD TO A MAXlIlUM OF :tillF'.
4. WELDS. ALL WELOS SHALL COIISIST OF THE FOLLOWING PASSES:
A. A STRINGER lEAD PASS.
I . A HOT 'ASS.
C. A COVER OR FILLER PASS. A VALLEY II THE CENTER DR AT EDGE SHALL lOT IE PER.TTED.
ALLWELDSSHALL IE Of SOUND METAL, THOROUGHLY FUSED TO THE lASE METAL AT ALL POINn, FREE OF CRACKS,
OXIDAnON, ILDW HOLES, AND NDN.TALLIC IICLUSIONS.
S. WELDING ELECTRODES. ALL ELECTRODES SHALL CONFORMTO AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY ITANDARDS E.. "
El"., Ell1l, OR E .. " .. 12 CI C3. '
. WELnER CERTIFICATIOI. ALL WELDERS SHALL IE CERTIFIED IV THE IATIOIAL CERTIFIED PIPE WELDING lURE AU
OR I V alliER QUALIFIED TEmlll LABORATORY OR AQE.cV. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE ENGINEER
FOR It IS "'"'OVAL, THE IAIIIIEI OF WELOERS TO IE E .. LOYEO ON ALL MECHANICAL WELOING fOR THIUOB, ALONG
WITH THEIR e[RTIFICATlON PRIOR TO THE ITART Of CONITRUCTION. THE WELOER'I CERTIFICATE CANNOT IE
MORE THAI TWO YEARS OLD .. NCE IllS TEST WAI LAST MADE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IE RESPONSIBLE FOR
ALL TEITS AT NO COST TO THE DWlER.
1. PERFORMAICE OF WELDERS. WHEN WELDERS FAIL TO MEET REQUIREMENTS Of THE ENGINEER, DR THE WELDS
IEINIlMADE DO NOT APPEAR TO IlEET THESE SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IE LIABLE FOR THE
RETEITIN', XRAY OF WELOS. AND CUTTIN' OUT AlIa RE"'ELDING AT NO COlT TO THE DWlER.
I. A. WELDOUT CONSTRUCTIOI IY TII CK WELDING PROCEDURES WILL ONLY IE PER.TTED WHEN P E R F O R M ~ O
IV QUALIFIED WELDING PERSONNEL.
II . A IIINIIIUIi OF FOUR I .. NCH TACKS SHALL IE USEO ON Zoo TO Ir' PIPE ANa A MINIMUM OF EIGHT I-INCH SHALL
IE USED 01 Ir'TO ZO" PIPE.
WELDlI' IHALL NOT IE PERFORMED WHEN AllIIENT TEMPERATURE IS LOWER THAN 0 DEGREES F.
I .. IENOING OF PIPE MAY IE USED IN LIEU OF USING WELD FITTINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A HYDRAULIC
PIPE BENOER AND STEAliLESS PIPING. ALL lENDS SHALL IE OF 22% DEGREE. 45 DEGREE. 90 DEGREE OR 110
DEGREE lEN OS.
11. ALL WELDII' WORK SHALL IE AS SPECIFIED IY STANDARD"N THE FOLLOWIIIG CODES: ASTII. AWl, API. IIIL.
ANSI, AID AllIE.
DESIGN MANUAL
I
PLATE NO, 96AI PAGE NO,227F
NOTES ON COMPLETING THE MOTOR AND MOTOR STARTER SCHEDULE
I. CONDENSER WATER PUMP:
2. CHILLED WATER PUMP:
3. NOT WATER PUMP:
. IN LINE PUMP, SINGLE PHASE:
S. INL1NE PUMP, THREE PHASE:
6. RECIPROCATING REFRIGERATION
COMPRESSOR:
7. CENTRIFUGAL REFRIGERATION
COMPRESSOR:
e. COOlING TOWER FANS:
9. EXHAUST FANS, SINGLE PHASE:
10. EXHAUST FANS, THREE PHASE:
11. AIR HANDLING UNITS:
CONDENSER W.ATER PUMP SHOULD NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTER WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. AT 208 OR 240 VOLTS,
IF HP EXCEEDS 25 HP, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTER
UP TO 100 HP. CHILLER SHOULD BE INTERLOCKED WITH THIS PUMP. USUALLY WIRE AUTOMATIC POSITION IN HOA TO AUXILIARY CONTACT IN CHILLED WATER
PUMP STARTER.
CHILLED WATER PUMP SHOUl "I NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELINE STARTER WITH STARTSTOP PUSHBUTTON AND RED RUNNING .LIGHT. AT 201 OR
240 VOLTS, IF HP EXCEEDS 2S "p, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGNEnC ACROSSTHE
LINE STARTER UP TO 100 HP. CHILLER SHOULD BE INTERLOCKED WITH THIS PUMP SO THA T CHILLER CANNOT RUN UNLESS THIS PUMP IS RUNNING. ALSO IN
TERLOCK CONDENSER WATER PUMP WITH THIS PUMP
HOT WATER PUMP SHOULD NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTER WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. UP TO 208 OR 2.0 VOLTS,IF
HP EXCEEDS 2S HP, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGHETIC ACROSSTHELlME STARTER
UP TO 100 HP. ALWAYS PROVIDE MAINTAINED CONTACT ON HEATING PUMPS.
IN LINE PUMPS OF' FRACTIONAL HP AND SINGLE PHASE SHALL HAVE MANUAL STARTERS WITH RED RUNNING LIGHT. THIS DOES NOT APPLY TO PUMPS THAT
REQUIRE AUTOMATIC CONTROL, WHICH WILL REQUIRE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTERS WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT
SHALL HAVE MAGHETIC ACROSSTHELINE STARTER WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT.
UP TO 2S HP, USE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTER WITH STARTSTOP PUSHBUTTON AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. FROM 30 HP THRU 100 HP, WHERE THE
VOLTAGE IS 240 OR LESS, USE INCREMENT TYPE STARTER. BE SURE AND SPECIFY PART WINDING TYPE MOTOR FOR COMPRESSOR, FROM 30 HP THRU 100 HP,
WHERE THE VOLTAGE IS 400 OR GREATER, USE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTER.
USE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER NORMALLY OF THE STAR CLOSED TYPE. THE MANUFACTURER OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD ALWAYS
BE CONTACTED. CONTROL CIRCUIT SHOULD BE WIRED THRU AUXILIARY CONTACTS IN CHILLED WATER AND CONDENSER WATER PUMP STARTERS.
COOLING TOWER FANS SHOULD NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC STARTER WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT, AT 201 OR 2.0 VOLTS,
IF HP EXCEEDS 2S HP, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE
STARTER UP TO 100 HP. WIRE AUTOMATIC POSITION ON HOA SWITCH TO THERMOSTAT IN CONDENSER WATER LINE.
EXHAUST FANS OF FRACTIONAL HP AND SINGLE PHASE SHALL HAVE MANUAL STARTERS WITH RED RUNNING LIGHT. THIS DOES NOT APPLY TO FANS THAT
REQUIRE AUTOMATIC CONTROL, WHICH WILL REQUIRE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELINE STARTERS WITH HOA SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. .
SHOULO NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARiER WITH HOA SWITCH OR STOPSTART PUSHBUTTON AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. UP TO 2.0
VOLTS, IF HP EXCEEDS 2S HP, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGNETIC ACROSS THE
LINE STARTER UP TO 100 HP. CONTACT CAN BE MOMENTARY UNLESS IT I) IMPORTANT THAT THIS FAN STARTS AGAIN AFTER POWER FAILURE. .
AIR HANDLING UNITS SHOULD NORMALLY HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELINE STARTER WITH 140A SWITCH AND RED RUNNING LIGHT. UP TO 2.0 VOLTS, IF
HP EXCEEDS 2S HP, USE INCREMENT STARTER AND PART WINDING MOTOR. WHERE VOLTAGE IS 440 OR GREATER, USE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELIME STARTER
UP TO 100 HP. IF AIR HANDLING UNIT HAS HEATlI'IG COIL, PROVIDE MAINTAINED CONTACT.
12. OIL BURNER MOTORS: OIL BURNER MOTORS SHALL HAVE MAGNETIC ACROSSTHELlNE STARTERS WITH RED RUNNING LIGHT. CONTRoL CIRCUIT SHOULD BE PROPERLY WIRED THRU
ALL SAFETY DEVICES PROVIDED BY OIL BURNER AND BOILER MANUFACTURER.
13. MAINTAINED CONTACT SHOULD BE USED ON ALL MOTORS WHICH SHOULD COME BACK ON AUTOMA TlCALLY AFTER A POWER FAILURE. MAINTAINED CONTACT DEVICES ARE ONOFf OR H()'A AND
SHOULD BE USED ON ALL MOTORS THAT SUPPLY HEAT TO THE BUILDING.
14. CHECK WITH ELECTRICAL DESIGNER TO SEE IF STARTER SHOULD BE FLUSH MOUNTED OR SURFACE MOUNTED.
GENERAL
1. ON CONTROL DEVICES MOMENTARY COHTACTS WILL CAUSE MOTOR TO DROP OUT ON POWER FAILURE AND WILL REMAIN CJ'F UNTIL RESTARTED MANUALLY. MAINTAINED CONTACTS WILL CYCLE
MOTOR AND WILL RESTART MOTOR UPON FAILURE OF POWER AND RESTORED POWER.
2. ON TWO-SPEED MOTORS, DUAL WOUND MOTORS WILL PROVIDE FOR 1200 RPM AND 1800 RPM ONLY. IF 900 RPM AND 1800 RPM ARE REQUIRED, USE SINGLE WINDING TYPE MOTOR AND STARTER.
3. NEllA TYPE I STARTERS ARE GENERALLY USED FOR ALL INTERIOR LOCATIONS. REFER TO NEMA CLASSFICATIONS FOR OTHER LOCATIONS.
P Aa E NO. 228
MOTOR AND MOTOR CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL S YSTE M
ABBREVI ATIONS NOTES
U!H Rol l.' MAN!lAL CONTROL OEV I CES' I. ALL STAR TE RS S HALL BE FURNISHE D TO THE ELECT RI CAL CONTR ACTOR 8 Y THE MECHANICAL
N. O. - IIORMALLY Opr N H. O. " - 3- POSITI ON S ELECTOR S WI TCH
CONTRACTOR UN L ES S OTHERWI S E NOTED , WHEN IN A IIOTOR CONTROL CENTER.
N.C. - NORMA LL Y CLOSED I H'I ND - Ol'f- AUTOMATIC) 2. A L L REDUCED VOLTAG E S TA RT ER ' S HALL liE CLOSED TRANSI TION T YPE.
'L. - f ULL LOAD RUNNI NG CURRENT O. - ON- OFF 2-POS ITION SELECTOR S WITCH
3. A L L ST ART E R EN C LOSUR E S S HALL liE IIEIIA I UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.
L. R. - LOCKED ROTOR CUR R ENT S-S - START- S TOP P USH BUTTONS
MTG. - TYPE IIOUNTI NG IMOMEN TARY CONTAC TS ) 4 . AL L T HRE E P HAS E STA RTERS S HALL INCLUOE A THREE COIL THERIIAL OVERLOAD RELAY
S - SURFACE START
-
S TART PUSH8UTTON 1 N.O. CONTACTS ) IIOUNTED IN T HE STARTER ENCLOSURE. ALL SINaLE PH ASE STA RTE RS SHALL INCLUDE
I'
-
FLUIH
S TOP - S TOP PU S H BUTTON 1 N.C. CO NTACTS )
A SI NGLE C OIL T HER II A L OVERLOAD RELAY.
1'1 - FLOOR MOUNTING
~ . ALL FE AT URE S SH AL L BE BUI LT I NTO EN CLOS URE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN UNDER liE IIARK
IICC - MOUNTED I N IIOTOR CON T ROL
S AFETY DEVI CU,
CENTEII 6. ALL S TARTER S S HA L L HAVE A LAIIIICOID ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE NIIIIING TH E IIOTOII I T
I' - 1'1 RESTAT CONTR OL S .
l.!..L
Z - FREEZES TIIT
WHERE IIOTORS ARE SHOWN TWO SPEED, THE IIOTORS S HA L L 8E TWO WINDING TYPE IIOTORI
A - ALARM DEVICE
7.
MAN. - IIIINUIIL
M - SliFE TY CONTROLS BY EOUIPMENT IIFR. THE S TAR T ERS SHA LL BE TWO WINDI NG, UN L ES S OTHERWI SE I NOICATED.
Y.A-L - MAGNETIC F ULL VOLTAGE
SUP P LY NE CES SARY CONTROL TRA NSFORIIERS FOR INT ERLO CK ING . START ERS OF ACROSS-THE- L I NE AUTOMATIC CONTROL DE VI CE S '
8. DI FFERENT
S - D - STAR DELTA - RE DUCED VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE ,

FOR 120 V. CONTROL CI RCUITS .
A- T - AUTO TRANSFORMER-
P. E. - PNEU MATI C EL E CTRI C SWI TCH
E. P. - E LECTRI C PNE U MAT I C S WI T Ct! 9. ALL CONTRO L CI RCUITS 120 II.

1180VE S HOULD liE FUS ED. PIIOVI DE DUAL FUSINa ON
lIE DUCED VOLTAGE
T. - THERMOSTA T PRI MA RY OF CONTROL T RANSFORMER

S IN GLE FUSI NG ON S ECONDARY SIDE .
2- S - TWO SPEED - IIAGNETIC
AO. - AOUA S TAT
10. MOTOR OVE R LOAD REL AY CO I LS (HEATE R S ) SHALL BE I NSTALLED IN EACH IIOTO R
P.5. - PRESSURE SWITCH
S T ARTER 8 SHA L L BE PROPERLY SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WI TH N.E. C. AFTEII EXACT
1!l.L..I...I.1
INDI C ATC'R RUNNING LIGHTS F L.S. - FLOAT SWITCH
MOTOR FULL LOAD RU NNI NG CURRE NT IS KNOWN FROM APPROVED SHOP DRAWI Na S .
II - RED C. - CONTACTS ON ANOTHER STARTER (I NTER LOCK)
A - AMIER
a - aREEN

- 8LUE
S C H E o U L E
STARTER
MANUAL CONTROL AUTOMATic CONTROL
INTERLOCK'I NG
AMPS
NEMA CIR.
IND. CONTROL
SAFETY
NO. CONTACTS
MOTOR LOCATION HP. VOLTS PHASE
F L. LR
TYPE MTG.
LTS. VOLTAGE DEVICE LOCATION DEVICE LOCATI ON
ITEM R E MAR K"
SIZE B KR. DEVICE N.O. N. C.
1
PLATE NO. 97
I
PAGE NO. 22.
NOTES ON COMPLETING THE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SCHEDULE
l GENElAL - '"tiE A MULnPLIOTY OF ELECTRIC MOTORS ARE REQUIRED FOR IUILDlMG AUXILIARY
EQUiNE AT 1M A ROOM OR AREA, IT IS lEST TO COMSI.DER COMIIMIMG THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMEMT
1M A SlMGLE STRUCTUIE AND HOUSlMG, MAMELY U'OTOR COMTROL CEMTER. GENERALLY," IS
ECONOMICALLY FEASlILE WHEM MORE THAN EIGHT STARTERS ARE REQUIRED 1M AM AREA. THE
ADVANTAGES Of A MODERN coNTROL CEMTER ARE AS FOLLOWS:
A. CENTRALIZATION&MOTOR COMTROL TAlES MOTOR STARTERS AND DlSCONMECTIMG MEANS
. I'fAY FII&l THE liES 1MD PUeEs IT ALL TOGETHER 1M ONE CONVENIEMT LOCAnON.
I. WLiFICATtOI! OF FEEDER AND IRAMCH aRCUIT COMDUIT RUMS SAVES ON INSTALLATION AND
WlRIMG COSTS.
C. SAFETY AMD EASE OF MAINTENANCE IS PROVIDED IY L!kATIMG ALL MOTOR CONTROL IN ONE
lib WITH PIOYlSICIMs FOR LockiNG, THUS PERMITTING ENTRY IY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL
ONLY.
D. SAVIN' OF SP.'CE - COMPACT CONSTRUCTION SAVES VALUAILE FLOOR, WALL, OR IUILDING
SPICE.
2. TYPES AMD CLASSES - CONTROL CEMTERS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER OF TWO BASIC NEMA CLASSES,
ARD IIIDDITlOiI, TYPES A, B, OR C WIRING AND TERMINAL BOARD ARRANGEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE
1M CLASS I, TYPE lOR C 1M CLASS II.
A. MEMA CLASS liS A MECHANICAL GROUPING OF MOTOR STARTERS WITH NO INTERLOCKING IE
TWEEN UNITS OR WITH OUTSIDE DEVICES. I"DIVIDUAL DIAGRAMS OF THE UNITS ONL Y ARE
PROVIDED.
B. MEMA CLASS 1115 A coMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKING BE
TWEEN UNITS WITHIN THE CONTROL CENTER OR WITH OUTSIDE DEVICES. A SUITABLE DIAGRAM
IS PROVIDED TO ILLUSTRATE OPERATION OF THE COMTROL ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONTROL
CENTER.
C. TYPE A WIRING, AVAILABLE FOR CLASS I ONLY, DOES NOT INCLUDE AMY TERMINAL 10ARDS FOR
LOAD OR CONTROL CONNECTIONS. SKETCHES OF THE OVERALL CONTROL CEMTER AND CON
NECTION DIAGRAMS FOR EACH STARTER ARE PROVIDED.
D. TYPE B WIRING IS SIMILAR TO TYPE A, EXCEPT THAT UNIT CONTROL TERMINAL BOARDS ARE
PROVIDED FOR EACH STARTER. LOAD TERMINAL BOARDS ARE ALSO PROVIDED FOR SIZE 3
STARTERS AND BELOW. SKETCHES OF THE OVERALL CONTROL CENTER AND CON"ECTION DlA
GRAMS FOR EACH STARTER UNIT ARE PROVIDED FOR CLASS I. CLASS II MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
HAS THE NECESSARY INTERCONNECTING WIRING IETWEEN STARTERS AND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES
AND A CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF THE COMPLETE CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
E. TYPE C WlRIMG HAS A MASTER TERMINAL BOARD INCLUDI"G LOAD TERMINALS FOR SIZE 3
SURfERS AND BELOW. ALL OUTGOING WlJlES FROM ANY UNIT WILL IE FACTORY WIRED TO THE
MASTER TERMINAL IOARD. FOR CLASS I MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, THERE IS NO WIRING BE
TWEEN SECTIONS OR BETWEEN ANY MASTER TERMINALS AND NO INTERCONNECTING IETWEEN
ANY STARTERS OR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES. CLASS II MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS WILL HAVE THE
NECESSARY IMTERCOMNECTING WIRING BETWEEN STARTERS AND CONTROL ASsEMILIES.
SKETCHES AND DIAGRAMS ARE THE SAME AS FOR TYPE B WIRING.
3. MAIN IUS - MAIN IUS IS HORIZONTALLY MOUMTED IN TOP OF STRUCTURE AND IS NORMALLY RATED
600 AMPERES UMLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
4. EQUIPMENT ITEMS - IN _ VOLT MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, TRANSFORMERS MAY IE INSTALLED
WlTHIM THE COMTROL CENTER TO OBTAIN 120/208 VOLT FOR FRACTIONAL HP MOTORS, LlGHTI"G,
RECEPTACLES, ETC. SECO"DARY OF TRANSFORMER MAY BE CONNECTED TO A PANELIOARD WIIIOI
CAM ALSO BE CONTAI"ED WlTHI" THE CONTROL CEMTER. LOAD TERMINALS OF PANELIOARD
IRANOI CIRCUITS CAN IE EXTEMDED TO THE MASTER TERMI"AL STRIP 1M A TYPE IIC MOTOR CON
TROL CE"TER. MACHETIC CONTACTORS MAY BE UTILIZED FOR HEATIMG LOADS SUCH AS SHOW
MEL TIMG, HOT WATER HEATERS, DUCT HEATERS, ETC. 10lLER CONTROLS ARE HOT USUALLY I".
CLUDED 1M THE MOTOR CONTROL CE"TER, lOT FEEDER BRUKERS CAM IE IMSTALLED 1M THE
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER TO SUPPLY POWER TO A SEPARATE BOILER CONTROL PANEL. THESE
BREAKERS CAN HAVE A SHU"T TRIP WIRED TO AN EMERGENCY OIL IUR"ER SWITCH REQUIRED IY
CODE.
SINGLE PHASE MANUAL STARTERS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS SUOIAS EXHAUST .FANS,
POWER ROOF VENTILATORS, ETC. WHICH REQUUlE INTERLOCKI"G WITH ANOTHER EQUIPMENT ITEM
WlTHI" THE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, MAY IE INSTALLED IN THE MOTOR CONTROL CEMTEL USU.
ALLY, TWO OR THREE SIZE 0 OR 00 MANUAL STARTERS CAN IE INSTALLED I" THE FRONT PANEL OF
ONE COMPARTMENT. '
EACH COMPARTMENT IS FURNISHED WITH A L E ~ E N D PLATE IN ADDITION TO THE PUSHIUTTON AND
SELECTOR SWITCH CENTRAL LEGE"D PLATES. THE NOMEMCLATURE FOR THE LEGEND PLATES
WOULD BE AS LISTED UNDER THE.EQUIPMENT COLUMH.
5. PlLOTt1GttTS AND PUSHIUTTONS CAN BE COLOR CODED WITH A VARIETY OF STYLES AND LEGEND
Pl1TES FOR hSY iDEMnFie1TlOM. EAOI MOTOR OF A RELATED SYSTEM CAN HAVE SELECTOR
SWITCHES OR PUSHIOTTONS AND PILOT LIGHTS THE SAME COLOR, I.E., - AIR SUPPLY UMIn - ILUE;
EXHAUST FAMS - RED; HOT WATER PUMPS - AMBER, ETC. FOR MOTORS STARTED FREQUEMTLY,
OVERSIZE PUSHIOTTOMS MAY BE USED, SUOI AS A "JUMBO" OR "MUSHROOM" PUSHIUTTON.
6. INTERLOCKI"G - NORMAL!,!, EACH STARTER UNIT IS SUPPLIED WITH ONE SET OF "ORMALLY OPEN
AUXiLIARY, COMTACTS, WHICH MUST IE USED WHEN MOMENTARY PUSHIUTTON CONTROLS ARE USED.
ANY ADDITIONAL NUMBER OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS MAY IE SPECIFIED AS REQUIRED. ALL SAFETY
' DEVICES MUST IE WIRED IN SERIES WITH THE CONTROL CIRCUIT OF THE PARTICULAR STARTER.
ELECTRIC PNEUMATIC (E.P.) SWiTOIES MUST .tHl.lIE WIRED TO THE MOTOR TERMINALS. AN ADDI.
TIONAL SET OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS SHOULOBt SPECIFIED FOR CONTROLLI"G EP SWITCHES.
THESE CONTACTS MAY IE WIRED TO THE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR THE PARTICULAR STARTER, THUS
SUPPL YlNG 120 VOLTS (CONTROL VOLT AGE) TO THE EP SWITOI.
STARTERS INTERLOCKED WITH OTHER ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT SHOULD IE LISTED IN THE EQUIPME"T
ITEM COLUMN UNDER "INTERLOCKING", THE COMPARTMENT MUMIER MAY IE LISTED IN LIEU OF
THE ITEM WHEN INTERLOCKING IS WITHIN THE CONTROL CENTER, THIS COLUMN IS FOR ITEMS CON
TROLLED IY THE STARTER,I.E" AM AIR HANDLING U"IT STARTER (IEI"G SPECIFIED) WIIIOI siiiii[D
ALSO START AN EXHAUST FAN; THE EXHAUST FAN SHOULD IE LISTED IN THIS COLUMN. WHEM THE
ABOVE EXHAUST FAN STARTER IS SPECIFIED IN ANOTHER COMPARTME"T, IT WOULD BE REMOTELY
CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY AND WOULD BE SO STATED 1M THE "EXT COLUMN (10) U"DER "RE
MOTJ CONTROL" AS "C". IN THE LOCATION COLUMHS UNDER "REMOTE CONTROL", THE AIR HAN
OLING UNIT IN THE ABOVE EXAMPLE WOULD BE LISTED. MANUAL REMOTE CONTROL DEVICES, SUOI
AS PUSHBUTTONS, NOT LOCATED OM THE IoIOTOR CONTROL CENTER, WOULD IE LISTED 1M COLUMN
(6) UNDER "REMOTE CONTROL" AND THE LOCATION IN THE NEXT COLUMN.
PAGE NO. 230
,Ayoi/ab/. In CI'I'IOI.IIIIIIP
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SCHEDULE
ABBREV I ATIONS GENERA L NOTES
CD
EOUIPlilENT ITEM QbQ! (i) SELECTOR SWITCHES TYPE I PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL CONTROL TRANSFORMERS WHEN
F - FEEDER PROTECTIVE DEVICE BL- BLACK K - KNOB TYPE
CONTROL VOLTAGE I S 120 V
M - MAI N PROTECTIVE DEVICE R -RED L - L EVER TYPE
2 PROVI DE 3. OVERLOAD RELAYS ON EACH HI STARTER
S -MOTOR STARTER o - OREEN C - COIN SLOT TYPE 3- M.CC. SHALL HAVE NEMA TYPE I ENCLOSURE UNLESS
TI - 1111 TRANSF. Y -YELLOW KEY- KEY TYPE OTHERWISE INDICATED
13 - 31' TRANSF. o -ORANGE R-P - ROTO PUSH 4. ARRANGEMENT OF M.C.C. SHALL BE STRAIGHT NOT
P - PANEL BOARD B - BLUE

SAFETY pEVICES
ACCESSIBLE FROM REAR UNLESS OTHERWISE
PT - TRANSF. PROTECTIVE DEVI CE ( PRIMARY) BR - . BROWN
INDI CATED
SP - SPACE (INCLUDE BUSSING ) GR - GREY F - FIRESTAT 5. MAIN BUS SHALL BE BRACED FOR 25, 000 AIIPS
L - INCOIlING L INE (LUGS ONLY) W -WHITE Z _ FREEZESTAT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDI CATED

A -AMBER A -AL ARM DEVICE
6- FINI SH OF M.C.C. SHALL BE IlEDIUM GREY ASA 4' FUSE TYPES

CSINTROL
M - SAFETY CONTROL BAKED ENAIIEL OVER IONDERI ZED SURFACE UNLESS
N - NECS
EQUI PMENT ITEIIS
OTHERWI SE I NDI CATED
C - CURRENT LI MI T HOA-HaND OFF AUTOMATIC 3
0 - DUAL ELEIIENT
POSITI ON SELECTOR SW
E.P. - ELECTRI C PIIEUIIATIC
7. PROVIDE 118-" ," CONTINUOUS GROUtl D BUS
SWITCH
T4 - TYPE 4 AMP. TRAP o - ON- 0 FF 2 POSITIbN SELECTOR SW
IIV - MOTORI ZED VALVE
8 . PROVIDE CONTROL CI RCUI T FUSES - DUAL FUSING ON

50S - START - STOP PUSHBUTTON
A - INDICATOR ALARII
PRIMARY OF CONTROL TRANSF: AND SI NGLE FUSING
N -_E ON SECONDARY SI DE
MAN - MANUAL START-START PUSHBUTTON (II. a CONTACTS)
@
B&;!il2n li2!llIIIQI. . ,. AUTOMA'llC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL IE WIRED TO
MAL - MAGNETI C FUL L VOLTAGE ACROSS THE
STOP-STOP PUSHBUTTON ( N. C. CONTACTS) AI!T2I1ATI , r.lf;:t' S;' AUTO. POSITI ON OF HOA SWITCHES
LI NE SINGLE SPEED NON REVERSI NG
NO - NORII ALLY OPEN
AO - AQUASTAT
SO - STAR - DELTA RE DUCED VOLTAGE
10. MOTOR OVERLOAD RELAY COILS ( HEATER) SHALL lIE
NC - NORMALLY CLOSED
PE - ELECT. SW. INSTALLED IN EACH IIOTOR STARTER AND SHALL IE
,\.-T - AUTO.- TRANSF. REDUCED VOLTAGE
(i)

T - THERMOSTAT PROPERLY SI ZED I N ACCORDANCE WITH N. E.C. AFTER
2 S - TWO SPEED EXACT IIOTOR FuL.:L LOAD RUNNING CURRENT IS
S - STANDARD
PS - PRESSURE SWITCH
KNOWN FROII Ar PROVED SHOP DRAWINGS
R - REVERSING ACROSS . THE LINE SINGLE
FS - FLOAT SWITCH
SPEED HS - HALF SHROUD
MC - MAGNETI C CONTACTOR LB - LONG BUTTON
C - CONTACTS ON ANOTHER STARTER II. I NSTALL WIRI NG DIAGRAM IN FRAMED GLASS
II: - MUSHROOII
(I NTERLOCK) ENCLOSURE NEAR II.C.C.
@ I.HH:tT:i JB -jUMBO MUSHROOM
TC - TIME CLOCK
PT - PRE - TEST TRANSF. TYPE
I T - I LLUMI NATED TRANSF. TYPE
PR - PRE-TEST RESISTOR TYPE
I R - I L LUIlINATED RESIST.DR TYPE
ST - STAflDARD TRANS. TYPE
SR - STANDARD RESISTOR TYPE
KEY- KEY TYPE
SN - STANDARD NEON TYPE '
MOTOR CONTRO L CENTER
VOLTAGE II AIN BUS NE MA CLASS
\lOLT S AIIPS TY PE
EOUIP M O TOR PROTECTI VE DEVI CE STAR T ER I NTERLOCK I NG . REIIOTE CONTROL RE IIARKS
CI RCUI T
FUSE
I ND. CONTROL NO. OF I NTER -
BREAKER LTS. DEVI CE LOCK CONTACTS @

:i; (j'I
'"

@

@) (!)

d

Z
Z
'"
>- >-
.... ;:: N
-' -'
0:
'"
EQUI PII ENT 11.
If)
in -'
'"
-' -' -' 0 >-w EOUIPME NT ITEII LOCATI ON
'"

OJ ::J ::I 0
'"
0 w .... ..,
If)
-'
0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
0: .

OJ- ..,
::I OJ Il.
C
0
'"
w
If)
'"
..
.... ....
'"
0 .... w 0
"''''
"'()
...>
w 0
':
:z:
'"

11. Z 11. -' c'"
% 11. ... ,.; 11. 11. 11. Z -' 11. -' 011. 0-' If) ..,
....
c ::I iE >- ::I >-
'"
0 0 >- 0 0 >- 0
z O zc.>
,"0
! u c ... .... c .... z <,> > ....
.., .., ....
..,
,
I
PLATE NO, 98
I
PAGE NO, 231.
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE AIR RELEASE TANK
I. WHERE TO USE - USE THE AIR RELEASE TANK ON ALL HOT WATER HEATING AND CHILLED WATER
COOLING CLOSED SYSTEM PIPING TO ELIIoIINATE THE AIR FOUND IN THE SYSTEM.
2. WHERE TO LOCATE IN SYSTEM - THE AIR RELEASE TANK SHOULD BE LOCATED ON THE SUCTION
SIDE OF THE CIRCUUTING PUMP AlII CLOSE TO THE CIRCULATIHG PUMP. THE EXPANSION TANK
CONHECTION SHOULD IE MADE TO THE AIR RELEASE TAHK AHD WILL BECOME THE POINT OF NO
PRESSURE CHANGE AS SHOWH BY THE DIAGRAIoIS ON PAGE 234 OF THIS BOOK. IT SHOULD IE NOTED
THAT THE RELATIOHSHIP OF THE PUMP AND EXPAMSIOM TANK SHOULD BE SUCH THAT WHEN THE
PUMP STARTS THE PRESSURE IS INCREASED AT ALL POINTS IN THE SYSTEM AHD IS NOT DECRUSED
AMYWHERE.
3. SOLUBILITY OF AIR - ENTRAINED AIR EXISTS IN SOLUTION IN THE WATER AND IS RELEASED 114 AC
CORDANCE WITH TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE CHANCES. IF TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER IS 114
CRUSED, AIR WILL IE RELEASED AND IF THE SYSTEM PRESSURE IS DECREASED AIR WILL liE RE
LEASED. THE AIR RELUSE TANK PROVIDES A POINT OF COLLECTION FOR THE AIR AHD EHHANCES
CIRCUUTlOM OF THE AIR FROM THE WATER TO THE EXPANSION TANK.
4. SIZING THE AIR RELUSE TAHK - GEHERALLY, THE AIR RELEASE TANK SHOULO BE FULL LINE SIZE
OF THE SYSTEM IT SERVES. IF THE PIPE HAS BEEH SIZED BY THE METHOOS SHOWN ON PAGES 198 ANO
199, THE SIZE OF THE rAMK WILL GENERALLY BE AOEQUATE. THE TANK SHOWN IS A VORTEXINC
TYPE WHERE THE WATER ENTERSAND LEAVES TANGENTIALLY; THIS CENTRIFUGAL ACTION AIOS IN
THE RELEASE OF AIR AND ALLOWS THE AIR RELEASE TANK TO 8E SMALLER IN SIZE THAN THE TANK
USIMG TH E REDUCED VE LOCITY PRINCIPLE .
5. AIR RELUSE TANK FITTING - THE AIR RELEASE TANK SHOULD ALWAYS BE USED IN CONJUNCTION
WITH AN AIR RELEASE TANK FITTING AT THE EXPAMSION TANK. THE AIR RELEASE TANK FITTIHC IS
USED TO PREVENT GRAVITY CIRCUUTIOM BETWEEH THE EXPANSIOH TANK BETWEEN THE EXPANSIOM
TAMK AMD THE AIR RELEASE TAMK. THE TANK FITTING SHOULD ALLOW FREE PASSAGE OF AIR FROM
THE SYSTEM, BUT SHOULD IE DESIGNED TO PREVENT GRAVITY CIRCULATION. THE AIR RELEASE TANK
FITTINGS SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A TU BE EXTENDING UP INTO THE EXPANSION TANK TO PROVIDE
THE ABILITY TO COHTROL THE AIR LEVEL WITHIN THE EXPANSION TANK.
6. MAKEUP WATER CONNECTION - THE LIHE FROM THE AIR RELEASE TANK TO THE EXPANSION TANK
MAKES AN EXCELLENT PUCE TO CONHECT THE COLD WATER MAKE-UP CONHECTION FOR THE SYS
TEM. ' HE MAKE-UP WATER CONNECTION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE HEEDS VERY LITTLE CAPACITY
AMD SHOULD NOT IE CClUIDERED AS A FILL VALVE. THE SYSTEM SHOULD IE FILLED BY THE IIY
PASS AROUND THE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE . THE PRESSURE SETTING OF THE PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVE SHOULD IE CAREFULLY SET FOR THE TOP MOST UNIT. TWO CHECK VALVES SHOULD liE
INCORPORATED AT THE POINT WHERE THE COLD ,ATER MAKEUP CONNECTS TO THE SYSTEM TO PRE
CLUDE IACKFLOW OF SYSTEM 'WATER INTO THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM AT AMY TIME OOIoIESTIC
WATER PRESSURE FALLS BELOW SYSTEM PRESSURE. PRESSURE SHOULD IE CAREFULLY CHECKED TO
SEE IF DOIoIESTlC WATER PRESSURE IS ALWAYS NORMALLY HIGHER THAN SYSTEM PRESSURE AT THE
CONNECTION POINT. IOILER PRESSURE RATIHG SHOULD IE CARE FULL Y CHECKED TO IE SURE SYSTEM
PRESSURE WILL NEVER EXCEED IOILER PRESSURE RATING.
7. AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS - AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS WILL NOT BE REQUIRED WHfN THE SYSTEM HAS IEEN
PROPERLY DESIGNED WITH AN AIR RELEASE TAMK. IN FACT, AUTOMATIC Alt-YENTS CAN BE A SOURCE
OF AIR ENTERING THE SYSTEM UNDER SOME CONDITIONS OF OPERATION AND SHOULD IE DELETED
FROM THE SYSTEM DESIGN.
. 8. PUMP - THE CIRCULATING PUMP SHOULD BE FITTED WITH A MECHAMICAL SEAL AND NOT A STUFFING
GLAND TO PREVENT ENTRY OF AIR INTO THE SYSTEM AT THAT POINT.
9. MANUAL AIR VEHTS -MAMUAL AIR VENTS SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT ALL HIGH POINTS OF THE SYSTEM
TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF AIR IY THE CONTRACTOR DURIMG FILL AMD START-UP. ONCE THE SYS-
TEM HAS BEEN PLACED IN OPERATION, AND BROUGHT UP TO TEMPERATURE, ALL IoIANUAL AIR VENTS
SHOULI;) BE CLOSED AND THE AIR RELEASE TANK WILL REMOVE SYSTEM AIR SATISFACTORILY.
10. !!!ERMQ.I!\ ETER - THE AIR RELEASE TANK MAKES AN EXCELLENT LOCATION FOR THE LOCATIOM OF
THE THERMOMETER TO SENSE THE SUPPLY WATER TEMPERATURE OR AS AN AQUASTAT LOCATION
FOR THE COHJROL SYSTEM IF REQUIRED.
11. REMOVAL OF AIR RELEASE TAMK - THE AIR RELUSE TAHK SHOULD IE CONHECTED TO THE PIPING
IN SUCH A MANNER IT COULD BE EASILY REMOVED WITHOUT REMOVAL OF PIPE.
12. BOTTOM DRAIN - THE BOTTOM DRAIN CONNECTION SHOULD IE P.APED TO THE NEAREST OPEN SITE
DRAIN,
13. INTERNAL SCREEH - WHEN AM INTERMAL SCREEN IS PROVIDED, THE SCREEN SHOULD HAVE WATER
SIZE PERFORATIONS AND SHOULD IE LEFT IN PUCE ALL DURING COMSTRUCTION. AFTER THE SYS-
TEM HAS BEEN THOROUGHLY FLUSHfD AND CLUNED, THE SCREEN MAY IE REMOVED.
14. SYSTEM CLEAMING - IEFORE T:n SYSTEM IS PUCED IN OPERATION, IT SHOULD IE THOROUGHLY
CLEANED TO RID THE SYSTEM OF TRASH, THREAD CUTTING OILS,METAL CHIPS, PIPE COMPOUND, FLUX,
OR AMY OTHER FOREIGH MATERIAL THAT MAY. HAVE ENTERE.D THE SYSTEM. THE SYSTEM SHOULD IE
CLEANED IY ADDIMG TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE TO THE WATER AND CIRCULATIMG THE WATER AT AN
ELEVATED TEMPERATURE FOR SEVERAL HOURS. AFTER CIRCUUTIOM HAS IEEN COMPLETED, DRAIM
THE SYSTEM, REMOVE THE AND REFILL. THE SYSTEM SHOULD IE LEFT OM THE SLIGHTLY
ALKALINE SIDE (PH = 7.5) AFTER THE CLUNING OPERATION.
15. CHEMICAL ADDITIVES - AFTER CLEANING AS DESCRIIED ABOVE, THE CLOSED SYSTEM WILL NOT
REQUIRE CHEMICAL ADDITIVES. STOPLEAK CHEMICALS SHOULD NOT IE PERMITTED.
PAGE NO. 232
SHALL HAVE TANGENTIAL ENTRY
AIR tt OUT
____----1 1/4' TO EXPANSION TANK - SE[ DETAIL---------_....

WATER
,
J
IN

THERMOMETER
4 ALL THREADED
liDO TO STIIUCTURE
PLA N VIEW
INSTALLAT ION NOTES
SET THE TANK DEAD LEVEL 80TH DIRECTIONS.
2. ADJUST THE PtPE SUPPOIfTS AND AIIRANG[ PIPING
SO THE TANK MAY liE EASILY REMOVED FROM THE PIPING.
3. AIIIIANIIE THE PIP;NI SO THAT THE STRAINEII MAY
BE EASILY REMOVED IIY UNCDUPLlN8 UNIONS.
4. IF NO [KTENSION OF OIWN IS SHOWN ON PROJECT
PLANS RUN TO NE.... EST OPEN OIIAIN.
AFTEII THE SYSTEM HAS IlEEN THOROIIGHLY CLEANED
REMOVE THE STRAINER.
I . CONNECT AIR OUTLET TO EXPANSION TANK AND
MAKE UP WATER COIIIIECTION AS SHOWN IN THE
EX,,",NSION TANK DETAIL.
2' BLOWDOWN DRAIN
EXTEND AS SHOWN
WATER
=::J
IN
UNE SIZE
INLET
CONNECTION
STEEL
AIR COLLECTOR
TUBE
PLUG
LINE SIZE OUTLET
CONNECTION ---.........
t----t1t----8ALVANIZED STE[L STRAINER WITH

3111' PERFORATIONS HAVINa A NU
FItEE AREA OF NOT LESS THAN 5
TIMES THE CONNECTING LINE.
STRAINER "EMOVAL
FLANGES
..
..
z
:c
"
..
.,
AlII RELEAS[ TANK. SHALL
BE CONSTRUCTED, CEIITIFIED
AND STAMPED IN ACCOIIDANCE
WITH THE A.S.II.E. COOE
PRESSURE RATIN8 SHALL I[
125 PSI.
GATE VALVE - - - .....

ON PROJECT PLANS ------'ooUl
..J
..J
:::>
..
Z' .LOWOOWN ----- ...jl
CUTAWAY
FRONT ELEVATION
..
u
:
..

o
::J
..
DETAILS OF THE AIR RELEASE TANK
NO SCALE
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
1IJUl: THE AIR "ELEASE TANK SHALL 8E
THE FULL LINE SIZE OF THE LINES
IN WHICH IT IS SHOWN ON THE
PIIOJECT PLANS.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P LAT. E NO. 'I
PAGE NO. 233
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE EXPANSION TANK
nSUIIE AT 101' Of' sysn.. PI. "14.7 PSiA
UPANSION TANK
PIIESSURE " PT " 14.7
PSI AlS
--PIIESSUIIE IIEDUCING
VALVEI .. AKE UP)
PIIESSURE RELIEF VALVE
PIIESSURE AT TOP OF ' SYSTE"" 4 PSIG
2
o
..
"2
1- ...
... 1-
.....
.. ,.
..
! ..
o

0>
-- ..
pa.
. -'1.7 PSI ..
"H"" DISTANCE IN FT. FROM
EXPANSION TANK TO TOP OF
SYSTEM
EXPANSION TANK
PRESSURE" PT- 11.7+
HXO. 431
.-----I-PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVE SET FOR
4PSIG .. 0 -0. 431
BOILER
UPANSION TANK PIIESSUIIE
Risn DUE TO EXPANDED
WATER VOLU.. E OF SYSTE..
C
-PRESSURE AT PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE MUST NOT
EXCEED VALVE SETTI NG
WHEN SYSTEM PRESSURE
CHANGES DUE TO
EXPANDED VOLU.. E Of'
WATER.
BOI LER
If THEilE IS NO QlANeE IN TEWEIIA-
TUllE EXPANSION TANK .. "ESlUIlE
00[5 NOT eNANaE DU[ TO PUMP STAIIT
ING---"-7
NO WATER IN SYSTEM
LPRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SET AT W,lTE
WORKING PRESSURE OF BOILER "PR
SYSTEM FILLED AT 40F PUMP IDLE
SYSTEM HEATED TO MAXIMUM OPERATING
TEMPERATURE PUMP IDlE
CONDITIONS PUMP RUNNNG
FOUR CONDITIONS OF PRESSURE IN THE HOT WATER SYSTEM
STEPS IN THE SELECTION OF THE EXPANSION TANK 'SIZE
OIIAW A SKETCH OF THE SYSTEM BEING DESIGNED SHOWING THE FOUR CONDITIONS AS ABOVE AND INDICATE
ALL PIIESSURE CONDITIONS.
2 DETER .. INE THE. APPROXI .. ATE NUMBER OF GALlONS IN THE SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS;
A. CALL THE BOILER REPRESENTATIVE AND. FINO THE .. MOUNT OF WATER HELD BY THE BOILER.
B . .. EASURE LINEAL FEET OF PIPE IN SYSTE .. AND .. ULTIPLY BY GALLONS PER FOOT FOUND UNDER
PHYSlC"L PIIOPEIITIES OF PIPE IN THIS BOOK.
C. ESTI .... TE THE AMOUNT 'OF WATER HELD BY ALL COILS AND RADIATION IN THE
5. OETER .. INE THE A .. OUNT Of' UPANSION OF THE WATER, THE COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION OF WATER
VARIES WITH THE ALL VALUES ON THIS PAGE ARE BASED ON FILLING THE SYSTEM AT 40" F.
AND HEATING TO ZIZ F.
4 . COOIPUTE THE SIZE OF THE EXPANSION TANK AS FOLLOWS; IWHERE (Ew - Eplis THE UNIT EXPANSION OF
Ttf[ WATER "INUS THE UNIT EXPANSION OF PIPE RADIATION. BO'ILER. ETC , ).
VOLU.. E OF THE EXPANSIO'N OF WATER IN SYSTEM IN
TANK IN GALLONS-----__ V+. (Ew-Eplx Vs GALLONS
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE 14:7 PSI Aa_PA PI. _ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE 14.7 PSI ABS .
PRnSURE IN TIf EXI'IlNSION TANK - PR --SETTING OF RELIEF VALVE WATER WORKING
AT 40"F. IN ABSOLUTE PRESSURE PRESSURE Of' BOILER IN ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
5. FOil FLL TEMPERATURE OF 4O"F. AND AN OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF ZIZ"F. USE;
0.040 Vs
VT'
J.Q. _ J.hl.
PT PR
THE VALUES SHOWN IN THE CHART ARf SOLUTIONS OF
THE ELEMENT 0 .040 + _ AND WHEN MULTIPLIED
BY THE SYSTEM 'IOLU"E GIVE THE REQUIRED EXPANSION
TANK SIZE .
60
56
'"
5Z
(l)
'"
4. (l)
iii
44
IL
40

I- 36
IL
'"
3Z
a:
::;) 2.
<II
<II
Z4
'"
a:
IL
ZO

Z
16

...I
12
'" i=

Z
4
2 ' 4
IZ5 PSIG WATER WORKIN. .............
PRESSURE BOILER PR-12S
pSle
/'"
.// ,..-
...-
,/ V
I-"""'
,..-
/
-<
"...,
80 I'll' WATEII _KINI
/
/'"
PIIESSUIIE
/ /'"

/
,/
...-
...-
WOIIKINI PII BSURE
/ /' ./
"...,

//
//
--
-
""(
I I I I I
30 ..... WATEII WOIIKINI

,/
-
PllElSUIlI IOILIII
.. 1150 .....

/ /'
6 8 10 12 14 16 .. 20 22 24 !Ii Z' 50 52 54 40
EXPANSION TANK SIZE. "l!o OF SYSTEM VOLUME
PAlE NO. 23.
ibol,,"W. In e .,. ... TRANS-AI'lATE*
ALL THREADED RODS
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE
IN AN APPROVED MANNER
A
SUPPORT a LEVELING
CLIP ANGLES-NUMBER
AS DETERMINED 11'1'
METHOD SHOWN AT
RIGHT
I-...... ----ASME WELDED, APPROVED, a STAMPED
EXPANSION
TAPPING---- ---,
SET TANK DEAD
LEVEL BOTH WAYS
BUSHING
PI PE TO AI R
RELEASE DEVICE
3/4"PIPE TO EXPANSION TANK
GLOBE VALVE
3/4" UNION
3/4" ELBOw-oQI===GD===I1.ll====IQ-_ELIIO W
ELEVATION SECTION A- A
ANiL(
s,; WA SHE R
NOTE'
CLIP ANilES SHALL
liE FACTORY INST
AlLED IN ACCORDANCl
WITH "-S.M.. CODE
SECTION THRU CLIP ANGLE
SIDE
OF TANK CLIP
iIIix I" ELONGATED
HOLE 1- .ViH'! XN" T
St," -I 114 WASHER I I 'i THREADED
PLAN OF CLIP ANGLE
EXPANSION TAN K SCHEDULE
TANK NQ SE RVES GAllONS DIAMETER LENiTH APPROX. WEIGHT . INITIAL P.RV. PIIE:OS. FINAL P.RV. PRESS
314"PRESSURE
VAlVE
COLD WATER MAKE-UP CONNECTION DETAIL
DETAILS OF THE
(L ES S T HAN 100 GALLONS)
INSTALLATION OF .THE EXPANSION
NO SCALE
H EAT 1 N G. V E NT 1 L AT ION. AND AIR CON D 1 TI 0 N I N G
DE SIG. N MANUAL
TANK
PLATE NO" 100 PAGE NO.2 35
Su"r AT TOP. OF SYSTE.. PA14.7 PSI A
EXPANSION TANK
PRrsSU"E PT
.lIS
REDUCING
VALV[( .. UE UP)
... '---II---PtlUSURE RELIEF VALVE
10IlE R
NO WATER IN SYSTEM
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE EXPANSION TANK
PtlESSURE AT TOP OF SYSTE'" 4 P51G
-1 . 7 PSI'"
s

.. ,.
.....
.....
.....
"Iii
..
o
w
u"

Q>
.' 0:
po.
/
/
H'. DISTANCE IN H FRO..
EXPANSION TANk TO TOP OF
SYSTEM
EXPANSION TANK
PFtESSURE " PT- 18.7+
H X 0 . 431
.----I-PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVE SET FOR
.. D0 4 31
BOILER
SYSTEM FILLED AT 4O-F PUMP IDLE
BOI LER
EXPANSION TANK PtlESSURE
RISES DUE TO EXPANDED
WATER VOLU"E OF SYSTEM
- PRESSURE AT PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE MUST NOT
EXCEED VALVE SETTI NG
WHEN SYSTE" PRESSURE
CHANGES DUE TO
EXPANDED VOLlJ .. E OF
.
SYSTEM HEATED TO MAXIMUM OPERATI NG
TEMPERATURE PUMP IDLE
FOUR CONDITIONS OF PRESSURE IN THE HOT WATER SYSTEM
STEPS IN THE SELECTION OF THE EXPANSION TANK SIZE
IF THERE: IS NO CHANGE IN T[MPRA
TURE EXPANSION TANK PRESSURE
00[5 NOT CHANGE DUE TO PUMP START
ING---"'7
CONDITIONS PUMP RUNNING
OII"W A SkETCH OF THE SYSTEM BEING DESIGNED SHOWING TlIE FOUR CONDITIONS AS ABOVE AND INDICATE
ALL P"ESSURE CONDITIONS.
125 PSIG WATER WORK I NG
,/
2 O(TERMINE THE .. PPROXIMATE NUMBER OF G .. LLONS IN THE SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS:
.. . C"LL. TilE 'OILER REPRESENTATIVE .. NO FINO TlIE .. MOUNT OF WATER HELD BY THE BOILER.
I . .. , .. SURE LINE .. L FEET OF PIPE IN SYSTEM AND "ULTIPLY BY G .. LLONS PER FOOT FOUND UNDER
PHYSIC"L PtlOPERTIES OF PIPE IN THIS BOOK.
C. ESTI .. ATE THE AMOUNT OF WATER HELD BY ALL COI LS AND RADIATION IN THE SYSTEM.
S. DETERMINE THE .... OUNT Of EXPANSION OF THE WATER THE COEFFICIENT Of EXPANSION Of WATER
VARIlS WITH TH[ TEMPERATURE. ALL VALUES ON THIS PAGE ARE BASED ON FILLI NG THE SYSTEM AT 40' F.
AND HEATING TO 212' F.
COOIPUTE THE SIZE OF THE EXPANSION TANK AS FOLLOWS: (WHERE {Ew - Ep ) IS THE UNIT EXPANSION OF
THE WATER MINUS TlIE UNIT EXPANSI ON OF PIPE RADIATION. BOILER . ETC .1.
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE 14 7 PSI ABS. _PA
PR[5SURE IN THE EXPANSION TANK __ 1ST
AT 40' F. IN ABSOLUTE PRESSUR E
P A __ ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE 14 .7 PS I ABS.
PR --SETTING OF RELI EF VALVE WATER WORKING
PRESSURE Of BOILER IN PRESSURE
5. FOR FILL TEMPERATURE OF 40F. AND AN OPER ATI NG TEMPERATURE OF 2I Z F. USE:
VT ' 0. 0 40 Vs
14.7
fiT-Pi!
THE VALUES SHOWN IN THE CHART ARf SOLUTIONS OF
THE ELEMENT 0 .040 ';' 1:;7 _ AND WHEN MULTIPLIED
BY THE SYSTEM 'JOLUME GIVE THE REQUIRE D EX PANSION
TANK SI ZE .
PRESSURE BOILER PR-12 5
PSIG
,/
,/'
/V
--
--
/ I----"
I-'""
-- V
-<
.......-
10 PSIG WATER WORQj G
/
,/"
PRESSURE
/ V
I
/
V
--
--
WORKING PRESSURE
/ / ,/'
V

/V ./
/
I-
-
-
,
30 IpSIG
I

V
---
PRESSURE BOILER
PR SO PS I'
/I,
/
4 6 a 10 12 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
EXPANSION TANK SIZE % OF SYSTEM VOLUME
PAG E NO. 236
A."i/"W. /11 TRAN$.A-PlA TEo
,,--_ ___ _ __ -r-_I/Z". ALL THREADED RODS
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE
IN AN APPROVED .. ANNER
GLASS VALVE
SUPPORT a LEVELING
CLIP ANGLES-NUMBER
AS DETER .. I NED BY
"ETHOD. SHOWN AT
RIGHT
STA .. PED

SI GHT GLASS-
PR'ESSURE RATED
AT 12S P.S.I.

TANK NOR .. AL LY
OPERATES AT MIDPOI NT
OF GLASS
SI GHT GLASS VALVE
SI GHT GLASS TEST COCK
...;'BOILER DRAI N
VALVE WITH HOSE
END CONNECTION
I" PI PE TO AIR RELEASE DEVI CE
j\ ' R CONTROL
L,NE
SIDE WALL
OF TANK
SIS' IY4" WA ;HER
5"' ANGL E
NOTE'
01'4" WASHER
Vz" ALL THREADED
ROD
CLIP ANGLES SHALL
BE FACTORY I NST-
lo L LED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH A.5. ... E. CODE
AI R CONTROL INLET
ELEVATION SECTION A-A SECTION THRU CLIP ANG.LE
I" PIPE TO EXPANSI0l! TANK
I"GLOBE VALVE
UNION
I" ELBOW
I"C OPPER PIPE
I " COLD WATER
MAKE- UP - SEE
PLUMBING OW
I " SWEAT
TO SCREW IPS
ADAPTOR
I" PRESSURE REDUCING

DIFFERENCE SHOWING
I N SCHEDULE
COLO WATER MAKE - UP CONNECTION DETAIL
I" PI PE FROII AIR
RELEASE DEVI CE
PLAN OF CL I P ANGLE
E.X PAN S ION TAN I< SCHEDULE
TANK NO. SE RVES GALLON S DIA"ETi: R LENGT H APPROX. WEIGHT
(OVER 100 GALLONS)
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OFT H E EXPANSION TANK
NOS C. A L E
HATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 101 PAG E NO" 237
DESIGNING THE FLA SH TANK
I. C.LCULATE THE AMOUNT Of CONDENSATE ENTERING THE fUSlt TANK - THE AMOUNT OF CONOEN
SiTUATEIIiIG THE TANK WILL IE THE SDiiiiiATIOM Of THE STEAM COMSUMING CAP.CITY Of ALL.
EQUIPMENT TO IE CCllCecTED TO THE fLASH TANK. lID IIRJ TAKE THE TI.P CAP.CITIES Of .LL
EQUIPMENT SINCE THEY .IE USUALLY SIZED .T THIEE TIMES THE STEAM COMSUMItIG C.P.CITY.
2. C.LCUL.TE THE AMOUNT Of COMDENSATE THAT fLASHES .. TO STEAM WITHIN THE TAMK - THE
AMOUMT OF e_EiiSiU TH.T FWNES INTO STEAM WITHIM THE TAMk CAlliE ClLcUL.TED IY
EOU. TIMG THE AMOUNT Of HE. T fLOWING IN10 THE TANK .ND THE AMOUNT Of HE. T RE LEASED
WITHIN THE T AMK,
HUT fLOWING INTO TANK - HUT RELUSED IN TANK
fOI EXAMPLE. WHEN 100 LlSIMIN. Of COMOENS.TE .T 300 DEGREES f. ARE fLOWING INTO. PROP
ERL Y VENTED TANK IN WHICH THE PIESSURE IS TMOSPHERIC. THE FOLLOWING COMDITIOMS WILL
IE ENCOUNTERED:
. HUT flOWING INTO TANK- THE HEAT flOWING INTO THE TANK WILL IE 100 LlS/IIIIN . 269.59
ITUILI (ENTH.LPY Of W.TER.T 300 F) OR 26.9S9ITU/IIIIN.
I. THE HUT RELEASED IN THE TANK - THE HEAT RELEASED IN THE TANK WILL IE EQUAL TO THE
HUT fLOWING 1M. OR 26.959 Bfu/ilUN. THE AMOUMTS TH.T GO INTO STUliI.MD THE AMOUMT
THAT GOES INTO WATER ARE GIVEN I .Y THE fOLLOWIMG fORMULA:
(WHERE - LIS. Of STEAM PER MINUTE) -
LIS. CONDEMSATE Iii/MIN . EMTHALPY OF WATER - (LIS. CONDENS.TE IN/IIIIN-"S")
(ENTHALPY OF WATER AT PRESSURE IN TANK) + "s" ENTHALPY OF STEAM
(SATURATED VAPOR AT PRESSURE 1M TANK.)
OR 1M THE EXAMPLE:
CHECKING -
100 I 269.59 - (100 - "S") (110.07)+ ("S" I 1150.40)
26.959 - 11.007 - 110.07 "S" + 1150 . 0 "s"
1.952 - 970.33 "S"
.. S .. - 9.22 LBS. STEAM/IIIIN.
WATER = 100 - 9.22 OR 90.71 LIS. WATER/MIN.
HUT 1M - 100 1269.59 - 26.959ITU/IIIIN.
HUT RELEASE 1M TANK-
. W.TER - 90.71 1110.07 - 16.34 BTU/MIN.
B. STEAM - 9.22 I 1150.40 - 10.60 ITU/IIIIM.
TOT.L = 26.95 BTU/IIIIN.
3. SIZING THE STEAM SP.CE - If THE VENT IS .DEQU. TEL Y SIZED. THE STEAM CHAMIER NEED ONLY IE
URGEEMOuGH TO TBE CAIE Of THE INSTANTANEOUS fLASH; THUS. fROM THE EXAMPLE AlOVE.
THERE IS-
9.2 LlS/M1N x 26.10 (SPECifIC VOLUME Of STEAM @o PSIG) fT3/LI_
ii SEelMlN
U CU. fT ./SEC. fLASIIMC
TO .VOID PRESSURE IUILD-UP.!.!.KE 2 x 1. OR I fT.
3
fOR STEAM SP.CE: ASSUMING. TANK DIAMETER
Of 30 IMCHES. SOL VE fOR HEIWlT ....... Of STEAM SP.CE "5".
ICU. FT. - (30/12,z n ......
T
IIAII _. + 4.9-
..... - 1.63 fT. I 19.6 INCHES, SAY ZO INCHES .
. SIZING THE WATER SPACE.- TO PROVIDE ST.IILITY OF FLOW FROM THE fLASH TANK AT LEAST TEN
MIHuTES OF WATER STORAGE SHOULD BE PI!OVIDED. THUS. IN THE EXAMPLE .BOVE -
90.78 LBS/OF WATER PER MIM. 110- 907.10 LIS. OF WATER
907.8 LBS ';' 59.10 LBS/FT 3-15.18CU. fT .
15.18 CU. FT.,;, 4.9 - 3.09 fT . S.Y 36 INCHES
5. TANK SIZE.- THE T .NK SIZE IS THE DIAMETEII tiMES THE SUMATlQM. Of THE STEAM .ND WATER SP.CE,
OR 1M THE EXAMPLE - .
30" DIAMETER. (20 + 36)-
30" DIAMETER I 56" HIGH
6. SIZIMG THE VENT - SIZE THE VENT FROM THE TAILES fOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM. DO NOT SIZE VENT
LESS THAM TWO (2) INCHES. .
7. SIZING THE HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE PIPING - SIZE THE HlGII PIESSUIE CONDENSATE LINE fROM
THE COMDENSATE TABL.ES.
I. SIZIMG THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CONDENS.TE PIPING - SIZE THE ATIIIOSPHEIIC CONDENSATE
LINE TO SUIT THE PUMPS OR GRAVITY flOW CONDITIONS.
9. USE Of HUT WASTED TO ATMOSPHERE - WHERE THE STEAM WILL BE VENTED TO ATMOSPHEIE. CON
SIDER IN THE DESIGN THE USE OF THE fLASH STEAM 1M THE IUILDING. OR IUM THE CONDEMSATE
THRUHEA T EXCHANGERS IIC THE BUILDING TO AVOID w.STIMG Of HUT TO THE
PAGE NO. 238
Avoi/obl. 'n TRANS-APlATE"
SUPPORT AN'LE
SE[ DUAIL
I" SWIN' CHECK
I SYPHON _AllER -+---/
Y
SUPPORT AIKILE
5[E DUAIL
,..---+VENT TO ATIIOSPHERE
IIr THICK WURING
PLAT[
ANGLE

PIPE
. .
SYPHON BREAKER
ALL THREAD 1100
TO STRUCTURE
A">---SUPPORT ANtLE
112- ALL TH"AO ..aD
liZ" LOCKIN' NUT
5/1-. WASHEft
ANGLE
5/1"".,14" WASHER
liZ ALL THREAD 1100
SIDE WALL 0' TA NK
SUPPORT ANGLE
SEE DETAIL
SUPPORT ANIILE SECTION THRU SUPPORT ANGLE
SEE DETAIL
PLAN
SECT! ON A-A
I" SYI'tION
ALL THREAD
SUPPORT ANGLE
SEE DETAIL
I" SWING CHECK
AIR INLET"--- ..... -
r SYPHON
Tn STRUCTURE
HIGH PRESSURE
CONDENSATE IN
THERMOMETER-SHALL BE

1
'----1-4-I/Z" ROUND PRESSURE
GAGE O' 15 PSJjO
I

LOOP SUL
OUTfLOW PIPE
HEIGHT-S<
SCHEDULE
TANK SHALL BE A"S"M"E
WITH REO READING
TilE THERMOMETER
SHALL BE OF THE SEPARABLE
SOCKET 8 SHAll HAVE EX-
TENDED NECK WHERE RE-
QUIRED FOR INSULATION"
1--====-=':='-====-1
J
DESIGNED. CONSTRUCTED,lNSAEcTtD
1..
. '\0

VALVE
I" BOTTOM ORAl
FRONT
ATMOSPHERE PRESSUIIE
CONDENSATE OUT
ELEVATION
I" GATE VALVE--........ ..,
I BOTTOM DIIAI N
CUTAWAY
FRONT ELEVATION
VENT TO AT MOSPHEIIE
SEE PROJECT PLANS
fOR CONTINUATION
WEARING PLATE
STEAM SPACE
WATER LEVEL
ATMDSPIIERE PRESSURE CONDENSATE
OUT SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR
CONTINUA TlON
3",3",3''-
ANGLE
5/11,1
liZ" LOCKING NUT HOLE .
5/1-. I-II"
WASHER
ALL THIlEAD
'" ROD
A
L
Z"
3.
4"
5.
e.
7.
PLAN OF SUPPORT ANGLE
INSTALLATION NOTES
SET TANK DEAD LEVEL IN BOTH DIRECT IONS"
SUPPORT TANK TO STRUCTURE IN AN APPROVED MANNER .
SUPPORT ALL PIPES ATTACHED TO TANK INDEPENDENTLY SO
THAT TANK IIAY BE REIIOVED FIIOII PIPING.
PROVIDE FLASHING WHERE ATMOSPHERE VENT GOES THRU
BUILDING STRUCTURL
:t:tE
WITH
2 THICK 15% MAGNESIA BLOCKS
RECANVAS INSULATION WITH 8 OZ . CANVAS
CHECK SWING CHECK "'LVE ON SYPHON BREAKER TO SEE IF
IT OPERATES.
8. PIPE I BOTTDII DRAIN TO NEAREST OPEN SIGHT DRAIN "
9. WASH GUT TANK THOROUGLY BEfORE PLACING IN SERVICE
10" CHECK ATIIOSPHf;RE VENT BEFORE PLACING IN SERVICE
IL 00 NOT PUT END ON SYPHON BREAKER AIR INLET"
12" SUPPORT ANGLES SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED IN
ACCDRO'-NCE WITH A. S. III.E" COOE .
DETAILS OF THE 1 N STALL ATION OF THE FLASH TAN K
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITIES FO R FLASH
FLASH TA NK NO. GALLONS OF WATER HELD CU. FT. OF STEAII SPACE
TANK
PRESSURE
PLATE
WATER OUT
PIPE SIZE
239
DESIGNING THE END OF MAIN DRIP
1. LOCATIOM OF END OF MAIN DRIP - THE CONDENSATION THAT FORMS IN THE STEAM MAIM AND
READEIS ilJSf IE DRAINED AT FREQUENT INTERVALS. IF CONDENSATION IS ALLOWED TO
IUILD UP IN THE STEAM MAINS. THE EFFECTIVE AREA OF THE PIPI WILL BE REDUCED AND
THE RESULTANT HIGHER STEAM VELOCITIES COULD CAUSE SERIOUS WATER HAMMER AND
SLUGGING. GENERALLY. LOW PIlESSURE MAINS WITHIN THE BUILDING SHOULD BE DRAINED
EVElY OME HUNDRED FEET AND MEDIUM AND HIGH PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION MAIMS SHOULD
IE DRAINED AT LOCATIONS NOT TO EXCEED lOO FEET. WHERE INSTALLATIONS ARE MADE
IITII TIlE CONDENSATE FLOWING AGAINST THE STEAM. MORE FREQUENT DRAINING WILL BE
IEQUIIED. MAIN STEAM HEADERS SHOULD HAVE A DRAIN ON BOTH ENDS OF THE HEADER
SINCE THE HEADER IS USUALLY SET LEVEL.
z. NEEl) FOI DlIT"LEG - EVERY TRAP SHOULD HAVE A DIRT LEG AT THE pOIHT WHERE THE
fill' ASSE.. ILY CONNECTS TO THE STEAM MAIN. THE DIRT LEG IS A SECTION OF PIPE '
EXTENDING IELOW THE TRAP CONNECTION TO COLLECT LARGER HEAVIER PARTICLES OF
DlIT. THE DIRT LEG SHOULD HAVE A REMOVABLE PIPE CAP OR FLANGE TO FACILITATE
CLEANING.
3. NEED FOR STRAINER AHEAD OF TRAP - THE SMALL ORIFICES AND MECHANISMS INSIDE THE
TnI' SHOULD.E PROTECTED 'Y A STRAIHER INSTALLED IN FRONT OF THE TRAP IHLET.
IT IS ADVANTAGEOUS TO IHSTALL A SMALL GATE VALVE AND NIPPLE IN THE STRA,"ER
IEMOVAL PLUG AS SHOWN ON TIlE DETAIL.
4. COMPUTING THE SIZE OF TRAP:' THE CONDENSATION THAT FORMS IN THE STEAM MAIN MAY
IE COiiI'UTED IY THE FOLtO,"NG FOR .. ULA:
C : WX (t - tf x .114 x 60
xl
C = CAPACITY OF THE TRAP, L.SiltR.
'fi = TOTAL WEIGHT OF PIPE, LIS.
t z FINAL TE .. pERA TURE OF PIPE, Of
tz .. ,"ITIAL TE .. PERATURE OF PIPE. Of
L ~ U TENT HEAT OF STEAM Ii t.
.114 - SPECIFIC HEAT OF PIPE, IITU/ L.f'F
" ~ MlMiltR.
T = WAR.. UP TIME IN MINUTES (ASSUME S MINUTES)
IF TIlE STEAM MAIN CHANGES IN SIZE BETWEEN THE DRIP POINTS, ASSUME THAT THE ENTIRE
MAIM IS THE UIGEST SIZE.
5. MEED FOR CHECK VALVE OM DISCHARGE SIDE OF TRAP - W1fEHEVER THE CONDEHSATE IS .EING
ELEvATED OR TRAI' Is DiSCHARGING INTO A COMDENSATE RETURN MAIN OF VARIABLE PRESSURE.
A alECK VAlVE SHOULD .E INSTALLED IN THE PIPE LINE LEAVING THE TRAP.
6. USE OF THE THREE VALVE BypASS - THE THREE VALVE BYPASS IS PROVIDED TO ALLOWCON-
TlNUOUS OpERATIOH OF THE SYSTEM WHILE SERVICING THE TRAP. IT SHOULD BE ARRANGED
SO THA T NO STEAM OR CONDENSATE CAN ENTER THE TRAP WHEN THE TWO SERVICE VALVES
ARE CLOSED. THE By pASS VALVE SHOULD BE A GLOBE VALVE TO ALLOW THROTTLING.
7. CHANGE IN ELEVATION OF STEAM MAIN - WHERE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MAINTAIN A CONSTANT
GRADE OM THE STEAM MAIH, DUE TO STRUCTURAL REASOHS, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO INSTALL
A DRIP POINT. TURN THE STEAM MAINS DOWH AND INSTALL A TRAP ASSEMIILY, RISE FIOM THE
TOP OF THE STEAM MAIH TO THE DESIRED NEW ELEVATIOH AND START A NEW RUN WITH THE
STEAM MAIH.
I. ELEVATIOH OF THE COHDEHSATE - WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO ELEVATE THE COMDENSATE
ABOVE THE TRAP ELEVATION, CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO DETERMINE IF ADEQUATE STEA ..
PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE . THEORETICALLY. EACH PSI OF DIFFERENCE OF PIESSUIE 'ETWEEN
THE STEAM INLET TO THE TRAP AND THE PRESSURE IH THE CONDENSATE RETUIN MAIN WILL
ELEVATE THE CONDEHSATE 2.l FEET. HOWEVER,GENERALLY, AS A RULE OF THU .... CON
SIDER THAT THE CONDENSATE CAH IE ELEVATED 1 FOOT FOR EVERY PSI OF PRESSURE DIF
FERENTlAL.F & T TRAPS SHOULD HEVER.E USED TO ELEVATE CONDENSATE; USE ONLY
TWOpOSITION TYPE TRAPS FOR THIS SERVICE. SUCH AS THE INVERTED BUCKET TYPE TRAP.
9. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL - THE MAXIMU.. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO .E USED IN TRAP
SELECTION IS THE DIFFERENCE IN PRESSURE .ETWEEN THE SYSTEM STEAM PRESSURE AND
THE CONDENSATE RETURN SYSTE .. PRESSURE. IT SHOULD IE REALIZED THAT "HEN THE
SYSTEM IS UNDER MAXIMUM LOAD CONDITIONS. THE SYSTEM STEAM PRESSURE WILL BE LOWEI
AND THE SYSTEM CONDENSATE PRESSURE MAY BE GREATER THAN ATMOSPHERIC.
10. CAPACITY OF TRAPS -
A. LOW PRESSURE - USE THE FOLLOWING TRAP CAPACITIES .ASED ON A Z PSI DIFFERENTIAL.
3/'" = 200 LlS/ltR.; I" = 500 L.SiltR.; 111'" z 1200 LBSiltR.; 11/2" z 2400 LlSiltR;
2" = SOOO LlSiltR. .
II. MEDIU.. PRESSURE - (60 PSI G). USE TH E FOLLOWING TRAP CAPACITIES lASED ON 41 PSI
DIFFERENTIAL.
1/2" = 7. LlSiltR.; 3/'" = 1400 LlSiltR.; I" = lOOO L.SiltR.
C. HICIt PRESSURE - (100 !'SIG). USE THE FOLLOWING TRAP CAPACITIES lASED OM .. PSI
DIFFEREHTIAL.
1/2" - 700 LlSiltR.; 3/'" - 1400 LlSiltR.; I" - 3000 LlSiltR.
PAGE NO. 240
_'II \,TfAIl IIAIN STEAII RUNOUT
.,_ \ PITCH OOWN n
_____
&ATE VALVE
BY-PASS CONNECTION-
!!
'r
SCHEMATIC Of BY-PAss
TRAP
SYMBOL
DETAIL OF THE LOW PRESSURE END OF MAIN DRIP
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF THE STEAM TRAP CAPACITIES
PRESSURE CONNErIlON TYPE OF CAPACITY
SIZE l.8S.IHR.
BODY VALVE AND
MATERIAL SEAT IlATfIIAL
TYPE
HEATING. VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING
ST[AII
ST[Allr ___ IlA __ INN\ __ ________ _________
PITCH OOWN
.
I 1'\
GAT[ VALVE
TO CONDENSATE
RETURN MAIN- lEE
PIIOJCT PLANS
CONDENSATE \
PLOW
...:...
DETAIL OF THE MEDIUM, AND HIGH ' PRESSURE MAIN DRI P
NO SCAlf
NIPPLE
TO CONDENSATE I ST VALVE
GATE
VAlVE
r
RETURN I
PROJECT PUNS
CONDENSATE
-'--
PlACE BY-'PASS CHECK .
ON SAllE '''AOf r
AlIIAlN'l-?IOlE fBY-PASS' ONfPlPE UNIO
VALVE IIIALLER THAN
, IIAIN
X I
DIRT LEG BUCKET TIIA
I
liZ" STllAINE"
II: 112 NIPPLE .. OW
GAT[ VALVE
SCHEMATIC OF BY- PASS
,
t----IIIIIT Ln
DETAIL OF THE VERTICAL MEDIUM OR HIGH PRESSURE MAIN DRIP
NO SCALE
DESIGN MANUAL
I
PLATE NO. 103 I PAlE NO. 241
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEAM
PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
1. PUIII'DIE. THE PUlIPOIt OF THE ITEAM "'DIU liE IIEDUCI.aITAno. II TO REOUCE THE "'DlUIIE OF ITEAM
FiiiiiiiilE HISHEST PllDlUIIE USED TO THE ITEAM TO A PRDlURE T.HAT II REQUIRED FOR EACH
SPECIFIC PUIIPOIE. FDR IIIITAlCE,I. A H-.TAL,mAM II REQUIRED AT 121 PSIS FOR THE LAU.DRY;. PSIB
FOil mlllLlZERS, COOIlIl8, AID .. HEAT EXCHAllaERS; I PSI ITEAM FOil HU.DIFIERS A.D lOME HEAT
EXCHAIIERS.
I. PllDlUIIE REDUCI.a VALVES.
.\. .LF.cOITAI.ED, DIIIECT-Acn.a TYPE WITH I.TER.AL PRDlURE IEIIII.G.
THII VALVE II SE.EIlALL Y OF THE DlAPHIIAall AiDIPIII.B TYPE WITH lUlL T ... DOWISTREAM PRESSURE
.... a POliT. THII TYPE OF VALVE lIaE.EIIALLY UlED I. THE LOWCAPACITY RA.SE. CDISULT IIA.U
FACTUIIERS' DATA FOil CAPACITY AT PllDlUIIE REDucno. REQUIRED.
I. SELF.cOITAI.ED, DIIIECT-Aen.a TYPE WITH EXTER.AL PREPURE IERI.S.
THII VALVE II SE.EIIALLY OF THE IPIII.a A.D DIAPHRASII OR WEISHT A.D LEVER A.D DIAPHRAGII
TYPE. "'DlUIIE II D IY EXTEIlIlAL "",.a TO THE DOWIIITREAM SIDE. THII TYPE OF VALVE IS
SE.EIIALLY UlED I. THE IIEOIUM CAPACITY IIAiaE. COISULT IIA.UFACTURERS' DATA FOR CAPACITY AT
"'DlUIIE RI!DUcno. REQUIRED.
C. PILOT OPERATED VALVES.
THESE VALVESIIAY IE OF THE I.TERIIAL PILOT UII.IrITEAM PRESSURE, OR OF THE EXTER.AL PILOT
S. AUXILIARY COIIPRDlEO AIR. PIIEaUIIE IlIEISEO IY EXTERIIAL PlPI.G TO THE OOWIIISTREAM
IIDE. THII TYPE OF VALVE IS SE.ERALLY OF THE HISH CAPACITY RA.GE. COIISULT MANUFACTURERS'
DATA FOR CAPACITY AT PROIURE REDuenD. REQUIRED.
1 TWO ITAaE "'OIURE REDUCI.a ITAnON. ARE SENERALLY UlED WHERE TWO FINAL PRESSURES ARE REQUIREO,
OR WHERE THE PIIEaURE REDuenDIII SREATER THAI TWO TO ONE.
... PIPE SlZlIS. SHOULD IE ACCOMPLIIHED IY UII.S THE CHART O. PAGE 215.
L Dm ..... I.S VALVE SIZE. THE PllDlURE REDUCIIS VALVE SHOULD IE SIZED IY CONSULTI THE IIANU
FACTURERS' DATA FDR THE CAPACITY AID REDuenOI REQUIRED. IT SHOULD IE 10RIE IN IIIND THAT THE
VALVE SHOULD IE AlIllALL AI POIIIILE TO "'DVIDE aOOD CO.TROL A.D TO PIIEVE.T THE VALVE OPERATING
WITH A VEIIY IllALL OPE a. WHEIIE TWO VALVE ITAnDIS ARE UlED,SUCH AlSHOWlII THE DETAlL,IT IS
SDOD PIIACnCE TO SIZE EACH OF THE VALVES FDR7I% DF THE IIAXIIIUIi LDAD AND DPERATE WITH JUST O.E
VALVE, EXCEn DUIIIIIl PERIODI OF IIlAXIIIUM LOAD., DR SET O.E VALVE FDII A SLiSHTL Y HISHER PRDlURE
WltERE II.OT IIEQUIRED.
L PllOIURE 1E a LI.ES. THESE LI.ESIMOULD IE SLOPED AWAY FROMTHE REaULATOR TO PIIEVEIT
CDNDEIllATE FROM E.TERI.a THE COIITIIOLLER. THE llZE OF THII LI.E IHOULD IE AI REC_IIDED IY THE
IlAIlUFACTURER OF THE VALVE, AID IHOULD IE LOCATED WltERE THE "'DlURE AT THE a POIIIT II
THE IIOIT ITAILE AID THE IIOIT IIEP11.IITAnVE.
1. RELIEF VALVE. A PRDlURE RELIEF VALVE SHOULD IE IIIITALLED O. THE LOWPllDlURE IIDE OF THE ITATION
TO PREVENT HlaH PllDlURE I. THE LOWPIIDIURE SYSTEIlI. CAiE OF A VALVE IlALFUlLenOIL. THE CAPACITY
OF THE RELIEF VALVE SHOULO IE THE COM.NED WACInES OF THE REauunNa VALVES. THE VE.T FROM
THIS VALVE SHOULD IE PIPED TO THE OUTDOORS AND TERMINATE IN A LOCAnOIL WltERE ITS DlSCHARaE
WILL NOT IE DANIEROUI .
e. PRDlURE BAUGES. SHDULD IE IRTALLED ON THE HIBH,I.TERIIEDIATE, AID LOWPRDlURE SIDE.
. DRI".NG THE RISERS. All RIIERS E.TERlla A.D LEAVING THE STAno. SHOULD IE TRAPl'ED TO PREVEIIT
SLUBS OF WATER FROII ENTEAI.S THE RESULAnla VALVES. THE DIICHARBE FROMTIIAPS SERVI.a ITEAM
PlPlIS DF DIFFEIIE.T PRDlURESSHOULD .OT IE nEil TOBETHER WITHOUT FIRST BOI.a lITO A FLAIN TANK.
1 IRULAnD THE E.nRE PREaURE REDUCI.S ITAno. SHOULD IE IISULATED WITH IlSuLAnOI OF AT LEAST
llI2II1CHES THICdEa. '
11. SUPPORTS. THE PllDlURE REDUCI.a ITAno. PlPlla SHOULD IE SUPPORTED AID AlCHORED I.IUCH A
IIA ER AI TO PERMIT REIIDVAL OF THE PllDlURE REDUCI.S VALVES FOR SEIIVlCIIIB.
11. SHUT-OFF VALVES. IHOULD IE PIIOVIDED TO ALLOWO.E IEcno. OF THEITAno. TO IE SHUT DO.. FOR
SERVICE WITHOUT INTERRumNB THE ITEAM FLOWTO THE IUILDIIIS.
11 PlPI.S ARRAIIBE T. AT LEAST TE. 1111 PIPE DIAMETERS OF ITRAIBHT U.BTH UPSTREAM A.D TEN 1111
PIPE DIAMETERS OF ITRAISHT PIPE LElLaTH DOWIIITREAM SHOULD IE PROVIDED TO PREVEIIT TURIULEIICE
A.D ALLDWIIORE ITAILE PREaURE IEIIII.a.
14 . 0ISE REDucno . TO IIIlZE THE .DISE SEIIEIIATED AT THE PllDlURE REDUCINS STATIOII USE LONG
TAPER COIICENTRIC REDUCERS WHERE THE STEAM LEAVES THE REDUCINB ITAnON.
P AGE NO, 2 41 A
PLAN VIEW SINGLE STAGE STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
NO SCALE
NOTE S
l. .. ALL STEAM ANO CONDENSATE PIPING
SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION THICKNESS.
00 NOT INSULATE FLANGES OR UNIONS.
2. JNSTALL ALL PiPiNG IN THE STATION LEVEL lJIILESS
OTHER'MSE SHOWN.
3. Us'lf \'f
THE NECESSITY OF PROVIOING
TS FOR ADJACENT PIPING.
4.
VALVE .
, . SET PRESSURE CONTROlS AS SHOWN BY SCHEOIULE
THIS SHEET.
6. CLEAN ENTIRE STATION AFTER COMPLETION.
FRONT ELEVATION -TWO
FRONT ELEVATION - SINGLE STAGE STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
NO SCALE
'--Sl-UTOFF COCK
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION NO SCALE
r
MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT' DESIGN DATA
I!SIIOY .lItLI
-
loeUOY TlIIIEl
-
_-4tQY 'IIIIIIE
-
.OTOII I'l1OTEeTlOII COPHII ALU.. ItIUlil
IIEIIA
I'IIOTECTION COWl II
..w._
IIIIIA
PIIOnCTIOli COPfIiIl AL.-.
I r_
IIIIIA
ITARTIII STARTEII STAll Till
IIZI
~
~
Willi
~
WillE
III E
CIIICUT
~
WillE WillE
S Il E
CIIQIT WillE
~
Willi WIll
1--
'UaE OIIOUiT 'UIE COIIDUT ~ COIIDIIT -.r
llZE llZE IIIEAIWI Sin lin
--
SIZE IlZE 11m
III 00 IS 15 7 14 III 12 lIZ
1/4 00 15 .0 10 14 III 12 112
liS 00
"
15 It 14 lIZ 12 lIZ
III 0 JO JO 1 7 ~ 14 III It III 00 15 15 5 14 III 12 112 00 III III 4 14 III 12 112
114 , 0 40 45 15 12 112 10 31'4 00 15 15

14 I1Z 12 112 00 15 15 4 14 112 12 III
I 0 40 50 so II 112 10 31'4 00 15 15

14 112 12 112 00 15 15 4 14 lIZ 12 112
~ I 50 10 10 10 M

31'4 00 15 15 10 14 112 12 112 00 15 15 4 14 III 12 /12
2 0 20 25 12 14 112 1,2 III 00 15 15 I 14 112 II lit
S 0 !O !O 15 14 112 II 112- 0 ' III 15 10 14 III 12 112
5 I 40 50 15 12 112 10 514 0 20 25 15 14 III 12 112
nt I 50 70 311 10 514 I M I 50 311 20 14 III 12 lit
10 2 10 10 45

31'4 I I I 40 411

,12 lIZ 10 IH
15 Z 115 It5 10 I I 4 1!-4 2 50 10 so 10 ~ 10 IH
20 S 150 175 10 4 1 ~ 4 2 1\.4 2 70 10 40

31'4 I
..
is S , 175 Z25 100 I 11<4 I I ~ Z 100 100 50 I 31'4

I
so S 225 2,., 125 I In 1.0 , 2 S 100 125 10

I 4
I ~
40 4 JOO 3110 175 II'Ci Z SIO I S 150 175 10 4 1\.4 I 1"-
10 4 3110 400 2100 vo I 410 Vz S 175 2100 100 2 1 ~ 4 I In
10 5 400 500 250 W 2 250 m 4 2100 225 1211 I 1104 110 I
75 5 100 100 JOO 250' in. 3110 S 4 250 JOO 150 I I ~ tIO I
100 5 700 100 400 400 S 100 S 4 SIlO 400 100 210 Z 410 z'n
III 6 100 1000 500 400

100 4 5 400 !IOO Il1O SIO I Il1O m
150 6 - 1200 100 700 lib
2 SETS
Z$' 5 !IOO 100 JOO 410

JOO S
0IF500
2100
- - - - - - -
'"' 5 100 100 400 SIlO S 100 S
P A IE ,NO. 242
Ayoilabl. In C.,mIll .IIP TRANS-A PlATE"
DESIGN OF VENTILATION FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS a OTHER ROOMS
CF.M FOR TRANSFORMER ROOMS a MOTOR CON'TM)l. CENTERS, 95F. ENTERING AIR, 9F. TEMPERATURE RISE
K.'l.A. 10 15 30 45 50 75 100 112.5 150 200 225 250 300 500 750 1,000 2,000
LCFt.4
70 110 210 320 350 530 700 790 1,050 1,400 1,760 2,110 3,510 5,270 7,020 10,530 14,050
C.F.M. REQUREMENT FOR TRANSfORMER ROOMS a MOTOR CONTROL CENTEItS, 75F. ENTERING AIR, 29F. TEMPERATURE RISE
K.'l.A. 10 15 30 45 50 75 100 112 .5 150 200 225 250 300 500 750 1,500 2,000
C.FM. 20 30 70 100 110 160 220 250 330 440 490 550 650 1,090 1,640 2J80 3,270 4,360
.-
CM. REOUIREMENT FOR SWITCH GEAR ROOMS, 95F. ENTERING AIR, 9F. TE ... ERATURE RISE
K.IlA. 10 15 30 45 50 75 100 112.5 150 200 225 250 300 500 150 1,500 2,000
C.F.M. 40 50 110 160 180 260 350 400 530 700 790 880 1,760 2,630 3,510 5,270 7,02 0
CF.M. REQUIREMENT FOR SWITCH GEAR ROOMS 75F. ENTERING AIR, 29F. TEMPERATURE RISE
K.IlA. 10 15 30 45 50 75 100 112.5 150 200 225 250 300 500 750 1,000 : -SOO
,
2,000
!
-
C.F.M. 10 20 30 50 50 80 110 120 160 220 250 270 330 550 820 1,090 1,64 )

C.F.M. REQUIREMENT FOR EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM S, 95 ENTERING AIR, 25F TEMPERATURE
RISE (IIDIOTE _TOIl __ YI
K.W 50 60 75 100 125 150 175 200 230 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
C.f.M. 2,040 2,440 3,060 4,070 5,090 6,110 7,130 8,150 9,370 10,190 12,220 14,260 16,300 18,330 20,370 22,410 24,440 26,480
C.F.M. REQUIREMENT FOR EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOMS, 75F. ENTERING AIR, 50F. TEMPERATURE RISE (REItOTE _ATOR OIILY,
K.W. 50 60 75 100 125 150 175 200 230 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
C.f'M. 2,040 2,550 3,060 3,570 4,070 4,690 5,090 6,110 7,130 8,150 9,170 lo,J90 11,200 12,220 13,240
ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHOULD BE VENTILATED WITH 100 C.F.M. PER MOTOR HORSEPOWER
THIS APPLIES TO HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS AS WELL AS OTHER TYPES. .
I
PLATE NO,
I
PAGE NO. 243
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRIC PAN HUMIDIFIER
1. DESCRIPTIDII- THE ELECTRIC PAIII HUMIDIFIER 1111 ITS IASIC FORM IS All ELECTRIC IIIMERSIOIL HEATER III
A PAil OF WATER. 0111 A OEMAIIO FOR HU.. DITY. THE ELECTRIC HEATER IS EIIERGIZEO AIIO HEATS THE WATER
TO A PDIIT WHERE ITS VAPOR PRESSURE EXCEEDS THAT OF THE AIR PASSIIiG OVER IT. THE ELECTRIC PAil
HUMIDIFIER HAS SEEII A GREAT III CREASE III USE III RECEIIT YEARS SlICE MORE MDDERIIIUILDIIiGS SELDOM
HAVE STEAM OR VERY HOT WATER TO ACCOMPLISH THIS PURPOSE. THE ELECTRICAL EIIERGY I ~ READILY
AVAILABLE AS IS THE DOMESTIC WATER WHICH MAKES THIS TYPE OF HUIIIDIFICAnDIL VERY EASY AID VERSA
TILE. THE ELECTRIC PAIII TYPE. AS DETAILED HEREIIi. CAlli IE MOUlTED 011 THE UIiDERSlDE OF A DUCT. III
SERTED DIRECTLY lITO THE DUCT. OR IIiSERTED DIRECTLY lITO All AIR HAIIDLlIIG smEM.
2. CDIIISTRUCTION - THE PAil SHOULD BE COIISTRUCTED OF EITHER STAIIILESS STEEL OR COPPER SINCE THE DEPOSI
TIOIII OF SALTS. COUPLED WITH THE METAL BEIIiG ALTERIIATELY WET AID DRY. TElOS TO BE VERY CORROSIVE
AIIID UIIPROTECTED FERROUS METALS CORRODE RATHER RAPIDLY AID EXTREME "nlIlG TAKES PLACE. THE
PAil SHOULD BE COIIISTRUCTED OF A FAIRL Y HEAVY GAUGE METAL TO CARRY THE WEIGHT OF THE WATER AIIID
TO IIIISURE LONGEVITY OF THE PAil . THE ELECTRIC ELEMENTS THAT ARE USED ARE GEIIERALL Y OF THE COPPER
SHEATHED TYPE AND SHOULD 1II0T EXCEED 40 WAns PER SQUARE IIICH DENSITY. THE ELECTRIC ELEMENT WILL
WARP BADLY AND THEIII BURN UP IF IT IS EIIIERGIZED WHEII OUT OF THE WATER AIIID, THEREFORE, SAOULD BE
PROTECTED BY SOME TYPE OF LOWWATER CUTOFF, THERMAL SE.SIIIG DEVICE, OR BOTH.
3. REQUIRED CAPACITY - THE REQUIRED CAPACITY OF THE UIIIT SHOULD BE COMPUTED AS SHOWN BY THE
METHODS 0111 PAGES 254 THROUGH 257 OF THIS lOOK.
4. CAPACITY OF THE UNIT - THE CAPACITY OF AN ELECTRIC PAil HUMIDIFIER IS LIMITED ONLY BY THE SIZE OF THE
ELECTRIC HEATER AVAILABLE AIIID BY THE AIILITY OF THE AIR PASSIIiG OVER IT TO ABSORB THE WATER VAPOR
BEIIIIG GEIIERATED. THE AMOUIIT OF WATER THAT CAli THEORETICALL Y IE EVAPORATED IS GOVERIIED BY THE
AMOUIIIT OF HEAT BEIIIIG INPUT TO THE PAN OF WATER. IT TAKES APPROXIMATEL Y 11421TUS TO RAISE A POUND
OF WATER FROM40 DEGREES F. TO 212 DEGREES F. AIIO THEil SUPPLY THE LATENT HEAT OF EVAPORATION TO
EVAPORATE IT. THEREFORE, OlE KILOWAn, WHICH WILL GEIIERATE 3412 BTUS PER HOUR Will THEORETICALLY
EVAPORATE 3412 DIVIDED BY 1142 BTUS PER HOUR, OR 2.117 POUIIDS PER HOUR. IT MUST BE REALIZED, OF
COURSE, THAT SOME OF THE HEAT IS LOST IY CONDucnON THROUGH THE METAL WAllS OF THE PAIIIITSELF.
THIS WILL VARY WITH THE TEMPERATURE AID VELOCITY OF THE AIR PASSING OVER THE METAL WALLS AND
THE TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER INSIDE THE PAN. TO EVALUATE THIS QUANTITY. WE MUST TAKE A LOOK AT
THE HEAT PASSAGE THROUGH THE WALLS OF A STEEL PAil . LET US, FOR EXAMPLE, TAKE A PAil FOR A 8 KW
UIIIIT THAT IS 12 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL WITH WATER INSIDE THE PAil OF 185 DEGREES AIID All AIR TEMPER.
ATURE PASSIIIIG OVER IT OF 70 DEGREES F. TKE HEAT LOSS. IF GIVEN BY; n ~ FORMULA - Q - UA DELTA T, WITH
Q EQUALLlIIIG THE AMDUIIIT OF HEAT 1111 IT US PER HOUR LOSS PER SQUARE FOOT OF METAL. A EQUALS THE EX
POSED AREA OF THE METAL PAil. DELTA T IS THE DIFFEREIICE III TEMPERATURE BETWEEII THE WATER IIIISIDE
THE PAil AIID THE DRY lUll OF THE AIR PASSIIIG OVER IT; U III THIS CASE IS EQUAL TO:
EXAMPLE:
1
"U'"
- + ~ + ~
f. K W
, AIR FILM COEFFIClEIiT EQUAL TO U AT 1308 FPM
X, THICKIIESS OF STEEL PAN 12 GAUGE = O.Oi . "
K - THERMAL COIIDUCTIVITY OF PAN MATERIAL (STEELI , EQUALS 314
X
2
- THICKIIESS OF WATER LAYER ASSUMED TO B ~ 1"
W' THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF WATER EQUALS 3.85
PAil ' II" LOIIG X." HIGH X." DEEP WITH TW:J SIDES AIIID EIIID 1111 AIR STREAM
WITH. KW ELEMENT
1.5 X 2 X .75 + .75 X .75 - 2.11 SF
..L + 1.071 + _1_
... 314 3.15
' .187 + .0I0Z5 + 0.21
Q- UXAX6T
2.34 X 2.11 X (115-701
- 121 BTU/HR
121
2.34
PERCENT OF LOSS ' 4"
6 KW X 3412
NOTE: COllnllUED 011 PAGE 241
P AGE NO. 2 44
1JI4'lP$. FEED
VALVE
L...- 14 GAGE STAINLESS STEEL "'/
I20V CONTROL OIIQJIT7
ll---T+r-----------r
vALvE
.1
__ LLCONTACroR JJ
Lz=
I'
SIDE ELEVATION
r
__

HEATER
FRONT END ELEVATION
10/24- 112'LONG
STAINLESS STEEL
BOLT
DETAIL 'A'
GASl<ET
SHALL IE JiitE}SSED

'--=''''- 41T"W
HUMIDISTAT
LOW .. TER
CUT- OFF
H!JMIPIAER CONTROL plAGRAM
1l11IIU1lIlAY'
NTERLOCKS.
.!!!!n' U"" -'L __
__ DEQUAL .
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE SINGLE STAGE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER
NO SCALE
CAPACITY SCHEDULE FOR THE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE
NO. TOTAL IIRAINS TOTAL Las 1M. MOUNTING
3/4'
PIPING
HEATING. AND AIR DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO.I04
".-GATE ""UIE
114'OOlJ) .. TEA MAKE -UP
-3/.-I.PS. OVERF'LOW'
67 " -M lOW WATEA CUT-(Wf
a VALVE OPERATCIt
MAt([ THIS tElGHT 2 I
STATIC PRESSURE .. OUCT
r AIR GAP so DRAINING ACTION
CAN BE VI SUALL Y OBSERVED
EN SITE DRAIN
TO PLUMBING DRAIN
PAGE NO.245
PAN HUMIDIFIER (cant.)
0
o
IT CAl IE IEEI FROM THE FOREOOIIO, THAT THE AMOUIT OF SEiSlILE HEAT LOll FROM All ELECTRIC PAil
HUMIDIfiER II THE FUlcnOIMAllIL Y OF THE TEMPERATURE AIIO VELOCITY OF THE AIR PASSIIO OVER IT.
AlSUlliIO THII LOIS IS II THE RAIGE OF THE EXAMPLE WIIICH IS IHO .. , THE SEISltLE HEAl LOll WITHOUT
AllY IIISULAnOll1S 4 PERCEIT. THE AODlnOI OF IlIlULAnOIl AROUIO THE METAL PAIIIIICREASES THE
EFFICIEICY OF THE UIIT TO A POIIT WIIERE PEIICEIIT OF THE HEAT IIPUT CAli SAFELY BE ASSUMED TO IE
unLlZE'o III THE EVAPORAnOIl OF WATER. UIERALL Y SPEAKIIIG, THE CHART SHOWI IELOW CAl IE SAFEL Y
FOLLOWED FOR THE CAPACITY OF THESE UIIITS. WIIEI THE PAIlS IISULATEO, 1. PERCEIIT CAllE ADDEO
TO THESE QUAITInES.
KW LISIIIR . 0ALSlHR KW LlSIHR GALSlHR KW LISIHR . GALs/HR
2 U I . 4 11.7 1.21

1'.1 1.93
3 U 0.1.

16.1 1.13

24.2 2.90
4 10.7 1.21

21.5 2.51 12 32.2 3.'&
5 13,4 I . 10 2 ... 3.23 15 41.3 4.13

1 . 1 1.13 12 32.2 3.1. 11 41.4 5.10
7 1 ... 225 14 37.6 4.51 21 51.4 1.7.

21.5 2.51 1. 43.0 5.16 24 64.5 7.74
1 24.2 2.10 1. 41.4 5.n 27 72.1 1.71
1. 21.1 3.23 28 53.7 &.44 30 .... ' .17
12 32.2 3.1. 24 IU 7.74 36 96.7 11 .60
14
37.'
Ul 28 15.2 1.02 42 112.1 13.53
1. 43.0 5.1& 32 " .0 1 . 32 41 121.0 15.48
11 41.4 4.11 31 11.7 11. se 145.1 17.41
ZI 53.1 1.44 .. 117.5 12 .

161.2 11.34
5. OPERAnDI - THE OPERAnDI OF AVAILAILE UIITS OF THISTYPE VARIESSLlOHTLY III THE
WATER TEMPERATURE OF THE PAl FROM A LQWQF APPIIQXIMATELY 1. DEGREES WATER TEMPERATURE TO
A HIGH OF ZIZ DEGREES OR ACTUAL 1OIL110 OF THE WATER. VISIILE WATER VAPOR BEGIIIS TO RilE OfF A
VESSEL Of WATER WIIEI THE TEMPERATURE REACHES APPIIOXIllATEL Y 141 DEGREES AIO COlnllUES TO III
CREASE II QUAlnTY AS THE TEMPERATURE IICREWI. IT IS IIOT IIECESSARY TO IRIII& THE WATER TO
ACTUAL IOILlII&; HOWEVEil, THE CAPACITY Of THE UIITIS IICREASEOAS THIS VAPOR PRESSURE IICREASES
AID THE CAPACITY Of MASS TRAlSfetl PER SQUARE fOOT Of SURFACE AREA IS IIICREASEO AS THE TEIIPERA
TURE IIICREASES. THE OPERAnOIl Of THESE UIlITS IS POSITIVE AID EXCELLEIIT RESULTS CAl IE OBTAIIIEO
THROUGH THE USE IF THE RECO_EIIDAnOILS II THIS lOOK ARE FOLLOWED:
PSYCHOMETRIC CHART - A PSYCHOMETRIC CHART SHOULD ALWAYlIE ORA.. BEfORE THE PLACEMEIIT AIID
SELECnDIL OF THE HUMIDIFIER IS DECIDED. TO DRAWTHE PSYCHOMETRIC CHART fOR THE ELECTRIC PAil
HUMIDifiER, THE SEISIILE HEAT LOll OF THE METAL MUST IE COIIPUTED WITH THE KIIOWII SElSlILE GAlli
TO THE AIR STREAM AID THE KIO .. AMOUIT OF IIQISTUIIE IEII& EVAPORATED. THE filIAL AIR COIIOITIDIIS
MAY IE COMPUTED IY SOLVII& FOR THE lEW DRY lUll TEMPEIIATUIIE AIID THE IIEWAIIDUIIT OF MOISTURE
III THE AIR STREAII. fROM THE PREVIOUS EXAMPLE, WE WILL TAKE Ii.. KW HEATER AIID PASS 2_ CfM OVER
THE PAil AT 70 DEGREES AID 21% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. THE PAil HAS A METAL SURf AtE Of 2.'1 SQUARE FEET,
THE TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER IISIDE THE PAilS 1. DEGREES. THUS, THE SEIISIBLE HEAT LOSS WILL BE
AS SHDWI BEfORE TO IE 121 BTUIHR. THE TOTAL HEAT IIPUT IS 20,472 BTUIHR AID THE MOISTURE GAlli WILL
ZO,427
BE - 11.Z LISIHR OR 17.2 x 1_ - 1Z1,.,IIWIIS/HR.
1142
A. THE CONDlnDNS BEFORE THE HUMIDifiER WILL THEil BE:
1. DRY BULB TEMP - 70; R.H. - 20%
2. AIR FLOW - zeoo CfM
3. LIS OF AIR PER HOUR - 200II x 4.5 - 100II LIS/HR
4. GRAIIS Of MOISTURE PER LB - 22
5. TOTAL MOISTURE CONTEIIT - HIlI x 22 - 181,000 GRAIIS
B. THE COIIDITIOIIS AFTER THE HUMIDifiER WILL THEil IE:
1. DRY BULB TEMPERATURE
121 BTU/HR Of SEIISIBLE HAVE BEEII LOST IY THE STEEL PAil TO THE AIR STREAM
BTUIHR - CfM x 1.01 x t.T
IZ1 - ZOOG x 101 x6 T
6 T- 12H Zl.
SAY 0.4 DEGREES f .
lEW DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - 70 + 0.4 - 70.4F
2. AIR flOW REMAIIIS AT 2800 CfM
3. LIS Of AIR PER HOUR REMAIIS AT 100II LISIHR.
4. GRAIIIS OF MOISTURE 120,4011 GRAIIS PER HOUR HAVE BEEN ADDED BY THE HUMIDIFIER, SO
111,000 GRAIIS/HDUR
120,4011 GRAIIIs/HDUR
5. 311,4011 ORAIIISIHOUR IS THE lEW TOTAL MOISTURE COIlTEIIT
311,400 +IIICIO - 35.3 ORAIIIS/LB.
WITH THESE KilO .. COILDllTOlS, THE PSYCHOMETRIC CHART MAY IE DRAWN TO SHOWTHE
CDIIDInOILS AS THE AIR MOVES ACROSS THE HUMIDifiER.
IIDTE: CDllnllUED 011 PAGE Z4I
PAG E NO. 246
Availobl. In (.QIJ101.1."" TRANS-A-PLATE"
III"F_T PLATE
T
I LI4 GAGE STAINLESS STEEL 7
LL-..J..------ir
TEST
j,flB--If----'l,ALVE
END SuPPORT
SIDE ELEVATION
LOW WATER CUT-DFF
a _VE OPERATOR . FEED WATER VALVE
8- 5116"
MOUNTING
HOLE
----.....
FRONT END ELEVATION
,..L---II"t-----l
FRONT PLATE
2 1/2" PLUG
10124-112"l.ONG
TAINLESS STEEL
LT
GASKET MATERIAL
SHALL BE
COMPRESSED

OR RUBBER SUITABLE
FOR 2OD"F.

DETAIL "A"
FACE PLATE
FEED_TER VALvE
ENERGIZES HOLDING CDIL IN
FtWrRLOCKS
LINE
LIN
L.
LOW WATER
DISTAT NO. 2
(HIGH LEVEL SETTlNGI
IfJMIDISTAT ND.I
(LOW LEVEL SETTINGI
AIL SWITCH OR
AN INTERLOCK
1M AIR GAP so ORAI.... G ACTION
CAN BE VISUALLY DBSERVED
l J
PIPING HOOK-UP DIAGRAM
DN UNIT +
MAKE-UP _TER VALVE
MOUNTED ON UNIT
..!I2R: I PS. BRASS OR
DIAGRAM INSTALb ATION AND OPERATION NOTES
l REMOVE TOP- CLEAN OUT ""'N-BOLT TOP BACK IN PLACE.
2. INSTALL IN SELECTED POSITION DEAD LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS BE SURE END SUPPORT IS IN PLACE .
3. PIPE AS SHOWN-WIRE POWER a CONTftOLWlRlNG AS SHOWN .
Ii\:Wr.rHAT
HEATING ELEMfii'lS CONDITION.
PETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE TWO STAGE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER
CHECK OPERATION ' OF OIWN-OOWN SYSTEM BY DETERMINING THAT SOME WATER BLEEDS OFf ON
EVERY FlLL CYCLE OF THE SDLENOID MAKE-UP VALVE.
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE FOR THE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER
HUMIDIFIER NO.. TDTAL GRAINS TOTAL LBS/HR.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR
MOUNTING
DESIGN MANUAL
6. TES';
TEj
OUT PAN WITH WATER.
7. THE MINERAL CONTENT OF THE WATER IIIlRlES WITH THE LOCALITY, S' FREQUENCY OF THE
PrnRIOD OF WILL VAn.v WITH THE AMOUNT OF WATER BEING EVAPORATED a THE
.. AT LEAST ONCE PER YEAR a
P L ATE NO. 105 PAGE NO.247
PAN HUMIDIFIER {cont.}
1. ELECTRIC IMMERSIOII ELEMEIITS - ELECTRIC IMMERSIOII ELEMEIITS ARE GENERALLY COIISTRUCTEO OF A
COPPER SHEATH WITH A IIICHROME WIRE III THE CEITER AID THE AIIIIULAR SPACE IETWEEII THE WIRE AND
THE COPPER SHEATH IS PACKED WITH MAGIIESIUM OXIDE. THESE HEATERS ARE AVAILABLE III ALMOST EVERY
VOLlAGE AID CURREIIT CHARACTERISTIC AID ARE GEIIERALL Y USED FROMTWO TO TWEIITY KW. THE ELE
MElT WILL TEllO TO LOSE ITS CAPACITY AID WARP IF SCALlIIG IS ALLOWEO TO ACCUMULATE 011 THE PERIM
ETER OF THE SHEATH. THE OBSERVED AWERAGE WILL FALL OFF WHEII THIS OCCURS. IECAUSE THE HEAT CAli
lOT GET OUT lIlTS IATURAL COURSE DUE TO THE IIISULATIIIG VALUE OF THE SCALlIIG. AS THIS SCALlIIG II
CREASES. THE FLOWOF CURREIIT DECREASES AID THE TEWERATURE OF THE COPPER SHEATH IIICREASES TO
A POINT WHERE IT WILL IEIID AID WARP OUT OF SHAPE. THE ELECTRIC ELEMEIIT. THEREFORE. MUST BE
REASDIIABLY FREE OF SCALE. EITHER BY A GOOD BLOWDDWN SYSTEM DR TREATMEIIT OF THE IIICOMIIIG
WATER. THE POWER WlRIIIG TO THESE ELECTRIC HEATlIIG ELEMEIITS SHOULD BE MADE WITH COIIDUCTDRS
SUITAlLE FOR in DEGREES C. BECAUSE THE TEMPERATURE III THE OUTLET BOX IS SUFFICIEIITL Y HIGH THAT
LDWEItTEMPERATURE WIRIIIG WILL GIVE PROlLEMS.
. MIIIERAL BUILDUP - THE ELECTRIC PAil HUMIDIFIER IS PLAGUED BY THE SAME TROUBlES AS ALL HUMIDIFIERS
BUT IS PERHAPS THE MOST SEIISITIVE OF ALL THE PAIITYPE HUMIDIFIERS SlICE THE ELECTRIC ELEMENT CAli
NOT TOLERATE AS MUCH SCALE BEFORE WARPIIIG AID BURIIIIIG OUT AS THE STEAM DR HOT WATER COIL PAil
HUMIDIFIERS. III THIS TYPE OF HUMIDIFIER. THE MlIIERALS ARE LEFT III THE PAil AID SHOULD BE FLUSHED
OUT PERIDDICI\LL Y. THEY DO lOT EITER THE AIR STREAM EXCEPT WHEII THE TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLID COli
TEIIT OF THE PAN EXCEEDS 2511 PARTS PER MILLIDI. AT THIS TIME. SOME PRIMIIIG STARTS. AID LITTLE DROPS
OF MOISTURE ARE CARRIED UP AID OUT AID INTO THE AIR STREAM AID THOSE DROPLETS OF WATER WILL
CARRY INTO THE AIR STREAM. tHE TREATMEIIT OF THE IIICOMlIIG WATER WITH A SODIUM ZEOLITE WATER
SOFTENER WILL PREVEIIT HARD SCALE FROM FDRMIIIG 011 THE HEATIIIG ELEMEIIT; HOWEVER. THE TOTAL
SOLIDS WILL lOT IE DECREASED WITH THIS TYPE OF TREATMEIIT. A GOOD DEMIIIERALIZER WILL BOTH
PREVEIIT THE HARD SCALE FROM FDRMIIIG AID PREVEIIT A BUlL UP OF TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS III THE
PAil. HOWEVER. THE WATER TElOS TO BE MORE CORROSIVE. IF THE ELECTRIC PAil HUMIDIFIER IS ALLOWED
TO OPERATE WITH NO DRAIIIDOWN CYCLE OR 110 TREATMEIIT OF THE IIICOMlIIG WATER. SCALlIIG OF THE
HEATIIIG ELEMEIIT AID AllY OTHER ELEMEIIT LOCATED III THE PAil WILL ACCUMULATE RAPIDLY AID PREMA
TURE FAILURE Of THESE ITEMS IS ALMOST CERTAIII TO OCCUR.
9. ~ - COIITROL OF THE ELECTRIC PAil HUMIDIFIER IS DOllE WITH A SPACE HUMIDISTAT OR A HUMID
ISTAT LDCATEO II THE RETURII AIR OUCT. IF THE AIR STREAM LEAVIIIG THE HUMIDIFIER WILL BE CLOSE
TO SATURATIOII. THEil A HIGH LIMIT HUMIDISTAT SHOULD IE LOCATED AT THAT POI IT TO PREVEIIT COIIDEII
SATIDII OCCURRIIIG THERE. THE CONTROL IS GEIIERALLY DII-OFF; HOWEVER. THERE ARE MAllY APPLlCA
TlDNS WITH STEP CONTROLLERS. COITRDLLlIG MORE THAI OlE HEATER. SOME MODULATIIG TYPE HUMID
STATS COITROLLlIG SCR TYPE CONTROLS.
1 PLACEMEIIT OF THE UIIIT -II GEIERAL. THE ELECTRIC PAil HUMIDIF.iER IS lEST PLACIiD WHERE THE AIR CAli
MOST READILY AaDRI THE MOISTURE IEI.G ADDED WITHOUT CAUSI.G COIDE.SATIO. AT OR AFTER THE
U.IT.
A. CHECK THE ABILITY OF THE AIR TO ABSORB THE MOISTURE. FOil EXA... LE: 2D011 CFM OF AIR AT 55' F
AltO 48% R.H. PASSES OVER A IKW PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER THATIS ADDIIG 121.DOO GRAI.S PER HOUR.
B.
C.
O.
THE .EW co.omo. AFTER THE HUMIDIFIER WILL IE:
ZIOO X 4.5 XZI
+ HUMIDIFIER MOISTURE
234." GRAI.S
'21," GRAIIS
TOTAL MOISTURE AFTER HUMIDIFIER 314.- GRAIIS
314 ... + .... ROUGHLY 40 GRAI.SlLI.
THE lEW cOlomo. AFTER THE HUMIDIFIER WILL IE APPROXIMATEL Y saoF. AID"" R.H. so IT MAY BE
SEEII THAT THE AIR IS CAPABlE OF HA.OLUIG THE MOISTURE IEI.G ADDEO.
00 .OT PLACE THE U.IT TOO CLOSE TOTHE INTAKE OF A HIGH EFFICIE.CY FILTER. THE FILTER WILL RE
MOVE THE VISIBLE MOISTURE AID BECOilE WATERLOGGED. ALLOWAT LEAST ,. FEET FROM THE HUMID
IFIER TO THE FILTER.
00 lOT PLACE U.IT WHERE VAPOR STREAM WILL I ..... GE O. A METAL SURFACE.
00 lOT PLACE THE UIIT TOO CLOSE TO A SPLIT I. THE DUCT. THE U.IT MAY PUT MORE MOISTURE IN
O.E IRA.CH THA. THE OTHER.
PAGE NO. 248
A.Gila,.,. In (aIlYOlIM4' TRANS-A PlATE"
IO-M6" e
J)UTI NG
HOLES
STAINLESS STEEL SOLTS AT 6"O.C.
L
,
. GAGE STAINLESS STEEL 7
I" IPS. END SUPPORT
SIDE ELEVATION
GASKET MATERIAL
SHALL BE
11
(
PACKING VfJ't TMCK
OR SUlTAIl.[
FOR 2OO
e
r. PLUG
PAN-...... _-I
rlEATERS
"67 ..... LOW

OPERATOR
DETAIL "A" I
FEED WATER VALVE
o 0
N L,
TEST VALVE I
l
' I S r ATI C
DUCT

HUMlOlSTAT NO. 2
LOW WATER / PIPING HOOKUP DIAGRAM
i
FRONT END ELEVATION
CUT'OFF II VALVE ' ,
8ICIWfR IIOUh'TEO I J

IIlln: BRASS OR
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION HUMIDIFIER CONTROL DIAGRAM
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION NOTES
I. REMOVE TOP'CLEAIN OUT PIlNBOLT TOP !lACK IN PLACE.
_T SHALL BE VAPORSTREAII
011 APPROVED EQUAL .
tII!MlIIIJIAI' ENERGIZES HOLDING COIL IN
. CONTACTOR THRU AIR FIJ1W
a LDW WATER SAFETY INTERLOCKS.
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE THREE STAGE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE FOR THE ELECTRIC PAN TYPE HUMIDIFIER
HUMlOlFlR NO. TOTAL GRAINS TOTAL L8S / HR. "OUNTING
2. INSTALL .. SELECTED POSITION IlEAID LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS. BE SURE ENO SUPPORT IS IN PLACE .
3, PIPE AS SHOWN-WIRE POWER a CONTROl. WIRING AS SHOWN.
4. UNT IS ODIoIPLETELY WIRED a THE OPERATION OF THE SAFETY LDW WATER
... t J:fLOW WA1ER CUT OFF TO BE SURE THAT
1 c.HECK OPERATION OF ORAINOOWN SYSTEM BY DETERMINING THAT SOME WATER BLEEDS OFF ON
EVERY FILL CYCLE OF THE SOLENOID MAKE UP VALVE,
6. T:M'C'nJ ..
irE
OUT THE PIlN WITH WATER,
7, W
"'NERAL CONTENT OF THE WATER. PAN SHOULD BE INSPECTED AT LEAST ONCE PER YEAR a
MORE OFTEN IF MINERAL CONTENT OF WATER IS HIGH.
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO. 106 PAGE No.249
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM HUMIDIFIER
1. DESCRIPTIDI - THE STEAM HUMIDIFIER .. A DEVICE TO PUT STEAM UIDER PRESSURE FROMA 10lLER lITO AI
AIR STREAMFOR THE PUIlPOU Of ADDINB MOISTURE TO THE AIR STREAM. STEAM HUMIDIFIER MUST BE
AILE TO TRAIIFER THE STEAM FROMTHE PIPING smEM TO THE AIR WITHOUT ALlOWlIG UnAITED DROP
LETS OF COIDEIlfD MOISTURE TO FORM. AID MUST IE ABlE TO CDITROL ACCUIlATELV THE AMOUIT OF
STEAMIEIIG SUPPLIED TO THE AIR STREAM.
2. CDIlPUTIIG THE REQUIRED CAPACITY - THE IIEQUIRED CAPAClTV SHOULD IE COMPUTED AlSHOWIIV THE
METHODS 01 PAGE 254 TIIROUGH 251 OF nils lOOK.
3. SUECTlIG THE HUIIIDIFIER - THE HUMIDIFIER SHOULD IE SELECTED FROMTHE IlAIUFACTUREII'S CATALOG
DATA FOR THE REQUIRED CAPACITY. WHERE THE AIR STREAM IS LARGE. SEVERAL ElEMEm SHOULD IE COl
SlDERED AID TtlE MAIUfACTURER SHOULD IE COISUL TED FOR THE CORRECT APPLICATIO. OF THE ELE_ITS.
A. SiE PRF.SSURE - U.ITS ARE AVAILABlE I. STEAM PRESSURES FROM 0 TO 10 PSIG; HOWEVER. IT IS FElT THAT
PRESSURES SHOULD IE HElD TO AROU.D 5 PIIG FOR BEST DPERATIO .
5. CO.DE.SATE RETUR. - CO.DENSATE SHOULD IE RETUR.ED AlSHOWIIV THE DETAIL TO THE SYSTEM IOILER.
. STEAM PIPE SIZES - THE STEAM PIPES SHOULD BE DESIGNED A.D SilEO BV THE APPROPRIATE CHARTS A.D DES-
CRIPTIOII SHOWN O. PAGES _ THROUGH 203 OF THIS lOOK.
7. COIDEIlUTE RETUR. SllE - THE CONDENSATE PIPE SHOULD IE DESIGNED AND SilEO IV THE APPROPRIATE
CHARTS AID DESCRIPTID.S SHOWN O. PAGES 2. THROUGH 2. OF THIS lOOK.
I. SUPPORT OF THE UNIT - THE U.IT A.D U.IT PlPIIG SHOULD IE SUPPORTED SO THE U.IT CAN IE DISASSEMBlED
FOR SERVICE WITHOUT RESUPPORTI.G THE CO.NECTI.G PIPE DR DUCTS. ADEQUATE U.I011 AID GATE VALVES
SHOULD IE PROVIDED TO FACILITATE SERVICE.
t . CO.TROLS - THE UNIT IS PROVIDED WITH A PNEUMATIC OR ElECTRIC CONTROL VALVE FOR OPERATIO. IV A
REMOTE HUMIDISTAT. WHEREVER THERE IS A POSSIIILlTV OF REACHI.G 'SATURATIO. LEVELS INSIDE THE
DUCT. A HIGH LIMIT HUMI DISTAT SHOULD IE PROVIDED DOWNSTREAM OF THE U.IT.
11. PLACEMEIT OF THE U.IT -II GEIERAL. THE STEAM HU.. DIFIER II lEST PUCED WHERE THE AIR CA. MOST
READILY AIIORI TIlE MOISTURE IEI.G ADDED WITHOUT CAUSI.G CO.DElSATIOI AT OR AFTER THE UIIT.
A. CHECK THE A.L1TY OF THE AIR TO AIIOIII THE MOISTURE. FOR EXAMPLE. CAl OF AIR AT i.oF.
AID ... R.M. PAllEI OVER A mAM HUIIIDIFIER WITH A CAPACITY OF 17.1 LIIJItR OR 121._ GIlAIII,HR.
THE lEW COIDITIOI AFTER THE HUMIDIFIER WIllIE:

+ H.IMFIER ADDITIO.
-234._GRAlII
121._GRAlII
TOTAL MOISTURE AFTER HUMIDIFIER 354._ GRAIII
354 .... +_ ROUGHLV 41 GRAlIIIILI
THE lEW CO.DITIO. AFTER THE HUMIDIFIER WIllIE APPROXIMATELV "'F. AID"" RH SO IT MAV IE
SEEI THAT THE AIR IS CAPABlE OF MIOU.G TIlE IIOISIURE IEIIG ADDED.
I. DO .OT PLACE TIlE UIIT TOO CLOIETO THE IITAKE OF A HIGH EFFIClE.CV FILTER. TIlE FILTER WIU
REMOVE THE VISlILE MOISTURE AID IECOME WATERLOGGED. AllOW AT LEAST II FEET FROMTHE
HUIIIDIFIER TO THE FILTER.
C. DO .OT PUCE U.IT WHERE VAPOR STREAM WILL I .... GE O. A METAL SURFACE.
D. DO .OT PLACE THE U.IT TOO CLOSE TO A "LIT I. THE DUCT. THE U.IT WILL PUT MORE MOISTURE I.
OlE IRA.CH THAll TIlE OTIIER.
11. 10lLER CAPACITV - CHECK TO IE SURE THE STEAM BOILER SUPPLVI.G THE STEAM HUMIDIFIER HAS SUFFI
ClEIT CAPACITY TO SUPPLV STEAMTO ALL THE HUMIDIFIERS I. THE IUILDI.G PLUS All OTHER CONflECTED
STEAM LOAOS.
.P AGE NO.2 50
A."ilo",. In ( IMI .... niANS-A. I'lATE*
ALL THREADED ROO TO
BUILDING STRUCTURE
,. c 1/8* STEEL
HANGER
STEAM MAIN - --'-

ALL THREADED
" ' SECTION "A"-"A"
Tn._->.-- CAP
, \
\ '
FOUR ' PNEUMATIC
THERMAL RELAY
IRT LEG
DETAIL "A"
STEAM SlJ'PLY IN

--- - ---.-- ----.--------- -- ---------- ALL 1'11IIEADO
"A"
AIR
PLAN VIEW
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEAM HUMIDIFIER NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR, THE STEAM HUMIDIFIER
AIR CONDITIONS IIEfOIIE HUMIDIFIER AIR CONDITIONS AFTER HUIIIOIFIER STEAM PRESSUftE TO U"'T
STEAM TO HUMI DI FIER
DISTRIBUTION MANI FCUl
STEAM PIPING DIAGRAM
LINE IN
\\
T FAN
9H
PNEUMATIC RELAY

HIGH LIMI/
STAT

OU
CONTROL DIAGRAM
REMARKS'
NO. 107 PAG E NO. 251
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE WETTED
MEDIA TYPE HUMIDIFIER
I. GENERAl. THE WEnED MEDIA TYPE HUMIDIFIER IS A HUMIDIFIER THAT IS PLACED IN 4ll OR PART OF THE
AIR STREAM AND SO ARRANGED THAT THE AIR PASSES OVER AND COMES INTO INTIMATE CONTACT WITH THE
WET MEDIA. THIS OF UNIT CAN ALSO BE USED FOR EVAPORATIVE COOLING; HOWEVER, FOR THE
PURPOSES OF THIS BDfK, DNLY HUMIDIFICATION HAS IEEN CONSIDERED.
Z. OPERATION. THE WATER IS ADMITTED TO THE TOP WATER TROUGH AND F'LDWS DOWN THROUGH SMALL
HOLES IN THE BOTTOM OF THE TROUGH. THE WATER THEN FAllS DOWN ALONG THE MEDIA WHERE SOME
OF THE WATER EVAPORATES AND SOME FAllS ON uno THE IDTTOM TROUGH AND OUT TO DRAIN. THE
WATER FROM THE 10TTDM MAY BE RECIRCULATED BUT WILL RESULT IN HEAVY SCALING OF THE MEDIA.
3. REOUIRED CAPACITY. THE REOUIRED CAPACITY OF THE UNIT MAY BE COMPUTED BY THE METHODS SHOWN
ON PAGES 254 THRU 251.
4. CAPACITY OF THE UNIT. THE CAPACITY OF THE UNIT Will VARY FROM VERY SMAll AMOUNTS WITH VERY
COLD WATER TO VERY LARGE AMOUNTS WITH DOMESTIC 140 DEGREES F. WATER. THE FOllOWING PARA
GRAPH ON PSYCHOMETRICS Will EXPLAIN HOW THIS FUNCTIONS.
5. PSYCHROMETRies. AS THE AIR MOVES THROUGH THE WEnED MEDIA, A CHANGE OF TEMPERATURE TAKES
PLACE IN THE ODWNCDMING WATER AND A CHANGE OF TEMPERATURE AND MOISTURE TAKES PLACE IN
THE AIR.
SINCE THIS TYPE OF HUMIDIFIER IS USUAll Y PLACED ON THE INLET SIDE OF THE AIR HANDLING SYSTEM
THE AIR DRY lUll TEMPE'RATURE IS USUAll Y 15 OE.GREES F. OR LESS AND THE WET BULB TEMPERATURE
IS Il DEGREES F. OR LtSS.
THE FINAL CONDITION OF THE AIR WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE INLET TE_ERATURE OF THE WATER AND
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE MEDIA.
A. WilEN THE INCOMING WATER TE_ERATURE IS AIDVE THE DRY IULB TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR THE
AIR WILL IE HEATED AND HUMIDIFIED WHILE PASSING THRU THE MEDIA. '
I. WHEN THE INCOMING WATER TEMPERATURE IS IETWEEN THE INITIAL WET lUll AND THE INITIAL DRY
lUll OF THE AIR, THE AIR Will BE COOLED AND HUMIDIFIED WHILE PASSING THRU THE MEDIA.
C. WHEN THE INCOMING WATER TEMPERATURE IS IETWEEN THE INITIAL WET lUll AND THE INITIAL
DEW POINT OF THE AIR, THE AIR Will BE COOLED AND SLIGHTlY HUMIDIFIED WHILE PASSING THRU THE
MEDIA.
D. WHEN THE INCOMING WATER TEMPERATURE IS LOWER THAN THE INITIAL DEW POINT OF THE AIR, THE
AIR IS COOLED AND DEHUMIDIFIED WHILE PASSING THRU THE MEDIA.
E. WHEN THE INCOMING WATER IS RECIRCULATED 'NOT RECOMMENDED), THE WATER ASSUMES THE WET
lUll TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR AND THE AIR LOSES SENSlILE HEAT AND GAINS LATENT HEAT. THE
AIR MOVES THRU THE MEDIA AT A CONSTANT WET IULB TE_ERATURE IUT LOSES DRY BULB TEMP
ERATURE. THUS, THE AIR IS COOLED AND HUMIDIFIED IN THIS PROCESS.
5. ADVANTAGES OVER A WATER SPRAY WASHER. THIS TYPE OF HUMIDIFIER HAS SEVERAL ADVANTAGES
OVER THE WATER SPRAY.
WHEN WATER IS EVAPORATED, THE SALTS DFMAGNESIUM AND CALCIUM ARE DEPOSITED AT THE POINT
OF EVAPORATION. IN A WATER SPRAY, THESE SAlTS ARE LEFT IN THE AIR STREAM. IN A MEDIA TYPE
THE SALTS ARE DEPOSITED ON THE MEDIA. FURTHER, THERE IS LESS DEPOSIT BECAUSE OF THE ONCE."
THRU CHARACTERISTIC OF THE MEDIA TYPE.
1. CONTROL. CONTROL CAN IE ACCOMPLISHED IY THE METHOD SHOWN ON THE PLATE IElDW AND A WIDE
RANGE OF LEAVING AIR RESULTS CAN IE OBTAINED FROM SETTING THE WATER TE_ERATURE MIXING
VAL\!E.
S. INSTAllATION. THE WETTED MEDIA TYPE HUMIDIFIER SHOULD ALWAYS BE INSTALLED ON THE NEGA11VE
PRESSURE SIDE OF THE FAN. INSTAllATION ON THE POSITIVE PRESSURE DR SUPPLY SIDE OF THE FAN
TENDS TO BlOW THE WATER OUT OF THE UNIT.
9. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION. THE WETTED MEDIA TYPE SHOULD IE CONSTRUCTED OF
STAINLESS STEel DUE TO THE CORROSION NATURE OF IEING ALTERNATelY WET OR DRY.
10. ACCESS DOOR. AN ACCESS DOOR SHOULD IE PROVIDED ON THE INCOMING AIR SIDE OF THE UNIT TO
ALLOW VISUAL OBSERVATION OF THE CONDITION OF THE MEDIA.
II . DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATER. IT IS IMPORTANT TO CHECK THE CAPACITY OF THE DOMESTIC HOT WATER
HEATER TO BE SURE ENOUGH HOT WATER Will IE AVAILABLE TO SUPPLY All OF THE UNITS WHEN USING
HOT WATER.
PAGE NO, 252
TRAN:;APlATf*
COOLING COIL _1 _
.'MATION EL_TION PAD
HOUSE KEEPING AIR HANOLtNG UNIT- ...
OPII SITE DIIAIN-S[[ PL__
. '.
HOUSE ICfEPING _
!MOER AIR HANDLING
UNIT-------"-1U
.. ,
: ;
SIDE ELEVATION

0 ...
i
u -
...
., II:
...
i
COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN
OPEN Sl1 ORA
RETURN AIR DUCT
12-" 12-ACCESS PANEL
,. HUMIDIFIER
.. EED OFF LINE
"'em
'MUm
fM-g-
SECTION "('!oA"
GATE IoIWIES
C.WIN
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (HUMIP'F'ER ONLY!

VALVE IS MANUALLY SET IV THE OPRATOR AT CONDITIONS
SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE.
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. THE UNT SHALL IE :NSTALLED DEAD LEVEL IN 10TH

INLET .oX SHALL IE CHECICED WITH WATER TO INSURE
EVEN FLOW IV AO.IUStlNG THE LEVEL AO./USTINO SCREW
i CLEAN OUT T> WA1" INLET lOX I[RJRE PlACING IN
OPERATION .
mrJ. .. - FREELY
4. THE UNIT SHALL IE INSTALLED ONLY ON Ttl[ SUCTION
SIDE OF THE FAN.
S SET _ T ER 1MP"ATUIIE ENTER"" UNIT AS SHOWN
IV SCHED\lLE .LOW.
6 SUPI'ORT HUMIOIFIEII .. EED TIIDUGH EVENLY ALONG
ITS ENTIRE LENGTH.
1 WHEN THE UNT COMPLETELY PlPD AND WIRED ClCK
THE OPI:RATION OF THE WATE" f1..OOOING TO THE HOLES
IN THE WATER INLET lOX AND RELEVEL IF NECESSARY.
PLAN DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE WETTED MEDIA TYPE HUMIDIFIER NO SCALE
COMPUTING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY FOR HUMIDIFIERS
LOAD CALCULATIONS
I. IIEIIEIIA&.
THE TASK OF MAKlIS DESIGIL COMPUTATIOIIS FOil THE HUMIDITY ADDInO. LOAD IS SIMPLE IF THE DESlGILER
Will REMEMIER THAT THE REASOII BUILDIIiGS GET DRY III THE WlITER II IECAUSE OF THE AIR'S IIIAIILlTY
TO HOLD MOISTURE WHEN IT IS COLD. 110 BUILDIIIG .. AIR TIGHT AIID THERE IB A COIIBTAIIT MOVEMEIIT OF
AIR FROM THE OUTDOORS lITO THE STRUCTURE AID' OUT. THIS AIR MDVEMEIIT IS CAUSED IY THERMAL
EXCHAIIGE, AIR PRESSURE, OR FAIlS. III ALL CASEI, THE COLD DRY AIR MOVIIiG lITO THE IUILDlIG RESULTS
III A LOW MOISTURE LEVElIIIIIDE THE IUILDIIIG, WHICH MUST IE REPLACED IY A HU.DIFIER IF COMFORT
LEVELS ARE TO IE MAINTAIIiED.
THE IASIC PARAMETER THEil FOR DETERMIIIIIIG THE AMOUIIT OF MOISTURE THAT MUST BE ADDED TO MAIN
TAIN A PREDETERMIIIEO HUMIDITY LEVELIIISIDE A IUILDIIiG IS THE AMOUIIT OF COLD DRY AIR ENTERING
lITO THE IUILDING. THE AMOUIIT DF MOISTURE THAT MUST BE ADDED, THEREFORE, IS ALWAYS THE DIF,
FEREIICE IN THE TOTAL WATER VAPOR COIlTEIiT OF THE AIR EliTE RING THE IUILDING COMPARED TO THE
SAME AIR OUAIITITY AT THE DESIGIiINDOOR COIIDITIOIIS. THE MIGRATION OF MOISTURE THROUGH THE
STRUCTURE ITSElF II USUALLY OF SMAll MAGIITUDE AID IS GEIIERALL Y NOT CONSIDERED IN THE DESIGN
COMPUTATIOIIS.
2. COLD DRY AIR EIiTERIIiG THE IUILDIIiG
THERE ARE TWO GENERALLY ACCEPTED METHODS OF CALCULATIIiG THE AMOUIIT OF COLD DRY AIR ENTERING
THE IUILOIIIG. THE FIRST METHOD II THE AIR CHANGE METHOD AND USE OF THIS METHOD SHOULD IE LIMITED
TO RESlOEIiTIAL OR OTHER'TYPES OF SMALL BUILDINGS. THE SECOND METHOD IS THE FAil QUAIITITY METHOD,
~ I I D THIISHOULO IE USED FOR ALL8UI(DIIiGS THAT INTRODUCE FRESH AIR BY SUPPLY AIR FANS AND EX
HAUST THIS AIR IY EXHAUST FAIlS.
THE METHODS SHOULD IE EMPLOYED AS FOllOWS:
A. AIR CHAIIGE METHOD
COMPUTE THE CFM OF FRESH AIR ENTERIIiG THE BUILDIIiG BY THE FOLLOWlIIG FORMULA:
CFM 110. OF AIR CHANGES. ROOM VOLUME

THE NUMIER OF AIR CHANGES EMPLOYED SHOULD IE:
DIE AIR CHAIIGE
1% AIR CHAIIGES
TWO AIR CHAIIGES
ABSOLUTE MIIIIMUM
FAIRLY TIGHT STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE lOT VERY TIGHT, LOOSE FlmliG WlIIDOWS, ETC.
THE ROOM VOLUME CAllIE CO.. UTED IY MULTIPLYIIiG THE flOOR AREA X THE CEILlIIG HEIGHT AID
MUST IE EXPAEllED III CUIIC FEET.
FOR EXAMPLE: A RESlOEIiCE OF a. SQUARE FEET FLOOR AREA AID AN AVERAGE CEILlIIG HEIGHT
OF. FEET WILL HAVE A VOLUME OF 21.- CUIIC FEET.
lOW, ASSUIIIIIG THAT THE RElIDEIiCE II A FAIRLY TIGHT STRUCTURE, THE CFM OF FRESH AIR EIlTER
IIiG THE STRUCTUIIE.LL IE:
CFM 1.1i. 21,_ _ CFM

B. FAN QUANTITY METHOD
COMPUTE THE CFM OF THE IIiCOMIIiG AIR IY ASCERTAIIIIIIG THE MAXIMUM AMOUIIT OF FRESH AIR
ENTERIIiG THE .UILOIIiIi THROUGH THE IUPPLY AIR FAil. COMPARE THIS WITH THE OUAIITITY
IEIIiG EXHAUSTED IY THE EXHAUST FAIl OR FAIlS AIIO lISE WHICHEVER QUAIITITY IS THE GREATER.
CHECK TO IE SURE THAT CFM OUAliTITY UIEO IS AT LEAST DIE AIR CHANGE; IF lOT, USE A VALUE
OF DIE AIR CHANGE.
THIS PROCEDURE SHOULD IE FOLLOWED FOR EACH ZOIlE, FLOOR, OR AIR HAIiOLlIG SYSTEMW H E R ~
IT IS IIITEIiDED TO ADO HUMIDITY.
3. DESIGIi CONDITIOIIS
THE MOISTURE LEVEL OF THE OUTDOOR AIR All 0 THE DESIRED IIiDOOR AIR MUST IE DETERMINED AS
FOLLOWS:
A. IIiDOOR DEIIGII COIIDITIOIIS - SEE TAIULATIOII 011 PAGE 2116.
B. OUTDOOR DES!GII COliomoNS - USE LOCAL OUTDOOR WlllTER OESIGIi TEMPERATURE AND 58% RH-
SEE CHART 2S1.
4. COIIDENUTIOII PREDICTION CHART
SEE CHART 266, THIS CHART SHOULD ALWAYS IE COIISULTED TO BE SURE THAT THE IIISIDE DEIIGII
COIIDITIOII5 USED ARE NOT TOO HIGH.
EXAMPLE 110. 2
A LIBRARY III CHICAGO WITH A DESIGIi IIiDOOR TE.. ERATURE OF It'F AID 1110 CFM OF OUTDOOR EIITER,
IIiG AIR, liD EXTERIOR GLASS, AND All OUTDOOR DESlali TEMPERATURE OF t'F.
A. CONSULT THE RECOIIMEIIDED IIiDOOR DESIGIi COIIPlTIONS WHICH SHOW M GRAlIU/POUIID;
I. liD IIEED TO CHECK THE COIIDE1IIATIOII PREOICUOll CHART IECAUSE THERE "liD EXTERIOR GLASS.
PAG E NO. 254
Avoi /ob/e In C;l?)"IOl.JJU '" TRANS-A-PlATE'
COMPUTING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY FOR HUMIDIFIERS (Cont.)
C. CHECK THE OUTOOOR MOISTURE LEVEL AT ,oF AIID _ RH OR 3 GRAlIi PER POUND.
NOW. SOLVING FOR "t-
W 7_ .... .1711 (14-3) Z7U UIIHR
T 7_
THE PROBLEM COULD ALSO HAVE IEENSOLVED.V CHART li7, ASINOWN .V THE PLOTTED EXAMPLE ON THE
CHART.
CONDENSATION PREDICTION CHART
T Fahrenheit
Relative Humidity-Percentage
30 40 5
:
i
.\
-:60 I
I\i
\
-
I
-

...-
..-

'\
\

...-
-
>

.....
I
.--
--
\
I' \
--
"
\
..
\ \"--
/'
p'V r'
V
-
\
I
\
\
.J.-"'"
:., , .A
/"

<
4
'';-

/' .... Il w-/
,- c:.
./1 9?r.
--

\
...
"0-
/y

,/
../"
'( ...

_ 0 '" ./ /:
,,"1.,
"
//
......
/y
V
/'
/' ./ ,<-./ \
/ L
'/
/'
/'
,'/
\.
"-

V
/
/
y
V
...... "-
" "-
\
/ / ./
/
/
/
/ /
"
"

.. ,,/ .........
/ / / / / /bY'

S. COMPUTE THE LOAD
THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF MOISTURE THAT MUST .E ADDED IS GIVEN BV FORMULA:
IN WHICH
CFM ... IIININR AIR DE.... TV MOISTURE DIFFEjlENCE IN GRAMS
GRAINI/I'OUND
AIR DENSITY
WEIGHT OF MOISTURE TO .E ADDED
CUIIC FEET OF OUTDOOR AIR PER IIINUTE ENTERING BUILDING
WEIGHT OF AIR PER CIlIiC FOOT IN POUNOS PER CUIIC FCloT.
(THIS VARIU WITH AIR Tf ":IPERATURE AND ALTITUDE UT
TNt USAGE OF 1.171 L"I;U. FT. IS IIEIERALL V ACCEPTED
AI PRODUCING SAniFACTORV RUUL n IN TEIlPERATURU
DOWN TO _21F AND ALTITUDU TO _ FEET J
MOISTURE DIFFERENCE . THE DIFFERENCE II THE MOISTURE CONTEIT OF THE AIR
.ETWEEN DESIGN INDOOR COIDITIOII AIID DESIGI OUTOODR
CONDITIONS. .
EXAMPLE 10. 1:
A RESIDENCE IN WASHINGTON. D.C WITH A DUIGN INDOOR TEMPERATURE DF n OF. A GLAII "U" VALVE
OF ..... AND AN OUTSIDE DESIGN TEMPERATURE OF +I"F.
1. CONSULT THE RECOMMENDED INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS WHICH SHOW.. GRAIISIPOUND.
2. CHECK THE CONDENSATION PREDICTIOI CHART WHICH SHOWI 4ft RELATIVE HUIIIDITY CAN BE MAIN
TAINED AT +10 WITHOUT CONDENSAnON.
3. CHECK THE MOISTURE CONTENT OF AIR CHART li7. WHICH SHOM53 GRAINS PER POUND AT 71F IINI
"'" RH. SO THE VALUE OF 53 GRAINS PER POUND WILL BE USED INSTEAD DF ... WHICH WOULD
CONDENSATION ON THE GLAII.
4. CHECK THE OUTDOOR MOISTURE LEVEL AT +I"F AND fiO% RH OR 5 GRAINS PER POUND.
NOW. SOLVING FOR W
T
-
SOO . .. . . 015. (53-5)
W
T
1l1li 11.42 US/HR
THE PROBLEM COULD ALSO HAVE IEEN SOLVED IV CHART 251. AI SHOWN BV THE PLOTTED EXAMPLE ON
THE LEFT CHART.
DESIGN MANUAL P L ATE NO. p AGE NO. 2 5 5
COMPUTING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY F.OR HUMIDIFIERS (Cont.)
Reconvnended Winter Humidity levels
for
Various Types of Commerc:ial and Institutional Buildings
Type of Building Rec:ommended . Rec:ommended Rec:ommended Design
DrY. Bu Ib Range Relative Humidity RatiQ "W"
OF DB
'lI.R.H. Grahv/b. lbS. per lb.
Dry Air Dry' Air
Offic:e Buildings
General office. n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Computer Rooms 74-76 40-60 80 0.0114
Sc:hQols n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
library 70-74 40-.50 6J, 0.0091
Muteum 70-74 40-50 6J, 0.0091
Hospital
Operating Rooms 70-76 50-60 82 0.0117
Patient Rooms n-76 40-45 SO 0.0086
Nunery 74-76 50-55 74 0.0106
Premature Nursery 74-76 50-60 82 0.0117
Delivery Rooms 70-76 50-60 82 0.0117
Intensive Core 70-80 30-60 90 0.0128
Rec:overy Rooms 74-76 SO-6O 82 0.0117
Nursing
Patient Rooms n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Motels n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Residenc:es n-76 40-45 60 0.0086
Apartments n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Dormitory Rooms n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Restaurants n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Deportment Stores n-76 J,5-.50
68 0.0097
Retail Groc:ery Stores n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Prisons n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Automotive Sh_ Rooms n-76 35-40 55 0.0078
Convention Centers 7O-n 35-40 J,8
0.0068
Theatres n-76 35-40 54 0.0077
Bonks n-76 .co-45 60 0..D086
Television Studios n-76 .co-45 60 0.0086
Consult c:ondenaation predic:tion c:hart before using thew values.
F
t
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
.55
60
65
70
75
80
85
MOISTURE CONTENT OF AIR IN GRAINS PE R
POUND AT VARI0US CONDITIONS
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - "I. RH
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
Q 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I 2 2 2 .2 2
0 0 0 I I I I I I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
0 0 I I I I I 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
0 I I I I 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5
0 I I I 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7
I I I 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 8 . e 9
l I 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 '3 9 10 II II
I 2 2 3 4 .5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 II 12 12 13 14 14
100
2
2
3
4
5
7
9
12
1"5
.1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
I 2 3 5 6 7 8 10 II 12 13 14 16 17 18 20 20 22 23 24
2 3 4 6 8 9 II 12 14 I!: 17 18 20 21 23 24 26 27 29 30
2 4 5 7 9 II 13 14 16 18 20 22 23 25 27 29 31 32 34 36
2: 4 6 9 II 13 15 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 33 35 37 40 42 44
3 5 8 10 14 16 19 22 24 27 30 32 35 38 41 43 48 4951 54
-
3 7 10 13 17 20 23 26 29 33 35 39 42 46 49 52 55 59 62 65
4 8 12 16 20 23 27 31 35 39 45 47 51 55 59 62 66 70 74 78
5 9 14 18 23 28 33 37 42 46 51 56 60 65 70 74 79 84 88 93
6 II 17 22 28 33 39 44 50 55 61 66 72 77 83 88 94 99 105 110
7 13 20 26 33 40 46 53 59 66 73 79 86 92 99 106 112 120. 126 32
8 16 24 31 39 47 55 62 70 78 86 94 101 109 117 25 133 140 48 156
9 19 28 37 47 56 65 74 83 93 102 III 120 130 139 148 157 167 175 185
VALUES HAVE BEEN SHOWN TO NEAREST WHOLE NUMBER FOR
SIMPLICITY.
PAGE NO.256
Availa"Ie / ..
GRApHS FOB COMPUTING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY FOR HUMIDIFIERS
SMALL, CAPACIP
30
250
200
5
00 400 too 800 1000 1200
o
C F.M OF OUTDOOR AIR ENTERING BUILDING OR ZONE
DOTTED EX .... P\.E SHOWS 500 C.F.M. 0' OUTDOOR AIR ENTERS BUILDING WITH A MOISTURE !IQll :
DIFFERENCE OF 48 GRAINS. A HUMIDIFIER WITH " CAPIICITY OF 15.42 LBS. / HR IS REOUIRED.
HE 'ATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P LA TEN 0, PA G ENO. 257
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSED
LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
1. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM OF SElFCONTAINED REVERSECYCLE REFRIG
ERATIONMACHINES THAT CAN EITHER PROVIDE COLD OR WARM AIR TO THE SPACES WITHIN A BUILDING.
THESE UNITSliuST BE SUPPllEO WITH CONDEIISER WATER TO EITHER CARRY AWAY THE HEAT OF RE
JECTION WHEN THE UNITS ARE ON COOLING OR PROVIDE THE HEAT OF ABSORPTION WHEN THE UNITS ARE ON
HEATING.
THE SYSTEM IS VERY flEXIBLE AND LENDS ITSElF TO ADAPTATION SINCE CODLING ONLY UNITS, SUCH AS
LARGER SElFCONTAINED UNITS FQR INTERIOR ZONES, COMPUTER ROOM UNITS, WATERCOOLED ROOF TOP
UNIT AND OTHER EQUIPMENT MAY BE PLUGGED INTO THE CONDENSER WATER LOOP. THE SYSTEM HAS THE
ABILITY TO REJECT HEAT ON THE SUNNY SIDE OF BUILDING AND AISORB THE SAME HEAT ON THE SHADY
SIDE OF THE IUILDING, THUS EFFECTING ENERGY CONSERVATION.
THE OPERATION OF EACH INDIVIDUAL HEAT PUMP CAN BEST BE EXPLAINED BY THE FOllOWING DRAWINGS
AND DESCRIPTIONS:
A. DESCRIPTION OF COOLING CYCLE.
Supply Air

(
"F"
.,.
Y
(

. t- WIIIr
=-
J /1:
Finer
Rtlum Air
COOLING CYCLE
WITH THE THERMOSTAT CALLING FOR CODLING, THE BlOWER "F" STARTS AND THE REVERSING VAL'IE
"V" IS DEENERGIZED. THE REVERSING VALVE ACTS LIKE A DOUBlE RAILROAD SWITCH IN SElECTING
THE PATH FOR THE REFRIGERANT flOW. THE COMPRESSOR "P" STARTS AND PUMPS HOT COMPRESSED
FREON GAS TO THE COAXIAL REFRIGERANTTOWATER EXCHANGER "E", WHERE THE GAS IS CONDENSEO
TO A LIQUID BY GIVING UP HEAT TO THE CIRCULATING WATER LOOP. THIS HEAT IS DEFINED AS THE
HEAT OF REJECTION AND THERMODYNAMICAll Y IS THE SUM OF THE CODLING EFFECT PLUS THE HEAT
OF COMPRESSION. THE LIQUID FREON PASSES THRQUGH A CAPillARY RESTRICTOR TUBE " !:" CAUSING A
PRESSURE DROP, AND EXPANDS (BOILS) INTO A GAS WlTHING AIR SIDE COIL:'A" BY PICKING UP HEAT
FROM THE WARM ROOM AIR. THE AIR IS CQOLED DOWN AND DEliVERED TO THE ROOM. THE REFRIG
ERANT GAS NOW PASSES/THROUGH THE SECOND PATH OF "V" TO THE SUCTION UF THE COMPRESSOR "P"
WHERE THE CYCLE STARTS OVER AGAIN.
B. DESCRIPTION OF HEATING CYCLE
(
"F"
"P"
) I "A"
f itter
Return Air
HEATING CYCLE
WITH THE THERMOSTAT CALLING FOR HEATING, THE BLOWER "F" STAIITS AND THE REVERSING VALVE "V"
IS ENERGIZED, SElECTING THE PATH OF REFRIGERANT FLOW. THE COMPRESSOR "P" STARTS AND PUMPS
HOT CbMPRESSED FREON GAS TO ,!HE AIR SIDE COIL "A", WHERE THE GAS IS CONDENSED TO A LIQUID BY
GIVING UP HEAT TO THE AIR. THIS AIR RETURNING FROM THE ROOM IS WARMED AID DELIVERED TO THE
NOTE: Centinulll on f'Ite 280
PAGE NO. 258
A.oilobl. In TRANS-A-PlATE"
CC'NTROL
THERMOSTAT
SENSING BULB
CABINET
HIGH. LOW
CONTRoL
CUT-AWAY ISOMETRIC YIEW - BASIC CHASSIS FINISHED CABINET
- ---
MAX. DIMENSION l'HART
SYMBOL
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSED LOOP VERTICAL CABINET UNIT HEAT PUMP
NO SCALE

INSTALLA TION
I - POSITION CHASSIS TIGHT AGAINST FINISHED WALL, DIRECTLY ON FLOOR.
CHECK ELECTRIC AND PIPE STUB SLEEVE LOCATIONS.
2 - USE HOLES PROVIDED OR DRILL 2 ADOITIONAL HOLES IN BACK PANEL
AT TOP TO LINE UP WITH SOLID SUPPORT IN WALL.
3- SHIM DEAD LEVEL.
4-SHORT CIRCUIT SUPPLY AND RETURN RUNOUTS INITIALLY BEFORE
SYSTEM FLUSHING.
I NSTRUCTI ONS
5- COMCT SUPPLY, REruRH ANO CONDENSATE AFTER SYSTEM FLUSHING.
6- CONNECT CORRECT SUPPLY WIRING AT JUNCTION BOX PER WIRING DIAGRAM.
7- 00 NOT REMOVE PAPER BOARo COVER FROM ROOM COIL AND ORAIN PAN
UNTIL CABINET INSTALLATION.
S- t IS 0" THE CHASSIS AT THE TWO CABINET
LllT
OF CHASSIS.
t---..... CAPACITIES FOR THE CLOSED LOOP VERTICAL CABINET
SYMBOL NOMINAL SIZE NOMINAL C.fM. COOLING (1IO'F.D.8.-&7"fW.8. E.A.T.) H
IN FT. WATER ENTERS .IITER l.ENtNG fL.A. K.III TOTAL BTU/ HA.CAP'Y. R WATER ENTERS _TER LAIING F.LA. 1(.111 8TUJHR. CAP"l
..
.'"
..
'" .,
.,
,.a
..
lIZ TON 230 1.9 &.0
3 / 4 TON 270 2. 3 1. 2 92"f
I TON 360 3.0 5.0 92"F.
11/4 TON 420 3.5 $ .6
11/2 TON 500 4.5 10
HEATING, VENT I LATION, AN D
103.0"F. 1.01 6,800 10,500 62.9 F. l" 10,100
103.,"r 1.23 8,900 13,000 7O"F. IZ . "F, 1.55 13,000
102.7"F 1.44 11, 100 1&,000 70"F. 1.11 11,500
IO'. I-r 1.72 19,500 62.6-F.
2.27 17, 200 25,000
AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL
r-
b"i1; I.
m,
' , 740
',500
11,050
12,930
15,500
NO. 109
HT- H WT-W
25\" 10 1',M
10
7
',4
to "i
25 \1z' 12
it
i
25 "i 12 \Ii
VOLTAGE
a PHASE
277-1
277-1
277- 1
277-1
277-1
LEN\, TH--;EOO
44 St." 156 LBS
44 "',"
152 LBS.
44 "'i 187 LBS.
54"'," 192 LBS.
205 LBS.
CONDENSER WATER
RUNOUT SIZES

3/4"
I
PAGE NO. 259
LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM (CONT.)
ROOM. THE LIQUID FREQN THEN PASSES THROUGH A CAPILLARY RESTRICTOR TUBE " C", CAUSING A
PRESSURE DROP AID EXPANDS (lOlLS) INTO A GAS WITHIN THE COAXIAL REFRIGERANTJOWATER
EXCHANGER "E' :. HEAT IS ABSORIEO FROM THE CIRCULATING WATER LOOP. THE REFRIGERANT GAS
NOW PASSES THROUGH THE SECOND PATH QF "V" TO THE SUCTIQN OF THE COMPRESSOR "P" WHERE THE
CYCLE STARTS OVER AGAIN.
2. ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
THE ADVANTAGES ARE:
IT IS USUALL Y LESS COSTl Y TO INSTALL WHEN CONSIDERING THE CQST OF THE EXTRA SPACE FOR THE
CENTRAL SYSTEM AND THERE IS lESS FiElD LABOR COST IN THE TOTAL INSTAllATION.
WHEN A UNIT BREAKS OOWN, IT ONL Y CUTS OUT THAT ROOM OR MODULE ANO NOT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM.
WHEN A UNIT ODES BREllh .JOWN,IT CAN BE SENT TO THE REPAIR DEPOT AND A SPARE UNIT PUT IN ITS PLACE
UNTIL THE OlilER UNI T HAS BEEN REPAIRED AND IS BACK IN SERVICE.
THE NEED FOR HIGHLY QUAlIFIEO OPERATING PERSONNEl IS GREATlY REOUCED.
NOISE AND VIBRATION ARE USUALL Y MINOR BECAUSE OF THE SIZE OF THE EQUIPMENT.
REFRIGERANT PIPING IS DONE IN A FACTORY AND NOT IN THE FiElD.
EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE SIMPLICITY IN DESIGN.
CONTROLS FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM ARE AVAILABLE AS FACTORY PACKAGES WHICH SIGNIFICANTlY
CUTS THE FIRST COST OF THE INSTAllATION.
DISADVANTAGES ARE:
IT REQUIRES A GREATER INSTAllED REFRIGERATION TONNAGE BECAUSE MAXIMUM LOAD MUST BE CON
SIOEREO FOR EACH ZONE RATHER THAN BUILDING BLOCK LOAD.
A RANGE OF SIZES OF STANDARD EQUIPMENT MUST BE USED AND CANNOT BE CUSTOM TAILORED TO THE
LOAD,
THE ElECTRICAL CONNECTED LOAD IS USUAllY GREATER.
A WIDE RANGE OF SELECTION OF EQUIPMENT IS NOT AVAILABLE.
THE LONGEVITY OF CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT HAS LONG lEEN A QUESTION AND STILL REMAINS
SO IN MANY AREAS. IT APPEARS THAT THE LONGEVITY OF THESE SYSTEMS Will BE VERY GOQD, THERE ARE
BUILDINGS EXISTING WITH OVER FIVE YEARS OF OPERATION OF THESE UNITS AND DOWN TIME APPEARS TO
BE VERY LITlE. ONE THING TO BE SAID IN FAVOR OF THIS EQUI .... ENT IS THAT, WHEN THERE IS AN OUTAGE
OF A UNIT, THE COST IS NOT ASTRONOMICAL AS WQULD BE EXPERIENCED WITH LARGE CENTRAL PLANT
REFRIGERATION MACHINES.
3. DESIGN STEPS FOR THE CLOSED HEAT LOOP PUMP SYSTEM
(SEE ALSO DESIGN WORK SHEET ON PAGE 264)
A. ESTABLISH BLOCK COOLING LOAD OF BUILDING
THIS SHOULD BE CALCULATED BY METHOOSSHOWN IN THE ASHRAE " HANDBOOK OF FUNDAMENTALS"
ENTER BLOCK COOLING LOAD ON OESIGN WQRK SHEET.
B. ESTABliSH BLOCK HEATING LOAD OF BUILDING
THIS SHOULD BE CALCULATED BY METHODS SHQWN IN THE ASHRAE " HANDBOOK OF FUNDAMENTALS".
ENTER BLOCK HEATING LOAD ON DESIGN WORK SHEET.
C. SElECT All UNITS FOR BUILDING
AFTER ALL HEAT LOSS AND GAIN COMPUTATIONS HAVE BEEN MAC!c , SElECT All HEATING AND
UNITS FOR EACH ROOM OR ZONE IN THE BUILDING.
D. ESTABLISH THE LOOP WA TE R flOW IN GPM
THIS DATA SHOULD BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL VARY FROM 2 TO 3 GPM PER TON.
ONCE ESTABLISHED, ENTER THIS DATA FDR THE ENTIRE BUILDING ON THE DESIGN WORK SHEET AND
SUMMARIZE All UNITS TO OBTAIN TOTAL LOOP WATER flOW.
E. ESTABLISH THE TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTION
THE TDTAL HEAT OF REJECTION FOR THE BUILDING Will NORMALl Y BE THE BLDCK COOLING LOAD TIMES
1.4. HOWEVER,IN BUILDINGS THAT MAY BE SHUT DOWN AT NIGHT AND OVER THE WEEKEND, IT IS POSSIBLE
TO REQUIRE THE TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTIQN OF All THE CONNECTED UNITS FOR ALONG ENOUGH PERIOD
THAT THE SYSTEM Will SHUT DOWN BECAUSE OF HIGH LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE. IN THESE CASES,
PROVIDE A HEAT REJECTION SOURCE WITH A CAPACITY OF THE TOTAL HEAT REJECTION OF All THE
INSTAllED UNITS. THE HEAT OF REJECTION OF All UNITS ON THE BUILDING LOOP SHOL" BE ENTERED
AND SUMMARIZED ON THE DESIGN WORK SHEET. ESTABLISH THE REQUIRED TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTION
FOR THE HEAT REJECTION SOURCE AND ENTER ON THE DESIGN WORK SHEET.
F. ESTABLISH ANY SUPPLEMENTAL RESISTANCE HEAT FOR AIR PREHEAT
IF ANY ElECTRIC RESISTANCE HEATER WILL BE USED TO PREHEAT THE AIR COMING INTO THE BUILDING,
THE CAPACITY OF THESE HEATERS MUST BE ESTABLISHED SINCE IT AFFECTS THE TOTAL CAPACITY OF
THE HEAT THAT MUST BE ADDEO TO THE LOOP WATER. DETERMINE THE BTU/HR OF THIS
EQUIPMENT AND ENTER ON THE SYSTEM DESIGN WORK SHEET.
G. ESTABLISH ANY SUPPLEMENTAL RESISTANCE HEAT USED TO OFFSET GLASS RADIATION
IF ANY ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT WIll BE USED TO OFFSET GLASS RADIATION LOSSES, THE CAPACITY
OF THESE HEATERS MUST BE ESTABLISHED SINCE THIS AFFECTS THE TOTAL CAPACITY OF THE HEAT THAT
MUST BE ADDED TO THE LOOP WATER. DETER,,\INE THE BTU/HR CAPACITY OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND ENTER
ON THE SYSTEM DESIGN WORK SHEET.
P AGE NO. 260
II.oilobl. In CIIIPI'fl)l'. 1IP TRANS-II-PlATE"
SELF CONTAINED CLOSED LOOP
HEAT PUIIP-SEE SCHEOUL
PLAN ylEW
HEAT PUIIP
SUPPLY AIR DUCT

fRONT. END ELEYATION
REAR END ELEYATION
SIDE ELEVATION

" IS GAGE GAL. STEEL
IIS" NEOPRENE GASKET

ORAW BAND
1/4" BOLT a WINGNUT ALL AROUND
ON TWO SlOES
INSTALL THIS ON
SUPPLY a RETURN CUT
DUCTS !12K HERE
POSITION DRAW
BAND a SRAW
DETAIL "A" J,'DrJ
ON
DETAI L "B"
......
RUNOUT
PARKER .101
RU8SER HOSE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSED LOOP HORIZONTAL UNIT HEAT PUMP
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE Of CAPACITIES f OR THE CLOSED LOOP HORIZONTAL UNIT HEAT PUMP
"
LI 8 - - . WI. . A. HEA ING 7O"F. E. A.
SYII80L
NOMINAL
CfrOltT
EX1:SP.
fiTAGE
SIZE IliH G.P. ... PO. II Ft R ENmIS WATEIIlLIMNG .fL.A. IlW TOTJU.B.TU B.TU.lHR. ENTERS WlTERLE_ fLA. KW. 8.TWHR a TU-IHfI. a HASE
2/ 3TON 330 . 10 I., 10.0 UHF. I03.'-F. 0." '7,900 lIoZ40 70-F. 63.5"F. 0.96 9,500 6.2 30 277 -I 3/4-
3141\lN 350 .10 Z.3 10.0 liZ"" 103.8"F. 1.23 9,400 13,600 70F. 63. 8"F. I.ZI II,ZOO 7P10 271- I
I 1.'4 TON 4'5 . 15 3.5 IZ.O 92-F. 103.0"1': I.n\ 13,200 19,110 70F. 63.8- 1. 71 16,700 10,800 Z77 -I 3 / 4-
I VZ1\lN 585 . 15 4.5 12.0 9Z" F. 103.4"F. 2.25 11,000 Z5,700 700F. 63. 2F. 2.20 22,700 15,200 277 - I I"
2 1\lN 800 . 20 6 .0 16.0 92-F. 103.3"F. 2.82 24,.00 34, 000 70-F. 63.8" 2.112 28,&00 11, 650 277 - I I ' 3/4' 201.'4' 33 3IIf 22 230
2 VZ1\lN 1000 .20 7.5 14.0 9Z
e
F. 1D:.5"F. 3.63 31,000 45,400 70-F. 63.1"F. 3.51 35,600 2a,780

I" , 20 114- 3330"" 22 250
3 V31\lN 1200 9.0 18.0 '2"F. 103.8"F. 4.52 31,600 53,000 70"1' 64.0" 4.74 43,100 26,950
480-3Y
11/4- yl( 20 114" 33314" 22 250
(4 WIR '1
4 ""TOIl 1600 . 20 12.0 16.0 9Z-F. I03.'-F. 6.De 49,000 61,600 roF. 63.9-F. 5.9Z 57,000 36,800
480-3V
11/4- 514' 20 1"- 22 360
(4 WIREI
H E AT I N G. VE NT ILATI ON. A ND AI R CONDITIONING DES I GN MAN U AL PLAT E NO.
110
P AG E NO.
2 6 1
LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM (CONT.)
H. ESTAILISH THE TOTAL HEAT Of AISORPTION
THE TOTAL HEAT Of AISORPTION fOR THE BUILDING WILL NOAllAll Y IE THE BLOCK HEATING LOAD TIMES
11i 'ERCEIT. THIS Will ALSO TAKE CARE Of ANY NORMAL LOSSES IN THE LOOP WATER SYSTEM. HOWEVER,
II IUILDIIIIS THAT. MAY IE SHUT DOWI AT liGHT OR OVER THE WEEKEND, IT IS 'QSSIBLE TO REQUIRE THE
TOTAL HEAT OF AISORPTION Of All THE CONNECTED UNITS fOR A LONG ENQUGH PERIOO Of TIME THAT
THE SYSTEMWILL SHUT Don IE CAUSE Of LOW LOO' WATER TEMPERATURE.
I. REQUIRED SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT
THE REQUIRED SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT CJlPACITY NECESSARY fOR THE TOTAL SYSTEM WILL BE THE TOTAL HEAT
Of AISORPTION DESCRIIED IN THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH MINUS THE elECTRIC HEAT ADDED UNDER
PARAGRA'IIS f AID G.
J. LOOP WATER TE.ERATURES
fOR lEST O'ERATlON, THE LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE SHOULD BE CONTROllED BETWEEN A
MINIMUM OF 10 DEGREES F. IN THE WINTER AND A MAXIMUM OF M DEGREES f . IN THE WINTER.
THE CONTROLS SHOULD FUICTION TO START THE HEAT REJECTION SOURCE WHEN THE LOOP WATER
TEMPERATURE RISES TO II DEGREES F. AND TO BE A FUll CAPACITY AT 13 DEGREES F.
THE CONTROLS SHOULD fUNCTION TO START ADDING HEAT TO THE LOOP WHEN THE LOOP WATER
DROPS TO 10 DEIIREES f . AID TO BE AT fUll CA'ACITY AT 114 DEGREES f .
THERE MAY IE SYSTEMS WHERE A LARGE TANK IS USED, AND WHERE THERE ARE LARGE INTERNAL GAINS.
FOR THOSESYSTEMS, IT MAY IE ADVISAILE TO AllOW THE TANK TEMPERATURE TO RISE AS HIGH AS
'RACTICAL DURING THE USAGE HOURS AND USE THIS HEAT DURING THE NONUSAGE HOURS.
K. PIPE SIZING
THE LOOP WATER MAIIII , BRANCHES, AND RUNOUTS SHOULD BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE METHODS
SHOWI ON 'AGES III AND 1 ...
WHERE A HEAT'EXCHANGER AND COOLING TOWER ARE USED, THE PIPING SHOULD BE SIZED ACCORDING
TO THE METHODS SHon ON 'AGES 212 AND 213.
ALL fLOW RATES SHOULD IE ESTAILISHED IEfORE SIZING THE PIPING fOR THE SYSTEM.
L. 'UWSElECTION
WHEN THE PIPE HAlIEEN SIZED AND fLOW RATES ESTAILISHED, THE PUMPS SHOULD BE SELECTED BY THE
METHODS SHOWI 01 'AGES 114 AND 111. IT IS COISIDERED GOOD 'RACTICE TO USE THE AUTOMATIC
CHAIIIEOVER CONTROL Of THE STAIDlY LOO' WATER 'UMP AI SHon ON PLATE 113, SliCE fAILURE Of
LOO' WATER fLOW COULD CAUSE fREEZEUP II THE INDIVIDUAL HEAT 'U. CONDENSERS.
... EX'A_OI TAlK SElECTIOI
THE EXPANISON TANK fOR THE SYSTEM SHOULD IE SELECTED IV THE METHOOS SHOWN ON PAGES 234 AND
23&.
N. fREEZEUP
SPECIAL PROVISIONS TO GUARD AGAINST fREEZEUP SHOULD BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN BY THE PLATES IN
THIS BOOK.
O. CLEANING AND flUSHING THE LOOP WATER SYSTEM
IT IS GOOO PRACTICE TO SPECifY CLEANING AND flUSHING Of THE LOOP WATER SYSTEM SINCE THE
PASSAGEWAY Of THE CONDENSERS ON THE INDIVIDUAL HEAT PUMPS IS SMAll ANO EASILY CLOGGEO BY
DIRT AND DEBRIS. THE fOLLOWING SPECifiCATION SHOULD BE fOLLOWED:
SCOPE: ALL WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEMS fOR THE PROJECT S H A ~ L BE THOROUGHL Y CLEANED BErORE
PLAciNG IN OPERATION TO RID THE SYSTEM Of DIRT, PIPING COMPDUN r> . MILL SCALE, OIL, AND ANY AND
All OTHER MATERIAL fOREIGN TO THE WATER.
DURING CONSTRUCTION: EXTREME CARE SHALL BE EXERCISED DURII>G CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT
All DIRT AND OTHER fOREIGN MATTER fROM ENTERIIG THE PI'E OR OTHER 'ARTS Of THE SYSTEM.
PIPE STORED ON THE PROJECT SHAll HAVE THE OPEN ENDS CAPPED AND EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE All
OPENINGS fULLY PROTECTED. BEfORE ERECTION, EACH PIECE Of PIPE, fiTTING OR VALVE SHALL BE
VISUAll Y EXAMINED AND ALL DIRT REMOVED.
AfTER SYSTEM IS COMPLETE: THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL fiRST fiLL THE PIPING LOOP AND ALL RUNOUTS
WITH CLEAR WATER. fOR THIS PURPOSE, THE SUPPLY AND RETURN RUNOUTS SHALL BE TEMPORARIL Y
CONII!ECTED TOGETHER AT EACH HEAT PUMP LOCATION. THERE SHALL BE NO WATER fl OW THROUGH
THE HEAT PUMPS. THE LOOP WATER SHAll BE CIRCULATED fOR ONE HOUR WITH MAKE UP WATER OPEN
AND BOILER DRAIN OPEN TO ACCOMPLISH INITIAL flUSHING Of THE SYSTEM.
AfTER INITIAL flUSHING: THE INITIAL INDIVIDUAL HEAT PUMPS SHAll BE CONNECTED PERMANENTl Y
TO THE SUPPLY AND RETURN RUNOUTS AND THE SYSTEM fiLLED fOR OPERATION UNDER THE NORMAL
CLOSED LOOP CONDITIONS. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHAll ADD TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE IN AN AQUEOUS
SOLUTION TO THE SYTEM AT THE PROPORTION Of ONE POUND PER fifTY GAllONS Of WATE R IN THE
SYSTEM. AfTER THE SYSTEM IS fillED WITH THIS SOLUTION, THE SYSTEM WATER SHALL BE BROUGHT UP
TO 95 f . TEMPERATURE AND AllOWED TO CIRCULATE fOR TWO HOURS. THE SYSTEM SHAll THEN BE
DRAINED AND REfiLLED WITH fRESH WATER.
THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER SHAll BE GIVEN NOTICE BY THE CONTRACTOR Of SCHEDULING THIS
CLEANING OPERATION AND Will BE PRESENT TO OBSERVE THE CLEANING OPERATION AND, If THE
MECHANICAL ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVE DEEMS IT NECESSARY, THE OPERATION SHAll BE
REPEATED.
SYSTEM CONDITION: AfTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETelY CLEANED AS SPECifiED HEREIN, IT
SHALL BE TESTED BY LITMUS PAPER OR OTHER DEPENDABLE METHOD AND SHAll BE LEfT ON THE
SLiGHTl Y ALKALINE SIDE (PH 7.5! . If THE SYSTEM IS fOUND TO BE STILL ON THE ACID SIDE, THE
CLEANING BY THE USE Of TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE SHAll BE REPEATED.
SYSTEM ADDITIVES: THE SUBCOITRACTOR SHAll NOT ADD ANY WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS OR
"STOP LEAK" COMPOUNDS TO THE SYSTEM AT ANY TIME.
P AG E NO. 262
A""i'o"'. In TRANS-A PlATE
AI1Fl.OW

WOYEN ASeESTOS Q.OTH
FLEXI8l.E CONNECTION
QUtCK DETACH DR_
llANO-SEE
A ....... TtS SHEET "I.:
SLF COItU._D
CLOSD LOOP
RETURN AIR DUCT
1

RETURN AIR DUCT / FLElOBLE HOSE CONNECTIONS -ELECT: CONN.
CONNECTION':":"''---Z",,- , SEE DETAIL THIS SHaT J ACCESS ""NEL
f- U
l:Z: 1 MAINAPES
__ \ __
--- REAR END ELEYATION !!A'NHORIAPES \ \ -
-BELOW SLAB SIDE ELEYATION
W
r

L \
l
.=,..lll.lIi\
FILTER;
WOVEN CLOTH FLEXI BLE
CONNECTION
RETURN AIR OUCT.... --- ---tr
WHICHEVER APPUCAIIL!
SEE PInlECT DWGS.-
1/2
6
45. BRASS

RUBBER HOSE
PARKER "'&01 :LTE VALVE
U APPROX. 15" 1 i APE
t: _ til LUL II ..,- RUNOUT
,,,BRASS ..... 1
---..EOUCER
OR MUELLER
A 0780
ENLARGED DETAIL OF FLEXIBLE HOSE CONNECTION

GASKET
1/4" BOLT a wtNGNur
ON rNO SIDES
INSTALL THIS ON
8 RETURN
DUCTS
.;-TO SUIT
3/0. -t4 /' 18 GAGE GALli STEEL

.......

ORAW
DETAIL "A" '1Cl:r&. DETAIL "B"
BOTH SIDES
AIRIFLOW
PLAN VIEW
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSED LOOP VERTICAL UP-BLOW MODEL
NO SCALE
SCHEDII'_r OF CAPACITIES FOR THE CLOSED LOOP VERTICAL UNIT HEAT PUMP
NOMINAl c.rY-WET EXT.5.P
IN eoF.D.B.- 67F.WB. E. A. T HEATING 70F. E T.
VOLTAGE COHO. WATER \/AUIE
I
SYMeOL
SIZE COIL IN. H 0 G. P'" PO. I. FT. WATER ENl<RS F.LA. K.W. TOTAL B.TU.IHR B.TU. / HR. WATER ENTERS WIlleR LEAVING FI KW aTIhli. 8 PHASE RUNOllT SIZES SIZE W L H WT. LB5.

2 TON 800 .20 6. 0 16. 0 92F. 2.82 20, 400 34, 000 70F. 63.8* 2.92 28,600 18,650 277 -I I" 314" ZOVt' 227tW' 03" 230

211210N 1000 .20 7.5 14. 0 92 F. I03.SF. 3.63 31 ,000 43,400 70F. 63.7F. 3.57 35,600 23,780 (W;,iJl)
I" 3/4- 20 1/8" 22 7tW' 03" 250

3 V3TON 1200 . 20 9.0 18 .0 92F. I03. 8r: 0.52 37,600 53,000 1O-F. 64.0*F. 0.70 43,100 27,OCIO
080-H I VO" 314" 20 118- 22 71ft' 03" 250
(0 WIRE)

0lM1ON 1600 .20 12.0 18.0 92*F. 6.05 49,000 69,6 0 0 70F. 5.92 57,000 36,800
OeO- 3Y
1 114- 3/.- ZOItW' 227/1" 03 350
(0 WIRE '
I
PLATE NO, III
I
PAGE NO.263
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
9.
10.
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM -BUILDING SYSTEM WORK SHEET
LOAD CALCULATIONS
BUILDING BLOCK COOLING LOAD
HAS IUN COMPUTED TO IE'
___________________ BTU/HR.
BUILplNG BLOCK HEATING LOAP
HAS BUN OOMPUTED TO BE'
___ __ _ ____ ________ BTU/HR.
ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT
HAS BEEN USED TO PREHEAT AIR (NOT A LOAD
ON THE LOOP WATER) IN TlIE AMOUNT OF;
_ _ _ _ _ BTU/HR.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESISTANCE ELECTRIC HEAT
HAS BEEN USED TO OFFSET GLASS RADI ATION
(NOT A LOAD ON THE LOOP WATER) IN THE AMOUNT
OF'
___________ _ ____ BTU / HR.
MAXIMUM NET REQUIRED AMOUNT OF HEAT
THAT III.JST BE SUPPLIED TO BUILDING AT WORST
CONDITION BY HEAT PUMPS AND LOOP WATER
I TEMS 2- (3 + 41
_____ _______ ______ _ BTU/ HR.
AMOUNT OF HEAT SUPPL,I EP TO LOOP
NOTE ' IF THERE IS NIGHT SET BACK SUPPLY
TOTAL HEAT OF _BSORPTION OTHERWISE
75% OF I TEM 5.
____ _ ____ ________ _ BTU / HR.
K.W. OF HEAT SUPPLI ED TO LOOP
ITEM 6.;. 3412 '
___ ___ __ __ ________ K.W.
CAPACITY OF HEAT REJECTION SOURCE
(BASE ON 1.40 BLOCK COOLING LOAD UNLESS
ALL lJIIlTS COLl.D OlE ON FULL COOtH; . IN WHICH
CASE BASE ON TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTION)
__ _ _ ______ -BTU / HR.
OUTDOOR SUMMER DESIGN
WET AND DRY BULB TEMPERATURE
__ _____ _ Fdb. __________ o.f' w.b.
DE51GN LOOP WATER TEMP. TO SYSTEM
MAXIMUM' ____ _ ____ _ _ _ __ _ ___ __ _
MINIMUM' __ _ ___ ______________ _
[DOP WATER FLOW
______ TYPE ______ __ UNITS
AT _____ G.P.M. I<1' ________ _
2. _ _____ TYPE ________ UNITS
AT _____ GPM. 80.' _ _____ __ _
3. ______ TYPE _ _______ UNITS
AT _ ____ G.PM. 80..' ______ __ _
4. ______ TYPE ___ ___ _ _ UNITS
AT _____ G.PM. 8a.' ________ _
5. ______ TYPE _ ___ _ ___ UNITS
AT _ ____ G.PM eo.= ________ _
6. _ _ _ ___ TYPE ________ UNI TS
AT _____ G.PM. eo.= _____ _ _ _ _
7 ______ TYPE _ ___ _ _ _ _ UNITS
AT _ ____ G.PM. eo.= ______ __ _
8. ______ TYPE ________ UNITS
AT ___ __ G.PM. eo.= ___ _ ____ _
9. ___ ___ TYPE ________ UNI TS
AT _ ____ G.PM. eo.= ________ _
10. ______ TYPE ________ UNITS
AT _ _ ___ G. PM. ea. = ________ _
II. _ _ ____ TYPE _ ________ UNITS
AT _____ G.PM. ea.= ________ _
12. _ -'- ____ TYPE ________ UNITS
AT ____ _ G.P.M. eo.= _ _____ _ _ _
THE TOTAL GPM. IN THE LOOP WATER SYSTEM IS
THE TOTAL OF THE ITEMS ABOVE . IT IS _ ______ GPM.
IT IS ADVISABLE
t
USUALLY, TO MAKE ALL SELF
CONTAINED UNI S WATER COOLED AND PLACE
ON LOOP.
HEAT OF REJECTION HEAT OF ABSORPTION
_____ - TYPE _ ______ UNITS AT _ _ _ _ ___ TYPE ______ _ UNITS AT
_ ____ BTU/HR.8a. ' ______ BTU/HR: _____ BTU/HR. 8a.' _ ___ __ BTU/ HR.
2. _______ TYPE ___ ___ _ UNITS AT 2 _______ TYPE _ ______ UNITS AT
_ _ _ _ _ BTU/HR.8a.' ___ _ __ BTU/HR. ___ __ BTU/HR. ea. = _ _____ BTU/HR
3. _ ______ TYPE ______ _ UNITS AT 3. _ ___ _ _ _ TYPE _______ UNI TS AT
_ _ ___ BTU/ HR.ea. = ______ BTU/HR. _ _ _ __ BTU/HR. ea. = ___ ___ BTU/HR
4 . ______ _ Ty PE _ _ _____ UNITS AT 4. _ ___ ___ TYPE . _ _ _ ____ UNITS AT
_ ___ _ BTU/HR.eo. = _ _____ BTU/ HR _ ____ BTUIHR. ea. = _ _ ___ _ BTU/ HR.
5. _____ __ TYPE _______ UNITS AT 5. ___ __ _______ UN:TS AT
_____ BTU/HR. ea = _____ ---BTU/ HR. _____ BTUIHR. ea. = _______ BTUIHR
6. _______ TYPE _ ______ UNITS. AT 6. _ ______ TyPE _______ UNITS AT
_____ BTU/ HR.eo.' ___ _ __ BTU/ HR. _____ BTU/ HR. ea.= ______ BTU/ HR
1 _______ TYPE _ ____ __ UNITS AT 7. _ ______ TyPE _ ___ ___ UNITS AT
_____ _ _ ____ BTU/HR. _____ 8TU/HR. eo.= ____ _ _ BTU/ HR.
8. _ ______ TYPE _ ___ _ _ _ UNITS AT 8. ___ ____ TYPE _______ UNITS AT
_ _ ___ BTU/ HR.ea. = _ _ _ ___ BTU/ HR. _____ BTU/HR eo. = ___ _ __ BTU/ HR
9. _______ TYPE ____ _ __ UNITS AT 9. _______ TYPE _ ___ ___ UNI TS AT
_ _ ___ BTU/HR.eo. = ______ BTU/HR _ ____ BTU/HR eo. = ___ ___ BTU/ HR
10. _ ______ TYPE _ ___ __ UNITS AT 10. _______ TYPE _______ UNITS AT
_ ____ BTU/HR.eo. = ______ BTU/HR _____ BTU/ HR eo. = ______ BTU/HR
I I _______ T YPE _______ UNITS AT II. ___ ____ TYPE _______ UNITS AT
_ ____ BTU/ HRea. = ______ BTU/ HR _____ BTU/ HR eo. = ______ BTU/ HR
12. _______ TYPE _ ______ UNITS AT 12. _ _ _____ TyPE _ _ ___ __ UNITS AT
_ ____ BTU/HReo.= _ _____ BTU/ HR.
THE TOTAL HEAT REJECTION TO THE LOOP
WATER Wl i H ALL UNITS ON FULL LOAD
(THIS COULD OCCUR I N SOME BU I L DINGS)
I S ____ _ ________ _ ______ BTU/ HR.
_____ BTU/HR eo.= ______ BTUIHR
THE TOTAL HEAT ABSORPTION TO THE LOOP
WATER WITH ALL UNITS ON FULL LOAD
(THIS COULD OCCUR IN SOME BUI LDINGS)
________ _ ___ r - - -----BTU/HR.
PLEASE NOTE' COOLING ONLY UNITS CANNOT ADD
HEAT OF ABSORPTION 10 11 LOOP.
PAGE NO.264
A"""'" 'ft C.'IM - TItANS-APlATE
Gl'M.

HIGH AS POSSIBLE----- -i
TANK AIR RELEASE FITTING
LOOP WATER
PIPING
11 " )( 15- MANHOLE BY

NOTE
--TANK SHALL BE A.SME.
CONSTRUCTED,INSPECTED
AND STAMPED FOR 100 PSI G
DESIGN PRESSURE AND
PSJ G. TEST PRESSURE
Lt---+'+-WIREWAY
IMMERSUlN
,
__ SADDLE BY MFG.
By MfG
REMOVABLE FLANGE
FOR TUBE CLEANI NG
BY MAl
- CONCRETE BASE 4" HIGH e. 4" LARGER
ALL AROUND THAN MANUFACTURER BASE
.. r=FLOOR u NE
END ELEVATION
3/ 4t- CONSTRUCTION
VENT
2" BOTTOM DRAIN EXTENDED
TO PLUMBING DRAIN
SCHEDULE
SIDE ELEVATION

INSTALLATION NOTES
I SET THE CONTROL CENTER DEAD LEVEL IN SHORT DIMENSION. SET TANK IN LONG
DIMENSION SO THAT IT SLOPES UP APPROXIMATELY I TO EXPANSION TANK CONNECTION.
2 PROVIDE SPACE fOR TUBE WITHORAWAL AND HEATER WITHORAWAL,
3. MAINTAIN 3 fT CLEARENCE IN FRONT Of ELECTRICAL PANELS.
4. ADJUST PIPE SUPPORTS SO THAT NO WEIGHT RESTS ON CONTROL CENTER.
5. SEE PROJECT PLANS FOR CONTINUATION OF LINES.
6. SEE SPECIfICATIONS FOR WASHOUT PROCEDURES.
I INSULATION IS REQUIRED ONLY ON DOMESTI C COLO WATER MAKE UP PIPING.
S SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS.
9. C>fECK OUT ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS IN FIELD.
10. CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DIRT FROM UNIT AND VACUUM OUT POWER e. CONTROL PANELS.
WATER OUT TO
COOLING TOWER
LOOP WATER FROM
BUILDING SYSTEM-- _"
PLAN VIEW
FLANGE
r OR 1lllE CLEANlNG
MJ:(,
__ TI( HT CLOSING
8' JTTERFlY VALVE
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER FOR THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
NO SCALE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITY FOR THE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER FOR THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
LOOP WATER': SUMMER TOWER WATER - SUMMER EXPANSIQN TANK SIZE
G.P.M. BTU/HR. G.P.M.
VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL PLATE NO.112
DESIGN OF THE CONTROL FUNCTION FOR THE CLOSED
LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
1. GE.ERAl. THE DESIG DTES CONTAI.ED D. THII PAGE REfER SPEClflCALL Y TO THE CLDIED LOOP HEAT
PuiiPiYsTEM AID ARE I.TE.DED TO WORK WITH A.D IE A PART Of PAGEl ZI4 THROUGH 271 Of THIlIOOK.
2. fU.CTlO. Of THE COITROL CENTER. IT IS IIIPORTAJIT I. A CLOSED LOOP HEAT pUIIP SYSTEMTO MO.ITOR
AID CONTROL THE fOLLOWI.G fU.CTIO.1:
A. CONTROL Of LOOP WATER TEW'ERATURE AT A "'. Of 14 DEGREEIf. A.D SOU.D ALARillf LOOP
WATER TEW'ERATURE fALLS TO II DEGREEI f. fREEZEUP COULD OCCUR I. THE SMALL CO.DE.IERS
If THE LOOP WATER GETS TOO COLD A.D MA.UAL RElET Of ALL U.ITS COULD IE REQUIRED If REfRIG
ERA.T HEAD PRESSURE DROPS TOO LOW.
I. CD.TROL Of LOOP WATER TEIlllPERATURE AT A MAXIMUM Of 14 DEBREEl f. A.D SOU.D ALARlllf LOOP
WATER TEW'ERATURE RIIEITD 114 DEBREEI f. IIAIUAL RElET Of ALL U.ITS COULD IE REQUIRED If
REfRIGERA.T HEAD PRESSURE RISES TOO HIGH.
C. BUARD'ABAIIST LOSS Of LOOP WATER DUE TO A LEAK. SOU.D ALARlilf LOOP WATER LEVEl fALLS TO
A PREDETER ED LEVEl. THIS ALSO PROVIDES pROTECTlO. fOR ELECTRIC I .... ERSIO. HEATERS WHICH
WILL IUR. UP If DEE.ERGIZED OUT Of THE WATER.
D. BUARD ABAIIST LOSS Of flOW I. THE LOOP WATER SYSTEM fOR REASO.S SHOWI U.DER PRECEDI.G
PARAGRAPHS A AID I .
3. GAUGES: THE GAUGES SHOULO IE PROVIDED TO 1.0ICATE:
A. PRESSURE I. THE LOOp,WATER SYSTEM.
I. TEMPERATURE Of THE LOOP WATER IEI.G SUFpLlED TO THE SYSTEM.
C. TEW'ERATURE Of THE LOOp WATER RETURIIIIIIIG fROM THE SYSTEM.
4. I.PlCATI.G LIGHTS: I.DICATI.G LIGHTS SHOULD IE PROVIDED THAT SHOWTHE fDLLOWl.G:
A. E.ERGIZED CO.DITIO. Of EACH Of THE ELECTRIC IIIIIERSID. HEATI.G ELEIIE.TS.
I. HIBH LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE.
C. LOW LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE.
D. LOW LOOP WATER LEVEl COIDITIO .
E 0fLOW LOOP WATER CO.DITID .
f . CODLI.G TOWER PUMP E.ERGIZEO.
G. COOLl.G TOWER SUMP HEATERS O. (fREEZEUp PROTECTlD., .
H. COOLl.G TOWER "".G HEAT TRACERS O. (fREEZEUp pROnCTlO.,.
5. ALARM HOR A. ALARM HOR. SHOULD IE PROVIDED THAT CA. IE HEARD THROUGHOUT TUE IUILDI.G.
If THE IUILDI.G IS TO IE LEfT U.ATTE.DED AT TIMES. THIS SIGIAL SHOULD IE TRAIlMTTEO TO A
SECURITY STATIO. OR OTHER COISTAITLY ATTE.DED STATIO . THE HOR. SHOULD IE EQUIPPED WITH A
SlLE.CI.G SWITCH TO ALLOWSERVICE.
CD.TROL Of LOOP WATER CIRCULATI.G 1'.1'. THE LOOP WATER ClRCULATI.G pUMP,.SHOULD CO.SlST Of
AT LEAST D.E STA.DIY PUMP THAT CA. TAKE OVER I. CASE Of A MECHA.ICAL fAILURE Of THE fiRST
PUMP. THE LOSS Of fLOW AS SE.IEO IY A flOW SWITCH SHOULD AUTOMATICALLY E.ERGIZE THE SECOND
PUMP AS SHOWN IV THE DIAGRAM O. PLATE 113 IELOW.
7. CO.TROL Of COOLl.G TOWER WATER CIRCULATI.G PUMP. THE COOLl.B TOWER CIRCULATI.G PUMP
SHOULD AUTOMATICALLY STAItHIIHE. THE LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE RilES TO .. DEGREES f.
COOLING TOWER CONTROL. THE CD.TROL Of THE CDDLI.G TOWER, I.CLUDI.G fREEZEUP PROTECTIOIII,
SHOULD IE ASSHOWN 0111 PLATES .0. 113 A.D 1110. 114.
I . I.STRUCTIO. PLATE. A LARGE, EASILY READAILE I.STRUCTID. PLATE SHOULD IE POSTED AT THE
CO.TROL CE.TER. THE PLATE SHOULD CO.TAI.IISTRUCTID.S fOR STARTUp, SHUTDOWN A.D A OESCRlp
TlO. Of THE ALARMSlG.ALS A.D I.DICATI.G LIGHTS.
1.. SYSTEMI.STRUCTID.S. THE PROJECT SPEClfICATIO. SHOULD REQUIRE THAT THE I.STALLI.G CONTRACTOR
SHOULD I.STRUCT THE OWIER'S REpRESE.TATIVES I. THE CORRECT OPERATIO. OF THE SYSTEM.
PAGE NO. 266
AlfGiIoble In C.,nouM"" TRANS-A-PlATE'
HORN
SILENCE
SWITCH_c::1
<Th'J,t,l-AHREM LIGHT'S INDICATING COOLING
TRACERS a
REO ALARM LIGHTS INDICATiNG ABNORMAL
OF LOOP WATER FUlW, HlGH

7
TEMP
LOW a WATER LEVEL
o 0
ENLARGED DIAGRAM OF CONTROL PANEL
NO SCALE
SYSTEM CONTROL FUNCTION
1- THIS SYSTEM CONTROL CENTER FUNCTIONS TO MAINTAIN AUTO-
MATI CALLY THE LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 70F
MINIMUM IN THE WINTER ANO 94-F. MAXIMUM IN THE SUMMER.
2- WHEN SYSTEM CONTROL NEEDS TO REJECT HEAT FROM LOOP-
A. COOLING TOWER PUMP STARTS AT 80F. IN TANK.
B
START. (THESE CONTROLS ARE ON TOWER I.
C TO RISE, MOVES DAMPER
o
CONDITION. ALL HEATERS ARE DEENERGIZED.
3- WHEN SYSTEM CONTROL NEEDS TO ADD HEAT TO LOOP -
A. ELECTRICAL IMMERSION HEATERS ARE BROUGHT IN
SEQUENCE BY STEP CONTROLLER STARTING AT 70F
IF THE TOTAL TEMPERATURE
B. IF LOOP WATER GOING OUT TO SYSTEM FALLS TO 60F,
RED ALARM LIGHTS AND HORN SOUNDS ABNORMAL
CONDITIONS.
4-
WATER ALARM LIGHTS AND HORN SOUNDS .
5-IF LOOP WATER GOING OUT TO SYSTEM FAILS TO FLOW, RED
NO FLOW ALARM LIGHTS AND HORN SOUNDS. ALL HEATERS
ARE DEENERGIZED.
PUMP NO. 2 PUMP NO. 1
LOOP WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS CONTROL WIRING
DIAGRAM NO SCALE
CONTROL FUNCTIONS
I-SEQUENCER SWITCH SELECTS PRIMARY PUMP. I T CAN BE PUMP NO. 1 OR PUMP NO. 2
THE PRIMARY PUMP WILL RUN UNTIL A FAI LURE OCCURS IN THIS SYSTEM THEN THE
SECONDARY PUMP STARTS AUTOMATICALLY.
2-FLOW SWITCHES DETECT FLOW IN EITHER PUMP NO. I OR PUMP NO. 2 CI RCUIT
3-HEATER SWITCHES ARE TIME DELAY NORMALLY CLOSED WITH NO POWER ON SYSTEM.
THE CONTACT OPENS IN ABOUT 45 SECONDS AFTER THE PUMP CONTACTOR IS ENERGIZED.
RESET TIME OF THIS SWITCH IS ABOUT THE SAME INTERVAl. HEATER SWITCHES ARE
ONLY USED TO BRIDGE FLOW SWITCH FROM COMMON TO FLOW TERMINAL so THAT ONE
PUMP WILL START AND ESTABLISH A FLOW CONDITION.
A. IF POWER IS REMOVED AND THE REAPPLIED AFTER PUMP HAS BEEN
RUNNING ABOUT ONE MINUTE THE PRIMARY PUMP WILL NOT RESTART
UNTIL THE HEATER SWITCH MAKES CONTACT AGAIN. nME DELAY WILL
BE ABOUT ONE MINUTE.
B. ON INITIAL START UP BOTH PUMPS WILL RUN MOMENTARILY BUT THE
PRIMARY PUMP WILL TAKE OVER AS SOON AS FLOW IS ESTABLISHED IN
THE PRIMARY CIRCUIT.
C ONCE EACH YEAR REVERSE THE SEQUENCER SWITCH.
D. BE SURE PUMPS ARE OILED. USE NON-DETERGENT OIL, ONLY.
CONTROL FUNCTIONS 8 INSTRUCTIONS PLATE FOR SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER

'-+-+-+-+-+---' [I]
AUXILIARY EhO
SWITCHES
,-+-+-==----' ;
CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CooLlNG'TOWER FAN MOTOR AND
CAPACITY CONTROL DAMPERS NO SCALE
U!l!IJlf'
NC- CONTACT CLOSED WHEN CAM FOLLOWER IS ON LOWEST PORTION OF CAM.
NO- CONTACT OPEN WHEN CAM FOLLOWER IS ON LOWEST PORTION OF CAM.
C - COMMON.
CONNECT C a NC IN SERIES TO FAN MOTOR STARTER HOLDING tOIL.
USE ONE SWITCH FOR EACH MOTOR.
SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1- TURN ON MAKE-uP WATER VALVE WITH CONSTRUCTION AIR VENT'S OPEN, AND FILL SYSTEM TO
POINT WHERE EXPilNSION TANK GAGE SHOWS APPROXI MATELY HALF FULL. ADJUST
CONSTRUCTION VENT TO REACH THIS CONDITION.
2- TURN ON MAKEUP WATER VALVE TO COOLING TOWER AhD CHECK TO DETERMINE COOLI NG
TOWER SUMP IS FULL . IF WEATHER IS BELOW FREEZING, CHECK TO DETERMINE I, HEAT
CABLE AND SUMP HEATERS ARE ENERGIZED.
3-START LOOP WATER CIRCULATING
4 - ENERGIZE POWER TO SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER.
5- CHECK TO SEE THAT CODLING TOWER CIRCULATING PUMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR DISCONNECT
SWITCH IS ENERGIZED.
6- CHECK THROUGHOUT BUILDING TO BE SURE ALL HEAT PUMP CIRCUITS ARE ENERGIZED AND
THERMOSTATS SET ON DESIRED TEMPERATURE .
SllUT-DOWN
1- FROM ABOVE BUT 00 NOT ORA" LODP SYSTEM
ALARM lIiWALI
I- SIX ALARM LIGHTS INDICATE ABNORMAL CONDITION.
A. NO FLOW ALARM-SHUT OFF POWER TO ALL HEAT PUMPS AND CHECK OPERATION OF MAIN
CIRCULATING PUMP AND STAhOBY PUMp.
B.
PILOT BULB IF NEctSSARY. IF THERE IS A FAULT THAT CANNOT IE CORRECTED
IMMEDIATELY, DRAIN TOWER LINES TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM FREEZING.
C. HIGH TEMPERATURE ALARM- CHECK COOLING TOiIIR PUMP OPERATION AND SET POINT OF
COOLING TOWER PUMP AQUASTAT AT 80F. CHECK CODLING TOWER FAN CIRCUIT TO BE
ENERGIZED. CHECK SUMP THERMOSTAT SET POINT TO BE 83F.
D. LOW TEMPERATURE ALARM-CHECK TO BE SURE POWER IS ON MAIN _El. CHECK SET
POINT OF CONTROLLER 1Q BE AT 7O"F CHECK IF ELEMENT CONTACTORS ARE CLOSED.
E. I..QIW WATER LEVEL ALARM- SHUT OFF ALL HEAT PUMPS. SHUT OFF MAIN LOOP
CIRCULATI NG PUMP AND STANDBY PUMP AND INSPECT SYSTEM TO ASCERTAIN SOURCE
OF LEAKAGE .
PLATE NO. 113 PAG E NOo 267
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE COOLING TOWER WITH
FREE'ZE PROTECTION FOR THE CLOSED LOOP HEA T PUMP SYSTEM
1. GENERAL. THE DETAIL SHOWN IY PLATE NO. 1141S SPECIFICAll Y IIITEIIDED TO BE USED WITH THE CLOSED
LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEMAIIDSHOULD BE USED TOGETHER WITH PLATES 110. 112, NO. 113,AIID NO. 115.
2. SELECTION. THE SELECTION OF THE TOWER SHOULD BE BASED ON THE HEAT REJECTlOII REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER. A MORE ECONOMICAL HEAT EXCHANGER CAli BE USED IN THE
SYSTEMTEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTER IF THE CDOlllIG TOWER FLOW RATE IS ABOUT 30% GREATER THAN
THE LOOP WATER flOW RATE.
3. CAPACITY CONTROL.
A. MODULATING DAMPERS III THE CEIITRIFUGAL FAil DISCHARGE PROVIDE AN ACCURATE METHOD OF CAPACITY
CONTROL. A TEMPERATURE SENSING elEMENT CONTROLS THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULATIIIG THE AIR flOW
THRU THE TOWER. CDNSTAIIT WATER TEMPERATURE IS MAIIITAINED AT ALL LOAD CONDITIONS PROVIDING
AN EXCEllENT COIITROL FOR WIIlTER OPERATlOII . FAN MOTOR HORSEPOWER IS REDUCED IN PROPORTION
TO THE REDUCTION IN CFM.
I. TWO.sPEED MOTORS PROVIDE A "STEP" TYPE COIITROL. WITH THIS METHOD, THE TEMPERATURE SENSING
DEVICE CYCLES THE MOTORS THRU THE HIGH, LOW, DR OFF POSITIOIIS. THERE IS THE ADDED ADVAIITAGE
OF HORSEPOWER SAVIIIGS AT REDUCED LOAD. SINCE FAN HORSEPOWER VARIES AS THE CUBE OF FAN SPEED
APPROXIMATELY ONEEIGHTH FULL LOAD BHP IS REQUIRED AT HALF SPEED.
C. FAil CYCLING IS ANOTHER METHOD OF CAPACITY CONTROL. THE TEMPERATURE SENSING ElEMENT CYCLES
THE FAN MoToRS ONOFF. COIITROL ACCURACY INCREASES 011 MULTlPLE FAN TOWERS.
4. WlIlTER OPERATION. COOLING TOWERS OPERATED WITH WET BULB TEMPERATURES BelOW 32 DEGREES F
OR IDLE WHEN THE AIR DRY BULB TEMPERATURE MAY DROP BELOW 32 DEGREES F., MUST BE PROTECTED
FROM FREEZING. FREEZEUP PROTECTIOII FOR OPERATING TOWERS CAN BEST BE OBTAINED BY THE USE OF
MODULATING DAMPERS LOCATEO III THE FAil DISCHARGE HOUSlIIG. (SEE PARAGRAPH 3, CAPACITY COIITROLS.)
FREEZEUP PROTECTION FOR IDLE TOWERS CAli BE OBTAINED IY USE OF A REMOTE SUMP LOCATED IN A
HEATED SPACE, DR BY PLACIIiG STEAM COILS OR IMMERSION HEATERS III THE TOWER PAil AND ININSULATlIIG
THE OUTSIDE Of T!lE PAil. THE REMOTE SUMP SHOULD IE SIZED TO HOLD THE COMPLETE VOLUME OF WATER
III THE OPERATING TOWER AND INTERCOIINECTING PIPING. HEATERS III THE PAN SECTION (THESE MAY BE
ELECTRIC, HOT WATER, OR STEAM TYPE) ARE SIZED TO MAINTAIN 40 DEGREES F. WATER TEMPERATURE AT
WlITER OEIIGN CONDlTlOIiS. EXPOSED WATER LIliES SUSCEPTI6.t TO FREEZEUP SHOULD BE PROTECTED.
IIIOOOR COOLlIG TOWERS LOCATED III SPACES SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH SHUTOFF DAMPERS
III LOUVERED WAlllliTAKE AND DISCHARGE OPEIIIIIG TO CLOSE OFF OUTSIDE AIR WHEII THE UNIT IS IDLE.
5. WATER TREATMENT. WATER TREATMENT AND CONDENSING SYSTEM LIFE ARE INTERDEPENDENT. PROPER
WATER TREATMENT DEPENDS UPON THE CONDITION OF THE AlII AIIO WATER AT THE TOWER LOCATION.
AN EXPERIENCED COMPANY SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR RECOMMENDATIONS FQR PROPER WATER TREAT
MENT.
5. BLEED OFF AND MAKEUP WATER. COOLING TOWERS EVAPORATE APPROXIMATElY TWO GALLONS OF WATER
PER HOUR PER TON. IF DillY THIS AMOUNT IS REPLACED, THE CONCENTRATION OF IMPURITIES WILL
HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT ON THE TOWER. TO PREVENT THIS, AN ADDITIONAL TWO GAllONS PER HOUR
PER TON SHOUlI BE BLED OFF FROM THE UNIT. THE MAKEUP WATER REOUIRED IS FOUR GAllONS PER
HOUR PER TON OR APPROXIMATelY 2.5% OF THE TOTAL WATER CIRCULATED.
7. LOCATION. LOCATION IS A PRIME FACTOR FOR CONSIDERATION. ARCHrrECTURAL COMPATIBILITY AND
STRUCTURAL LOADINGS ARE OBVIOUS AREA FOR COORDINATION. OTHERS, NOT SO OBVIOUS ARE:
A. NOISE CRITERIA. NOISE CODES HAVE BEEN ENACTED IN SOME CITIES AND SOUND LEVELS ARE OFTEN
REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATIONS. CONSULT TOWER MANUFACTURES FOR OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE
RATINGS OF THE TOWER AND FOR ASSISTANCE IN SOUND EVALUATIONS.
B. COOLING TOWER FANS HANDLE LARGE QUANTITIES OF AIR AND THEIR INTAKES AND DISCHARGES
SHOULD RECEIVE THE SAME CONSIDERATION AS ANY OTHER FAN. SUFFICIENT FREE AND UNOBSTRUCTED
SPACE SHOULD BE PROVIDED AROUND THE UNIT TO ENSURE ADEQUATE ,'IR SUPPLY. THE POSSIBILITY OF
AIR RECIRCULATION, WHICH REDUCES TOWER CAPACITY, SHOULD BE CAREFUllY CONSIDERED IF THE
TOWER IS TO BE INSTALLED NEAR WAllS OR IN ENCLOSURES.
C. AVOID LOCATIONS NEAR DR DOWN WIND OF STACKS AND INCINERATORS.
I . PIPING. PIPING SHOULD BE ADEQUATEl Y SIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE AND
SHOULD BE LAID OUT SO THERE WILL BE A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF flEXIBILITY BETWEEN THE COMPONENT
PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, ALLOWING FOR EXPANSION AND CQNTRACTION. EACH TOWER SHOULD BE VALVED
SEPARATelY F.OR SERVICING. WHEN TWO OR MORE CONDENSERS OR HEAT EXCHANGERS ARE WITH
ONE OR MORE COOLING TOWERS, ALWAYS CROSS-CONNECT THE HOT WATER LINES FROM THE CONDEIISERS OR
EXCHANGERS ACCORDIIIG TO STANDARD PRACTICE. THEN USE A SlIIGLE DISCHARGE lIl1E TO CARRY THE
HOT WATER TO THE TOWER. III SIZIIIG THE PIPING, CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO BALAIICE PRESSURE DROPS
BETWEEII DISCHARGE SUCTIDII MAillS AIID INDIVIDUAL TOWER CDIIIIECTlOIIS WHEII TWO OR MORE COOlllIG
TOWERS ARE HOOKED UP III PARALLel. ALWAYS USE All EQUALIZING LINE BETWEEN TOWER PAilS FOR
MULTIPLE TOWER IIISTAllATIOIIS TO TAKE CARE OF IMBALAIICE III THE PIPlIIG TO AIID FROM THE UNITS.
THE SYSTEMWILL VEIIT ITSelF THRU THE TOWER NOZZlES, AIR VENTS BEING NEEDED DilLY AT HIGH POIIITS
IF PIPING IS TRAPPED BETWEEN CONDENSER AND TOWER. ALWAYS CHECK' TO SEE IF THE CONDENSER WATER
PUMP HAS SUFFICIENT NET POSITIVE SUCTlOII HEAD.
P AGE NO. 268
A\"OffODfe 'tt ....... 1_- IKAN>A-nAlt'"
.. P DISCONNECT
POWER 'JUNCTION
IWEATHERPROOFI
TO CONTROL
CAPILLARY
EXTEND PIPE TO
END ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
LEAD TO POWER
SOURCE ---__ "j
_o!!= __ VALVE un'
OUTOOOR INSULATION SHALL BE Z" THICK GLASS' FIBRE
INSULATION COVERED 8Y 3 LAYERS OF 15 La FELT
Il .. TRACER CABLE
LNSULATION
.-. --'1 PIPE

ALL PIPING EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE
.. SULATED IN THIS .. ANNER.
'- '- ' \:+ 0CHTlI0L \/OLTAGE
AL ;tiT TRACER MANU AC URER
WATERPROOF
JACKET
CONCRETE PI PE ENOS
6" ABOVE GRADE
i -6""'N.
CAST IRON PIPE
WHERE BELOW
GRADE-- __
. GRADE
GRADE
INSTALLATION NOTES
I. RIG UNIT INTO PLACE BY REFERRING TO "ANU-
FACTURER'S RIGGING INSTr<UCTIONS.
2. SET UNIT OEAD LEVEL IN BOTH DRECTIONS
, . SUPPORT PIPE SO NO WEIGHT RESTS ON UNIT.
4, THOROUGH..Y CLEAN UNIT BEFORE FILLING SYSTEM
5. BALANCE CONDENSER WATER FLOW
6- A[),JUST BLEED VALVE FOR PROPER A .. OUNT OF
WATER TO BE WASTED.
7. GREASE OR OIL ALL BEARINGS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS

TREATMENT
9. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE CONTROL AS SHOWN BY
CONTROL FUNCTI ON FOR SYSTEM TEMPERATURE
CONTROL CENTER.
MAKE-UP WATER ACCESSOP, iS
.. ALL COMPO'NENTS AND WIRING FOP .. AGNE TROL
TF- " ' ELECTRIC FLOAT SWITCH :;HALL BE FAe
M04 INTEO.
THf ELECTRIC FLOAT SWITCH HOUSING HEATER
BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE ON 120V, 10,600<
3 DES(GNED TO OPERATE
LARGER THAN 4. THE "AKE- UP WATER SOLENOID VALVE SHALL
COOLING TOWER BE ASCO WITH WATERTIGHT HOUSING 120V, 10,6OO
PIPE FILLED WITH SATISFACTORY FOR MAKE-UP WATER PRESSURE
INSULATING CONC. OF 125PS I G. TO 10 PS.I. G.
COOLING TOWER
PIPE
5. "AKE UP WATER CONNECTION TO BE INSTALLED
INSIDE THE BUI LDING - SEE COOLING TOWE R
WATER FLOW 01 AGRAM.
S
'OG-N'2 TOLIGHREMOSTONE ', WYE BOO R BY SIOV., 6OH<, I PHASE
CONTROL PANEL THERMOSTAT A I9NC-1 PENN
INSIDE BLDG. TYPICAL VALVE PIPE N WITH BULB WELL
""'" ,
COOLING TOWER PI PE
INSULATION DETAIL
HOT TO COLO.
LEAD JUNCTION
CONTROL
SENSING BUlB IN IN 4 ---- ----, : 2POLE CONTACTOR IN
PIPE WELL-PROVIOE E MTO. . I TO LIGHT ,I NE.. A 4 ENCLOSURE
WELL IN SUCTION UIoI R J
PIPE =-Ti:::!_--'::"-':--l,
PIPE SECTION r ( ]
"-----.. .1 . HEATING CABLE HOLTIGHT
E-Z HEAT OUALCONOU TOR SINGLE PHASE 6
INSTAll All ON IUlll.' III CAaLE TO HAVE A CA_,TY POWER SUPIPLY
OF 10 PER L1NEIrIH'OOT STAllLESS STEEL INOEECO MODEL NO I
WITH PVC INSlJ..ATION '''MERSION SI NGLE
MI.HEATING CABLE INSTALLATION DETAILS PHASE HEATERS
HEATER NO 2
SUMP HEATER HOOK-UP DIAGRAM
LOW AMBIENT AND FREEZE- UP PROTECTIQN DETAILS
SUMP
IINDEECO
COOLING TOWER SI ZE
150 TO 200 TONS
225 TO 275 TONS
300 TO 400 TONS
450 TO 550 TONS
HEATER SCHEOULE
MODEL WCT I .... ERSION HEATERS)
NO. OF KW EACH SINGLE PHASE
HEATERS HEATER VOLTAGE
I 48
120 *
2 2 7 120
2 3. 5 ' 20
_.
2 50 120
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEEL CASING, STEEL FILL,CENTRIFUGAL FAN COOLING TOWER WITH FREEZE-UP PROTECTION NO SCALE
UNIT
NO.
IIOU'AGE HERTZ PHASE
H EAT IN G. V EN TIL AT ION. AND AIR CONDITIONING
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PlJMP
SUCTION AND TOWER WATER LEVEL
DESIGN MANUAL PAGE NO.269
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM
FOR THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
1. THE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTROL CUTER PROVIOES MEANS OF HEAT REJECTION ANO HEAT AOOITION TO
THE CLOSEO LOOP CONOENSER WATER SYSTEM ANO WATER SlOE SYSTEM CONTROL, AS A REACYTO.cONNECT
SINGLE AllIE RATEO PACKAGE.
2. COMPUTE THE BLOCK COOLING LOAO IN TONS OF REFRIGERATION FOR THE BUILOING. THIS IS THE BLOCK LOAO
AT THE PEAK LOAO CONDITION AS OETERMINEO IY THE METHOOS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND DATA
lOOK.
1 DETERMINE CONDENSER WATER (CLOSED LOOP) TEMPERATURE LEAVING THE CENTER. THIS IS THE ENTERING
LOOP WATER TEMPERATURE TO THE HEAT PUMPS. THE MAXIMUM DESIGN LOOP TEMPERATURE LEAVING CENTER
IS MOF AND THE MINiliUM DESIGN IS 17F. THE COOLING TOWER MAXIMUM DESIGN LEAVING WATER TEMPER
ATURE IS ISoF AND THE MINIMUM IS 71F. LDD' TEMPERATURE LEAVING CENTER IS, THEREFORE, A FUNC
TlON OF THE LEAVING TOWER WATER TEMPERATURE AND THE MEAN EFFECTIVE TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE
ESTABLISHED FOR THE COUNTER FLOWHEAT EXCHANGER.
4. COMPUTE THE TOTAL CONDENSER WATER LDD' FLOWRATE. THIS IS THE SUM OF EACH HEAT PUMP'S CATA
LDGUED RATED FLOWIN GPM. RATED FLOW FOR EACH MACHINE IS USUALLY BASED ON 3 GPMITDN DR 2
GPMlTDN AS THE LOWER LIMIT.
5. COMPUTE TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTION IN BTUH. TOTAL HEAT REJECTION ' 11,800 BTU/HRITDN BLOCK LOAD
IN TONS FOUND IN STE' 2.
.. THE COOLING TOWER SHOULD BE SELECTED ON A FLOW RATE OF 111.% OF THE CONDENSER WATER fLOW RATE
DETERMINED IN STE' 4, THE AREA SUMMER DESIGN WET BULB TEMPERATURE AND THE DESIRED LEAVING
TOWER WATER TEMPERATURE.
7. COMPUTE THE DESIGN HEAT LOSS Of THE BUILDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH METHOOS OUTLINED IN THE ASHRAE
GUIDE AND DATA lOOK. ESTAILISH THE HEATING CA'ACITY OF THE SYSTEM TEM'ERATURE CONTROL CENTER
AS 1K Of THE DESIGN HEAT LOSS.
I . CONVERT THE REQUIRED HEATING CAPACITY TO KW. DIVIDE BTU/HR BY 3412.
DETERMINE fROM THE LOCAL 'OWER COMPANY WHAT CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE.
IT ISSUGGESTED THAT NOT LESS THAU. VOLT, 3 PHASE IE USED. ALSO DETERMINE THE LARGEST INCRE
MENT OF HEATING STE' IN KW ACCEPTAILE TO THE POWER COMPANY. SUGGESTED LIMIT I. KW PER HEATER.
II. PROVIDE THE f OLLOWING DATA TO THE MANUfACTURER Of THE SYSTEMTEMPER4TURE CONTROL CENTER:
11.
12.
A. DESIGN LOOP TEMPERATURE LEAVING CENTER - DEGREES F.
I . DESIGN WATER TEMPERATURE LEAVING CODLING TOWER - DEGREES F.
C. LOOP fLOW GPM
D. ~ J Of REJECTION. BTUH
E. SPECIFY FOULING fACTOR AS .011, LOOP WATER TO BE IN SHEtL AND TOWER WATER TO BE IN TUBES.
F. SPECIFY COUNTER FLOWAND REMOVABLE HEADS Of TUBE WATER BOXES FOR CLEANING.
G. HEATING STEP, KW CAPACITY AND NUMBER Of STEPS.
H. VOLTAGE TO BE SUPPLIED.
I. MAXIMUM CDNTACTOR SIZE IN AMPERES.
J. DESIRED STORAGE CAPACITY Of TANK.
K. MAXIMUMILDCK DIMENSIONS OF SPACE AVAILABLE fOR ACCOMMODATING THE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE
CONTROL CENTER.
L. INCOMING 'OWER SERVICE CHARACTERISTICS, THE NUMIER, SIZE, AND MATERIAL Of CABLES PER PHASE.
DETERMINE FROM THE MANUfACTURER:
A. PRESSURE DROPSHELL SIDE (LOOP WATER).
B. PRESSURE DROP TUllE SIDE (TOWER WATER).
C. CONNECTION SIZE - SHELL SIDE.
D. CONNECTION SIZE - TUIE SIDE.
E. TUIE LUGTH AND OVERALL LENGTH.
F. OVERALL ILOCK HEIGHT AND BLOCK WIDTH.
G. CLEARANCE NEEDED TO WITHDRAW ELECTRIC ELEMENT.
H. SQUARE fEET Of ALL COPPER HEAT TRANSfER SURFACE.
I. DIMENSION AND STORAGE CAPACITY Of TANK.
J. SHIPPING WEIGHT AND D'ERATING WEIGHT.
K. SIZE, QUANTITY AND MATERIAL OF IUS BAR LUGS fOR EACH PHASE.
L. LOCATION Of INCOMING POWER CABLE CONNECTIONS.
DETERMINE SIZE Of SE'ARATE DISCONNECT SWITCH.
13. DETERMINE THE SIZE Of EXPANSION TANK PER PAGE 231 Of THE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITION
ING DESIGN MANUAL.
PAGE NO. 270
Ayo;lobl. In CA'IVOl'." TIIANS-A-PlATE*
WATER
LEVEL

ISCONNECT SWITCH
__ ___
ASCO SOLENOID VALVE
SEE SCHEDULE FOR SIZE
IISTALL INSIOE BUILDING
CONTROL plAGRAM FOR COOLING TOWER MAKE-UP WATER
NO SCALE
PRSSUR GMt 0- 60 PS.L
THElllIOIITR 0-100*
PRESSURE
GAGE 0-6QPSI.
SOLENOID VALVE SCHEDULE
(COOLING TOWER MAKE- UP I
CQOLlkG

TOWER TONS
150 -200 (I' 3 / .-
225-275 (I' 3/4-
300-400 (I '
,-
450-580 I I '
I 1/ 4 -
PUT ON DISCONNECT
SWITCH
PUT ON DISCONNECT
SWITCH
INSTRUCTION PLATES ON DISCONNECT SWITCHES ON COOLING TOWER
NO SCALE
JI.IUL IISTRUCTION PLATES SHALL BE ENGRAVED ON
PLASTIC WITH
COOLING TOWER
.}--I--------------
GRADE
SYSTEM TEMPERATURE CONTRa... CENTER
SEE DETAIL- Tit. D\A8IIAM SHOWS
COOLINa TOWEll WATER ONLY
CONTROL WIRING

IRON SLEEVES
ALL OTHER PIPES SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL
WITH WELDING FITTING AND FLANGED VALVES
DIAGRAM OF THE COOLING TOWER WATER FLOW FOR THE CLOSED LOOP HEAT PUMP SYSTEM NO SCALE
HEATIN8. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL P L ATE NO. 115 PA G E NO.271
DESIGNING THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEEL CASING,
CLOSED CIRCUIT EVAPORATIVE COOLER
A. GENERAL. THE CLOSED CIRCUIT EVAPORATIVE CDOLER DIFFERS FROM A CONVUTlOIAL COOLING TOWER
iiTHiiTHE WATER TO CODLED IS ClRCUITEO THROUGH A CLOSED COIL IIISIDE THE CDOLER AND IS
lEVER OPENEO UP TD THE ATMOSPHERE. A SPRAY PU. WATER THRU SPRAYS AND DOn OVER THE
CLOSED COIL TO PROVIDE EVAPORATIVE COOLING.
THE DETAIL SHO_ IY PLATE NO. 111 IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO IE USED WITH THE CLOSED LOOP
HEAT PUMP smEll AND SHOULD. USED TOGETHER WITH PLATES NO.1", ID. III, AID NO. 111.
I. SELECTIOI. THE SELECTION OF THE COOLER SHOULD IE lASED DI THE HEAT REJECTION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SynEil AND SHOULD IE TAKEN FROM THE CO.UTED DESIGI WORK SHEET SHOn ON PAGE 214.
C. CAPACITY CONTROL.
1. MODULATING DAMPERS II THE CENTRIFUGAL FAN DISCHARGE PROVIDE AI ACCURATE METHOD OF
CAPACITY COITROL. A TEMPERATURE SENSlIG ELEMEIT COITROLS THE DAMPER MOTOR
MODULATlIG THE AIR FLOWTHRU THE CODLER, COlnAIl WATER TE..eRATURE IS MAIITAINED AT
ALL LOAD COIDITIO. PROVIDIIG AN EXCELLEIT COIlROL FOR WlITER OPERATIOI. FAI MDTDR
HORSEPOWER IS REDUCED II PROPORTIOI TO THE REDUCTIOI I. CFM.
2. TWO.SPfED MOTORI'PROVIDE A TYPE ca.TROL. WITH THtIMETHOD, THE TEMPERATURE
SENSI.G DEVICE eYCLES THE MOTORS THRU THE HIGH. LOW, OR OFF POSITloa. THERE IS THE ADDED
ADVANTAGE OF HORSEPOWER SAVIIGS AT REDUCED LOAD. SliCE FAN HORSEPOWER VARIES AS THE
CU. OF fAN SPEED. APPROXIllATEL Y OIIE.fIGHTH FULL LOAD INP IS REQUIRED AT HALF SPEED:
1 FAN CYCLI.G IS ANOTHER 1IfTII0D OF CAPACITYCONTROL. THE TE..eRATURE SE.I.G ELEMEIT
CYCLES THE fAlMOTORS O.-OFF. COIITROL ACA:URACY I.CREASES 01 MULTIPLE FAI COOLERS.
., SPRAY,.,... THE SPRAY PU.SHOULD TUR.ED 01 AT ANY n. THE OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
II AlIVE II DEGREES F. AND THE AIR FROMTHE FAa CAIIOl PROVIDE EIOUGH CAPACITY.
D. WHITER OPERATlO THE CLOSED CIRCUIT EVAPORATIVE COOLER II VERY VUL.ERAILE TO FREEZE ... P
AND THE LARGE mEL COIL INSIDE THE COOLER IS EXPENSIVE A.D DtFFICUL T TO REPLACE. THE
FOll ..... ...... nEflSHOULD IE FOLLOWED:
1, PROV1DE A TOf ounET DAMPER TO CLOSE WIfE. FAa nor.
Z. ..... LATE TItE EmRE CAlI A.D ... OF THE COOLER WITH AT LEAn 2" THICK INSULATlO
1 DD NDT MDDULATE THE WATER FLDWTHRU THE CDIL.
4. PROVIDE I.ULATION AND HEAT TRACERS ON ALL EXPOSED PIPE INCLUDING SPRAY PUIII'S AID
PIPING.
5. PROVIDE ELECTRIC SU. HEATERS.
E. WATER TREATMEIT. WATER TREATMENT AND COIDEIISIIG SynEM LIFE ARE INTERDEPEIDENT.
PROPER WATER TREATMENT DEPENOS UPON THE COIDITION OF THE AIR AID WATER AT THE
LOCATION. AI EXPERIEICED CD.AMY SHOULO IE COaUL TED FOR REC.,..ENDATIONS FOR PROPER
WATER TREATMEIl.
F. ILEED-OFF AND MAKEUPWATER. EVAPORATIVE COOLERS EVAPORI'TE APPROXIMATELY TWO GALLONS OF
WATER PER HOUR PER TOI. IF ONLY THIS AMOUNT IS REPLACEO, COICEIlRATlOI OF IMPURITIES
WILL SOON HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT ON THE COOLER. TO PREVENT THIS, AI ADDITIOIAL TWO GALLONS
PER HOUR PER TON SHOULD IE ILED OFF FROMTHE UIIT. THE MAKEUP WATER REQUIRED IS FDUR
GALLOa PER HOUR PER TOI OR APPROXIilATEL Y 2.5" OF THE TOTAL WATER CIRCULATED.
G. LOCATIOI. LOCATIOI IS A PRIIIE FACTOR FOR COIISIDERATIOI. ARCHITECTURAL Cu..ATAIiLiTY ANII
STRUCTURAL LOADllas ARE OBVIOUS AREAS FOR COORDIIATIOI. OTHERS, lOT SO OIVIOUS ARE:
1. 101ll CRITERIA. 10lSE CODES HAVE .EI EIACTED II SOME CITIES AIO SOUIO LEVELS ARE OFTEI
REQUIRED II SPECIFICATlOa. COaULT COOLER MAIUFACTURERS FDR OCTAVE lAID SOUID
PRESSURE RATlIGS OF THE COOLER AND FOR ASSInAICE IISOUID EVALUATIOIII.
2. COOLER FAa HA.DLE LARGE QUANTITIES OF AIR A.D THEIR I.TAKES AID DISCHARGES SHOULD
RECEIVE THE SAllE CONSIDERATIO. AS A.Y OTHER FAN. SUfFICIE.T FREE AID UIDInRUCTED
SPACE SHOULD. PROVIDED AROUID THE UNIT TO ENSURE ADEQUATE AIR IUfPL Y. THE POSSIIILlTY
OF AIR RECIRCULATlO., WHICH REDUCES COOLER CAPAClTY,SHOULD IE CAREFULL Y CDISIDERED IF
THE COOLER IS TO IInALLED .EAR WALU OR II E.CLOSURE
1 AVOID LOCATlOa .EAR OR DOWN WI.D OF nACKS ANO INCI.ERATORS.
H. !!!!!!: WHE. DESlGII THE COIDENSER WATER SUPPLY A.D RETUR. ,.,. TO THE COOLER CARE
SHOULD. EXERC1SED TO ALLOWEQUAL PRESSURE DR.... WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITI THRU THE
COOLER ARE USED.
PAGE NO.272
Availabl_ In (.'1'101. ... * TRANS-APlA TE'
\NT
NO,
"
"
CCESS DOORS
Dl>t4D--
PLAN VIEW
, .. "
INSTALLATION NOTES
TO IIIoWJ-
2. SET _ OEAO IN ' BOllI DllECT_.
l. .!IUPI'ORT ,PIPE", SO:AI) W,EIfiHT : 1IESlS QIIINT
4, \N.T, lEFOR[
5. "ME" FLOW , ..
OF
7. GREASE OR OIL ALL IIEAlliNGS IN "'CCORDANCE
WITH _ ..... NUF...CTURER'S
a. """'IOE WlIEO c;ollNCTIbeI IN SPlIotI'/' WATER
BY
INSULATION NOTES
l

iNSuLAlE" ... LL coiG:NS1t _TEIt PIPEs. oiWNS.
SPRAY PIPES. AS SPlECIfIID. .
END ELEVATION
3. ACCESS COORS FOR DA.. PER SfI1rIOH SHALL BE
INSULATED AND BEVELED FOR EASY REMOVAL.
IN OPR<lTED GAlE VALVE
DAMPER
MOTORS
SEGUENC OF QPEPAIl2tt

SPRAY ON A RISE TU .3" SHALL CLOSE
FS' 1ImlR , CIRCUIT T') .....nNU SPRAY
t:IQll;
I'IIOVIDE ,ON( OF- THESE
PAIIELS FOR EACH EV... ...TIVE
COOLER ON THE PAOJEC ,
MTlI .
35"1': SfA8T11' CIII( Ii :T TO ...... Y PUMP SHALL
BE OPEN.
ON ... RISE TO 8,'F <..)NToI01. SH/.Ll CLOSE

TO fu ickEP IO')TQR OFF
UNTIL D ..... PER MOTOR H ...S BiEN ENERGIZED.
FOR A COOI.Eft' EWmb' WITH Two OR MORE
FAV ... FUI!THER RISE TO ... f THE
'fIN .d"'ki.
S::ILL ILLUMINATE.
ON A FALL IN lOOP TEMPER...TURE lEAVING
COOLER THE '$EQUENCE SHALL TolICE PLACE
IN REVERSE ORDER, '
DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE STEEL CASING. CLOSED CIRCUIT EVAPORATIVE WATER COOLER
NO SC...LE
SCHEDULE OF CAPACITIES FOR THE CLOSED CIRCUIT EVAPORATIVE WATER. COOLER
VENTILATION. AND AIR
WATER PRESSURE DROP
THRU COIL
MANUAL
RE..... RKS
PAGE NO. 273
NOTES ON PAINTING THE MAJOR MECHANICAL ROOMS
HI,"* AU COUNI CIIIM O' T .. _CIIAIIICAlIlDOMlII A .. 11 .. 1. AIIf IEUllAl.l V .. T A n .. DAIID
PIIACTICI. IACII_. CllIlI CODID .FFllIIlITl V .. 0 llTT1UnEmol 1"810 TO TIll VAlUE OF
,AIIIT* T-. -. 'PTEI. TIll 'Alm.acHEDU1E.IF IUCllIlASIIEI ... EPAIIID.I"DIIO eeLOIl
n ....... H _CllMlCA1WII .. IIMAIIV CAllI. COL.... I 1I1Im. ilL V .. TIlE MIll OF
OIl TIll ..... OF MECllAlllCAlilDOMl. UfT OUT EmllEL V. TIll COIIPlETE LACK OF
fAl,"* IlASMAIIV AnVE EFFlm IUCH AI:
1. TIll LACIIIF ,AIIITI. AIID ITI AIILm TO .... VIDI IIEFLEenVE IItIlFACU LOWEIII TNE 1111"' LEVEL
.TIIE ......
2. ...-I .. W HIlT .. mATE CUA.II OF THE _CIWIICAL 1100II AIIW.
1 TIlE _CIIAIICAL _.IIAIIV A nOIlAiE AIIU.
.. TIlE .. _. N'PIAIWICI_AlL V CAIIIIIOOVEIlIIITO LACK OF ... EVEmVEUIITEI .. a OF
TllEI.-.n.
I. LACIIIf """II PAIIIT1M UItO CUAlUI. OF THE AIlEA All EGUI.. IIT DIFFlCttL T.
.11..-... _CIIMICAL 110_. AI DnAlLED 01 PLATE 117. NAlUIV ADV.. TAIIEI:
1. TIlE lIT ... TIlE lUTE All MEAIIT TO ImP TIll PAlIITIIII ClIITIIACTOII _ THE COIIIIICT ,...,..
.... IIIT 1._ .......... IIIAL _ollllAn ...
I. TIlE _.11 .uen. TIIE,A*T AlII COLDIII TO IE .I.MIIIII A'D FL. AIIII ..
_ IIITIICTLV .... L ... IY TIlE HlITEII ....... L. II .ftCIFlII.
I. TIlE ..... IIOTI .... iV C.L.IIIM .......... CATO THI _._111. NAIDLEI.
.. TIlE .L. __ ....:ATE TIl DlIIICTIOIIIF FL ...
I. n. CHIlI AIII.LIW AIIII_IlAltE fT FOIl A IMllTlIlAllCI .... IIEII TO IEC_E
...-n. WIllI TIlE _CllAllCAL IYITUI.
7 U. IF A IIIIVICE c....-v HII. T .. IlAllnIlAllCE. THE ... EASE OF FOLLOWIII TIE IYSTEII
.
,AlIITIIII.
1. THI _ OF IIE.ULAA I_L 011 LATEX ,AlIIT II lOT IIEco.llOED OUi TO HAIID 1llA1IE.IEVEIIE
ClI ....... III _ CAllI .... H u.EflATUIII.
2. THE _ OF lWCH'AIIT E"IY-uTEII ,AlIIT IllIEco..lDED FOIIWALLI. CEILIln ...... 11. A.D EQUINEIT.
1 THE FOLLOWI.II ,AlIIT UHFACTUIIEIII AIlE 1U EnEI .. D
A. PIT1III!I' PAlm
_LLI. CEIL-,,,,,.,,PE _I ... Dum -"""LAZE
'LIIIII- IIMTIIAIH
MlIC .... , : u.EIIAT_ .IIIV
I . .-cee .. c .
WALLI. CEIL ..... PIPII. N'l1IAII.11II .... um - TII!ME TUFClAT
FLOOIII- TII!METllEAO WIllI ........ L_IlCO .. COAT.
lIIEEC ... 11I - NOT IUIIFACI ClAnll.IIAV.
C. THE COlT FACTDII.IICLUOII. LAIOII ...... THDE 1UPE1I101I FII .. O. ANUT THI ... AI THE con
OF .. V GUAUTY IIAMIL COAn
I. THI 'AlITlLllTED CAlI II III_D.1I0LLED ... OIlIPRAV 'AlIITID .
1. ALL I .... " _ULD II HlIIIO.TII PEWrEII.IIEY FI_ .... '-ILI. IF I" AVAILAIU.
TIlE I .... " ..... 0 II FIELD PAIIITID
I. TIE UMI ClLIIIICItEI.U _ttL. AFft. V TO ALL EGU.. " ..... TIIIOHIllUT THE IUILDI.II
...... __ L1. E .... ".
1 ALL Dim THU .... 1fT THI ... L .... WIIICII All .ca.1L1 TIII H L1fT.uP CIILlln 0111. AIV
.THII WAY...... L. NAVE A111"IDon.an. AI .... IV THE DnAlL .UT.
.. ALL ..... TllIIO HOUT THI lUlL .... .ca.1L1 TIll .... LIfT ... alLl ... '111 AIV OTHEIIWAV.
..ULD NAVE AII .... IOEmFICATIIII AI_IY TIlE IITAlL.En.
I. TIE PLATE 117. AYAILAIU. A PIRTI. F .... TIll UMlIID PLATE. TllllIUTE .... IITEO II COL.
TO CLAIIIFY THE COL.. PLAII FOil TIll 'AlITEI.
PAlE NO. 274
I
j
hertz.eng.ir@gmail.com - Capitoline Trans-A-Plate - Optimized PDF (HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL) "
f
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELETED TO AVOID CONFLICT
WITH STANDARDS BEING DEVELOPED FOR AND BY
ASHRAE
H.EATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN MANUAL I P L ATE NO. 117 I P AGE NO.2 7 5
REGISTER
SIZE
Iflx . "
4" x 12'
.... x 14'
4" x 16'
4'x 18'
4" X 20'
4'x 24'
4' X 30'
4"x36"
5 "x 10'
. xl2"
6' x 14"
6'x 16"
6" x 20"
6"x3d'
6" x 36"
C.F.M.
72
90
108
126
144
162
180
216
270
324
108
135
162
189
216
243
270
324
405
486
SCHEDULE OF RECO .... ENDED .. AXI .. U .. CAPACITIES FOR RETURN AIR HEelSTERS
REGISTER
SIZE
8'x 8"
"x let'
. x 12'
8'xI 4'
~ x 16"
8" x 18"
8'x 20'
8'x30"
~ x 3 6 "
Iet'x . '
10' x let'
10' x 12'
Id'x 14'
10"x 16'
10' X 18"
Id'x 2d'
Id'x 24'
10'x 30'
tcfx 36'
C.F." .
144
180
2 16
252
288
324
360
432
648
180
225
270
315
360
405
450
540
675
810
REGISTER
SIZE
12" x . '
12' xI0'
IZ"x IZ"
12" x 14'
12" x 16"
12" x la"
12" X 20"
IZ" x24"
IZ"x 35"
14' x 10"
14"x 12'
14' x 14"
14" x 16'
14" X 18"
14" X 20"
14" X 24'
14' x 3d'
l4"x 36'
C.F.".
216
270
324
378
432
486
540
648
972
315
REGISTER
SIZE
1 6 ' x ~
16' x 10"
16' x 12'
16" x 14"
!l x 1&"
16" x 18"
16" X 20"
16" X 24"
16' X 36"
18' x 10'
3 7tf ".:"-' , I.x IZ"
441 la" X 14'
504 18' x 16'
567 I." x I."
630 18' x 20'
756 Ie" x 24'
945 I.' x 30'
1134 1. xM
C.F.M.
288
360
432
504
576
648
720
864
1296
405
486
567
648
729
810
972
1215
1458
CHART BASED ON C.F.M. WIDTH,!:E,GHT x 072 x 450
REGISTER
SIZE
2 d'x 8"
2d'xI0'
20'x 12'
20' x 14'
20' XI6"
2d' X 18'
20' x 20"
2d' x 24'
20' x 30'
20"x 36'
24' x . '
24' x I 0 "
24' x12'
24" X 14"
24' XI6'
Z4" X I."
24" X 2d'
24' x 24'
24" x 30"
..IIIlI: CAI'ACITlIEI AilE IlAI[II 011 4110 !':1!fIII. AND 72' FM:E AllEA ...... TEIII A.avE ,.' AIlE IIADE III TWO PIECES,
If C.!':II. IS OYEII 5000 UK IIULTII'LU.
"'ISTEIIS IN ... mw AIlE lOCK liz[ I \liE ._ I'O .... U I.
C.F.M.
360
450
540
630
720
810
900
1080
1350
1620
432
540
648
756
864
972
1080
1296
1620
1944
REGISTER
SIZE
3d' x ~
3O"x 12'
3d' x 14'
3d' x 16'
3O"x I.'
3d'x 20'
3et' x 24'
3et'x 30'
3et' X 38'
36' x 8'
36' x I d'
36" x 14"
36' x 16'
36" x 2d'
3" x 30'
36" x 36"
C. F. M.
540
675
8 10
945
1080
1215
1350
1620
2025
2430
648
8 10
972
1134
1296
1458
1620
1944
2430
2916

3rd Capitoline Trans-A-plate Design Manual For Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3rd Capitoline Trans-A-plate Design Manual For Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

hertz.eng.ir@gmail.

CDNTRACTOR SHALL SUI"IT

..m IN EARTH IHALL BE MECH. RM. FL. MESH

oIOINT STOP lEAD .

lfTD5I"lfUP'III WIDTH 51"

OF LOOP WATER FUlW, HlGH

You might also like